Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations: A Comprehensive Bibliography

CASE, SEMANTIC ROLES, AND GRAMMATICAL RELATIONS

CASE AND GRAMMATICAL RELATIONS ACROSS LANGUAGES

Volume 1

Petra Campe Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

CASE, SEMANTIC ROLES, AND GRAMMATICAL RELATIONS A COMPREHENSIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY

PETRA CAMPE University of Leuven

JOHN BENJAMINS PUBLISHING COMPANY AMSTERDAM/PHILADELPHIA

The paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements of American National Standard for Information Sciences — Permanence of Paper for Printed Library Materials, ANSI Z39.48-1984.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Campe, Petra. Case, semantic roles, and grammatical relations : a comprehensive bibliography / Petra Campe. p. cm. — (Case and grammatical relations across languages ; v. 1) Includes bibliographical references and indexes. 1. Grammar, Comparative and general~Case~Bibliography. 2. Semantics—Bibliography. 3. Grammar, Comparative and general—Syntax—Bibliography. I. Title. II. Series. Z7004.C36C36 1994 [P240.6] 94-4230 ISBN 90 272 2811 6 (Eur.) / 1-55619-675-X (US) (alk. paper) CIP © Copyright 1994 - John Benjamins B.V. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, or any other means, without written permission from the publisher. John Benjamins Publishing Co. • P.O.Box 75577 • 1070 AN Amsterdam • The Netherlands John Benjamins North America • 821 Bethlehem Pike • Philadelphia, PA 19118 • USA

Contents Acknowledgements

vii

Introduction 1. Background 2. Scope of the Bibliography 3. Organisational and Indexing Principles 3.1. Alphabetical Author List 3.2. Subject Index 3.3. Language Index and Guide

1 1 1 7 7 9 12

Alphabetical List

13

Subject Index 1. Cover Terms 2. Abbreviations 3.Index

449 450 454 456

Language Index and Guide

609

1. Language Index 2. Language Guide

610 628

Acknowledgements No book is written in a vacuum. This bibliography, too, has been enriched by the advice and support given by colleagues and friends. I owe a particular debt of gratitude to Professor Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, director of the Leuven University 'Case and Thematic Relations' Project. I am most appreciative of the generous help she has given me by closely following the development of the bibliography, reading the entire manuscript, and offering numerous suggestions for changes and improvement to its structure. I would also like to express my gratitude to Professors Kristin Davidse, Béatrice Lamiroy and Willy Van Langendonck for their comments on earlier versions of the Subject Index. Professors Arthur Mettinger, Elisabeth Böcker, as well as Mrs. Maja Panajstova Boejoeklieva, Mrs. Stepanka Kotila and Mrs. Galina Soldatjenkova invested considerable time in systematizing the spelling of Slavic publications, for which I am most grateful. To all members of the Leuven 'Case and Thematic Relations' Research Group go my thanks for their help in compiling the list of publications and their continued interest in my research. A special word of thanks is due to the Science Policy Programming Office of the Belgian Prime Minister, whose financial support of the Leuven Inter-University Pole of Attraction (Grant n° 27) enabled me to work on this bibliography. Thanks are also due to Mr. and Mrs. Benjamins for their willingness to undertake the publication of the bibliography and, in particular, to Mrs. Yola de Lusenet, for taking care of the pratical sides of the matter. Finally, I would like to thank my husband and colleague, Stef Grondelaers, for his encouragement and help at all stages of the project.

Introduction 1.

Background

This bibliography was initiated within the framework of the Leuven Univer­ sity 'Case and Thematic Relations' project, itself part of the interuniversity 'Linguistic Pragmatics' research network launched at the end of 1990. The Leuven team (of about 15 active members) has concentrated on case phenom­ ena in different languages, both Indo- and non-Indo-European. The results of the investigation will be presented in a series of books, the first of which is intended to cover the dative case and its counterparts. In view of the research to be conducted, I began to compile a list of publications on case and related areas. This list increased steadily, and when it exceeded several thousand items we decided that it should serve not only our group but also other scholars working in this domain. Consequently, an extensive subject index, a language guide, and other necessary sections were added. Needless to say, this was not a small undertaking, and I hope that its results will facilitate the work of any person interested in case, semantic roles, and grammatical relations.

2.

Scope of the Bibliography

Since antiquity, scholars have been fascinated by the phenomena of case. The fact that Latin and Greek (the bases of grammatical research in earlier days) had morphologically marked case-endings may well have contributed to this fascination. A more recent contributing factor is no doubt the growing aware­ ness of the many domains that the study of case should or may involve. This awareness is evident in the present bibliography. The following survey stakes out the main areas on which case research has concentrated and explains briefly how they are treated in the Subject Index.

2

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

1.

An obvious area of investigation involves morphological case as such. Languages like German, Finnish, or Polish have a salient system of caseendings, identified as ablative, accusative, dative, instrumental, nomina­ tive, etc. In this area linguists have attempted a description of the overall case-system or of a particular case of one or more languages. In the Subject Index morphological case is plainly called 'case'. A complementary domain embraces cross-constituent relations (roles) which are expressed by morphological case-markers. These relations reflect how the language user understands the given scene or event and the interactions between its participants. In their attempt to capture the nature of case relations, most authors "focus exactly on the elusive line between the syntactic and semantic functions of case, emphasizing one or the other side of the question" (Brecht & Levine 1986b: 18). a. When the syntactic side is focused on, cases are regarded as grammatical elements whose function is to signal syntactic relations in the clause. Categories such as subject, direct object, indi­ rect object, adjunct, etc. here come into view. Note that in the Subject Index such relations are identified as 'grammatical rela­ tions'. Some linguists, particularly of a structuralist or transformation­ alist orientation, subsume cases completely under grammatical relations. Since the latter are claimed to be purely syntactic in nature, i.e. devoid of any semantic content and fully predictable, cases are also automatically seen as semantically empty categories. By contrast, linguists who follow the semi-localist tradition of Delbrück & Brugmann (1886-1900) distinguish between gram­ matical-syntactic cases, and more semantically oriented ones. Yet another approach is adopted by e.g. Kurylowicz, for whom each individual case has both syntactic and semantic aspects. However, one of the two always prevails, i.e. a case is primarily syntactic (grammatical) and only secondarily semantic, or vice versa. Al­ though for Kurylowicz the syntactic uses of a particular case have no meaning, his distinction between the primary and secondary function of a case already announces "a tendency to emphasize the relationships between these two functions as poles of a spectrum of case values rather than as a concerted effort to draw boundaries between them" (Janda, 1993: 28). That 'middle' course, for which

2.

Introduction

3.

3

most traditional linguists have opted, has in its turn been questioned by linguists, particularly of a cognitive orientation, who believe that a semantic function is to be found in all syntactic categories (including grammatical relations). b. When the more semantic side of the case-question is focused on, research concentrates on categories such as the agentive, direc­ tional, patient, and other roles. Within this perspective there is also considerable variation. For instance, Fillmore's 'deep cases' or Langacker's 'role archetypes' deal with participant roles from a semantic point of view. However, this does not imply that these linguists consider cases to be entirely accommodated by semantic relations, but rather that they fully concentrate on the meaning of case, abstracting it away from the form. In turn, semi-localists claim that some of the case-morphemes, especially the so-called 'local' cases, serve a purely semantic purpose. By contrast, lin­ guists such as Kurylowicz believe that although a particular case can be mainly semantic, it is nevertheless also syntactic, even if secondarily. Finally, cognitivists view case-morphemes as com­ plex categories expressing a whole range of interrelated meanings. The semantic relations which are typically expressed by means of a particular case-ending in languages with explicit case markers have often received the same name as the marker itself, e.g. abla­ tive, dative, instrumental relation. This explains why in the Subject Index the terms 'ablative', 'dative', etc. stand for both the morpho­ logical form and the semantic relation typically expressed by that form. However, when the focus is specifically on all or several of these relations together, the term 'semantic relation' is used. A number of languages do not have explicit case markers. In such languages, the research of semantic and grammatical relations is encom­ passed in the overall scope of syntax and semantics. This being the case, the bibliography also covers research on word-order, prepositional con­ structions, and other relevant areas. Before we proceed, it is important to mention at least some of the problems that a student of case encounters at this point. a. A major one relates to the correlation between case forms and case meanings. Linguists often do not agree on whether case forms actually express meaning, and if they do, on what those meanings

4

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations are. According to Janda (1993: 10-15), the difficulties in identify­ ing case meanings are primarily caused by the facts that (1) similar meanings may be expressed by different case-forms, (2) inherent meaning may be overridden by a host of pragmatic factors and (3) there is a lack of strict correspondence between case-relations and the objective, outside world. In response to all these facts, linguists adopt very different approaches towards case meaning. As men­ tioned, some claim case-assignment is determined by the syntactic structure of the sentence. Such claims are made, for example, within Chomsky's framework, where verbs or prepositions assign case to a noun or noun-phrase either structurally (e.g. the transitivity of a verb may structurally require an accusative) or inherently (e.g. a particular verb may inherently require a genitive). Case forms are thus basically meaningless, and meaning itself is rel­ egated to the lexicon. A similar formalistic approach is proposed by Sørensen (1957) and Mel'cuk (1986). In contrast, there are others, e.g. Jakobson, who claim that case research should mainly focus on the meaning of case morphemes, precisely because they have a meaning of their own. They advocate a semantic approach to case and believe that "(•••) there is no meaning without a form (...), and no form without a meaning (...)" (Jakobson, as recapitulated by Brecht & Levine 1986b: 20). For Jakobson case-meanings are quite abstract invariants, which acquire specific values in concrete con­ texts. Hjelmslev too (1935-37) believes that each case possesses a basic, abstract meaning, which generalizes over a number of differ­ ent components. Opposed to Jakobson's abstractionist view, is the tendency (particularly of pedagogically oriented grammarians) to propose whole inventories of case-meanings, without, however, systematically considering the relationships between them. In sharp contrast to such an atomistic approach is the cognitivist conviction that cases are complex semantic categories whose members form interrelated networks. A closely related problem involves the correlation between case meaning and noun meaning. The question that arises is to what extent case-morphemes have a meaning of their own, or in other words, in how far it is actually the lexical meaning of the casemarked noun that contributes to the case-meaning. An extreme

Introduction

5

attitude can lead, as already pointed out, to the relegation of casemeaning to the realm of the lexicon. In contrast to such a reductionist approach, a more moderate view is adopted by e.g. Langacker (1987), who argues that case-meaning and the noun's lexical meaning are necessarily compatible or overlapping. In ad­ dition, there is controversy over the extent to which meanings expressed via case forms are counterparts of similar meanings expressed by other means in caseless languages and what exactly these 'other means' should comprise. Some authors treat both morphological case-markers and their counterparts as equal, con­ sidering for example the dative case in German and the 'indirect object'-construction in Dutch as mere (language-specific) instan­ tiations of what is essentially the same category. Others, by con­ trast, consider them as counterparts expressing minor differences in meaning, and still others claim that morphological and nonmorphological case-markers must be situated at distinct levels. b. Other problems arise with respect to the terminology used. The level of terminological confusion in the linguistic literature on case is very high indeed. A good example concerns the use of the term 'thematic role'. As Dowty (1991: 547) points out, "there is perhaps no concept in modern syntactic and semantic theory which is so often involved in so wide a range of context, but on which there is so little agreement as to its nature and definition, as THEMATIC ROLE (or THEMATIC RELATION) and its derivative, THETAROLE in Government-Binding (GB) theory. (...) apart from some syntactic correlates of thematic roles, there is in fact a notable absence of consensus about what thematic roles are". Moreover, different names, such as 'deep case', 'thematic relation', 'thematic role', 'semantic relation', 'semantic role', 'semantic case', 'thetarole', 'figure ground', etc. are proposed all the time for very related notions. In this particular case I have singled out the term 'semantic relation' as a common denominator for all the different names. Another example of the terminological confusion is the term 'case', which is constantly used to refer to morphological casemarkers as such as well as to semantic relations (semantic case), syntactic relations (syntactic case) and alternative constructions for morphological case markers. In one and the same article both

6

4.

5.

6.

7.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations 'dative' and 'indirect object' can be found as terms for one particu­ lar phenomenon, both 'dative movement' and 'indirect object movement' are used interchangeably, and in this way dativity seems to get narrowed down to indirect object-ness. Such practice does not only hamper the composition of a bibliographical subject index, but, more importantly, confuses the reader, since in many cases the author does not expand on his/her own use of (a) particu­ lar term(s). In most — if not all — languages, the assignment of particular cases or semantic relations interacts crucially with verb semantics. This intro­ duces into the domain of case and thematic relations the notions of linguistic transitivity, valence, complementation, participation, etc., all of which receive due attention in the Subject Index. Since changes of sentence structure, due to operations such as passivization, causativization, reflexivization, compound-forming, etc. commonly result in changes of case(-relation)s, the Subject Index also covers (morpho-)syntactic processes — in as much, of course, as they affect case(-relation)s. Students of case phenomena have long since discovered that in order to gain insight into all the subtleties involved, one inevitably has to go beyond sentence structure. This is where pragmatics and textual considerations enter the discussion. Finally, research on case and thematic relations has tackled the problem of its applicability to other disciplines, including foreign language teach­ ing, artificial intelligence and dictionary-compilation.

Our bibliography reflects the different lines of research as identified in 1.-7. Two remarks, however, are in order. As all bibliography compilers point out, science is a dynamic discipline, insatiable by its very nature. Therefore a bibliography can never be exhaustive. Moreover, in view of our objectives, the domains of case, semantic relations, grammatical relations, valence and transitivity receive more attention in the present bibliography than domains which are not primarily related to case. A good example is the domain of prepositions. In recent years, prepositions have been the subject of intensive and thorough investigation. As much of it, however, does not involve case (relations), we have mainly included works on prepositional case.

Introduction 3.

1

Organisational and Indexing Principles

3.1 Alphabetical Author List The entries have been ordered alphabetically by the surname of the author or editor. The following principles are observed throughout the bibliography: 1.

2.

3. 4.

5.

6.

Each entry starts with the surname of the author or editor, followed by the first name of the author (editor), [and, where relevant, the first and surname(s) of the co-author(s) (co-editor(s))], the year of publication and the title of the article or monograph. a. In the case of a monograph, the title is followed by the place of publication and the publisher. b. In the case of an article in a journal, the title is followed by the name of the journal, the journal's volume and/or issue number and the page numbers. c. In the case of an article in a collective volume, the article's title is followed by the title of the volume, the name of the volume's editor(s), the page numbers, the place of publication and the pub­ lisher. Hyphens in surnames are disregarded as far as the alphabetical ordering is concerned. Unhyphenated complex names, such as 'García Hernán­ dez', are listed under the first part of the name unless they were found explicitly listed on the last part. Family names of the type 'De Volder', 'Van Schooneveld' are listed under the main part of the name, i.e. 'Voider', 'Schooneveld', but cross-references are provided under 'De Volder', 'Van Schooneveld'. As abbreviated titles are often a burden to the reader's memory, all titles of journals and collective volumes are written out in full. If there are different co-authors (editors) the title is listed under the name of the first author. Under the names of the co-author(s) a cross-reference to the first author is given. Works of particular authors (editors) are listed chronologically under the surname. These are followed, again in chronological order, by their coauthored/edited works. Reprints and translations are listed next to the original title, in the following way: Anderson, John M. 1969. "Adjectives, Datives and Ergativization". Foundations of Language 5. 301-322/(1982) "Adjektive,

8

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Dative und Ergativierung". Kasustheorie ed. by Werner Abraham, 155184. Frankfurt am Main: Athenäum. 7. Reviews and review articles are listed under the name of the reviewer. A cross-reference is provided under the name of the author (editor) whose work is reviewed. 8. The diaeresis " (in ö, ä, ü) is treated as 'e' (ö, ä, ü oe, ae, ue) as far as alphabetical ordering is concerned, whereas all other diacritics, such as ° / (in å, ø), and , ' (in ŝ, t, ý) are ignored with respect to alphabetical ordering. 9. All Slavic names and titles are romanized. The international translitera­ tion is consistently used (e.g. s, and not sh, sch or ch). Only in the case of well established names, such as Tchekhoff, the international translation conventions are disregarded. 10. All entries in the alphabetical list which are not preceded by a small circle (°) (approximately 85 %) have been checked for correctness. They were consulted in the different Belgian libraries (80%) or in extensively anno­ tated bibliographies (5%). The unretrievable titles, marked with a °, fall into three main categories: unpublished doctoral dissertations; working papers of smaller, foreign universities; articles/books published in East­ ern Europe and Asia. 11. The compilation of the bibliography was not limited to 20th century publications. Although the majority of the entries date from the 20th century, a number of 19th century (or even earlier) articles and mono­ graphes have also been included. 12. There are four main sources of this bibliography : a. existing linguistic bibliographies such as the Bibliographie linguistischer Literatur, Language and Linguistics Behavior Abstracts, Bibliografie der Nederlandse Taal- en Letterkunde and a few small bibliographies on the topics of case, ergativity, semantic relations & valency published in article-form; b. lists of references provided by the articles and books referred to in this bibliography; c. current issues of linguistic journals; d. lists of references provided by colleagues.

Introduction

9

3.2 Subject Index The publication of a mere alphabetical list of references on a particular topic has two obvious disadvantages. First, the user has to invest a lot of time reviewing all individual entries in order to discover the entries of specific interest. Second, the title of a publication very often reveals only part of the publication's content, and sometimes even puts the reader on the wrong track. Hence the present bibliography includes a comprehensive Subject Index, which provides quick access to the topics and major concepts covered in the publications presented. The Subject Index introduces the main topics via bold-faced, italicized, capitalized cover terms. [The conventions specified in 3.1.2/8/9 also apply to the Subject Index.] To give the reader a clear picture of their scope, they have been listed in alphabetical order before the Index proper (see Subject Index 1.). In this list, the cover terms are again in bold face. The terms that are not boldfaced indicate topics/concepts which have been subsumed under the given cover terms. For the sake of uniformity and convenience the following system of cover terms has been adopted. Publications which contain less common or equivalent notions are always classified under one of the most common and widely accepted labels for the topic in question. Usually a less common term is mentioned in the list of cover terms together with a crossreference to the term systematically used in the bibliography. For example, the term 'thematic role' has not been used, but 'semantic relation' has been singled out as a general cover term for both names (cf. Subject Index - 1.: thematic relation, role: see semantic relation). The same procedure has been followed in the case of certain more general vs. more specific notions. For example, the more specific term 'goal' is classified under the more general term 'directionality'. In the case of lengthier cover terms, abbreviations are presented between square brackets (e.g. ABLATIVE [ABL.]). These abbre­ viations are used only in the sections dealing with the particular topic. When­ ever cover terms occur in other sections, they are written in full. An alphabeti­ cal list of all abreviations is provided at the beginning of the Subject Index (see Subject Index - 2.). The entries of the Subject Index proper (see Subject Index - 3.) elaborate on the main topics as follows. 1.

Under each of the cover terms, first the general works on the particular topic are given, i.e. works presenting a theoretical discussion of the topic.

10

2.

3.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Such general works are introduced under the label ' general' (e.g. ABLATIVE — general: Mackenzie 78). As the example illustrates, I refer to publications via the surname of the author and the year of publication. When only two digits (e.g. 26) are given after the surname, this means that the work was published in the 20th century (i.e. 1926). Three digits indicate that the user should only add a number ' 1 ' in order to reconstruct the right year of publication [e.g. 889 —> 1889]. The initial of the first name is included in cases where authors with the same surname have published in the same year [Li C. 76 vs. Li Y. 76]. Instead of referring to the given publication via the number under which it appears in the Author List, the surname of the author and the year of publication were preferred as this procedure is far more user-friendly. Let us assume that the user is looking for recent publications on a certain topic. Since the year of publication is indicated in the Subject Index, all the older works can easily be skipped. Moreover, by reading the author's surname and the year of publication, known items can be recognised. Following the general works are publications on the given topic as related to specific languages. These languages are, again, ordered alphabetically (e.g. ABLATIVE — general: xx; Armenian: xx; Baltic: xx; Eskimo: xx). If the case-phenomenon indicated by the cover term has been described in relation to a variant (e.g. dialect, sociolect, diachronic language phase, etc.) of a particular language, this variant is presented between brackets before or after the name of that language [e.g. (17th C) Dutch, (Western) Armenian, (Aphasic) English]. Child language has also been considered as a language variant, hence the sub-entry : English (child language). If a particular language is named differently by different authors (e.g. Afghan vs. Pashto), the equivalent names can be retrieved in the Language Index (cf. 3.3.). One of the equivalent names is used consistently throughout the bibliography (in this particular case: Pashto). Items dealing with particular aspects of the given topic follow the general works as specified in 1. & 2. above. The sub-entries which introduce them are again alphabetically ordered. Assuming that the cover term is ABLATIVE, the subentries either specify the topic further (e.g. 'absolute ablative'), or indicate its link with other topics/concepts (e.g. 'ablative & alternative constructions') or with different domains of application, such as artificial intelligence and foreign language teaching (e.g. 'ablative & foreign language teaching').

Introduction 4.

11

Cross-references in the Subject Index are differentiated graphically (see a., b.) and semantically ( c , d.) as follows: a. If a cross-reference is written in lower case, the reference at issue appears in the same section (under the same cover term) where the cross-reference is. For example, the reference 'accusativus-cuminfinitivo' can be found under the cover term ACCUSATIVE. Next to this reference the cross-reference 'see also : accusative subject' is provided. The latter can be found, too, in the (alphabetically ordered) subentries under the term ACCUSATIVE. b. Cross-references enclosed in brackets and following a cover term in capitals indicate that one must look for the reference under the section following the cover term in capitals. For example, the reference 'accusativus-cum-infinitivo' can be found under the cover term ACCUSATIVE. Next to this reference the cross-refer­ ence 'see also: SUBJECT (subject pronoun deletion of accusativus-cum-infinitivo construction)' is provided. This means that the subtopic 'subject pronoun deletion of accusativus-cum-infinitivo construction' is introduced under another cover term, namely SUBJECT. c. In case a particular (sub)topic (e.g. 'accusativus-cum-infinitivo' classified under ACCUSATIVE) has been combined with another topic (e.g. 'subject pronoun deletion of accusativus-cum-infinitivo construction') and for that reason is classified under another cover term (SUBJECT), the cross-reference 'see also: SUBJECT (sub­ ject pronoun deletion of accusativus-cum-infinitivo construction') covers exactly the same subject matter as the reference itself. But they are classified differently because a combination of two topics is involved. d. Where, however, a cross-reference such as 'see also: DATIVE (dativus-cum-infinitivo)' is provided next to the reference 'accusativus-cum-infinitivo' (classified under ACCUSATIVE), the references do not cover the same, but related subject matter. In this case, the cross-reference simply indicates that it might be useful to consult works dealing with 'dativus-cum-infinitivo' (clas­ sified under DATIVE) when doing research on the 'accusativuscum-infinitivo'.

12

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Time limitations precluded a thorough reading of all the publications included in the bibliography. In most cases, however, the introduction, table of contents and conclusion of the work were carefully scrutinized and the core of the text was skimmed through. Although I am convinced that the Subject Index adequately covers the material, some inconsistencies are bound to remain. Yet I count on the reader's tolerance, given the wide scope of the bibliography. 3.3 Language Index and Guide The bibliography also provides a language list, which is in two parts. The first one, Language Index, presents in alphabetical order all the languages (ap­ proximately 500) that are dealt with in one or more publications listed in the Author Index. We include it to allow the reader to check if the language that interests him is discussed in the bibliography. To signal the fact that some authors use different names for the same language, we provide cross-refer­ ences, as in (Afghan =) Pashto, where the less common name appears in parentheses. The different variants of a particular language (dialect, sociolect, diachronic stage, regional variety, etc.) are listed underneath the language itself, as follows: Basque Biscayan Basque 16th C Biscayan [To facilitate the retrieval of individual languages in the Language Guide, the Language Index also mentions the names of the language families to which they belong]. The second part, called Language Guide, locates the different languages within appropriate language groupings. Names of all the languages and language groups presented in the Subject Index are in italics.

Alphabetical List 1.

Aarts, F.G.A.M. 1974. "Review: Anderson, John M. 1971. The Grammar of Case: Towards a Localistic Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press". Dutch Quarterly Review of Anglo-American Letters 4.2. 77-81.

2.

Abad, Francisco. 1985. "Leísmo y laísmo: Explicaciones y datos históricos". Philologica hispaniensia: In honorem Manuel Alvar. II: Lingüística, 11-20. Madrid: Gredos.

3.

Abadie, Peggy. 1974. "Nepali as an Ergative Language". Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 1.1. 156-177.

4.

Abaffy, Elizabeth A. 1988. "Tradition and Modernity. Some Remarks about the Determining Role of the Accusative Suffix -t". Annales universitatis scientiarum budapestinensis de Rolando Eötvös nominatae, Sectio linguistica 19. 29-33.

5. ° Abasheikh, M.I. 1979. The Grammar of Chimwi:ni Causatives. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Illinois, Urbana. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms Inter­ national. 6.

& C.W. Kisseberth. 1977. see Kisseberth, C.W.

7.

Abbott, Gerry. 1985. "Question-Words as Subjects or Complements". English Language Teaching Journal 39.3. 193-194.

8.

Abbott, James, William E. Bull & Allison Gronberg. 1952. see Bull, William E.

9. ° Abd Er Rahman, F. 1978. Untersuchungen zum Verhältnis von Semantik (Lexik) und Grammatik im Deutschen anhand der Verben mit Dativ und Akkusativ sowie der Verben mit der Präposition 'zu' bzw. 'nach' einschlieβlich eines partiellen Vergleichs mit dem Arabischen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Berlin. 10. °

. 1987. "Verbvalenz in konfrontativer Sicht. Das deutsche 'geben'-Feld in Gegenüberstellung mit dem entsprechenden arabischen Feld unter beson­ derer Berücksichtigung der Valenzstruktur". Bulletin of the Faculty of Arts, Cairo University 44.45.1.2. 39-46.

14 11.

12.

13.

14.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Abdullaev, Z.G. 1967. "Èrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v gorskix pis'mennyx jazykax Dagestana". Èrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 191-201. Leningrad: Nauka. . 1982. "K genezisu formantov dativa v darginskom jazyke". jazykoznanija 1. 113-118.

Voprosy

Abraham, Werner. 1971a. "Der ethische Dativ". Fragen der strukturellen Syntax und der kontrastiven Grammatik ed. by Hugo Moser, 112-134. Düsseldorf: Schwann. , ed. 1971b. Kasustheorie.

Frankfurt am Main: Athenäum.

15.

. 1972. "Tiefenstrukturkasus und ihre Oberflächenrealisation bei zweiwertigen Sätzen des Deutschen. Eine Skizze". Leuvense bijdragen 61.1. 1-12.

16.

. 1973. "The Ethic Dative in German". Generative Grammar in Europe ed. by F. Kiefer & N. Ruwet, 1-19. Dordrecht: Reidel.

17.

, ed. 1978a. Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations: Papers Prepared for the Working Group 'Valence and Semantic Cases', Twelfth International Congress of Linguists, University of Vienna, Austria, August 29 to September 3, 1977. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Review: see Kyes, Robert L. [1985]; Valin, Robert D. van [1980a]

18.

. 1978b. "Working Group 8: Case Grammar and Valence Theory". Proceedings of the Twelfth International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 - September 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 143-151. Innsbruck: Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Sprachwissenschaft.

19.

. 1978c. "Valence and Case: Remarks on Their Contribution to the Identification of Grammatical Relations". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 695-729. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins.

20.

. 1982a. "Heuristic Problems Concerning the Identification of Gram­ matical Relations: The Case of Westgermania (Dutch-English-German)". Communication and Cognition 15.3.4. 307-331/(1983). Problems in Syntax ed. by Liliane Tasmowski & Dominique Willems, 29-53. Ghent: Communica­ tion & Cognition.

21.

, ed. 1982b. Satzglieder im Deutschen: Vorschläge zur syntaktischen, semantischen und pragmatischen Fundierung. Tübingen: Narr.

22.

. 1983a. "Der Dativ im Deutschen". La linguistique à la session 1983 de l'aggrégation d'allemand. Journée annuelle des linguistes de l'association des germanistes de l'enseignement supérieur, 19 février 1983, 2-101. Nancy: University.

Alphabetical List

15

23.

. 1983b. "Die Unterscheidung von direktem und indirektem Objekt in den kasuslosen westgermanischen Sprachen und im Deutschen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 20.5. 263-270.

24.

. 1986. "Unaccusatives in German". Groninger nistischen Linguistik 28. 1-72.

25

. 1988. "Ergative Subjekte, die Partitivlösung und die DP/NP-Frage". Groniger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 29. 161-189.

26.

. 1989. "The Marked-Unmarked Distinction in the Grammar of the German Ergative Verb". Markedness in Synchrony and Diachrony ed. by Olga Miseska Tomić, 291-307. Berlin: Mouton.

27.

. 1990. "Ergativity and Inchoativity: An Aspect-Syntax Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 30. 127-143.

28.

. 1993. "Null Subjects in the History of German: From IP to CP". Lingua 89.2.3. 117-142.

29.

Abramow, Boris A. 1967a. "Zum Begriff der zentripetalen und zentrifugalen Potenzen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 4.3. 155-168.

30.

31.

Arbeiten

zur

germa-

Interface".

. 1967b. "Modelle der subjektlosen Sätze im Deutschen". Deutsch Fremdsprache 4.6. 361-374. °

. 1988. "Zu einigen Problemen der Valenztheorie". Valenz, Kasus und/oder 'Szenen' Linguïstische Studien, Reihe A. 180.

als

semantische

32.

& Maria D. Stepanowa. 1970. "Review: Helbig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Inostrannye jazyki v skole 5. 86-89.

33.

Abruzzo, Donald J. 1969. "A Transformational Analysis of the Old English Attributive Genitive Construction". Papers in Linguistics 1.2. 399-406.

34.

Ackerman, Farrell. 1990. "Locative Alternation vs. Locative Inversion". The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics ed. by Aaron L. Halpern, 1-13. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

35.

Adamec, P. 1965. "K voprosu o transformacionnom analize predlozenij bez nominativa i s nejadernym nominativom v sovremennom russkom jazyke". Slavica pragensia 7. 63-79.

36.

Adams, Douglas Q. 1971. "Passives and Problems in Classical Greek and Modern English". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 17.

37. 38.

° Adams, G. 1886. De ablatiui ahsoluti dissertation, University of Marburg.

apud Q. Curtium Rufum

usu. Ph.D.

Adams, Marianne. 1985. "Government of Empty Subjects in Factitive Clausal Complements". Linguistic Inquiry 16. 305-313.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

16 39.

Admoni, Wladimir G. 1984. "Valenzausgerichtete Erforschung der Geschichte des deutschen Satzbaus". Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie 103. 420-430.

40.

Adrados, Francisco R. 1988. "On the Origin of the Indo-European DativeLocative Singular Endings". Languages and Cultures: Studies in Honor of Edgar C. Polome ed. by Mohammed Ali Jazayery & Werner Winter, 29-41. Berlin: Mouton.

41.

Åfarli, Tor Anders. 1989. The Syntax of Norwegian Passive Constructions. University of Trondheim Working Papers in Linguistics 9/(1992) Amster­ dam: Benjamins.

42.

Ágel, Vilmos. 1988. Überlegungen zur Theorie und Methode der historischsynchronen Valenzsyntax und Valenzlexikographie mit einem Verbvalenzleder Helene Kottanneun (1439-1440)'. xikon zu den 'Denkwürdigkeiten Tübingen: Niemeyer.

43.

Agha, Asif, Randolph Graczyk & Kevin J. Tuite. 1985. see Tuite, Kevin J.

44.

°Aghbar, A.A. 1982. Case Grammar and Persian Verbs. Washington.

45.

Agud, Ana. 1980. Historia y teoría de los casos. Madrid: Gredos.

46.

Aid, Frances M. 1973. Semantic Structures in Spanish: A Proposal for tional Materials. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

47.

Aissen, Judith Lilian. 1973. "Shifty Objects in Spanish". Papers from Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 9. 11-22.

48.

49.

Instructhe

. 1979a. The Syntax of Causative Constructions. Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. New York: Garland. °

. 1979b. "Possessor Ascension in Tzotzil". Papers in Mayan ed. by L. Martin. Columbia: Lucas.

Linguistics

50.

. 1982a. "Valence and Coreference". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 7-35. New York: Academic Press.

51.

. 1982b. "Comments on 'Grammatical Relations and Explanation in Linguistics' by Alec Marantz". Subjects and Other Subjects. Proceedings of the Harvard Conference on the Representation of Grammatical Relations ed. by Annie Zaenen, 25-32. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguis­ tics Club.

52.

. 1983. "Indirect Object Advancement in Tzotzil". Studies in Relational Grammar 1 ed. by David Perlmutter, 272-302. Chicago: University of Chi­ cago Press.

53.

. 1984. "Themes and Absolutives: Some Semantic Rules in Tzotzil". The Syntax of Native American Languages ed. by Eung-Do Cook & Donna B. Gerdts, Syntax and Semantics 16, 1-20. New York: Academic Press.

Alphabetical List

17

54.

Ajmagambetova, A.S. 1986. "Proizvodnye orudijnye predlogi i osobennosti ix upotreblenija". Russkij jazyk v nacionalnoj skole 11. 14-17.

55.

Akhundova, F.E. 1973. "Sopostavitel'noe izucenie sistemy padezej v nemeckom i Azerbajdzanskom jazykax". Izvestija Akademii nauk Azerbajdzanskoj SSR, literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 3. 65-73.

56.

Akmajian, Adrian. 1969. On Deriving Cleft Sentences from Pseudo-Cleft Sentences. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club/(1970) Linguistic Inquiry 1. 149-168.

57. ° Aksenos, X. 1959. "Der Schwund des griechischen Dativs als geistesgeschichtlichen Phänomen". Berliner byzantinische Arbeiten 14. 179-215. 58.

Alarcos Llorach, Emilio. 1970. "Verbo transitivo, verbo intransitivo y estructura del predicado". Estudios de gramática funcional del español by Emilio Alarcos Llorach, 109-123. Madrid: Gredos.

59.

Albalá, Ma. José. 1985. Los pronombres le, la, lo y sus plurales en la lengua española hablada en Madrid. Madrid: Consejo superior de investigaciones cientificas, Instituto de filologia hispánica.

60.

, Margarita Cantarero, Rafael Guerra & Antonio Quilis. 1985. see Quilis, Antonio.

61.

Alberton, Sonia. 1992. "Sujets nuls en ancien français (XIIe et XIIIe siècle) et en italien antique (XIIIe siècle): Étude comparative". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 20. 1-25.

62.

Albrecht, K. 1929. "'t vor dem Nominativ und beim Passiv". Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft und die Kunde des nachbiblischen Judentums 47. 274-283.

63.

Alekperova, Zemfira. 1989. "Morfologiceskaja interferencija v russkix proizvedenijax sovremennyx azerbaydzanskix pisatelej. Stat'ja II)". Izvestija Akademii nauk Azerbajdzanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 2. 103-107.

64.

Alexander, James. 1981. "Case-Marking in Easter Island Polynesian". Minnesota Papers in Linguistics and Philosophy of Language 7. 162-177.

65.

Alexander, Matt. 1989. "Θ-Marking Configurations in 'Non-Configurational' Languages: Guajajara, Yagua and Slave". MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 1-42.

66.

Alhoniemi, Alho. 1983. "Über die Kasuskongruenz von Adjektiv und Partizip in den tscheremissischen Dialekten". Nyelvtudományi közlemények 85.2. 281289.

67.

Allan, Edward Jay. 1975-76. "Inablienable Possession in Four Ethiopian Lan­ guages". Afrika und Übersee 59.4. 300-307.

18

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

68.

Allan, Keith. 1987. "Hierarchies and the Choice of Left Conjuncts: (With Particular Attention to English)". Journal of Linguistics 23. 51-11.

69.

Allen, Barbara J., Donald G. Frantz, Donna B. Gardiner & David M. Perlmutter. 1990. "Verb Agreement, Possessor Ascension, and Multistratal Representa­ tion in Southern Tiwa". Studies in Relational Grammar 3 ed. by Paul M. Postal & Brian D. Joseph, 321-383. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

70.

Allen, Bernard M. 1927. "The Accusative and Ablative of Degree of Differ­ ence". The Classical Journal 23.3. 192-197.

71.

Allen, Cynthia L. 1975. "Case Marking and the NP Cycle in Old English". Linguistic Analysis 1.4. 389-403.

72.

. 1984. "On the Dating of Raised Empty Subjects in English". Linguistic Inquiry 15.3. 461-465.

73.

. 1986. "Dummy Subjects and the Verb-Second 'Target' in Old English". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 67.6. 465-470.

74.

. 1990. "Review: Kemenade, Ans van. 1987. Syntactic Case and Morphological Case in the History of English. Dordrecht: Foris". Language 66.1. 146-152.

75. ° Allen, J.P.B. & H.G. Widdowson. 1988. "Grammar and Language Teaching". Language and Literacy from an Educational Perspective - A Reader. Vol. 1 ed. by Neil Mercer, 11-87. Milton Keynes: Open University Press. 76.

Allen, Shanley E.M. 1988. "Noun Incorporation in Eskimo: Postpositions and Case Marking". McGill Working Papers in Linguistics 5.2. 1-39.

77.

Allen, W. Sidney. 1964. "Transitivity and Possession". Language 40.3. 337343/(1972) Syntactic Theory 1. Structuralist ed. by F.W. Householder, 82-90. Harmonds worth: Penguin.

78.

. 1984. "On Certain Case Constraints and Their Interpretation". Lingua 63. 1-15.

79.

& CO. Brink. 1980. "The Old Order and the New: A Case History". Lingua 50. 61-100.

80.

Allerton, D.J. 1978. "Generating Indirect Objects in English". Journal of Linguistics 14. 21-33. Review: see Hawkins, Roger [1981a]

81.

. 1980. "Grammatical Subject as a Psycholinguistic Category". Transactions of the Philological Society. 40-61.

82.

& A. Cruttenden. 1979. "Three Reasons for Accenting a Definite Subject". Journal of Linguistics 15. 49-53.

Alphabetical List

19

83.

Alleton, Viviane. 1976. "Review: Teng, Shou-hsin. 1975. A Semantic Study of Transitivity Relations in Chinese. Berkeley, California: University of Califor­ nia Press". Journal of Chinese Linguistics 4.2.3. 299.

84.

Alpher, B.J. 1973. Son of Ergative: The Yir Yoront Language of Northeast Australia. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca.

85.

Al Tammar, Munira A. 1990. Thematic Relations: Towards a Unified Theory of Semantic Structure. Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences. 50.7. 2034.A.

86.

Altenberg, Bengt. 1980. "Binominal NP's in a Thematic Perspective: Genitive vs. of-Construction in 17th Century English". Papers from the Scandinavian Symposium on Syntactic Variation, Stockholm, May 18-19, 1979 ed. by Sven Jacobson, 149-172. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

87.

. 1982. The Genitive vs. the of-Construction: A Study of Syntactic Variation in 17th Century English. Lund: Gleerup.

88. ° Altendorf. 1867. Über die Localtheorie der Casus. Deutsch-Crone. 89. ° Alving, Hj. 1918. "Objekt-subjektets plats i ackusativ med infinitiv. En morfemhistorisk undersökning". Språk och stil 18. 1-37. 90. Amastae, Jon. 1983. "Agentless Constructions in Dominican Creole". Lingua 59.1. 47-75. 91.

Ambrazas, Vytautas. 1981. "Zur Geschichte einer indoeuropäischen Konstruk­ tion (Dativus cum infinitivo im Baltischen)". Kalbotyra 32.3. 12-24.

92.

. 1987. "Die indogermanische Grundlage des Dativus und Nominativus cum Infinitivo im Baltischen". Indogermanische Forschungen 92. 203-219.

93.

Ambros, Arne A. 1972. "Funktionalität und Redundanz in der arabischen Kasusdeklination". Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 63.64. 105127.

94.

Ameka, Felix. 1990. "The Grammatical Packaging of Experiencers in Ewe: A Study in the Semantics of Syntax". Australian Journal of Linguistics 10.2. 139-181.

95.

Ammann, Hermann. 1961a. "Studien zum Genitivgebrauch des Griechischen". Nachgelassene Schriften zur vergleichenden und allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft by Hermann Ammann, 47-93. Innsbruck: Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Kulturwissenschaft, Beiheft 12.

96.

. 1961b. "Das Passivum als Leideform". Nachgelassene Schriften zur vergleichenden und allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft by Hermann Ammann, 95-103. Innsbruck: Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Kulturwissenschaft, Beiheft 12.

20

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

97.

Amodio, Mark C. 1987. "Some Notes on Lazamon's Use of the Synthetic Genitive". Studia neophilologica 59.2. 187-194.

98.

Amritavalli, R. 1979. "The Representation of Transitivity in the Lexicon". Linguistic Analysis 5.1. 71 -92.

99.

. 1990. "Case-Marking Choices for Experiencer Subjects". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 285-295. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Lan­ guage and Information.

100.

Amsanova, Victoriâ. 1991. "Die instrumentale semantische Kategorie". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 28.2. 91-95.

101.

Ananthanarayana, H.S. 1970. "The Karaka Theory and Case Grammar". Indian Linguistics 31.1.2. 14-27.

102.

. 1975. "Homonymy of Case Realizations: A Typological Study". Osmania Papers in Linguistics 1. 65-76.

103.

Anders, I.F. 1972. "Semantycna struktura bezpryjmennykovoho daval'noho vidminka v ceskij i nimec'kij movach". Movoznavstvo 1. 38-49.

104. °

. 1975. Semantycna struktura bezpryjmennykovoho daval 'noho vidminka v ceskij i nimec'kij movach. Kiev: Naukova dumka.

105.

Andersen, F.I. 1971. "Passive and Ergative in Hebrew". Near Eastern Studies in Honor of William Foxwell Albright ed. by Hans Goedicke, 1-15. Baltimore: Hopkins.

106.

Andersen, Henning. 1970. "The Dative of Subordination in Baltic and Slavic". Baltic Linguistics ed. by Thomas F. Magner & William R. Schmalstieg, 1-9. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press.

107.

Andersen, Paul Kent. 1986. "The Genitive Agent in Rigvedic Passive Construc­ tions". Collectanea linguistica in honorem Adami Heinz, 9-13. Wroclaw: Polska Akademia Nauk, oddzial w Krakowie, Prace Komisji Językoznawstwa 53.

108.

Andersen, Torben. 1988. "Ergativity in Pari, a Nilotic OVS Language". Lingua 75. 289-324.

109.

. 1991. "Subject and Topic in Dinka". Studies in Language 15.2. 265294.

110. ° Anderson, D.D. 1974. A Case Grammar Approach to Verb Classification in Standard French. Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University, Washington. 111.

Anderson, John M. 1968. "Ergative and Nominative in English". Journal of Linguistics 4. 1-32/(1974) "L'Ergatif et le nominatif en anglais". Langages 34.74-102.

Alphabetical List

21

112.

. 1969. "Adjectives, Datives and Ergativization". Foundations of Language 5. 301-322/(1971) "Adjektive, Dative und Ergativierung". Kasustheorie ed. by Werner Abraham, 155-184. Frankfurt am Main: Athenäum.

113.

. 1970. "The Case for Cause: A Preliminary Enquiry". Journal of Linguistics 6. 99-104.

114.

. 1971a. The Grammar of Case: Towards a Localistic Theory. Cam­ bridge: Cambridge University Press. Review: see Aarts, F.G.A.M. [1974]; Bauer, Laurie & Winifred Boagey [1977]; Ebert, Robert Peter [1974]; Langacker, Ronald W. [1973]; Sampson, Geoffrey [1972]

115.

. 1971b. "Dependency and Grammatical Functions". Foundations of Language 7.1. 30-37.

116.

. 1971c. "A Proposal Concerning the Lexicalisation of Complex Struc­ tures". Studia linguistica 25.1. 1-8.

117.

. 1972. "Remarks on the Hierarchy of Quasi-Predication". Revue roumaine de linguistique 17. 23-44, 121-140, 193-202, 319-335.

118.

. 1973a. "Maximi Planudis in memoriam". Generative Grammar in Europe ed. by F. Kiefer & N. Ruwet, 20-47. Dordrecht: Reidel/(1975) Langages 38. 81-103.

119.

. 1973b. "Universal Quantifiers". Lingua 31. 125-176.

120.

. 1974. Concerning Quantifiers and Coordination. Trier: LAUT.

121. 122.

. 1975a. "A Note on the Placement of Universal Quantifiers". Folia linguistica 7. 317-338. . 1975b. "La grammaire casuelle". Languages 38. 18-64.

123.

. 1976. Three Chapters on Case Grammar, or: Why There is no Alternative. Trier: LAUT. Paper 5.

124.

. 1977. On Case Grammar: Prolegomena to a Theory of Grammatical Relations. London: Croom Helm. Review, see Hurford, James R. [1981]; Kirkwood, Henry W. [1979]

125.

. 1978. "On the Derivative Status of Grammatical Relations". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 661694. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

126.

. 1979a. On Being without a Subject. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

127.

. 1979b. "Serialization, Dependency and the Syntax of Possessives in Moru". Studia linguistica 33.1. 1-25.

22

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

128.

. 1980a. Anti-Accusative, Trier: LAUT. Paper 67.

129.

. 1980b. "Anti-Unaccusative, or: Relational Grammar Is Case Gram­ mar". Revue roumaine de linguistique 25.3. 193-225.

130.

. 1982a. "A Disagreeable Note on Relational Grammatical Relations". Issues in the Theory of Universal Grammar ed. by René Dirven & Gunter Radden, 125-143. Tübingen: Narr.

131.

or: Relational

Grammar

in Case

Grammar.

. 1982b. Case Grammar: The Motion Picture. Trier: LAUT. Paper 93.

132.

. 1984a. "Case Grammar and the Lexicon". Occasional Papers in Linguistics and Language Learning 10. 1-123.

133.

. 1984b. "Objecthood". Objects. Towards a Theory of Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 29-54. London: Academic Press.

134.

Grammatical

. 1985. "The Case System of Old English: A Case for Non-Modularity". Studia linguistica 39.1. 1-22.

135.

. 1986a. "Structural Analogy and Case Grammar". Lingua 70. 79-129.

136.

. 1986b. "A Note on Old English Impersonals". Journal of 22. 167-177.

Linguistics

137.

. 1987. "Case Grammar and the Localist Hypothesis". Concepts of Case ed. by René Dirven & Günter Radden, 103-121. Tübingen: Narr.

138.

. 1990. "Case Grammar Contrasts". Further Insights into Analysis ed. by Jacek Fisiak, 23-28. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

139.

& Françoise Dubois-Charlier, eds. 1975. La grammaire Didier-Larousse. Languages 38.

Contrastive

des cas. Paris:

140.

Anderson, Lloyd B. 1974. "The Part-Whole Squish, Main - vs. Subsidiary Predications, and Why 'Grammatical Insertion' Is like 'Lexical Insertion'". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 10. 1-16.

141.

Anderson, Mona. 1983-84. "Prenominal Genitive NPs". The Linguistic 3.1. 1-24.

142.

Anderson, Neil & Martha Wade. 1988. "Ergativity and Control in Folopa". Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 19.1.2. 1-16.

143.

Anderson, Stephen R. 1971. "On the Role of Deep Structures in Semantic Interpretation". Foundations of Language 7.3. 387-396.

144.

. 1974. "On the Syntax of Ergative Languages". Proceedings of the 11th International Congress of Linguists, Bologna-Florence, Aug. 28-Sept. 2, 1972, Vol. 2 ed. by Luigi Heilmann, 73-77. Bologna: II Mulino.

Review

Alphabetical List

23

145.

. 1976. "On the Notion of Subject in Ergative Languages". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 1-23. New York: Academic Press.

146.

. 1977. "On the Mechanisms by Which Languages Become Ergative". Mechanisms of Syntactic Change ed. by Charles N. Li, 317-363. Austin: University of Texas Press.

147.

. 1984. "On Representations in Morphology: Case, Agreement and Inversion in Georgian". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 2.2. 157-218.

148.

. 1988. "Objects (Direct and Not-So-Direct) in English and Elsewhere". On Language: Rhetorica, Phonologica, Syntactica. A Festschrift for Robert P. Stockwell from His Friends and Colleagues ed. by Caroline Duncan-Rose & Theo Vennemann, 287-314. London: Routledge.

149.

& Sandra L. Chung. 1977. "On Grammatical Relations and Clause Structure in Verb-Initial Languages". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 1-25. New York: Aca­ demic Press.

150.

Andersson, Erik. 1978. "On the Borderline between Equi-NP-Deletion and Subject Raising in English and Swedish". Papers from the Fourth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Hindsgavl, January 6-8, 1978 ed. by Kirsten Gregersen, 367-373. Odense: Odense University Press.

151.

Andersson, Sven. 1962. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Essai syntactico-sémantique. Copen­ hague: Munksgaard". Moderna språk 56. 350-354.

152.

Andor, József. 1977. "Mondattani elemzés szemantikai szemszögböT'. Magyar nyelvör 101.4. 489-500.

153.

. 1978. "Case Grammar, Deep Semantic Relations and Cognition". Proceedings of the 12th International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 - September 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 163166. Innsbruck: Institut fiir Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck, Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Sprachwissenschaft.

154.

. 1980. "Deep Semantic Relations: Cognition and the Teaching of Eng­ lish". ITL, Review of Applied Linguistics 47. 29-38.

155.

Andrejev, V.A. 1986. "Tvoritel'nyj padez v chuvaskom jazyke". Vestnik Leningradskogo universiteta, Serii istorija-jazyk-literatura 2.2. 66-69.

156.

Andresen, Helga. 1973. "Ein methodischer Vorschlag zur Unterscheidung von Ergänzung und Angabe im Rahmen der Valenztheorie". Deutsche Sprache 1. 49-63.

157.

Andrews, Avery D. 1971. "Case Agreement of Predicate Modifiers in Ancient Greek". Linguistic Inquiry 2.2. 127-151.

24

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

158.

. 1982. "The Representation of Case in Modern Icelandic". The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations ed. by Joan Bresnan, 427-503. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.

159.

. 1985. "The Major Functions of the Noun Phrase". Language Typology and Syntactic Description, Vol I ed. by Timothy Shopen, 62-154. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

160.

. 1990. "Case Structures and Control in Modern Icelandic". Modern Icelandic Syntax ed. by Joan Maling & Annie Zaenen, Syntax and Semantics 24, 187-234. New York: Academic Press.

161.

Angelova, Iskra. 1990. "Observation on the Double Object in Bulgarian (On Data from Colloquial Speech and from Other Slavonic Languages)". Contrastive Linguistics 4.5. 93-96.

162.

Angermüller, Hartmut & Monika Doherty. 1984. see Doherty, Monika.

163.

Angiolillo, Carl J. & Susan Goldin-Meadow. 1982. "Experimental Evidence for Agent-Patient Categories in Child Language". Journal of Child Language 9. 627-643.

164.

Aniya, Sosei. 1992. "The Semantics and the Syntax of the Existential ThereConstruction". Linguistic Analysis 223.4. 154-184.

165.

Anscombre, Jean-Claude. 1984. "La représentation de la notion de cause dans la langue". Cahiers de grammaire 8. 3-53.

166. °

. 1992. "Sur/sous: De la localisation spatiale à la localisation tempo­ relle". Lexique 11. 11-146.

167. ° Antal, László. 1960. "Hany esete van a magyar fönévnek?". Magyar nyelv 56. 52-57. 168. ° 169. 170.

. 1961a. "A magyar esetrendszer". Nyelvtudományi értekezések 29. . 1961b. "On the Possessive Form of the Hungarian Noun". General Linguistics 5.2. 39-46. . 1964. "The Possessive Form of the Hungarian Noun". Linguistics 3. 5061.

171.

Antoine, Ferd. 1882. De casuum syntaxi Vergiliana. Ph.D. dissertation, Univer­ sity of Paris. Paris: Klincksieck.

172.

Antonsen, Elmer H. 1973. "Zur schwachen 'Flexion' im Deutschen". Linguïstische Studien III. Festgabe für Paul Grebe. Teil I, 137-144. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

173. ° Antrim, E.I. 1897. Die syntaktische Verwendung des Genitivs in den Werken Notkers. Göttingen.

Alphabetical List

25

174.

Anttila, Harry. 1983. "Zur geschichtlichen Entwicklung des Genitivobjekts im Deutschen". Linguïstische Studien, Reihe A. 107.1. 97-113.

175.

Aoki, Fumio. 1985. "The Subject of Infinitives in Spanish and the Pro-Drop Parameter". Sophia linguistica 18. 80-85.

176.

. 1991. "Unaccusative Case in Spanish and Its Interaction with Negative Sentences". Sophia linguistica 30. 33-44.

177.

. 1992. "Estructuras de argumentos y la asignación del caso en los verbos del tipo gustar". Sophia linguistica 31. 89-107.

178. ° Apelt, O. 1874. "Über den Accusativus cum Infinitivo im Gothischen". Germania 19. 280-297. 179. °

. 1875. "Über den Accusativus cum Infinitivo im Althochdeutschen und Mittelhochdeutschen". Jahresbericht über das Wilhelm Ernstische Gymnasium zu Weimar. 1-23.

180. ° Appel, Elsbeth. 1941. Vom Fehlen des Genitiv -s. München. 181.

Arbel, Tali & Daniel G. Frankel. 1981. see Frankel, Daniel G.

182.

Ard, Josh. 1978. "Subject-Based and Absolutive-Based Syntactic Processes in Kamchadal". Lingua 45. 193-231.

183. ° Arguedas Cortés, Gilda Rosa. 1986. "La colocación del sujeto y su relación con las categorías de primero y segundo plano en castellano". Revista de filología y lingüística de la universidad de Costa Rica 12.1. 145-149. 184.

Arii, Matsuo. 1987. "Some Remarks on Contrastive Stylistic Preference in English and Japanese". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 20. 25-33.

185.

Arms, David. 1973. "Whence the Fijian Transitive Endings?". Oceanic Linguistics 12. 503-558.

186.

. 1974. Transitivity in Standard Fijian. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan.

187.

Arnavielle, Teddy. 1989. "Permanences et évolutions dans le système des cas du français". Revue des langues romanes 93.2. 223-233.

188.

Arnold, H.H. 1928-29. "Spanish Neuter Dative le". The Modem Language Journal 13. 631-632.

189.

Aronoff, Mark. 1979. "The Morphology of Store Names". American Speech 54.2. 155-156.

190.

Aronson, Birgitta. 1970. Olika slag av genitivkonstruktioner i vardagligt talsprak. Uppsala: University of Uppsala, Research Committee for Modern Swedish.

26

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

191.

Aronson, Howard I. 1970. "Towards a Semantic Analysis of Case and Subject in Georgian". Lingua 25. 291-301.

192.

. 1976. "Grammatical Subject in Old Georgian". Bedi kartlisa, Revue de kartvélogie 34. 220-231.

193.

. 1977. "Formal Correlates to Function in the Georgian Declension". Bedi kartlisa, Revue de kartvélogie 35. 253-260.

194.

. 1979. "Towards a Typology of Transitivity: The Strange Case of the Georgian Subject". The Elements: A Parasession on Linguistic Units and Levels, Including Papers from the Conference on Non-Slavic Languages of the USSR, Chicago Linguistics Society. 297-306.

195. ° Aronsson, I. 1975. The -s Genitive of Non-Human and Collective Nouns in Present-Day American English. Lund: University of Lund, Department of English. 196.

Arutjunjan, V.N. 1986. "Nekotorye osobennosti izucenija imen s nulevoj paradigmoj". Russkij jazyk v armjanskoj skole 3. 31-35.

197.

. 1988. "Morfologiceski uscerbnye slova v imennoj sisteme russkogo jazyka". Russkij jazyk v nacionaVnoj skole 2. 8-12.

198.

Arutjunova, N.D. 1971. "O nominativnom aspekte predlozenija". Voprosy jazykoznanija 6. 63-73.

199.

. 1973. "Problemy sintaksisa i semantiki v rabotax C. Fillmora". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 117-124/(1975) "Problems of Syntax and Semantics in the Works of Charles Fillmore". Linguistics 150. 5-14.

200.

Arzápalo, Ramón. 1973. Das Pronominalsystem des Yukatekischen. München: Fink.

201.

Asan, Finu|a. 1957. "Atributul pronominal în dativ". Studii de gramatică 2. 131139.

202.

. 1960. "Raportul dintre diateze şi tranzitivitate". Omagiu lui Al Graur cu prilejul împlinirii a 60 de ani. Studii şi cercetari lingvistice 11.3. 341-348.

203.

Asatiani, Rusudan. 1991. "The Ergative Construction as One Possibility for Patient Actualisation". Studia linguistica 45.1.2. 146-157.

204. ° Asenova, P. 1978. "Constructions possessives inverses en bulgare". Zeitschrift für Balkanologie 14. 205.

Asher, R.E. 1968. "Existential, Possessive, Locative and Copulative Sentences in Malayalam". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms, Part 2 ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 88-111. Dordrecht: Reidel.

206.

Aske, Jon. 1987. "The Accusativity/Ergativity Balance in a Non-Split Ergative Language - The Case of Euskara (aka Basque)". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 13. 1-14.

Alphabetical List

27

207.

Askedal, John Ole. 1980. "Über das Passiv von Verben mit zwei Akkusativergänzungen im Deutschen". Kopenhagener Beiträge zur germanistischen Linguistik. Sonderband 1. Festschrift für Gunnar Bech zum 60. Geburtstag am 23. März 1980 ed. by Mogens Dyhr, Karl Hyldgaard-Jensen & Jørgen Olsen, 1-18. Kopenhagen: KGBL.

208.

. 1982. "On the Syntactic Representation of So-Called 'ExistentialPresentative' Sentences in Norwegian and German. A Contrastive Analysis". Papers from the Sixth Scandinavian Conference on Linguistics ed. by Thornstein Fretheim & Lars Hellan, 11-25. Trondheim: Tapir.

209.

. 1984. "Grammatikalisierung und Auxialisierung im sogenannten bekommen/kriegen/erhalten-Passiv des Deutschen". Kopenhagener Beiträge zur germanistischen Linguistik 22. 5-47.

210.

°

. 1985. "Einige kritische Überlegungen zur Unterscheidung von Ergänzungen und Angaben in der Valenzlehre". Nouveaux cahiers d'allemand 3. 113-121.

211.

°

. 1986a. "Hauptzüge einer syntaktischen Funktionsbestimmung der deutschen Kasus". Arbeitsberichte des germanistischen Instituts der Universität Oslo 4. 5-22.

212.

. 1986b. "On Ergativity in Modern Norwegian". Nordic Linguistics 9.1. 25-45.

Journal

213.

. 1987. "Syntaktische Symmetrie und Asymmetrie im Bereich der passivischen Fügungen des Deutschen". Das Passiv im Deutschen, Akten des Kolloquiums über das Passiv im Deutschen, Nizza 1986 ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique (Nice), 17-49. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

214.

. 1988. "Über den Infinitiv als Subjekt im Deutschen: Eine empirische Untersuchung anhand des Erzählwerks von Thomas Mann". Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 16. 1-25.

215.

Asselah, Boualem, Bernard Pavard & Gilles Roman. 1985. see Roman, Gilles.

216.

Atkinson, James C. 1973. The Two Forms of Subject Inversion French. The Hague: Mouton.

217.

Atlas, Jay David & Stephen C. Levinson. 1981. "lt-Clefts, Informativeness, and Logical Form: Radical Pragmatics (Revised Standard Version)". Radical Pragmatics ed. by Peter Cole, 1-61. New York: Academic Press.

218.

° Aurich, J. 1971. Fragen der Valenz und Synonymie von Adjektiven in Konstruktionen vom Typ 'Adjektiv + Nomen im Dativ', 'Adjektiv + dlja + Nomen im Genitiv', 'Adjektiv + Nomen im Dativ + dlja + Nomen im Genitiv' in der russischen Sprache der Gegenwart. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Greifswald.

in

of

Modem

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

28 219. 220. °

Aurnague, Michel. 1989. "Catégorisation des objets dans le langage: Les noms de localisation interne". Cahiers de grammaire 14. 1-21. . 1991. Contribution à l'étude de la sémantique formelle de l'espace et du raisonnement spatial: La localisation interne en français: Sémantique et structures inférentielles. Ph.D. dissertation, University P. Sabatier, Toulouse.

221.

Austerlitz, Robert. 1992. "Enttransitivierung, Mediopassiv oder Resultativ im Giljakischen". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 45.2. 101-105.

222.

Austin, Peter. 1981. "Case Marking and Clausal Binding: Evidence from Dhalandji". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 17. 1-7.

223.

. 1982. "Transitivity and Cognate Objects in Australian Languages". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 37-47. New York: Academic Press.

224.

Authier, Jean-Marc. 1989. "V-Governed Pro, Case-Theory and the Projection Principle". Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, University of British Columbia ed. by E. Jane Fee & Katherine Hunt, 14-28. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Association.

225.

. 1990. "Null Subjects in the DP and Inalienable Construal in French". The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics ed. by Aaron L. Halpern, 15-28. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

226.

. 1991. "V-Governed Expletives, Case-Theory, and the Projection Prin­ ciple". Linguistic Inquiry 22.4. 721-739.

227.

. 1992. "Is French a Null Subject Language in the DP?". Probus 4.1. 116.

228.

& Lisa Reed. 1991a. "Ergative Predicates and Dative Cliticization in French Causatives". Linguistic Inquiry 22.1. 197-205.

229.

& Lisa Reed. 1991b. "Case Theory, Theta Theory, and the Distribution of French Affected Datives". The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics ed. by Dawn Bates, 27-39. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

230.

Auwera, Johan van der. 1983a. "Comrie on Subjects". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1983 ed. by Hans Bennis & Willem Ubo Siewert Van Lessen Kloeke, 191-199. Dordrecht: Foris.

231.

. 1983b. "New Evidence for Raising? Review: Ihalainen, Ossi. 1982. "New Evidence for Raising". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 83. 210-215". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 84. 396-397. Review: see Hietaranta, Pertti S. [1985]; Ihalainen, Ossi [1985]

Alphabetical List

29

232.

Avram, Mioara. 1965. "O specie modera a atributulin în dativ şi alte probleme ale derminärii atributive". Limba română 24.4. 415-429.

233.

. 1977. "Genitiv-dativul singular articulat al unor substantive feminine în -ie". Limba română 26.4. 365-368.

234.

. 1980a. "Genitivul complement al unui adjectiv şi rolul lui 'al (a, ai, ale)'. Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 31.5. 511-516.

235.

. 1980b. "Poate fi voctivul parte de propozitie?". Limba română 29.2. 163-165.

236. ° Ayres, Glenn. 1981. "Ergativity and Aspect in Ixil". Journal of Mayan Linguis­ tics 22. 128-145. 237.

Azambuja Lira, Solange de. 1986. "Subject Postposition in Portuguese". Revista DELTA 2.1. 17-36.

238.

Azoulay-Vicente, Avigail. 1989. "Cas partitif et quantification à distance". Recherches linguistiques de Vincennes 18. 81-100.

239.

Babajev, Faig. 1985. "Ermenistan SSR masis rajonunun azerbajdzhan shivelerinde mensubijjet kategorijasy". Izvestiya Akademii nauk Azerbajdzanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 1. 104-106.

240.

Babby, Leonard Harvey. 1978a. Negation and Subject Case Selection in Existential Sentences. Evidence from Russian. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana Uni­ versity Linguistics Club.

241.

. 1978b. "Word Order, Case, and Grammatical Relations in Russian". Studies in Honor of Horace G. Lunt: On the Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday, September 12, 1978, Part I ed. by Ernest A. Scatton, Richard D. Steele & Charles E. Gribble, 35-45. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

242.

. 1980a. "The Syntax of Surface Case Marking". Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics 1. 1-32.

243. °

. 1980b. "Word Order, Case, and Negation in Russian Existential Sen­ tences". Morphosyntax ed. by Catherine V. Chvany & Richard D. Brecht. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

244.

. 1984. "Case Conflicts and Their Resolution: A Contribution to EST Case Theory". Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics 6. 1-21.

245.

. 1985. "Noun Phrase Internal Case Agreement in Russian". Russian Linguistics 9.1. 1-15.

246.

. 1986. "The Locus of Case Assignment and the Direction of Percolation: Case Theory and Russian". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 170-219. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

247.

. 1987. "Case, Prequantifiers and Discontinuous Agreement in Russian". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5.1. 91-138.

30

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

248.

. 1988. "Noun Phrase Internal Case Agreement in Russian". Agreement in Natural Language: Approaches, Theories, Descriptions ed. by Michael Barlow & Charles A. Ferguson, 287-304. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information.

249.

. 1989. "Review: Neidle, Carol. 1988. The Role of Case in Russian Syntax. Dordrecht: Kluwer". Language 65.4. 832-838.

250.

& Robert Freidin. 1984. see Freidin, Robert.

251. ° Babcock, Clinton Leroy. 1901. A Study in Case Rivalry Being an Investigation Regarding the Use of the Genitive and the Accusative in Latin with Verbs of Remembering and Forgetting. New York: Macmillan. 252.

Babcock, Sandra Scharff. 1972. "Paraphrastic Causatives". Foundations of Language 8. 30-43.

253.

Babic, Stjepan. 1989. "Upotreba instrumentala u slovenskom i hrvatskom knjizevnom jeziku". Slavisticna revija 37.1.3. 103-108.

254.

Bach, Emmon W. 1967. "Have and Be in English Syntax". Language 43.2. 462485.

255.

. 1977. "Review: Postal, Paul M. 1974. On Raising: One Rule of English Grammar and Its Theoretical Implications. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press". Language 53.3. 621-654.

256.

. 1979. "In Defense of Passive". Linguistics and Philosophy 3. 297-341.

257. ° Bachman, Ronald David. 1980. The Subject Potential of the Dative Case in Modern Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University. 258.

Baciu, Ileana. 1986. "Subject and WH-Movement in English and Romanian". Analele universitatii bucureşti, Limbi şi literaturi străine 35. 73-76.

259.

Baciu, loan. 1985. "Le datif possessif roumain dans le contexte des langues romanes". Actes du XVIIème congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes (Aix-en-Provence, 29 août - 3 septembre 1983), Vol. 2: Linguistique comparée et typologie des langues romanes, 349-359. Aix-enProvence: University of the Provence.

260.

Bacz, Barbara Fedorowicz. 1977. "Material Modifiers in English and Polish Nominal Phrases". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 6. 77-90.

261.

. 1990. "On the Psychomechanical Explanation of the Genitive-Accusa­ tive of Masculine Animates in Slavic: Evidence from Polish". Langues et linguistique 16. 17-35.

262.

Baczyk-Tomaszewska, Alicja. 1981. "Le complément d'objet direct prepo­ sitionnel en espagnol". Studia romanica posnaniensia 7. 51-54.

263.

Bader, Yousef & Michael Kenstowicz. 1987. "Syllables and Case in Kabyle Berber". Lingua 73. 279-299.

Alphabetical List

31

264.

Badia Margarit, A.M. 1988. "La omisión del sujeto en español". Homenaje a Alonso Zamora Vicente, 1: Historia de la lengua. El español contemporáneo ed. by Pedro Peira, 361-367. Madrid: Castalia.

265.

Baele, Danielle. 1974. "Definitionen der Valenz". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 312. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

266.

Baer, Louis A. 1973. "The Predicate Adjective in English: A Case Grammar Analysis". Georgetown University Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 7. 13-32.

267.

. 1979. A Case Grammar Analysis of the English Predicate Nominal. Washington: Georgetown University, Department of Languages and Linguis­ tics.

268.

Baeva, G.A. 1980. "Leksiko-semanticeskie osobennosti svobodnogo genitiva v nemetskom jazyke". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Serii istorijajazyk-literatura 1.2. 85-91.

269.

. 1986. "Razvitie neupravljaemogo padeza v nemeckom jazyke". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Serii istorija-jazyk-literatura 2.4. 78-81.

270.

Bahr, Donald M. 1986. "Pima-Papago -ga 'Alienability'". International of American Linguistics 52. 161-171.

Journal

271.

Bailey, Charles-James N. 1970a. "Another Look at the Instrumental Case". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 2.8. 87-112.

272.

. 1970b. "The Instrumental Case, Purpose and Result Clauses, and the Underlying Sentential Operator Cause". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 2.9. 155-161.

273.

. 1973. "Deriving Conjunctions, Manner Adverbs, Prepositions and the Oblique Cases from Underlying Predicates". Georgetown University Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 7. 82-111.

274.

Bailey, Leslie F. & Valdis J. Zeps. 1970. see Zeps, Valdis J.

275.

Baillard, Joëlle. 1982. "The Interaction of Semantic and Syntactic Functions and French Clitic Case Marking in Causative Sentences". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 4969. New York: Academic Press.

276.

° Bak, J.S. 1990. Accord casuel et sujets multiples en Coréen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Paris-VIII.

277. 278.

Bakel, Jan van. 1983. "Depassivering e.a. in Casus (82)". Verslagen linguïstiek 3. 65-73.

computer-

& Sietse Hoogeboom. 1981. "Eksperiment met een kasusgrammatica". Verslagen computerlinguïstiek 2. 1-57.

32

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

279.

Baker, Mark C. 1983. "Objects, Themes and Lexical Rules in Italian". Papers in Lexical Functional Grammar ed. by L. Levin, M. Rappaport & A. Zaenen, 145. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

280.

. 1988a. "How Complex Words Get Their Properties". McGill Working Papers in Linguistics 5.2. 40-59.

281.

. 1988b. "Theta Theory and the Syntax of Applicatives in Chichewa". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6. 353-389.

282.

. 1988c. Incorporation. A Theory of Grammatical Function Changing. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Review: see Delfitto, Denis [1991]

283.

, Kyle Johnson & Ian Roberts. 1989. "Passive Arguments Raised". Linguistic Inquiry 20.2. 219-251.

284. ° Bakker, D.M. 1968. "Onderwerp en gezegde". Reflexies, opstellen aangeboden aan Prof. Dr. J.P.A. Mekkes ter gelegenheid van zijn zeventigste verjaardag ed. by D.M. Bakker, J. den Boeft & J. van der Hoeven, 9-41. Amsterdam: Buijten & Schippenheijn. 285.

Bal, Willy. 1978. "Groupes pronominaux (pronom sujet + un ou deux pronoms régimes) en position préverbale dans un parler wallon moderne". Mélanges de philologie romane offerts à Charles Camproux, Tome II, 821-834. Mont­ pellier: C.E.O.

286.

Balachandran, Lakshmi Bai. 1973. A Case Grammar of Hindi (With a Special Reference to the Causative Sentences). Agra: Central Institute of Hindi. Review: see Saksena, Anuradha [1975]

287. 288.

Balajan, Alexandr, Alexandr Jarovinskij & Csaba Pléh. 1987. see Pléh, Csaba. Balandin, A.N. 1948. "Padezi sub"ekta i ob"ekta na sluzbe nominativnoj i érgativnoj konstrukcii glagol'nogo predlozenija v vaxoskom dialekte xantyjskogo jazyka". Sovetskoe finnougrovedenie 1. 301-315.

289.

Bald, Wolf-Dietrich. 1972. Studien zu den kopulativen Verben des Englischen. München: Hiiber.

290. ° Baldes. 1882. Der Genitiv bei Verbis im Ahd.. Ph.D. dissertation, University of StraBburg. 291. 292. 293.

Baldi, Philip. 1977. "Morpho-Syntax and the Latin Genitive". Folia linguistica 11.1.2. 93-108. & Richard Smaby. 1981. see Smaby, Richard. Balk-Smit Duyzentkunst, F. 1968. "Het meewerkend voorwerp: Een gram­ maticale vergissing". Levende talen 243. 5-12/(1980) Taal kundig beschouwd: Taalkundige artikelen bijeengebracht, ingeleid en van vragen voorzien door M. Klein, 121-128. Den Haag: Nijhoff.

Alphabetical List

33

294.

Ballmer, Thomas T. 1987. "Case, Aktionsart and Ergativity: A Semantical Base for Typological Issues". Process Linguistics: Exploring the Processual Aspects of Language and Language Use, and the Mehods of Their Description ed. by Thomas T. Ballmer & Wolfgang Wildgen, 37-79. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

295.

Ballweg, Joachim. 1974. "Einige Bermerkungen zu einem Valenzmodell mit semantischer Basis". Kopenhagener Beiträge zur germanistischen Linguistik 4. 83-112.

296.

. 1976. "Zur Diskussion des syntaktischen Status der Präpositionalphrasen in Sätzen des Typs: Hans trifft das Fenster mit dem Stein". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 253-258. Tübingen: Narr.

297.

. 1978. "A Reconstruction of the Notion of Valency within a Grammar with a λ-Categorial Base". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Rela­ tions ed. by Werner Abraham, 99-126. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

298.

, Hans-Jürgen Hacker & Helmut Schumacher. 1972. "Valenzgebundene Elemente und logisch-semantische Tiefenstruktur". Linguistische Studien II ed. by Hugo Moser, 100-145. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

299.

Ballweg-Schramm, Angelika. 1976. "Noch einmal: Grundbegriffe der Valenztheorie. Bemerkungen zu einem Papier von S. Pape". Untersuchungen zur Valenztheorie ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 54-65. Tübingen: Narr.

300.

Bally, Charles. 1926. "L'expression des idées de sphère personnelle et de solidarité dans les langues indo-européennes". Festschrift Louis Gauchat ed. by F. Fankhauser & J. Jud, 68-78. Aarau: Sauerländer.

301.

Bammesberger, Alfred. 1985. "Die Endung für Nom. Akk. PL bei altenglischen u-Stämmen". Anglia 103.3.4. 365-370.

302.

. 1990. Die Morphologie des urgermanischen Nomens. Heidelberg: Winter. Review: see Klein, Jared S. [1991]

303.

Bánhidi, Zoltán. 1972. "A magyar tárgyi mondatrész es az angol anyanyelviiek nézöpontja". Magyar nyelv 68.4. 429-443.

304.

Bani, E. & T.J. Klokeid. 1976. "Ergative Switching in Kala Lagaw Languages". Languages of Cape York ed. by P. Sutton, 269-283. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

305.

Barakova, Penka. 1979. "Brief Description of Passive Constructions in Standard Bulgarian (Contrasted with Polish in Particular)". Contrastive Linguistics 4.3. 17-25.

306. Barck, Marianne & Barbel Pfüller. 1975. "Untersuchungen zum Verhältnis von obligatorischen und fakultativen Verbergänzungen und freien Angaben". Linguïstische Arbeitsberichte 11. 121-125.

34

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

307. ° Bárczi, G. 1965. "A tárgyrag eredetének kérdéséhez". Magyar nyelv 61. 276281. 308.

Barkho, Leon Y. 1986. Subject and Non-Subject Noun Phrases in Scientific English. Duisburg: LAUDT. Series C. Paper 8.

309.

Barnes, Betsy Kerr. 1979. The Notion of 'Dative' in Linguistic Theory and the Grammar of French. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University/(1980) Ann Ar­ bor: University Microfilms International.

310.

. 1980. "The Notion of 'Dative' in Linguistic Theory and the Grammar of French". Lingvisticae investigationes 4.2. 245-292.

311.

. 1985. "A Functional Explanation of French Nonlexical Datives". Studies in Language 9.2. 159-195.

312.

Baron, Dennis E. 1974. Case Grammar and Diachronic English Syntax. The Hague: Mouton. Review: see Moessner, Lilo [1976]

313.

Baron, Naomi S. 1971. "On Defining Cognate Object". Glossa 5.1. 71-98.

314.

Baron, Stephen P. 1971. "Some Cases for Case in Mandarin Syntax". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 35-52.

315. ° Barone, M. 1926. Studi sul significato fondamentale dell' accusativo e sulla teoría localistica. Roma: Befani. 316. ° Barrenechea, Ana María & Teresa Orecchia. 1969. "La voz pasiva en el español hablado en Buenos Aires". El simposio de México, Universidad nacional autónoma de México, 234-243. México. 317.

& Teresa Orecchia. 1970. "La duplicación de objetos directos e indirec­ tos en el español hablado en Buenos Aires". Romance Philology 24.1. 58-83.

318.

Barrett-Keach, Camillia N. 1988. NP Switch in Inalienable Possession Constructions in Swahili. Ghent: State University of Ghent, Seminar of Swahili and the Languages Problems of Developing Nations.

319.

Barri, Nimrod. 1992. "How Many Albanian Cases? An Exercise in Syntactic Morphology". General Linguistics 32.1. 58-66.

320.

Barrs, Andrew & Howard Lasnik. 1986. "A Note on Anaphora and Double Objects". Linguistic Inquiry 17. 347-354.

321.

Bartning, Inge. 1989. "Le déterminant possessif et les compléments adnominaux en de". Revue romane 24.2. 163-203.

322. °

. 1992a. "Réflexions sur le déterminant possessif et les compléments adnominaux en français - quelques types interprétatifs objectifs". XIXe congrès international de linguistique et de philologie romanes. Santiago de Compostela.

Alphabetical List

35

323.

. 1992b. "La préposition de et les interprétations possibles des syntagmes nominaux complexes. Essai d'approche cognitive". Lexique 11. 163-192.

324.

Barxudarov, L.S. 1972. "Russko-anglijskie jazykovye paralleli: Ocerk vtoroj; Imja suscestvitel'noe". Russkij jazyk za rubezom 3. 78-82.

325.

Bashir, Elena. 1986. "Beyond Split-Ergative: Subject Marking in Wakhi". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 22.1. 14-35.

326.

. 1990. "Involuntary Experience in Kalasha". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 297318. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Informa­ tion.

327.

& Malathi Rao. 1985. see Rao, Malathi.

328.

Basilaja, Natalja Andreevna. 1982. "Genitivnaja konstrukcija kak tipicnaja sintaksiceskaja struktura naucnogo i poeticeskogo tekstov". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Friedrich Schiller Universität Jena, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 31.3. 363-370.

329.

Bassarak, Armin. 1988. "Morphologisierungstendenzen Linguïstische Studien, Reihe A. 188. 1-13.

330.

Basset, Edward L. 1945. "The Genitive Absolute in Latin". Classical 40.2. 108-114.

331.

Bastiaanse, R. 1991. "Retrieval of Instrumental Verbs in Aphasia: An Explora­ tive Study". Clinical Linguistics and Phonetics 5.4. 355-368.

332.

Bastida, Salvador. 1976. "Restricciones de orden en las secuencias de clídcos del castellano: Dos requisitos". Estudios de gramática generativa ed. by Victor Sánchez de Zavala, 59-99. Barcelona: Labor universitaria.

333.

Bastuji, Jacqueline. 1976. "Les relations spatiales en turc contemporain". Études linguistiques 20. 19-258.

334.

Bates, Elizabeth & Brian MacWhinney. 1982. "Functionalist Approaches to Grammar". Language Acquisition: The State of the Art ed. by Eric Wanner & Lila R. Gleitman, 173-218. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

335.

im

Türkischen". Philology

& Stanley Smith. 1987. see Smith, Stanley.

336.

° Batistic, Tatjana. 1967. "Uloga konstrukcije 'u' + lokativ u konstituisanju izvjesnih tipova srpskohrvatskih recenica". Prilozi proucavanju jezika 3. 2942.

337.

Bat-Zeev Shyldkrot, Hava. 1987. "Les compléments de temps et de lieu sont-ils toujours des compléments circonstanciels?". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 21.2. 229-247.

338.

. 1989. "Conjonctions et expression temporelle-causale en français". Folia linguistica historica 10.2. 263-280.

36

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

339.

Battistella, Edwin. 1983. "Gerunds and Subject Case Marking". Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 2. 1-10.

340.

. 1992. "Review: Ravin, Yael. 1990. Lexical Semantics without Thematic Roles. London: Oxford University Press". Language 68.1. 238-239.

341.

Battye, Adrian & A. Mendikoetxea. 1990. see Mendikoetxea, A.

342.

Bauer, Jaroslav. 1950. "Bezpredlozkovy lokál ve staroslovenskych evangeliích". Slavia 20.1. 40-56. Bauer, Laurie. 1978. The Grammar of Nominal Compounding with Special Reference to Danish, English and French. Odense: Odense University Press.

343. 344.

& Winifred Boagey. 1977. "Review: John M. Anderson. 1971. The Grammar of Case: Towards a Localistic Theory. Cambridge University Press". Linguistics and Philosophy 1.1. 119-152.

345.

Bauer, Paul. 1973. "Reflexivpronomina und Verbvalenz". Leuvense bijdragen 62.3. 267-271.

346.

Bauer, Winifred. 1983. "Experience Verbs in Maori". Te reo 26. 3-28.

347. ° Bauerová, Marta. 1963. "Bespredloznyj tvoritel'nyj padez v staroslavjanskom jazyke". Issledovanija po sintaksisu staroslavjanskogo jazyka ed. by Josef Kurz, 287-311. Prague: Naklad. 348.

Bauman, James J. 1975. Pronouns and Pronominal Morphology in TibetoBurman. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Berkeley.

349.

. 1979. "An Historical Perspective on Ergativity in Tibeto-Burman". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 419-433. London: Academic Press.

350. ° Bausch, H. 1920. Studia propertiana de liberiore usu ablativi. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Marburg. 351.

Bausewein, Karin. 1990. Akkusativobjekt, Akkusativobjektsätze und Objektsprädikate im Deutschen. Untersuchungen zu ihrer Syntax und Semantik. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

352.

Bavin, Edith Laura. 1980. On the Grammatical Notion, Subject. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, State University of New York at Buffalo/(1982) Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

353.

Baxter, J.H. 1925. "Some Predicative Datives in Late Latin". Archivum latinitatis medii aevi 2. 85-88.

354.

Bayer, Josef, Ria De Bleser & Claudia Dronsek. 1987. "Form und Funktion von Kasus bei Agrammatismus". Grammatik und Kognition: Psycholinguistische Untersuchungen ed. by Josef Bayer, Linguïstische Berichte, Sonderheft 1, 81117. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.

Alphabetical List

37

355.

Bayer, Klaus. 1973. "Kasusbegriff und semantische Grammatikkomponente". Linguïstische Berichte 23. 12-24.

356.

Bázlik, Miroslav. 1986. "Akuzatívny objekt z hl'adiska valencie v porovnaní s anglictinou". Jazykovedny casopis 37.1. 39-45.

357.

Beard, J., C.H.M. Horton, I. Short & B. Woledge. 1967. see Woledge, B.

358.

Beard, Robert. 1984-85. "Preposition and Case". Zbornik za filologiju i lingvistiku 27.28. 57-63.

359.

Bech, Gunnar. 1969. "Über die gotischen Gen. Pl.-Endung". Lingua 23. 55-64.

360.

Bechert, Johannes. 1966. "Zum 'Fehlen' des Objekts und des Objektpronomens bei Homer". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 19. 87-102. . 1977. "Zur funktionalen Erklärung des Ergativsystems". Papiere zur Linguistik 12. 57-86. . 1978. Das Nominativ-Ergativ-Kontinuum und die pragmatische Fundierung grammatischer Kategorien. Trier: LAUT.

361. 362. 363.

. 1979. "Ergativity and the Constitution of Grammatical Relations". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 45-59. London: Academic Press.

364.

. 1982. "Grammatische Kategorien: Affinität, Markiertheit und prag­ matische Begründung. Beobachtungen am Kontinuum der Nominativ-/Ergativsprachen". Satzglieder im Deutschen: Vorschläge zur syntaktischen, semantischen und pragmatischen Fundierung ed. by Werner Abraham, 41-58. Tübingen: Narr.

365. ° Becker, Alton L. 1969. The Subject Tagmeme in English. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan. 366.

Becker, Donald A. 1971. "Case Grammar and German be-". Glossa 5.2. 125145.

367. ° Beckmann, E. 1885. "Über die attributive Konstruktion eines sächsischen Geni­ tivs oder substantivischen Possessivpronomens mit 'of". Englische Studien 8. 412-414. 368.

Beckmann, Gustav Adolf. 1963. Die Nachfolgekonstruktionen des instrumentalen Ablativs im Spätlatein und im Französichen. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

369.

Beekes, R.S.P. 1972. "The Nominative of the Hysterodynamic Noun-Inflec­ tion". Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indo germanischen Sprachen 86. 30-63.

370.

. 1973. "Lat. prae and Other Supposed Datives in -ai". Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen 87. 215-221.

38

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

371.

. 1985. The Origins of the Indo-European Nominal Inflection. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft.

372.

. 1988. "The Pronominal Genitive Singular in Germanic and Proto-IndoEuropean". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 110.1. 1-5.

373.

. 1989. "Old Persian p-0-i-m". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 50. 7-13.

374.

°

. 1991. "The Origin of the Indo-European Pronominal Inflection". Perspectives on Indo-European Language, Culture and Religion: Studies in Honor of Edgar C Polomé. Washington: Institute for the Study of Man.

375. ° Beer, A. 1911. "Gab es einen gotischen nominativus absolutus?". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 37. 169-171. 376.

Begun, Jeffrey S. & Herbert H. Clark. 1971. see Clark, Herbert H.

377.

° Behaghel, Otto. 1900. "Das -e im Dativ der Einzahl männlicher und sächlicher Hauptwörter". Wissenschaftliche Beihefte des allgemeinen deutschen Sprachvereins 17.18. 251-277.

378.

. 1923. Deutsche Syntax, Band I: Die Wortklassen und Wortformen; Kapitel 7: Die Kasus. Heidelberg: Winter.

379.

. 1929. "Zur Stellung des Subjekts im Nebensatz des Deutschen". Zeitschrift flir deutsches Altertum und deutsche Litteratur 66. 203-207.

380.

°

. 1930. "Zur Stellung des adnominalen Genitivs im Deutschen". Zeitschrift flir vergleichende Sprachforschung 57. 43-63.

381.

Beke, Ö. 1928. "Zur Kasuslehre des Finnischugrischen und Indogermanischen". Indogermanische Forschungen 46. 230-247.

382.

°Belden, Henry Marvin. 1897. The Prepositions 'in', 'on', 'to', flor' and 'æt' in Anglo-Saxon Prose. A Study of Case Values in Old English. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Amsterdam.

383.

Belentschikow, Renate. 1986. "Zum funktional-semantischen Feld der Lokativität (dargestellt am Russischen, Bulgarischen, und Deutschen)". Contrastive Linguistics 11.4. 10-21.

384.

Belic, Aleksandar. 1957-58. "Padeznaja sistema i proisxozdenie predlogov". Juznoslovenskij filolog 22.1.4. 1-17.

385. ° Bell, A.G. 1969. "Aspects of Valency and Dependency Grammar". Te reo 12. 64-71. 386.

Bell, Sarah. 1976. Cebuano Subjects in Two Frameworks. Ph.D. dissertation, University of British Columbia. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

Alphabetical List 387.

39

Belle, William van & Willy Van Langendonck. 1992. "The Indirect Object in Dutch". Leuvense bijdragen 81.1.3. 17-43.

388. ° Belletti, Adriana. 1986. "Unaccusatives as Case Assigners". Lexicon Project Working Papers 8. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT, Center for Cognitive Sciences. 389.

. 1988. "The Case of Unaccusatives". Linguistic Inquiry 19.1. 1-34.

390.

& Luigi Rizzi. 1988. "Psych-Verbs and Θ-Theory". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6. 291-352.

391.

Belopol'skaja, A.R. 1968. "Der Akkusativ als Quelle von Information über die Satzstruktur". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 5.5. 272-274.

392. ° Ben-Asher, Mordechai. 1972. "On the Distinction between an Indirect Object and an Adverb". Essays on the Syntax of Modern Hebrew, 54-71. Tel Aviv: Hakibbutz hameuchad. 393.

Benatova, Pauline. 1979. "Padezhna gramatika i supostavitelnite izledvaniya". Contrastive Linguistics 4.3. 82-88.

394.

Bender, Byron W. 1979. "Object Marking in Marshallese". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 11.2. 109-136.

395.

Benedetti, Marina. 1989. "Über einige altindische Verbalabstrakta mit suPräfix". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 50. 15-29.

396. ° Benediktsson, Hreinn. 1980. "The Old Norse Passive: Some Observations". The Nordic Languages and Modern Linguistics, Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference of Nordic and General Linguistics in Oslo 1980 ed. by Even Hovdhaugen, 108-119. Oslo: University Press. 397.

Benedini, Paola. 1984. "L'individuazione del soggetto". Lingua e stile 19.4. 593-623.

398.

. 1989. "Alla ricerca del soggetto". Italiano e oltre 4.3. 120-124.

399. ° Benes, Josef. 1939. "Príslovecné urceni casu s prdelozkou spojenou s akusativem". Nase rec 23. 163-165. 400. Benes, Pavel. 1965. "Sur le sujet indéterminé en portugais". Omagiu lui Alexandru Rosetti, la 70 de ani, 47-52. Bucuresti: Editura academiei republicii socialiste românia. 401.

Benezeh, Jean-Louis. 1977. "Remarques sur les pronoms atones de troisième personne. Leïsmes, loïsmes et laïsmes". Ibérica, Cahiers iberiques et iberoamericains de l'université de Paris-Sorbonne 1. 21-44.

402. ° Benfey, Th. 1872. "Über die Entstehung des indogermanischen Vokativs". Abhandlungen der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, HistorischPhilosophische Classe 17.

40

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

403.

Benincà, Paola, Lorenzo Renzi & Laura Vanelli. 1985. see Vanelli, Laura.

404.

Benjamin, Steven M. 1979. "'After' in the Heliand and the Instrumental Case in Old Saxon". Niederdeutsches Jahrbuch 102. 7-14.

405.

Bennett, Charles E. 1914. Syntax of Early Latin. Vol. II - The Cases. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

406.

Bennett, David C. 1972. "Some Observations Concerning the Locative-Direc­ tional Distinction". Semiotica 5.1. 58-88.

407.

Bennett, Patrick. 1980. "Review: Grégoire, Claire. 1975. Les locatifs en bantou. Tervuren: Musée royal de l'afrique centrale". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 2.2. 164-170.

408.

Bennett, Paul. 1989. "Review: Starosta, Stanley. 1988. The Case for Lexicase: An Outline of Lexicase Grammatical Theory. London: Pinter". Multilingua 8.1. 87-88.

409.

Bennis, Hans. 1983. "De PRO-drop parameter en subjektloze zinnen in het Nederlands". Spektator 12.6. 409-427.

410. ° Bentivoglio, Paola A. 1980. Why 'canto' and not 'yo canto'? The Problem of First-Person Subject Pronoun in Spoken Venezuelan Spanish. M.A. thesis, University of California at Los Angeles. 411.

. 1992. "Linguistic Correlations between Subjects of One-Argument Verbs and Subjects of More-than-One-Argument Verbs in Spoken Spanish". Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbühler & Konrad Koerner, 11-24. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

412.

Benveniste, Emile. 1948. Noms d'agent et noms d'action en indo-européen. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve.

413. 414. 415.

. 1949. "Sur l'emploi des cas en Hittite". Archiv orientalni 17. 44-45. . 1952. "La construction passive du parfait transitif'. Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 48.1. 52-62. . 1962. "Pour l'analyse des fonctions casuelles: Le génitif latin". Lingua 11. 10-18/(1966) Problèmes de linguistique générale by Emile Benveniste, 140-148. Paris: Gallimard.

416.

. 1966. "'Etre' et 'avoir' dans leurs fonctions linguistiques". Problèmes de linguistique générale by Emile Benveniste, 187-207. Paris: Gallimard.

417.

Berendsen, Egon. 1983. "Objectsclitica in het Nederlands". De nieuwe taalgids 76.3. 209-224.

418.

Berent, Gerald P. 1977. "Specificity and the Reduplication of Indefinite Direct Objects in Macedonian". Chicago Linguistics Society, Book of Squibs. 12-14.

Alphabetical List

41

419. ° Beresford, M. 1968. "The Genitive and Accusative in Negative Constructions". Association of Teachers of Russian Journal 17. 26-31. 420.

Berestova, A.I., A.I. Varsavskaja & T.N. Safronova. 1986. "On the Interaction of Semantic Relations (Based on Material Drawn from English)". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Serii istorija-jazyk-literatura 2.3. 58-64.

421.

Berg, E. van den. 1975. "Een partitieve constructie of een attributieve genitief?". Taal- en letterkundig gastenboek voor Prof Dr. GA. van Es: Opstellen, de 70-jarige aangeboden ter gelegenheid van zijn afscheid als hoogleraar aan de rijksuniversiteit te Groningen, 11-13. Groningen: Archief van de Nederlandse syntaxis.

422.

. 1985. "Onpersoonlijke konstrukties, subjekten en nominatieve NP's in het Middelnederlands". De nieuwe taalgids 78. 201-213.

423

. 1986. "Sur les traces de l'objet au génitif: L'évolution de la construc­ tion impersonelle". Études germaniques 41.4. 403-417.

424.

. 1989. "Des borchgraven doot van Couchi". De nieuwe taalgids 82.4. 330-336.

425.

Bergenholtz, Henning. 1982. "Appositionssyntax im Deutschen". La linguistique à la session 1982 de l'agrégation d'allemand. Journée annuelle des linguistes de l'association des germanistes de l'enseignement supérieur, 12 décembre 1981, 61-104. Nancy: University.

426.

Berinstein, Ava. 1986. "Indirect Object Constructions and Multiple Levels of Syntactic Representation". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 22.1. 36-50.

427.

. 1990. "On Distinguishing Surface Datives in K'ekchi". Studies in Relational Grammar 3 ed. by Paul M. Postal & Brian D. Joseph, 3-48. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

428.

Berk-Seligson, Susan. 1983. "Sources of Variation in Spanish Verb Construc­ tion Usage: The Active, the Dative, and the Reflexive Passive". Journal of Pragmatics 7. 145-168.

429.

Berman, Arlene. 1974. "On the VSO Hypothesis". Linguistic Inquiry 5. 1-38.

430. ° Berman, Ruth Aronson. 1978. "On Relations of Case and Government in Modern Hebrew". Orchot 10. 25-35. 431.

. 1980. "The Case of an (S)VO Language: Subjectless Constructions in Modern Hebrew". Language 56.4. 759-776.

432.

. 1982a. "On the Nature of 'Oblique' in Bitransitive Constructions". Lingua 56. 101-125.

433.

. 1982b. "Dative Marking of the Affectee Role: Data from Modern Hebrew". Hebrew Annual Review 6. 35-59.

42

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

434.

. 1990. "On Acquiring an (S)VO Language: Subjectless Sentences in Children's Hebrew". Linguistics 28. 1135-1166.

435.

Bernard, Georges. 1972. La transitivité du verbe en français contemporain. Lille: University of Lille.

436.

Bernardo, Robert. 1980. "Subjecthood and Consciousness". The Pear Stories: Cognitive, Cultural, and Linguistic Aspects of Narrative Production ed. by Wallace L. Chafe, 275-299. Norwood: Ablex.

437. ° Bernstein, M.E. 1980. Acquisition of Locative Expressions by Deaf Children Learning American Sign Language. Ph.D. dissertation. 438.

Berrettoni, Pierangelo. 1985. "Espressioni locative di tipo causativo". Studi e saggi linguistici 25. 155-210.

439.

Bertagaev, T.A. 1967. "Sledy érgativnosti v mongol'skix jazykax i k voprosu ob èrgativnoj konstrukcii". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 277-283. Leningrad: Nauka.

440.

Berthonneau, Anne-Marie. 1987. "La thématisation et les compléments tem­ porels". Travaux de linguistique 14.15. 67-81.

441.

Bertin-Delbey, Annie. 1991. "La syntaxe du pronom personnel dans Jehan et Blonde (v. 1-2048)". L'information grammaticale 53. 11-16.

442.

Bertocchi, Alessandra. 1985. "Subject Ellipsis and Case Agreement". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-enProvence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 25-39. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

443.

Bertoglia Richards, Mafalda. 1978. "Gramática de casos y semántica gene­ rativa". Revista de filología y lingüística de la universidad de Costa Rica 4.2. 31-38.

444.

Besten, Hans den. 1981a. "Government, syntaktische Struktur und Kasus". Sprache: Formen und Strukturen: Akten des 15. linguistischen Kolloquiums Münster 1980, Band 1 ed. by Manfred Kohrt & Jürgen Lenerz, 97-107. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

445.

. 1981b. "A Case Filter for Passives". Theory of Markedness in Generative Grammar, Proceedings of the 1979 GLOW Conference ed. by Adriana Belletti, Luciana Brandi & Luigi Rizzi, 65-122. Pisa: Scuola normale superiore di Pisa.

446.

. 1982. "Some Remarks on the Ergative Hypothesis". Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 21. 61-81/(1985) Erklärende Syntax des Deutschen ed. by Werner Abraham, 53-74. Tübingen: Narr.

Alphabetical List

43

447.

. 1985. "The Ergative Hypothesis and Free Word Order in Dutch and German". Studies in German Grammar ed. by Jindrich Toman, 23-64. Dordrecht: Foris.

448.

Bethin, Christina Y. 1983a. "Teaching Russian Language Competence: Locational and Directional Concepts". Russian Language Journal 37.127. 17-24.

449.

. 1983b. "On the Spatial Dative in Russian". Slavic and East European Journal 27. 465-477.

450.

. 1983c. "The Meaning of po + Dative Case in Spatial Sentences". Russian Language Journal 37.128. 27-34.

451.

Bettelhäuser, Hans-Jörg. 1976. Studien zur Substantivflexion der deutschen Gegenwartssprache. Heidelberg: Winter.

452.

Beyer, A. 1883. "Die Flexion des Vocativs im Altfranzösischen und Provenzalischen". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 7. 23-44.

453.

Beynen, G. Koolmans. 1983. "Funkcija slova odnako v sovremennon russkom literaturnom jazyke". Russian Language Journal 37.127'. 41-51.

454.

Bezpojasko, O.K. 1989. "Vidtvorennya temporal'nosti vidminkovoyu sistemoyu ukrains'koi movi". Movoznavstvo 23.1.133. 27-33.

455.

Bezrukova, A.A. 1990. "Ob okoncanii suscestvitel'nyx tipa 'mgnovenie'/'mgnoven'e' v predloznom padeze edinstvennogo cisla". Russkij jazyk v skole 5. 77-80.

456

Bhat, D.N.S. 1975. "Existential and Equational Sentences". Stanford Working Papers on Language Universals 17. 33-64.

457.

. 1977. "Multiple Case Roles". Lingua 42. 365-377.

458.

Bhatia, Tej K. 1981. "The Treatment of Transitivity in the Hindi Grammatical Tradition". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 11.2. 195-208.

459.

. 1990. "The Notion 'Subject' in Punjabi and Lahanda". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 181-194. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Lan­ guage and Information.

460.

, Braj B. Kachru & Yamuna Kachru. 1976. see Kachru, Yamuna.

461.

Bianco, Maria Teresa. 1986. "Sintassi e tassonomia: Teoria della valenz e lessico-grammatica in tedesco e in italiano (II)". Rassegna italiana di linguistica applicata 18.3. 11-28.

462.

Biber, Douglas. 1984. "The Diachronic Development of Preverbal Case Markers in Somali". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 6.1. 47-61.

463.

Bibovic, Ljiljana. 1976. "On the Notion of Body Part Instrument". Folia linguistica 9.1.4. 311-324.

44

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

464.

° Bickford, J. Albert. 1982. "Initial and Non-Initial Indirect Objects in Spanish". Workpapers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota Session 26. 118-157.

465.

. 1985. "Spanish Clitic Doubling and Levels of Grammatical Relations". Lingua 65.3. 189-211.

466.

. 1986. "Possessor Ascension in Kinyarwanda". Papers from gional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 22.1. 129-143.

the Re-

467.

Bidois, Robert le. 1941. "L'inversion absolue du substantif sujet". Le moderne 9. 111-128.

français

468.

Bidwell, C E . 1970. "Serbo-Croatian Nominal Inflection". The Yugoslav Croatian-English Contrastive Project, Studies 2. 60-104.

Serbo-

469.

Biere, Bernd Ulrich. 1976. "Ergänzungen und Angaben". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz: Eine Dokumentation iiber die Arbeit an einem deutschen Verblexikon ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 129-173. Tübingen: Narr.

470.

° Biermann, Anna. 1984. Possession gen: Narr.

und Zuschreibung

im Ungarischen.

Tübin­

471.

Bierwisch, Manfred. 1967. "Syntactic Features in Morphology: General Prob­ lems of the So-Called Pronominal Inflections in German". To Honor Roman Jakobson: Essays on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday, 11 October, 1966, Volume 1, 239-270. Den Haag: Mouton.

472.

Biese, Y.M. 1928. Der spätlateinische Akkusativus absolutus und Verwandtes. Eine Untersuchung auf dem Gebiete der lateinischen und der vergleichenden Syntax. Helsingfors, Annales academiae scientiarum fennicae, Ser. B. 22.2. 1184.

473.

. 1950. Some Notes on the Origin of the Indo-European Singular. Helsinki: Suomalainen tiedeakatemia.

Nominative

Review: see Lane, George S. [1951] 474.

Biesen, Ingrid van. 1974. "Anwendungen der Valenztheorie". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 183-189. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

475.

Bieter, Frederic A. 1938. The Syntax of the Cases and Prepositions in Cassiodorus' "Historia ecclesiastica tripertita". Washington: The Catholic Univer­ sity of America Press.

476.

Bihler, H. 1962. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Essai syntactico-sémantique. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur 72. 96-100.

Alphabetical List

45

477.

Billoret, R. & E. Greiner. 1952. see Greiner, E.

478.

Bills, Garland D. 1970. On Case in Quechua. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas, Austin.

479.

Biloa, Edmond. 1991. "Null Subjects, Identification, and Proper Government". Linguistics 29. 33-51.

480.

Bily, Milan. 1990. "The Case Remains Open (Some Notes on a New Book on Morphological Case in Russian)". Russian Linguistics 14.2. 185-203.

481.

& Thore Pettersson. 1983. "Towards a Theory of Morphological Case". Papers from the Seventh Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics II, Hanasaari, Finland, December 17-19, 1982 ed. by Fred Karlsson, 568-582. Hel­ sinki: University of Helsinki, Department of General Linguistics.

482. °

& Thore Pettersson. 1986a. "Defining Surface Case". Slavica Lubomiro Durovic sexagenario dedicata, 29-45. Slavica ludensia 10.

483.

& Thore Pettersson. 1986b. "Ergativity in Dyirbal". Language and Discourse: Test and Protest. A Festschrift for Peter Sgall ed. by Jacob L. Mey, 143-161. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

484.

& Thore Pettersson. 1988. "Neutralization in Case Morphology". Lund University, Department of Linguistics Working Papers 33. 5-21.

485. ° Binkert, Peter Joseph. 1970. Case and Prepositional Construction in a Transformational Grammar of Classical Latin. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan, Michigan. 486.

Binnick, Robert. 1974. "Quantification in Transitivity". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 10. 62-72.

487.

. 1976. "The Iffyness of Transitive Verbs". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 217-227. New York: Academic Press.

488.

Bird, Charles S. 1972. The Syntax and Semantics of Possession in Bambara. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

489.

Bitter, Ramona. 1992. "Eine semantisch-syntaktische Beschreibung deutscher Kaufen-Verben". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 29.3. 162-167.

490.

Bivens, William P. 1971. "Verbs of Remembering". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 53-71.

491.

. 1974. "Noun Phrase Case Schemes in the Deep Structure of Poems". Style 8.2. 305-321.

492.

Bjørnflaten, Jan Ivar. 1981. "Die zweite Palatalisierung im Bulgarischen, d.h. die Alternation/K-C/bei Substantiva männlichen Geschlechts". Nordlyd 4. 7289.

46

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

493.

Bjorvand, Harald. 1991. "Der Genitiv singular der indoeuropäischen o-Stämme im Germanischen". Indogermanische Forschungen 96. 96-117.

494.

Blagova, G.F. 1975. "O tipax i strukturnyx raznovidnostjax padeznogo sklonenija v turkskix jazykax". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 65-80.

495. ° B lake, Barry J. 1974. The Case Systems of Australian Aboriginal Languages. Ph.D. dissertation, Monash University. 496.

. 1976a. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically Nominative-Ergative or Nominative-Accusative? Rapporteur's Introduction and Summary". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 485-494. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

497.

. 1976b. "Case Mechanisms in Kalkatungu". Anthropological Linguistics 18.7. 287-293.

498.

. 1976c. "On Ergativity and the Notion of Subject. Some Australian Cases". Lingua 39. 281-300.

499.

. 1977. Case Marking in Australian Languages. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

500.

. 1978. "Australian Case Systems. Some Typological and Historical Observations". Australian Linguistic Studies ed. by Stephen A. Wurm. Can­ berra: ANU.

501.

. 1979. "Degrees of Ergativity in Australia". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 291-305. London: Academic Press.

502.

. 1982. "The Absolutive: Its Scope in English and Kalkatungu". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 71-94. New York: Academic Press.

503.

. 1984. "Problems for Possessor Ascension: Some Australian Exam­ ples". Linguistics 22. 437-453.

504. °

. 1985a. "Referential and Conceptual Roles". The Cultivated Australian: Festschrift in Honour of Arthur Delbridge ed. by J.E. Clark, 29-34. Hamburg: Buske.

505.

. 1985b. "Case Markers, Case and Grammatical Relations: An Adden­ dum to Goddard". Australian Journal of Linguistics 5.1. 79-84.

506.

. 1986. "Unaccusatives: An Alternative Description". Working Papers in Language and Linguistics 19. 1-15.

507.

. 1987a. "English and German: Two Languages Two Thousand Years Apart. Review Article: Hawkins, John A. 1986. A Comparative Typology of English and German: Unifying the Contrasts. London: Croom Helm". Multilingua 6.3. 309-323.

Alphabetical List

47

508.

. 1987b. "The Grammatical Development of Australian Languages". Studies in Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 179-201.

509.

Blake, Frank. 1930. "A Semantic Analysis of Case". Curme Volume of Linguistic Studies ed. by James Taft Hatfield, Werner Leopold & A J . Friedrich Zieglschmid, Language Monographs Published by the Linguistic Society of America 7. 34-49. Baltimore: Waverly/(1966) New York: Kraus Reprint Corporation.

510.

Blanche-Benveniste, Claire. 1975. Recherches en vue d'une théorie de la grammaire française. Essai d'application à la syntaxe des pronoms. Paris: Cham­ pion.

511.

Blank, David L. 1986. "Appolonius and Maximus on the Order and Meaning of the Oblique Cases". Historiographia linguistica 13.2.3. 241-257.

512.

Blansitt, Edward L. 1973. "Bitransitive Clauses". Stanford University Papers on Language Universals 13. 1-26.

Working

513.

. 1978. "Stimulus as a Semantic Role". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 311-325. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins.

514.

. 1984. "Dechticaetiative and Dative". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 127-150. London: Academic Press.

515.

. 1988. "Datives and Allatives". Studies in Syntactic Typology ed. by Michael Hammond, Edith A. Moravcsik & Jessica R. Wirth, 173-191. Am­ sterdam: Benjamins.

516.

Blasco Ferrer, Eduardo. 1989. "Sulla genesi dell'accusativo preposizionale in spagnolo: Una nuova proposta". Revue roumaine de linguistique 34.5. 455464.

517.

Blau, Josua. 1954. "Zum angeblichen Gebrauch von 't vor dem Nominativ". Vetus testamentum 4. 7-19.

518.

. 1973. "How to Differentiate between Indirect Objects and Adverbials in Teaching". Lesonénu 37. 202-204.

519.

. 1977. "The Beginnings of the Arabic Diglossa. A Study of the Origins of Neoarabic". Afroasiatic Linguistics 4.4. 1-28.

520.

Blaylock, Curtis. 1975. "Review: Close, Elizabeth. 1972. The Development of Modern Rumanian: Linguistic Theory and Practice in Muntenia, 1821-1838. New York: Oxford University Press". Slavic and East European Journal 19.3. 363-364.

521.

Bleecker, Dries de. 1976. Towards a Revised Case Grammar. Kortrijk: KULCK.

522.

Bleser, Ria de, Josef Bayer & Claudia Dronsek. 1987. see Bayer, Josef.

48 523.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne: Essaie syntactico-sémantique. Copenhague: Munksgaard. Review, see Andersson, Sven [1962]; Bihler, H. [1962]; Bourguignon, Jean [1960]; Cristea, T. [1961]; Dessaintes, Maurice [1961]; Gougenheim, Georges [1961]; Hilty, Gerold [1963]; Kahn, Félix [1961]; Politzer, Robert L. [1961]; Reid, T.B.W. [1962]; Sandmann, Manfred [1963]; Saporta, Sol [1961]; Togeby, Knud [1962]; Wagner, R.L. [1961-62]

524.

Bloch, Alfred. 1960. "Kann der lateinisch-keltische Genetiv auf -i der oStämme gleichen Ursprungs sein wie die altindische Präverbialform i. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Geblete der Indogermanlschen Sprachen 76. 182-242.

525.

Bloom, Paul. 1989. "Why Children Omit Subjects". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 28. 57-64.

526.

Bliimel, R. 1913-14. "Der Ursprung des griechischen Bereichakkusativs und anderes". Indo germanis che Forschungen 33. 1-96.

527.

. 1914. "'Verbindung von Ganzem und Teil' und andere Gruppen syntaktischer Beziehungen in der nhd. Umgangssprache". Indogermanische Forschungen 34. 285-295.

528.

. 1927. "Zum Bereichs- oder Beziehungsakkusativ". Indogermanische Forschungen 44. 249-263.

529.

. 1935. "Noch einmal der Bereichsakkusativ". Indogermanische Forschungen 53. 104-108.

530.

Bluhm, H. 1978. "Über kommunikative Notwendigkeit und Valenz". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 9-20. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

531.

Blum, Siegfried. 1977. "Probleme der Valenz bei althochdeutschen Verben". Beiträge zur Bedeutungserschliefiung im althochdeutschen Wortschatz ed. by Rudolf GroBe, Siegfried Blum & Heinrich Götz, 17-51. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

532.

. 1984. "Vierwertige Verben im Althochdeutschen". Linguïstische Arbeitsberichte 43. 86-96.

533.

Boagey, Winifred A. 1974. "Review: Nilsen, D.L.F. 1972. Toward a Semantic Specification of Deep Case. The Hague: Mouton". Foundations of Language 11.4.583-589.

534. 535.

& Laurie Bauer. 1977. see Bauer, Laurie. Boas, Hans Ulrich. 1977. "Some Remarks on Case Grammars as Bases for Contrastive Studies". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 7. 21-32.

Alphabetical List

49

536.

. 1978. "Lexical Entries for Verbs in a Contrastive Lexicon EnglishGerman". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 191-216. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

537.

. 1979. "Lexical Entries for Verbs in a Contrastive Lexicon EnglishGerman". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 9. 97-112.

538.

. 1980. "Some Remarks on Case Grammars as Bases for Contrastive Studies". Theoretical Issues in Contrastive Linguistics ed. by Jacek Fisiak, 71-82. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

539.

. 1988. "Review: Meyer, Hans Lothar. 1983. Einführung in die englische Kasusgrammatik. Darstellung - Erweiterung - Anwendung des Fillmore Modells. Frankfurt am Main: Lang". Anglia 106.1.2. 157-169.

540.

Bock, Helmut. 1931. "Studien zum präpositionalen Infinitiv und Akkusativ mit dem to-Infinitiv". Anglia 55. 114-249.

541.

Bockos, Sonia & Felipe Temoche. 1985. see Temoche, Felipe.

542.

Boeder, Winfried. 1971a. "Neue Forschungen zur Kasustheorie". Bulletin phonographique 12. 3-27. . 1971b. "Zum Begriff des Subjekts in der Tiefenstruktur". Folia linguistica 5.1.2. 70-82.

543. 544.

. 1972. "Transitivität und Possessivität". Festschrift Wilhelm Giese: Beiträge zur Romanistik und allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft, 179-209. Hamburg: Buske.

545.

. 1976. "Morphologische Kategorien". Grammatik. Akten des 10. linguistischen Kolloquiums Tübingen 1975, Volume 2 ed. by Kurt Braunmüller & Wilfried Kiirschner, 117-126. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

546.

. 1979. "Ergative Syntax and Morphology in Language Change: The South Caucasian Languages". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 435-480. London: Academic Press.

547.

. 1989. "Verbal Person Marking, Noun Phrase and Word Order in Georgian". Configurationality: The Typology of Asymmetries ed. by László Marácz & Pieter Muysken, 159-184. Dordrecht: Foris.

548.

Böhm, Roger. 1981. "On Causing without a Subject". Lingua 53. 3-31.

549. °

. 1982. Topics in Localist Case Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, The New University of Ulster.

550.

. 1983. "Semi-Subjects: Evidence for Split Principals". Acta linguistica hafniensia 18.2. 117-153.

551.

. 1986. "Indirect Object Advancement: From Relational to Case Gram­ mar (via Kalkatungu)". Australian Journal of Linguistics 6.1. 73-105.

50

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

552.

Böhme, Karin Gudrun. 1983. Children's Understanding and Awareness of German Possessive Pronouns. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Nijmegen.

553.

Boel, Gunnar de. 1987. "Aspekt, Aktionsart und Transitivität". Indogermanische Forschungen 92. 33-57.

554.

. 1988. Goal Accusative and Object Accusative in Homer: A Contribution to the Theory of Transitivity. Brussel: Koninklijke akademie voor weten­ schappen, letteren en schone kunsten van België.

555.

Boer, Cornelis de. 1928. "Études de syntaxe française. L'idée de 'cas' ou de 'rapports casuels' dans les langues comme le latin et le français". Revue de linguistique romane 4. 290-310.

556.

Boer, Minne Gerben de. 1988. "La preposizione 'di' e la nozione di preposizione vuota". Lingua e stile 23.1. 51-69.

557.

Bogacki, Krzysztof. 1977. Les prédicats locatifs statiques en français: Études de sémantique et de syntaxe. Warszawa: Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszwskiego.

558.

Bogner, Istvan. 1988-89. "Zur Anwendung der Präpositionen im Deutschen und im Serbokroatischen". Radovi-Filozofski fakultet Zadar-Razdio fdoloskikh znanosti 28.18. 89-104.

559.

Boguraev, Branimir & Karen Sparck Jones. 1987. see Jones, Karen Sparck.

560.

Boguslawski, Andrzej. 1986. "Accusative Singular Operations on Polish Nouns". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 152-169. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

561.

. 1989-90. "Semantic Primes for Agentive Relations". Lingua posnaniensis 32.33. 39-64.

562.

Bois, John W. du. 1987. "The Discourse Basis of Ergativity". Language 63.4. 805-855.

563. ° Bojäte, Anna. 1958. "Dativa locïjuma nozimes tiesajä verbälaja pärvaldijumä jaunstravnieku publicistiskajos darbos ('Dienas Lapa')". Petera stuckas latvijas valsts universitätes zinatniskie raksti 25. 91-114. 564. ° Bojäte, Apolonija. 1963. "Prepozicionälä dativa un akuzatï va nozïmes laikraksta 'Dienas Lapa' publicistiskajos rakstos". Latviesu valodas kulturas jautäjumi. 69-99. 565.

Bokarev, E.A., ed. 1950.Érgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija. Moscow: Izd-vo inostrannoj literatury.

566.

. 1954. " Érgativnyj padez v jazykax cezskoj gruppy gorskix jazykov Dagestana". Jazyki Dagestana 2. 152-161.

567.

Bok-Bennema, Reineke & Anneke Groos. 1984. "Ergativiteit". Glot 7.1. 1-50.

Alphabetical List

51

568.

Bol, Marijke. 1988. Le système des possessifs dans la traduction par Jean d'Antioche (1282) du "De Inventione" de Cicéron. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

569.

Bolgarova, Irina. 1985. "Z bulgarskite suovetstviya na ruskite roditelni padezhni formi". Contrastive Linguistics 10.3. 5-9.

570.

Bolinger, Dwight L. 1950. "Retained Objects in Spanish". Hispania 33.3. 237239.

571.

. 1972. "A Look at Equations and Cleft Sentences". Studies for Einar Haugen. Presented by Friends and Colleagues ed. by Evelyn Scherabon Firchow, Kaaren Grimstad, Nils Hasselmo & Wayne A. O'Neil, 96-114. The Hague: Mouton.

572.

. 1977a. "Transitivity and Spatiality: The Passive of Prepositional Verbs". Linguistics at the Crossroads ed. by Adam Makkai, Valerie Becker Makkai & Luigi Heilmann, 57-78. Padova: Liviana.

573.

. 1977b. Meaning and Form. Chapter 7: Ergative of and Infinitives Specification. London: Longman.

574.

of

Bolkestein, A. Machtelt. 1976. "AcI- and ut-Clauses with verba dicendi in Latin". Glotta 54. 263-291.

575.

. 1979. "Subject-to-Object-Raising in Latin? ". Lingua 48.1. 15-34.

576.

. 1983a. "The Role of Discourse in Syntax: Evidence from the Latin Nominativus cum Infinitivo". Connectedness in Sentence, Discourse and Text, Proceedings of the Tilburg Conference Held on 25 and 26 January 1982 ed. by Konrad Ehlich & Henk van Riemsdijk, Tilburg Studies in Language and Literature 4, 111-140. Tilburg: University, Department of Language and Literature. . 1983b. "Genitive and Dative Possessors in Latin". Advances in Functional Grammar ed. by Simon C. Dik, 55-92. Dordrecht: Foris.

577. 578.

. 1985. "Discourse and Case-Marking: Three-Place-Predicates in Latin". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Provence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 191-225. Aixen-Provence: University of the Provence.

579.

, W. Holtland, D. den Hengst & H. Pinkster (Working Group Grammatika Enquête). 1976. "Verslag grammatika-enquête: Onderdelen dativus en genitivus". Lampas 9.4.5. 358-389.

580. 581.

Bolte, Henning & Guus Reith. 1991. "Naamvallen in het Duits". Levende 463. 354-365. ° Bombe, E. 1877. De ablat. absol. apud scriptores antiquissimos Greifswald.

romanos

talen usu.

52 582.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Bondarko, Aleksandr. 1990. "Interpretation Aspects of Subject Semantics (On Russian Material)". Contrastive Linguistics 4.5. 117-121.

583. ° Bondzio, Wilhelm. 1967. Untersuchungen zum attributiven Genitiv und zur Nominalgruppe in der deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart. Habilitationdissertation, University of Berlin. 584.

. 1969. "Das Wesen der Valenz und ihre Stellung im Rahmen der Satzstruktur". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 18.2. 233-240.

585.

. 1971. "Valenz, Bedeutung und Satzmodelle". Beiträge zur Valenztheorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 85-103. The Hague: Mouton.

586.

. 1973. "Zur Syntax des Possessivpronomens in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 10.2. 84-94.

587. °

. 1974a. Grundzüge eines valenzorientierten syntaktischen Modells. Ber­ lin.

588.

. 1974b. "Die Valenz zweiter Stufe als Grundlage der Adverbialsyntax". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität Berlin, Gesellschaftsund sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 23.3.4. 245-257.

589.

. 1976. "AbriB der semantischen Valenztheorie als Grundlage der Syn­ tax. I. Teil". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 29.3. 354-363.

590.

. 1977. "AbriB der semantischen Valenztheorie als Grundlage der Syn­ tax. II. Teil". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 30. 261-273.

591.

. 1978. "AbriB der semantischen Valenztheorie als Grundlage der Syn­ tax. III. Teil". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 31. 21-33.

592.

. 1982. "Valenz in der Lexikographie". Wortschatzforschung heute. Aktuelle Probleme der Lexikologie und Lexikographie ed. by E. Agricola, J. Schildt & D. Viehweger, 127-148. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie.

593.

. 1985. "Einige Beobachtungen zu den Ersatzformen des attributiven Genitivs in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache". Német filológiai tanulmányok 16. 39-48.

594.

& Bärbel Göllmer. 1976. "Wortbedeutung und syntaktische Realisierungsmodelle - Materialien zur semantischen Valenztheorie". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 25.6. 699-706.

595.

Bonnekamp, Udo. 1971. "Der Vokativ im Romanischen". Interlinguistica: Sprachvergleich und Übersetzung. Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Mario Wandruszka ed. by Karl-Richard Bausch & Hans-Martin Gauger, 13-25. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

Alphabetical List

53

596.

Boon, Pieter. 1979a. "Der 'Dativus sympatheticus' in den Werken Thomas Murners: Ein Beitrag zu der Forschung nach den Wesen des 'sympathetischen' Dativs in den indogermanischen Sprachen". Indogermanische Forschungen 84. 237-254.

597.

. 1979b. "Beobachtungen zu dem Gebrauch des Dativs in Sebastian Brants 'Narrenschiff'. Ein Beitrag zu der Forschung nach der Entwicklung und dem Wesen des Dativs und zur Revision der Kasusnomenklatur". Neophilologus 63.4. 543-558.

598.

. 1980. "Die Verwendung der 'accusativus cum infinitivo'-Konstruktion in anderen Sprachen bzw. Sprachstufen als das Frühneuhochdeutsche verglichen mit dem Gebrauch dieser Fiigung durch Johann Eberlin von Günzburg. Untersuchungen nach dem Wesen des 'accusativus cum infinitivo' in den indogermanischen Sprachen". Indogermanische Forschungen 85. 227-245.

599.

. 1981. "Isoliert-emphatischer oder proleptischer Nominativ?". Indogermanische Forschungen 86. 271-283.

600. ° Boons, Jean-Paul. 1974. Constructions transitives à compléments locatifs, datifs et instrumentaux. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Paris VIII, L.A.D.L. 601.

. 1985. "Préliminaires à la classification des verbes locatifs: Les complé­ ments de lieu, leurs critères, leurs valeurs aspectuelles". Lingvisticae investigations 9.2. 195-267.

602.

. 1986. "Des verbes au compléments locatifs 'hamlet' à l'effet du même nom". Revue québécoise de linguistique 15.2. 57-89.

603. 604.

°

. 1987. "La notion sémantique de déplacement dans une classification syntaxique des verbes locatifs". Langue française 76. 5-40. , Alain Guillet & Christian Leclère. 1976. La structure des phrases simples en français. Constructions intransitives. Genève: Droz.

605. ° Bopp, F. 1826. "Vergleichende Zergliederung des Sanskrit und der mit ihm verwandten Sprachen. Dritte Abhandlung: Über das Demonstrativum und den Ursprung der Casuszeichen". Abhandlungen der königlichen preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. 65-102. 606. ° Bordelois, Ivonne A. 1974. The Grammar of Spanish Causative Complements. Ph.D. dissertation, MIT University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 607. 608. 609.

. 1982. "Transparency". Linguistic Analysis 9.3. 161-203. Borel, Marie-Jeanne. 1978. Essai sur le problème du sujet dans le langage et la logique. Lausanne: L'age d'homme. Borer, Hagit. 1980. "Empty Subjects in Modem Hebrew and Constraints on Thematic Relations". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 9. 25-37.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

54 610.

. 1981. "On Extraction from Clitic Doubled Constructions". Proceedings of NELS 11. 22-37.

611.

, ed. 1986a. The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics. Syntax and Semantics 19. New York: Academic Press.

612.

. 1986b. "I-Subjects". Linguistic Inquiry 17.3. 375-416.

613.

& Yosef Grodzinsky. 1986. "Syntactic Cliticization and Lexical Cliticization. The Case of Hebrew Dative Clitics". The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics ed. by Hagit Borer, Syntax and Semantics 19, 175-217. New York: Academic Press.

614.

Borg, A.J. & Bernard Comrie. 1984. "Object Diffuseness in Maltese". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 109-126. London: Academic Press.

615.

Borgman, Donald M. 1974. "Deep and Surface Case in Sanuma". Linguistics 132. 5-18.

616.

Borgström, Carl. 1934. "The Thematic Genitive Singular in Indo-European". Norsk tidsskrift for sprogvidenskap 7. 121-128.

617.

Borillo, Andreé. 1985. "Un congé de trois jours, trois jours de congé". Cahiers de grammaire 9. 3-20.

618.

. 1990. "À propos de la localisation spatiale". Langue française 86. 7584.

619.

. 1992. "Le lexique de l'espace: Prépositions et locutions prépositionelles de lieu en français". De la musique à la linguistique: Hommages à Nicolas Ruwet ed. by Liliane Tasmowski & Anne Zribi-Hertz, 176-190. Gent: Communication & Cognition.

620.

. 1993. "Prépositions de lieu et anaphore". Langages 110. 27-46.

621. ° Borsley, Robert D. 1987. Subjects and Complements in HPSG. CSLI Report No. CSLI-87-107. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information. 622.

. 1988. "A Note on Impersonal Passives". Journal of Linguistics 24. 483487.

623.

. 1989. "A Note on Ellipsis and Case". Linguistic Inquiry 20.1. 125-130.

624.

& Ewa Jaworska. 1988. "A Note on Prepositions and Case Marking in Polish". Linguistic Inquiry 19.4. 685-691.

625.

& Ewa Jaworska. 1989. "On Polish PPs". Linguistics 27. 245-256.

626.

& J. Stephens. 1989. "Agreement and the Position of Subjects in Breton". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7'. 407-427.

Alphabetical List 627.

55

Bortolussi, Bernard. 1987. Considérations sur l'emploi Ph.D. dissertation, University of Paris-VII.

de l'accusatif

latin.

628.

. 1988. "L'objet interne en latin". Linguistik Parisene. Akten des 22. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paris 1987 ed. by Heinrich Weber & Ryszard Zuber, 73-81. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

629.

Bos, G.F. 1968. "Dat zijn kooplieden". Taalkunde in artikelen. Een verzameling artikelen over het Nederlands ed. by Jacob Hoogteijling, 241-245. Groningen: Wolters-Noordhoff.

630.

. 1972. "Het indirect object". Levende talen 284. 7-18/(1975) Transformationeel-generatieve grammatica in artikelen ed. by H. Hulshof, 298309. Groningen: H.D. Tjeenk Willink.

631.

. 1974. "De relatie subject-verbum finitum". Taalkunde - 'n lewe. Studies opgedra aan Prof Dr. W. Kempen by geleentheid van sy 65ste verjaardag, 3 julie 1974 ed. by F.F. Odendal, D.C. Hauptfleisch & J.E. Loubser, 1-7. Kaapstad: Tafelberg.

632.

Bossong, Georg. 1980. "Aktantenfunktionen im romanischen Verbalsystem". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 96. 1-22.

633.

. 1982a. "Actance ergative et transitivité. Le cas du système verbal de l'oubykh". Lingua 56. 201-234.

634.

. 1982b. "Der präpositionale Akkusativ im Sardischen". Festschrift für Johannes Hubschmid zum 65. Geburtstag: Beiträge zur allgemeinen, indogermanischen und romanischen Sprachwissenschaft ed. by Otto Winkelmann & Maria Braisch, 579-599. Bern: Francke.

635.

. 1984a. "Ergativity in Basque". Linguistics

22. 341-392.

636.

. 1984b. "Review: Villar Liébana, Francisco. 1983. Ergatividad, acusatividad y género en la familia lingüística indo-europea. Salamanca: Universidade de Salamanca". Lingua 62. 239-247.

637.

. 1984c. "Review: Seiler, Hansjakob. 1983. Possession as an Operational Dimension of Language. Tübingen: Narr". Lingua 64. 229-233.

638.

. 1985a. "Zur Entwicklungsdynamik von Kasussysternen". Folia tica historica 6.2. 285-321.

639.

. 1985b. "Markierung von Aktantenfunktionen im Guaraní - Zur Frage der differentiellen Objektmarkierung in nicht-akkusativischen Sprachen". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 1-29. Berlin: Mouton.

640.

. 1985c. Empirische Universalienforschung: Differentielle kierung in den neuiranischen Sprachen. Tübingen: Narr.

641.

. 1986. "On Objects in Language and the Objects of Linguistics: Review of: Plank, Frans, ed. 1984. Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations. London: Academic Press". Lingua 69. 139-164.

linguis-

Objektmar-

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

56

642. ° Bosworth, Edward W., comp. 1899. A Handbook of Latin Notes, Based for the Most Part upon the Syntax of the Latin Verb and Case Relations of Professor Peters and Sildersleeve's Latin Grammar. Richmond: Whittet & Shepperson. 643.

Bot, Kees de, Peter Jordens & Henk Trapman. 1989. see Jordens, Peter.

644.

Bouchard, Denis. 1983. "ECM Is Exceptional Case Marking". Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 2. 11-18.

645.

. 1985. "The Binding Theory and the Notion of Accessible SUBJECT". Linguistic Inquiry 16.1. 117-133.

646.

. 1988. "French 'voici/voilà' and the Analysis of Pro-Drop". Language 64.1. 89-100.

647.

. 1989. "Null Objects and the Theory of Empty Categories". Studies in the Romance Linguistics: Selected Papers from the Seventeenth Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages (XVII-LSRL), Rutgers University, 27-29 March 1987 ed. by Carl Kirschner & Janes DeCesaris, 33-49. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

648.

Bouda, K. 1931. "Subjekt- und Objektkasus beim awarischen Verbum". Caucasica 9. 41-63.

649.

. 1933. "Das transitive und intransitive Verbum des Baskischen". Verhandelingen van de koninklijke Nederlandse akademie van wetenschappen, Amsterdam, Afdeling letterkunde, N.R. 32.5.

650.

. 1936. "Das obugrische Passivum". Ungarische Jahrbücher 16. 286293.

651.

. 1972. "Die Syntax einiger baskischer Kasus". Fontes linguae vasonum 11. 195-205.

652.

Bouillon, Henri. 1974. "Zur Valenz der Präposition". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 2240. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

653.

, Jacques Lerot & Rudolf Kern, eds. 1974. see Lerot, Jacques.

654. ° Bourciez, Edouard. 1886. De praepositione ad casuali in latinitate aevi merovingici. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Paris. 655.

Bourguignon, Jean. 1960. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Essai syntactico-sémantique. Copen­ hague: Munksgaard". Revue de linguistique romane 24. 420-421.

656.

Bowerman, Melissa. 1973. Early Syntactic Development: A Cross-Linguistic Study with Special Reference to Finnish. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Review: see Dale, Philip S. [1974]; Holzman, Mathilda [1975]; Snow, Catherine [1975]; Traugott, Elizabeth Closs [1976]

Alphabetical List

57

657.

. 1990. "Mapping Thematic Roles onto Syntactic Functions: Are Chil­ dren Helped by Innate Linking Rules?". Linguistics 28. 1253-1289.

658.

Bowers, John S. 1981. The Theory of Grammatical Relations. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.

659.

. 1986. Grammatical Relations. New York: Garland.

660.

Bracco, Claudio, Luciana Brandi & Patrizia Cordin. 1985. "Sulla posizione soggetto in italiano e in alcuni dialetti dell'Italia centro-settentrionale". Sintassi e morfología delia lingua italiana d'uso: Teorie e applicazioni descrittive - Atti del XVII congresso internazionale di studi, Urbino 11-13 setiembre 1983 ed. by Annalisa Franchi de Bellis & Leonardo M. Savoia, 185209. Roma: Bulzoni.

661.

Bräuer, Rolf. 1974. "Die Valenztheorie. Ihre Geschichte, ihr aktueller Stand und ihre Möglichkeiten". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 23.3.4. 267-280.

662.

Braine, Martin D.S. & Robin S. Wells. 1978. "Case-Like Categories in Children: The Actor and Some Related Categories". Cognitive Psychology 10. 100-122.

663.

& Judith A. Hardy. 1982. "On What Case Categories There Are, Why They Are, and How They Develop: An Amalgam of A Priori Considerations, Speculations, and Evidence from Children". Language Acquisition: The State of the Art ed. by Eric Warner & Lila R. Gleitman, 219-239. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

664.

Braithwaite, K. 1973. Case Shift and Verb Concord in Georgian. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Texas, Austin.

665.

Brakel, C. Arthur. 1976. "Patient and Agent Orientation in Passive and Active Voice Sentences of English and Portuguese: Or: How Much of a Case? Or: Left without a Trace". Linguistics 180. 5-25.

666.

. 1977. "The Generation of Portuguese Direct Object Pronouns from the Lexicon to the Surface". General Linguistics 17.4. 223-237.

667.

. 1979. "The Provenience and Present Status of Spanish selo". Linguistics 17.7.8.221.222. 659-670.

668.

. 1980. "Infinitives, Subject, Word Order, and Case in Portuguese and Spanish". Hispania 63.1. 85-91.

669.

Brandi, Luciana. 1981. "Sui soggetti clitic". Studi di linguistica italiana ed. by Giovanni Nencioni, 129-146. Firenze: Luciano Pappagallo.

670.

& Patrizia Cordin. 1981. "Dialetti e italiano: Un confronto sul parametro del soggetto nullo". Rivista di grammatica generativa 6. 33-87.

671.

& Patrizia Cordin. 1983-84. "Subject Clitics in 2 Italian Dialects: A Perspective on the Null Subject Parameter". Journal of Italian Linguistics 8.2. 1-24.

58 672.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations , Claudio Bracco & Patrizia Cordin. 1985. see Bracco, Claudio.

673.

& Leonardo M. Savoia. 1990. "Proprietà morfosintattiche e assegnazione del caso nel causativo arbëresh". Rivista di grammatica generativa 15. 29-121.

674.

Brandner, Ales . 1974-75. "O neadverbial'nyx funkcijax padezej s predlogami na 'na', 's', 'v', 'iz'". Sborník prací filosofické fakulty brnenské university A.22.23. 117-123.

675.

Brandstetter, Renward. 1904. Der Genitiv der Luzerner Mundart in Gegenwart und Vergangenheit. Zürich: Zürcher & Furrer.

676.

Brandt, Margareta. 1979. "Über Reflexiva, Kausativa und echte Transitiva". Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 7. 190-203.

677. ° Brauns, Julius. 1908. Über den präpositionalen Akkusativ im Spanischen mit gelegentlicher Berücksichtigung anderer Sprachen. Hamburg. 678.

Brecht, Richard D. & James S. Levine, eds. 1986a. Case in Slavic. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

679.

& James S. Levine. 1986b. "Case and Meaning". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 17-34. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

680. ° Breckenridge, Janet. 1975. Rusel Which Nothing Undergoes. An Investigation of Impersonal Passives and Object Raising Constructions in German. Honors thesis, Harvard College. 681.

Bree, Cor van. 1975. "Ik heb de band lek. Een Oostnederlandse constructie". Forum der letteren 16.1. 1-17.

682.

. 1977. "Oostnederlandse zinsconstructies". Mededelingen van het instituut voor dialectologie, volkskunde en naamkunde 29. 17-20.

683.

. 1978. "Syntaktische Gegensätze im Niederländischen (und Niederdeutschen)". Niederdeutsches Wort 18. 100-135.

684.

. 1979. "Bezittelijk voornaamwoord of bepaald lidwoord". Taalverandering in Nederlandse dialecten. Honderd jaar dialektvragenlijsten 1879-1979 ed. by Marinel Gerritsen, 206-218. Muiderberg: Coutinho.

685.

. 1981. Hebben-constructies en datiefconstructies binnen het Nederlandse taalgebied: Een taalgeografisch onderzoek. Leiden: Intercontinental Graphics.

686.

Breejen, Bastiaan den. 1937. The Genitive and Its of-Equivalent in the Latter Half of the 16th Century. Amsterdam: N.V. Paris.

687.

Breen, J. Gavan. 1976a. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Warluwara and Bularnu. Wangkumara. Bidjara. Wagaya". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 331-342. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

Alphabetical List

59

688.

. 1976b. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically Nominative-Ergative or Nominative-Accusative? Warluwara and Bularnu. Wagaya. Yandruwandha". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 586-597. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

689.

Breen, Walter. 1988. "Grammatical Relations, Thematic Roles and Control in Inversion Predicates". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 24.1. 60.

690.

. 1989. "Grammatical Relations and the Open Season Parameter". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 25.1. 1-13.

691. ° Breidbach, Winfried. 1983. Zur Possession im Samoanischen. Köln: Universität, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft, Arbeitspapier 42. 692.

Breindl, Eva. 1989. Präpositionalobjekte und Präpositionalobjektsätze im Deutschen. Tübingen: Niemeyer. Review: see Fries, Norbert [1991]

693.

Breivik, Leiv Egil. 1982. "On the Typological Distinction between SubjectProminence and Topic-Prominence". Nordlyd 6. 1-36.

694.

. 1984. "On the Typological Distinction between Subject-Prominence and Topic-Prominence". Folia lingüistica historica 5.1. 3-23.

695. ° Bresnan, Joan. 1969. "On Instrumental Adverbs and the Concept of Deep Structure". MIT Quarterly Progress Report 92. 365-375. 696.

, ed. 1982. The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations. Cam­ bridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.

697.

, Ronald M. Kaplan, Stanley Peters & Annie Zaenen. 1982. "CROSSSERIAL Dependencies in Dutch". Linguistic Inquiry 13.4. 613-635.

698.

& Jonni M. Kanerva. 1989. "Locative Inversion in Chichewa: A Case Study of Factorization in Grammar". Linguistic Inquiry 20.1. 1-50.

699.

& Annie Zaenen. 1990. "Deep Unaccusativity in LFG". Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective ed. by Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell & Errapel Mejias-Bikandi, 45-57. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

700.

Brettschneider, Gunter. 1979. "Typological Characteristics of Basque". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 371384. London: Academic Press.

701.

. 1991. "PARTIZIPATION verknüpft mit NEKTION". Partizipation Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 658-685. Tübingen: Narr.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

60 702.

Breunis, Andries. 1991. "Sur l'adverbe l'acc.-gen. et le nom.-acc. masc. en polonais". Studies in West Slavic and Baltic Linguistics ed. by A.A. Barentsen, B.M. Groen & R. Sprenger, 1-27. Atlanta: Rodopi.

703.

Brewer, William B. 1970. "Extent of Verbal Influence and Choice between le and lo in Alphonsine Prose". Hispanic Review 38.2. 133-146.

704.

°Bricker, Victoria R. 1981. "The Source of the Ergative Split in Yucatec Maya". Journal of Mayan Linguistics 2. 83-127.

705.

Bridges, Allayne. 1984. "Preschool Children's Comprehension of Agency". Journal of Child Language 11.3. 593-610.

706.

Brînçus, Gr. 1960. "Despre dativul locativ". Omagiu lui Al. Graur cu prilejul implinirii a 60 de ani. Studii §i cercetări lingvistice 11.3. 381-385.

707.

Brindley, Geoft. 1986. "Semantic Approaches to Learner Language". Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 3. 1-43.

708.

Brink, C O . & W. Sidney Allen. 1980. see Allen, W. Sidney.

709.

Brinker, Klaus. 1971. Das Passiv im heutigen Deutsch: Form und Funktion. München: Hueber. Brinkmann, Hennig. 1953. "Der Umkreis des persönlichen Lebens im deutschen Dativ". Muttersprache. 104- 111.

710. 711.

. 1959. "Die haben-Perspektive im Deutschen". Sprache, Schlüssel zur Welt. Festschrift für Leo Weisgerber ed. by Helmut Gipper, 176-194. Düssel­ dorf: Schwann.

712.

Brito, Ana Maria & Inês Silva Duarte. 1982. "Condiçoes sobre posposição do sujeito em português". Boletim de filología 27.1 4. 191-253.

713.

Brittain, Richard C. 1971. "Indirect Observations about Indirect Objects". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 72-84.

714.

Broadie, Alexander. 1982. "Double Accusatives and Valid Inference". Logique et Analyse 25.98. 199-202.

715.

Broadwell, George A. 1986. "Multiple Theta Role Assignment". Proceedings of NELS 17.1. 46-58.

716.

Brockhaus, Klaus. 1969. "Subjekt und Prädikat in Grammatik und Logik". Linguïstische Berichte l. 19-26.

717. ° Brodda, B. 1973. "(K)overta kasus i svenskan". Pilus, Papers from the Institute of Linguistics, University of Stockholm 18. 718.

. 1976a. "Om genetivens grundbetydelse". Nysvenska studier 56. 200212.

Alphabetical List 719. ° 720.

61

. 1976b. "Noreens djupkasuslära, genitiven och litet anat". Pilus, Papers from the Institute of Linguistics, University of Stockholm 20. Brodie, Belinda L. 1984. "Locative Plural Forms in Classical Sanskrit". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 29. 1-11.

721. °Brodowska, Maria. 1951. "Objawy przeksztalcen celownika syntetycznego w formy przyimkowe w jezyku polskim". Sprawozdania z Czynnosci i Posiedzen Lódzkiego Towarzystwa Naukowego 52. 86-89. 722.

Brody, Michael. 1985. "On the Complementary Distribution of Empty Catego­ ries". Linguistic Inquiry 16.4. 505-546.

723.

Brömser, B. 1984. "Towards a Functional Description of Cleft Constructions". Lingua 62. 325-348.

724.

Bronckart, Jean-Paul. 1983. "Cas et prédicats. Une étude de psychologie du langage". La linguistique 19.1. 29-53.

725.

Brooks, Maria Zagorska. 1967. "The Accusative-Genitive Contrast in Some Polish Constructions". To Honour Roman Jakobson: Essays on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday, 11 October 1966, 395-401. The Hague: Mouton.

726.

. 1977. "The Polish Vocative Case - Will It Survive?". Folia slavica 1.2. 165-171.

727.

Broschart, Jürgen. 1987. Noun, Verb and Participation. Köln: Universität, Institut fiir Sprachwissenschaft.

728.

. 1991a. "On the Sequence of the Techniques on the Dimension of PARTICIPATION". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 29-61. Tübingen: Narr.

729.

. 1991b. "Noun, Verb, and Participation (A Typology of the Noun/Verb Distinction)". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 65-137. Tübingen: Narr.

730.

Brosnahan, L.F. 1961. "The Apostrophe in the Genitive Singular in the 17th Century". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 42. 363-369.

731.

Brown, Mary Vincentia. 1934. The Syntax of the Prepositions in the Works of Saint Hilary. Washington, D.C.: The Catholic University of America.

732.

Brown, Robert. 1988. "Waris Case System and Verb Classification". Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 19.1.2. 37-80.

733.

Brown, T. Grant. 1971. "Pedagogical Implications of a Case Grammar of French". IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 9.3. 229-244.

62

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

734.

. 1972. "Case Grammar and the Teaching of French". Generative Studies in Romance Languages. Application of Generative Grammar to Their Description and Teaching ed. by Jean Casagrande & Bohdan Saciuk, 362-375. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury.

735.

Bruce, Bertram C. 1975. "Case Systems for Natural Language". Artificial Intelligence 6.4. 327-360.

736. ° 737.

. 1985. Deep Case Systems for Language Understanding. Champaign, Illinois: University of Illinois. Bruce, Les. 1983. "Subject as a Conflation of Role and Topicality Factors". Studies in Language 7.1. 1-24.

738. ° Brugman, Claudia. 1983. "The Use of Body Part Terms as Locatives in Chalcatongo Mixtec". Survey of Californian and Other Indian Languages 4. 235290. 739.

& Monica Macaulay. 1986. "Interacting Semantic Systems: Mixtec Expressions of Location". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 12. 315-327.

740.

Brugmann, Karl. 1910. "Der sogenannte Akkusativ der Beziehung im Arischen, Griechischen, Lateinischen, Germanischen". Indogermanische Forschungen 27. 121-151.

741.

. 1913-14. "Der gotische genitivus pluralis auf -e". Indogermanische Forschungen 33. 272-284.

742.

& Bertold Delbrück. 1886-1900. see Delbrück, Bertold.

743. Brym, Jiri & Roman Mrázek. 1962. see Mrázek, Roman. 744. ° Bryzgalova, E.A. 1970. "O priimennom upotreblenii socetanija 'po + datel'nyj padez' v sovremennom russkom jazyke". Trudy Universitetet druzby narodov im. Patrisa Lumumby 49. 39-52. 745.

Bubenik, Vit. 1989a. "An Interpretation of Split Ergativity in Indo-Iranian Languages". Diachronica 6.2. 181-212.

746.

. 1989b. "On the Origins and Elimination of Ergativity in Indo-Aryan Languages". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 34.4. 377-398.

747.

Buccellati, Giorgio. 1976. "On the Akkadian 'Attributive' Genitive". Afroasiatic Linguistics 3.2. 1-9.

748.

Buchbinder, Wolf A. 1971. "Die Valenz und ihre Berücksichtigung bei der Auswahl lexikalischen Materials". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 8.5. 282-286.

749.

Buçhholz, Oda. 1968. "Zur Frage der Verdoppelung der Objekte im Albanischen". Actes du premier congrès international des études balkaniques et sudest européennes. VI: Linguistique, 711-724. Sofia: Academie bulgare des sciences.

Alphabetical List 750. 751.

63

Buckingham, Hugh W. 1973. "The Comitative and Case Grammar". tions of Language 10.1. 111-121.

Founda­

° Budde, E.H. 1959. "Zur Frage der 'Kasuslehre' im Englischen". Praxis neusprachlichen Unterrichts 6. 7-10.

752.

des

Budwig, Nancy. 1990. "The Linguistic Marking of Non-Prototypical Agency: An Exploration into Children's Use of Passives". Linguistics 28. 1221-1252.

753.

. 1992. "Do Young Children Linguistically Encode the Notion of Agent?". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development

29. 133-140.

754.

° Bünting. 1879. Vom Gebrauche der Casus im Heliand. Jever.

755.

° Bugenhagen, Robert D. 1986. "Possession in Mangap-Mbula: Its Syntax and Semantics". Oceanic Linguistics 25. 124-166.

756.

. 1990. "Experiential Constructions in Mangap-Mbula". Australian nal of Linguistics 10.2. 183-215.

Jour­

757.

Bujor, I.I. 1968. "Vocativul tu". Cercetări

758.

Bull, William E., James Abbott & Allison Gronberg. 1952. "Subject Position in Contemporary Spanish". Hispania 35. 185-188.

759.

Burger, A. 1961. "Review: Jansen-Beck, Lydia I. 1961. Possessive Pronouns and Adjectives in 'Garin le Loneren' and 'Gerbert de Metz'. Etymology, Morphology, Syntax and Comparison with Five Old French Epic Poems and Five Old French Courtly Romances. Ph.D. dissertation, University of New York". Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 18. 89-90.

760.

Burton, Strang & Jane Grimshaw. 1992. "Coordination and VP-Internal Sub­ ject". Linguistic Inquiry 23.2. 305-313.

761.

Burtschuladse, G. 1971. "Einige Fragen zur Nominaldeklination im Lakischen". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Friedrich-Schiller-Universität Jena, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 20.5. 83-98.

762.

Burtseva, L.K. 1973. "Tipy paradigm v substantivnom slovoizmenenii XVII veka (po materialam pamjatnikov epistoljarnogo zanra)". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Serii istorija-jazyk-literatura 28.4.20. 128-134.

763.

Burzio, L. 1978. "Italian Causative Constructions". Journal of Italian tics 3.2. 1-71.

764.

°

de lingvistică 13.1. 117-119.

. 1981. Intransitive Verbs and Italian Auxiliaries. MIT University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Linguis­

Ph.D. dissertation,

765.

Buscha, Joachim. 1988. "Der Infinitiv als Subjekt". Deutsch als 25.5. 257-260.

766.

Busse, Winfried. 1974. Klasse - Transitivität Verbs im Französischen. München: Fink.

Fremdsprache

- Valenz: Transitive Klassen

des

64

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

767.

Butler, James H. & Evelyn G. Pike. 1978. "Transitivity and Voice in Tzutujil Clause Roots". Lacus forum 5. 471-486.

768.

Butler, Milton Chadwick. 1976. "The Reanalysis of Middle English Impersonal Constructions and the Characterization of 'Subject of a Sentence'". Texas Linguistic Forum 4. 1-19.

769.

. 1977a. "Grammaticalization of Topical Elements in Middle English". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 626636.

770.

. 1977b. "Reanalysis of Object as Subject in Middle English Impersonal Constructions". Glossa 11.2. 155-170.

771.

. 1980. Grammatically Motivated Subjects in Early English. Austin, Texas: University of Texas, Department of Linguistics. Texas Linguistic Forum 16.

772.

Buttke, Kurt. 1977. "Zur Verwendung der Konstruktion y(B) + Genitiv im modemen Ukrainischen". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 22. 657-663.

773.

Butulussi, Eleni. 1991. Studien zur Valenz kognitiver Verben im Deutschen und Neugriechischen. Tübingen: Niemeyer. Review, see Gebruers, Rudi [1992]

774.

Buysschaert, J. 1975. "Subject and Predicate". Communication & Cognition 8.1. 69-92.

775.

Buzássyová, Klára. 1984. "Zum Problem des possessiven Dativs". Recueil linguistique de Bratislava 7. 215-223.

776.

Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa & Alessandro Duranti. 1977. see Duranti, Ales­ sandro.

777.

Byniyatova, I.R. 1982. "Do pitannya pro grammatichnu interferentsyu i rozvitok analitizmu v angliis'kii movi". Movoznavstvo 4.94. 58-62.

778.

Bynon, Theodora. 1979. "The Ergative Construction in Kurdish". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42.2. 211-224.

779.

. 1980. "From the Passive to the Active in Kurdish via the Ergative Construction". Papers from the 4th International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Elizabeth Closs Traugott [et. al.], 151-163. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

780.

Byrne, Francis. 1984. "Instrumental in Saramaccan". York Papers in Linguistics 11. 39-50.

781.

Bzdega, Andrzej Z. 1974. "Zur kategorialen Struktur der Nominalphrase im Deutschen". Studia germanica posnaniensia 3. 61-68.

Alphabetical List

65

782.

Cabrai, Leonor Scliar. 1977. "O modelo de Fillmore e as gramáticas emer­ gentes". Revista brasileira de lingüística 4.2. 79-134.

783.

Cadiot, P. 1993. "De et deux de ses concurrents: Avec et à". Langages 110. 68106.

784. °Cagiseva, V. 1968. "Vtoroj imenitel'nyj i ego zamena kosvennymi padezami (Tvoritel'nym predikativnym i predloznym padezom s predlogom 'v') v istorii russkogo jazyka". Ucenye zapiski Leningradsko go ped. instituía im. A.I. Gercena 281. 133-189. 785.

Calbert, Joseph P. 1971. "Modality and Case Grammar". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 85-132/(1973) Modality and Case Grammar. Trier: LAUT.

786.

Calbert, Josse. 1964. Verbs with Direct and Indirect Object in Presentday English 1953-1963. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

787.

Calboli, Gualtiero. 1972. La linguistica moderna e il latino: I casi. Bologna: Pàtron.

788.

. 1980. "Bemerkungen zum Acc.c.Inf. und zu verwandten Konstruk­ tionen im Lateinischen". Papers on Grammar I ed. by Gualtiero Calboli, 189208. Bologna: CLUEB.

789.

. 1983. "The Development of Latin (Cases and Infinitive)". Latin Linguistics and Linguistic Theory: Proceedings of the First International Colloquium on Latin Linguistics, Amsterdam, April 1981 ed. by Harm Pinkster, 41-57. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

790.

. 1989. "Zur Beziehung zwischen Kasus, Diathese und Referenz". Actes du Ve colloque de linguistique latine ed. by M. Lavency & D. Longrée, Cahiers de l'institut de linguistique de Louvain 15.1.4, 53-65. Louvain-laNeuve: Peeters.

791.

Callaert, Marita. 1979. Subject and Direct Object Complementation: A Critical Approach to Rosenbaum. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Bel­ gium.

792.

Callaway, Morgan, Jr. 1927. "Concerning the Number of Cases in Modern English". Publications of the Modern Language Association of America 42. 238-254.

793.

Calvo Pérez, Julio. 1991. "El problema no resuelto de a + objeto directo en español". Español actual 56. 5-21.

794.

Camp, Elisabeth L. 1985. "Split Ergativity in Cavineña". International Journal of American Linguistics 51.1. 38-58.

795.

Campe, Petra. 1993. "Review: Lutzeier, Peter Rolf. 1991. Major Pillars of German Syntax. An Introduction to CRMS-Theory. Tübingen: Narr". Leuvense bijdragen 82. 403-421.

66

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

796.

Campos, Héctor. 1986. "Indefinite Object Drop". Linguistic Inquiry 17.2. 354359.

797.

. 1987. "Una paradoja negativa". RLA, Revista de lingüística teórica y aplicada 25. 7-14.

798.

Camprubi, Michel. 1991. "Les prépositions dans les compléments circonstan­ ciels ou adverbiaux du domaine notionnel en espagnol et en catalan". Cahiers de grammaire 16. 1-26.

799.

Cann, Ronald. 1983. "Raising in Latin: A Phrase Structure Analysis of the Accusative and Infinitive". Order, Concord and Constituency ed. by Gerald Gazdar, Ewan Klein & Geoffrey K. Pullum, 113-137. Dordrecht: Foris.

800.

Cannings, Peter & Marvin D. Moody. 1978a. "Faire faire quelque chose à/par quelqu'un: The Causative Triangle". The Modern Language Journal 62.1.2. 11-18.

801.

& Marvin D. Moody. 1978b. "A Semantic Approach to Causation in French". Lingvisticae investigationes 2. 331-362.

802.

Cano Aguilar, Rafael. 1981. Estructuras sintácticas transitivas en el español actual. Madrid: Gredos.

803.

Cantarero, Margarita, Ma. José Albalá, Rafael Guerra & Antonio Quilis. 1985. see Quilis, Antonio.

804.

Canturisvili, D.S. 1982. "Sistema padeznyx, dominasija padeznyx sistem i distribucija vinitel'nogo padeza v russkom jazyke (s tipologiceskimi ekskursami v gruzinskij jazik)". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 87-96.

805.

Capanov, M.I. 1962. " Èrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v naxskix jazykax". Izvestija Ceceno-Ingusskogo naucno-issledovatel'skogo instituía istorii, jazyka i literatury 4.2. 96-168.

806.

Capell, A. 1967. "Pronominalisation in Australian Languages". Papers in Australian Linguistics 2. 21-41.

807. ° Capidan, Th. 1921. "Originea vocativului ín -ule". Dacoromania 1. 185-209. 808. 809.

Cardinaletti, Anna. 1992. "On Cliticization in Germanic Languages". Rivista di grammatica generativa 17. 65-99. Cardona, George. 1970. "The Indo-Iranian Construction mana (mama) krtam". Language 46. 1-12.

810.

. 1974. "Pânīnī's Kärakas: Agency, Animation and Identity". Journal of Indian Philosophy 2. 231-306.

811.

. 1976. "Subject in Sanskrit". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 1-38. Madison: University of Wiscon­ sin.

Alphabetical List

67

812.

. 1990. "A Note on 'Dative Agents' in Sanskrit". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 141145. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Informa­ tion.

813.

Carfora, Juanita. 1968. "Lo and le in American Spanish". Hispania 51.2. 300302.

814. ° Carlberg, Björn. 1948. Subjektvertauschung und Objektvertauschung im Deutschen. Lund. 815.

Carls, Ottmar. 1971. "Kurze Studie über die unterschiedlichen Verbbegriffe bei Helbig/Schenkel und Fillmore, hinsichtlich ihrer Beschreibungsadäquatheit". Linguïstische Berichte 14. 72-76.

816. ° Carls, Uwe. 1989. "Der TopikalisierungsprozeB im Englischen und im Deutschen". Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik 14.1. 89-100. 817.

Carlson, Greg N. 1984. "Thematic Roles and Their Role in Semantic Interpreta­ tion". Linguistics 22.3.271. 259-279.

818.

& Thomas Roeper. 1980. "Morphology and Subcategorization: Case and the Unmarked Complex Verb". Lexical Grammar ed. by Teun Hoekstra, Harry van der Hulst & Michael Moortgat, 123-164. Dordrecht: Foris.

819.

& Michael K. Tanenhaus. 1988. "Thematic Roles and Language Com­ prehension". Thematic Relations ed. by W. Wilkins, Syntax and Semantics 21, 263-288. San Diego: Academic Press.

820. ° Carlton, T.R. 1971. The Declension of Nouns in Ukranian. Edmonton, Alberta: Department of Slavic Languages, University of Alberta. 821.

Caroli, Folker. 1984. "La notion de directionnalité dans les verbes de déplac­ ement en allemand". Lexique-grammaire des langues romanes ed. by Alain Guillet & Nunzio La Fauci, 1-35. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

822. ° Caroli, V. & U. Figge. 1989. "Vergleichende Klassifikation deutschen und französischen Verben mit Lokalergänzung". Archiv für das Studium der neueren Sprachen 226. 241-265. 823.

Caron, W.J.H. 1967. "Wat is een lijdend voorwerp?". Forum der letteren 8. 112.

824.

. 1972a. "Interpretatie van 17de-eeuwse casusleer". Klank en teken. Verzamelde taalkundige studies ed. by W.J.H. Caron, 164-166. Groningen: Wolters-Noordhoff.

825.

. 1972b. "Wat is een lijdend voorwerp?". Klank en teken. Verzamelde taalkundige studies ed. by W.J.H. Caron, 167-178. Groningen: WoltersNoordhoff.

68

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

826.

Carr, Charles T. 1933. "The Position of the Genitive in German". Modern Language Review 28.4. 465-479.

827.

Carrasco, Félix. 1972. "El pronombre neutro lo como pro-forma del predicado nominal". Thesaurus 27.2. 324-333.

828.

. 1973. "Nota adocional a 'El pronombre neutro lo como pro-forma del predicado nominal'". Thesaurus 28.1. 108-111.

829.

Carrier-Duncan, Jill. 1985. "Linking of Thematic Roles in Derivational Word Formation". Linguistic Inquiry 16. 1-34.

830.

Carroll, Suzanne. 1982. "Redoublement et dislocations en français populaire". La syntaxe comparée du français standard et populaire: Approaches formelle etfonctionelle, Tome 1 ed. by Claire Lefebvre, 291-357. Quebec: Government of Quebec, Office of the French Language.

831.

Carruba, Onofrio. 1982. "Der Kasus auf -sa des Luwischen". Investigañones philologicae et comparativae. Gedenkschrift fiir Heinz Kronasser ed. by Erich Neu, 1-15. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

832.

Carson, Neusa M. 1983. "Recentes desenvolvimentos em macuxi (caribe)". Cadernos de estudos lingüísticos 4. 89-104.

833.

Carstairs, Andrew. 1987. "Diachronic Evidence and the Affix-Clitic Distinc­ tion". Papers from the 7th International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Anna Giacalone Ramat, Onofrio Carruba & Giuliano Bernini, 151-162. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

834.

Carstensen, Broder. 1981. "Zur Deklination aus dem Englischen entlehnter Substantive im Deutschen". Forms and Functions: Papers in General, English and Applied Linguistics Presented to Vilém Fried on the Occasion of His Sixty-Fifth Birthday ed. by Jürgen Esser & Axel Hübler, 103-122. Tübingen: Narr.

835. ° Cartagena, Nelson. 1971. "Las construcciones pronominales de sujeto pasivoindeterminado". Estudios filológicos 7. 145-172. 836.

. 1972. Sentido y estructura de las construcciones pronominales en español. Chile: Universidad de concepción.

837.

Cartier, Alice. 1972. "Les indicateurs de lieu en chinois". La linguistique 8.2. 83-101.

838.

. 1975. "Voix et transitivité, deux notions syntaxiques distinctes. L'ex­ emple de l'indonésien". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 70.1. 321337.

839.

. 1976. "Une langue à double construction objective et ergative: L'indo­ nésien". La linguistique 12.1. 99-130.

Alphabetical List

69

840.

. 1979. "De-Voiced Transitive Verb Sentences in Formal Indonesian". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 161-183. London: Academic Press.

841.

. 1985. "Discourse Analysis of Ergative and Non-Ergative Sentences in Formal Indonesian". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 31-46. Berlin: Mouton.

842.

Carvalho, Paulo de. 1980a. "Cas et personne. Propositions pour une théorie morpho-sémantique des cas latins". Revue des études anciennes 82.3.4. 243274.

843.

. 1980b. "Réflexions sur le cas. Vers une théorie des cas latins (1)". L'information grammaticale 7. 3-11.

844.

. 1980c. "Cas et préposition en latin". Orphea voce, Cahiers du groupe de recherches sur la poésie latine 1. 23-105.

845.

. 1983. "Le système des cas latins: Aperçu d'une théorie morpho­ sémantique". Latin Linguistics and Linguistic Theory: Proceedings of the 1st International Colloquium on Latin Linguistics, Amsterdam, April 1981 ed. by Harm Pinkster, 59-71. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

846.

. 1985. "Nominatif et sujet. Pour une 'grammaire des cas' postfilmorienne". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Provence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 55-78. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

847.

Casad, Eugene H. 1988. "Conventionalization of Cora Locationals". Topics in Cognitive Linguistics ed. by Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 345-378. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

848.

. 1989. Locations, Paths and the Cora Verb. Duisburg: LAUD/(1993) Conceptualizations and Mental Processing in Language ed. by Richard A. Geiger & Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 593-645. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

849.

Casagrande, Jean. 1970. "A Case for Global Derivational Constraints". Papers in Linguistics 2.3. 449-459.

850.

Cassidy, Friederick G. 1937. "'Case' in Modern English". Language 13. 240245.

851.

Castel, Victor M. 1986. "Concordancia con el sujeto y con el objeto en una gramática sintagmática generalizada". Revista argentina de lingüística 2.2. 267-284.

852. ° Castrén, Eva. 1966. Beobachtungen über den Kasusgebrauch in Zusammenhang der Präpositionen in den Briefen Goethes. M.A. thesis, University of Hel­ sinki.

70

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

853.

Cate, Abraham P. ten. 1971-72. '"Causes' als Kasus". TABU, Taalkundig bulletin van het Nederlands instituut der rijksuniversiteit te Groningen 2. 3948.

854.

. 1976. "Kausalstrukturen in der Kasusgrammatik". Löwen und Sprachtiger, Akten des 8. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Löwen, 19.-22. September 1973 ed. by Rudolf Kern, 191-212. Leuven: Peeters.

855.

Catford, J.C. 1975. Ergativity in Caucasian Languages. ERIC, Document Re­ production Service Number, ED 112704/(1976) Proceedings of NELS 6. 3748.

856.

. 1977. "Mountain of Tongues: The Languages of the Caucasus". Annual Review of Anthropology 6. 283-314.

857.

Catsimali, Georgia. 1991. Case in Modern Greek: Implications for Clause Structure. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Reading. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 51.9. 3054.A.3055.A.

858. ° Cattell, Ray. 1969. The Role of Give and Some Related Verbs in English Syntax. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Newcastle, New South Wales. 859.

. 1986. "On Wierzbicka's ". Quaderni di semantica 7.1. 136-139.

860.

Cazacu, B. 1947. "Remarques sur l'emploi des adjectifs possessifs en roumain". Bulletin linguistique 15. 95-102.

861.

Cena, R.M. 1971. "Case Opposition in Tagalog". Ohio State Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 133-148.

862.

Cepel', Victor S. 1983. "Vokativ i iogo formal'ni vidpovidniki v ukrains'kii ta bolgars'kii movakh". Mo vozna vstvo 17.4.100. 33-36.

863.

. 1987a. "Pro dinamiku vidminkovo-flektivnogo sinkretzmu imennikiv v istorii rosiis'koi movi". Movoznavstvo 21.1.121. 51-56.

864.

. 1987b. "Dinamichne spivvidnoshennya fleksii i vidminkiv v istorii formozmini imennikiv rosiis'koi movi". Movoznavstvo 21.6.126. 41-45.

865.

& Ivan A. Stojanov. 1984. "Iz istorii form obrascenija v russkom, ukrainskom i bolgarskom jazykax". Contrastive Linguistics 9.3. 5-12.

866.

Cercvadze, LI. 1962. "Ergat'iuli brunvis erti pormant'is sesaxeb xundzursi". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 13. 277-280.

867.

. 1968. "Ergati'iuli brunvis sak'itxisatvis lak'ur enasi". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 16. 253-256.

868.

Cernysenko, N.M. 1985. "Pro vpliv morfologichnikh chinnikiv na vzhivannya vidminkovikh form". Movoznavstvo 19.4.112. 68-71.

Alphabetical List 869.

71

Cervoni, Jean. 1991. "Prépositions et cas". La préposition - étude sémantique pragmatique by Jean Cervoni, 171-213. Paris: Duculot.

et

870.

° Cesko, Elena V. 1957. "Datel'nyj padez v sovremennom bolgarskom jazyke i sinonimicnye predloznye". Ezikovedski izsledvanija v čest na akademik Stefan Mladenov, 47-56. Sofia: Izd. na bălgarskata akad. na naukite.

871.

°

872.

° Cetveruxin, A.S. 1975. "Nabljudenija nad staroegipetskimi predlogami i genitivnym upravleniem". Africana: Afrikanskij etnografičeskij sbornik ed. by D.A. Ol'derogge, 131-143. Leningrad: Nauka.

873.

Chadwick, Neil. 1976. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: The Western Barkly Languages". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 390-396. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

874.

Chafe, Wallace L. 1976. "Givenness, Contrastiveness, Definiteness, Subjects, Topics, and Point of View". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 25-55. New York: Academic Press.

875.

. 1990. "Uses of the Defocussing Pronominal Prefixes in Caddo". An­ thropological Linguistics 32.1.2. 57-68.

876.

Chambelland Galves, Charlotte. 1989. "L'objet nul et la structure de la proposi­ tion en portugais du brésil". Revue des langues romanes 93.2. 305-336.

877.

Chamonikolasová, Jana. 1985. "The Internal Structure, Communicative Value and Prosodie Weight of the English Object". Brno Studies in English 16. 4961.

878.

Chang, Betty Shefts & Kun Chang. 1980. "Ergativity in Spoken Tibetan". Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology, Academia sínica 51.1. 1532.

879.

Chang, Kun & Betty Shefts Chang. 1980. see Chang, Betty Shefts.

880.

Channon, Robert. 1978. "Russian and the Rule of 3-2 Advancement". Studies in Honor of Horace G. Lunt: On the Occasion of His 60th Birthday, September 12, 1978, Part I ed. by Ernest A. Scatton, Richard D. Steele & Charles E. Gribble, 54-70. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

881.

. 1982. "3 —> 2 Advancement, Beneficiary Advancement, and with". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 8. 271282.

882.

Chao, Wynn. 1983. "The Interpretation of Null Subjects: Brazilian Portuguese". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 11. 59-74.

883.

Chapin, Paul G. 1970. "Samoan Pronominalization". Language 46. 366-378.

. 1970. Istorija bolgarskogo

sklonenija. Moscow: Nauka.

72 884.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Chapman, Robert L. 1975. "Semantics and Syntax of the to Possessive in English". Journal of Linguistics 11.1. 63-68. R e v i e w : see Millward, Celia M. [1977]

885.

Chappell, Hilary. 1991. "Causativity and the ba Construction in Chinese". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 563-584. Tübingen: Narr.

886.

Charaudeau, Patrick. 1971. "La préposition A devant l'objet". Cours de linguistique: Description sémantique de quelques systèmes grammaticaux de l'espagnol actual by Patrick Charaudeau, 40-46. Paris: Centre de documentation universitaire.

887.

Charniak, Eugene. 1981. "The Case-Slot Identity Theory". Cognitive 5.3. 285-292.

Science

888.

° Chaski, Carole Elisabeth. 1987a. "Encoding Case Variation in the Grammar: Greek Predicates". Proceedings of NWAWX. Palo Alto: Stanford University.

889.

. 1987b. Syntactic Theories and Models of Syntactic Change: A Study of Greek Infinitival Complementation. Ph.D. dissertation, Brown University/ (1990) Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

890.

. 1988. "GB, GPSG and the Separation of Agreement and Case". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 24.2. 28-40.

891.

° Chelliah, Shobhana L. 1987. "Case Assignment and Morphological Markers in Manipuri". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Pacific Linguistics Conference 3. 71-92.890.

892.

. 1990. "Experiencer Subjects in Manipuri". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 195211. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Informa­ tion.

893.

° Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen & Elizabeth Ritter. 1988. "A Small Clause Analysis of Inalienable Possession in French and Mandarin". Proceedings of NELS 18.1. 65-78.

894.

Cherubim, Dieter, Hans-Dieter Kreuder, Brigitte Zander-Lüllwitz, Carl Ludwig Naumann, Ulrich Püschel, Gaston van der Elst & Gerhard Vigener. 1973. "Aspekte der Valenztheorie". Deutsche Sprache 1. 3-48.

895.

Chesterman, Andrew. 1977. "Definiteness in Finnish". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 7. 111-120.

896.

Cheung, Sik Lee. 1990. The Acquisition of Locative Constructions in Cantonese Children. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Stanford.

897.

. 1992. "The Acquisition of Locative Constructions in Cantonese Chil­ dren". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 29. 20-27.

Alphabetical List

73

898. ° Chiarini, G. 1909. Il caso obliquo senza preposizione nell'antico francese. Pisa: Mariotti. 899.

Chierchia, Gennaro. 1989. "Structured Meanings, Thematic Roles and Control". Properties, Types and Meaning, vol 2: Semantic Issues ed. by Gennaro Chierchia, Barbara H. Partee & Raymond Turner, 131-166. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

900.

Chipman, Harold H. & Margherita Imperiali di Francavilla. 1989. "His or Hers? How Young English and Algerian Arabic-Speaking Children Understand Third Person Possessive Pronouns in Object Position". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 23.1.2. 157-180.

901.

Chivu, Gh. 1980. "Observatii asupra vocativului în -lor în secolul al XVI-lea". Studii §i cercetäri lingvistice 31.3. 285-295.

902. ° Cho, Euiyon. 1987. "Korean Causatives in Relational Grammar: Arguments against the Clause Union Analysis". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguistics, II ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 3-26. Seoul: Hanshin. 903.

Cho, Jae Ohk & Jerry Morgan. 1986. "Some Problems of NP Coordination in Korean". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 16.2. 45-65.

904.

Choe, Hak-kun. 1976. "The Grammatical Categories of Case, Gender and Number in the Manchurian Language". Dhak yonku 12.1. 1-16.

905. ° Choi, June-Young. 1987. "Tongjae wa jujae gwangae". Journal of English Language and Literature (Seoul) 33. 523-546. 906.

Choi, Kyu-Ryun. 1989. "Zum sogenannten bekommen-Passiv". Sprechen und Hören: Akten des 23. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Berlin 1988 ed. by Norbert Reiter, 275-288. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

907.

Choi, Soo-Young. 1986. "Solving the Problem of the Korean Topic/Subject Particles nun and ka: A Paradigm and a Text Analysis". Linguistics 24.2.282. 351-369.

908.

Choi, Young-Seok. 1986. "Quantifier Floating as an Instance of Ascension". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 18.1. 1-58.

909.

Chomsky, Noam. 1970. "Remarks on Nominalization". Readings in English Transformational Grammar ed. by Roderick A. Jacobs & Peter S. Rosenbaum, 184-221. Waltham: Ginn.

910.

. 1972. "Some Empirical Issues in the Theory of Transformational Grammar". Goals of Linguistic Theory ed. by P.S. Peters, 63-130. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.

911. 912.

. 1980. "On Binding". Linguistic Inquiry 11. 1-46. Christea, Teodora. 1985. "Diacronie si contrastivitate: Exprimarea cazului comitativ în franceză şi în română ". Studii şi cercetäri lingvistice 36.3. 198201.

74

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

913.

Christie, J.J. 1970. "Locative, Possessive and Existential in Swahili". Foundations of Language 6. 166-177. Review: see Roberts, David [1971]

914.

Christol, Alain. 1989. "Pour une typologie de l'obligation, II. dativus auctoris ou personne concernée?" Actes du Ve colloque de linguistique latine ed. by M. Lavency & D. Longrée, Cahiers de Vinstitut de linguistique de Louvain 15.1.4., 67-71. Louvain-la-Neuve: Peeters.

915. ° Chu, C.C. 1976. "Conceptual Wholeness and the Retained Object". Journal of Chinese Linguistics 4. 14-23. 916. ° Chun, Soon Ae. 1986. "Possessor Ascension in Korean". Relational Studies on Korean ed. by Soon Ae Chun, 51-97. Buffalo: Department of Linguistics, State University of New York at Buffalo. 917.

& David A. Zubin. 1990. "Experiential vs. Agentive Constructions in Korean Narrative". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 16. 81-93.

918. ° Chung, In San. 1985. "Hyentaekukeiy cueey taehan yenku". Studies in Korean 44. 919.

Chung, Sandra L. 1976a. Case Marking and Grammatical Relations in Polynesian. Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University/(1978) Austin: University of Texas Press.

920.

. 1976b. "An Object-Creating Rule in Bahasa Indonesia". Linguistic Inquiry 7.1. 41-87.

921.

. 1976c. "On the Subject of Two Passives in Indonesian". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 57-98. New York: Academic Press.

922.

. 1977. "Maori as an Accusative Language". The Journal of the Polynesian Society 86.

923. °

. 1980. "Transitivity and Surface Filters in Chamorro". Studies in Pacific Languages and Cultures ed. by Hollyman & Pawley. New Zealand: Auckland Linguistic Society.

924.

. 1984. "Identifiability and Null Objects in Chamorro". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 10. 116-130.

925. 926. 927.

& Stephen R. Anderson. 1977. see Anderson, Stephen R. Chvany, Catherine V. 1982. "Hierarchies in the Russian Case System: For N-AG-P-D-I against N-G-D-A-I-P". Russian Language Journal 36.125. 133-147. . 1985. "Ergative and Argative". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 15.2. 1-2.

Alphabetical List

75

928.

. 1986. "Jakobson's Fourth and Fifth Dimensions: On Reconciling the Cube Model of Case Meanings with the Two-Dimensional Matrices for Case Forms". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 107-129. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

929.

Cienki, Alan J. 1989. Spatial Cognition and the Semantics of Prepositions in English, Polish, and Russian. München: Otto Sagner.

930.

Cifuentes, Hugo. 1980-81. "Presencia y ausencia del pronombre personal sujeto en el habla culta de Santiago de Chile". Boletín de filología 31. 743-752.

931.

Cigoj-Leben, Breda. 1982. "Rendement stylistique de l'éllipse du pronom sujet dans le 'Thésée' d'André Gide". Linguistica (Ljubljana) 22. 127-147.

932.

Cikobava, Arnol'd S. 1929. "Rit aris c'armodgeneli mravlobitsi saxelobitsi dasmuli morpologiuri obiekt'i Zvels Kartulsi?". Tbilisis universit'et'is Moambe 9. 107-119.

933. °

. 1940. "Mesame piris subiektis U3velesi nisani kartvelur enebsi". Enimkis moambe 5.6. 13-42.

934.

. 1942. "Ergatiuli konstrukciis problemisatvis kavkasiur enebsi: Am konstrukciis stabiluri da labiluri variantebi (cinascari moxseneba)". Izvestija Instituía jazyka i istorii materiaVnoj kul'tury N.Ja. Marra 12. 221-239.

935.

. 1948a. "Iz istorii obrazovanija érgativnogo (aktivnogo) padeza v avarskom jazyke". Jazyki Dagestana, Volume 1 ed. by M. Gadziev, 5-18. Maxackala: Izd-vo dagestanskoj bazy AN SSSR.

936.

. 1948b. "Istoriceskoe vzaimootnosenie nominativnoj i ergativnoj konstrukcii po dannym drevnegruzinskogo jazyka". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 7. 221-234/"Die geschichtlichen Wechselbeziehungen zwischen der nominativischen und der ergativischen Konstruk­ tion nach dem Befunde der altgeorgischen Sprache". Sowjetwissenschaft 3. 61-77.

937.

. 1948c. "K istorii obrazovanija èrgativa v avarskom jazyke". Iberiulk'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 2. 91-116.

938.

. 1948-1961. Ergat'iuli k'onst'rukciis problema iberiul-k'avk'asiur enebsi. Vol. I: Nominat'iuri da ergat'iuli k'onst'rukciis ist'oriuli urtiertoba dzveli kartuli enis monacemta mixedvit. Vol. II: Ergat'iuli k'onst'rukciis raobis teoriebi. Tbilisi: Izd. AN Gruz. SSR.

939.

. 1950. "Neskol'ko zamečanij ob érgativnoj konstrukcii (k postanovke problemy)".Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija ed. by E.A. Bokarev, 5-16. Moscow: Izd-vo inostrannoj literatury.

940. °

. 1956. "Istoriulad gansxvavebuli ori morpologiuri tipisatvis kartul brunvata soris". Saxelis brunebis istoriisatvis kartvelur enebsi ed. by V. Topuria, 265-268. Tbilisi: Universiteti.

76

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

941.

. 1967. "Problema ėrgativnoj konstrucii v iberijsko-kavkazskix jazykax". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M.Zirmunskij, 10-32. Leningrad: Nauka/(1969) "Le problème de la construction ergative dans les langues ibéro-caucasiennes". Langages 15. 108-126.

942.

. 1970. "Zum historischen Verhältnis von Subjekt und Objekt in der Ergativ-Konstruktion der iberokaukasischen Sprache". Sprache und Gesellschaft. Gertrud Pätsch in honorem ed. by Harry Spitzbardt, 272-280. Jena: Friedrich-Schiller-Universität.

943.

Cilianu-Lascu, Corina. 1992. "La métaphore instrumentale en roumain et en français". Revue roumaine de linguistique 37.2.3. 145-156.

944.

Cinque, Guglielmo. 1981. "Sulla nozione di 'soggetto di sintagma nominale' in italiano". Cultura neolatina 41.1.2. 159-174.

945.

. 1985. "L'ellissi dell'oggetto in frasi complemento: Su una differenza tra 1'italiano e Fingiese". Sintassi e morfología della lingua italiana d'uso: Teorie e applicazioni descrittive - Atti del XVII congresso internazionale di studi, Urbino 11-13 setiembre 1983 ed. by Annalisa Franchi de Bellis & Leonardo M. Savoia, 161-183. Roma: Bulzoni.

946.

. 1989. "On Embedded Verb Second Clauses and Ergativity in German". Sentential Complementation and the Lexicon: Studies in Honour of Wim de Geest ed. by Dany Jaspers, Wim Klooster, Yvan Putseys & Pieter Seuren, 7796. Dordrecht: Foris.

947.

. 1990. "Ergative Adjectives and the Lexicalist Hypothesis". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8.1. 1-40.

948.

Clahsen, Harald. 1984. "Der Erwerb von Kasusmarkierungen in der deutschen Kindersprache". Linguïstische Berichte 89. 1-31.

949.

. 1986. "Verb Inflections in German Child Language: Acquisition of Agreement Markings and the Functions They Encode". Linguistics 24.1.281. 79-121.

950. ° Clairin, P. 1880. Du génitif latin et de la préposition 'de'. Paris. 951. ° Clapp, Edward Bull. 1901. Pindar's Accusative Constructions. Brunn: Rohrer. 952.

Clark, Eve V. 1978. "Locationals: Existential, Locative and Possessive Con­ structions". Universals of Human Language, Volume 4: Syntax ed. by Joseph H. Greenberg, 85-126. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

953.

& B.F. Hecht. 1982. "Learning to Coin Agent and Instrument Nouns". Cognition 12. 1-24.

954.

Clark, Herbert H. & Jeffrey S. Begun. 1971. "The Semantics of Sentence Subjects". Language and Speech 14.1. 34-46.

Alphabetical List

77

955.

Clark, Marybeth. 1974. "Passive and Ergative in Vietnamese". South-East Asian Linguistic Studies ed. by Nguen Dang Liem, 75-88. Canberra: ANU, Pacific Linguistics.

956.

. 1978. Coverbs and Case in Vietnamese. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Australian National University. Review: see Thompson, Laurence C. [1982]

957.

. 1980a. "Source Phrases in White Hmong (Laos)". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 12.2. 1-49.

958.

. 1980b. "Derivation between Goal and Source Verbs in Hmong". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 12.2. 51-59.

959.

Clark, Maureen V. 1971. "The Case against Stative (The Stative the Art)". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 149-156.

960.

Clark, Ross D. 1973a. "Case Markers and Complementizers: A Maori Exam­ ple". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 12. 145147.

961.

. 1973b. "Transitivity and Case in Eastern Oceanic Languages". Oceanic Linguistics 12. 559-605.

962.

Clarke, Mark A., Ann Losoff, Margeret Dickenson McCracken & David S. Rood. 1984. "Linguistic Relativity and Sex/Gender Studies: Epistemological and Methodological Considerations". Language Learning 34.2. 47-67.

963.

Claudi, Ulrike & Fritz Serzisko. 1985. "Possession in Dizi: Inalienable or not?". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 7.2. 131-154.

964. ° Clédat, L. 1901. "La préposition et l'article partitifs". Revue de philologie française 15. 965.

Clement, Danièle. 1986. "À propos de faux vides et de faux PRO: Les sujets des infinitives d'allemand, introduites par um-zu sont-ils contrôlés?". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 34.35. 257-273.

966.

Clifford, Paula M. 1973. Inversion of the Subject in French Narrative Prose from 1500 to the Present Day. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

967.

Clifton, John M. 1977. "On the Acceptability of Particles in Sentences to Which Indirect Object Movement Has Applied." Current Themes in Linguistics: Bilingualism, Experimental Linguistics, and Language Typologies ed. by Fred R. Eckman, 109-124. Washington, D.C.: Hemisphere.

968. 969.

& La Raw Maran. 1976. see Maran, La Raw. Close, Elizabeth. 1972. The Development of Modern Rumanian: Linguistic Theory and Practice in Muntania, 1821-1838. New York: Oxford University Press. Review: see Blaylock, Curtis [1975]

78

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

970.

Cocchi, Gloria. 1992. "Lingue che ammettono due veri accusativi: Il Tshiluba". Rivista di grammatica generativa 17. 65-99.

971.

Cohen, Daniel Ronnie. 1975. "Subject and Object in Biblical Aramaic: A Functional Approach Based on Form-Content Analysis". Afroasiatic Linguistics 2.1. 1-23.

972.

Coigneallaig, M.Ó. 1968. "On Verbs of Being in Classical Armenian". The Verb 'Be ' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (3). Japanese/ Kashmiri/Armenian/Hungarian/Sumerian/Shona ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 44-52. Dordrecht: Reidel.

973.

Cole, Peter. 1975. "An Apparent Asymmetry in the Formation of Relative Clauses in Modern Hebrew". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 5.1. 1-35.

974.

. 1976. "A Causative Construction in Modern Hebrew: Theoretical Implications". Studies in Modern Hebrew Syntax and Semantics ed. by Peter Cole, 99-128. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

975.

. 1983. "The Grammatical Role of the Causee in Universal Grammar". International Journal of American Linguistics 49. 115-133.

976.

& Jerrold M. Sadock, eds. 1977. Grammatical Semantics 8. New York: Academic Press.

977.

, Wayne Harbert, Shikaripur Sridhar, Sachiko Hashimoto, Cecil Nelson & Diane Smietana. 1977. "Noun Phrase Accessibility and Island Constraints". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 27-46. New York: Academic Press.

978.

, Wayne Harbert & Gabriella Hermon. 1978. "Headless Relative Clauses in Quechua". Studies in Linguistic Sciences 8.1. 26-41.

979.

& Janice L. Jake. 1978. "Accusative Subjects in Imbabura Quechua". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 8.1. 72-96.

980.

, Wayne Harbert, Gabriella Hermon & Shikaripur Sridhar. 1978. "On the Acquisition of Subjecthood". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 8.1. 42-71/ (1980) Language 56.4. 719-743.

981.

& Gabriella Hermon. 1979. "Case Marking and Islandhood in EST: Evidence from Quechua". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 9.1. 65-90/ Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 5. 4048.

982.

& Gabriella Hermon. 1981. "Subjecthood and Islandhood: Evidence from Quechua". Linguistic Inquiry 12.1. 1-30.

983.

Coleman, Robert. 1972. "Review: Devine, Andrew Mackay. 1970. The Latin Thematic Genitive Singular. London: Clowes". Lingua 30. 72-78.

Relations.

Syntax

and

Alphabetical List

79

984.

. 1976. "Patterns of Syncretism in Latin". Studies in Greek, Italic and Indo-European Linguistics: Offered to Leonard R. Palmer on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday, June 5, 1976 ed. by Anna Morpugo Davies & Wolfgang Meid, 47-56. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.

985.

. 1985. "The Indo-European Origins and Latin Development of the Accusative with Infinitive Construction". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme 28-31 mars congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Provence, 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 307-342. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

986.

. 1989. "The Rise and Fall of Absolute Constructions: A Latin Case History". Subordination and Other Topics in Latin: Proceedings of the Third Colloquium on Latin Linguistics, Bologna, 1-5 April 1985 ed. by Gualtiero Calboli, 353-374. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

987.

Collberg, Sheila Dodey. 1986. "Oblique Subjects in Icelandic Passive Construc­ tions". Studia linguistica 40.1. 67-95.

988.

Collinge, Neville E. 1978. "Restructuring of Noun-Cases in Syntax: Why 'Anti-' Will not Do". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 617-632. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

989.

°

. 1980. Case and Space. Trier: LAUT.

990.

. 1984. "How to Discover Direct Objects". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by F. Plank, 9-27. London: Academic Press.

991.

° Collins, G. 1970. "Toward a Universal Inventory of Case Relationships". Southeastern Conference of Linguistics. 13.

992.

Collins, Janet Duthie. 1979. "An Hypothesis for Old English Object Noun Case Alternation". Lacus forum 6. 125-131.

993.

. 1984. "Old English: A Language Indo-European in Form but not Function". Lacus forum 11. 392-403.

994.

° Collins, Peter C. 1982. "Cleft Sentences in English Discourse". Review of Applied Linguistics 5.1. 60-83.

Australian

995.

. 1985. 'Th-Clefts and A/Z-Clefts". The Cultivated Australian: Festschrift in Honour of Arthur Delbridge ed. by J.E. Clark, 45-53. Hamburg: Buske.

996.

. 1991. Cleft and Pseudo-Cleft ledge.

997.

Constructions

in English. London: Rout-

Colucci, L. 1981. Prospettive per una reinterpretazione Roma: Signorelli.

del dativo in

Vergilio.

80

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

998.

Comorovski, Ileana. 1991. "Partitives and the Definiteness Effect". The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics ed. by Dawn Bates, 91-102. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

999.

Compagnon, Betty le. 1984. "Interference and Overgeneralization in Second Language Learning: The Acquisition of English Dative Verbs by Native Speakers of French". Language Learning 34.3. 39-67.

1000.

"Complemento directo e indirecto". 1987. Lingua portuguesa 38.67-69. 7-10.

1001.

Comrie, Bernard. 1973. "The Ergative: Variations on a Theme". Lingua 32. 239253.

1002. °

. 1974. "The Second Dative". Slavic Transformational Syntax ed. by Richard D. Brecht & Catherine V. Chvany, 123-150. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

1003.

. 1975. "The Antiergative: Finland's Answer to Basque". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 11. 112-121.

1004.

. 1976a. "The Syntax of Causative Constructions: Cross-Language Simi­ larities and Divergences". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 261-312. New York: Academic Press.

1005.

. 1976b. "Review: Klimov, G.A. 1973. Ocerk obscej teorii ergativnosti. Moscow: Nauka". Lingua 39. 252-260.

1006.

.1977. "In Defense of Spontaneous Demotion: The Impersonal Passive". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 47-58. New York: Academic Press.

1007.

. 1978a. "Genitive-Accusatives in Slavic: The Rules and Their Motiva­ tion". International Review of Slavic Linguistics 3.1.2. 27-42.

1008.

. 1978b. "Ergativity". Syntactic Typology: Studies in the Phenomenology of Language ed. by Winfred P. Lehmann, 329-394. Austin: University of Texas Press.

1009.

. 1978c. "Review: Dixon, R.M.W. 1976. Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies". Lingua 45. 79-94.

1010.

. 1978d. "Morphological Classification of Cases in the Slavonic Lan­ guages". The Slavonic and East European Review 56.2. 177-191.

1011.

. 1978e. "Definite Direct Objects & Referent Identification". Pragmatics Microfiche 3.1. D3.

1012.

. 1979a. "Degrees of Ergativity: Some Chukchee Evidence". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 219-240. London: Academic Press.

Alphabetical List

81

1013.

. 1979b. "Subjects and Direct Objects in Uralic Languages: A Functional Explanation of Case-Marking Systems". Études finno-ougriennes 12. 5-17.

1014.

. 1979c. "Definite and Animate Direct Objects: A Natural Class". Linguistica silensiana 3. 13-21.

1015

°

. 1979d. "Some Remarks on Ergativity in South Asian Languages". South Asian Languages Analysis 1.8. 211-219.

1016.

. 1980. "The Order of Case and Possessive Suffixes in Uralic Languages: An Approach to the Comparative-Historical Problem". Lingua posnaniensis 23. 81-86.

1017.

. 1981a. "The Theoretical Significance of the Latin Accusative and Infinitive: A Reply to Pillinger". Journal of Linguistics 17. 345-349.

1018.

. 1981b. Language Universals and Linguistic Typology: Syntax and Morphology. Oxford: Blackwell.

1019.

. 1981c. "Ergativity and Grammatical Relations in Kalaw Lagaw Ya (Saibai Dialect)". Australian Journal of Linguistics 1.1. 1-42.

1020.

. 1982. "Grammatical Relations in Huichol". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 95-115. New York: Academic Press.

1021.

. 1984a. "Reflections on Verb Agreement in Hindi and Related Lan­ guages". Linguistics 22.6.274. 857-864.

1022.

. 1984b. "Subject and Object Control: Syntax, Semantics, Pragmatics". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 10. 450-464.

1023.

. 1985a. "Reflections on Subject and Object Control". Journal of Semantics 4.1. 47-65.

1024.

. 1985b. "Causative Verb Formation and Other Verb-Deriving Morphol­ ogy". Language Typology and Syntactic Description. Volume III: Grammatical Categories and the Lexicon ed. by Timothy Shopen, 309-348. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1025.

. 1986. "On Delimiting Cases". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 86-106. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

1026.

. 1988. "Topics, Grammaticalized Topics, and Subjects". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 14. 265-279.

1027.

. 1989. "Review: Dixon, R.M.W., ed. 1987. Studies in Ergativity. Am­ sterdam: North-Holland". Linguistics 27. 364-368.

1028.

& A.J. Borg. 1984. see Borg, A.J.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

82 1029.

& Maria Polinsky, eds. 1993. Causatives and Transitivity. Benjamins.

Amsterdam:

1030.

Comşulea, Elena. 1974. "Nominativ sau vocativ?". Cercetari 19.1. 97-102.

1031.

Condon, Sherri M. 1984. "Government of the Subject: A Solution to the Problem of Non-Configurational Languages". Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics 6. 43-56.

1032.

Condoravdi, Cleo. 1987. "Arbitrary Reference, Pro and Bare Plurals". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 23.1. 18-30.

1033.

Connolly, Leo A. 1987. "Case Grammar and Word Order in German: The Case for Place by Case". Studies in Language 11.1. 129-161.

1034.

Conte, Maria-Elisabeth. 1972. "Vocativo ed imperativo secondo il modello performativo". Scritti e ricerche di grammatica italiana ed. by Giulio Ciro Lepschy & C. Schwarze, 159-179. Trieste: Lint.

1035.

Contini, Gianfranco. 1940. "Nomi proprî di forma genitivale". Lingua 2.2. 34.

1036.

Contreras, Heles. 1970. "Review: Goldin, Mark G. 1968. Spanish Case and Function. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press". Lingua 25. 1329.

1037.

. 1980. "Sentential Stress, Word Order, and the Notion of Subject in Spanish". The Melody of Language ed. by Linda R. Waugh & C.H. Van Schooneveld, 45-53. Baltimore: University Park Press.

1038.

. 1986. "Sobre la promoción de clíticos en español". Aproximaciones a la sintaxis del español: Estudios sintácticos del español y el progreso de la teoríá lingüística ed. by Magdalena Garcia Pinto & Mario A. Rojas, 103-129. Barcelona: Puvill.

1039.

. 1991. "On the Position of Subjects". Perspectives on Phrase Structure: Heads and Licensing ed. by Susan D. Rothstein, Syntax and Semantics 25, 6379. New York: Academic Press.

1040.

Contreras, Lidia. 1978. "El pronombre acusativo en el español de Chile". Boletín de filología 29. 167-200.

1041.

Cook, Kenneth William. 1978. "The Mysterious Samoan Transitive Suffix". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4. 5366.

1042. 1043.

°

de lingvistică

nostra

. 1986. "The Semantics of Newari Case-Marking Distinctions". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Pacific Linguistics Conference 2. 33-50. . 1987. "A New Relational Account of Samoan Quantifier Float, Case Marking, and Word Order". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 13. 53-64.

Alphabetical List

83

1044.

. 1988a. "The Semantics of Newari Case-Marking Distinctions". Linguistic Notes from La Jolla 14. 42-56.

1045.

. 1988b. A Cognitive Analysis of Grammatical Relations, Case, and Transitivity in Samoan. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at San Diego/(1989) Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 49.9. 2638.A.2639.A.

1046.

Cook, Vivian James. 1976. "A Note on Indirect Objects". Journal Language 3.3. 435-437.

of Child

1047.

Cook, Walter A., S.J. 1970. "Case Grammar: From Roles to Rules". Georgetown University Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 1. 14-29.

1048.

. 1971a. "Case Grammar as a Deep Structure in Tagmemic Analysis". Georgetown University Papers on Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 2. 1-9.

1049.

. 1971b. "Improvements in Case Grammar 1970". Georgetown University Papers on Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 2. 10-22.

1050.

. 1972a. "A Set of Postulates for Case Grammar Analysis". Georgetown University Papers on Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 4. 35-49.

1051.

. 1972b. "A Case Grammar Matrix". Georgetown Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 6. 15-47.

University Papers on

Review: see Zarechnak, Michael [1974] 1052.

. 1973a. "Covert Case Roles". Georgetown University Papers on Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 7. 52-81.

1053.

°

. 1973b. "Role Structures in Content Analysis: A Case Grammar Ap­ proach to Literature". Meaning: A Common Ground of Linguistics and Literature ed. by Don Lee Fred Nilsen. Cedar Falls, Iowa: University of Northern Iowa.

1054.

°

. 1973c. "Verb Classification in Case Grammar". UMPIL, University of Michigan Papers in Linguistics 1.2. 32-42.

1055.

. 1973d. "The Tagmemic Case Grammar Model. Review: Platt, John T. 1971. Grammatical Form and Grammatical Meaning: A Tagmemic View of Fillmore's Deep Structure Case Concepts. Amsterdam: North-Holland". American Speech 45.3.4. 262-277.

1056.

. 1974. "Case Grammar and Generative Semantics". Georgetown versity Papers on Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 8. 1-28.

1057.

. 1978. "A Case Grammar Matrix Model: (And Its Application to a Hemingway Text)". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 295-309. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Uni-

84

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

1058.

. 1979. Case Grammar: Development of the Matrix Model (1970-1978). Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

1059.

. 1985. "Case Grammar Applied to the Teaching of English". Scientific and Humanistic Dimensions of Language: Festschrift for Robert Lado on the Occasion of His 70th Birthday on May 31, 1985 ed. by Kurt R. Jankowsky, 2331. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1060.

. 1989. Case Grammar Theory. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown Univer­ sity Press.

1061. ° Cooper, Gloria. 1968. "A Semantic Analysis of English Locative Prepositions". Bolt, Beranek & Newman Report 1587. 1062. ° Cooper, Kathrin. 1992. "Review: Grewendorf, Günther. 1989. Ergativity in German. Dordrecht: Foris". Studies in Language 16.1. 206-213. 1063.

& Elisabet Engdahl. 1989. "Null Subjects in Zürich German". Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 44. 31-44.

1064.

Cooper, Robin. 1976. "Lexical and Nonlexical Causatives in Bantu". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 313-324. New York: Academic Press.

1065.

Cooray, Mahinda. 1967. "The English Passive Voice". English Language Teaching 21.3. 203-210.

1066.

Cooreman, Ann. 1982a. "Transitivity, Ergativity, and Topicality in Chamorro Narrative Discourse". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 8. 283-301.

1067.

. 1982b. "Topicality, Ergativity and Transitivity in Narrative Discourse: Evidence from Chamorro". Studies in Language 6.3. 343-374.

1068.

. 1983. "Topic Continuity and the Voicing System of an Ergative Lan­ guage: Chamorro". Topic Continuity in Discourse: A Quantitative CrossLanguage Study ed. by T. Givón, 425-489. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1069.

. 1987. Transitivity and Discourse Continuity in Chamorro Narratives. Berlin: Mouton.

1070.

, Barbara Fox & T. Givón. 1984. "The Discourse Definition of Erga­ tivity". Studies in Language 8. 1-34.

1071.

Cop, Bojan. 1974. "Les changements paradigmatiques d'accentuation chez les thèmes nominaux en '-e/o-' indo-européens". Linguistica 14. 39-53.

1072.

. 1978. "Zur Flexion des hethitischen Verbalsubstantivs auf -uar". Linguistica 17. 9-21.

1073.

Coppen, Peter-Arno. 1988. "Een Casustheorie binnen NP". Gramma 12.2. 133161.

Alphabetical List

85

1074.

Corbett, Albert T. & Barbara A. Dosher. 1978. "Instrument Inferences in Sentence Encoding". Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 17. 479-491.

1075.

Corbett, Greville G. 1976. "Restrictions on Parallelism in Russian (The 'You Can't Have It Both Ways' Constraint)". International Review of Slavic Lin­ guistics 1.2.3. 293-306.

1076.

. 1981. "Review: Kilby, David A. 1977. Deep and Superficial Cases in Russian. München: Kubon & Sagner; Freidhof, Gerd. 1978. Kasusgrammatik und lokaler Ausdruck im Russischen. München: Sagner". Journal of Linguis­ tics 17. 178.

1077.

. 1982. "Review: Wierzbicka, Anna. 1980. The Case for Surface Case. Ann Arbor: Karoma". Australian Journal of Linguistics 2.2. 265-270.

1078.

. 1986. "The Use of the Genitive or Accusative for the Direct Object of Negated Verbs in Russian". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 361-372. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

1079.

Corder, S.P. 1968. "Double-Object Verbs in English". Studia anglica posnaniensia 1. 15-28.

1080.

Cordin, Patrizia. 1981. "Soggetti nulli e flessioni verbale nel trentino e in altri dialetti dell'Italia centro-settentrionale". Studi di linguistica italiana per Giovanni Nencioni, 103-127. Firenze: Papagallo.

1081.

& Luciana Brandi. 1981. see Brandi, Luciana.

1082.

& Luciana Brandi. 1983-84. see Brandi, Luciana.

1083.

, Claudio Bracco & Luciana Brandi. 1985. see Bracco, Claudio.

1084. ° Cormican, John D. 1972. An Investigation into the Determiner System o f a Deep Case Model for Early Modern English. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan, Michigan. 1085.

. 1976. "In Defense of a Four-Case Deep Case Hypothesis". Papers in Linguistics 9.1.2. 127-147.

1086.

Corne, Chris. 1986. "Possessive Indexing, Inalienable Possession, and the Mauritian Creole Genitive". Te reo 29. 159-173.

1087.

Cornilescu, Alexandra. 1987. "A Note on Dative Clitics and Dative Case in Romanian". Revue roumaine de linguistique 32.3. 213-224.

1088.

. 1988. "Remarks on the Genitive Case in English and Romanian". Analele universitătii bucureşti limbi şi literaturi străine 37. 74-79.

1089.

& Daniela Urdea. 1987. "Relatii şi elemente anaforice în limba română: Constructii cu pronumele reflexive se şi sine". Limba română 36.2. 105-122.

86 1090.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Corrales, Cristóbal. 1977. "Sobre el sujeto con preposición". Estudios ofrecidos a Emilio Alarcas Llorach (con motivo de sus XXV años de docencia en la universidad de Oviedo). II: Lingüística, 65-78. Oviedo: Universidad de Oviedo.

1091. ° Costa y Llobera, Mossèn Miquel. 1908. "La preposició 'a' en 1'acusatiu". Primer congrès internacional de la llengua catalana, 119-123. Barcelona. 1092.

Costello, John R. 1980. "The Absolute Construction in Gothic". Word 31. 91104/Studies Presented to Robert A. Fowkes on the Occasion of His Retirement ed. by John R. Costello. New York: International Linguistic Association.

1093.

. 1982. "The Absolute Construction in Indo-European: A Syntagmemic Reconstruction". The Journal of Indo-European Studies 10.3.4. 235-252.

1094.

. 1984. "A Comparative Syntactosemantic Reconstruction of the Abso­ lute Construction in Indo-European". Lacus forum 11. 404-421.

1095.

Coteanu, Ion. 1958. "Ce este -ule de la vocativ". Omagiu lui Iorgu Iordan cu prilejul împlinirii a 70 de ani, 213-216. Bucureşti: Academiei republicii populare romine.

1096.

. 1985. "Etapele de evolutie a articolului hotărît în limba română". Analele universitd¡ii bucuresti limba si literatura română 34. 5-13.

1097.

Cotter, Carole A. 1984. "Inferring Indirect Objects in Sentences: Some Implica­ tions for the Semantics of Verbs". Language and Speech 27. 25-45.

1098.

Cotton, C. & Masayoshi Shibatani. 1976-77. see Shibatani, Masayoshi.

1099.

Coulardeau, J. 1991. "Le génitif en anglais de spécialité". Les langues modernes 85.3. 37-46. Couvreur, Walter. 1942. "La fin de mot et la désinence du génitif a -es en tocharien (d'après M.H. Pedersen)". Le muséon 55. 131-137.

1100. 1101.

Craig, Colette G. 1974. "A Wrong-Cyclical Rule in Jacaltec?". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 10. 103-116.

1102.

. 1976. "Properties of Basic and Derived Subjects in Jacaltec". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 99-123. New York: Academic Press.

1103.

Crain, S., G. Lukatela & D. Shankweiler. 1988. see Lukatela, G.

1104.

Cranmer, David J. 1976. Derived Intransitivity: A Contrastive Analysis of Certain Reflexive Verbs in German, Russian and English. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1105.

Crasoveanu, D. 1980. "Consideratii privind circumstantialul instrumental". Limba română 29.6. 591-596.

1106.

Creider, Chet A. & Jane T. Creider. 1983. "Topic-Comment Relations in a Verbal-Initial Language". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 5.1. 1-15.

Alphabetical List 1107.

87

Creider, Jane T. & Chet A. Creider. 1983. see Creider, Chet A.

1108.

° Creissels, Denis. 1979. Les constructions dites possessives: Étude de linguis­ tique générale et de typologie linguistique. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Paris-IV.

1109.

. 1992. "La problématique des constructions dites 'impersonnelles' et la description des langues negro-africaines". Verbum 4. 237-264.

1110.

Cretia, Petru. 1956. "Complementul intern". Studii de gramatica

1. 115-120.

1111.

Crisan, Alexandru. 1977. "Remarques sur l'inchoatif incorporant en portugais". Revue roumaine de linguistique 22.2. 131-138.

1112.

°Cristea, T. 1961. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Copenhague: Munksgaard". RFRG 5. 131133.

1113.

Cristea, Teodora. 1976. "On ne lui connaît ni parents ni amis. Remarques sur le locatif possessif'. Études romanes, Bulletin de la société roumaine de linguis­ tique romane 11. 73-80.

1114.

. 1985. "Diacronie si contrastivitate: Exprimarea cazului comitativ in franceză si ín română". Studii si cerceta ri lingvistice 36.3. 198-201.

1115.

Cristo, Albert di. 1976. "Des traits acoustiques aux indices perceptuels. Applica­ tion d'un modèle d'analyse prosodique à l'étude du vocatif en français". Travaux de l'institut de phonétique d'Aix 3. 213-358.

1116.

Critchley, David H. 1983. "Application of a Case Framework to Grammaticalization in German". Studia linguistica 37.2. 135-145.

1117.

CröBmann, Helga. 1975. "Einige Voraussetzungen für eine Kasusgrammatik, Hjelmslev und Fillmore". Sprachsystem und Sprachgebrauch. Festschrift für Hugo Moser zum 65. Geburtstag ed. by Ulrich Engel & Paul Grebe, 111-143. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

1118.

Croft, William Albert. 1980. "Transitivity and Possession in Quiché (and Elsewhere)". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 16. 30-44.

1119.

. 1983. "Grammatical Relations vs. Thematic Roles as Universals". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 19. 76-94.

1120.

. 1985. "Indirect Object 'Lowering'". Proceedings ing of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 11. 39-51.

1121.

. 1987. Categories and Relations in Syntax: The Clause Level Organisa­ tion of Information. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Stanford. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.9.3410.A.

of the Annual

Meet­

88

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

1122.

. 1988. "Agreement vs. Case Marking in Direct Objects". Agreement in Natural Language: Approaches, Theories, Descriptions ed. by Michael Barlow & Charles A. Ferguson, 159-179. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information.

1123.

. 1990a. Typology and Universals. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1124.

. 1990b. "Case Marking and the Semantics of Mental Verbs". Semantics and the Lexicon ed. by James Pustejovsky. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

1125.

. 1991. Syntactic Categories and Grammatical Relations: The Cognitive Organization of Information. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Review: see Palmer, F.R. [1992]

1126.

Cromer, Richard F. 1975. "An Experimental Investigation of a Putative Linguis­ tic Universal: Marking and the Indirect Object". Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 20.1. 73-80.

1127.

Cross, Ephraim. 1947. "Exposed Subject and Object in Spanish and Other Romance Languages". Language 23. 430-434.

1128. ° Crouau, Pierre. 1981. Le datif libre en allemand contemporain. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Paris-IV. 1129.

. 1983. "Zur semantischen Funktion des Dativs (1)". La linguistique à la session 1983 de l'aggregation d'allemand. Journée annuelle des linguistes de l' association des germanistes de l'enseignement supérieur, 19 février 1983, 102-117. Nancy: University.

1130.

Croux, Denis G. 1971. "Some Psychological Verbs in Dutch". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 157-161.

1131.

Cruse, D.A. 1973. "Some Thoughts on Agentivity". Journal of Linguistics 9. 1123.

1132.

. 1979. "On the Transitivity of the Part-Whole Relation". Journal of Linguistics 15. 29-38.

1133.

Cruttenden, A. & D.J. Allerton. 1979. see Allerton, D.J.

1134.

Cubo de Severino, Liliana. 1992. "El pronombre sujeto explícito en habla rural mendocina. Estudio descriptivo y comparativo". Anales del instituto de linguistica 15. 57-85.

1135.

Cuervo, R.J. 1895. "Los casos enclíticos y proclíticos del pronombre de tercera persona en castellano". Romania 24. 95-113; 219-263.

1136.

Culicover, Peter William. 1987. "On Thematic Relations". MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 9. 65-92.

Alphabetical List 1137.

1138. 1139. °

89

. 1988. "Autonomy, Predication, and Thematic Relations". Thematic Relations ed. by Wendy Wilkins, Syntax and Semantics 21, 37-60. San Diego: Academic Press. & Ray S. Jackendoff. 1971. see Jackendoff, Ray S. & K. Wexler. 1973. "An Application of the Freezing Principle to the Dative in English". Social Sciences Working Paper 39. UC Irvine.

1140.

Cumming, Susanna & Fay Wouk. 1987. "Is There 'Discourse Ergativity' in Austronesian Languages?". Studies in Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 271-296.

1141.

Cupéry, K. 1965. "Enkele opmerkingen over de verhouding tussen onderwerp en gezegde". Onze taal 34.12. 69-70.

1142.

Curme, George O. 1913-14. "The Development of the Analytic Genitive in Germanic". Modern Philology 11.2. 145-176; 11.3. 289-313.

1143.

. 1960. A Grammar of the German Language. New York: Frederick Ungar.

1144.

Cuyckens, Hubert. 1981. "De semantische structuur van spatiale preposities: in vs. op". Bijdragen over semantiek van het 33ste Vlaams filologencongres ed. by Louis Goossens, 3-20. Antwerpen: Universitaire instelling Antwerpen, Departement Germaanse, Afdeling linguïstiek. Antwerp Papers in Linguistics 23.

1145.

Czepluch, Hartmut. 1982-83. "Case Theory and the Dative Construction". The Linguistic Review 2.1. 1-38. Review: see Öhrle, Richard T. [1983-84]

1146.

. 1987. "Lexikalische Argumentstruktur und syntaktische Projektion: Zur Beschreibung grammatischer Relationen". Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft 6.1. 3-36.

1147.

. 1988a. "Kasusmorphologie und Kasusrelationen: Überlegungen zur Kasustheorie am Beispiel des Deutschen". Linguïstische Berichte 116. 275310.

1148.

. 1988b. "Case Patterns in German: Some Implications for the Theory of Abstract Case". McGill Working Papers in Linguistics, Special Issue on Comparative Germanic Syntax. 79-122.

1149.

. 1989. "Review: Randow, Elise von. 1986. Valente Substantive des Englischen. Tübingen: Narr". Linguistics 27. 1132-1134.

1150.

& Hero JanBen, eds. 1984. Syntaktische Struktur und Kasusrelation. Tübingen: Narr.

1151.

& Hero JanBen. 1984. see JanBen, Hero.

90

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

1152.

D'Agostino, Emilio. 1983. Lessico e sintassi delle construzioni locative: Materiali per la didattica dell'italiano. Napoli: Liguori.

1153.

. 1984. "Les compléments de lieu comme compléments de verbe dans les constructions transitives italiennes". Lexique-grammaire des langues romanes ed. by Alain Guillet & Nunzio La Fauci, 37-66. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1154.

& Annibale Elia. 1983. "Lessico e sintassi dei locativi in italiano". Italia linguistica: Idee, storia, strutture ed. by Federico Albano Leoni, Daniele Gambarara, Franco Lo Piparo & Raffaele Simone, 333-352. Bologna: Il Mulino.

1155.

Dahl, Liisa. 1971. "The s-Genitive with Non-Personal Nouns in Modern English Journalistic Style". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 72. 140-172.

1156.

Dahl, Östen. 1979. "Case Grammar and Prototypes". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 32. 3-23/(1985) Duisburg: LAUD/(1987) Concepts of Case ed. by René Dirven & Günter Radden, 147-161. Tübingen: Narr.

1157.

. 1980. "Russian Direct Objects and Functional Case Marking Princi­ ples". Studia slavica Gunnaro Jacobsson sexagenario a discipulis oblata ed. by Östen Dahl, Bengt A. Lundberg & Olof Paulsson, 17-27. Göteborg: Acta universitatis gothoburgensis.

1158.

& Fred Karlsson. 1975. "Verbal Aspects and Object Marking: A Com­ parison between Finnish and Russian". University of Göteborg Logical Grammar Reports 17/(1976) International Review of Slavic Linguistics 1.1. 1-30.

1159.

Dahl, Torsten. 1936. "Form and Function. Studies in Old and Middle English Syntax". Acta jutlandica 8.1.

1160.

Dahlstrom, Amy. 1983. "Agent-Patient Languages and Split Case Marking Systems". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 9. 37-46.

1161.

Dai, John Xiang-ling. 1992. "Rethinking Case Theory for Constituency and Word Order in Chinese". Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 27.1.2. 85-110.

1162.

Dakin, Karen. 1991. "Nahuatl Direct and Mediated Possession: A Historical Explanation for Irregularities". International Journal of American Linguistics 57.3. 298-329.

1163.

Dal, Ingerid. 1960. "Entwicklungstendenzen im germanischen Kasussystem". Studia germanica gandensia 2. 125-137.

1164.

. 1962. "Systemerhaltende Tendenzen in der deutschen Kasusmorphologie". Das Ringen um eine neue deutsche Grammatik: Aufsätze aus drei Jahrzehnten (1929-1959) ed. by Hugo Moser, 74-88. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.

Alphabetical List

91

1165.

Dale, Philip S. 1974. "Review: Bowerman, Melissa. 1973. Early Syntactic Development: A Cross-Linguistic Study with Special Reference to Finnish. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press". General Linguistics 14.4. 205-208.

1166.

Dalgish, Gerard M. 1976a. "Locative NPs, Locative Suffixes, and Grammatical Relations". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 2. 139-148.

1167.

. 1976b. "Passivizing Locatives in OluTsootso". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.1. 57-68.

1168.

. 1979. "Subject Identification Strategies and Free Word Order: The Case of Sandawe". Studies in African Linguistics 10.3. 273-310.

1169.

& Gloria Sheintuch. 1976. "On the Justification for Language-Specific Sub-Grammatical Relations". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.2. 89-107.

1170.

Dallmann, Sabine. 1990. "Zur Konkurrenz von Infinitivgruppen und Nebensätzen in Subjektfunktion". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 27.2. 92-98.

1171.

. 1991. "Immer noch: Der Infinitiv als Subjekt". Deutsch als Fremd­ sprache 28.1. 31-35.

1172.

Damsteegt, B.C. 1978. "T'samenvoeghing in de Hertspiegel". Tijdschrift voor Nederlandse taal- en letterkunde 94.1.2. 1-24.

1173.

. 1981. 'T'samenvoeghing in de Hertspiegel". Van Spiegel tot Leeuwen­ hoek: Syntaktische en stilistische verschijnselen in 17e-eeuwse teksten by B.C. Damsteegt, 1-21. Leiden: Vakgroep Nederlands.

1174. 1175. °

Dan, Vezi Ilie. 1963. "Un vocativ regional". Limbă română 12.5. 527-531. . 1964. "Discutii asupra vocativului romanesc". Analele §tiin¡ifice ale universitătii 'Al I. Cuza din laşi 10. 11.

1176. ° Dancev, Andrei. 1970. "The Parallel Use of the Synthetic Dative Instrumental and Periphrastic Prepositional Constructions in Old English". Annuaire de l'université de Sofia 63.2. 39-99. 1177.

D'angelo, Frank J. 1976. "Notes toward a Semantic Theory of Rhetoric within a Case Grammar Framework". College Composition and Communication 21 4. 359-362.

1178.

Danielsen, Niels. 1976. "Der Satzverbal (Π) und die Kasus". Sprachwissenschaft 1. 262-291.

1179.

. 1979. "Two Clear-Cut Instances of Immanent Causativity". Sprachwis­ senschaft 4. 355-358.

1180.

. 1980a. "The 'Cases', Hjelmslev, and the Cases". Linguistic Studies by Niels Danielsen, 84-113. Heidelberg: Winter.

92

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

1181.

. 1980b. "Evidence for the Dativity of Datives: Japanese and German". Linguistic Studies by Niels Danielsen, 128-138. Heidelberg: Winter.

1182.

. 1983. "The Cases Unravelled (or: Back to Linguistics)". NOWELE, North-Western European Language Evolution 1. 77-112.

1183. °Dankov, V.N. 1962. "K istorii roditel'nogo padeza s predlogami 'ot', 'iz' po pamjatnikam drevnerusskoj pis'mennosti (Konstrukcii so znaceniem materiala)". Ucenye zapiski Kemerovskogo gos. ped. instituía 5. 194-206. 1184. ° Darcueil, Jacques. 1980. "Sujet - prédicat". Le discours polémique ed. by J.P. Davoine, 143-153. Lyon: Lyon University Press. 1185.

Dardel, Robert de. 1964. "Considérations sur la déclinaison romane à trois cas". Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 21. 7-23.

1186.

& Paul A. Gaeng. 1992. "La déclinaison nominale du latin non-clas­ sique: Essai d'une méthode de synthèse". Probus 4.2. 91-125.

1187.

Dardjowidjojo, S. 1976. "The Role of Overt Markers in Some Indonesian and Javanese Passive Sentences". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Lin­ guistics 5.9. 77-88/(1977) Oceanic Linguistics 13. 371-389.

1188.

Da Rocha Lima, C.H. see Rocha Lima, C.H. da.

1189.

Darski, Józef. 1986. "Syntaktische Exponenten der Lexeme". Studia germanica posnaniensia 15. 17-25.

1190.

Dascalu, Laurentia. 1984. "Asupra intonatiei vocativului in limba română". Studii §i cercetări lingvistice 35.5. 440-451.

1191.

. 1985. "Romanian Call Contours". Revue roumaine de linguistique 30.4. 317-320.

1192.

Dasgupta, Probal. 1985. "On Bangla Nouns". Indian Linguistics 46.1.2. 37-65.

1193.

. 1988. "Bangla Quantifier Extraction, Unaccusative in situ, and the ECP". Linguistic Inquiry 19.4. 691-698. David, H. 1913. Zur Syntax des adnominalen Genitivs in der Frühmittelenglischen Prosa. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kiel.

1194. 1195.

David, Jean. 1986. "Pour un recours à la notion d'interaction en analyse syntaxique". Verbum 9.3. 411-435.

1196.

Davidse, Kristin. 1992a. "Transitivity/Ergativity: The Janus-Headed Grammar of Actions and Events". Advances in Systemic Linguistics. Recent Theory and Practice ed. by M. Davies & L. Ravelli, 103-135. London: Pinter.

1197.

. 1992b. "Existential Constructions: A Systemic Perspective". Leuvense bijdragen 81.1..3.71-99.

Alphabetical List

93

1198.

Davies, William D. 1981a. "Choctaw Subjects and Multiple Levels of Syntax". Perspectives on Functional Grammar ed. by Teun Hoekstra, Harry van der Hulst & Michael Moortgat, 235-271. Dordrecht: Foris.

1199.

. 1981b. "Possessor Ascension in Choctaw". Proceedings of NELS 11. 38-57.

1200.

. 1986. Choctaw Verb Agreement and Universal Grammar. Dordrecht: Reidel.

1201.

. 1993. "Javanese Subjects and Topics and Psych Verbs". Linguistics 31.2.324. 239-277.

1202.

Davis, J. Cary. 1968. "The Indirect Object of Possession in Spanish". The University of South-Florida Language Quarterly 7.1.2. 2-6.

1203.

Davis, Lori J. 1986. "Remarks on the 0-Criterion and Case". Linguistic Inquiry 17.3. 564-568.

1204.

. 1987. "Remarks on Government and Proper Government". Linguistic Inquiry 18.2. 311-321.

1205.

Davis, Ruth. 1937. "The Emphatic Object Pronoun in Spanish". Philological Quarterly 16. 272-277.

1206.

Davison, Alice. 1984. "Syntactic Markedness and the Definition of Sentence Topic". Language 60. 797-846.

1207.

. 1985a. "Case and Control in Hindi-Urdu". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 15.2. 9-23.

1208.

. 1985b. "Experiencers and Patients as Subjects in Hindi-Urdu". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Arlene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 160-178. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

1209.

. 1990. "Comments on the Papers by Elena Bashir, Peter Hook, Colin Masica, and Arlene Zide". Experiencer Subjects in South-Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 355-363. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

1210.

Davison, R.M. 1967. The Use of the Genitive in Negative Constructions. Cam­ bridge: Cambridge University Press.

1211.

Davison, Walter F. 1973. "Ergative and Passive". General Linguistics 13.2. 9095.

1212. ° Dayley, Jon P. 1983. "Voice and Ergativity in Mayan Languages". Survey of California and Other Indian Languages Report 4. 5-119. 1213.

. 1985. "Voice in Tzutujil". Grammar inside and outside the Clause ed. by Johanna Nichols & Anthony C. Woodbury, 192-226. Cambridge: Cam­ bridge University Press.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

94 1214.

Deane, Paul. 1984. "Aspects of the Semantics of Part Terms". Papers from the Parasession on Lexical Semantics ed. by David Testen, Veena Mishra & Joseph Drogo, 81-94. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.

1215.

. 1987. "English Possessives, Topicality and the Silverstein Hierarchy". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society 13. 6576.

1216.

& Rebecca S. Wheeler. 1984. "On the Use of Syntactic Evidence in the Analysis of Word Meaning". Papers from the Parasession on Lexical Semantics ed. by David Testen, Veena Mishra & Joseph Drogo, 95-106. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.

1217.

DeArmond, Richard C. 1979. "On the Indirect Object in English". Proceedings of the 8th Annual Meeting of the Western Conference on Linguistics (October 20-21, 1978) ed. by Derry L. Malsch, James E. Hoard & Clarence Sloat, 7-13. Carbondale: Linguistic Research Incorporation.

1218.

De Azambuja Lira, Solange. see Azambuja Lira, Solange de.

1219.

De Bleecker, Dries. see Bleecker, Dries de.

1220.

De Bleser, Ria. see Bleser, Ria de.

1221.

De Boel, Gunnar. see Boel, Gunnar de.

1222.

De Boer, Cornelis. see Boer, Cornelis de.

1223.

De Boer, Minne Gerben. see Boer, Minne Gerben de.

1224.

De Bot, Kees. see Bot, Kees de.

1225.

Debrunner, A. 1928. "Zeitadverbia als Nominative". Indogermanische Forschungen 46. 182.

1226. °

. 1939-1940. "Aus der Krankheitsgeschichte des Genitivs". Berner Schulblatt. 39-41.

1227.

De Carvalho, Paul, see Carvalho, Paul de.

1228. 1229.

DeCesaris, Janet A. & Patricia Lunn. 1982. see Lunn, Patricia. Dechamps, Juliana. 1974. "Dependenz - Interdependenz - Konstituentenstruktur". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 104-123. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

1230.

Declerck, Renaat. 1977. "The Superfluity of a 'Path' Case in English and the Analysis of Complex Movement Expressions". Leuvense bijdragen 66. 129153.

1231.

. 1983a. "Tt Is Mr. Y' or 'He Is Mr. Y'?". Lingua 59. 209-246.

Alphabetical List 1232. 1233.

95

. 1983b. "Predicational Clefts". Lingua 61. 9-45. . 1984a. "Some Restrictions on Clefts That Highlight Predicate Nomi­ nals". Journal of Linguistics 20. 131-154.

1234.

. 1984b. "The Pragmatics of /¿-Clefts and WH-Clefts". Lingua 64. 251289.

1235.

. 1988. Studies on Copular Sentences, Clefts and Pseudo-Clefts. Leuven: Leuven University Press.

1236.

De Dardel, Robert, see Dardel, Robert de.

1237.

Dede, Müserref. 1978. "Why Should Turkish Relativization Distinguish be­ tween Subject and Non-Subject Head Nouns". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4. 67-77. . 1981. "Grammatical Relations and Surface Cases in Turkish". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 1. 40-49.

1238. 1239.

De Faria, Aloysio Jansen, see Faria, Aloysio Jansen de.

1240.

De Geest, W. see Geest, W. de.

1241.

De Groot, A. Willem. see Groot, A. Willem de.

1242.

De Groot, Casper. see Groot, Casper de.

1243.

Deguée-Bertrand, Chantai. 1982. "L'interprétation des pronoms datifs d'avan­ tage et datifs éthiques en français". La syntaxe comparée du français standard et populaire: Approches formelle et fonctionelle, Tome 1 ed. by Claire Lefebvre, 213-289. Quebec: Government of Quebec, Office of the French Language.

1244.

De Guzman, Videa P. see Guzman, Videa P. de.

1245.

De Haan, Ger J. see Haan, Ger J. de.

1246.

De Herdt, Hilda. see Herdt, Hilda de.

1247.

De Hoop, Helen. see Hoop, Helen de.

1248. ° Deibier, E. 1976. "Semantic Relations of Gahuku Verbs". Publications of the SIL in Linguistics and Related Fields 48. Oklahoma: Norman. 1249.

Dejanova, Marija. 1990. "On the Problem of the Origin of the Infinitive-Bound Nominative Case in Serbo-Croatian". Contrastive Linguistics 15.4.5. 166169.

1250.

De Jong, Jan R. see Jong, Jan R. de.

1251.

De Jong, Jelly Julia. see Jong, Jelly Julia de.

1252.

De Jonge, Bob. see Jonge, Bob de.

96 1253.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Dekeyser, Xavier. 1975. Number and Case Relations in 19th Century British English. A Comparative Study of Grammar and Usage. Amsterdam: De Nederlandsche Boekhandel. R e v i e w : see Sørensen, Knud [1976]

1254.

De la Grasserie, Raoul, see Grasserie, Raoul de la.

1255.

Delahunty, Gerald Patrick. 1981. Topics in the Syntax and Semantics of English Cleft Sentences. Ann Arbor, Michigan: University Microfilms International/ (1982) Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

1256.

. 1984. "The Analysis of English Cleft Sentences". Linguistic 13. 63-113.

Analysis

1257.

DeLancey, Scott. 1980. An Interpretation of Split Ergativity and Related Patterns. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club. Paper 27.

1258.

. 1981. "An Interpretation of Split Ergativity and Related Patterns". Language 57.3.4. 626-657.

1259.

. 1982a. "Aspect, Transitivity and Viewpoint". Tense-Aspect: Between Semantics and Pragmatics ed. by Paul J. Hopper, 167-183. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1260.

. 1982b. "Lhasa Tibetan: A Case Study in Ergative Typology". Journal of Linguistic Research 2.1. 21-31.

1261.

. 1983. "Agentivity and Causation: Data from Newari". Proceedings the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 9. 54-63.

of

1262.

. 1984a. "Notes on Agentivity and Causation". Studies in Language 181-213.

8.

1263.

. 1984b. "Transitivity and Ergative Case in Lhasa Tibetan". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 10. 131-140.

1264.

. 1985a. "Agentivity and Syntax". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 1-12.

1265.

. 1985b. "On Active Typology and the Nature of Agentivity". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 47-60. Berlin: Mouton.

1266.

. 1985c. "Lhasa Tibetan Evidentials and the Semantics of Causation". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 11. 6572.

1267.

. 1985d. "Categories of Non-Volitional Actor in Lhasa Tibetan". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Arlene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 58-70. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

Alphabetical List

97

1268.

. 1986. "Prototype Semantics and the 'Internal Dative': Comments on Wierzbicka". Quaderni di semantica 7.1. 140-142.

1269.

. 1987. "Transitivity in Grammar and Cognition". Coherence and Grounding in Discourse ed. by Russell S. Tomlin, 53-68. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1270.

. 1990. "Ergativity and the Cognitive Model of Event Structure in Lhasa Tibetan". Cognitive Linguistics 1.3. 289-321.

1271.

. 1991. "Event Construal and Case Role Assignment". Proceedings of the 17th Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society. 338-353.

1272.

. 1992. "Cross-Linguistic Evidence for the Structure of the Agent Proto­ type". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 29. 141-147.

1273.

Delaunois, Marcel. 1981. "Problèmes de description linguistique du génitif en grec classique". L'antiquité classique 50. 176-191.

1274.

Delbecque, Nicole. 1978. "Spanish Word Order, Subject Position, Discussion of Some Formal Constraints". Wortstellung und Bedeutung ed. by MariaElisabeth Conte, Anna Giacalone Ramat & Paolo Ramat, 57-65. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1275.

. 1987. Problèmes et méthodes de l'étude de la variation syntaxique: Le cas de la position du sujet en espagnol. Leuven: Leuven University Press. Review: see Jonge, Bob de [1990]

1276.

& Béatrice Lamiroy. 1992. "The Spanish 'Dative': A Problem of Delimitation". Leuvense bijdragen 81. 113-161.

1277. ° Delbrück, Bertold. 1867a. De usu dativi in carminibus Rigvedae. Halis Saxonum. 1278.

. 1867b. Ablativ, Localis, Instrumentalis im Altindischen, Lateinischen, Griechischen und Deutschen. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Syntax. Berlin: Harrwitz.

1279.

. 1907. Synkretismus: Ein Beitrag zur germanischen Kasuslehre. StraBburg: Trübner.

1280.

& Karl Brugmann. 1886-1900. Grundriss der vergleichenden Sprachen. 5 tomes en 7 volumes, III. Vergleichende Syntax der indo germanischen Sprachen (Theil I, II & III). Strassburg: Trübner.

1281.

Delesalle, Simone. 1984. "La subjectivité, de la rhétorique à la sémantique". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 30. 115-124.

1282.

Delfitto, Denis. 1991. "Review: Baker, Mark C. 1988. Incorporation. A Theory of Grammatical Function Changing. Chicago: University of Chicago Press". Studies in Language 15.1. 115-128.

98

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

1283.

Delille, Karl Heinz. 1970. Die geschichtliche Entwicklung des präpositionalen Akkusativs im Portugiesischen. Bonn: Romanisches Seminar der Universität Bonn.

1284.

Delmas, Claude. 1983. "Remarques à propos de 'of et 's'". Méthodes en linguistique anglaise ed. by Louis Roux, 71-80. Saint-Étienne: University, C.I.E.R.E.C.

1285.

Delsaux, Danielle. 1969. The Group Genitive and Its Evolution in Modem English. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

1286.

Delsing, Lars-Olof. 1991. "Om genitivens utveckling i fornsvenskan". Nordistica gothoburgensia 14. 12-30.

1287.

Deman, Herman. 1965. Studie over de verbogen en onverbogen genitiefvormen der eigennamen in de huidige Duitse krantentaai. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

1288.

Demarolle, Pierre. 1979. "Modèles de découpage et typologie de la phrase française: Le pronom personnel 'groupe nominal sujet'". Verbum 2.2. 193201.

1289.

De Mauro, Tullio. see Mauro, Tullio de.

1290.

De Meersman, A. see Meersman, A. de.

1291.

De Mello, George. see Mello, George de.

1292.

Demers, Richard A. & Eloise Jelinek. 1983. see Jelinek, Eloise.

1293.

Demonte, Violeta. 1984-85. "Papeles tematicos y sujeto sintactico en el sin­ tagma nominal". Rivista di grammatica generativa 9.10. 265-331.

1294.

. 1986. "Predication and Passive". Generative Studies in Spanish Syntax ed. by Ivonne Bordelois, Heles Contreras & Karen Zagona, 51-66. Dordrecht: Foris.

1295.

. 1986-87. "Remarks on Secondary Predicates: C-Command, Extraction, and Reanalysis". The Linguistic Review 6.1. 1-39.

1296.

De Moor, E. see Moor, E. de.

1297.

Den Breejen, Bastiaan. see Breejen, Bastiaan den.

1298.

Dench, Alan. 1982. "The Development of an Accusative Case Marking Pattern in the Ngayarda Languages of Western Australia". Australian Journal of Linguistics 2.1. 43-59. & Nicholas Evans. 1988. "Multiple Case-Marking in Australian Lan­ guages". Australian Journal of Linguistics 8.1. 1-47.

1299. 1300.

Den Hengst, D. see Hengst, D. den.

Alphabetical List 1301.

99

Denison, Norman. 1957. The Partitive in Finnish. Annales academiae scientiarum fennicae, Ser. B. 108. Review: see Schlachter, Wolfgang [1959]

1302.

Deprez, Viviane. 1992. "Raising Constructions in Haitian Creole". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 10.2. 191-231.

1303. ° Derbyshire, Desmond C. 1983. "Ergativity and Transitivity in Paumari". Work Papers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota 27. 1304.

. 1987. "Morphosyntactic Areal Characteristics of Amazonian Lan­ guages". International Journal of American Linguistics 53.3. 311-326.

1305.

& G.K. Pullum. 1981. "Object-Initial Languages". International Journal of American Linguistics 41.3. 192-214.

1306.

Deribas, L.A. 1956. "Prjamoe dopolnenie pri perexodnom glagole s otricaniem". Russkij jazyk v skole 2. 21-25.

1307.

De Rijk, R.P.G. see Rijk, R.P.G. de.

1308.

De Saussure, Ferdinand. see Saussure, Ferdinand de.

1309.

De Schutter, G. see Schutter, G. de.

1310.

Desclés, Jean-Pierre & Zlatka Guentchéva. 1993. "Le passif dans le système des voix du français". Langages 109. 73-102. Deseriev, Ju. D. 1948. "Nekotorye osobennosti érgativnogo stroja predlozenija v bacbijskom jazyke (Érgativnyi stroj neperexodnogo glagola)". Jazyk i myslenie 11. 153-161.

1311.

1312.

. 1960. "Osnovnye osobennosti ergativnoj konstrukcii predlozenija v naxskix jazykax". Voprosy grammatiki. Stateja k 75-letiju akademika I.I. Mescaninova ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 51-59. Moscow: Nauka.

1313.

Deserieva, T.I. 1972. K voprosu ob otnosenii érgativnoj konstrukcii i pred­ lozenija k nominativnoj, genitivnoj, dativnoj konstrukcijam". Voprosy jazykoznanija 5. 42-48/(1975) Linguistics 157. 33-41.

1314.

. 1982. "K voprosu o tak nazyvaemom 'absoljutnom' padeze". Voprosy jazykoznanija 3. 111-114.

1315.

Desnickaja, A.V. 1988. "Theory of the Early Stage of the Nominative System in Language (on S.D. Kacnel'son's Work 'Historical-Grammatical Investiga­ tions')". Voprosy jazykoznanija 6. 34-44.

1316.

Dessaintes, Maurice. 1961. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 11. 405-412.

100

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

1317.

Dessoy, Jean-Marie. 1974. "Die morpho-syntaktische Besetzung der Leerstel­ len". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 58-68. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

1318.

De Stadler, Leon G. see Stadler, Leon G. de.

1319.

De Swart, Henriëtte. see Swart, Henriette de.

1320. ° Detto, P. 1901. De genitivi apud Aeschinem usu. Programme, University of Magdeburg. 1321.

Deucher, Margaret. 1978. "Doing without Word Order and Inflections: The Case of British Sign Language". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4. 78-85.

1322.

Deutsch, Werner & Thomas Pechmann. 1978. "Ihr, dir, oder mir? On the Acquisition of Pronouns in German Children". Cognition 6.2. 155-168.

1323.

Deutschbein, Max. 1935. "Bedeutung der Kasus im Indogermanischen". Atti del III congresso internazionale dei linguisti (Roma, 19-26 setiembre, 1933-XI) ed. by Bruno Migliorini & Vittore Pisani, 141-146. Firenze: Felice le Mon­ nier.

1324.

Devine, Andrew Mackay. 1970. The Latin Thematic Genitive Singular. Stan­ ford: Stanford University Committee on Linguistics. Oxford: Blackwell's. Review: see Coleman, Robert [1972]

1325.

Devriendt, Betty. 1979. The Genitive and Of-Phrase in Present-Day English: A Semantic Description. Volumes I and II. Ph.D. dissertation, Universitaire Instelling Antwerpen, Belgium/(1984) Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

1326.

. 1983. "The Referential Function of the English Genitive". Een spyeghel voor G. Jo Steenbergen: Huldealbum aangeboden bij zijn emeritaat ed. by Frans Daems & Louis Goossens, 109-118. Leuven: Acco.

1327.

De Vriendt, S. see Vriendt, S. de.

1328.

De Vries, Lourens. see Vries, Lourens de.

1329.

De Vries, W. see Vries, W. de.

1330.

Dewaele, André. 1965. Das Dativ -e in der deutschen Gegenwartschriftsprache. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

1331.

Dewart, M. Hazel. 1979. "Children's Hypotheses about the Animacy of Actor and Object Nouns". British Journal of Psychology 70. 525-530.

1332. ° Dewischeit, C.-F.-A. 1857. Zur Theorie der Casus. Programme, University of Gumbinnen.

Alphabetical List

101

1333.

De Wolf, Charles M. see Wolf, Charles M. de.

1334.

Dgani, Revital & Anita Rom. 1985. see Rom, Anita.

1335.

Diaconescu, Paula. 1962. "Le système casuel du roumain". Cahiers de linguis­ tique théorique et appliquée 1. 27-37.

1336.

°

. 1964. "Construcţii prepoziţionale echivalente cu un caz oblic în tra­ ducerile din secolul al XVI-lea". Limba română 13. 224-230.

1337.

. 1987. "Pronumele personal ca indicator". Limba română 36.2. 95-104.

1338. 1339.

D i Cristo, Albert. see Cristo, Albert di. ° Diehl, Lon. 1975. "Space Case: Some Principles and Their Implications Con­ cerning Linear Order in Natural Languages". Working Papers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota Session 19. 93-150.

1340.

Diem, Werner. 1973. "Die nabatäischen Inschriften und die Frage der Kasus­ flexion im Altarabischen". Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft 123. 227-237.

1341.

Dierckx, Anne-Marie. 1979. Le(s), la(s), lo(s), pronombres, - leísmo, laísmo, loísmo, - en 110 artículos de periodico de Miguel de Unamuno. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

1342.

Dietrich, Wolf. 1987. "Romanische Objektmarkierung und das Verhältnis von direktem und indirektem Objekt". Grammatik und Wortbildung romanischer Sprachen. Beiträge zum deutschen Romanistentag in Siegen, 30.9-3.10.1985 ed. by Wolf Dietrich, Hans-Martin Gauger & Horst Geckeier, 69-79. Tübingen: Narr.

1343.

Dieu, Herman. 1956. Het gebruik van datief en accusatief na de voorzetsels 'an', 'auf, 'hinter', 'in', 'neben', 'über', 'unter', 'vor' en 'zwischen' bij Gertrud von Le Fort, Elisabeth Langgässer, Herman Hesse en Thomas Mann. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

1344.

Dik, Simon . 1975. "The Semantic Representation of Manner Adverbials". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-73 ed. by A. Kraak, 96-121. Assen: Van Gorcum.

1345.____________.1980a. Studies in Functional Grammar. London: Academic Press. 1346.

_______. 1980b. "Cleft and Pseudo-Cleft in Functional Grammar". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1977-1979 ed. by W i m Zonneveld & Fred Weerman, 26-43. Dordrecht: Foris.

1347.___________.1981. "The Interaction of Subject and Topic in Portuguese". Predica­ tion and Expression in Functional Grammar ed. by A. Machtelt Bolkestein, Henk A. Combé & Simon . Dik, Casper de Groot, Jadranka Gvozdanovič, Albert Rijksbaron & Co Vet, 165-184. London: Academic Press.

102 1348.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

, ed. 1983. Advances in Functional Grammar. Dordrecht: Foris.

1349.

& Jadranka Gvozdanovič. 1981. "Subject and Object in Functional Grammar". Perspectives on Functional Grammar ed. by Teun Hoekstra, Harry van der Hulst & Michael Moortgat, 21-39. Dordrecht: Foris.

1350.

° Diller, Timothy. 1970. Case Grammar and Its Application to Waray, a Philip­ pine Language. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles.

1351.

Dillon, George L. 1973. "Perfect and Other Aspects in a Case Grammar of English". Journal of Linguistics 9. 271-279.

1352.

° Dimitrescu, Florica. 1960. "Despre 'pre' la acuzativ în limba textelor traduse din slavă în sec. al XVI-lea". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 11. 219-226.

1353.

Dindelegan, Gabriela Pană. 1972. "Reflecţii pe marginea 'teoriei cazurilor' a lui Charles J. Fillmore". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 23.1. 49-57.

1354.

Dinneen, Francis P. 1985. "Contrastive Analysis, Modistae and Case Grammar". Scientific and Humanistic Dimensions of Language: Festschrift for Robert Lado on the Occasion of His 70th Birtday on May 31, 1985 ed. by Kurt R. Jankowsky, 185-197. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1355.

Dinnsen, Daniel A. 1972. "Additional Constraints on Clitic Order in Spanish". Generative Studies in Romance Languages ed. by Jean Casagrande & Bohdan Saciuk, 176-183. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House.

1356.

Dirven, René. 1978. "Defining Semantic Roles in Derived Adjectives". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 339353. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1357.

. 1979. "Kasusgrammatik und Fremdsprachenunterricht". Semantik ed. by Hans-Jürgen Diller, Stephan Kohl, Joachim Kornelius, Erwin Otto & Gerd Stratman, 41-62. Trier: Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft.

1358.

. 1986. "Can Case Grammar Cope with Conversion?". Annales universitatis scientiarum budapestinensis de Rolando Eötvös nominatae, Sectio linguistica 17. 315-335.

1359.

& Günter Radden, eds. 1987a. Concepts of Case. Tübingen: Narr. Review: see Geeraerts, Dirk [1988]

1360.

& Günter Radden, eds. 1987b. Fillmore's Heidelberg: Groos.

Case Grammar: A Reader.

Review: see Kohler, Wolf-Rüdiger [1988] 1361.

1362.

Disterheft, Dorothy. 1982. "Subject Raising in Old Irish". Papers from the 5th International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Anders Ahlqvist, 44-53. Amsterdam: Benjamins. ° Dittel, H. 1873. Der Dativ bei Vergil. Programme, University of Innsbruck.

Alphabetical 1363.

List

°

103

. 1878. De dativi

apud Horatium

usu. Programme, Landskron i n B ö h ­

men. 1364.

D i t t m e r , A r n e . 1980. "Über den 'sogenannten absoluten A k k u s a t i v ' " . hagener

Beiträge

zur germanistischen

Linguistik.

Sonderband

1.

Kopen­

Festschrift

für Gunnar Bech zum 60. Geburtstag am 23. März 1980 ed. b y Mogens D y h r , K a r l Hyldgaard-Jensen & Jørgen Olsen, 61-83. Kopenhagen: K B G L . 1365.

D i t t m e r , Ernst. 1988. " Z u r Geschichte des absoluten Akkusativs (Nominativs) i m Deutschen". Gedenkschrift für Ingerid Dal ed. by John Ole Askedal, Cathrine Fabricius-Hansen & K u r t E h r i c h Schöndorf, 63-74. T ü b i n g e n : Niemeyer.

1366.

D i t t m e r , W i l h e l m . 1888. Die Greifswald: A b e l .

1367.

D i v e r , W i l l i a m . 1964. " T h e System of Agency o f the L a t i n N o u n " . Word

Pronomina

possessiva

im

Altfranzösischen. 20.

178-196. 1368.

D i x o n , Robert M . W . 1969. "Relative Clauses and Possessive Phrases i n T w o Australian Languages". Language

1369.

, ed. 1976a. Grammatical

45. 35-44. Categories

in Australian

Languages.

Can­

berra: Australian Institute o f A b o r i g i n a l Studies. N e w Jersey: Humanities Press. Review: see Comrie, Bernard [1978c]; Robins, Robert H. [1979] 1370.

. 1976b. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflection: Rap­ porteur's Introduction; Rapporteur's S u m m a r y " . Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R . M . W . D i x o n , 313-315; 411-414. Canberra: Australian Institute o f A b o r i g i n a l Studies.

1371.

. 1976c. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Y i d i n j " . Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R . M . W . D i x o n , 315320, 327-329. Canberra: Australian Institute of A b o r i g i n a l Studies.

1372.

. 1979. " E r g a t i v i t y " . Language

1373.

, ed. 1987a. Studies in Ergativity.

5 5 . 1 . 59-138. Lingua 7 1 .

Review: see Comrie, Bernard [1989] 1374.

. 1987b. "Studies i n Ergativity. I n t r o d u c t i o n " . Lingua

7 1 . 1-17.

1375.

D ' j a k o n o v , Igor M . 1967. "Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija i sub"ektno-ob"ektnye otnošenija". Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predloženija v jazykax različnyx tipov, Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V . M . Ž i r m u n s k i j , 95-115. Leningrad: Nauka.

1376.

D j a m i ć , A n t u n . 1963. " N e k i slučajevi prijedloga s(a) s a k u z a t i v o m " . 4. 5 7 - 6 1 .

Filologija

104

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

1377.

° Döleke, W.-. 1814. Versuche philosophisch-grammatischer Bemerkungen. IL Über die Casus, die Tempora, das Pronomen und das Verbum Substantivum. Halberstadt.

1378.

Döpke, Wilfried. 1982. Kasus, Sachverhalte und Situation: I". Konstanz: Uni­ versity, Sonderforschungsbereich 99.

1379.

. 1985. Kasus, Sachverhalte und Quantoren. Ein Beitrag zur formalen Semantik natürlicher Sprachen. Tübingen: Narr.

1380.

Doerfer, G. 1987. "Axioms and Ergative". Indogermanische Forschungen 92. 128.

1381.

Doherty, Monika & Hartmut Angermüller. 1984. "Refraining as English Sub­ jects". Fremdsprachen 28.4. 240-246.

1382.

Dohnalová, Alena. 1986. "Ablativy absolutní v Kristiánově Legendě". Listy filologické 109.3. 141-146.

1383.

Dokkum, F. 1900. De constructionis analyticae vice accusativi cum infinitivo fugentis usu apud Augustinum. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Groningen. Review: see Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie und Grammatik 11. 596-597 [1900]

1384.

° Dolgov, Ju. S. 1969. "O substantivnyx konstrukcijax s roditeľnym padežom i predlogom 'iz' (na materiale proizvedenij K.G. Paustovskogo)". Učenye zapiski Moskovskogo oblastno go ped. instituta im. N.K. Krupsko] 228. 144150.

1385.

Dolnik, Juraj. 1983. "Zur Frage der Kasusrollen". Philologica pragensia 26.1. 34-42.

1386.

Donaldson, Tamsın. 1976. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflec­ tions: Wangaybuwan". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 348-350. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

1387.

Donaldson, Weber D., Jr. 1973. French Reflexive Verbs: A Case Grammar Description. The Hague: Mouton. Revew: Skornia, Hanna [1977]

1388.

Donato, J. 1975. "La construction indirecte du 'c.o.d.' en sicilien". Cahiers de linguistique d'orientalisme et de slavistique. En hommage à Georges Mounin pour son soixante-cinquième anniversaire. I. Mélanges de linguistique et de stilistique, 127-141. Aix-Marseille: University of the Provence.

1389.

Dondua, K'.D. 1948. "Morfologičeskoe vyraženie aktivnogo (érgativnogo) stroja v adygejskoj i kartvelskoj gruppax kavkazskix jazykov". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 7.3. 211-220.

Alphabetical

List

105

1390.

D o r e , John, Nancy Kalish-Landon & D. Terence Langendoen. 1973/76. see Langendoen, D. Terence.

1391.

Doria, M .

1968. "Strumentali, ablativi e dativi plurali i n miceneo:

precisazioni". Atti

e memorie

logia, 27 settembre-3 1392.

ottobre

del lo congresso

internazionale

di

Alcune miceno­

1967, 616-632. Roma: Ateneo.

D o r i a n , Nancy C. 1985. " V o c a t i v e and Imperative i n D e c l i n e " . Studia

lin­

guistica, diachronica et synchronica: Werner Winter sexagenario anno oblata quae MCMLXXXIII gratis animis ab eius collegis, amicis discipulisque redigenda curaverunt atque ediderunt Ursula Pieper et Gerhard Stickel, 1 6 1 174. B e r l i n : M o u t o n . 1393.

D ø r u m , H a l l v a r d . 1978. " G e n i t i v og bruken av preposisjonen 'te ( t i l l ) ' i oppdalsmålet". Maal og minne 1.2. 42-52.

1394.

Dosher, Barbara A . & A l b e r t T. Corbett. 1978. see Corbett, A l b e r t T.

1395.

Dotter, Franz & M a n f r e d Strieder. 1988. " Z u r typologischen K o r r e l a t i o n ' A d position-Position' des Genitivs zum K o p f n o m e n " . Papiere zur Linguistik 3 8 . 1 . 51-60.

1396.

° D ' o v i d i o , F. 1873. " S u l l ' o r i g i n e dell'unica forma l i a n o " . Annali

1397.

in Linguistics

1400.

del nomine ita­

1.3. 570-592.

D o w n i n g , Pamela. 1977. " O n the Creation and Use o f English N o u n s " . Language

1399.

flessionale

di Pisa 1. 153-211.

D o w n i n g , Bruce T. 1969. "Vocatives and Third-Person Imperatives i n E n g l i s h " . Papers

1398.

della scuola normale

Compound

53.4. 810-842.

D o w t y , D a v i d R. 1979. " D a t i v e ' M o v e m e n t ' and Thomason's Extensions o f Montague Grammar". Linguistics, Philosophy and Montague Grammar, ed. by Steven Davis & Marianne M i t h u n , 153-222. A u s t i n , Texas: U n i v e r s i t y o f Texas Press. . 1982a. "Grammatical Relations and Montague Grammar". The

Nature

of Syntactic Representation ed. by Pauline Jacobson & Geoffrey K. P u l l u m , 79-130. Dordrecht: Reidel. 1401.

. 1982b. " M o r e on the Categorial Analysis of Grammatical Relations". Subjects and Other Subjects: Representation

Proceedings

of Grammatical

Relations

of the Harvard Conference on the ed. by A n n i e Zaenen, 115-153.

B l o o m i n g t o n , Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club. 1402.

. 1986. "Thematic Roles and Semantics". Proceedings Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 12. 340-354.

of the

Annual

1403.

. 1989. " O n the Semantic Content o f the N o t i o n o f 'Thematic R o l e ' " . Properties, Types, and Meaning, vol. II: Semantic Issues ed. by Gennaro Chierchia, Barbara H. Partee & Raymond Turner, 69-129. Dordrecht: K l u w e r .

106

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

1404.

. 1991. "Thematic Proto-Roles and Argument Selection". Language 67.3.547-619.

1405. 1406. 1407.

& William A. Ladusaw. 1988. see Ladusaw, William A. ° Draganu, Nicolae. 1943a. Morfemele româneşti ale complementului în acuzativ şi vechimea lor. Bucureşti. ° Dragomirescu, G.N. 1943. "Contribution à une analyse sémantique du vocatif en roumain". Langue et littérature 2. 193.

1408.

Draşoveanu, D.D. 1958. "Despre natura raportului dintre subiect şi predicat". Cercetări de lingvistică 3. 175-183.

1409.

. 1969. "O clasificare a cazurilor cu aplicare în problema posesivelor". Cercetări de lingvistică 14.1. 77-81.

1410.

. 1975. "Categorile gramaticale de relątie şi de opoziţie ale limbii române". Cercetări de lingvistică 20.1. 67-79.

1411.

. 1976. "Un attribut acuzatival" Cercetări de lingvistică 21.1. 79-82.

1412.

. 1982. "Nominativul şi acuzativul: Schiţe sintactice cu adnotări". Cer­ cetări de lingvistică 27.1. 37-46.

1413.

. 1988. "Morfemul pe vs. prepoziţia pe". Studia universitatis babeşbolyai: Philologia 33.1. 71-75.

1414.

° Draugelattes, Wilhelm. 1893. Beiträge zur Geschichte der analytischen Kasus im Frühmittelenglischen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Greifswald.

1415.

Draye, Luk. 1992. "Zum Trajektiv. Ein Kapitel aus einer kognitiv orientierten niederländisch-deutschen Kontrastivgrammatik". Leuvense bijdragen 81.1.3. 163-203.

1416.

Dresher, Bezalel Elan & Norbert Hornstein. 1979. "Trace Theory and NP Movement Rules". Linguistic Inquiry 10.1. 65-82.

1417.

Dressier, Wolfgang. 1970. "Comment décrire la syntaxe des cas en latin?". Revue de philologie, de littérature et d'histoire anciennes 44.1. 25-36/(1979) "Come descrivere la sintassi dei casi in latino?". La sfida linguistica. Lingue classiche e modelli grammaticali ed. by Germano Proverbio, 169-185. Torino: Rosenberg & Sellier.

1418.

° Drogomyreckij, P.P. 1980. "Valence-Intention Structure of Locative Verbs of State". Movoznavstvo 6. 58-60.

1419.

Dromi, Esther. 1979. "More on the Acquisition of Locative Prepositions. A n Analysis of Hebrew Data". Journal of Child Language 6. 547-562.

1420.

Dronsek, Claudia, Josef Bayer & Ria De Bleser. 1987. see Bayer, Josef.

Alphabetical 1421.

List

107

D r o s d o w s k i , Günther, et al. 1984. Duden wartssprache, Band 4: Vierte Auflage. Duden Verlag.

1422.

Drossard, Werner. 1983. Kasusrollen nuum der Kontrolle. 53. 67-98).

1423.

Grammatik

der deutschen

im Tagalog:

Ein intrasprachliches

Konti­

K ö l n : University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft

(AKUP

. 1984a. Abstufungen der Transitivität im Tagalog - Ein Beitrag zu den Techniken Valenz und Orientierung. K ö l n : University, Institut für Sprach­ wissenschaft (AKUP 58. 21-43).

1424.

. 1984b. KAUSATIVIERUNG

und

TRANSITIVIERUNG

K ö l n : University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 1425.

Gegen­

M a n n h e i m : Bibliographisches Institut,

. 1984c. Das Tübingen: Narr.

1426.

Tagalog

als Repräsentant

im

Tagalog.

60. 1-25).

des aktivischen

Sprachbaus.

. 1985. "Tagalog Case Roles: A n Intra-Language C o n t i n u u m o f C o n ­ t r o l " . Language

Invariants

and Mental

Operations

ed. b y Hansjakob Seiler &

Gunter Brettschneider, International Gummersbach/Cologne,

Interdisciplinary Conference Held at Germany, September 18-23, 1983, 25-30. T ü b i n g e n :

Narr. 1427.

. 1986a. Kasusmarkierung und die Zentralität University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP

1428.

. 1986b. Verbklassen. (AKUP

1429.

von Partizip anten. K ö l n : 63. 1-28).

K ö l n : University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft

64. 1-46).

. 1987. TRANSITIVITÄT (vs. INTRANSITIVITÄT) RUNG (vs. INTRANSITIVIERUNG) unter typologischem versity, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP

1430.

. 1988. Kasusmarkierung ferentielle

Initianten-

herisierung. 28). 1431.

von Partizipanten bei Peripherizität

II: Dif­ und

K ö l n : University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP

. 1991a. "Verbklassen". Partizipation Sachverhalten

68).

und die Zentralität

und Betroffenenkodierung

und TRANSITIVIEAspekt. K ö l n : U n i ­

- Das sprachliche

ed. by Hansjakob Seiler &

Perip72. 1-

Erfassen

W a l d f r i e d Premper,

von

150-182.

Tübingen: Narr. 1432.

. 1991b. " K A S U S M A R K I E R U N G : Z u r Zentralität und Peripherizität v o n Partizipanten". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachver­ halten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & W a l d f r i e d Premper, 4 4 6 - 4 8 1 . T ü b i n g e n : Narr.

1433.

. 1991c. " K A U S A T I V I E R U N G und T R A N S I T I V I E R U N G i m T a g à l o g " . Partizipation

- Das sprachliche

Erfassen von Sachverhalten

Seiler & W a l d f r i e d Premper, 585-600. Tübingen: Narr.

ed. b y Hansjakob

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

108 1434.

Relations

. 1992a. Lokale Relationen: Vom Einfacheren (Topologischen) zum Komplexeren (Dimensionalen): Sprachliche Reflexe einer psycholinguistischen Erkenntnis. K ö l n : University, Institut f ü r Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 86. 16-56).

1435.

. 1992b. Verbgebundene (Studien zur Lokalisation 87. 1-37).

1436.

vs. Lokalisation

von

Propositionen (AKUP

Droste, F l i p G. 1958-59. " D e structuur van de woordgroep i n de zgn. accusativus-cum-infinitivo-constructie". Tijdschrift voor Nederlandse taal- en letterkunde

1437.

76. 293-316.

. 1969. " K o o p l i e d e n i n het geding". Taalkunde in artikelen. Een ver­ zameling artikelen over het Nederlands ed. by Jacob H o o g t e i j l i n g , 2 4 9 - 2 5 1 . Groningen:

1438.

Lokalisation

II). K ö l n : Institut f ü r Sprachwissenschaft

Wolters-Noordhoff.

° D r u i e n , R.F. 1973. The Case Form for an Object o f a Negated Transitive Russian with Comments of Michigan.

1439.

on Ukrainian

Verb in

Usage. P h . D . dissertation, University

Dryer, M a t t h e w S. 1983. "Indirect Objects i n Kinyarwanda Revisited". Studies in Relational Grammar I ed. by D a v i d M . Perlmutter, 129-140. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

1440.

. 1985. " T h e Role o f Thematic Relations i n A d j e c t i v a l Passives". Lin­ guistic Inquiry 16.2. 320-326.

1441.

. 1986a. " P r i m a r y Objects, Secondary Objects, and A n t i d a t i v e " . Lan­ guage 62.4. 808-845.

1442.

°

. 1986b. " W o r d Order Consistency and E n g l i s h " . Proceedings Annual

1443.

Meeting

1445. 1446.

Linguistics

Conference

of the

2. 97-106.

. 1988. ' O b j e c t - V e r b Order and A d j e c t i v e - N o u n Order: D i s p e l l i n g a M y t h " . Lingua

1444.

of the Pacific

74. 185-217.

Duarte, Inês Silva & A n a M a r i a B r i t o . 1982. see B r i t o , A n a M a r i a . & Gabriela Ardisson Matos. 1984. see Matos, Gabriela Ardisson. D u b i n s k y , Stanley. 1985. " O b l i q u e to Direct Object Advancement i n Japanese". Linguistic

Analysis

15.1. 57-75.

1447.

. 1990. "Japanese Direct Object to Indirect Object D e m o t i o n " . Studies in Relational Grammar 3 ed. by Paul M . Postal & B r i a n D. Joseph, 49-86. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

1448.

. 1992. "Case Assignment to V P - A d j o i n e d Positions: N o m i n a t i v e O b ­ jects i n Japanese". Linguistics 30.5.321. 873-910.

1449.

D u B o i s , John W . see Bois, John W . du.

Alphabetical

List

109

1450.

Dubois, Laurent. 1977. "Les formes du cas oblique duel dans les dialectes grecs". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 72.1. 169-186.

1451.

Dubois-Charlier, Françoise. 1975. "Avant-propos: Les premiers articles de Fillmore". Langages 38. 3-17.

1452. 1453. 1454.

& John M. Anderson, eds. 1975. see Anderson, John M. Duchan, Judith & Nancy J. Lund. 1979. "Why not Semantic Relations?". Journal of Child Language 6. 243-251. Duff, Patricia A. 1993. "Syntax, Semantics, and SLA: The Convergence of Possessive and Existential Constructions". Studies in Second Language Ac­ quisition 15.1. 1-34.

1455.

° Duffield, N. 1990. "Context Effects in the Processing of Transitivity Alterna­ tions". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 19. 29-53.

1456.

Dugas, André. 1973. "Les compléments d'instrument". Problèmes de séman­ tique (en collaboration), 51-62. Montreal: Quebec University Press.

1457.

Dugas, Donald Gerard. 1969. Some Functions of de in French: A Case Analysis. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan/(1973) Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

1458.

Duinhoven, A . M . 1972. "Vier partitieve (?) constructies in het Middelneder­ lands". De nieuwe taalgids 65.5. 329-354.

1459.

. 1984. "Nieuwe subjecten in voorheen 'subjectloze' zinnen". Leuvense bijdragen 73. 295-314.

1460.

. 1984-85. "Naamvallen". Taalkundige theorievorming en de (al of niet vermeende) weerbarstigheid van het Nederlands, Speciaal nummer van Spek֊ tator 14.3. 185-92.

1461.

. 1988a. "Fasering in de zinsstructuur. De verhouding van subject en persoonsvorm in reflexieve verbindingen". Forum der letteren 29. 52-68.

1462. 1463. 1464.

. 1988b. "Passief en zinsfasering". Forum der letteren 29. 268-287. . 1991. "Dat siet men wit ende reine wesen. A.c.i.-constructies in het Nederlands". De nieuwe taalgids 84.5. 409-430. Dulson, L.P. 1973. "The Origin of Case-Affixes in the Altaic Languages". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 50-63.

1465.

Dumitrescu, Domnita. 1990. "El dativo posesivo en español y en rumano". Revista española de lingüística 20.2. 403-429.

1466.

Dunn, John A. 1979. "Pronominal Concord in Coast Tsimshian". International Journal of American Linguistics 45.3. 224-231.

110

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

1467.

. 1982a. "The Nominative in Old Russian and the Question of Analyti­ city". Papers in Slavonic Linguistics 1. 25-42.

1468.

. 1982b. "The Nominative and Infinitive Construction in the Slavonic Languages". Slavonic and East-European Review 60.4. 500-527.

1469.

Duranti, Alessandro. 1979. "Object Clitic Pronouns in Bantu and the Topicality Hierarchy". Studies in African Linguistics 10.1. 31-45.

1470.

& Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo. 1977. "On the Notion of 'Direct Ob­ ject'". Haya Grammatical Structure. Phonology, Grammar, Discourse ed. by Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo, Alessandro Duranti & Larry M. Hyman, 45-71. Los Angeles: University of Southern California, Department of linguistics.

1471.

& Larry M . Hyman. 1982. see Hyman, Larry M.

1472.

& Elinor Ochs. 1989. "Acquisition of Genitive Agents in Samoan". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 28. 89-96.

1473.

& Elinor Ochs. 1990. "Genitive Constructions and Agency in Samoan Discourse". Studies in Language 14.1 1-23.

1474.

° Durbin, Marshall A. & Fernando Ojeda. 1982. "Patient Deixis in Yucatec Maya". Journal of Mayan Linguistics 3.2. 3-23.

1475.

° Durbin, Mriluda A. 1979. "Ergativity and Antipassive in Gujarati". South Asian Languages Analysis 1.8. 169-192.

1476.

° Duridanov, Ivan. 1952. "Edin slučaj na ranna upotreba na predloga 'na' za izrazjavane na datelno otnošenie". Bălgarski ezik 2. 105-109.

1477.

Durie, Mark. 1987. "Grammatical Relations in Acehnese". Studies in Language 11.365-399.

1478.

Durieux, Frank. 1990. The Meanings of the Specifying Genitive in English: A Cognitive Analysis. Wilrijk: Universitaire instelling Antwerpen, Departement Germaanse, Afdeling Linguïstiek.

1479.

Durrell, Martin. 1977. "Zur morphologischen Struktur der deutschen Nominal­ gruppe". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 14.1. 44-52.

1480.

Dušková, Libuše. 1970. "On the Nature of the Subject of Continuous Forms in Present-Day English". Philologica pragensia 13. 132-143.

1481.

. 1972. "The Passive Voice in Czech and in English". pragensia 15. 93-118.

Philologica

1482.

. 1979. " A Note on the Object + Infinitive Construction in English". Philologica pragensia 22. 73-84.

1483.

. 1989. "On the Function of the English Possessive Case". Philologica pragensia 32.1. 6-13.

Alphabetical 1484.

1485.

List

111

Duszak, A n n a . 1984. " A Note on Rhematic Subjects i n E n g l i s h " . Studia posnaniensia 17. 135-145. . 1987. "Semantic Case, Topic and Perspective i n P o l i s h " . neofilologiczny

1486.

anglica

Kwartalnik

3 4 . 1 . 11-21.

. 1990. " T h e N o m i n a t i v e and the Dative Perspective i n the T o p i c C o m m e n t System i n English and Polish". Further Analysis

Insights

into

Contrastive

ed. by Jacek Fisiak, 507-526. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1487.

D v i n j a n i n o v a , G.S. 1978. " O vzaimosvjazi m e ž d u padežami i predlogami v sisteme j a z y k a (na materiale russkogo j a z y k a ) " . Vestnik Moskovskogo univer­ siteta, Serija VII, Filologija 5. 28-34.

1488.

D v o r j a n k o v , N.A. 1958. " O glavnyx členax predloženija s érgativnoj konstrukciej v pašto". Sovetskoe vostokovedenie 5. 103-108.

1489.

D y e n , Isidore. 1974. "Genetic Classification and A f f i x Reconstruction: The P I E E n d i n g o f the Genitive Singular o f o-Stem N o u n s " . Historical Linguistics II: Theory and Description Conference

on Historical

in Phonology. Linguistics,

Proceedings Edinburgh,

of the First

International

2nd - 7th September

1973

ed. by J . M . Anderson & C. Jones, 123-139. Amsterdam: N o r t h - H o l l a n d . 1490.

D y ł a , Stefan. 1984. "Across-the-Board Dependencies and Case i n P o l i s h " . Linguistic Inquiry 15.4. 701-705.

1491.

Dymarskaja-Babal' j a n , I.N. & M.S. K u x k u l j a n . 1983. " L i n g v i s t i č e s k i e osnovy izučenija ablativa (na materiale russkogo i armjanskgo j a z y k o v ) " . Russkij jazyk v armjans koj škole 3. 36-42.

1492.

& M.S. K u x k u l j a n . 1989. "Lingvističeskie osnovy izučenija o b " e k t n y x značenij (Na materiale russkogo i armyanskogo j a z y k o v ) " . Russkij jazyk v armjanskoj škole 3. 27-48.

1493.

° D y v i k , Helge J. Jakhelln. 1980. " H a r gammalnorsk passiv?". The Nordic guages and Modern Linguistics, Proceedings Conference of Nordic and General Linguistics Hovdhaugen, 81-107. Oslo: University Press.

1494.

D ž a m a l o v , J.T. 1981. " I s i m hallarynyn m e ' n a l a r y " . Izvestija Azerbajdzanskoj

1495.

SSR, Literatura,

jazyk

D z i w i r e k , Katarzyna, Patrick Farrell &

Lan­

of the Fourth International in Oslo 1980 ed. by Even Akademii

nauk

i iskusstvo 3. 5 7 - 6 1 . Errapel M e jí a s - B i k a n d i , eds. 1993.

Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective. Stanford, Califor­ nia: The Center for the Study o f Language and I n f o r m a t i o n . 1496.

Dzyubisnina, N . Y a . 1979. "Semantiko-sintaksichni parametri v i l ' n o i gramatichnoi f o r m i i m e n n i k i v " . Movoznavstvo 13.4.76. 73-77.

112

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

1497.

E b e l i n g , Carl L. slavica: Bruno

1498. 1499.

°

1955. " O n the M e a n i n g o f the Russian Cases".

A Slavonic

Miscellany

Becker, Professor

University

Relations

Presented

for

His

Seventieth

Analecta

Birthday

of Russian History,

Language and Literature 209-223. Amsterdam: De bezige b i j .

of Amsterdam,

— . 1957. " O n Case Theories". Museum

to

in the

62. 129-145.

. 1984-85. " O n Case Meanings". Zbornik 231-238.

za

filologiju

i lingvistiku

27.28.

1500.

Ebermann, E r w i n . 1990. "Possesivsätze i m Samo v o n Bangasoko Faso)". Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 24. 53-67.

1501.

Ebert, Karen H. 1987. "Grammatical M a r k i n g o f Speech A c t Participants i n T i b e t o - B u r m a n " . Journal

1502.

of Pragmatics

(Burkina

11. 473-482.

Ebert, K a r l Heinz. 1982. " T h e Definite Articles w i t h Inalienables i n English and G e r m a n " . The Contrastive

Grammar

of English

and German

ed. by W a l t e r

F.W. Lohnes & E d w i n A . Hopkins, 64-75. A n n A r b o r , M i c h i g a n : K a r o m a . 1503.

Ebert, Robert Peter. 1974. " R e v i e w : Anderson, J . M . 1971. The Grammar of Case: Toward a Localistic Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press". IRAL,

1504.

International

Review of Applied

from

the Regional

Meetings,

Chicago

scheinen Linguistics

. 1988. " V a r i a t i o n i n the Position of the A t t r i b u t i v e Genitive i n 16th Century G e r m a n " . Monatshefte 8 0 . 1 . 32-49. und Literatur

1506.

12. 2 5 9 - 2 6 1 .

. 1975. "Subject Raising, the Clause Squish, and German Constructions". Papers Society 1 1 . 177-199.

1505.

Linguistics

für

Ebrard, Guilelmus. 1879. De ablativi tores latinos

deutschen

locativi

Unterricht,

instrumentalis

deutsche

Sprache

apud priscos

scrip­

usu. L e i p z i g : Teubner.

1507.

Echarte Cosío, M a r i a José. 1991. Los casos en la estructura del latin. Ph.D. dissertation, University o f València. Dissertation Abstracts International, C : W o r l d w i d e . 52.2. 169.C.

1508.

Echenique Elizondo, M a r i a Teresa. 1981. " E l sistema referencial en español antiguo: Leísmo, laísmo y loísmo". Revista de filología española 6 1 . 113-157.

1509.

° Eckert, A . 1849. De verborum latinorum dissertation, University o f Breslau.

transitivo

et intransitivo

1510.

E c k m a n , Fred R. 1974. " A g e n t i v e and Agentless Passives". Stanford Papers on Language Universals 14. 59-74.

1511.

Edelstein, Frieda. 1980. "Despre acuzativul extensiunii l a t i n ă " . Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 31.4. 389-392.

în spaţiu

usu. Ph.D. Working in

limba

Alphabetical 1512.

113

° Edman, Lars. 1879. Zur Rektion der deutschen Präpositionen. Uppsala: Aka­ demiska bokhandeln.

1513.

1514.

List

Edmondson, J.A. 1978a. "Ergative Language, Accessibility Hierarchies Gov­ erning Reflexives and Questions of Formal Analysis". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 633-660. Amster­ dam: Benjamins. °

. 1978b. "Ergative Languages, Reflexives and Questions of Formal Grammar". Technische Universität Berlin, Arbeitspapiere zur Linguistik 1.

1515.

Edwards, Derek. 1973. "Sensory-Motor Intelligence and Semantic Relations in Early Child Grammar". Cognition 2.4. 395-434.

1516.

° Edwards, George Vail. 1900. The Ablative of Quality and the Genitive of Quality. Ph.D. dissertation, John Hopkins University. New York: The Evening Post.

1517.

& Eduard Wölfflin. 1900. "Von dem sogen. genetivus und ablativus qualitatis". Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie und Grammatik 11. 197-211, 469-490.

1518.

Eggers, Hans. 1980. "'Derer' oder 'deren'? Zur Normenproblematik im Deut­ schen". Moderna språk 74.2. 133-138.

1519.

Egli, U. & E. Roulet. 1971. L'expression des relations d'ergativité et de transitivité dans une grammaire genérative transformationelle du français. Bern: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft, University of Bern. Arbeitspapier 3.

1520.

Ehnert, Rolf. 1982. "Behalten. Ein Beispiel für Kontextbeschreibungen bei mittelhochdeutschen Verben". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissen­ schaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 69-107. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1521.

Eichinger, Ludwig M. 1986. "Gedanken über das Subjekt: Zu einer praktischen Grammatik des Deutschen". Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Carl F. Hoffmann ed. by Franz Rottland, 109-126. Hamburg: Buske.

1522.

. 1987. "Zum Passiv im althochdeutschen Isidor. Versuch einer valenz­ syntaktischen Beschreibung". Das Passiv im Deutschen: Akten des Kollo­ quiums über das Passiv im Deutschen, Nizza 1986 ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique (Nice), 129-145. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1523.

. 1989. Raum und Zeit im Verbwortschatz des Deutschen. Eine valenz­ grammatische Studie. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1524.

Einert, Ferdi. 1975. "Bemerkungen zu den Valenzen französischer Verben unter Berücksichtigung ihrer Realisierungsformen in einem Text der Nachrich­ tenübertragung". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 11. 95-105.

114

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

1525.

Eisenberg, Peter. 1985. "Maß und Zahl: Zur syntaktischen Deutung einer un­ gefestigten Konstruktion im Deutschen". Nach-Chomstysche Linguistik: Neuere Arbeiten von Berliner Linguisten ed. by Thomas T. Ballmer & Roland Posner, 311-320. Berlin: Walter De Gruyter.

1526.

k, Jan Ate van. 1966. Four Complementary Structures of Predication in Contemporary British English: An Inventory. Ph.D. dissertation, State Uni­ versity of Groningen. Groningen: Wolters. Review: Poldauf, I. [1968]

1527.

. 1967. " A Grammatical Description of the Accusative with Infinitive and Related Structures in English". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 48. 511-527. Review: see Poldauf, I. [1968]

1528.

Ekkert, Woldemar. 1968. "Zur Deklination der Substantive". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 5.6. 364-368.

1529.

Ekwall, Eilert. 1913. "The s-less Genitive in Early Modern English". Minnes­ skrift af forna lärjungar tillägnad professor Axel Erdmann på hans sjut­ tioårsdag den 6. febr. 1913, 53-67. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell.

1530.

. 1943. Studies on the Genitive of Groups in English. Lund: Gleerup.

1531.

Elbert, S.H. 1955-56. "The 127 Rennellese Possessives". Acta linguistica hafniensia 9. 16-24.

1532.

Elia, Annibale. 1978. " A Class of Italian Verbs Which Admit a Subject Comple­ ment and a Human Direct Object". SMIL Quarterly, Journal of Linguistic Calculus 3.4. 25-54.

1533.

. 1984. "L'infinitive en a des verbes locatifs intransitifs italiens". Lexi­ que-grammaire des langues romanes ed. by Alain Guillet & Nunzio La Fauci, 67-90. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1534.

& Emilio D'Agostino. 1983. see D'Agostino, Emilio.

1535.

Eliasson, Stig. 1980. "Case, Word Order and Coding in a Historical Linguistic Perspective". Historical Morphology ed. by Jacek Fisiak, 127-139. The Hague: Mouton.

1536.

Elizade, Α. 1986. "Azerbajdzhan dilinin jazyly abidelerinde ismin jfnluk halynyn morfolozhi hususijjeti haggynda". Izvestija Akademii nauk Azerbajdžanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 1. 113-116.

1537.

Elizaicín, Adolfo. 1978. "Address Forms in Montevideo Spanish". Proceedings of the 12th International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 - Septem­ ber 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 264-267. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.

Alphabetical 1538.

List

115

Ėlizarenkova, T . Ja. 1967. "Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija v n o v o i n d i j s k i x j a z y k a x " . Ergativnaja vanija

1539.

konstrukcija

i materialy

predloženija

v jazykax

različnyx

. 1982. " R e v i e w : Haudry, Jean. 1977. L'emploi Introduction à Iranian Journal

tipov.

Issledo-

ed. by V . M . Ž i r m u n s k i j , 116-125. Leningrad: Nauka.

l'étude des cas en indo-européen. 24. 43-53.

des cas en

védique.

Lyon: L'hermès".

Indo-

1540.

Ellinger, Johann. 1927. " Z u m Gebrauch des Dativs m i t und ohne to nach den Verben des Gebens and Sagens i m neueren E n g l i s c h " . Beiblatt zur Anglia. Mitteilungen über englische Sprache und Literatur und über englischen 38.8. 257-271. Unterricht

1541.

E l l i o t t , W . N e i l . 1982. " A Case o f Learning Case". Papers from Meetings, Chichago Linguistics Society 18. 95-110.

the

Regional

1542.

. 1986. " O n the Derivation o f en-Clitics". The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics ed. by Hagit Borer, Syntax and Semantics 19, 9 7 - 1 2 1 . N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

1543.

Elst, Gaston van der. 1984. " Z u r E n t w i c k l u n g des deutschen Kasussystems: E i n Beispiel für Sprachökonomie". Zeitschrift

für

germanistische

Linguistik

12.

313-331. 1544.

. 1988. " Z u m Gebrauch des Genitivattributs i n einem Fachprosatext des 16. Jahrhunderts". Deutscher Erich

Schmitt

Wortschatz:

zum 80. Geburtstag

Lexikologische

von seinen Marburger

Studien.

Ludwig

Schülern

ed. by

Horst Haider Munske, Peter v o n Polenz, Oskar Reichman & Reiner H i l d e ­ brandt, 321-335. B e r l i n : De Gruyter. 1545.

, Dieter Cherubim, Hans-Dieter Kreuder, Brigitte Z a n d e r - L ü l l w i t z , Carl L u d w i g Naumann, U l r i c h Püschel & Gerhard Vigener. 1973. see Cherubim, Dieter.

1546.

Elzbutas, Y . 1967. "Upotreblenie datel'nogo padeža v sovremennom russkom j a z y k e " . Russkij jazyk v škole 6. 85-90.

1547.

Emel janova, N . M . 1967. " O sootnošenii ergativnoj i nominativnoij konstrukcij v ėskimosskom j a z y k e " . Ergativnaja konstrukcija predloženija v jazykax različnyx

tipov. Issledovanija

i materialy

ed. by V . M . Z i r m u n s k i j , 269-276.

Leningrad: Nauka. 1548.

E m e ľ j a n o v a , O.V. 1977. " L i č n y e mestoimenija v drevneanglijskoj poėsii (na materiale poémy ' B e o v u l f ' ) " . Vestník Leningradsko jazyk-literatura

go universiteta,

Istorija-

32.3.14. 117-123.

1549.

Emonds, Joseph. 1972. "Evidence that Indirect Object M o v e m e n t is a StructurePreserving R u l e " . Foundations of Language 8.4. 5 4 6 - 5 6 1 .

1550.

. 1979. " L a regola di movimento dell'oggetto indiretto è conservatrice d i struttura". La sintassi generativo-trasformazionale ed. by G i o r g i o G r a f f i & L u i g i R i z z i , 355-378. Bologna: I l M u l i n o .

116 1551. 1552.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

. 1986a. "Ө-Role Assignment in Derived Nominals". Revue québecoise de linguistique 15.2. 91-107. . 1986b. A Unified Theory of Syntactic Categories. Dordrecht: Foris. Review՝. Iwakura, Kunihiro [1986]

1553.

. 1991. "Subcategorization and Syntax-Based Theta-Role Assignment". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 9.3. 369-429.

1554.

Emons, Rudolf. 1974. Valenzen englischer Prädikatsverben. Tübingen: Nie­ meyer. Review: see Loudèche, Jacqueline [1976]; Oomen, Ursula [1976]

1555.

. 1978. Valenzgrammatik für das Englische: Eine Einführung. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1556.

Ende, Aad van den & Theo H.B. Schoenmakers. 1978. see Schoenmakers, Theo H.B.

1557.

Endo, Fubito. 1986. "Case-Marking Patterns in Existential Sentences and Split Ergativity in Finnish". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 19. 13-24.

1558.

Endres, Rolf  1973. "Die Gliederung der deutschen Verben nach Bedeutungs­ großgruppen". Linguistik & Didaktik 4.14. 128-145.

1559.

. 1976. "Subjekt und Subjektlosigkeit als Kategorien der Inhaltsseite der Sprache". Sprachwissenschaft 1.3. 292-327.

1560.

. 1978. "Objekt, Tiefenobjekt und Objektlosigkeit als Kategorien der Inhaltsseite der Sprache". Linguistik und Didaktik 9.33. 75-96.

1561.

Engdahl, Elisabet. 1983. "Subject Gaps: An Asymmetry between Questions and Relatives in Norwegian". Scandinavian Papers in Syntax 7.

1562. 1563. 1564.

& Kathrin Cooper. 1989. see Cooper, Kathrin. Engel, Ulrich & Helmut Schumacher. 1976-78. Kleines Valenzlexikon deutscher Verben. Tübingen: Narr. , loan Lăzărescu, Rodica Mihailă-Cova, Lucia Popa, Natalia Roth & Emilia Savin. 1983. Valenzlexikon Deutsch-Rumänisch. Heidelberg: Groos.

1565.

Engelen, Bernhard. 1970. "Das Präpositionalobjekt im Deutschen und seine Entsprechungen im Englischen, Französischen und Russischen. Eine kontras­ tive Studie im Bereich der lexikalischen Felder". Forschungsberichte des Instituts für deutsche Sprache 4. 3-30.

1566.

. 1971. "Zum syntaktischen Status der Konstruktion Präposition + Nomi­ nalgruppe". Grammatik, Kybernetik, Kommunikation: Festschrift für Alfred Hoppe ed. by Klaus Günther Schweisthal, 25-35. Bonn: Dümmler.

Alphabetical

List

117

1567.

. 1985. "Die syntaktische Selektionsbeschränkung 'kein Eigenname': Untersuchungen zum Akkusativobjekt bei dem Verb wissen". Collectanea Philological Festschrift für Helmut Gipper zum 65. Geburtstag ed. by Gunter Heintz & Peter Schmitter, 169-182. Baden-Baden: Koerner.

1568.

. 1990. "Der Genitivus definitivus und vergleichbare Konstruktionen". Zielsprache Deutsch 21.4. 2-17.

1569.

Engelkamp, Johannes. 1980. "Some Studies in the Internal Structure of Proposi­ tions". Psychological Research 41. 355-371.

1570.

Engels, Gerard. 1895. Over het gebruik van den conjunctief en de casus bij Maerlant, een bijdrage tot de Middelnederlands che syntaxis: De casus (100177). Ph.D. dissertation, State University of Groningen. Groningen: Schol­ tens.

1571.

Enghofer, Rudolf. 1961. Der Ablativus absolutus bei Tacitus. Würzburg: JuliusMaximilians-Universität.

1572.

England, John. 1980. "The Position of the Direct Object in Old Spanish". Journal of Hispanic Philology 5.1. 1-23.

1573.

. 1983. "Word Order in Old Spanish Prose: The Indirect Object". Neophilologus 67. 385-394.

1574.

. 1984. "Word Order in Old Spanish Prose: The Subject Complement". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 85.4. 385-400.

1575.

England, Nora  1983. "Ergativity in Mamean (Mayan) Languages". Interna­ tional Journal of American Linguistics 49.1. 1-19.

1576.

Engwer, Theodor. 1933. "Umstellung und Endstellung des grammatischen Sub­ jekts. Wie Sprachregeln entstehen!". Zeitschrift für Sprache und Literatur 57. 163-186.

1577.

Entjes, H. 1975. "'Hun mond is droog van de dorst' en oostnederlandse varian­ ten". Taal- en letterkundig gastenboek voor Prof. Dr. G.A. van Es: Opstellen, de 70-jarige aangeboden ter gelegenheid van zijn afscheid als hoogleraar aan de rijksuniversiteit te Groningen ed. by G. Kazemier & P.P.J, van Caspel, 4 1 46. Groningen: Archief van de Nederlandse syntaxis.

1578.

. 1976. "De schipper likte zijn lippen af'. Driemaandelijkse bladen (voor taal- en volksleven in het oosten van Nederland) 28.2. 55-69.

1579.

Epstein, Samuel David. 1990. "Differentiation and Reduction in Syntactic Theory: A Case Study". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8. 313-323.

1580.

Erades, P.A. 1949. "On Identifying and Classifying Sentences". English Studies, a Journal of English Language and Literature 30. 299-308.

1581.

Erasmi, Gabriele. 1983. "L'articolo e i l possessivo in italiano". Rassegna italiana di linguistica applicata 1. 53-67.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

118 1582. 1583.

Relations

. 1986. "Construzioni col doppio accusativo i n inglese e la loro resa nelle lingue romanze". Rassegna italiana di linguistica applicata 18.1. 55-68. Erben, Johannes. 1970. "Er sitzt, weil er gestanden

hat oder Über den Zusam­

menhang v o n Valenz und Mitteilungswert des V e r b s " . Studien zur Syntax des 97-102. Düsseldorf: heutigen Deutsch, Paul Grebe zum 60. Geburtstag, Schwann. 1584.

1585.

° É r d i , Nora. 1987. " D e r D a t i v und seine Funktionen i m Ungarischen". ugrische Mitteilungen 1 1 . 1-32. Erdmann, Peter. 1993. " D i e for Zeitschrift

1586.

für Anglistik

Finnisch-

... tο-Konstruktion nach dem V e r b

und Amerikanistik

wanť.

41.2. 124-132.

E r g u v a n l i , Eser. 1979. " A n O d d Case i n the Causative Construction o f T u r k i s h " . Papers from

the Regional

Meetings,

Chicago

Linguistic

Society

15. 92-99.

1587.

Erhart, A d o l f . 1967. " Z u r ie. N o m i n a l f l e x i o n " . Sborník prací brněnské university A . 15. 7-26.

1588.

E r i - B i r k , Marijana. 1976. "Pogostnost i n skladenjska vloga sklonov v besedilu šeligovega Triptiha Agate Schwarzkobler". Slavistična revija 2 4 . 1 . 119-126.

1589.

Erichsen, M i c h e l l a . 1944. "Désinences casuelles et personnelles en e s k i m o " . Acta linguistica hafniensia 4. 67-88.

1590.

Eriksson, Olof. 1980. L'attribut moderne.

de localisation

filosofické

et les nexus locatifs

en

fakulty

français

Göteborg: Romanica gothoburgensia 18, A c t a universitatis

got-

hoburgensis. 1591.

Eringer, Pier. 1957. " R e v i e w : L i n d e n , J . A . M , van der. 1955. Un emploi de

l'ablatif

absolu

dans César. 's Gravenshage: Excelsior". Lingua

spécial 7. 195-

209. 1592.

E r k , H . M . , P.B. Grout, I.A. M a c D o u g a l l & . Woledge. 1969. see Woledge, B.

1593.

Erlinger, Hans Dieter. 1971. "Reflexivpronomen und syntaktisches Programm. E i n Beitrag zur Valenztheorie". Wirkendes Wort 2 1 . 145-153.

1594.

Eroms, Hans-Werner. 1972. " D i e Lehre v o n den Valenzen des Verbs als M i t t e l der Satzanalyse". Blätter für den Deutschlehrer 16. 56-72.

1595.

. 1975. "Subjektwahl und Konversen". Akten der 1. Salzburger Frühling­ Beiträge zur

stagung für Linguistik ed. by Gabereil Drachman, Salzburger 1, 319-333. Tübingen: Narr. Linguistik 1596.

. 1978. " Z u r Konversion der Dativphrasen". Sprachwissenschaft

3. 357-

405. 1597.

. 1981a. Valenz Kasus und Präpositionen: Untersuchungen und Semantik präpositionaler Kontruktionen in der deutschen sprache. Heidelberg: Winter.

zur Syntax Gegenwarts­

Alphabetical 1598.

List

119

. 1981b. "Passiv erster und zweiter Stufe". Sprache: Formen und Struk­ turen: Akten des 15. linguistischen Kolloquiums Münster 1980. Band 1 ed. by Manfred Kohrt & Jürgen Lenerz, 129-139. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1599.

°

. 1983. "Zur Status und Funktion präpositionaler Kasus im Deutschen". Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 22. 144-159.

1600.

°

. 1984. "Zum kontrastiven Vergleich des sogenannten bekommen/erhalten/kriegen-Passivs im Deutschen und entsprechender norwegischer Fügun­ gen aus få und dem Partizip perfekt". Norsk lingvistik tidsskrift 2.

1601.

. 1987. "Passiv und Passivfunktionen im Rahmen einer Dependenzgrammatik". Das Passiv im Deutschen: Akten des Kolloquiums über das Passiv im Deutschen, Nizza 1986 ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique (Nice), 73-95. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1602.

. 1990. "Review: Welke, Klaus. 1988. Einführung in die Valenz- und Kasustheorie. Leipzig: VEB Bibliographisches Institut". Beiträge zur Namen­ forschung 25.2. 213-216.

1603.

. 1991. "Valenzbindung und Valenzschichtung im Satz". Neue Fragen zur Linguistik. Akten des 25. Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990 ed. by Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell & Cornelia Weiß, 219-231. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1604.

° Eitel, Suitbert. 1974. "Satzsubjekt und Ich-Perspektive". Bericht über den 28. Kongreß der deutschen Gesellschaft für Psychologie, Band 1 ed. by L.H. Eckensberger & U.S. Eckensberger, 129-139. Göttingen: Hagrefe.

1605.

. 1977. "Where Do the Subjects of Sentences Come from?". Sentence Production: Developments in Research and Theory ed. by Sheldon Rosen­ berg, 141-167. Hillsdale: Lawrence Erlbaum.

1606.

Erteschik-Shir, Nomi. 1979. "Discourse Constraints on Dative Movement". Discourse and Syntax ed. by T. Givón, Syntax and Semantics 12, 441-467. New York: Academic Press.

1607.

Es, Gustaaf Amandus van. 1938. De attributieve genitief in het Middelneder­ lands. Assen: Van Gorcum.

1608.

. 1970. "Plaats en functie van de passieve constructie in het syntactisch systeem van het Nederlands". Tijdschrift voor Nederlandse taal- en letter­ kunde 86. 127-156; 212-233.

1609.

Esau, Helmut. 1971. "Some Facts about German Nominalization". Neophilologus 55.2. 150-156.

1610.

. 1973. "Case Categories and Their Order". Nominalization and Com­ plementation in Modern German by Helmut Esau, 53-76. Amsterdam: NorthHolland.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

120

Relations

1611.

° Escher, E. 1876. Der Accusativ bei Sophocles unter Zuziehung desjenigen bei Homer, Aeschylus, Euripides, Aristophanes, Thucydides und Xenophon. Zürich.

1612.

° Escobar, Alberto. 1960. "'Onde', 'donde' con valor flexivo de acusativo per­ sonal". Sphinx, Anuario del instituto de filología de lima 13. 94-99.

1613.

Eska, Joseph F. 1988. "The Origin of the Gothic Genetive Plural in -ē". Indogermanische Forschungen 93. 186-196.

1614.

Essien, Okon E. 1982. "The So-Called Reflexive Pronouns and Reflexivization in Ibibio". Studies in African Languages 13.2. 93-108.

1615.

Estival, Dominique Solange. 1985. "Syntactic Priming of the Passive". Quanti­ fied Studies in Discourse ed. by T. Givón, Text 5.1.2. 7-22.

1616.

. 1986a. The Passive in English: A Case of Syntactic Change. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

1617.

°

. 1986b. "Indirect Object Reanalysis in Middle English". Variation in Language, Proceedings of NWAV-XV ed. by Keith Denning, Sharon Inkelas, Faye . McNair-Knox & John Rickford, 111-120.

1618.

. 1989. "A Diachronic Study of the English Passive". Diachronica 6.1. 23-54.

1619.

& John Myhill. 1988. "Formal and Functional Aspects of the Develop­ ment from Passive to Ergative Systems". Passive and Voice ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, 441-491. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

1620.

Evans, Eston Earl. 1975. Psychological Process Experiencer Verb Impersonals: A Case Grammar Approach. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas.

1621.

Evans, Nicholas & Alan Dench. 1988. see Dench, Alan.

1622.

Everaert, Martin. 1982. "A Syntactic Passive in Dutch". Utrecht Working Papers in Linguistics 11. 38-74. . 1991. "Nominative Anaphors in Icelandic: Morphology or Syntax?". Issues in Germanic Syntax ed. by Werner Abraham, Wim Kosmeijer & Eric Reuland, 277-305. Berlin: Mouton.

1623.

1624.

° Everett, Daniel L. 1984. "Clitic Doubling and Morphological Chains in Pirahã". Work Papers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota Session 28.

1625.

°

1626.

. 1985. " A Note on Ergativity, S', and S" in Kantiana". Work Papers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota Session 29. . 1987. "Pirahã Clitic Doubling". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5. 245-276.

Alphabetical 1627.

List

121

Evers, A r n . 1974. ' " I k heb het w a r m ' (een transformationele benadering)". Handelingen van het 32e Nederlands filologencongres gehouden te Utrecht op woensdag 5, donderdag 6 en vrijdag 7 april 1972, 104-113. A m s t e r d a m : H o l l a n d universiteits pers.

1628.

° Evseeva, L.R. 1962. "Upotreblenie datel'nogo bespredložnogo i r o d i t e l ' n o g o padežej s predlogom ' d l j a ' pri kratkix i polny formax i m e n i prilagatel'no­ g o " . Učeny e zapiski Dagestanskogo gos. universiteta 8. 83-97.

1629.

Eyvazova, R.G. 1974. " O padežnyx affiksax azerbajdžanskogo j a z y k a X V veka (na osnove materialov bajdzanskoj

1630.

' D i v a n a ' K i š v e r i ) " . Izvestija

SSR literatura,

jazyk

Akademii

nauk

Azer-

i iskusstvo 2. 61-68.

Faarlund, Jan Terje. 1976. "Sentential Subject and A d j e c t i v a l Predicate N o r w e g i a n " . Norwegian Journal of Linguistics 30. 13-24.

1631.

. 1978. "Subject and Topic i n Colloquial N o r w e g i a n " . Papers from

in the

Fourth

Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Hindsgavl, January 6-8, 1978 ed. by Kirsten Gregersen, 241-246. Odense: Odense U n i v e r s i t y Press.

1632.

°

. 1980. "Subject and Nominative i n O l d Norse". Scripta Isländska

1633.

sällskapets

årsbok

islandica:

3 1 . 65-73.

. 1985. "Pragmatics in a Diachronic Syntax". Studies

in Language

9.

363-393. 1634.

. 1987. " O n the History o f Grammatical Relations". Papers from Regional

1635.

Meetings,

Chicago

Linguistic

the

Society 2 3 . 1 . 64-78.

. 1988. " A T y p o l o g y o f Subjects". Studies in Syntactic

Typology

ed. by

M i c h a e l H a m m o n d , Edith A . M o r a v c s i k & Jessica R. W i r t h , 193-207. A m ­ sterdam: Benjamins. 1636.

Fabb, N i g e l . 1992. "Reduplication and Object M o v e m e n t i n E w e and F o n " . Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 13.1. 1-39.

1637.

Fabbri, Andrea. 1992. "Sull'uso intransitivo di vendere Lingua

1638.

nostra

con valore passivo".

5 3 . 1 . 15-16.

° Fabricius-Hansen, Cathrine. 1987. " Ü b e r den adnominalen Genitiv i m Deut­ schen und Norwegischen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Situation eines Faches ed. by L u t z Götze, 166-182. B o n n - B a d Godesberg: Dürrsche.

1639.

1640.

& A r n i m v o n Stechow. 1989. " E x p l i k a t i v e und i m p l i k a t i v e Nominaler­ weiterungen i m Deutschen". Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft 8.2. 173-205. Fähnrich, H . 1967. "Georgischer Ergativ i m intransitiven Satz". Beiträge Linguistik

1641.

und Informationsverarbeitung

zur

10. 34-42.

Fagan, Sarah M a r i e Bender. 1986. The Syntax and Function of Non-Thematic Reflexives in German and Dutch. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell U n i v e r s i t y , Ithaca. Dissertation Abstracts International, Α . : The Humanities and Social Sciences 46.9. 2678.A.

122 1642.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

. 1988. "The Unaccusative Hypothesis and a Reflexive Construction in German and Dutch". Germanic Linguistics II. apers from the Second Sympo­ sium on Germanic Linguistics, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 3-4 October 1986 ed. by Elmer H. Antonsen & Hans Henrich Hock, 21-34. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

1643.

Faiciuc, I. 1973. "Vocativul termenilor de înrudire şi al prenumelor în graiul Maramureşean". Cercetări de lingvistică 18.1. 63-74.

1644.

Fairbanks, Gordon . 1977. "Case Inflections in Indo-European". The Journal of Indo-European Studies 5.2.3. 101-131.

1645.

. 1979. "The Genitive Case, Its Nature, Origins and Replacements". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 11.2. 35-43.

1646.

. 1985. "The Genitive Case: Its Nature, Origins and Replacements". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 17.1. 7-22.

1647.

Falk, Cecilia. 1987. Subjectless Clauses in Swedish. Working Papers in Scan­ dinavian Syntax 32.

1648.

. 1993. "Non-Referential Subjects and Agreement in the History of Swedish". Lingua 89.2.3. 143-180.

1649.

Falk, Yehuda N. 1983. "Subjects and Long-Distance Dependencies". Linguistic Analysis 12. 245-270.

1650. 1651. 1652.

. 1991. "Case: Abstract and Morphological". Linguistics 29. 197-230. Faltz, Leonard M. 1978. "On Indirect Objects in Universal Syntax". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 14. 76-87. Fanselow, Gisbert. 1989a. "Konkurrenzphänomene in der Syntax: Eine nicht­ pragmatische Reduktion der Prinzipien  und  der Bindungstheorie". Lin­ guistische Berichte 123. 385-414.

1653.

. 1989b. "Coherent Infinitives in German: Restructuring vs. IP-Com­ plementation". Syntactic Phrase Structure Phenomena in Noun Phrases and Sentences ed. by Christa Bhatt, Elisabeth Löbel & Claudia Schmidt, 1-16. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1654.

Farghal, Mohammed A l i . 1987. The Syntax of WH-Questions and Related Matters in Arabic. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington. Dis­ sertation Abstracts International, Α.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 48.2. 380.A.

1655.

° Faria, Aloysio Jansen de. 1966. Estudo sobre a valorização do aspecto verbal e latim através do emprego das preposiçoes 'in' et 'par' com acusativo. Lisboa: Revista de Portugal 31.

1656.

Farkas, Donka F. 1978. "Direct and Indirect Object Reduplication in Roma­ nian". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 14. 8897.

Alphabetical 1657. 1658.

List

123

. 1985. " O b l i g a t o r i l y Controlled Subjects i n R o m a n i a n " . Papers from Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 2 1 . 1 . 90-100.

Farr, James B. 1980. "She Kissed M e and I Fell Asleep: The Inter-Clausal Experience o f Efficient Cause". Kivung

1659.

the

12.2. 162-175.

Farrell, Patrick. 1989. " O b j e c t D e m o t i o n i n Brazilian Portuguese".  robus: International

Journal

of Latin

and Romance Linguistics

1.3. 341-367.

1660.

, Katarzyna D z i w i r e k & Errapel M e j i a s - B i k o n d i , eds. 1993. see. D z i w i rek, Katarzyna.

1661.

Fassi Fehri, Abdelkader. 1989. "Generalized IP Structure, Case, and V S W o r d Order". MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 7 5 - 1 1 1 .

1662.

° Fasske, H . 1972. " W u w i č e ak./gen. j a k o wuraz kategorije žiwosće resp. kate­ gorije racionalosće w serbščinje". Letopis instituta za serbski ludispyt w budišinje

1663. 1664.

rjad A . 19. 18-51.

Faucher, Eugène. 1981. " L ' i n f i n i t i f a-t-il un sujet? " . Verbum 4.2. 143-160. . 1982. " L e datif 'appositif' comme argument pour une d é f i n i t i o n étroite de l'apposition". La linguistique lemand. Journée l'enseignement

1665.

annuelle supérieur,

à la session

1982 de l' aggrégation

d'al­

des linguistes de l'association des germanistes de 12 décembre 1981, 157-170. Nancy: University.

. 1987. " V o n den Toden, die da gestorben worden w a r e n " . Das Passiv im Deutschen:

Akten des Kolloquiums

über das Passiv im Deutschen,

Nizza

1986

ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique, 117-127. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 1666.

Fauci, N u n z i o la. 1988. Oggetti romanza. Pisa: Giardini.

e soggetti nella formazione

della

morfosintassi

1667.

& M i c h e l e Loporcaro. 1989. "Passifs, avancements de l'objet indirect et formes verbales périphrastiques dans le dialecte d ' A l t a m u r a (Pouilles)". Rivista di linguistica 1.1. 161-196.

1668.

Fauconnier, Gilles. 1976. "Complement Subject Deletion and the Analysis o f menacer'. Current Studies in Romance Linguistics ed. by M a r t a L u j a n & Fritz Hensey, 144-161. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

1669.

Fava, Elisabetta. 1978. " O n Subject: A Contribution f r o m C h i l d A c q u i s i t i o n " . Wortstellung

und Bedeutung.

Akten des 12. linguistischen

Kolloquiums,

Pavia

1977, Band 1 ed. by Maria-Elisabeth Conte, A n n a Giacalone Ramat & Paolo Ramat, 23-33. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 1670.

° Federova, A . I . 1955. Kosvennye

predloznye

dopolnenija

v sovremennom

an-

glijskom jazyke. Ph.D. dissertation, Leningradskij gos. ped. institut i m . A . I . Gercena, Leningrad.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

124 1671.

°

Relations

. 1958. "Kosvennye predložnye dopolnenija (priimennye) v sovremenn o m anglijskom j a z y k e " . Ucenye zapiski

Jaroslavskogo

gos. ped.

instituta

33.34. 141-143. 1672.

Fedson, V i j a y a r a n i Jotimuttu. 1985. " A g e n c y M o d u l a t i o n and Other Facets o f Participant Roles i n T a m i l " . Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Ariene R.K. Zide, D a v i d M a g i e r & Eric Schiller, 104-118. B l o o m i n g t o n , Indiana: Indiana U n i v e r s i t y L i n g u i s ­ tics C l u b .

1673.

Feigenbaum, Susanne. 1992. "Verbes causants et verbes causatifs dans la f o r m a t i o n des verbes pronominaux français: L a nouvelle valence ou m o u r i r d ' e n n u i ' " . Journal of French Language Studies 2 . 1 . 33-60.

1674.

Feldman, Harry. 1978. "Passivizing on Datives i n Greek". Linguistic

'se

Inquiry

9.

499-502. 1675.

° Feldmann, Laurie ., Α . K o s t i č , G. Lukatela & M i c h a e l T. T u r v e y . 1983. see Lukatela, G.

1676.

& Carol A . Fowler. 1986. " T h e Inflected N o u n System i n SerboCroatian: L e x i c a l Representation o f M o r p h o l o g i c a l Structure". Status Report on Speech Research 86.87. 267-289.

1677.

° Feleszko, Kazimierz. 1966. " P r z y i m k o w y genitivus partitivus z o b o w i ą z k o w y m determinatorem w j ę z y k u serbsko-chorwackim". Slavia 35. 400-404.

1678.

Fellbaum, Christiane. Papers from

the Parasession 1679.

1985. "Adverbs i n Agentless Actives and Passives".

the Regional

Meetings,

on Causatives

Chicago Linguistics

and Agentivity

Society, Papers

from

21.2. 2 1 - 3 1 .

. 1987. " O n Nominals w i t h Preposed Themes". Papers from Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 2 3 . 1 . 79-92.

the

Regional

1680.

Feltenius, Leif. 1977. Intransitivizations

in Latin. Uppsala: A l m q v i s t & W i k s e l l .

1681.

Fenk-Oczlon, Gertraud. 1990. "Ikonismus versus Ökonomie-Prinzip. A m B e i ­ spiel russischer Aspekt- und Kasusbildungen". Papiere

zur Linguistik

42.1.

49-69. 1682.

1683.

1684.

° Fennell, Trevor G. 1973. " T h e Subject of Latvian Verbs i n the D e b i t i v e M o o d " . Baltic Literature and Linguistics ed. by A . Ziedonis, J. Puhvel, R. Šilbajoris & M . Valgemäe, 2 1 3 - 2 2 1 . Columbus: A . A . B . S . . 1975. " T h e Syntax of Latvian Possessive Constructions". Linguistics 15.3. 133-140. Ferguson, Charles A . Stanford

1685.

University

General

1970. "Grammatical Categories i n Data Collections". Working

Papers on Language

Universals

4. 1-15.

Fernandez Diaz, M a r i a del Carmen. 1984. " E l tratamiento del caso en las gramáticas francesas para españoles del siglo X V I I I " . Verba 1 1 . 3 0 7 - 3 1 1 .

Alphabetical 1686.

List

125

Ferrari de Egües, Laura. 1985. " E l campo lexico de los verbos de m o v i m i e n t o en español". Revista

1687.

argentina

de lingüística

1.2. 147-174.

Ferrell, Raleigh. 1975. "Ergative, Passive, or Focus-Marking? E l i c i t a t i o n o f V e r b Syntax i n Indonesian Languages". Langues sans tradition écrite. Métho­ des d'enquête et de déscription. Actes du Colloque international du CNRS, Nice, 28 juin - 2 juillet, 1971 ed. by Gabriel Manessy & Jacqueline M . C . Thomas, 241-264. Paris: S E L A F .

1688.

Feuillet, Jack. 1980. "Les fonctions sémantiques profondes". Bulletin société de linguistique de Paris 7 5 . 1 . 1-37.

de la

1689.

Fichtner, E d w a r d G. 1993. " C l e f t Sentences i n English: A V i e w " . Word 44.1. 1-30.

1690.

Fiengo, Robert & H o w a r d Lasnik. 1974. "Complement Object D e l e t i o n " . Lin­ guistic Inquiry 5. 535-571.

1691.

Figge, U d o Լ .

Comprehensive

1974. "Quelques remarques sur les pronoms personnels et

possessifs du français parlé contemporain". Actes du colloque franco-alle­ transformationelle, vol. 2: Études de sémantique et mand de grammaire autres ed. by Christian Rohrer & Nicolas Ruwet, 57-65. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 1692.

1693. 1694.

. 1978. "Semantische Verknüpfungen und Kasus". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner A b r a h a m , 2 1 7 - 2 4 1 . Amster­ dam: Benjamins. & V . Caroli. 1989. see Caroli, V . ° Figueiredo Silvia, M a r i a Cristina. 1989. "Clríticos dativos c o m interpretação possessiva - u m estudio". Revista DELTA

5.2. 241-258.

1695.

Filbeck, D a v i d . 1973. " T h e Passive i n T h a i " . Anthropological 33-41.

Linguistics

1696.

F i l i p o v i č , M a r k a . 1986. " N e k a značenja hrvatskog m o r f o l o š k o g instrumentala u prijevodu na engleski j e z i k " . Filologija 14. 77-86.

1697.

F i l l m o r e , Charles J. 1965. Indirect Object Constructions Ordering of Transformations. The Hague: M o u t o n .

in English

15.1.

and the

Review: see Kuroda, Shige-Yuki [1968]; Nilsen, D o n Lee Fred [1968] 1698.

. 1966a. " T o w a r d a M o d e r n Theory o f Case". The Ohio State Project English:

on Linguistic Readings

Analysis,

Report

in Transformational

13. 1-24/(1969) Modern

University Studies

in

Grammar

ed. by D a v i d Reibel & Sanford Shane, 361-375. Englewood C l i f f s , N e w Jersey: Prentice-Hall/(1976)

Readings

in the Theory of Grammar: From the 17th to the 20th Century ed. by Diane D. Bornstein, 252-267. Cambridge, Massachussets: W i n t h r o p s 1977) " V e r s o una moderna teoria del caso". Le teorie sintattiche del novecento ed.

by Sorin Stati, 257-277. Bologna: I l M u l i n o .

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

126 1699.

Relations

. 1966b. " A Proposal Concerning English Prepositions". 17th Round

Table, Georgetown

Linguistics

University

Monograph

Annual

Series on Languages

and

19 ed. by F. Dinneen, 19-33. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown

University Press. 1700.

. 1968a. " L e x i c a l Entries f o r V e r b s " . Foundations

of Language

4 . 373-

393. 1701.

. 1968b. " T h e Case f o r Case". Universals

in Linguistic

Theory

ed. b y

E m m o n Bach & Robert T . Harms, 1-88. N e w Y o r k : H o l t , Rinehart and Winston/(1971) "Pläydoyer f ü r Kasus". Kasustheorie ed. b y Werner A b r a h a m , 1-118. Frankfurt am M a i n : Athenäum. Review՛, see Martinet, A n d r é [1972]; Z i m m e r m a n , Ilse [1970] 1702. 1703.

. 1969. "Types o f L e x i c a l I n f o r m a t i o n " . Studies in Syntax and Semantics ed. b y F. Kiefer, 109-137. Dordrecht: Reidel. . 1970a. " T h e Grammar o f H i t t i n g and B r e a k i n g " . Readings

in

English

Transformational Grammar ed. by Roderick A . Jacobs & Peter S. Rosen­ baum, 120-133. W a l t h a m , Massachusetts: G i n n . 1704.

. 1970b. "Subjects, Speakers and Roles". Working 4. 31-63/(1972) Semantics

of Natural

Language

Papers in

Linguistics

ed. b y D o n a l d D a v i s o n &

Gilbert Harman, 1-24. Dordrecht: Reidel. 1705.

. 1 9 7 1 . "Some Problems f o r Case Grammar". Ohio Working

Papers

in Linguistics

10. 245-265/(1975)

posés à la grammaire casuelle". Langages

State

University

"Quelques

problèmes

38. 65-80.

1706.

. 1975. Principles of Case Grammar: The Structure of Language Meaning. T o k y o : Sanseido (Translation by H . Tanaka & M . Funaki).

1707.

. 1977. " T h e Case for Case Reopened". Grammatical Relations ed. b y Peter Cole & Jerrold M . Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 5 9 - 8 1 . N e w Y o r k : Academic Press/(1981) Kasustheorie, Klassifikation, semantische Interpreta­ tion: Beiträge zur Lexikologie und Semantik ed. by Klaus Heger & János S. Petöfi, 3-26. H a m b u r g : Buske/(1981) " D i e Wiedereröffnung des Plädoyers für Kasus". Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie ed. b y Jochen Pleines, 1343. Tübingen: Narr.

1708.

F i l l o n , L u c i e n . 1978. " L e s caractéristiques de l'allemand de spécialité". pédagogique

1709.

Bulletin

55.32. 11-16.

Finck, F . - N . 1905. " D i e Grundbedeutung des grönländischen Subjektivs". Sit­ zungsberichte 280-287.

1710.

and

der königlichen

preussischen

Akademie

der Wissenschaften

9.

. 1907. " D e r angeblich passivische Charakter des transitiven V e r b s " . Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indoger­ manischen Sprachen 4 1 . 209-282.

Alphabetical

List

127

1711.

° Finer, Dan & Thomas Roeper. 1986. "From Cognition to Thematic Roles: The Projection Principle as an Acquisition Mechanism". University of Massachu­ setts Occasional Papers in Linguistics 9. 168.

1712.

Fink, Robert O. 1972. "Persons in Nouns: Is the Vocative a Case?". American Journal of Philology 93.1.369. 61-68.

1713.

Fink, Stefan R. 1976. "Semantic-Pragmatic Aspects in Foreign Language Peda­ gogy Based on Case Grammar and Valence Theory". Linguistische Berichte 41. 77-87.

1714.

. 1977. Aspects of a Pedagogical Grammar Based on Case Grammar and Valence Theory — Application in Foreign Language Teaching and Testing. Tübingen: Niemeyer/(1979) Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

1715.

°

. 1978a. "Semantic-Pragmatic Aspects in Foreign Language Pedagogy Based on Case Grammar and Valency Theory". Contrastive Linguistics 3. 6379.

1716.

. 1978b. "Case Grammar and Valence Theory at a Stalemate?: Their Relevance for Semantic Memory". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammati­ cal Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 177-190. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1717.

. 1981. "Linguistic Valence and Relational Constants (Semantic Cases) Co-Existence or Integration?". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 63-71.

1718.

Finke, Peter. 1974. Theoretische Probleme der Kasus grammatik. Kronberg: Scriptor.

1719.

. 1977. "Aristoteles, Kant, Fillmore: Ein Diskussionsbeitrag zur Metap­ hysik der Kasusgrammatik". Kasustheorie, Klassifikation, semantische Inter­ pretation: Beiträge zur Lexikologie und Semantik ed. by Klaus Heger & János S. Petöfi, 27-41. Hamburg: Buske.

1720.

° Finkel', Aleksandr Moiseevič. 1962. "Predlog 'za' s viniteľnym padežom v príčinnom značenii". Učenye zapiski Xar'kovskogo universiteta im. A.M. Gor'kogo 116.10. 105-125.

1721.

Finn, Patrick J. 1978. "Can Rules Be Devised to Make Implicit Inter-Sentence Case Relationships Explicit?". Southwest Regional Laboratory Professional Papers 40.15. 35-46.

1722.

Finney, Malcolm A. 1992. "The Theta Criterion and Argument-Sharing in Serial Verb Constructions". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 20. 26-43.

1723.

° Firbas, Jan. 1957. " otázce nezákladovych podmětů v současné angličtině (Příspěvek  teorii aktuálního členění větného)". Časopis pro moderní filo­ logii 39. 22-42; 165-173.

1724.

. 1966. "Non-Thematic Subjects in Contemporary English. A Contribu­ tion to the Problem of Central and Peripheral Phenomena in the System of Functional Sentence Perspective". Travaux linguistiques de Prague 2. 239256.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

128 1725.

1726.

1727.

. 1969. " O n the Prosodic Features o f the M o d e r n English Finite V e r b Object Combination as Means of Functional Sentence Perspective". Brno Studies in English 8. 49-59. ° Firestone, R.T. 1962. The Case System of Modern dissertation, Indiana University, B l o o m i n g t o n .

Standard

German.

als Fremdsprache

13.3. 153-158.

Fischer, Annette. 1987a. " Z u m Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Objektkasus Genitivfähigen Verben und einige Bedingungen ihrer W a h l i n F r ü h d r u c k e n " . Linguistische

1729.

Studien,

bei

Leipziger

Reihe A . 159. 41-75.

. 1987b. "Das Genitivobjekt und damit konkurrierende Objekte nach Verben i n Leipziger Frühdrucken". Zum Sprachwandel der deutschen tursprache des 16. Jahrhunderts: Studien - Analysen - Probleme Joachim Schildt, 267-324. B e r l i n : Akademie Verlag.

1730.

Ph.D.

Firle, M a r g a . 1976. " Z u einigen Wirkungspotenzen der Valenz des V e r b s " . Deutsch

1728.

Relations

Litera­ ed. b y

. 1988. "Historisch-soziolinguistische Aspekte des Sprachwandels am Beispiel des Gebrauchs genitivfähiger Verben i n Leipziger D r u c k e n aus den Studien, Reihe A . 178. 85-90. Jahren 1500-1560". Linguistische

1731.

Fischer, I. 1985. " N o m i n a t i v u l singular al declinării I latine". Studii şi lingvistice 36.3. 209-212.

1732.

Fischer, Olga M . 1989. " T h e O r i g i n and Spread of the Accusative and I n f i n i t i v e Construction i n E n g l i s h " . Folia guisticae

1733. 1734.

europaeae

linguistica

historica,

Acta

cercetări

societatis

lin-

8.1.2. 143-217.

& Frederike . V a n der Leek. 1983. " T h e Demise of the O l d English Impersonal Construction". Journal of Linguistics 19. 337-368. ° Fischer, S. 1971. The Acquisition

of Verb-Particle

and Dative

Constructions.

Ph.D. dissertation, M I T University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 1735. 1736.

Fish, Gordon T. 1967. " Ճ w i t h Spanish Direct Object". Hispania

5 0 . 1 . 80-85.

. 1968. " T h e Indirect Object and the Redundant Construction".

Hispania

51.4. 862-866. 1737. 1738.

° Fittbogen, C.W. 1958. De ablatiuis Frankfurt-am-der.

absolutis.

Ph.D. dissertation, U n i v e r s i t y o f

Fitzpatrick, Eileen M . 1986. Theme and Case as Determinants

of the Domain

of

Movement.

Ph.D. dissertation, University of N e w Y o r k . Dissertation A b ­ stracts International, Α . : The Humanities and Social Sciences 46.8. 2281.A.

1739. 1740.

° Fiva, T o r i l . 1987. Possessor

Chains in Norwegian.

Oslo: Novus.

F l ä m i g , Walter. 1971. "Valenztheorie und Schulgrammatik". Beiträge lenztheorie

ed. b y Gerhard H e i b i g , 105-121. The Hague: M o u t o n .

zur Va­

Alphabetical

List

129

1741.

Fleckenstein, Christa. 1961. "Zur Frage des Kasusgebrauchs nach verneinten Transitiva im Russischen". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Martin-LutherUniversität Halle-Wittenberg, Gesellschafts- und Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 10.1. 213-219.

1742.

. 1977. "Die Tendenz zum Analytismus und ihre Erscheinungsformen in der modernen russischen Sprache". Zeitschrift flir Slawistik 22. 512-520.

1743.

Fleischmann, Eberhard. 1975. "Zur Frage komparativer Valenzuntersuchungen im nominalen Bereich". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 11. 59-65.

1744.

. 1982a. "Transljacionnaja lingvistika i teorija (glubinnyx) padežej". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 34. 20-34.

1745.

. 1982b. "Probleme der Nutzung der Kasustheorie in der Translations­ linguistik". Äquivalenz bei der Translation ed. by Gert Jäger & Albrecht Neubert, 91-112. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie.

1746.

. 1983. "Der semantische Lokativ - Eine Untersuchung an Hand rus­ sischer Wortfügungen". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 28.1. 1-8.

1747.

. 1984a. "Grundpositionen einer alternativen Kasustheorie und Konse­ quenzen für Interpretation und Übersetzung der sog. freien Dative". Varianz und Invarianz im semantisch-syntaktischen Bereich ed. by Gert Jäger & Albrecht Neubert, 63-84. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie.

1748.

. 1984b. "Interpretation und Übersetzung russischer Wortfügungen mit einem Verbalsubstantiv als Kernwort sowie einem Element in der Rolle Handlungsträger". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Friedrich Schiller Uni­ versität Jena, Gesellschafts-sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 33.5. 583-589.

1749.

°

. 1985. Kasustheorie und Translations grammatik. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leipzig.

1750.

Fletcher, Paul. 1971. "Case Grammar: Its Viability as an Alternative Grammati­ cal Model". Lingua 28. 237-250.

1751.

Flickinger, Roy  1908. "The Accusative of Exclamation in Plautus and Terence". The American Journal of Philology 29.3.115. 303-315.

1752.

. 1913. "The Accusative of Exclamation in Epistolary Latin". The Ameri­ can Journal of Philology 34.3.135. 276-299.

1753.

° Fliedl, G. 1987-88. "Kontrollphänomene und thematische Rollen". Klagenfurter Beiträge zur Sprachwissenschaft 13.14. 163-174.

1754.

° Flinck-Linkomies, Edwin. 1929. De ablativo absoluto quaestiones. Annales academiae scientiarum fennicae, Ser. . 1. Helsinki: Suomalainen tiedeakatemia.

1755.

Florea, Melania. 1984. "Formarea genitiv-dativului singular la substantivele şi adjectivele feminine". Limba şi literatura română 13.4. 6-8.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

130 1756.

. 1985. "Evitarea unei o m o n i m i i pronominale şi norma l i n g v i s t i c ă " . Limba

1757.

română

34.5. 401-403.

. 1986. "Subiectul gramatical d i n perspectiva românei ca l i m b ă - ţ i n t ă " . Limba

1758.

Relations

română

35.2. 135-143.

F l o r i j n , A r j e n . 1971-72. " O v e r het indirect object". Taalkundige

bijlage

1.2. 85-

100. 1759.

Flothuis, M . H . 1929. Dativ hältniswort՝.

oder Akkusativ?

Ergänzung

zur Schrift

'Das Ver­

Groningen: Noordhoff.

1760.

Förster, U . 1972. "Neuer Nullkasus?". Der Sprachdienst

16.4. 8 1 .

1761.

Fógany, Ivan. 1975. " L a structure sémantique des constructions possessives (Signification et mécanisme p r i m a i r e ) " . Langue, discours, société. Pour ed. by Julia Kristeva, Jean-Claude M i l n e r & Nicolas Ruwet,

Emile Benvéniste

44-84. Paris: Seuil. 1762.

Foley, M i c h e l e . 1990. " Q u i r k y Subjects in Icelandic: A U n i f y i n g Feature". Cahiers

1763.

linguistiques

d'Ottawa

19. 69-89.

Foley, W i l l i a m A . 1986. The Papuan

Languages

of New Guinea

- 4.5. Case

Systems. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1764.

& Robert D. V a n V a l i n . 1977. " O n the V i a b i l i t y o f the N o t i o n o f 'Subject' i n Universal Grammar". Proceedings Berkeley

Linguistics

of the Annual

Meeting

of the

Society 3. 293-320.

1765.

& Robert D. V a n V a l i n . 1980. see V a l i n , Robert D. van.

1766.

F o l s o m , M a r v i n H . 1975. " R e v i e w : Mater, Erich. 1971. Deutsche Verben, 6: Rektionsarten. L e i p z i g : V E B bibliographisches Institut". Linguistics

Heft 159.

78-80. 1767. 1768.

. 1981. "Four Approaches to the Dative/Accusative Prepositions". Die Unterrichtspraxis 14.2. 222-231. . 1984a. "Prepositions w i t h the Dative or Accusative i n W r i t t e n and Spoken G e r m a n " . Studies

in Descriptive

German

Grammar

ed. by J. A l a n

Pfeffer, 19-32. Heidelberg: Groos. 1769.

. 1984b. "Lutherische Sprachmuster i n der deutschen Bibelsprache". Linguistische

1770.

Studien,

Reihe A . 119.3. 65-80.

Forner, Werner. 1972. " G e n i t i v und A d j e k t i v " . Revue roumaine

de

linguistique

17.1. 63-74. 1771.

Forrer, E m i l . 1928-29. " E i n siebenter Kasus i m A l t - K a n i s i s c h e n " . Altorien­ talische Studien Bruno Meissner zum sechzigsten Geburtstag am 25. April 1928 gewidmet

von Freunden,

der altorientalischen

Kollegen

Gesellschaft

und Schülern,

4. 30-35.

I. Band,

Mitteilungen

Alphabetical

List

131

1772.

Forstreuter, Eike. 1968. "Zur semantischen Spezifizierung der Umgebungen einiger Verben". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 6. 336-342.

1773.

Fortescue, Michael. 1988. "The Eskimo-Aleut-Yukagir Relationship: A n Alter­ native to the Genetic/Contact Dichotomy". Acta linguistica hafniensia 21.1. 21-50.

1774.

Fortune, G. 1968. "Predication of 'Being' in Shona". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (3). Japanese/Kashmiri/ Armenian/Hungarian/Surnerian/Shona ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 110-125. Dordrecht: Reidel.

1775.

Foster, Joseph F. 1979. "Agents, Accessories and Owners: The Cultural Base and the Rise of Ergative Structures, with Particular Reference to Ozark English". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 489-510. London: Academic Press.

1776.

& Charles A. Hofling. 1987. "Word Order, Case, and Agreement". Linguistics 25.3.289. 475-499.

1777. 1778. 1779. 1780. 1781.

Fourquet, Jean. 1952. Grammaire de l'allemand. Paris: Hachette. . 1976. "Zur Sonderstellung des Subjekts. Eine Auseinandersetzung mit Tesnière und Chomsky". Wirkendes Wort 26.4. 234-240. . 1979. "Groupe nominal et cas en allemand actuel". Recueil d'études éd. by Danielle Birschinger & Jean-Paul Vernos, 345-354. Paris: Champion. & Blanche Grunig. 1971. "Valenz und Struktur". Beiträge zur Valenz­ theorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 11-16. The Hague: Mouton. Fowler, Carol A. & Laurie . Feldmann. 1986. see Feldmann, Laurie .

1782.

° Fowler, G. 1987. The Syntax of the Genitive Case in Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Chicago.

1783.

Fox, Barbara. 1981. "Body Part Syntax: Towards A Universal Characteriza­ tion". Studies in Language 5.3. 323-342.

1784.

, T. Givón & Ann Cooreman. 1984. see Cooreman, Ann.

1785.

Fox, Leonard. 1970. "Objective Conjugation in North and South Caucasian". Studies in Honor of J. Alexander Kerns ed. by Robert L. Lugton & Milton G. Saltzer, 35-46. The Hague: Mouton.

1786.

Foxvog, Daniel A. 1975. "The Sumerian Ergative Construction". Orientalia 44. 395-425.

1787.

° Fraenkel, E.F. 1926. "Der prädikative Instrumental im Slawischen und Balti­ schen und seine syntaktischen Grundlagen". Archiv für slawische Philologie 40. 77.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

132 1788.

°

1789.

. 1928. "Syntax der litauischen Kasus". Tauta iržodis

Relations

5. 45.

Frajzyngier, Z y g m u n t . 1975. " A g a i n s t the Universality o f Spatial Source and G o a l " . Foundations of Language 13. 349-360.

1790.

. 1977. " O n the Intransitive Copy Pronouns i n Chadic". Studies African

1791.

Linguistics

in

Supplement 7. 73-84.

. 1984. "Ergative and Nominative-Accusative Features i n M a n d a r a " . Journal

of African

Languages

and Linguistics

6 . 1 . 35-45.

1792.

. 1985a. " E r g a t i v i t y , Number, and Agreement". Proceedings Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 1 1 . 96-106.

1793.

. 1985b. "'Causative' and 'Benefactive' i n Chadic". Afrika 6 8 . 1 . 23-42.

und

of

the

Übersee

1794.

Franchetto, Bruna. 1990. " A ergatividade K u i k ú r o (Karíbe): A l g u m a s propostas de análise". Cadernos de estudos lingüísticos 18. 57-77.

1795.

Frankei, Daniel G. & T a l i A r b e l . 1981. "Developmental Changes i n A s s i g n i n g A g e n t Relations i n Hebrew: The Interaction between W o r d Order and Struc­ tural Cues". Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 3 2 . 1 . 102-114.

1796.

F r a n k l i n , K a r l J. 1974. " R e v i e w : Platt, John T. 1971. Grammatical Grammatical Concepts.

1797.

Meaning:

A Tagmemic

View of Fillmore's

Amsterdam: N o r t h - H o l l a n d " . Lingua

Form

Deep Structure

and Case

33.2. 174-177.

Franks, Steven. 1981. "Deep and Surface Case". Proceedings

of NELS

1 1 . 79-

95. 1798.

. 1982. "Is There a Pro-Drop Parameter for Slavic?". Papers from Regional

Meetings,

Chicago

Linguistics

Society

1799.

°

. 1983. "Case and Control i n Polish". Cornwell Linguistics 4. 23-49.

1800.

°

. 1985. Some Problems University, Ithaca.

1801. 1802.

1805.

Papers

in

in the Syntax of Case. Ph.D. dissertation, C o r n e l l

. 1988. " O n Theta-Theory and Case Assignment". Proceedings States Conference

on Linguistics

(ESCOL)

of the

5. 151-162.

. 1990a. "Case, Configuration and Argumenthood: Reflexions on the Second D a t i v e " . Russian Linguistics

1804.

Working

. 1986. "Case and the Structure o f N P " . Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 220-243. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica. Eastern

1803.

the

18. 140-154.

14.3. 231-254.

. 1990b. " O n the Status o f N u l l Expletives". Lingua

8 1 . 1-24.

& Richard House. 1982. "Genitive Themes i n Russian". Papers from Regional

Meetings,

Chicago

Linguistic

Society

18. 156-168.

the

Alphabetical 1806.

1807.

List

133

& Gerald R. Greenberg. 1988. "Agreement, Tense, and the Case o f Subjects i n Russian". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 24.2. 71-86. Frantz, D o n a l d G. 1976. "Equi-Subject Clause U n i o n " . Proceedings Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 2. 179-187.

of the

. 1980. "Ascensions to Subject i n B l a c k f o o t " . Proceedings

Annual

1808.

Meeting 1809.

of the Berkeley

Linguistics

. 1981. Grammatical Relations in Universal Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

1810.

of the

Society 6. 293-299. Grammar.

Bloomington,

, Barbara J. A l l e n , Donna B. Gardiner & D a v i d M . Perlmutter. 1990. see A l l e n , Barbara J.

1811.

Fraser, Bruce. 1970. "Some Remarks on the A c t i o n N o m i n a l i z a t i o n " . in English

Transformational

Grammar

Readings

ed. by Roderick A . Jacobs & Peter S.

Rosenbaum, 83-98. W a l t h a m : G i n n . 1812.

. 1971. " A Note on the 'Spray Paint' Cases". Linguistic

Inquiry

2. 604-

607. 1813.

Freedman, A l a n . 1983. "Vuoi tu murare?՛: The Italian Subject P r o n o u n " . Studi di grammatica italiana 12. 167-190.

1814.

Freeze, Ray A . 1970. Cases in a Grammar University o f Texas, A u s t i n .

1815.

. 1976. "Possession in K ' e k c h i ( M a y a ) " . International can Linguistics

1816. 1817.

of K'ekchi'.

Journal

of Ameri­

42.2. 113-125.

. 1992. "Existentials and Other Locatives". Language Frei, H e n r i . 1939. " S y l v i e est j o l i e des yeux". Mélanges Charles

Ph.D. dissertation,

68.3. 553-595.

de linguistique

offerts à

 ally ed. by A l b e r t Sechehaye [et al.], 185-192. Genève: Georg.

1818.

. 1954. "Cas et dèses en français". Cahiers 29-47.

Ferdinand

de Saussure

12.

1819.

. 1956-57. " T h e Ergative Construction i n Chinese: Theory o f Pekinese ". Gengo ū 3 1 . 22-50; 32. 83-115.

1820.

Freidhof, Gerd. 1972. " Z u Tiefenstruktur-Beziehungen (Cases) u n d ihrer Re­ präsentation i n der Oberflächenstruktur i m Russischen: A g e n t i v oder Instru­ mental bei der Bezeichnung v o n 'Naturkräften'?". Linguistische

Berichte

18.

27-29. 1821.

. 1978. Kasus grammatik

und lokaler Ausdruck

Sagner. Review: see Corbe«, Greville G. [1981]

im Russischen.

München:

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

134 1822.

Freidin, Robert. 1975. " T h e Analysis o f Passives". Language

1823.

—

Relations

51.2. 384-405.

& Leonard H . Babby. 1984. " O n the Interaction o f L e x i c a l and Syntactic Properties: Case Structure i n Russian". Cornell

Working

Papers in

Linguistics

6. 71-103. 1824.

° Freimāne, I. 1965. "Vienpersonas verbi, kas mūsdienu latviešu literārajā valodā biedrojas ar n o m i n a t ī v u un d a t ī v u " . Latviešu blikas zinātniskās akademijas vestis 1. 51-60.

1825.

padomu

socialistiskās

repu­

° Fretheim, Thorstein. 1969. "Case Grammar and the Preposition ' m e d ' i n Stand­ ard C o l l o q u i a l N o r w e g i a n " . Tilegnet Carl Hj. Borgstrøm. Et festskrift på 60. årsdagen

1826.

12.10.1969

fra

hans elever, 30-48. Oslo: University Press.

. 1971. "Omissible Experiencers i n N o r w e g i a n " . Ohio State Working

Papers

in Linguistics

University

10. 162-171.

1827.

Freund, Folke. 1971. Präpositionale und kasuelle Zeitangaben auf die Frage 'wann' im gegenwärtigen Deutsch. Uppsala: A c t a universitatis upsaliensis.

1828.

Frey, Eberhard T . 1973. "Tendenzen i n der deutschen N o m i n a l f l e x i o n . E i n V e r g l e i c h Hochdeutsch-Schwäbisch". Muttersprache

1829.

23. 329-339.

. 1975. " T h e Economy o f the German Gender-Number-Case I n f l e c t i o n " . IRAL,

International

Review

of Applied

Linguististics

in Language

Teaching

13.3. 185-197. 1830.

Frey, Roger, Hermann Gelhaus & Otfried Heyne. 1972. see Gelhaus, Hermann.

1831.

° F r i d r i c h , S.A. 1970. " voprosu o vtoričnoj valentnosti". Den' ozola, Riga 6. 5455.

1832.

Friederich, W o l f . 1988. " Z u m Subjekt i n englischen Relativsätzen". Sprachen

Lebende

33.3. 112-113.

1833.

Friedman, Joyce. 1973. " A Computational Treatment of Case G r a m m a r " . Ap­ proaches to Natural Language. Proceedings of the 1970 Stanford Workshop on Grammar and Semantics ed. by K.J.J. H i n t i k k a , J.M.E. M o r a v c s i k & P. Suppes, 134-152. Dordrecht: Reidel.

1834.

Friedman, L y n n A . 1976. " T h e Manifestation o f Subject, Object, and T o p i c i n the A m e r i c a n Sign Language". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N . L i , 125148. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

1835.

Friedman, V i c t o r A . 1991. "Case i n Romani: O l d Grammar i n N e w A f f i x e s " . Journal of the Gypsy Lore Society 1.2. 85-102.

1836.

Friedrich, Paul. 1971. The Tarascan Suffixes of Locative Space: Meaning Morphotactics. B l o o m i n g t o n , Indiana: Indiana University Press.

1837.

Fries, Charles C. 1938. "Some Notes on the Inflected Genitive i n Present-Day E n g l i s h " . Language

14. 121-133.

and

Alphabetical 1838. 1839.

List

135

Fries, Norbert. 1987. "Nochmals: Valenz und T e x t " . Deutsch als 24.4. 205-207.

. 1988a. "Deutsche Präpositionen und Präpositionalphrasen aus der Sicht der angewandten kontrastiven L i n g u i s t i k " . Deutsch 331-336.

1840.

Fremdsprache

. 1988b. Präpositionen

und Präpositionalphrasen

Neugriechischen: Aspekte einer kontrastiven Tübingen: Niemeyer.

als Fremdsprache im Deutschen

Analyse

25.6. und im

Deutsch-Neugriechisch.

Review: see Stephany, Ursula [1990] 1841.

1842.

1843.

1844.

1845.

. 1991. " R e v i e w : B r e i n d l , Eva. 1989. Präpositionalobjekte und Präpo­ sitionalobjektsätze im Deutschen. Tübingen: Niemeyer". Beiträge zur Ge­ schichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 113.2. 285-287. ° F r i n k , O. 1964. "Negation and Case Selection i n the Laurentian Primary cle". Slavic and East European Journal 8. 302-307.

Frishberg, Nancy. 1972. "Navajo Object Markers and the Great Chain o f B e i n g " . Syntax and Semantics 1 ed. by John P. K i m b a l l , 259-266. N e w Y o r k : A c a ­ demic Press. ° Fritz, J. 1977. Semantic Comprehension of the Action-Role Relationship Infants. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca. Linguistic F r ö h l i c h , Jürg. 1951. Der Berücksichtigung

1846.

indefinite

Agens im altenglischen

unter

in Early

besonderer

des Wortes man. Bern: Francke.

Frosch, Helmut. 1978. " O n Valence-Binding Grammars". Valence, Case, and Grammatical dam: Benjamins.

1847.

Chroni­

Relations

Semantic

ed. by Werner A b r a h a m , 157-176. Amster­

° Fuchs, A n n a . 1973. " Z u r W a h l des Objektkasus bei Verneinung i m Russischen". Slavistische Studien zum VII internationalen Slavistenkongreß in Warschau ed. by J. Holthusen, E. Koschmieder, R. Olesch & E. W e d e l , 8 1 - 9 1 . M ü n c h e n : Trofenik.

1848.

. 1980. "Accented Subjects i n ' A l l - N e w ' Utterances". Wege zur Univer­ salienforschung: Sprachwissenschaftliche Beiträge zum 60. Geburtstag von Hansjakob Seiler ed. by Gunter Brettschneider & Christian L e h m a n n , 4494 6 1 . Tübingen: Narr.

1849.

Fuchs, Catherine. 1984. " L e sujet dans la théorie enunciative d ' A n t o i n e C u l i o l i : Quelques repères". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 30. 45-53.

1850.

Füredi, M . 1977. "Sintaktičeskie vozmožnosti vyraženija passivnogo zaloga v vengerskom j a z y k e " . Acta linguistica academiae scientiarum hungaricae 27.3.4. 287-304.

136 1851. 1852.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

Fugier, Huguette. 1973. " G e n i t i f adnominal et transformations en l a t i n " . Revue des études latines 5 1 . 326-345. . 1985. " L e vocatif dans la phrase latine". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du Ilime congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Provence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 105-120. Aix-en-Provence: U n i v e r s i t y o f the Provence.

1853.

° Fujita, N . 1988. Genitive

Subject

in Japanese

and Universal

Grammar.

M.A.

thesis, Ohio State University, Columbus. 1854.

Fukuda, M i n o r u . 1987. "Verb-Particle Constructions and Case T h e o r y " . De­ scriptive and Applied Linguistics 20. 47-58.

1855.

Fukushima, Fujirô. 1983. "(Predicates, Arguments, and Cases)". Sophia tica 1 1 . 95-104.

1856.

Fulass, H a i l u . 1974. " A Pseudo-Object Construction i n A m h a r i c " . IV congresso internazionale di studi etiopici (Roma, 10-15 aprile 1972), Tomo II, 115-125. Rome: Accademia nazionale dei L i n c e i .

linguis­

Review: see G i v ó n , T a l m y [1976c] 1857.

1858.

° Fuller, M i c h a e l . 1971. French Verbs of Perception and Causation: Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Washington.

Germanic

Studies 9. 113-128.

F u n a i o l i , Gino. 1904. " D e r L o k a t i v und seine A u f l ö s u n g " . Archiv Lexicographie

1860.

Case

Fullerton, G. Lee. 1983. " T h e Gothic Genitive Plural: A n Analysis o f M o r p h o ­ logical Structure". Michigan

1859.

A

und Grammatik

får

lateinische

13. 301-372.

Funck, A n t o n . 1880. " D i e Auslassung des Subjectpronomens i m Accusativus c u m I n f i n i t i v o bei den lateinischen K o m i k e r n " . Neue Jahrbücher logie und Pädagogik 50.121. 725-734. ° Funke, Otto. 1907. Kasus-Syntax University of München.

1862.

° F u r n i v a l l , F.J. 1965. "Some Fresh Evidence f r o m the Second T e x t o f L a y a m o n o n the Possessives i n es and his". Transactions of the Philological Society. 7594.

1864.

Ph.D. dissertation,

Gaaf, W . van der. 1927. " A Friend o f M i n e " . Neophilologicus . 1932. " T h e Absolute Genitive". English Language

1865.

und Lazamon.

Philo­

1861.

1863.

bei Orrm

für

and Literature

° Gaál, Edit. 1978. Ճ A k a d é m i a i kiadó.

12. 18-31.

Studies, A Journal

of

English

14. 49-65.

birtoklás

kifejezése

a mai

magyar

nyelvben.

Budapest:

Alphabetical 1866.

List

137

Gaatone, D a v i d . 1976. "L'alternance à/par

dans les constructions causatives

(factitives)". Actes du XIIIe congrès international de linguistique et philo­ logie romanes, tenu à l'université Laval (Québec, Canada) du 29 août au 5 septembre 1971, Vol 1 ed. by M a r c e l Boudreault & Frankwalt M ö h r e n , 525537. Quebec: L a v a l University Press. 1867. 1868.

. 1984. " U n e allergie syntaxique en français: Réflexions sur l'opposition lui/à l u i " . Revue de linguistique romane 48. 123-140. . 1993. "Les locutions verbales et les deux passifs du français". Langages 109. 37-52.

1869.

Gabain, A . von. 1970. "Primäre und sekundäre Kasus i m A l t t ü r k i s c h e n " . Studies in General

and Oriental

sion of His Sixtieth

Linguistics

Birthday

Presented

to Shirô Hattori

on the Occa­

ed. by Roman Jakobson & Shigeo K a w a m o t o ,

131-137. T o k y o : T E C . 1870.

Gaballa, Hassan El-Banna. 1987. Case-Marking

and Classical

Arabic:

A Se­

mantic and Historiographic Study. Ph.D. dissertation, U n i v e r s i t y o f Dela­ ware, N e w a r k . Dissertation Abstracts International, Α . : The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.9. 341 I.A. 1871.

° Gaedicke, Carl G. 1880. Der aecusativ

im Veda. Breslau: W i l h e l m Koebner.

1872.

Gaeng, Paul A . 1983. "Is It Really the Accusative? A C e n t u r y - O l d Controversy Revisited". Illinois Classical Studies 8 . 1 . 155-164.

1873.

. 1984. Collapse and Reorganisation of the Latin Nominal Flection as Reflected in Epigraphic Sources. Potomac, M a r y l a n d : Scripta humanística.

1874. 1875.

& Robert de Dardel. 1992. see Dardel, Robert de. Gärtner, Eberhard. 1991. "Probleme der valenztheoretischen Beschreibung propositionaler Argumente und ihrer syntaktischen Ausdrucksmöglichkeiten i m Portugiesischen". Connexiones schen Sprachen

romanicae.

Dependem

und Valenz in

romani­

ed. by Peter K o c h & Thomas K r e f e l d , 237-252. T ü b i n g e n :

Niemeyer. 1876.

Gagua, R.R. k'avk'asiuri

1948. "Ėrgativ i instrumentalis v bacbijskom j a z y k e " . enatmecniereba

Iberiul-

2. 87-90.

1877.

Gair, James W . 1976. "Is Sinhala a Subject Language? (or, H o w Restricted Is Y o u r P N P ? ) " . The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by M a n i n d r a K. V e r m a , 39-64. Madison: University o f Wisconsin.

1878.

. 1990. "Subjects, Cases, and I N F L i n Sinhala". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. V e r m a & K.P. M o h a n a n , 13-41. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and I n f o r m a t i o n . Review: see Speas, Margaret [1990]

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

138 1879.

Relations

& Kashi W a l i . 1988. "On Distinguishing A G R f r o m agr. Evidence f r o m South A s i a " . Papers from 24.2. 87-104.

1880.

&

the Regional

Meetings,

Chicago

Linguistic

Society

Kashi W a l i . 1989. " H i n d i Agreement as A n a p h o r " .

Linguistics

27.1.299. 45-70. 1881.

, Barbara Lust, M i l a n Rodrigo & L e l w a l l a Sumangala. 1989. " A c q u i s i ­ t i o n o f N u l l Subjects and Control i n Some Sinhala A d v e r b i a l Clauses". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 28. 97-106.

1882.

Gajdarova, F.A. 1973. "Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija v laksom j a z y k e " . k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 18. 374-386.

1883.

Galinskaja, E.A. 1991. " K istorii sinkretičnyx imennyx f o r m v russkix severozapadnyx govorax". Vestnih Moskovskogo universiteta, Filologija 46.9.5. 2836.

1884.

° Gallis, A r n e .

Iberiul-

1954. "Gebrauch der Präposition ' o d ' statt des Genitivs des

Eigentums oder der Zugehörigkeit i m Serbokroatischen". Scando-slavica

1.

27-35. 1885.

Galton, Herbert. 1977. " D e i x i s i n syntaktischer E n t w i c k l u n g " . Folia

linguistica

11.3.4. 217-230. 1886.

1887.

. 1985. "Jean-Paul Sartre and the Russian Instrumental". Sprachwissen­ schaftliche Forschungen: Festschrift für Johann Knobloch zum 65. Geburts­ von Freunden und Kollegen ed. by tag am 5. Januar 1984 dargebracht Hermann M . Ölberg, Gernot Schmidt & Heinz Bothien, 101-105. Innsbruck: V e r l a g des Instituts für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck. Gamilescheg, Ernst. 1936. Zum romanischen

Artikel

und

Possessivpronomen.

B e r l i n : Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften. 1888.

Ganiev, A . G . 1964. "Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predloženija i stradatel'nyi zalog v sovremennom literaturnom jazyke p u s t u " . Naučnye trudy Taškentskogo gosudarstvennogo universiteta im. VJ. Lenina, 229.26. Vostokovedenie. 5-17.

1889.

. 1966. " O glavnyx členax predloženija ėrgativnoj konstrukcii v litera­ filologija. 90-102. t u r n o m pašto". Iranskaja

1890.

Gansel, Christina. 1986. " Z u m Zusammenhang v o n lexikalischer

Semantik,

semantischen Kasus und semantischem Satztyp bei dreiwertigen Tätigkeits­ verben". Linguistische 1891.

Studien,

Reihe A . 145. 103-106.

García, Erica C. 1975. The Role of the Theory in Linguistic Spanish Pronoun System. Amsterdam: N o r t h - H o l l a n d .

Analysis:

The

Review, see Green, John N . [1976] 1892.

. 1979. "Discourse w i t h o u t Syntax". Discourse and Syntax ed. b y T . G i v ó n , Syntax and Semantics 12, 23-49. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

Alphabetical

List

139

1893.

. 1983. " T a l i g e strategieën: Een m i d d e l o m sociale houdingen op het spoor te k o m e n " . Forum der letteren 2 4 . 1 . 13-26.

1894.

. 1985. "Quantity into Quality: Synchronic Indeterminacy and Language Change". Lingua 65. 275-306.

1895.

. 1986. " T h e Case o f Spanish Gender: Referential Strategies i n Language Change". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 87. 165-184.

1896.

. 1992. "Sincronización y desfase del leísmo y laísmo". logische

1897.

Mitteilungen

Neuphilo­

93.2. 235-256.

& Ricardo L. Otheguy. 1977. "Dialect Variation i n leísmo: A Semantic A p p r o a c h " . Studies in Language Variation: Semantics, Syntax, Phonology, Pragmatics,

Social

Situations,

Ethnographic

Approaches

ed. b y R a l p h W .

Fasold & Roger W . Shuy, 65-87. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press. 1898.

&

Ricardo Լ .

Otheguy.

1983. " B e i n g Polite i n Ecuador:

Reversal under Language Contact". Lingua 1899.

Strategy

6 1 . 103-132.

° Garcia E l o r r i o , A u r e l i o . 1960. " E l uso de la preposición 'por' en el complemento indirecto". Boletín

1900.

de la academia

argentina

de letras 25. 269-276.

García Gonzáles, Francisco. 1978. " E l leísmo en Santander". Estudios ofrecidos a Emilio Alarcos Llorach (con motivo de sus XXV años de docencia en la universidad de Oviedo. III: Lingüística, 8 7 - 1 0 1 . Oviedo: Universidad de Oviedo.

1901.

. 1981. "/le (lu), la, lo ( l u ) / en el centro-norte de la península". Verba 8. 347-353.

1902.

García-Hernández, Benjamín. 1986. "Gramática de casos y lexemática". Revista española

1903. 1904. 1905.

°

de lingüística

. 1986-87. "Gramática de casos y disociación intrasubjetiva: D a t i v o profundo y dativo f u n c i o n a l " . Cuadernos de filologia clasica 20. 231-248. . 1987. "Gramática de casos y complementariedad l é x i c a " . española de lingüística 17.1. 1-13.

Revista

. 1990. "Transitividad, intransitivación y causas de su desarrollo en latín tardío". Revista

1906.

16.2. 397-417.

española

de lingüística

2 0 . 1 . 1-16.

° García-Miguel, J . M . 1983. A propósito de la transitividad y la diátesis: Las construcciones pronominales con verbos transitivos. M . A . thesis, University o f Santiago, Santiago.

1907.

Garde, Paul. 1983. "Les cas russes: Approche nominocentrique". Bulletin société de linguistique

1908.

de la

de Paris 7 8 . 1 . 337-374.

. 1985. " O tak nazyvaemyx 'simpatetičeskix' padežax v sovremennom russkom j a z y k e " . Russian Linguistics

9.2.3. 181-196.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

140 1909.

Relations

Gardiner, A v r i l . 1986. Existential, List and Locative Sentences: A Bibliography. Stellenbosch: University o f Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch Papers i n Linguistics 15.

1910.

Gardiner, Donna ., Barbara J. A l l e n , D o n a l d G. Frantz & D a v i d M . Perlmutter. 1990. see A l l e n , Barbara J.

1911.

Gardner, Thomas. 1980. Case-Marking

in English.

1912.

Garnes, Sara. 1973. " A Case Grammar Analysis o f Five V e r b - D a t i v e Relation­ ships i n O l d Icelandic". Acta linguistica

1913.

1914.

Wiesbaden: Steiner.

hafniensia

14.1. 119-142.

° Garnett, R. 1846. " O n the O r i g i n and I m p o r t of the Genitive Case". of the Philological Society 2. 165-176.

Proceedings

Garrett, A n d r e w . 1989. "Ergative Case Assignment, Wackernagel's L a w , and the V P Base Hypothesis". Proceedings

1915.

of NELS 19. 113-126.

. 1990a. " T h e O r i g i n of N P Split E r g a t i v i t y " . Language

66.2. 261-296.

1916.

. 1990b. The Syntax of Anatolian Pronominal Clitics. Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Dissertation Abstracts I n ­ ternational, Α . : The Humanities and Social Sciences 51.12. 4104.A.

1917.

Gary, Judith Olmsted. 1977. "Implications for Universal Grammar o f ObjectCreating Rules in L u y i a and M a s h i " . Studies in African

Linguistics

Supple­

ment 7. 85-95. 1918.

& Edward Louis Keenan. 1977. " O n Collapsing Relations i n Universal G r a m m a r " . Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerold M . Sadock, Syntax and Semantics

1919.

8, 83-120. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

° Gasser, Herbert. 1970. Zum Possessivpronomen dissertation, University o f Innsbruck.

1920.

1922.

Ph.D.

Wort 24.2. 113-126.

. 1974b. "Vorschläge für eine generative Transformationsgrammatik der Possessivpronomina i m heutigen Deutsch". Sprachsystem und Sprachge­ brauch: Festschrift für Hugo Moser zum 65. Geburtstag ed. by U l r i c h Engel & Paul Grebe, 112-122. Düsseldorf: Schwann. Gavarró, A n n a . 1989. " O n g-Case and W o r d F o r m a t i o n " . University burgh

1923.

Deutsch.

. 1974a. " Z u r Bestimmungs- und Vertretungsfunktion der Possessiv­ pronomina i m heutigen Deutsch". Wirkendes

1921.

im heutigen

Work in Progress

of Edin­

22. 24-29.

. 1992. " E m p t y Objects i n Catalan". Catalan

Working

Papers in

Linguis­

tics. 145-161. 1924.

Gawrda, Elżbieta. 1981. "Tendencje normatywne w zakresie w a r i a n t y w n y c h f o r m gen.sg. masculinum r z e c z o w n i k ó w " . Studia Polonistyczne 9. 159-170.

Alphabetical 1925.

1926.

List

141

G a w r o n , Jean M a r k . 1985. " A Parsimonious Semantics f o r Prepositions and C A U S E " . Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 32-47. . 1986. "Valence Structure Preservation and D e m o t i o n " . Papers from Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 2 2 . 1 . 51-64.

the

1927.

Gazdar, Gerald & Geoffrey K. P u l l u m . 1982. "Easy to Solve". Analysis 10.4. 361-363.

1928.

G b a l l o u , Elena. 1982. " L e problème de l'accusatif puissant en espagnol et en russe". Contrastes, Revue de l'association pour le développement des études contrastives 3. 7-16.

1929.

Gebhardt, Chr. 1896. " Z u r subjektlosen Konstruktion i m Altfranzösischen". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 20. 27-50.

1930.

Gebruers, R u d i . 1991. On Valency and Transfer-Based Inquiry

into

the Language-Technological

lency Concepts.

Machine

Linguistic

Translation.

An

Applicability

of Theoretical Va­ Ph.D. dissertation, Catholic University of Leuven, B e l g i u m .

1931.

. 1992. " R e v i e w : Butulussi, Eleni. 1991. Studien zur Valenz kognitiver Verben im Deutschen und Neugriechischen. Linguistische Arbeiten 268. Tübingen: Niemeyer". Leuvense bijdragen 81.4. 490-497.

1932.

Gecadze, L O . 1960. " voprosu ob érgativnoj konštrukcii v abxazskom j a z y k e " . Trudy Abxazskogo instituta jazyka, literatury SSR (Suxumi) 3 1 . 191-226.

1933.

. 1961.  voprosu jazyke.

1934.

ob érgativnoj

і istorii

konštrukcii

im. D.I. Gulia AN Gruz.

predlozenija

v

abxazskom

K a n d . dissertation University o f M o s c o w .

. 1967. " istorii formirovanija érgativnoj konstrukcii v j a z y k e " . Ergativnaja Issledovanija

konstrukcija

i materialy

ed. by

predlozenija V.M.

v jazykax

Žirmunskij,

abxazskom

različnyx

156-167.

tipov.

Leningrad:

Nauka. 1935.

. 1973. " E r g a ť i u l i k ' o n s ť r u k c i i s čamoqalibebis zogi sak'itxisatvis apxazur-adiyur enebši". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 18. 315-329.

1936.

Geeraerts, D i r k . 1988. " R e v i e w : D i r v e n , René & Günter Radden, eds. 1987. Concepts of Case. Tübingen: Narr". Leuvense bijdragen 11. 351-353.

1937.

Geest, W i l l y Petrus Fransisca de. 1973. Complementaire

constructies

bij

verba

sentiendi. Utrecht: H E S . 1938. 1939.

Geis, Jonnie E. 1970. " L e x i c a l Insertion of Locative and T i m e Prepositions". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 6. 226-234. . 1973. "Subject Complementation w i t h Causative V e r b s " . Issues Linguistics:

Papers

in Honor

of Henry

and Renée Kahane

K a c h r u [et al.], 210-230. Urbana: University o f I l l i n o i s Press.

in

ed. by Braj .

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

142 1940.

Geis, M i c h a e l L. University

1941.

Relations

1975a. " E n g l i s h T i m e and Place A d v e r b i a l s " . Ohio

Working

Papers in Linguistics

. 1975b. " W h a t D o Place Adverbials M o d i f y ? " . Ohio State Working

1942.

Papers in Linguistics

State

18. 1-11. University

18. 25-29.

Gelderen, E l l y van. 1990. " V i s i b i l i t y and Clausal A r g u m e n t s " . Journal Atlantic

1943.

Provinces

Linguistic

Association

of the

12. 53-79.

. 1991. " R e v i e w : Kemenade, A n s van. 1987. Syntactic Case and Mor­ phological Case in the History of English. Dordrecht: F o r i s " . Studies in Language 15.2. 487-494.

1944.

Gelhaus, Hermann, Roger Frey & Otfried Heyne. 1972. Vorstudien kontrastiven Gegenwart. Lang.

1945.

zu

einer

Beschreibung der schweizerdeutschen Schriftsprache der Die Rektion der Präpositionen trotz, während und wegen. B e r n :

Geluykens, Ronald. 1984. Focus Phenomena

in English:

An Empirical

Investi­

gation into Cleft and Pseudo-Cleft Sentences. A n t w e r p : University o f A n t ­ w e r p , Department o f Linguistics. Antwerp Papers in Linguistics 36. 1946.

George, L . M . 1974. " E r g a t i v i t y and Relational Grammar". Proceedings

of NELS

5. 265-275. 1947.

Gerbert, M a n f r e d & John Gough. 1980. " T h e Use o f Vocatives i n Everyday E n g l i s h " . Fremdsprachen 24.4. 2 4 6 - 2 5 1 .

1948.

Gerdts, Donna B. 1980a. "Antipassives and Causatives i n H a l k o m e l e m " . Pro­ ceedings

of the Annual

Meeting

of the Berkeley

Linguistics

Society

6. 300-

314. 1949. 1950.

. 1980b. "Causal to Object Advancement i n H a l k o m e l e m " . Papers the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 16. 8 3 - 1 0 1 . °

. 1985. "Causatives and Passives i n Korean: Evidence f o r Clause U n i o n w i t h o u t E v a l u a t i o n " . Buffalo

1951.

Working

Papers in Linguistics

2.1.

. 1987. "Surface Case and Grammatical Relations i n Korean: T h e E v i ­ dence f r o m Quantifier Float". Studies in Language

1952.

from

°

. 1988. "Antipassives

11.1. 181-197.

and Causatives i n Ilokano: Evidence f o r

Ergative Analysis o f Phillipine Languages". Studies in Austronesian

an

Linguis­

tics ed. b y R. M c V i n n , 295-321. Athens: Ohio University Press. 1953.

. 1990a. "Revaluation and Inheritance i n Korean Causative U n i o n " . Studies in Relational Grammar 3 ed. by Paul M . Postal & B r i a n D. Joseph, 203-246. Chicago: University o f Chicago Press.

1954.

. 1990b. "Relational V i s i b i l i t y " . Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theo­ ed. by Katarzyna D z i w i r e k , Patrick Farrell & Errapel retical Perspective M e jí a s - B i k a n d i , 199-214. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study o f Language and I n f o r m a t i o n .

Alphabetical 1955.

1956.

1957.

List

143

. 1991. "Unaccusative Mismatches in Halkomelem Salish". Interna­ tional Journal of American Linguistics 57.2. 230-250. & Cheong Youn. 1988. "Korean Psych Constructions: Advancement or Retreat?". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 24.1. 155-175. Gerken, LouAnn. 1990. " A Metrical Account of Children's Subjectless Sen­ tences". Proceedings of NELS 20.1. 121-134.

1958.

. 1992. "Performance Constraints in Early Language: The Case of Subjectless Sentences". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 29.54-61.

1959.

Gerling, M. & N. Orthen. 1979. Deutsche Zustands- und Bewegungsverben. Tübingen: Narr.

1960.

° Gerola, Berengario. 1950. "Il nominativo plurale in -Ās nel latino e il plurale romanzo". Göteborgs högskolas årsskrift 56. 328-334.

1961.

Gerritsen, Marinel. 1980. " A n Analysis of the Rise of SOV Patterns in Dutch". Papers from the Fourth International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Elizabeth  Traugott [et al.], 123-136. Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV. Current Issues in Linguistics Theory 14. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

1962.

Gessner, E. 1893. "Das spanische Personal Pronomen". Zeitschrift für roma­ nische Philologie 17. 1-54.

1963.

Getz, Bradley Լ . 1989. " A CASE-Study in Modern Icelandic". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 37. 71-83.

1964.

Ghamalov, J.T. 1979. "Ermenistan SSR erazisindeki azerbajdzhan shivelerinde ismin hallarynyn sintaksisi". Izvestija Akademii nauk Azerbajdžánsko] SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 4. 108-112.

1965.

Gheno, Danilo. 1975. "Az erza-mordvin névutók áttekintése". Nyelvtudományi közlemények 77'.1. 45-56.

1966.

Gheţie, Ion. 1966. "Vocativul doamnele". Limbă română 15.3. 305-306.

1967.

& AL Mareş. 1988. "În legătură cu istoria articolului genitival din dacoromână". Limba română 37.1. 81-83. Gibson, Jeanne D. 1990. "Categorial Grammatical Relations: The Chamorro Evidence". Studies in Relational Grammar 3 ed. by Paul M. Postal & Brian D. Joseph, 247-260. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

1968.

1969.

Gibson, Margaret I. 1984. "Some Changes in the Use of the Instrumental Case". Russian Language Journal 38.129.130. 25-35.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

144 1970. 1971.

Relations

Gigineišvili, B.K. 1976. "Padežnaja sistema obščedagestanskogo jazyka v svete obšcei teorii érgativnosti". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 31-39. °

& Z. Sardžveladze. 1978. "Nanatesaobitari mimartulebitisa da nanatesaobitari danišnulebitis adgili 3veli Kartalisa da Kartveluri enebis brunvata sistemaši". Mratvaltavi 6. 123-136.

1972.

Gil, David. 1982. "Case Marking, Phonological Size, and Linear Order". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 117-141. New York: Academic Press.

1973.

. 1984. "On the Notion of 'Direct Object' in Patient Prominent Lan­ guages". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 87-108. London: Academic Press.

1974.

Gil, Juan. 1968. "El genetivo en -i y los origines de la déclinacion tematica". Emerita 36. 25-43.

1975.

Gilligan, Gary. 1985. "The Case of Finnish Nominatives and the Universal Passive". Studies in Syntax ed. by Gary Gilligan, Mohammad Mohammad & Ian Roberts, 37-55. Los Angeles, California: University of Southern Califor­ nia, Department of Linguistics.

1976.

Gimborn, D. Thomas. 1939. The Syntax of the Simple Cases in St. Hilary of Poitiers. Washington: The Catholic University of America Press.

1977.

Ginneken, Jacques van. 1939. "Avoir et être (Du point de vue de la linguistique générale)". Mélanges de linguistique offerts à Charles Bally, 83-92. Genève: Georg.

1978.

Giorgi, Alessandra & Giuseppe Longobardi. 1989. "Typology and Noun Phra­ ses". Rivista di linguistica 1.1. 115-160.

1979.

Gippert, Jost. 1981. "Zur Dativ-Apposition im Deutschen". Beiträge zur Ge­ schichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 103. 31-62.

1980.

Girke, Wolfgang. 1973. "Sozio-relationale Bedeutungsfaktoren und die Bedeu­ tung von Possessivwörtern". Muttersprache 83.1. 46-53.

1981.

. 1977. "Probleme einer lokalistischen Kasustheorie". Archiv für das Studium der neueren Sprachen und Literaturen 214.1. 61-70.

1982.

Gišev, N.T. 1971. " K voprosu o probleme érgativnoj konštrukcii v adygejskom jazyke". Učenye zapiski Adygejskij naučno-issledovateľskij institut jazyka, literatury i istorii 12. 187-203.

1983.

Givón, T. 1972a. "Review: Whiteley, W.H. 1968. Some Problems of Transitivity in Swahili. London: Luzac". African Studies 31.4. 273-277.

1984.

. 1972b. "A Note on Subject Postposing". Studies in African Linguistics 3.2. 289-299.

Alphabetical

List

145

1985.

. 1974. "Cause and Control: O n the Semantics of Interpersonal M a n i p u ­ l a t i o n " . Syntax and Semantics 4 ed. by John K i m b a l l , 59-89. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

1986.

. 1975. " P r o m o t i o n , Accessibility and Case M a r k i n g : T o w a r d Under­ standing Grammars". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 19. 55-125.

1987.

. 1976a. "Some Constraints on Bantu Causativization". The Grammar Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 3 2 5 - 3 5 1 . N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

1988.

. 1976b. " T o p i c , Pronoun and Grammatical Agreement". Subject Topic ed. by Charles N . L i , 149-188. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

1989.

of 6,

and

. 1976c. " R e v i e w : Fulass, H a i l u . 1974. " A Pseudo-Object Construction i n A m h à r i c " . IV congresso internazionale di studi etiopici (Roma, 10-15 aprile 1972), Tomo II, 115-125. Rome: Accademia nazionale dei L i n c e i " . Afroasiatic

1990. Folia 1991.

Linguistics

2.10. 24-26.

. 1980. " T h e D r i f t away f r o m Ergativity: Diachronic Potentials i n Sherpa". linguistica historica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 1. 41-60. . 1982. "Transitivity, Topicality and the Ute Impersonal Passive". Stud­

ies in Transitivity Semantics

ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A . T h o m p s o n , Syntax and

15, 143-160. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

1992.

. 1984. " D i r e c t Object and Dative-Shifting: Semantic and Pragmatic Case". Objects ed. by Frans Plank, 151-182. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

1993.

. 1985. "Ergative M o r p h o l o g y and Transitivity Gradients i n N e w a r i " . Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 89-107. B e r l i n : M o u t o n .

1994. 1995.

, Barbara Fox & A n n Cooreman. 1984. see Cooreman, A n n . Gladney, Frank Y . 1986. "Prepositions and Case Government i n Russian". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 130-151. Columbus, O h i o : Slavica.

1996.

Glas, Reinhold. 1972. " Z u r Semantik des Genitiv- Attributes". Studien II ed. by Hugo Moser, 158-164. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

1997.

Glaser, E l v i r a . 1992. " U m b a u partitiver Strukturen i n der Geschichte des Deut­ schen". Sprachwissenschaft

1998.

Linguistische

17.2. 113-132.

° Glazunova, N . Ju. & E.V. Rozen. 1963. "Predložnoe upravlenie suščestvit e ľ n y x v sovremennom nemeckom jazy". Ino stranný e jazyki

v škole 6. 33-

43. 1999.

G l i n z , Hans. 1971. Deutsche Wortarten - Kasusfremdes.

Grammatik IL Kasussyntax - Nominalstrukturen Frankfurt am M a i n : Athenäum.

-

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

146 2000.

. 1986. "Formale Satzgliedtypen ֊ verbale Darstellungspläne - gedank­ liche Grundstrukturen". Linguistische

2001.

Studien,

Reihe A . 145. 15-25.

Gocht, Peter. 1978. "Sprachliche Normabweichungen i n germanistischen Exa­ mensarbeiten.

Beobachtungen

im

wissenschaftlichen

Landesprüfungsamt

B e r l i n (1973-78) - insb. Kap. 1.3. 'Der vertrackte G e n i t i v ' " . 88. 3 0 0 - 3 0 1 . 2002.

Relations

Muttersprache

° Godard, D. 1986. "Les déterminants possessifs et les compléments de n o m " . Langue française 72. 102-122.

2003.

Goddard, C l i f f .

1982. "Case Systems and Case M a r k i n g i n Australian L a n ­

guages: A N e w Interpretation". Australian 196. 2004.

of Linguistics

2.2. 167-

G o d e i , Robert. 1955. "Remarques sur des systèmes de cas". Cahiers

Ferdinand

de Saussure 2005.

Journal

13. 34-44.

Godenzzi, Juan Carlos. 1986. "Pronombres de objeto directo e indirecto del castellano en p u n o " . Lexis

2006.

10.2. 187-201.

G o d i n , P. 1975-76. "Aspects syntaxiques et sémantiques de la grammaire casuelle appliquée au français". Cahiers de  institut de linguistique de Louvain

(Cours

et documents)

3.2.3. 116-164.

2007.

Göller, Thomas & K a r l Heinz Wagner. 1981. "Kasusgrammatik und F r e m d ­ sprachendidaktik: Bestandsaufnahme". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 27-44.

2008.

Göllmer, Bärbel & W i l h e l m Bondzio. 1976. see Bondzio, W i l h e l m .

2009.

2010.

°

& Ute Locke. 1978. Zu einigen Aspekten des Verhältnisses von Semantik und Grammatik aus Valenztheoretischer Sicht: Dargestellt an ausgewählten deutschen Verben mit einem Dativobjekt. University o f B e r l i n . & Ute Locke. 1980. " Z u einigen Aspekten des Verhältnisses v o n Semantik und Grammatik aus Valenztheoretischer Sicht: Dargestellt an aus­ gewählten deutschen Verben m i t einem D a t i v o b j e k t " . Wissenschaftliche schrift

der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin: senschaftliche Reihe 29..4. 353-357.

2011.

Gesellschafts-

und

Zeit­

sprachwis­

Götze, L u t z . 1973. " R e v i e w : H e l b i g , Gerhard & W o l f g a n g Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch

zur

Valenz

und Distribution

V e r l a g Enzyklopädie". Zielsprache

Deutsch

deutscher Verben. 4. 137-139.

Leipzig: V E B

2012.

. 1974a. " Z u r Frage des 'strukturellen Zentrums' i n einer Valenzgram­ m a t i k für L e r n z w e c k e " . Zielsprache Deutsch 5 . 1 . 22-29.

2013.

. 1974b. " Z u den Begriffspaaren 'obligatorisch/fakultativ' u n d ' n o t w e n ­ dig/nicht n o t w e n d i g ' i n einer Valenzgrammatik und ihre Relevanz für den Sprachunterricht". Zielsprache Deutsch 5.2. 6 2 - 7 1 .

Alphabetical 2014.

°

List

147

. 1974c. "Valenzbeschreibung deutscher V e r b e n " . Beiträge merkursen des Goethe-Instituts. 21-31.

2015.

. 1976. " ' G r u n d s t r u k t u r e n ' und 'Satzbaupläne' i m Unterricht "Deutsch als Fremdsprache"". Untersuchungen macher, 259-280. Tübingen: Narr.

2016.

2017.

zur Verbvalenz

ed. by H e l m u t Schu­

. 1979. Valenzstrukturen deutscher Verben und Adjektive. Eine didak­ tische Darstellung für das Fach Deutsch als Fremdsprache. München: Max Hueber. G o f f i c , Pierre le. 1984. " A l i s t o t e et le sujet enonciateur: U n manque?". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique

2018.

zu den Som­

rendez-vous

30. 79-86.

Gołąb, Z b i g n i e w . 1969. "Subject as a Linguistic Category". General

Linguistics

9 . 1 . 1-12. 2019.

G o l d , D a v i d L. 1975. "Rabbit-Foot versus Rabbit's Foot: A T r e n d i n English Compounds". American Speech 50.1.2. 149-155.

2020.

Goldberg, Adele E. 1989. " A U n i f i e d Account o f the Semantics o f the English D i t r a n s i t i v e " . Proceedings Society 15. 79-90.

2021.

of the Annual

Meeting

Linguistics

. 1992. " T h e Inherent Semantics o f A r g u m e n t Structure: The Case o f the English Ditransitive Construction". Cognitive

2022.

of the Berkeley

Linguistics

3 . 1 . 37-74.

Goldberg, Richard, Jess Gropen, M i c h e l l e Hollander, Steven Pinker & Ronald W i l s o n . 1989. see Gropen, Jess.

2023.

, Jess Gropen, M i c h e l l e Hollander & Steven Pinker. 1991. see Gropen, Jess.

2024.

, Jess Gropen, M i c h e l l e Hollander & Steven Pinker. 1992. see Gropen, Jess.

2025.

G o l d i n , M a r k G. 1968. Spanish Case and Function. t o w n University Press.

Washington, D.C.: George­

Review՝: see Contreras, Heles [1970]; Langacker, Ronald W . [1970] 2026.

. 1972. "Indirect Objects i n Spanish and E n g l i s h " . Generative

Studies in

Romance Languages ed. by Jean Casagrande & Bohdan Saciuk, 376-383. R o w l e y , Massachusetts: N e w b u r y . 2027.

° G o l d i n - M e a d o w , Susan. 1975. The Representation Manual

Language

You Can't

Dismiss

Created by Deaf Children

of Semantic

of Hearing

in a

Language

out of Hand. Ph.D. dissertation, University o f Pennsylva­

nia. 2028.

Relations

Parents: A

& Carl J. A n g i o l i l l o . 1982. see A n g i o l i l l o , Carl J.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

148

Relations

2029.

Goldschen, Lisa Ohm. 1983. "Teaching the Concept Destination/Location in Accusative/Dative Prepositions: The Preposition 'in' and Cue Cards". Die Unterrichtspraxis 16.1. 107-109.

2030.

Goldsmith, John. 1975. "French Causatives, the Constituent Constraint, the Specified Subject Constraint, and Traces". Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics 5. 27-55.

2031.

. 1984. "Causative Verbs in English". Papers from the Regional Meet­ ings, Chicago Linguistic Society, Papers from the Parasession on Lexical Semantics. 117-130.

2032.

° Golinkoff, Roberta Michnick. 1973. Semantic Development in Infants: The Concept of Agent. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca.

2033.

. 1975. "Semantic Development in Infants: The Concepts of Agent and Recipient". Merrill-Palmer Quarterly 21.3. 181-193.

2034.

. 1981. "The Case for Semantic Relations: Evidence from the Verbal and Nonverbal Domains". Journal of Child Language 8. 413-437.

2035.

°

& Joyce L. Kerr. 1978. "Infants' Perception of Semantically Defined Action Role Changes in Filmed Events". Merrill-Palmer Quarterly 24.1. 5361.

2036.

& Joan Markessini. 1980. "'Mommy Sock': The Child's Understanding of Possession as Expressed in Two-Noun Phrases". Journal of Child Lan­ guage 7. 119-136.

2037.

Golomb, David. 1982. "Nominal Syntax in the Language of Codex Vatican Neofiti I: The Genitive Relationship". Journal of the American Oriental Society 102.2. 297-308.

2038.

Golubenko, I. 1979. "Le sujet auprès de la forme verbale composée en ancien français". Kalbotyra 30.5. 7-12.

2039.

Gonda, J. 1957a. "The Character of the Sanskrit Accusative". Miscelánea homenaje a André Martinet, 'estructuralismo e historia' ed. by D. Catalán, 47-65. Canarias: Universidad de La Laguna.

2040.

. 1957b. "A Note on the Functions of the Accusative as Described in the Handbooks". Felicitation Volume Presented to Professor Sripad Krishna Belvalkar ed. by S. Radhakrishnan [et al.], 72-80. Bañares: Motilal banarasi dass.

2041.

. 1958. "On the So-Called Proleptic Accusative in Greek". Mnemosyne 11. 117-122.

2042.

. 1962. "The Unity of the Vedic Dative". Lingua 11. 141-150.

2043.

° Gondret, Pierre. 1979. "Être professeur, être un escroc: Quelques remarques sur le substantif attribut du sujet en français". Demarches linguistiques et poéti­ ques ed. by Centre interdisciplinaire d'étude et de recherche sur l'expression contemporaine, 79-89. Saint-Etienne: University.

Alphabetical 2044.

List

° Gonzáles, N o r a Martinez. Linguistic

2045.

149

°

Notes from

1985a. ' O b j e c t to Subject Raising i n Spanish".

La Jolla

13. 25-52.

. 1985b. " O b j e c t to Subject Raising, Reflexive Passive and 3 to 2 Advancement i n French". Linguistic Notes from La Jolla 13. 69-95.

2046.

. 1985c. Object and Raising

in Spanish. Ph.D. dissertation, U n i v e r s i t y o f

C a l i f o r n i a at San Diego/(1987) A n n A r b o r : University M i c r o f i l m s International/(1988) N e w Y o r k : Garland. 2047.

González Rolan, Tomás. 1971. " E l problema de los casos latinos". Emerita 109-119.

39.

2048.

G o o d a l l , Grant. 1987. "Case, Clitics, and L e x i c a l N P ' s i n Romance Causatives". Studies in Romance Languages ed. by Carol Neidle & Rafael A . Nuñez Cedeño, 93-105. Dordrecht: Foris.

2049.

. 1993. " O n Case and the Passive M o r p h e m e " . Natural Linguistic Theory 11.1. 31-44.

2050.

&

Gorbet, Larry. 1973. "Case Markers and Complementizers i n D i e g u e ñ o " . Stan­ ford

2051.

Language

°

University

Working

Papers on Language

. 1974. Relativization

Universals

and Complementation

1 1 . 219-222.

in Diegueño:

Noun

Phrases

as Nouns. Ph.D. dissertation, University o f California at San Diego. 2052.

°

. 1976. "Diegueño Case M a r k i n g : Conditions on O p t i o n a l i t y " . Proceed­ ings of the First Yuman Languages University M u s e u m Series 7.

2053.

Workshop

ed. by J.E. Redden, 10-17.

. 1979. " T h e Case M a r k i n g o f Diegueño Complement Clauses". tional

Journal

of American

Linguistics

Interna­

45.3. 251-266.

2054.

G o r d i j n , A . M . J . & Antonius A . W e i j n e n . 1970. see W e i j n e n , Antonius A .

2055.

Gordon, L y n n & Pamela M u n r o . 1982. see M u n r o , Pamela.

2056.

° Gortan-Premk, Darinka. 1963-64. "Padežne i predloško-padežne uzročne k o n ­ strukcije k o d V u k a " . Južno slovenski

2057.

°

2058.

°

filolog

. 1971. Akuzativne sintagme bez predloga Beograd: Inst. za srpskohrvatski j e z i k .

jeziku.

filolog

30. 281-295.

Gosden, H u g h . 1993. "Discourse Functions of Subject i n Scientific Research A r t i c l e s " . Applied

2060.

u srpskohrvatskom

. 1973. " O e v o l u t i v n i m tendencijama akuzativnih sintagmi bez predloga u srpskohrvatskom j e z i k u " . Južnoslovenski

2059.

26. 437-457.

Linguistics

° Gosselin, L. 1985. Circonstances tation, University o f Caen.

14.1. 56-75. et compléments

circonstanciels.

P h . D . disser­

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

150 2061.

Relations

Gougenheim, Georges. 1961. " R e v i e w : Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le blème de la transitivité français

2062.

moderne

en français

moderne.

pro­

Copenhague: M u n k s g a a r d " . Le

29.4. 309-312.

. 1964. " L ' o b j e t interne et les catégories sémantiques des verbes intran­ sitifs". Mélanges M. Maurice

de linguistique romane et de philologie médiévale offert à romane ed. b y Jean Renson, 271-285. I Linguistique

Delbouille.

G e m b l o u x : Duculot. 2063. 2064.

G o u g h , John & M a n f r e d Gerbert. 1980. see Gerbert, M a n f r e d . ° G o w d a , . Kushalappa. 1974. Caturthi

vibhakti. Prabuddha karnātaka. M y s o r e :

M y s o r e University. 2065. 2066.

Goyens, M i c h è l e & W i l l y V a n Hoecke. 1991. L'emploi au français moderne. Leuven: K U L Preprint (136).

des possessifs

du

latin

° Gozdawa-Gołębiowski, R. 1991. "Some Aspects o f Case-Assignment i n Three Bantu Languages". Biuletyn

Polskiego

Towarzystwa

Językoznawczego

43.45.

111-122. 2067.

° Gràcia, Lluïsa. 1987. " T i p i d i r u o l i tematici e modalità di assegnazione: V e r b i inaccusativi con u n agente?". Ipotesi e applicazioni di teoria linguistica dal XIII

incontro

di grammatica

generativa

ed. by Patrizia C o r d i n , 95-116.

Trento: Università degli studi di Trento, Dipartimento di storia della c i v i l i t à europea. 2068.

Graczyk, Randolph, A s i f A g h a & K e v i n J. Tuite. 1985. see Tuite, K e v i n J.

2069.

Grady, M i c h a e l . 1974. "Generative Semantics, Presupposition, and Deep Struc­ ture ' B e ' " . Linguistics

131. 5-10.

2070.

G r a f f i , Giorgio. 1988. "Structural Subject and Thematic Subject". investigationes 12.2. 397-414.

2071.

Gragg, Gene. 1968. " T h e Syntax o f the Copula i n Sumerian". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (3). Japanese/Kashmiri/Armenian/Hungarian/Sumerian/Shona

Lingvisticae

ed. by John W . M . Verhaar, 86-

109. Dordrecht: Reidel. 2072.

Graham, A . C . 1967. " ' B e i n g ' i n Classical Chinese". The Verb

'Be'

and

Its

Synonyms.

Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (I). Classical Chinese/ ed. by John W . M . Verhaar, 1-39. Dordrecht: Reidel. Athapaskan/Mundari 2073.

Grannes, A l f . Russian

2074.

1986a. "Genitivus

Linguistics

temporis

i n Early

18th Century Russian".

10.1. 53-60.

. 1986b. " T h e Morphosyntactic Variation of Adjectives and Participles as Objective Predicatives i n Late 18th Century Russian (on the Basis o f Radiščev's and F o n v i z i n ' s Prose)". Russian Linguistics 10.2. 167-181.

Alphabetical 2075.

List

151

. 1990. " B u ď umnitsa ± umnitsey!".

Contrastive

Linguistics

15.4.5. 1 6 1 -

165. 2076.

Grappin, H e n r i . 1951. " C o m m e n t en polonais des génitifs sont devenus et deviennent des accusatifs". Revue des études slaves 28. 50-67.

2077.

Grasserie, Raoul de la. 1890. Des relations concept

et dans leur expression

grammaticales

ou de la catégorie

considérées

dans leur

des cas. Paris: M a i s o n -

neuve. 2078.

. 1896. " D u contre-accusatif, du contre-génitif et du contre-nominatif, ou des cas contraires". Mélanges Charles de Harlez ed. b y Charles de Harlez, 116-126. Leiden: B r i l l .

2079.

° Graur, A l . 1931. "Sespre vocativul românesc". Grai şi suflet 5 . 1 . 178-181.

2080.

. 1945a. "Contributions à l'étude du genre personnel en r o u m a i n " . Bulletin linguistique 13. 97-104.

2081.

. 1945b. " N o t e sur l ' e m p l o i enclitique des adjectifs possessifs en r o u ­ m a i n " . Bulletin linguistique 13. 156-161.

2082.

Gray, Louis H . 1932. " O n the Indo-European Noun-Declension, Especially -oand -Stems". Language 8. 183-199.

2083.

Green, Alexander. 1913/66. The Dative

of Agency; A Chapter

of

Indo-European

Case Syntax. N e w Y o r k : Columbia University Press. 2084.

. 1914. " T h e A n a l y t i c Agent i n Germanic". The Journal Germanic

2085.

Philology

of English

and

13. 514-552.

Green, B.D. 1979. "Factors i n the Choice o f the Case o f Direct Objects after Negated Transitive Verbs i n Russian". Slavonic

and East European

Review

57.2. 161-186. 2086.

Green, Georgia M . 1971. "Notes on Clefts and Pseudo-Clefts and Other Related Matters". Studies in the Linguistic

2087.

Sciences 1.1. 1-7.

. 1972. "Some Observations on the Syntax and Semantics o f Instrumen­ tal V e r b s " . Papers from

the Regional

Meetings,

Chicago

Linguistic

Society 8.

83-95. 2088.

. 1977. " D o Inversions i n English Change Grammatical Relations?". Studies in the Linguistic

2089. 2090.

Sciences 7 . 1 . 157-181.

. 1986. "Comments on A n n a Wierzbicka's " . Quaderni di semantica 7 . 1 . 143-146. Green, John N . 1975. " R e v i e w : Schroten, Jan. 1972. Concerning Structures 345-391.

of Spanish Reflexive

the

Sentences. The Hague: M o u t o n " . Lingua

Deep 35.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

152 2091.

. 1976. " R e v i e w : Garcia, Erica C. 1975. The Role of Theory in Analysis: The Spanish Pronoun of Linguistics 12. 335-343.

2092.

Linguistic

System. Amsterdam: N o r t h - H o l l a n d " .

Journal

° Greenberg, Gerald R. 1980. " N i č t o and ničego A r e B o t h ' N o t h i n g ' Subjects". Cornell

2093.

Relations

Working

Papers in Linguistics

1. 46-65.

. 1983. " A n o t h e r L o o k at the Second Dative and Related Subjects". Linguistic Analysis 11.2. 167-218.

2094.

. 1987. " G e n i t i v e o f Negation and Infinitives as Subjects i n Russian". Papers from

the Regional

Meetings,

Chicago

Linguistic

Society

2 3 . 1 . 105-

115. 2095.

. 1991. " A Parametric Approach to Dative Subjects and the Second Dative i n Slavic". Slavic and East European

2096. 2097.

3 5 . 1 . 71-97.

& Steven Franks. 1988. see Franks, Steven. Greenberg, Joseph H . 1974. "Three Studies i n the Frequency o f M o r p h o l o g i c a l Categories: 2. The Relation o f Frequency to Semantic Feature i n a Case Language (Russian)". Stanford Universals

2098.

Journal

University

Working

Papers

on

Language

16. 21-45.

Greene, D a v i d . 1976. " T h e Preposition i n- as Subject M a r k e r " . Celtica

11. 6 1 -

67. 2099.

Gregoire, Claire. 1975. Les locatifs ľ afrique centrale.

en bantou.

Tervuren: Musée r o y a l de

Review: see Bennett, Patrick [1980] 2100. 2101.

° Greiner, E. & R. Billoret. 1952. Grammaire

du latin. Paris: Hachette.

Greule, Albrecht. 1973. "Valenz und historische G r a m m a t i k " . Zeitschrift germanistische

Linguistik

für

1. 284-294.

Review: see Henne, H e l m u t [1973] 2102.

. 1982a. Valenz, Satz, Text: Syntaktische lienbuch

Otfrids

von Weißenburg

Untersuchungen

auf der Grundlage

zum

des Codex

Evange­ Vindobo-

nensis. M ü n c h e n : Fink. 2103.

, ed. 1982b. Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenmhaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

2104.

. 1982c. " V a l e n z und althochdeutsche Syntax". Valenztheorie und histo­ rische Sprachwissenschaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen

2105.

ed. by Albrecht Greule, 1-17. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

Grewendorf, Günther. 1983. "Reflexivierung i n deutschen A . c . I . - K o n s t r u k ­ tionen - K e i n transformationsgrammatisches D i l e m m a mehr". Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 23. 120-196.

Alphabetical 2106.

List

153

. 1989. Ergativity in German. Dordrecht: Foris. Review՝, see Cooper, Kathrin [1992]

2107.

Grewendorf, Jürgen. 1985. "Anaphern bei Objekt-Koreferenz im Deutschen: Ein Problem für die Rektions-Bindungstheorie". Erklärende Syntax des Deut­ schen ed. by Werner Abraham, 137-171. Tübingen: Narr.

2108.

Griffin, Elaine. 1990. "Definiteness and Case in Latin and Spanish". The SECOL Review 14.1. 34-44.

2109.

° Grigaljunene, J.J. 1989. "Some Problems of the Syntactic Possessive in Eng­ lish". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 48.3. 244-252.

2110.

° Grigor'jeva, A.D. 1948. " K otnošeniju predložnosti i bezpredložnosti lokatīva v drevnerusskom jazyke". Doklady i soobščenija Instituta russkogo jazyka 1. 127-156.

2111.

Grimberg, Carl. 1905. "Undersökningar om konstruktionen ackusativ med infi­ nitiv i den äldre förnsvenskan". Arkiv för nordisk filologi 21. 205-235; 311357.

2112.

Grimm, Hans-Jürgen. 1981. "Zu einigen deutschen Genitiv-Konstruktionen mit Null-Artikel". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 18.5. 278-280.

2113.

Grimshaw, Jane. 1982. "Subcategorization and Grammatical Relations". Sub­ jects and Other Subjects. Proceedings of the Harvard Conference on the Representation of Grammatical Relations ed. by Annie Zaenen, 35-55. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club. Review. Jacobson, Pauline [1982]

2114.

. 1986. "Unaccusatives - An Overview". Proceedings of NELS 17.1. 244-258.

2115.

. 1989. "Getting the Dative Alternation". MIT Working Papers in Lin­ guistics 10. 113-122.

2116.

& Armin Mester. 1988. "Light Verbs and Θ-Marking". Linguistic Inquiry 19.2. 205-232. Review: see Miyagawa, Shigeru [1989a]

2117.

& Strang Burton. 1992. see Burton, Strang.

2118.

Grinaveckis, Vladas. 1990. "Zur Endung -uo des Dativ Sing, (vilkuo 'vilkui, dem Wolf') in den niederlitauischen Mundarten". Historische Sprachfor­ schung 103.1. 155-158.

2119.

Grochowski, Maciej. 1986. "The Instrumental of Instrument in Polish". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 427-436. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

2120.

Grodzinsky, Yosef & Hagit Borer. 1986. see Borer, Hagit.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

154

Relations

2121.

Gronberg, A l l i s o n , James A b b o t t & W i l l i a m E. B u l l . 1952. see B u l l , W i l l i a m E.

2122.

Groos, A n n e k e & Reineke Bok-Bennema. 1984. see Bok-Bennema, Reineke.

2123.

Groot, Α . W i l l e m de. 1939. "Les oppositions dans les systèmes de la syntaxe et des cas". Mélanges de linguistique offerts à Charles Bally ed. b y Charles B a l l y , 107-127. Genève: Georg.

2124.

. 1956. "Classification o f the Uses o f a Case (Illustrated on the Genitive i n L a t i n ) " . For Roman Jakobson ed. by M . Halle [et al.], 187-194. The Hague: Mouton/Lingua

2125. 2126.

6. 8-66.

Groot, Casper de. 1983a. " V e r b Agreement and Ergativity i n the U g r i a n L a n ­ guages: A Reconstruction". Lingua 6 1 . 209-230. . 1983b. " O n N o n -V e r b a l Predicates i n Functional Grammar: The Case o f Possessives i n Hungarian". Advances C. D i k , 93-122. Dordrecht: Foris.

2127.

in Functional

Grammar

ed. b y S i m o n

. 1984. " T o t a l l y Affected: Aspect and Three-Place Predicates i n Hungar­ i a n " . Aspect Bound: A Voyage into the Realm of Germanic, Slavonic and Finno-Ugrian

Aspectology

ed. by Casper De Groot & Hannu T o m m o l a , 133-

151. Dordrecht: Foris. 2128.

°Gropen, Jess. 1989. Learning Constrain

Productivity.

Locative

Verbs: How

Universal

Linking

Rules

Ph.D. dissertation, M I T University, Cambridge, M a s ­

sachusetts. 2129.

. 1992. "Bootstrapping f r o m Agency: Early Notions o f A g e n c y according to Pinker's Semantic Bootstrapping Hypothesis". Papers and Reports on Child Language

2130.

2131.

Development

29. 148-155.

, Richard Goldberg, M i c h e l l e Hollander, Steven Pinker & Ronald W i l ­ son. 1989. " T h e Learnability and A c q u i s i t i o n o f the Dative A l t e r n a t i o n i n E n g l i s h " . Language 65.2. 203-257. , Richard Goldberg, M i c h e l l e Hollander & Steven Pinker. 1991. " A f f e c t edness and Direct Objects: The Role o f L e x i c a l Semantics i n the A c q u i s i t i o n o f V e r b A r g u m e n t Structure". Cognition

2132.

4 1 . 153-195.

, Richard Goldberg, M i c h e l l e Hollander & Steven Pinker. 1992. " O b j e c t Affectedness and the A c q u i s i t i o n o f N o v e l V e r b s " . Papers Child Language

2133. 2134. 2135.

and Reports

on

29. 62-69.

Gross, Gaston, ed. 1993a. Sur le passif. Langages . 1993b. "Les passifs nominaux". Langages

109. 109. 103-125.

Gross, Maurice. 1969. "Remarques sur la notion d'objet direct en français". Langue française

2136.

Development

1. 63-73.

. 1981. " U n adjectif épithète peut être sujet d ' u n verbe". investigationes 5 . 1 . 215-218.

Lingvisticae

Alphabetical 2137.

List

155

. 1993. "Un nouvel agent en par". Langages 109. 32-34.

2138.

Gross, Paul. 1912. Die Konstruktion des doppelten Akkusativobjekts im Fran­ zösischen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Göttingen. Braunschweig: Guten­ berg.

2139.

Große, Rudolf. 1971. "Zum Verhältnis von Form und Inhalt bei der Valenz der deutschen Verben". Beiträge zur Valenztheorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 123132. The Hague: Mouton.

2140.

Grosse, Siegfried. 1962. "Zum inhaltbezogenen Geltungsbereich von Akkusativ und Dativ". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 63. 231-236.

2141.

Grosu, Alexander. 1988. "On the Distribution of Genitive Phrases in Ruma­ nian". Linguistics 298.26.6. 931-949.

2142.

Groussier, Marie-Line. 1980. "Processus de déplacement et métaphore spatio­ temporelle". Modèles linguistiques 2.1. 57-106.

2143.

. 1991. "L'adjectif possessif: Un mythe nocif qui a la vie dure". Les langues modernes 85.3. 97-101.

2144.

Grout, P.B., H.M. Erk, I.A. MacDougall & . Woledge. 1969. see Woledge, .

2145.

Groves, B.C. 1979. "Spontaneous Subject Removal and es-Insertion". Glossa 13.1.39-50. Gruber, Jeffrey S. 1975. Studies in Lexical Relations. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguis­ tics Club.

2146.

2147.

° Gruel, Lise. 1975. "La valence". Cahiers de linguistique slave 1. 50-74.

2148.

Grumet, Joanne Sher. 1983. The Lexical Genitive Case Hypothesis. Ph.D. dissertation, New York University. Ann Arbor, Michigan: University Micro­ films International.

2149.

Grunau, Justin J.M. 1985. "Towards a Systematic Theory of the Semantic Role Inventory". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 21.1. 144-159.

2150.

Grunig, Blanche & Jean Fourquet. 1971. see Fourquet, Jean.

2151.

Grymel, Joanna. 1988. "Sur les constructions causales introduites par une préposition". Studia romanica posnaniensia 13. 61-65.

2152.

Gu, Yang. 1991. "On the Locative Existential Construction in Chinese". The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics ed. by Dawn Bates, 183-195. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

2153.

Guentchéva, Zlatka. 1991. "Les deux types de possessifs en bulgare moderne". Rivista di linguistica 3.2. 235-254.

156 2154.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

& Jean-Pierre Desclés. 1993. see Desclés, Jean-Pierre.

2155.

Günther, Hartmut. 1975. "Valency, Case Forms, and Case Relations". Univer­ sity of Edinburgh Linguistics Department 'Work in Progress' 8. 64-83/(1976) "Valenz, Kasus und Funktionen". Institut für Phonetik und sprachliche Kom­ munikation der Universität München Forschungsberichte 6. 101-116.

2156.

. 1978. "Valence in Categorial Syntax". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 127-157. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins.

2157.

Günther, Heide & Sabine Pape. 1976. "Funktionsverbgefüge als Problem der Beschreibung komplexer Verben in der Valenztheorie". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 92-128. Tübingen: Narr.

2158.

Guéron, Jacqueline. 1983. "L'emploi 'possessif de l'article défini en français". Langue française 58. 23-35.

2159.

. 1985. "Inalienable Possession, PRO-Inclusion and Lexical Chains". Grammatical Representation ed. by Jacqueline Guéron, Hans-Georg Obenauer & Jean-Yves Pollock, 43-86. Dordrecht: Foris.

2160.

. 1989. "Subject, Tense and Indefinite NPs". Proceedings of NELS 19. 142-160.

2161.

Guerra, Rafael, Ma. José Albalá, Margarita Cantarero & Antonio Quilis. 1985. see Quilis, Antonio.

2162.

Guerrieri, Anna Maria. 1983. "Ags. 'cyst' col genitivo: Un' analisi gram­ maticale ed estetica". Annali instituto universitario orientale, Filologia ger­ manica 26. 7-27.

2163.

Guerssel, Mohamed. 1992. "On the Case System of Berber". Canadian Journal of Linguistics 37.2. 175-195.

2164.

, Kenneth Hale, Mary Laughren, Beth Levin & Josie White Eagle. 1985. " A Cross-Linguistic Study of Transitivity Alternations". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 48-63.

2165.

Güterbock, H.G. 1945. "The Vocative in Hittite". Journal of the American Oriental Society 65. 248-257.

2166.

Guild, David G. 1982. " A Comparison of Two-Case-Systems in Bulgarian and Romanian". Papers in Slavonic Linguistics 1. 61-72.

2167.

. 1987. "An Investigation into the Casual Relationship of Some Baltic and Slavic Prepositions". Lingua posnaniensis 28. 63-69.

2168.

Guilfoyle, Eithne, Henrietta Hung & Lisa Travis. 1990. "SPEC of IP, SPEC of VP and the Notion of 'Subject'". Proceedings of the 8th West Coast Confer-

Alphabetical

List

157

 on Formal Linguistics, University of British Columbia ed. by E. Jane Fee & Katherine Hunt, 110-123. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Asso­ ciation. 2169.

° Guillaume, G. 1939. "Esquisse d'une théorie psychologique de la déclinaison". Acta linguistica hafniensia 1.

2170.

Guillet, Alain. 1984. "Prépositions de lieu et verbes supports". Revue qué­ bécoise de linguistique 13.2. 59-93.

2171. 2172. 2173.

, Jean-Paul Boons & Christian Leclère. 1976. see Boons, Jean-Paul. & Christian Leclère. 1992. La structure des phrases simples en français: 2. Constructions transitives locatives. Geneva: Droz. Guiraud-Weber, Marguerite. 1984. Les propositions sans nominatif en russe moderne. Paris: Institut d'études slaves.

2174.

Guitart, Jorge. 1991. " A Functional Approach to the Accusative Ճ " . Hispania 74.1. 146-156.

2175.

Gulya, Janós. 1970. "Aktiv, Ergativ und Passiv im Vach-Ostyakischen". Sym­ posion über Syntax der Uralischen Sprachen, 15.-18. Juli 1969 ed. by Wolf­ gang Schlachter, 80-90. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

2176.

Gundel, Jeannette Kohn. 1977a. "Towards a More Adequate Description of Genitive Marking in Russian: Part I". Folia slavica 1.2. 188-211.

2177. 2178.

559.

. 1977b. "Where Do Cleft Sentences Come From?". Language 53.3. 543-

Gustafsson, F. 1898. "Review: Hidén, C.I. 1896. De casuum syntaxi Lucretiana I. Helsingfors". Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie und Grammatik 10. 298.

2179. 2180. 2181.

. 1904. De dativo latino. Helsingfors: Weilin & Göös. ° Gutiérrez Araus, M.L. 1987. "Sobre la transitividad preposicional en español". Verba 14.367-381. ° Gutiérrez Ordóñez, S. 1977-78. "Sobre los dativos superfluos". Archivum 27.28. 415-452.

2182.

Guţu-Romalo, Valeria. 1969. "In legătură cu construcţia prepoziţională a complementului direct în limba română". Limba română 18.2. 177-180.

2183.

. 1987. "Mica enciclopedie a limbii române - Cazul". Limbă şi litera­ tură 3. 333-342.

2184.

Guxman, M.M. 1967. "Konstrukcii s datel'nym/vinitel'nym lica i problema èrgativnogo prošlogo indo-evropejskix jazykov". Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predloženija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V . M . Žirmunskij, 58-73. Leningrad: Nauka.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

158 2185.

Relations

Guzman, V i d e a P. de. 1987. "Indirect Objects i n S i S w a t i " . Studies in Linguistics

African

18.3. 309-325.

2186.

Gvozdanovič, Jadranka & Simon C. D i k . 1981. see D i k , S i m o n .

2187.

Haacke, W i l f r i d H.G. 1992. "Dislocated N o u n Phrases i n Khoekhoe (Nama/ Damara): Further Evidence for the Sentential Hypothesis". Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 29. 149-162.

2188.

Haaften, T o n van. 1982. "Interpretaties van begrepen subjecten". Glot 5.2. 107122.

2189.

. 1982-83. " O v e r gaten i n zinnen". Spektator

2190.

& Annelies Pauw. 1982. " H e t begrepen subject: Een f a n t o o m i n de taaibeschrijving". Forum

2191.

der letteren

23. 124-146.

Haan, Ger J. de & K. T u i j n m a n . 1988. " M i s s i n g Subjects and Objects i n C h i l d G r a m m a r " . Language Development 101-121. Dordrecht: Foris.

2192.

12.6. 4 2 8 - 4 5 1 .

ed. by Peter Jordens & Josine L a l l e m a n ,

° Haas, Stephanie W . 1990. Case Hierarchy

Based Representations

and

Produc­

ers for Domain Analysis and the Construction and Porting of Natural Lan­ guage Interfaces. Ph.D. dissertation, University o f Pittsburgh, P A . Disserta­ t i o n Abstracts International, Α . : The Humanities and Social Sciences 5 0 . 1 1 . 3394.A.3395.A. 2193.

Haas, V o l k e r t & G e m o t W i l h e l m . 1969. " Z u m hurritischen E r g a t i v " .

Orientalia

38. 553-556. 2194.

Haase, M a r t i n . 1992. Parameters of Spatial Orientation. Institut für Sprachwissenschaft {AKUP 89. 53-65).

Köln:

2195.

Habel, Christopher. 1981. "Kasus, Sorten, Kategorien". Sprache,

University,

B a n d 2, Ver­

stehen und Handeln: Akten des 15. linguistischen Kolloquiums Münster ed. by Götz Hindelang & Werner Z i l l i g , 15-24. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 2196.

Haberland, Hartmut. 1985. " Z u m Problem der Verschmelzung v o n Präposition u n d bestimmtem A r t i k e l i m Deutschen". Osnabrücker theorie

2197.

1980

Beiträge

zur

Sprach­

30. 82-106. & Ole Nedergaard Thomsen. 1990. "Grammatical Relations i n a Func­

tional-Pragmatic Grammar". Functional

Grammar

in Denmark

ed. b y Lisbeth

Falster Jakobsen, 106-119. Copenhagen: The Functional Grammar C o m m i t ­ tee, Department o f English, University of Copenhagen. 2198.

& Ole Nedergaard Thomsen. 1991. " R e v i e w A r t i c l e : The L o n g and W i n d i n g Road towards a Theory o f Grammatical Relations. R e v i e w : Plank, Frans. 1984. Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations. L o n d o n : Academic Press". Journal of Pragmatics 16.2. 179-206.

Alphabetical

List

159

2199.

Hackel, Werner. 1968. "Präpositionen mit Substantiven ohne erkennbaren Kasus". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 5.6. 325-329.

2200.

Hacker, Hans-Jürgen, Joachim Ballweg & Helmut Schumacher. 1972. see Ballweg, Joachim.

2201.

Hadjú, Péter. 1959. "Der Genitiv im Waldjurakischen". Ural-altaische Jahr­ bücher 31. 116-119.

2202.

° Hadot, P. 1966. "La notion 'cas' dans la logique stoïcienne". Le langage, Actes du 13ème congrès de philosophie de langue française, 109-112. Neuchatel.

2203.

° Hadzithakis, G. 1928. Simvoli is tin istorian tis ellinikis glóssis: Peri tis genikis. Athná: Epistimoniki etairia.

2204.

Haebler, Claus. 1985. "Genetivus forensis im Gothischen. Ein syntaktischer Beitrag zur Interpretation von Skeireins I I I b 23 -  4". Sprachwissen­ schaftliche Forschungen: Festschrift für Johann Knobloch zum 65. Geburts­ tag am 5. Januar 1984 dargebracht von Freunden und Kollegen ed. by Hermann M. Ölberg, Gernot Schmidt & Heinz Bothien, 133-143. Innsbruck: Verlag des Instituts für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.

2205.

Häcki Buhofer, Annelies. 1987. "Die Kasus des Deutschen: Wissenschafts­ geschichtliche und methodologische Überlegungen". Deutsche Sprache 15. 137-150.

2206.

Haegeman, Liliane. 1985-86. "The Double Object Construction in West Flem­ ish". The Linguistic Review 5.4. 281-299.

2207.

. 1986. "Passivization in Flemish Dialects". Linguistics in the Nether­ lands 1986 ed. by Frits Beukema & Aafke Hulk, 71-78. Dordrecht: Foris.

2208.

. 1987. "The Interpretation of Inherent Objects in English". Australian Journal of Linguistics 7.2. 223-248.

2209.

. 1990a. "Subject Pronouns and Subject Clitics in West-Flemish". The Linguistic Review 7.4. 333-363.

2210.

. 1990b. "Understood Subjects in English Diaries. On the Relevance of Theoretical Syntax for the Study of Register Variation". Multilingua 9.2. 157199.

2211.

. 1991. "On the Relevance of Clitic Placement for the Analysis of Subject-Initial Verb Second in West-Flemish". Rivista di grammatica gene­ rativa 16. 59-102.

2212.

Haeringen, C.B. van. 1947. "Naamvallen bij eigennamen van personen en bij verwantschapsnamen". De nieuwe taalgids 40. 250-259/(1949) Neerlandica: Verspreide opstellen by C.B. van Haeringen, 209-222. Antwerpen: De Sikkel.

2213.

Härmä, Juhani. 1982. "Subjecthood in Old French". Papers from the 7th Scan­ dinavian Conference of Linguistics, / e d . by Fred Karlsson, 163-174. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of General Linguistics.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

160

Relations

2214. Häseler, Heinz-Bernhard. 1977. Die ertinenzrelation: Die Entwicklung ihrer Wiedergabe in der englischen Sprachgeschichte. Grossen-Linden: Hoffmann. 2215. Hagège, Claude. 1978. "Du Thème au thème en passant par le sujet: Pour une théorie cyclique". La linguistique 14.2. 3-38. 2216. . 1984. "Sur les 3 structurations de l'énoncé dans les langues humaines". Lingua e stile 19.3. 349-379. 2217.

Hagenow, Walter. 1973. Der Ablativus absolutus: Ein Lehrprogramm. Frankfurt am Main: Hirschgraben.

2218.

° Hahn, E. Adelaide. 1950a. "The Genesis of the Infinitive with Subject-Accusa­ tive". Tapa 81. 117-129.

2219.

. 1950b. "More about the Vocative in Hittite". Journal of the American Oriental Society 70. 236-238.

2220.

°

2221.

. 1960. "The Origin of the Greek Accusative in Latin". Transactions and Proceedings of the American Philological Association 91. 221-238. ° Haider, Hubert. 1983. "The Case of German". GAGL, Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 22. 47-100/(1985) Studies in German Grammar ed. by Jindřich Toman, 65-101. Dordrecht: Foris.

2222.

. 1954. "Partitive Apposition in Homer".  85. 197-289.

2223.

. 1985. " A Unified Account of Case- and Θ-Marking: The Case of German". Papiere zur Linguistik 32.1. 3-36.

2224.

. 1986. "Configurationality in Disguise: Word Order and the V-2 Prop­ erty". Topic, Focus, and Configurationality: Papers from the 6th Groningen Grammar Talks ed. by Werner Abraham & Sjaak de Meij, 39-64. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2225.

. 1988. "Pro Pro-Drop Drop". Wiener linguistische Gazette 42.43. 57-77.

2226.

. 1989. "Theta-Tracking Systems - Evidence from German". Configura­ tionality: The Typology of Asymmetries ed. by László Maracz & Pieter Muysken, 185-206. Dordrecht: Foris.

2227.

. 1991. "Null Subjects and Expletives in Romance and Germanic Lan­ guages". Issues in Germanic Syntax ed. by Werner Abraham, W i m Kosmeijer & Eric Reuland, 49-66. Berlin: Mouton.

2228.

Haig, Helen A. 1982. "Passivization in Modern Western Armenian". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 161-176. New York: Academic Press.

2229.

Haig, John. 1974. " A Re-Analysis of the Verb wakaru". Papers in Japanese Linguistics 3. 1-17.

Alphabetical

List

161

2230.

Haiman, John. 1976. "Agentless Sentences". Foundations of Language 14. 1953.

2231.

. 1982. "High Transitivity in Hua". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 177-194. New York: Academic Press.

2232.

Hajičová, Eva & Petr Sgall. 1980. "Participants and Roles in a Question/ Answering System". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 34. 4558.

2233.

& Jarmila Panenová. 1984. "Valency (Case) Frames of Verbs". Contri­ butions to Functional Syntax, Semantics, and Language Comprehension ed. by Petr Sgall, 147-181. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2234.

& Petr Sgall. 1987. "The Ordering Principle". Journal of Pragmatics 11. 435-454.

2235. 2236.

Hakulinen, Auli. 1972. "Mitä subjektin alla?". Virittäjä. 241-253. °

2237.

. 1983. "Subjektikategoria vai nominaalijasenten subjektimaisuus". Nykysuomen rakenne ja kehitys ed. by A. Hakulinen & P. Leino. Pieksämäki: SKS. & Fred Karlsson. 1975. "Suomen akkusatiivi: Funktionaalinen näk­ ökulma". Virittäjä. 339-363.

2238.

Hale, Kenneth I. 1970. "The Passive and Ergative in Language Change: The Australian Case". Pacific Linguistics in Honour of Arthur Capell ed. by Stephen A. Wurm & D.C. Laycock, 757-781. Canberra: A N U .

2239.

. 1973a. "Person Marking in Walbiri". A Festschrift for Morris Halle ed. by Stephen R. Anderson & Paul Kiparsky, 308-344. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

2240.

. 1973b. "A Note on Subject-Object Inversion in Navajo". Issues in Linguistics. Papers in Honor of Henry and Renée Kahane ed. by Braj . Kachru [et al.], 300-309. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

2241.

. 1976a. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Dja:bugay". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 321-326. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

2242.

. 1976b. "On Ergative and Locative Suffixial Alternations in Australian Languages". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 414-417. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Stud­ ies.

2243.

°

1981. "Preliminary Remarks on the Grammar of Part-Whole Relations in Warlpiri". Studies in the Pacific Languages and Cultures in Honour of Bruce Biggs ed. by J. Hollyman & A. Pawley, 333-334. New Zealand: Auckland Linguistics Society.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

162 2244. 2245.

Relations

, Mohamed Guerssel, Mary Laughren, Beth Levin & Josie White Eagle. 1985. see Guerssel, Mohamed. °

& Samuel J. Keyser. 1986. "Transitivity Alternations in English". Lexicon Project Working Papers 7, Center for Cognitive Science, MIT, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

2246.

Hall, Katherine. 1984. "Split-Ergativity in the De'kwana (Carib) Pronominal Agreement System". Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Lin­ guistics (ESCOL) 1. 35-45.

2247.

° Hall, Lawrence L. 1976. Towards a German Case Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University, Washington D.C.

2248.

Hall, Robert Α., Jr. 1968. '"Neuters', Mass Nouns, and the Ablative in Ro­ mance". Language 44.2. 480-486.

2249.

. 1979. "Old Sardinian solus and the Two-Case System". Forum linguisticum 4.2. 134-137.

2250.

. 1980. "The Gradual Decline of Case in Romance Substantives". Contri­ butions to Historical Linguistics: Issues and Materials ed. by Frans Van Coetsem & Linda R. Waugh, 261-269. Leiden: Brill.

2251.

Halliday, Michael Alexander Kirkwood. 1967. "Notes on Transitivity and The­ me in English (Part One - Two - Three)". Journal of Linguistics 3. 37-81; 199244; 4. 179-215.

2252.

. 1981. "The Teacher Taught the Student English: An Essay in Applied Linguistics". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 45-52.

2253.

Hamacher, Jane Η. & George J. Suci. 1972. see Suci, George J.

2254.

Hamáno, Shoko. 1989. "Thematic Role Assignment of the Single Argument of (De)Verbal Nouns". Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Lin­ guistics (ESCOL) 6. 126-137.

2255.

Hambarzumjan, Rusanna. 1974. "Zum Problem der Differenzierung von präpositionalem Objekt und präpositionaler Adverbialbestimmung in der deut­ schen Gegenwartsprache". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 11.5. 286-287.

2256.

Hamburger, Henry. 1979. "Child Data on Subject-to-Object Raising". Proceed­ ings of the 8th Annual Meeting of the Western Conference on Linguistics (October 20-21, 1978) ed. by Derry L. Maisch, James E. Hoard & Clarence Sloat, 31-36. Carbondale: Linguistic Research Incorporation.

2257.

Hamel, Günther Α. & Helmut Schumacher. 1976. "Die Maschinenausdrucke des Mannheimer Valenzlexikons". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz ed. by Hel­ mut Schumacher, 293-313. Tübingen: Narr.

2258.

Hameyer, Klaus. 1979. "English and German Constraints on Dative Move­ ment". Word 30.3. 235-244.

Alphabetical

List

163

2259.

H a m i l t o n , W i l l i a m S. 1974. "Deep and Surface Changes i n Four Slavic N o u n Systems". Linguistics 127 27-73.

2260.

H a m m e r i c h , L . L . 1951. " K l e i n s c h m i d t Centennial I: The Cases o f E s k i m o " . International

2261.

Journal

of American

Linguistics

H a m m o u d a , Safinaz M a h m o u d . 1989. Learnability

17. 18-22. Issues in the Acquisition

of

the Dative Alternation in English. Ph.D. dissertation, University o f Connecti­ cut, Storrs. Dissertation Abstracts International, Α . : The Humanities and Social Sciences 49.9. 2640.A. 2262.

H a m p , Eric P. 1985. "Transitive and Causative i n Indo-European". Papers the Parasession

on Causatives

and Agentivity,

Chicago

Linguistic

from

Society

21.2. 64-66. 2263.

. 1988. " T h e L y d i a n Locative i n - λ " . Historische 101.1. 8 9 - 9 1 .

Sprachforschung

2264.

H a n , Hak-Sung. 1989. " N o m i n a t i v e Case Assignment i n Korean: Against the A s y m m e t r i c a l Case M a r k i n g Hypothesis". Language Research 25.3. 611-644.

2265.

Handwerker, Brigitte. 1984. "Relations grammaticales et théorie de la pré­ férence: Qu'est-ce q u ' u n bon sujet?". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 3 1 . 6780.

2266.

2267.

. 1988. " Z u r Struktur v o n Nominalgruppen i m Deutschen und i m Fran­ zösischen: Problemfall G E N I T I V " . Fachbezogener Fremdsprachenunterricht ed. b y Claus Gnutzmann, 11-22. Tübingen: Narr. Hanegreefs, Noëlle. 1975. Théorie casuelle de FILLMORE

et son application

au

texte latin. M . A . thesis, University o f Louvain-la-Neuve, B e l g i u m . 2268.

. 1975-76. " L a théorie casuelle de F i l l m o r e et son application au texte l a t i n " . Cahiers

de l'institut

de linguistique

de Louvain

3.4. 91-107.

2269.

Hankamer, Jorge & Jessie Pinkham. 1975. see Pinkham, Jessie.

2270.

Hanley, J. Richard. 1987. "Semantic Heuristics, Syntactic Analysis, and CaseRole Assignment". Journal

2271.

of Psycholinguistic

Research

16.4. 329-334.

Hannay, M i k e & J. Lachlan Mackenzie. 1982. see Mackenzie, J. Lachlan.

2272.

° Hanschke, Hans. 1929. Der Gebrauch

2273.

und Akkusativ). Kiel. ° Hansen, Aage. 1949. " O n the So-Called Indirect Object i n D a n i s h " . Travaux cercle linguistique de Copenhague 5. 198-202.

2274.

(Nominativ du

Hansen, Klaus. 1970. " Z u r Kategorie des Kasus i m modernen E n g l i s c h " . Zeit­ schrift für Anglistik

2275.

der Kasus im altostfriesischen

und Amerikanistik

18. 262-282.

. 1978. "Problems i n the Semantic Analysis o f Compounds". für Anglistik

und Amerikanistik

26.3. 2 4 7 - 2 5 1 .

Zeitschrift

164 2276.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

. 1987. "Zur Stellung und semantischen Rolle des Subjekts im Deutschen und im Englischen". Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerikanistik 35.3. 201209.

2277.

Hanßon, Gerd. 1982. Studien zur grammatikalischen  і: Die Dynamik ele­ mentargrammatischer Intensionen, dargestellt am Beispiel Lokativ. Tübin­ gen: Narr.

2278.

Happ, Heinz. 1977. "Quelques résultats et problèmes de la recherche valencielle sur le verbe français". Lingvisticae investigationes 1.2. 411-434.

2279.

. 1978a. "Théorie de la valence et enseignement du français". Le français moderne 46.2. 97-134.

2280.

. 1978b. "Syntaxe latine et théorie de la valence: Essai d'adaptation au latin des théories de Lucien Tesnières". Langages 50. 51-72.

2281.

Harbert, Wayne. 1977. "Clause Union and German Accusative plus Infinitive Constructions". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Saddock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 121-149. New York: Academic Press.

2282.

. 1990. "Case Attraction and the Hierarchization of Case". Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 6. 138-149.

2283.

, Peter Cole, Sachiko Hashimoto, Cecil Nelson, Diane Smietana & Shikaripur Sridhar. 1977. see Cole, Peter.

2284. 2285. 2286.

, Peter Cole & Gabriella Hermon. 1978. see Cole, Peter. , Peter Cole, Gabriella Hermon & Shikaripur Sridhar. 1978/80. see Cole, Peter. Harðason, Jón Axel. 1988. "Die ōn-Feminina des Germanischen und der Gen. PI. anord. kvinna/kvenna". Acta linguistica hafniensia 21.2. 79-93.

2287.

Hardy, Judith A. & Martin D.S. Braine. 1982. see Braine, Martin D.S.

2288.

Hardy, Marcel. 1974. "Subkategorisierung, semantische Selektionsregeln und Valenz". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 138-148. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

2289.

Harmon, Carol W. 1974. "Reconstructions of Proto-Manobo Pronouns & Case Marking Particles". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 6.6. 13-46.

2290.

Harning, Kerstin Ekseli. 1980. The Analytic Genitive in the Modern Arabic Dialects. Göteborg: Acta universitatis gothoburgensis. Review, see Johnstone, T.M. [1982]

2291.

Haroche, Claudine & Isabelle Michot-Vodoz. 1984. "Autour de 'théorie du sujet' d'Alain Badion". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 30. 27-44.

Alphabetical

List

165

2292.

Harries, L y n d o n . 1977. " T h e Syntax o f S w a h i l i Locative A f f i x e s " . Studies 36.2. 171-185.

2293.

Harries-Delisle, Helga. 1978. "Contrastive Emphasis and Cleft Sentences". Universals of Human Language: Volume 4. Syntax ed. by Joseph H . Greenberg, 420-486. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

2294.

Harris, A l i c e  1976. Grammatical dissertation, Harvard University.

2295. 2296.

Relations

in Modern

Georgian.

African

Ph.D.

. 1982. "Georgian and the Unaccusative Hypothesis". Language 290-306.

58.2.

. 1984. "Case M a r k i n g , V e r b Agreement, and Inversion i n U d i " . Studies in Relational Grammar 2 ed. by D a v i d M . Perlmutter & Carol G. Rosen, 243258. Chicago: University o f Chicago Press.

2297.

. 1985. Diachronic Syntax: The Kartvelian

Case. Syntax and

Semantics

18. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press. 2298.

. 1990. "Georgian: A Language w i t h A c t i v e Case M a r k i n g . A Reply to B.G. H e w i t t " . Lingua

2299.

8 0 . 1 . 35-53.

Harris, M a r t i n . 1975. "Some Problems for a Case Grammar o f L a t i n and Early Romance". Journal of Linguistics 11. 183-194/(1979) " A l c u n i p r o b l e m i circa linguistica. una grammatica dei casi del latino e del protoromanzo". La sfida Lingue classiche e modelli grammaticali ed. by Germano Proverbio, 262-280. T o r i n o : Rosenberg & Sellier.

2300.

Harrison, Carl H . 1986. " V e r b Prominence, V e r b Initialness, Ergativity and T y p o l o g i c a l Disharmony i n Guajajara". Handbook

of Amazonian

Languages.

Vol. 1 ed. by Desmond  Derbyshire & Geoffrey K. P u l l u m , 407-439. B e r l i n : Mouton. 2301.

° Harrison, Sheldon P. 1978. "Transitive M a r k i n g i n Micronesian Languages". Second International

Conference

on Austronesian

Linguistics:

Proceedings

ed. by S.A. W u r m & Լ . Carrington, 1067-1127. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics  61. 2302.

Hartmann, D i e t r i c h . 1978. "Verschmelzungen als Varianten des bestimmten Artikels? Z u r Semantik v o n Äußerungen m i t präpositionalen Gefügen". Sprache Heinrichs

in Gegenwart

und Geschichte.

zum 65. Geburtstag

Festschrift

für

Heinrich

Matthias

ed. by Dietrich Hartmann, Hansjürgen L i n k e &

Otto L u d w i g , 6 8 - 8 1 . K ö l n : Böhlau. 2303.

. 1979. " Ü b e r die Valenz v o n Substantiven i m Deutschen". Zeitschrift germanistische

2304.

Linguistik

7.

für

40-55.

. 1980. " Ü b e r Verschmelzungen v o n Präposition und bestimmtem A r t i ­ k e l : Untersuchungen zu ihrer F o r m und Funktion i n gesprochenen u n d ge­ schriebenen Varietäten des heutigen Deutsch". Zeitschrift für Dialektologie und Linguistik 47. 160-183.

166

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

2305.

Hartmann, Hans. 1962. "Zur Relation zwischen man-Aktiva und dem indefiniten Agens beim Passiv". Indogermanische Forschungen 67. 237-251.

2306.

° Hartnick, T. 1869. De ablatiuis absolutis qui enormiter usurpati uocantur. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Bratislava.

2307.

° Hartung, Johann Adam. 1831. Ueber die Casus, ihre Bildung und Bedeutung in der griechischen und lateinischen Sprache. Erlangen: Palm & Enke.

2308.

Harweg, Roland. 1967. "Skizze einer neuen Theorie des Vokativs". Linguistics 33. 37-48.

2309.

Hasegawa, Kinsuke. 1968. "The Passive Construction in English". Language 44. 230-243.

2310.

Hasegawa, Nobuko. 1981. "On the Passive as a Lexical Process". Proceedings of NELS 11. 96-112.

2311.

°

. 1989. "On the VP Internal Subject Hypothesis". Proceedings of Nanzan Daigaku Nihongo-gakka Sooritsu Kinen Nihongo Kyooiku Kokusai Shinpojiumu ed. by T. Sakamoto & Y. Abe. Nagoya: Nanzan University.

2312.

Hashimoto, Sachiko, Peter Cole, Wayne Harbert, Cecil Nelson, Diane Smietana & Shikaripur Sridhar. 1977. see Cole, Peter.

2313.

° Haspelmath, Martin. 1987. Transitivity Alternations of the Anti-Causative Type. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft, Arbeitspapier 5.

2314.

° Hatch, E. 1969. "Pronoun Case Preference of Young Children". Four Experi­ mental Studies in Syntax of Young Children. Los Angeles: Southwest Regional Laboratory for Educational Research and Development.

2315.

Hatcher, Anna Granville. 1942. "The Use of 'a' as as a Designation of the Personal Accusative in Spanish". Modern Language Notes 57.6. 421-429. Review: see Meier, Harri [1950]

2316.

. 1944a. " I l me prend le bras vs. il prend mon bras". The Romanic Review 35. 156-164.

2317.

. 1944b. "Il tend les mains vs. il tend ses mains". Studies in Philology 41.3. 457-481.

2318.

—

. 1960. "An Introduction to the Analysis of English Noun Compounds". Word 16. 356-373.

2319.

Haudricourt, A. 1973. "Review: Thomas, David D. 1971. Crau Grammar. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii"; Review: Manley, Timothy. 1972. Outline of Sre Structure. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 68. 495-496.

2320.

Haudry, Jean. 1968. "Les emplois doubles du datif et la fonction de datif en indo­ européen". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 63. 141-159.

Alphabetical

List

167

2321.

. 1970. " L ' i n s t r u m e n t a l et la structure de la phrase simple en indo­ européen". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 65. 44-84.

2322.

. 1977. L'emploi des cas en védique. Introduction indo-européen. L y o n : L'hermès.

à l'étude

des cas en

Review, see Elizarenkova, T. Ja. [1982] 2323.

. 1978. "Les cas et la dérivation nominale en indo-européen". Proceed­ ings of the 12th International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 September

2, 1977 ed. by W o l f g a n g U . Dressier & W o l f g a n g M e i d , 487-490.

Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck. 2324.

Haupt, Edward J. & Peggy McCardle. 1983. see M c C a r d l e , Peggy.

2325.

H a u r i , Christoph. 1983. Basis für Satzglieder,

Wortarten

und Kasus. Bern: Peter

Lang. 2326.

Hausenberg, Anu-Reet. 1981. " O n the Syntactic D i s t r i b u t i o n o f Elative i n K o m i and Estonian". Congressus quintus internationalis fenno-ugristarum , Turku 20.-27.VIII. 1980 ed. by Osmo Ikola, 377-382. T u r k u : Suomen kielen seura.

2327.

Haverkate, Henk. 1978. " T h e Vocative Phrase i n M o d e r n Spanish: A C o n t r i b u ­ t i o n to the Study o f Illocutionary Functions". Linguistics 1974-76

2328. 2329.

in the

Netherlands

ed. by W i m Zonneveld, 46-62. Lisse: De Ridder.

Havers, W i l h e l m . 1911. Untersuchungen schen Sprachen. Straßburg: Trübner.

zum Kasussyntax

der

indogermani­

° H a w k i n s , Bruce Wayne. 1981. "Variable Temporal Integration between M o t i o ­ nal Verbs and Locational Prepositions". Linguistic

Notes from La Jolla

10. 98-

127. 2330.

. 1984. The Semantics

of English

Spatial

Prepositions.

Ph.D. disserta­

t i o n , University o f California at San Diego. 2331. 2332.

°

. 1985. The Semantics

of English

. 1986. The Preposition

out:

Spatial

Prepositions.

A Case of Semantic

Trier: L A U T . Elision.

Duisburg:

L A U D . Paper 169. 2333.

2334. 2335.

H a w k i n s , John A . 1980. The Semantic Diversity of Subject and Comparison of English and German. Trier: L A U T . Paper 74.

Object:

A

. 1981. " T h e Semantic Diversity o f Basic Grammatical Relations i n English and G e r m a n " . Linguistische Berichte 75. 1-25. . 1986. A Comparative Contrasts.

Typology

of English

and German:

Unifying

the

London: Croom Helm.

Review: see Blake, Barry J. [1987a] 2336.

H a w k i n s , Roger. 1981a. " O n Generating Indirect Objects i n English: A Reply to A l l e r t o n " . Journal

of Linguistics

17. 1-9.

168

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

2337.

. 1981b. "Towards an Account of the Possessive Constructions NP's N and the N of NP". Journal of Linguistics 17. 247-269.

2338.

. 1986. 'The Acquisition of the English Dative Alternation by L2 Speakers Reconsidered: A 'Learning Complexity' versus 'Universal Gram­ mar' Definition of Markedness". Sheffield Working Papers in Language and Linguistics 3. 17-35.

2339.

. 1987. "Markedness and the Acquisition of the English Dative Alterna­ tion by L2 Speakers". Second Language Research 3.1. 20-55.

2340.

. 1989. "Do Second Language Learners Acquire Restrictive Relative Clauses on the Basis of Relational or Configurational Information?: The Acquisition of French Subject, Direct Object and Genitive Restrictive Rela­ tive Clauses by Second Language Learners". Second Language Research 5.2. 156-188.

2341.

Healy, Alice F. & Andrea G. Levitt. 1978. "The Relative Accessibility of Semantic and Deep Structure Syntactic Concepts". Status Report on Speech Research 55.56. 1-20.

2342.

Heath, Jeffrey. 1972. "Genitivization in Northern Basque Complement Clau­ ses". Anuario del seminario de filología vasca 'Julio de Urquijo' 6. 46-66.

2343.

. 1976a. "Substantival Hierarchies: Addendum to Silverstein". Gram­ matical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 172-190. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

2344.

. 1976b. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Nunggubuyu". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 408-411. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

2345.

. 1976c. "Ergative/Accusative Typologies in Morphology and Syntax". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 599611. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

2346.

. 1977. "Choctaw Cases". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 204-213.

2347.

. 1979. "Is Dyirbal Ergative?". Linguistics 219.220.17.5.6.. 401-463.

2348.

Heberlein, Friedrich. 1986. "Über 'Weglassbarkeit' und 'Notwendigkeit' in einer lateinischen Valenzgrammatik". Concentus hexachordus: Beiträge zum 10. Symposion der bayerischen Hochschullehrer für klassische Philologie in Eichstätt (24.-25. Februar 1984) ed. by Peter Krafft & Hans Jürgen Tschiedel, 33-77. Regensburg: Pustet.

2349.

Hébert, Yvonne M. 1982. "Aspect and Transitivity in (Nicola Lake) Okanagan". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 195-215. New York: Academic Press.

Alphabetical

List

169

2350.

Hecht, B.F. & Eve V . Clark. 1982. see Clark, Eve V .

2351.

H e c k m a n n , J. 1905-06. " Ü b e r präpositionslose Ortsbezeichnung i m A l t l a t e i n i ­ schen". Indogermanische Forschungen 28. 296-376.

2352.

° Heeschen,  1980. "Strategies o f Decoding Actor-Object Relations b y Aphasic Patients". Cortex 16. 5-19.

2353.

Heger, Klaus. 1966. "Valenz, Diathese u n d Kasus". Zeitschrift Philologie

2354.

für

romanische

82.1.2. 138-170.

. 1977. "Aktantenfunktionen und abstrakte Kasus". Kasustheorie, Klas­ sifikation, semantische Interpretation: Beiträge zur Lexikologie und Semantik ed. by Klaus Heger & Janos S. Petöfi, 43-70. H a m b u r g : Buske.

2355.

. 1982. " N o m i n a t i v - Subjekt - T h e m a " . Fakten und Theorien:

Festschrift

für Helmut Stimm zum 65. Geburtstag. Beiträge zur romanischen und allge­ meinen Sprachwissenschaft ed. by Sieglinde Heinz & U l r i c h Wandrudszka, 87-93. Tübingen: Narr. 2356.

. 1983. Akkusativische, ergativische und aktivische Bezeichnung von Aktantenfunktionen. K ö l n : University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 54).

2357.

. 1985. "Akkusativische, ergativische und aktivische Bezeichnung v o n A k t a n t e n f u n k t i o n e n " . Relational lin: Mouton.

Typology

ed. by Frans Plank, 109-130. Ber­

2358.

& János S. Petöfi, eds. 1977. Kasustheorie, Klassifikation, semantische Interpretation: Beiträge zur Lexikologie und Semantik. H a m b u r g : Buske.

2359.

Heggie, L o r i e . 1993. " T h e Range o f N u l l Operators: Evidence f r o m C l e f t i n g " . Natural

2360. 2361.

Language

& Linguistic

Theory

11.1. 45-84.

Heide, Ute. 1989. Zur Markierung der zentralen Partizipanten University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 78).

im Hausa. K ö l n :

° H e i d o l p h , K a r l Erich. 1977. "Syntaktische Funktionen und semantische R o l l e n ( I ) " . Linguistische

2362.

Studien, Reihe A . 35. 54-84.

. 1979. " D e r Kasus bei Appositionen m i t 'als' - grammatische Regeln und Überlegungen zur V e r m i t t l u n g " . Deutsch

als Fremdsprache

16.6. 328-

331. 2363.

° H e i l i g , Ernst. 1978. Untersuchungen zur Valenz und Distribution lateinischer und deutscher Verben an Hand von Ciceros philosophischen Schriften und zur den literaturtheoretischen Schriften von Thomas Mann; Ein Beitrag kontrastiven Grammatik des Lateinischen und Deutschen. Ph.D. dissertation, University o f Tübingen.

170

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

2364.

. 1985. "Erfahrungen bei der Anwendung eines dependenzgrammatischen Modells im Anfängerunterricht Latein". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du Ilme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Prov , 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 241-252. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

2365.

Heinämäki, Orvokki. 1984. "Aspect in Finnish". Aspect Bound: A Voyage into the Realm of Germanic, Slavonic and Finno-Ugrian Aspectology ed. by Casper De Groot & Hannu Tommola, 153-177. Dordrecht: Foris.

2366.

Heine, Bernd. 1990. "The Dative in Ik and Kanuri". Studies in Typology and Diachrony -for Joseph H. Greenberg ed. by William Croft, Keith Denning & Suzanne Kemmer, 139-149. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2367.

, Marcello Lamberti & Mechtild Reh. 1981. see Reh, Mechtild.

2368.

Heinz, Adam. 1955. Genetivus w indoeuropejskim systemie przypadkowym. Warszawa: Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe.

2369.

Helbig, Gerhard. 1965. "Der Begriff der Valenz der strukturellen Sprach­ beschreibung des Fremdsprachenunterrichts". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 1. 10-23.

2370.

°

. 1966. "Untersuchungen zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Ver­ ben". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 3. 1-19.

2371.

°

. 1967. "Zur Umgebungsanalyse deutscher Verben". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Karl-Marx-Universität Leipzig, Gesellschafts- und sprach­ wissenschaftliche Reihe 1.2. 83-93.

2372. 2373.

. 1969. "Valenz und Tiefenstruktur". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 6.3. 159-169. °

. 1970a. "Valenz, Tiefenstruktur und Semantik". Giotto didactica 3.4. 11-46.

2374.

. 1970b. "Probleme der Valenztheorie". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 7.2. 212.

2375.

, ed. 1971a. Beiträge zur Valenztheorie. The Hague: Mouton. Review: see Püschel, Ulrich [1973]

2376.

. 197 Ib. "Einleitung". Beiträge zur Valenztheorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 8. The Hague: Mouton.

2377.

. 1971c. "Theoretische und praktische Aspekte eines Valenzmodells". Beiträge zur Valenztheorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 31-50. The Hague: Mouton.

2378.

. 1971d. "Zu einigen Spezialproblemen der Valenztheorie". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 8.5. 269-282.

Alphabetical

List

171

2379.

. 1971e. " Z u m sprachwissenschaftlichen B e g r i f f der Valenz ( W e r t i g ­ k e i t ) " . Sprachpflege 2 0 . 1 1 . 225-229.

2380.

. 1973. Die Funktionen der substantivischen Gegenwartssprache. Halle: Niemeyer.

2381.

. 1974. " Z u m Problem der Kasusfunktionen des deutschen Substantivs". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur (Halle) 94. 313-

Kasus

in der

deutschen

352. 2382.

°

. 1975a. " Z u einigen Problemen des Passivs und des R e f l e x i v u m s i m Deutschen". Aktuelle Shluktenko. K i e w .

2383.

2385.

Germanistik

ed. by J.A. Ar­

1 1 . 40-47.

. 1976a. "Valenz, Semantik und Satzmodelle". Deutsch sprache 13.2. 99-106. . 1976b. " Z u r Valenz verschiedener Wortklassen". Deutsch sprache

2386.

der gegenwärtigen

. 1975b. " V a l e n z und semantische Merkmalanalyse". Linguistische beitsberichte

2384.

Probleme

als

Fremd­

als

Fremd­

13.3. 131-146.

. 1977a. " Z u r semantischen Charakteristik der Argumente des Prädi­ kats". Probleme

der Bedeutung

Sammelband

den Fremdsprachenunterricht

für

und Kombinierbarkeit im Deutschen. Ein ed. by K a r l - M a r x - U n i v e r s i t ä t

L e i p z i g , Herder Institut, 40-92. L e i p z i g : V E B Verlag Enzyklopädie. 2387.

. 1977b. " Z u r semantischen Beschreibung des Passivs und anderer passi­ vischer F o r m e n " . Probleme schen: Ein Sammelband

der Bedeutung

und Kombinierbarkeit

für den Fremdsprachenunterricht

im Deut­ ed. b y K a r l - M a r x -

Universität L e i p z i g , 187-212. L e i p z i g : V E B Verlag Enzyklopädie. 2388.

. 1978a. " R e k t i o n , Transitivität/Intransitivität, Valenz, Syn/Autosemant i e " . Deutsch

2389.

als Fremdsprache

15.2. 65-78.

. 1978b. " Z u m Status der Satzglieder und zu einigen sekundären Satz­ gliedern i m Deutschen". Beiträge

zu Problemen

der

Satzglieder

ed. by

Gerhard H e i b i g , 79-105. L e i p z i g : V E B Verlag Enzyklopädie. 2390.

. 1978c. "Bemerkungen zum B e g r i f f des Subjekts i n der modernen L i n g u i s t i k " . Deutsch als Fremdsprache 15.5. 2 9 7 - 3 0 1 .

2391.

. 1978d. " Z u den Zustandsbezeichnenden Konstruktionen m i t 'sein' und 'haben' i m Deutschen". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 19. 37-46.

2392.

. 1979a. " Z u m Status der Valenz und der semantischen Kasus". Deutsch als Fremdsprache

2393.

16.2. 65-78.

. 1979b. " R e v i e w : K o c h , W o l f g a n g . 1978. Kasus - Kognition - Kausalität. Zur semantischen Analyse der instrumentalen 'mit'-Phrase. L u n d : Gleerup". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 16.6. 369-371.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

172

Relations

2394.

. 1980. "Zustandspassiv, sein Passiv oder Stativ?". Kopenhagener Bei­ träge zur germanistischen Linguistik. Sonderband 1. Festschrift für Gunnar Bech zum 60. Geburtstag am 23. März 1980 ed. by Mogens Dyhr, Karl Hyldgaard-Jensen & Jørgen Olsen, 199-212. Kopenhagen: KBGL.

2395.

. 1981a. "Review: Korhonen, Jarmo. 1977-78. Studien zu Dependenz, Valenz und Satzmodell (I-II). Bern: Peter Lang". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 18.3. 179-182.

2396.

. 1981b. "Die freien Dative im Deutschen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 18.6. 321-332.

2397.

. 1981c. "Review: Krohn, Dieter. 1980. Dativ und Pertinenzrelation (Syntaktisch-semantische Studien unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Lexemen mit dem Merkmal 'Kleidungsstück'). Göteborg: Acta universitatis gothoburgensis". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 18.6. 372-374.

2398.

. 1982a. Valenz-Satzglieder-semantische Kasus-Satzmodelle. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie.

2399.

84.

2400. 2401.

. 1982b. "Valenz und Sprachebenen". Zeitschrift für Germanistik 1. 68-

. 1983a. "Valenz und Lexikographie". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 20.3. 137-143. °

. 1983b. "Zu Lexikoneintragungen für Verben unter dem Aspekt der semantischen und syntaktischen Valenz". Linguistische Studien 109.

2402.

. 1983c. "Was ist ein 'unpersönliches Passiv?' (Bemerkungen zur Klas­ sifizierung des Vorgangspassivs)". Studien zur deutschen Syntax. Band 1 by Gerhard Heibig, 36-46. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie.

2403.

. 1983d. "Zustandspassiv, sein-Passiv oder Stativ?". Studien zur deut­ schen Syntax. Band 1 by Gerhard Helbig, 47-57. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie.

2404.

. 1983e. "Die freien Dative im Deutschen". Studien zur deutschen Syntax. Band 2 by Gerhard Heibig, 189-211. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Leipzig.

2405.

. 1985a. "Zu einigen theoretischen und praktischen Problemen von Lexikoneintragungen für Verben: Unter dem Aspekt der Beziehungen zwischen Syntax und Semantik". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 43-63.

2406.

. 1985b. "Valenz und Kommunikation (Ein Wort zur Diskussion)". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der pädagogischen Hochschule 'Ernst Schnel­ ler' Zwickau l/Deutsch als Fremdsprache 22.3. 153-156.

2407.

. 1985c. "Review: Weissgerber, Monika. 1983. Valenz und Kongruenz­ beziehungen. Ein Modell zur Vereindeutigung von Verben in der maschinellen Analyse und Übersetzung. Frankfurt am Main: Lang". Deutsch als Fremd­ sprache 22.5. 318-319.

Alphabetical

List

173

2408.

. 1986. " N o t i z e n zu einigen strittigen Problemen der Kasus". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 54.55. 162-175.

semantischen

2409.

. 1987a. "Valenz, semantische Kasus u n d 'Szenen'". Deutsch als Fremd­ sprache 24.4. 200-205.

2410.

. 1987b. " Z u r Klassifizierung der Konstruktionen m i t sein + Partizip I I (Was ist ein Zustandspassiv?)". Das Passiv im Deutschen. Akten des Kollo­ quiums über das Passiv im Deutschen, Nizza 1986 ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique (Nice), 215-233. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

2411.

, ed. 1988a. "Valenz, semantische Kasus und/oder ' S z e n e n ' " . tische Studien,

2412.

. 1988b. " E i n f ü h r u n g

z u m Rundtischgespräch

Kasus und/oder Szenen'". Linguistische 2413.

Linguis­

Reihe A . 180. 'Valenz,

semantische

Studien, Reihe A . 180. 4 - 1 1 .

. 1988c. " R e v i e w : Somers, Harold Լ . 1987. Valency and Case in Compu­ tational

Linguistics.

Fremdsprache 2414.

Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press". Deutsch

. 1988d. " R e v i e w : Schumacher, Helmut, ed. 1986. Verben Valenzwörterbuch M o u t o n " . Deutsch

2415.

als

25.5. 314-315.

zur Syntax und Semantik deutscher als Fremdsprache 25.5. 315-319.

in

Feldern.

Verben.

Berlin:

. 1989a. "Das Passiv - und kein Ende". Deutsch als Fremdsprache

26.4.

215-221. 2416.

. 1989b. "Kontroversen i n der Valenztheorie. Z u K . M . Welkes E i n ­ führung i n die Valenz- und Kasustheorie. (Statt einer Rezension)". Deutsch als Fremdsprache

26.5. 257-262.

Review: see W e l k e , Klaus [1990]; Wotjak, Gerd [1990] 2417.

. 1989c. " R e v i e w : Schmid, Josef. 1988. Untersuchungen ten freien Deutsch.

Dativ

in der Gegenwartssprache

zum

und auf Vorstufen

Frankfurt am M a i n : L a n g " . Deutsch

als Fremdsprache

sogenann­

des

heutigen

26.2. 120-

121. 2418.

. 1990a. "Semantische Kasus und Perspektive". Deutsch sprache

2419.

als

Fremd­

27.2. 71-78.

. 1990b. " Z u r gegenwärtigen Diskussion über Valenz und Kasus". Ziel­ sprache Deutsch

2 1 . 1 . 12-23.

2420.

. 1990c. " Z u r semantischen und pragmatischen Aspekten der Valenz (und der Kasus)". Zeitschrift für Germanistik 11.1. 57-72.

2421.

& W o l f g a n g Schenkel. 1967. " L i s t e n zur Valenz u n d D i s t r i b u t i o n deutscher V e r b e n " . Deutsch als Fremdsprache 4 . 1 . 28-33; 4.2. 83-88; 4.3. 168-172; 4.4. 213-218.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

174 2422.

Relations

& W o l f g a n g Schenkel. 1969/73. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und tion deutscher Verben. L e i p z i g : V E B Verlag Enzyklopädie.

Distribu­

Review՛, see A b r a m o w , Boris Α . & M a r i a D. Stepanowa [ 1 9 7 0 ] ; Götze, L u t z [1973]; Hyvärinen, Irma

[1983]; Kaempfert, M a n f r e d

[ 1 9 7 1 ] ; Kappaun,

Joachim [1971]; K l i m o n o w , V . D . [1970]; Mattausch, Josef [ 1 9 7 0 ] ; Sandig, Barbara [1970]; Schumacher, H e l m u t [1971]; Tarvainen, K a l e v i [ 1 9 7 3 ] ; V a l g a r d , Jorunn [1972] 2423. 2424.

°

& M a r i a D. Stepanowa. 1978. Wortarten und das Problem der Valenz in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache. L e i p z i g : V E B Bibliographisches Institut. H e l b i n g , Robert. 1928. Die Kasussyntax der Verba bei den Septuaginta: Ein Beitrag zur Hebraismenfrage und zur Syntax der Koinn. Göttingen: V a n d e n hoeck & Ruprecht.

2425.

H e l l , G y ö r g y . 1972. " Z u r Frage der A d j e k t i v d e k l i n a t i o n " . Deutsch sprache

2426.

als

Fremd­

9. 364-366.

H e l l a n , Lars. 1988. " T h e Phrasal Structure o f Double Object Clusters".

Working

Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 42. 3-24/(1991) Issues in Germanic Syntax ed. by Werner A b r a h a m , W i m Kosmeijer & Eric Reuland, 67-92. B e r l i n : M o u t o n . 2427.

Helten, W . van. 1893. " D i e got. endung -ē des genit. plur.". Beiträge Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 17.2. 570-572.

2428.

. 1909a. " Z u got. ē des gen. p l . " . Beiträge Sprache und Literatur 35.2. 273-275.

zur Geschichte

2429.

. 1909b. "Gab es einen got. nominativus absolutus?". Beiträge Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 35.2. 3 1 0 - 3 1 1 . Absolute.

deutschen zur

2430.

Helttula, A n n e . 1987. Studies on the Latin Societas scientiarum fennicae.

2431.

Hendrikse, A . P . 1989. "Syntactic Structures as Pragmatic Options". Studies Language

Accusative

der

zur

Helsinki:

in

13.2. 333-379.

2432.

Hendriksen, H . 1940. "Quelques faits à la lumière de la théorie d ' u n système casuel indoeuropéen comportant un cas transitif et un cas i n t r a n s i t i f ' . Bulletin 5.1. du cercle linguistique de Copenhague

2433.

Hengst, D. den, M . Bolkestein, W . H o l t l a n d , H. Pinkster. 1976. see Bolkestein, M.

2434.

Henne, H e l m u t . 1973. " R e v i e w : Greule, Albrecht. 1973. " V a l e n z u n d histo­ rische G r a m m a t i k " . Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 1. 284-294". Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 1. 365.

2435.

Hennis, K a t h r y n . 1990. " ' C o v e r t ' Subjects and Determinate Case: Evidence f r o m M a l a y a l a m " . Proceedings Linguistics,

University

of British

of the 8th West Coast Conference Columbia

on

Formal

ed. by E. Jane Fee & Katherine

H u n t , 167-175. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Association.

Alphabetical

List

175

2436.

Hentschel, Gerd. 1992. "Zum Einfluß der Konstituentenfolge auf die Kasuswahl im Russischen". Lingua 87.3. 231-255.

2437.

Hentschl, Elke. 1989. "Schwankender Kasusgebrauch i m Deutschen: à, je, per, pro". Sprechen und Hören: Akten des 23. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Berlin 1988 ed. by Norbert Reiter, 289-298. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

2438.

Her, One-Soon. 1985-86. "To Dispense with Word Order in Modern Mandarin: A Lexicase Analysis". Papers in East Asian Languages 3. 17-47.

2439.

Herbert, Robert K. 1975. "Observations on a Class of Instrumental Causatives". Papers of the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 11. 260-271.

2440.

Herbst, Thomas. 1983. Untersuchungen zur Valenz englischer Adjektive und ihrer Nominalisierungen. Tübingen: Narr.

2441.

. 1984. "Adjective Complementation: A Valency Approach to Making EFL Dictionaries". Applied Linguistics 5. 1-11.

2442.

. 1987. " A Proposal for a Valency Dictionary of English". A Spectrum of Lexicography: Papers from AILA Brussels 1984 ed. by Robert Ilson, 29-47. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2443.

. 1988. " A Valency Model for Nouns in English". Journal of Linguistics 24.265-301.

2444.

Hercus, L.A. 1976a. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Southern Bāgandji". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 350-352. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Stud­ ies.

2445.

. 1976b. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically Nominative-Ergative or Nominative-Accusative: Arabana-Wangganguru and Bāgandji". Gram­ matical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 598. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

2446.

Herdt, Hilda de. 1970. An Analysis of the Use of the Genitive in Modern English Novels. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

2447.

Heringer, Hans-Jürgen. 1967. "Wertigkeiten und Nullwertige Verben i m Deut­ schen". Zeitschrift für deutsche Sprache 23. 13-34.

2448.

°

. 1968. "Präpositionale Ergänzungsbestimmungen i m Deutschen". Zeit­ schriftfür deutsche Philologie 87. 426-457.

2449.

. 1984. "Kasus und Valenz: Eine Mésalliance?". Zeitschrift für ger­ manistische Linguistik 12. 200-216.

2450.

Herman, József. 1965. "Le datif possessif dans la latinité balkanique". Omagiu lui Alexandru Rosetti, la 70 de ani, 375-378. Bucureşti: Editura academiei republicii socialiste românia.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

176

Relations

2451.

. 1985. "La disparition de la déclinaison latine et l'évolution du syntagme nominal". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du Iime congrès international de linguis­ tique latine, Aix-en-Provence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 345-360. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

2452.

. 1989. "Accusativus cum infinitivo et subordonnée à quod, quia en latin tardif - nouvelles remarques sur un vieux problème". Subordination and Other Topics in Latin: Proceedings of the Third Colloquium on Latin Linguis­ tics, Bologna, 1-5 April 1985 ed. by Gualtiero Calboli, 133-152. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2453.

Hermann, E. 1938. "Die Reihenfolge der griechischen Kasus". Glotta 26. 94-95.

2454.

Hermann, Karen. 1979. "Coping with Complex Polysemy: A Comparison of Dative/Benefactive Constructions in Mandarin and Thai". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 5. 106-113.

2455.

Hermanns, Fritz. 1987. "Ist das Zustandspassiv ein Passiv? Versuch, einer terminologischen Ungereimtheit auf die Spur zu kommen". Das Passiv im Deutschen. Akten des Kolloquiums über das Passiv im Deutschen, Nizza 1986 ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique, 181-213. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

2456.

Hermkens, H.M. 1985. "Van casus -ո naar genus - ո " . De nieuwe taalgids 78.6. 537-538.

2457.

Hermodsson, Lars. 1968. "Die Deklinationsarten der deutschen Substantiva". Moderna språk 12.2, 144-155.

2458.

Hermon, Gabriella. 1981a. "The Relationship of Meaning and Underlying Grammatical Relations: Evidence from Quechua". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 7. 68-81.

2459.

. 1981b. Non-Nominative Subject Constructions in the Government and Binding Framework. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign/(1983) Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

2460.

, Peter Cole & Wayne Harbert. 1978. see Cole, Peter.

2461.

, Peter Cole, Wayne Harbert & Shikaripur Sridhar. 1978/80. see Cole, Peter.

2462. 2463. 2464.

& Peter Cole. 1979. see Cole, Peter. & Peter Cole. 1981. see Cole, Peter. Hernández Sacristán, Carlos. 1991. "Reflexiones sobre valencia estativa. Con especial atención al español y el catalán". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 213-234. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

Alphabetical

List

177

2465.

° Herschensohn, Julia Rogers. 1975. An Interpretive Approach to Inalienable Possession in French. ERIC Microfiche ED 123912. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

2466.

. 1979. System and Function of Indirect Object Pronouns in French. Michigan: University Microfilms International Ann Arbor, Michigan.

2467.

. 1982. "Null and Dummy Subjects in French: The Case for PRO". Current Research in Romance Languages ed. by James P. Lantolf & Gregory B. Stone, 97-107. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

2468.

. 1992a. "French Inalienable Binding". Theoretical Analyses in Romance Linguistics ed. by Christiane Laeufer & Terrell A. Morgan, 367-384. Amster­ dam: Benjamins.

2469.

. 1992b. "Case Marking and French Psych-Verbs". Lingvisticae investigationes 16.1. 21-40.

2470.

. 1992c. "On the Economy of Romance Nonlexical Datives". Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbühler & Konrad Koerner, 123-134. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2471.

Hershberger, H. 1964. "Case-Marking Affixes in Gugu-Yalanji". Papers on the Languages of the Australian Aborigines ed. by R. Pittman & H. Kerr, 73-83. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

2472.

Herskovits, Annette. 1982. Space and the Prepositions in English: Regularities and Irregularities in a Complex Domain. Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford Univer­ sity. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

2473.

. 1985. "Semantics and Pragmatics of Locative Expressions". Cognitive Science 9.3. 341-378.

2474.

. 1986. Language and Spatial Cognition: An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

2475.

. 1988. "Spatial Expressions and the Plasticity of Meaning". Topics in Cognitive Linguistics ed. by Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 271-297. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2476.

°

. 1989. The Linguistic LAUD.

Expression of Spatial Knowledge. Duisburg:

2477.

° Herslund, Michael. 1977. "L'expression de la possession inaliénable en ancien français". Actes du Vlème congrès des romanistes Scandinaves, Upsal, 11-15 aout 1975 ed. by Lennart Carlsson, 125-134. Uppsala.

2478.

. 1980. Problèmes de syntaxe deL'ancien français: Compléments datifs et génitifs. Copenhagen: Academic Press.

2479.

. 1982a. "Ergative Substructures in 'Objective' Languages?". Papers from the Sixth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics ed. by Thornstein Fretheim & Lars Hellan, 75-83. Trondheim: Tapir.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

178 2480.

°

Relations

. 1982b. " D a t i v . E n syntaktisk-semantisk analyse af à N strukturer på fransk". RIDS

100. Copenhagen: University, Institute o f Romance Studies.

2481.

. 1983a. " L e datif de la possession inaliénable en français". Analyses grammaticales du français: Études publiées à l'occasion du 50e anniversaire de Carl Vikner ed. by M i c h a e l Herslund, Ole M ø r d r u p & F i n n Sørensen, 99115. Copenhagen: Academic Press.

2482.

. 1983b. " L a construction réfléchie en ancien français". Actes du Ville congrès des romanistes Scandinaves ed. by Palle Spore, 153-161. Odense: Odense University Press.

2483.

°

. 1985. De franske

verber. En valens grammatisk

fremstilling:

I. Ver­

bernes syntaks. Copenhagen: University, Institute o f Romance Studies. 2484.

2485.

. 1986. " T h e Double Object Construction i n D a n i s h " . Topics in Scan­ dinavian Syntax ed. by Lars Hellan & K i r s t i K o c h Christensen, 125-147. Dordrecht: Reidel. °

. 1987. De franske verber 2. En valensgrammatisk fremstilling: II. Klassifikation. Copenhagen: Samfundslitteratur, École des hautes etudes commerciales de Copenhague.

2486.

. 1988a. Le datif en français.

L o u v a i n : Peeters.

Review: see K l e i n e i d a m , Hartmut [1991]; Peeters, Bert [1991] 2487.

. 1988b. " K o r z e n , Hanne. Problèmes fondamentaux concernant sion du sujet en français moderne". Revue romane 2 3 . 1 . 108-121.

2488.

. 1988c. " O n Valence and Grammatical Relations". Valency: Three Studies on the Linking Power of Verbs ed. by F i n n Sørensen, 3-34. Copenha­ gen: N y t nordisk forlag A r n o l d Busck.

2489.

l'inver­

. 1990. " L a valence des verbes sous l'aspect contrastif: Les verbes 'inaccusatifs' comme problème lexicographique". Cahiers de lexicologie Actes du colloque franco-danois de lexicographie, Copenhague, 19 et 20 septembre 1988 56. 35-44.

2490.

2491.

°

& F i n n Sørensen. 1982. "Syntaks og leksikologi. Inledning t i l en valensgrammatisk analyse af dansk og fransk". SAML 9. 33-83. Copenhagen: University, Institute o f applied linguistics and mathematics. Hervé,

F.

1975.

"Review:

Kürschner,

Wilfried.

1974. Zur

syntaktischen

Beschreibung deutscher Nominalkomposita auf der Grundlage generativer Transformationsgrammatiken. Tübingen: Niemeyer". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 70.2. 287. 2492.

Hess, T h o m . 1973. " A g e n t i n a Coast Salish Language". International American

Linguistics

39.2. 89-94.

Journal

of

Alphabetical 2493.

List

179

Hesse, B o d o . 1978. "Valenzgrammatische Untersuchung zu fakultativen Spe­ zialisierungen i m Französischen". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical ed. by Werner Abraham, 55-83. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Relations 2494.

Hessinger, James John. 1974. The Case Pattern of Ancient Greek: A Theoretical Ph.D. dissertation, Study of Verbs, Case Endings and Preposition-Preverbs. B u f f a l o State University o f N e w Y o r k . A n n A r b o r : University M i c r o f i l m s International.

2495.

Hestvik, A r i l d . 1986. "Case Theory and N o r w e g i a n Impersonal Constructions: Subject-Object Alternations i n A c t i v e and Passive Verbs". Nordic Linguistics 9.2. 181-197.

Journal

of

2496.

Hettrich, H e i n r i c h . 1985. " Z u m Kasussynkretismus i m M y k e n i s c h e n " . chener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 46. 111-122.

2497.

Hetzron, Robert. 1970. " T o w a r d an A m h a r i c Case-Grammar". Studies in Afri­ can Linguistics

2498.

Mün­

1.3. 301-354.

. 1976a. " O n the Hungarian Causative V e r b and Its Syntax". The Gram­ mar

of Causative

Semantics 2499.

Constructions

ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax

and

6, 371-398. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press.

. 1976b. " T h e A g a w Languages". Afroasiatic

Linguistics

3.3. 1-45.

2500.

Heubeck, A l f r e d . 1978. " Z u den homerischen Dativ-Singular-Formen -s-stam­ miger Substantiva". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 37. 69-76.

2501.

Heuer, K n u t . 1977. Untersuchung zur Abgrenzung der obligatorischen fakultativen Valenz des Verbs. Frankfurt am M a i n : Peter L a n g .

2502.

H e w i t t , B.G. 1983. " T h e Causative: Daghestanian Variations on a T h e m e " . Papers in Linguistics 16.3.4. 171-202.

2503.

. 1987. "Georgian: Ergative or A c t i v e ? " . Studies R . M . W . D i x o n , Lingua

in Ergativity

und

ed. by

7 1 . 319-340.

Review: see Harris, A l i c e  [1990] 2504.

H e w s o n , John. 1981. " M o r e on Spanish selo". Linguistics

19.5.6.243.244. 439-

447. 2505.

H e y d r i c h , W o l f g a n g . 1978a. "Argumentrollenindikatoren". Texttheorie-Textre­ präsentation: Theoretische Grundlagen der kanonischen sinnsemantischen Repräsentation von Texten ed. by Claudia Biasci & Johannes Fritsche, 97102. H a m b u r g : Buske.

2506.

. 1978b. "Das System der Argumentrollenindikatoren i m Ü b e r b l i c k " . Texttheorie-Textrepräsentation: Theoretische Grundlagen der kanonischen sinnsemantischen Repräsentation von Texten ed. by Claudia Biasci & Johan­ nes Fritsche, 103-114. Hamburg: Buske.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

180

Relations

2507.

Heyne, O t f r i e d , Roger Frey & Hermann Gelhaus. 1972. see Gelhaus, Hermann.

2508.

H e y w o r t h , H . I ' A . 1984. "Case Preference i n a German Passive Construction". The Incorporated

2509.

Linguist

2 3 . 1 . 23-32.

H i d é n , Car. I. 1896. De casuum syntaxi Lucretiana

I. Helsingfors: Heredum.

Review: see Gustafsson, F. [1898] 2510.

. 1899. De casuum syntaxi Lucretiana Review, see Archiv

für

lateinische

IL Helsingfors: Heredum.

Lexikographie

und Grammatik

[1900] 1 1 .

445. 2511.

. 1900. "Lucretiana". Archiv matik

2512.

für

lateinische

Lexikographie

und

Gram­

1 1 . 99-103.

° Hiecke. 1854. Vorbemerkungen

zu einer Parallelsyntax

der Casus. Programme

o f the städtisches Gymnasium Greifswald. 2513.

Hiersche, Rolf. 1976. " Z u . ai. éd (aid) + A k k . 'siehe (da)' i n den Brāhmanas". Die Sprache

2514.

22.2. 131-136.

Hietaranta, Pertti S. 1983. " W h i c h 'For' Is I t ? " . Neuphilologische

Mitteilungen

84.2. 228-232. 2515.

. 1985. "Raising Once M o r e . Review: Ihalainen, Ossi. 1982. " N e w Evidence for R a i s i n g " . Neuphilologische

Mitteilungen

83. 210-215. A u w e r a ,

Johan van der. 1983. " N e w Evidence for Raising?". Neuphilologische teilungen

84. 396-397". Neuphilologische

Mitteilungen

Mit­

86. 242-245.

Review՛, see Ihalainen, Ossi [1985] 2516.

H i e t b r i n k , M a r t i n . 1992. " R e v i e w : Vandeloise, Claude. 1991. Spatial tions. Chicago: Chicago University Press". Probus 4.2. 183-185.

2517.

H i g g i n s , Francis R. 1973. The Pseudo-Cleft

Construction

Preposi­

in English.

dissertation, M I T University/(1976) B l o o m i n g t o n : Indiana U n i v e r s i t y

Ph.D. Lin­

guistics Club/(1978) N e w Y o r k : Garland. 2518.

Hildebrand, R. 1869. " E i n wunderlicher rheinischer Accusativ". Zeitschrift deutsche Philologie 1. 442-448.

2519.

H i l l a r d , Edward. 1977. " O n the Differentiation of Subject and Object i n Relativization: Evidence f r o m L u s h a i " . Proceedings from the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 335-346.

2520.

H i i l e n , M i c h a e l . 1989. Studien zur Dichtersprache kativer Ablativ, Hypallage. B e r l i n : De Gruyter.

2521.

H i l l s , E.C. 1920. " T h e Accusative a". Hispania

2522.

H i l t y , Gerold. 1963. " R e v i e w : Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Copenhague: M u n k s g a a r d " . Romanische Forschungen 75. 145-153.

Senecas: Abundanz,

für

expli­

3.4. 216-222.

Alphabetical

List

181

2523.

Himpens, E. 1991. "The Case of Comrie". Acta universitatis 1299. Neerlandica wratislaviensia V. 411-427.

wratislaviensis

2524.

Hinds, John V. 1973. "Case Markers and Complementizers: Korean and Japa­ nese". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 13. 9396.

2525.

. 1977. "Particle Deletion in Japanese and Korean". Linguistic 8.3. 602-604.

2526.

. 1979. "The Ellipsis of Possessor Noun Phrases in Japanese Conversa­ tion". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 11.1. 23-37.

2527.

557.

Inquiry

. 1982. "Case Marking in Japanese". Linguistics 20.7.8.257.258. 541-

2528.

Hinds, Wako Tawa. 1987. On the Concept of Transitivity and Case Markers in Japanese. Ph.D. dissertation, Pennsylvania State University, University Park. Dissertation Abstracts International, Α.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.7. 2564.A.

2529.

Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Robert S. Kirsner. 1980. "On the Inference of 'Inalienable Possession' in Swahili". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 2.1. 1-16.

2530.

Hinrichs, Erhard W. 1986. "Verschmelzungsformen in German: A GPSG Ana­ lysis". Linguistics 24.5.285. 939-955.

2531.

Hinton, Leanne & Margaret Langdon. 1976. "Object-Subject Pronominal Pre­ fixes in La Huerta Diegueno". Hokan Studies. Papers from the First Confer­ ence on Hokan Languages Held in San Diego, California, April 23-25, 1970 ed. by Margaret Langdon & Shirley Silver, 113-128. The Hague: Mouton.

2532.

Hinüber, Oskar von. 1968. Studien zur Kasussyntax des Pali, besonders des Vinaya-Pitaka. München: Fink.

2533.

° Hirakouji, Kenjі. 1973. "A Comparative Study of Locative and Temporal Preand Postpositions in English and Japanese". The English Teachers' Magazine 23.10. 64-69.

2534.

Hirschbühler, Paul. 1989. "On the Existence of Null Subjects in Embedded Clauses in Old and Middle French". Studies in Romance Linguistics: Selected Papers from the Seventeenth Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages (XVILLSRL), Rutgers University, 27-29 March 1987 ed. by Carl Kirschner & Janet DeCesaris, 155-175. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2535.

Hirt, Hermann. 1934. Indogermanische Grammatik. Teil VI: Syntax I: Syn­ taktische Verwendung der Kasus und der Verbalformen. Heidelberg: Winter.

2536.

Hjelmslev, Louis. 1935/37. "La catégorie des cas". Acta jutlandica 7 (1935) - 9 (1937).

182 2537.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

. 1972. La catégorie des cas. München: Fink.

2538.

Hobæk Haff, Marianne. 1992. "Actants circonstanciels et circonstants actanciels: Une analyse de la dichotomie actant/circonstant". Revue romane 27.2. 285-291.

2539.

Hochmuth, Horst. 1975. "Ermittlung von Äquivalenzkriterien durch seman­ tischen Valenzvergleich (am Beispiel des militärischen Terminus befördern und seiner russischen Entsprechungen)". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 11. 106-112.

2540.

° Hock, Hans Henrich. 1975. "Historical Change and Synchronic Structure: The Case of the Sanskrit Vocative Singular of ā-Stems". International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics 4. 29-43.

2541.

. 1985. "Transitivity as a Gradient Feature? Evidence from Indo-Aryan, Especially Sanskrit and Hindi". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Ariene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 247-263. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguis­ tics Club.

2542.

. 1990. "Oblique Subjects in Sanskrit?" Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra . Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 119-139. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

2543.

Hoddinott, W.G. & F.M. Kofod. 1976. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Djamindjungan. Ngangikurungur". Grammatical Catego­ ries in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 397-405. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

2544.

Hoecke, Willy van & Michèle Goyens. see Goyens, Michèle.

2545.

° Högberg, John Elio. 1916.  repositioner i tyskan förbundna än med dativ och än med ackusativ och värför (till den studerande ungdomens tjänst). Lund: Lindstedt.

2546.

Höhlein, Helga. 1984. Die Relevanz von Tiefenstrukturen bei der sprachlichen Translation. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Aachen. Tübingen: Narr.

2547.

Hoeing, Robert G. 1988. "Out of Control: Control Theory and Its Implications for Empty Categories, Expletives, and Missing Subjects in German". Ger­ manic Linguistics II. Papers from the Second Symposium on Germanic Lin­ guistics, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 3-4 October 1986 ed. by Elmer H. Antonsen & Hans Henrich Hock, 55-64. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

2548.

Hoek, Theo van den. 1981. "Syntactische heranalyse". Tabu 11.4. 105-109.

2549.

Hoeken, Ada van. 1991. "Het Duitse adjectief - een andere, betere aanpak". Levende talen 463. 341-342.

Alphabetical

List

183

2550.

Hoekstra, Eric. 1986. "On the Structural Subject Position in Tagalog". Lingua 70. 41-55.

2551.

. 1988. "Psychologische werkwoorden, onaccusativiteit en de bindings­ theorie". Glot, Tijdschrift voor taalwetenschap 11.2. 125-143.

2552.

. 1989. On Double Objects and the Structure of the VP in English and Dutch. Leiden: Dutch Working Papers in English Language and Linguistics 11.

2553.

. 1991. "Binding, Ditransitives and the Structure of the VP". Issues in Germanic Syntax ed. by Werner Abraham, Wim Kosmeijer & Eric Reuland, 351-364. Berlin: Mouton.

2554.

Hoekstra, Teun Α. 1978. "De status en plaats van het indirekt objekt". Aspekten van woordvolgorde in het Nederlands ed. by J.G. Kooij, 40-69. Leiden: Vakgroep nederlandse taal- en letterkunde.

2555.

. 1980. "The Status of the Indirect Object". Linguistics in the Nether­ lands 1977-79 ed. by Wim Zonneveld & Fred Weerman, 152-169. Dordrecht: Foris.

2556.

. 1984. Transitivity. Grammatical Relations in Theory. Dordrecht: Foris.

2557.

. 1986. "Passives and Participles". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1986 ed. by Frits Beukema & Aafke Hulk, 95. Dordrecht: Foris.

2558.

75.

Government-Binding

. 1992. "Subjects inside out". Revue québécoise de linguistique 22.1. 45-

2559.

, Harry van der Hulst & Jos Nijhof. 1976. "De possessieve datief'. Meta, Mededelingen voor neerlandici in Leiden 10.6. 13-16.

2560.

Höser, Iris. 1986. "Untersuchungen zur formalisierten Beschreibung von Verb­ sememen für die automatische Satzanalyse: Am Beispiel ausgewählter Ver­ ben des Deutschen". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 155. 1-154.

2561.

° Hösselbarth, Lutz. 1981. Die Konfrontation der englischen of-Konstruktion mit ihren Entsprechungen im Deutschen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Berlin.

2562.

. 1983. "Semantische Beschreibung und Konfrontation: (Dargestellt am Beispiel des Vergleichs der englischen 'of'-Konstruktion mit ihren Ent­ sprechungen im Deutschen)". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 36.4. 421-428.

2563.

. 1984. "Zur Beschreibung semantischer Verhältnisse beim attributiven Genitiv im Deutschen". Sprachpflege 33.1. 1-4.

2564.

Hoff, François. 1989. "Les ablatifs absolus irréguliers: Un nouvel examen du problème". Subordination and Other Topics in Latin: Proceedings of the Third Colloquium on Latin Linguistics, Bologna, 1-5 April 1985 ed. by Gualtiero Calboli, 401-423. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

184

Relations

2565.

° Hoffmann, F.G. 1836. Obseruata et monita quaedam de casibus absolutis apud ueteres scriptores graecos et latinos ita positis, ut uideantur non posse locum habere. Programm, Budissae.

2566.

Hoffner, Harry A., Jr. 1982. "The Old Hittite Legal Idiom šuwaye- with the Allative". Journal of the American Oriental Society 102. 507-509.

2567.

Hofling, Charles A. 1990. "Possession and Ergativity in Itzá Maya". Interna­ tional Journal of American Linguistics 56.4. 542-560.

2568.

& Joseph F. Foster. 1987. see Foster, Joseph F.

2569.

Hofmann, Dietrich. 1982. "Zur Syntax der Zehnerzahlen mit Substantiv in den altgermanischen Sprachen, insbesondere im Altfriesischen". US Wurk (Uni­ versity of Groningen), Tydskrift foar frisistyk 31. 85-106.

2570.

° Hofmann, T. Ronald. 1968. "Underlying vs. Superficial Grammatical Rela­ tions". Recherche sur la traduction automatique: Ilème rapport semestriel, 35-55. Montreal: University.

2571.

Hoftijzer, J. 1965. "Remarks Concerning the Use of the Particle 't in Classical Hebrew". Oudtestamentische studien 1940-1965 14 ed. by P.A.H. de Boer, 199. Leiden: Brill.

2572.

Hogan, John T., Gary D. Prideaux & Ronald H. Smyth. 1979. see Smyth, Ronald H.

2573.

Hogen, Roger van. 1983. "Passiefberegelingen en transitiviteit". Forum der letteren 24.2. 110-130.

2574.

Hohepa, Patrick W. 1969. "The Accusative-to-Ergative Drift in Polynesean Languages". The Journal of the Polynesean Society 78. 295-329.

2575.

° Holisky, Dee Ann. 1984. "Anomalies in the Use of the Ergative Case in TsovaTush (Batsbi)". Folia slavica 7. 181-194.

2576.

. 1987. "The Case of the Intransitive Subject in Tsova-Tush (Batsbi)". Studies in Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 103-132.

2577.

Hollander, Michelle, Richard Goldberg, Jess Gropen, Steven Pinker, Ronald Wilson. 1989. see Gropen, Jess.

2578.

, Richard Goldberg, Jess Gropen & Steven Pinker. 1991. see Gropen, Jess.

2579. 2580.

Jess.

, Richard Goldberg, Jess Gropen & Steven Pinker. 1992. see Gropen,

Holmberg, Anders & Christer Platzack. 1991. "On the Role of Inflection in Scandinavian Syntax". Issues in Germanic Syntax ed. by Werner Abraham, W i m Kosmeijer & Eric Reuland, 93-118. Berlin: Mouton.

Alphabetical

List

185

2581.

Holtbuer, F. 1885. "Der syntaktische Gebrauch des Genitives in Andreas, Gûðlac, Phönix, dem heiligen Kreuz und Höllenfahrt". Anglia 8. 1-40.

2582.

Holtland, W., M. Bolkestein, D. den Hengst & H. Pinkster. 1976. see Bolkestein, M.

2583.

Holton, J.S. 1960. "Placement of Object Pronouns". Hispania 43.4. 584-585.

2584.

Holvoet, Axel. 1991. Transitivity and Clause Structure in Polish: A Study in Case-Marking. Warszawa: Slawistyczny Ośrodek Wydawniczy. Holz, Guido. 1988. "Review: Wegener, Heide. 1985. Der Dativ im heutigen Deutsch. Tübingen: Narr". Muttersprache 98. 83-84.

2585. 2586.

Holzman, Mathilda. 1975. "Important Psycholinguistic Development. Review: Bowerman, Melissa. 1973. Early Syntactic Development: A Cross-Linguistic Study with Special Reference to Finnish. New York: Cambridge University Press". Contemporary Psychology 20.1. 42-43.

2587.

Holzman, M. 1878. "Der sogenannte Locativ des Zieles im Rigveda und in den homerischen Gedichten". Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwis­ senschaft 10. 182-230.

2588.

° Holzweissig, F. 1877. Wahrheit und Irrthum der localistischen Leipzig.

Casustheorie.

2589.

Homorodean, Mircea. 1987. "Fapte de limbă în toponimia Ţării Lăpuşului". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 38.4. 271-277.

2590.

Hong, U Pyong & Soo Song Shin. 1988. see Shin, Soo Song.

2591.

° Hong, Yunsook. 1985. " A Quantitative Analysis of  and (N)UN as Subject Markers in Spoken and Written Korean". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguis­ tics ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 145-153. Seoul: Hanshin.

2592.

Honti, László. 1986. "Er soll mit Begrüssung geschrieben werden". Finnischugrische Mitteilungen 10. 155-163.

2593.

Hook, Peter Edwin. 1976. "Some Syntactic Reflexes of Sub-Categories of Agent in Hindi". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 65-78. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

2594.

. 1980. "Astādhyāyī 3.3.158 and the Notion of Subject in Panīnī". Revue roumaine de linguistique 25.1. 79-87.

2595.

. 1983. "The English Abstrument and Rocking Case Relations". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 19. 183-94.

2596.

. 1984. "The Anti-Absolutive in Kashmiri and Sumerian". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 20. 181-191.

186

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

2597.

2598.

Relations

. 1985a. "Coexistent Analyses and Participant Roles in Indo-Aryan". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Ariene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 264-283. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club. °

. 1985b. "The Super-Anti-Absolutive in Kashmiri". Proceedings of the First Annual Meeting of the Pacific Linguistics Conference ed. by Scott DeLancey & Russel Tomlin, 142-151. Eugene: Department of Linguistics of the University of Oregon.

2599.

. 1986. "Null Valents in the Expression of Impersonal Action in Kash­ miri and Russian". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 22.1. 179-194.

2600.

. 1987. "Poguli Syntax in the Light of Kashmiri: A Preliminary Report". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 17.1. 63-71.

2601.

. 1990. "Experiencers in South Asian Languages". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 319334. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Informa­ tion.

2602.

°

& O.N. Koul. 1984a. "On the Grammar of Derived Transitives and Causatives in Kashmiri". Aspects of Kashmiri Linguistics ed. by O.N. Koul & Peter Edwin Hook, 93-122. Delhi: Bahri.

2603.

°

& O.N. Koul. 1984b. "Pronominal Suffixes and Split Ergativity in Kashmiri". Aspects of Kashmiri Linguistics ed. by O.N. Koul & Peter Edwin Hook, 123-135. Delhi: Bahri.

2604.

Hoop, Helen de. 1989. "Case Assignment and Generalized Quantifiers". Pro­ ceedings of NELS 19. 176-190.

2605.

& Henriëtte de Swart. 1990. "Indefinite Objects". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1990 ed. by Reineke Bok-Bennema & Peter Coopmans, 91-100. Dordrecht: Foris.

2606.

Hoope, Yolande ten. 1989. "How Do We Experience Case and Theta-Roles? A Classification of Pronominal and Psych Verbs in Spanish". OTS Yearbook 1989. 37-52.

2607.

Hoover, Aija Riitta. 1984. "Pragmatic Constraints of Case and Word Order in Finnish: Implications on Definiteness". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 20. 192-202.

2608.

Hopkins, Edwin A. 1975. "Cleft and Case: Two Sources of Interference for FL Learners". Die Unterrichtspraxis 8.2. 27-38.

2609.

Hopper, Paul J. 1979. "Some Discourse Sources of Ergativity". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 11.2. 137-153.

Alphabetical

List

187

2610.

. 1983. "Ergative, Passive, and Active in Malay Narrative". Discourse Perspectives on Syntax ed. by F. Klein-Andreu, 67-88. New York: Academic Press.

2611.

. 1985. "Causes and Affects". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 67-88.

2612.

& Sandra A. Thompson. 1980. "Transitivity in Grammar and Dis­ course". Language 56.2. 251-299.

2613.

& Sandra A. Thompson, eds. 1982. Studies in Transitivity. Syntax and Semantics 15. New York: Academic Press.

2614.

Horák, Emil. 1974. "Ešte raz o významovom protiklade SMER MIESTO v predložkovom systéme slovenčiny". Jazykovedný časopis 25.2. 150-157.

2615.

Hořešjí, Vladimír. 1960. "Cazul direct şi sintaxa lui în limba română". Omagiu lui Al. Graur cu prilejul împlinirii a 60 de ani. Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 11.3.495-503.

2616.

Horiguchi, Ikiko. 1983. "Psych Movement Verbs and Derived Adjectives". Sophia linguistica 13. 33-44.

2617.

Horlitz, Bernd. 1982. "Valenz und Bedeutung bei den mit durch- verbundenen Verben". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft: Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 259-270. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

2618.

Horn, George M. 1975. "On the Nonsentential Nature of the POSS-ing Construc­ tion". Linguistic Analysis 1. 333-387.

2619.

Horn, Laurence R. 1980. "Affixation and Unaccusative Hypothesis". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 16. 134-146.

2620.

Hornby, Peter A. 1971. "The Role of Topic-Comment in the Recall of Cleft and Pseudo-Cleft Sentences". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Lin­ guistics Society 7. 445-453.

2621.

Hornstein, Norbert & Bezalel Elan Dresher. 1979. see Dresher, Bezalel Elan.

2622.

& Amy Weinberg. 1981. "Case Theory and Preposition Stranding". Linguistic Inquiry 12.1. 55-91.

2623. 2624. 2625. 2626.

& David Lightfoot. 1987. "Predication and PRO". Language 63. 23-52. Horton, C.H.M., J. Beard, I. Short & B. Woledge. 1967. see Woledge, B. Hottenroth, Priska-Monika. 1991. Prepositions and Object Concepts: A Contri­ bution to Cognitive Semantics. Duisburg: L A U D . ° House, Richard. 1982. The Use of Genitive Initial Sentences for the Specification of Quantity in Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

188 2627. 2628. 2629. 2630.

Relations

& Steven Franks. 1982. see Franks, Steven. Householder, Fred W . 1960. "-ro and Mycenean Cases". Glotta . 1987. "Some Facts about Me and I". Language

38. 1-10.

Research 23.2. 163-184.

. 1988. " T h e Group Genitive and T y p e 24 Languages". On Language: Rhetorica, phonologica, syntactica - A Festschrift for Robert P. Stockwell from His Friends and Colleagues ed. by Caroline Duncan-Rose & Vennemann, 381-388. L o n d o n : Routledge.

2631.

H o u w i n k ten Cate, Philo. 1966. " T h e Ending -d o f the H i t t i t e Possessive P r o n o u n " . Revue hittite

2632.

Theo

et asiatique

24.79. 123-132.

H o w e , Christine J. 1981a. "Case Grammar and Stage I Speech: Some Evidence against". Edinburgh

University

Work in Progress

14. 32-38.

2633.

. 1981b. "Interpretive Analysis and Role Semantics: A Ten-Year M é s a l ­ liance?". Journal of Child Language 8. 439-456.

2634.

Hristov, Paisij. 1979. "Transformations i n the Translation o f Bulgarian Adverbs o f Manner into French". Contrastive Linguistics 4 . 1 . 79-88.

2635.

Hsieh, H s i n - I . 1979. " L o g i c a l , Syntactic, and M o r p h o l o g i c a l Notions o f Sub­ j e c t " . Lingua 48. 329-353.

2636.

Hualde, Jose I. 1986. "Case Assignment i n Basque". Journal Provinces

2637.

Linguistic

Association

Atlantic

Huang, Shuan-Fan. 1985. "Social C l i m b i n g Effects: The Case M a r k i n g System i n M a n d a r i n " . Anthropological

2638.

of the

8. 4 4 - 7 1 . Linguistics

27.2. 141-155.

Hubbard, Philip L. 1981. " D a t i v e Clitics i n Albanian: Evidence for Syntactic L e v e l s " . Proceedings

of the Annual

Meeting

of the Berkeley

Linguistics

Society 7. 82-92. 2639.

Huber, W o l f g a n g . 1978. " H e r m a n n Paul und die Kasusgrammatik". Beiträge Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 100. 86-109.

2640.

Huddieston, Rodney. 1970. "Some Remarks on Case Grammar". Inquiry

zur

Linguistic

1. 5 0 1 - 5 1 1 .

2641.

Hudson, J. 1976. " W a l m a t j a r i : Nominative-Ergative or t i v e ? " . Papers in Australian Linguistics 9. 1-30.

2642.

Hudson, Richard A . 1988a. "Coordination and Grammatical Relations". of Linguistics

Nominative-Accusa­ Journal

24. 303-342.

2643.

. 1988b. "Extraction and Grammatical Relations". Lingua

2644.

. 1988c. English

2645.

. 1989a. " E n g l i s h Passives, Grammatical Relations and Default Inherit­ ance". Lingua

76. 177-208.

Passives. Duisburg: L A U D . Series A . Paper 207.

79. 17-48.

Alphabetical

List

189

2646.

. 1989b. " G a p p i n g and Grammatical Relations". Journal 25. 57-94.

2647.

. 1992. "So-Called ' D o u b l e Objects' and Grammatical Relations". Lan­ guage 68.2. 251-276.

2648.

Hübschmann, . 1875. Zur Casuslehre.

2649.

H ü l l e n , Werner.

2651.

Linguistics

München: Ackermann.

1981. " Z u r Analyse v o n N o m i n a l k o m p o s i t a m i t H i l f e der

Kasusgrammatik". Anglistik 2650.

of

und Englischunterricht

° Hueser. 1863. De casuum usu syntactico.

14. 87-102.

Münster.

H u f f m a n , A l a n . 1983. ' " G o v e r n m e n t o f the D a t i v e ' i n French". Lingua

60. 283-

309. 2652.

Hujer, . 1912. " Z u r Deklination der Personalpronomina". Forschungen 30. 49-54.

2653.

H u l k , A a f k e . 1984. "Lui 13.4. 2 5 3 - 2 7 1 .

2654.

Indogermanische

versus en i n French Causatives". Linguistic

Analysis

. 1991. "Les pronoms clitiques sujets et la théorie linguistique". Actes du XVIIIe congrès international de linguistique et de philologie romanes, Uni­ versité de Trèves (Trier) 1986, Section III: Linguistique théorique et lin­ guistique

2655.

synchronique ed. by Dieter Kremer, 505-514. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

& A n s van Kemenade. 1988. " N o m i n a t i v e Identification i n Germanic and Romance Languages". Linguistics

in the Netherlands

1988 ed. b y Peter

Coopmans & A a f k e H u l k , 69-78. Dordrecht: Foris. 2656.

& Hans Pijnenburg. 1989. see Pijnenburg, Hans.

2657.

& A n s van Kemenade, eds. 1993a. Null Subjects in Diachrony. Issue Lingua

Special

89.2.3.

2658.

& Ans van Kemenade. 1993b. " I n t r o d u c t i o n " . Lingua

2659.

& A n s van Kemenade. 1993c. "Subjects, N o m i n a t i v e Case, Agreement and Functional Heads". Lingua

89.2.3. 109-115.

89.2.3. 181-215.

2660.

Hulst, Harry van der, Teun Hoekstra & Jos N i j h o f . 1976. see Hoekstra, Teun.

2661.

Humbert, Jean. 1930. La disparition

2662.

Champion. H u m m e r , Peter. 1987-88. ''Null-Subjekte i n der (deutschen) Kindersprache". Klagenfurter Beiträge zur Sprachwissenschaft 13.14. 228-244.

2663.

Humphreys, H.L. 1932. A Study of Dates and Causes of Case Reduction Old-French Studies.

Pronoun.

du datif en grec (du Ier au Xe siècle). Paris:

in the

N e w Y o r k : Publications o f the Institute o f French

190

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

2664.

Hundschurscher, Franz. 1990. "Review: Welke, Klaus M. 1988. Einführung in die Valenz- und Kasustheorie. Leipzig: VEB Bibliographisches Institut". Zeitschrift für Dialektologie und Linguistik 57.2. 233-234.

2665.

Hung, Henrietta, Eithne Guilfoyle & Lisa Travis. 1990. see Guilfoyle, Eithne.

2666.

Hung, Tony T.N. 1988. "Case and Role in Newari: A Cognitive-Grammar Approach". Linguistic Notes from La Jolla 14. 95-107.

2667.

Huntley, David. 1980. "The Evolution of Genitive-Accusative Animate and Personal Nouns in Slavic Dialects". Historical Morphology ed. by Jacek Fisiak, 189-212. The Hague: Mouton.

2668.

u, Werner. 1982. "Zur Funktionalität der alt-französischen Zweikasus­ deklination". Fakten und Theorien: Festschrift für Helmut Stimm zum 65. Geburtstag. Beiträge zur romanischen und allgemeine?! Sprachwissenschaft ed. by Sieglinde Heinz & Ulrich Wandruszka, 95-109. Tübingen: Narr.

2669.

Hurd, Conrad. 1977. "Nasioi Projectives". Oceanic Linguistics 16.2. 111-178.

2670.

Hurford, James R. 1981. "Review: Anderson, John M. 1977. On Case Grammar. London: Croom Helm". Journal of Linguistics 17. 374-378.

2671.

Hurst, Dorothy Ann. 1951. "Spanish Case. Influence of Subject and Connotation of Force". Hispania 34.1. 74-78.

2672.

Hurst, Mary Jane. 1987. "Characterization and Language: A Case-Grammar Study of As I Lay Dying". Language and Style 20.1. 71-87.

2673.

Hutchins, William John. 1975. "Subjects, Themes and Case Grammars". Lingua 35. 101-133.

2674.

Huxley, Renira. 1970. "The Development of the Correct Use of Subject Personal Pronouns in Two Children". Advances in Psycholinguistics ed. by Giovanni B. Flores D'Arcais & Willem J.M. Levelt, 141-165. Amsterdam: North Holland.

2675.

Hyman, Larry M. 1975. "On the Change from SOV to SVO: Evidence from Niger-Congo". Word Order and Word Order Change ed. by Charles N. L i , 113-147. Austin: University of Texas Press.

2676.

. 1977. "The Syntax of Body Parts". Haya Grammatical Structure: Phonology, Grammar, Discourse ed. by Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo, Ales­ sandro Duranti & Larry M. Hyman, 99-117. Los Angeles: University of Southern California, Department of Linguistics.

2677.

& Alessandro Duranti. 1982. "On the Object Relation in Bantu". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 217-239. New York: Academic Press.

2678.

& Malillo Morolong. 1977. see Morolong, Malillo.

Alphabetical 2679.

List

191

H y v ä r i n e n , I r m a . 1983. " Z u den semantischen Selektionsbeschränkungen des Mitspielers Sn (Subjekt) i m Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deut­ scher Verben v o n Helbig/Schenkel: Einige metatheoretische Vorüberlegun­ g e n " . Linguistische Studien, Reihe A . 107.2. 1-22.

2680.

. 1990. "Ergänzungen und Angaben - H ü oder Hott? Überlegungen zu Klaus M . W e l k e . 1988. Einführung VEB

in die Valenz- und Kasustheorie.

Bibliographisches Institut". Neuphilologische

Mitteilungen

Leipzig: 9 1 . 259-

269; 389-398. 2681.

° Iber, H . 1888. De Marburg.

dativi

usu Tibulliano.

2682.

° Ickler, Irene. 1987. Zur Kodierung

Ph.D. dissertation, U n i v e r s i t y

von semantischen

Rollen.

of

München.

2683.

. 1990. "Kasusrahmen und Perspektive: Z u r K o d i e r u n g v o n seman­ tischen R o l l e n " . Deutsche Sprache 18. 1-37.

2684.

Ickler, Theodor. 1985. "Valenz und Bedeutung. Beobachtungen zur L e x i k o ­ graphie des Deutschen als Fremdsprache". Lexikographie und Grammatik. Akten des Essener Kolloquiums zur Grammatik im Wörterbuch, 28.-30.6.1984 ed. by Henning Bergenholtz & Joachim M u g d a n , 358-377. Tübingen: N i e ­ meyer.

2685.

Ignàcio, Sebastião Expedito. 1985. " T i p o l o g i a dos complementos verbais do português contemporâneo". Alfa

2686.

29. 67-90.

Ihalainen, Ossi. 1982. " N e w Evidence for R a i s i n g " . Neuphilologische ungen 83. 210-215.

Mitteil­

Review: see A u w e r a , Johan van der [1983b]; Hietaranta, Pertti S. [ 1 9 8 5 ] ; Seppänen, A i m o [1985] 2687.

. 1985. " O n the Rising Interest i n Raising. A Review o f Comments on ' N e w Evidence for R a i s i n g ' " . Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 86. 367-373. Review: see Seppänen, A i m o [1987]

2688.

I k e g a m i , Y o s h i h i k o . 1976. " A Localist Hypothesis as a F r a m e w o r k f o r Contras­ tive L i n g u i s t i c s " . Folia

2689.

2690.

linguistica

9.1.4. 5 9 - 7 1 .

. 1981. 'Activity'-'Accomplishment'-'Achievement'—A Language That Can't Say 'I Burned It, but It Didn't Burn' and One That Can. Trier: L A U T . Paper 87. °

. 1982a. "Indirect

Causation

and Deagentivization

Involvement i n English and Japanese". Proceedings Foreign 2691.

Languages,

College of General

Education,

- The Semantics o f of the Department

University

of

of Tokyo 29.3.

. 1982b. "Source vs Goal - A Case o f Linguistic D i s s y m m e t r y " . Lan­ guage and Cognitive Styles: Patterns of Neurolinguistic and Psycholinguistic Development ed. by Robert N . St. Clair & Walburga v o n Raffler-Engel, 292308. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger.

192 2692.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

. 1986. "The Goal as Agent". Sophia linguistica 20.21. 7-14.

2693.

. 1987. "'Source' vs. 'Goal': A Case of Linguistic Dissymmetry". Concepts of Case ed. by René Dirven & Günther Radden, 122-147. Tübingen: Narr.

2694.

. 1988. "Transitivity: Intransitivization versus Causativization: Some Typological Considerations Concerning Verbs of Action". On Language: Rhetorica, Phonologica, Syntactica ed. by Caroline Duncan-Rose & Theo Vennemann, 389-401. London: Routledge.

2695.

° Ikola, O. 1972. "Partitiivi subjektin, objektin ja predikatiivin sijana". Kielikello 5.5-12.

2696.

Iliescu, Maria. 1969. "Stammen die romanischen Substantive lateinischen Ur­ sprungs von der Akkusativform ab?". Revue roumaine de linguistique 14.5. 477-479.

2697.

. 1971. "Gibt es einen 'casus generalis'?". Revue roumaine de lin­ guistique 16.4. 327-331.

2698.

. 1973. "Les substantifs romans proviennent-ils du nominatif ou de l'accusatif latin?". Revue roumaine de linguistique 18.1. 93-98.

2699.

& Liliana Macarie. 1964. "Aspects dans l'évolution syntaxique du génitif et du datif en latin tardif'. Revue roumaine de linguistique 9.4. 437444.

2700.

& Liliana Macarie. 1965. "Schiţă de evoluţie a declinării în latina tîrzie". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 16.4. 469-498.

2701.

& Lotte Zörner. 1987. "Sur les fonctions du pronom réfléchi au datif en roumain". Revue de linguistique romane 51.203-204. 321-329.

2702.

° Ilievski, Petar Hr. 1970. " I l sincretismo dei casi in miceneo". Studi micenei ed egeo-anatolici 12. 88-116.

2703.

& Mihail D. Petrusevski. 1961. The Ablative, Instrumental and Locative in the Oldest Greek Texts. Skopje: Antiquité vivante, Monographies 2.

2704.

Iluk, Jan. 1980. "Kontrastive Analyse deutscher Verben mit Dativobjekt und ihre Äquivalente in der polnischen Sprache". Germanica wratislaviensia 36. 131-141.

2705.

. 1981. "Die Indikatoren der Rektion deutscher Verben". Zielsprache Deutsch 12.3. 10-23.

2706.

° Immler, M. 1973. Deutsche Kausativverben und Probleme der Tiefenstruktur in der generativen Transformationsgrammatik. Ph.D. dissertation, University of München.

2707.

Imnaišvili, D.S. 1960. "Ergaťivis c'armoebis isťoriisatvis naxuri (čačnuri) džgupis enebši". Iberiul-k՝'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 12. 313-320.

Alphabetical

List

193

2708.

° Imnaišvili, I. 1956. "Crpelobiti brunvis sakitxi sakutar saxelebši". Saxelis brunebis itoriisatvis Kartvelur enebsi ed. by V. Topuria, 59-75. Tbilisi: Tbilisis saxelmcipo universitetis gam-ba.

2709.

. 1957. Saxelta bruneba da brunvata punkciebi dzvel kartulši. Tbilisi: Tbilisis saxelmcipo universitetis gam-ba.

2710.

Imperiali di Francavilla, Margherita & Harold . Chipman. 1989. see Chipman, Harold .

2711.

Ineichen, Gustav. 1986. "Le pronom sujet dans les constructions imperson­ nelles". Morphosyntaxe des langues romanes. Actes du Xile congrès interna­ tional de linguistique et philologie romanes (Aix-en-Provence, 29 aout - 3 septembre 1983), volume 4, 247-252. Aix-en-Provence: University.

2712.

Inėnlikėj, P.I. & Vladimir P. Nedjalkov. 1967. "Iz nabljudenij nad ėrgativnoj konstrukciej v čukotskom jazyke". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predloženija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V . M . Žirmunskij, 246-260. Leningrad: Nauka.

2713.

Ingram, David. 1971. "Transitivity in Child Language". Language 47.4. 888910.

2714.

Inoue, Kazuko. 1970. "'Case' from a New Point of View". Studies in General and Oriental Linguistics Presented to Shirô Hattori on the Occasion of His 60th Birthday ed. by Roman Jakobson & Shigeo Kawamoto, 246-280. Tokyo: TEC.

2715.

Iordan, Iorgu. 1939. "L'emploi du datif en roumain actuel". Bulletin linguistique 7. 29-64.

2716.

Irtenjewa, Natalja F. 1971. "Valenz und Satztiefenstruktur". Beiträge zur Va­ lenztheorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 17-29. The Hague: Mouton.

2717.

Isačenko, Alexander V. 1965. "Das syntaktische Verhältnis der Beziehungen von Körperteilen im Deutschen". Studia grammatica. V. Syntaktische Studien. 7-27.

2718.

. 1974. "On 'Have' and 'Be' Languages (A Typological Sketch)". Slavic Forum: Essays in Linguistics and Literature ed. by M.S Flier, 43-77. The Hague: Mouton.

2719.

Isenberg, Horst. 1968. Das direkte Objekt im Spanischen. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

2720.

Ishiguro, Teruhiro. 1988. "The Notion of Subject Selection in Case Grammar". Doshisha Studies in English 44.45. 260-277.

2721.

. 1989a. "Case in Deep Structure". Doshisha Studies in English 47.48. 187-201.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

194 2722.

. 1989b. " T h e Interplay o f Case and Aspect - A Contrastive Sketch". Doshisha Studies in English 49. 6 8 - 8 1 .

2723.

. 1990. "Some Remarks on Case-Shifting Transformation". Studies in English

2724.

Relations

Doshisha

5 1 . 130-150.

Ishikawa, A k i r a . 1979. "Spatial Use o f Sanskrit Case A c c o r d i n g to λ-Categorial Language". Sophia linguistica

2725.

. 1986. Complex

5. 49-58.

Predicates

and Lexical

Operations

in Japanese.

Ph.D.

dissertation, University o f California at Stanford. Dissertation Abstracts I n ­ ternational, Α . : The Humanities and Social Sciences 46.8. 2281.A.2282.A. 2726.

Ismajilova, K . H . 1977. " X X esr metbuat dilinde (1900-1920) hal kategorijasy ile baghly b e ' z i khisusijetler". Izvestija Literatura,

2727.

jazyk

Akademii

nauk

Azerbajdžánsko]

SSR,

2. 72-79.

Itälä, Marja-Leena. 1982. "Das Lokativsignal finnischer und deutscher Prä- u n d Postpositionen vor dem Hintergrund ihrer morphologisch-lexikalischen Struktur: E i n Beitrag zur Problematik finnisch-deutscher Übersetzung". Zeit­ schrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 35.2. 182-198.

2728.

. 1984. Die lokosemantischen tivbestimmung: universitatis

2729.

i iskusstvo

Eine

kontrastive

turkuensis,

Interrelationen deutsch-finnische

zwischen

Verb und

Untersuchung.

Loka­ Annales

Ser. . 166. T u r k u : T u r u n yliopisto.

. 1986. Verbvalenz - Valenzsemantik. Ser. B. 172. T u r k u : T u r u n yliopisto.

Annales

universitatis

turkuensis,

2730.

Itagaki, N o b u y a & Gary D. Prideaux. 1983. "Pragmatic Constraints on Subject and A g e n t Selection". Advances in Functional Grammar ed. by S i m o n C. D i k , 329-342. Dordrecht: Foris.

2731.

& Gary D. Prideaux. 1985. " N o m i n a l Properties as Determinants o f Subject Selection". Lingua 66. 135-149.

2732.

Itkonen, E r k k i . 1972. " Ü b e r das Objekt i n den finnisch-wolgaischen Sprachen". Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen 39.3. 153-213.

2733.

Itkonen, Terho. 1974. "Ergatiivisuutta suomessa I I " . Virittäjä.

2734.

. 1975. "Ergativische Züge i m Finnischen". Nachrichten der Wissenschaften

in Göttingen,

I: Philologisch-historische

379-398. der Klasse

Akademie 7. 173-

192. 2735.

. 1979. "Subject and Object M a r k i n g in Finnish: A n Inverted Ergative System and an ' I d e a l ' Ergative Sub-System". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 79-102. L o n d o n : Academic Press.

Alphabetical

List

195

2736.

Ivănescu, Gheorge. 1959. "Les formes du n o m i n a t i f et de l'accusatif pluriels des Ire et Ile déclinaisons en latin vulgaire". Recueil d'études romanes, publié à l'occasion du IXe congrès international de linguistique romane à Lisbonne, du 31 mars au 3 avril, 1959, 125-133. Bucarest: Éditions de l'académie de la république populaire roumaine.

2737.

Ivanov, V . V . 1964. "Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija v obšče-indo-evropejskom". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Tezisy dok­ ladov. 17-21. Leningrad: Institut jazykoznanija A N SSSR.

2738.

. 1985. "Otraženie indoevropejskogo casus gorodskom dialekte". Russian Linguistics

indefinitus

v drevnenov-

9.2.3. 327-334.

2739.

Ivanova, T . A . 1975. " O n the Content o f the Possessive Category". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Istorii, jazyka i literatury 30.2.8. 171-174.

2740.

I v a n o á - Š a l i n g o v á , Mária. 1974. "Časový instrumentál v slovenčine a v češ­ tine". Slovenská reč 39.2. 65-75.

2741.

2742.

° l v i c , M i l k a . 1954. Značenja srpskohrvatskog instrumentala i njihov Srpska akademija nauka, Institut za srpski j e z i k , k n j . 2, Beograd.

razvoj.

. 1970. " O n the Part-Whole Relation and Its Linguistic Consequences". Studies in General and Oriental Linguistics Presented to Shirô Hattori on the Occasion of His 60th Birthday ed. by Roman Jakobson & Shigeo K a w a m o t o , 281-286. T o k y o : T E C .

2743.

. 1985. " Z u einem Aspekt sprachlicher Interferenz m i t einer E x e m ­ p l i f i k a t i o n aus dem (Ober)-Sorbischen". Zeitschrift

2744.

für Slawistik

I v i r , V l a d i m i r . 1972. "Case Frames and Transformations f o r Clause-Expanded A d j e c t i v e s " . The Yugoslav Serbo-Croatian-English-Contrastive ies 5. 30-45.

2745.

2746.

2748.

Project

Stud­

° I v s h i n , Vassiliy. 1987. " T y p o l o g i c a l Investigations o f the Category o f Case i n Nouns i n the German and English Languages: Convergences and Divergences < m > " . Linguistica (Tartu) 20. 47-58. Iwakura, K u n i h i r o . 1981. " T h e Case Assignment Theory and Filters". Analysis

2747.

3 0 . 1 . 96-99.

Linguistic

7.4. 327-366.

. 1982a. " O n Government". Linguistic

Analysis

9.2. 135-159.

. 1982b. "Government Principles and Trace". Linguistic

Analysis

10.3.

275-297. 2749.

. 1986. "Remarks on the Ө-role Assignment Theory: A Review o f A Unified

Theory of Syntactic

Categories

by J.E. E m o n d s " . Linguistic

Analysis

16.1.2. 107-130. 2750.

. 1987. " A Government Approach to Double Object Constructions". Linguistic

Analysis

17.1.2. 78-98.

196

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

2751.

Jackendoff, Ray S. 1969. "Les constructions possessives en anglais". Langages 14.7-27.

2752.

. 1985. "Multiple Subcategorization and the Ө-Criterion: The Case of Climb". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 3.3. 271-295.

2753.

. 1987. "The Status of Thematic Relations in Linguistic Theory". Lin­ guistic Inquiry 18.3. 369-411.

2754.

& Peter William Culicover. 1971. " A Reconsideration of Dative Move­ ments". Foundations of Language 7. 397-412.

2755. 2756.

2757.

, Joan Maling & Moira Yip. 1987. see Yip, Moira. Jacob, Daniel. 1991. "Dativ im Französischen? Zur Funktionsweise und Seman­ tik der Ergänzungsklasse 'à + NP'". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 157186. Tübingen: Niemeyer. ° Jacobs, Joachim. 1986. Kontra Valenz. München.

2758.

. 1992. "Bewegung als Valenzvererbung - Teil I". Linguistische Berichte 138.85-122.

2759.

° Jacobsen, Wesley M. 1982. Transitivity in the Japanese Verbal System. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Chicago. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana Univer­ sity Linguistics Club.

2760.

. 1985. "Morphosyntactic Transitivity and Semantic Markedness". Pa­ pers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 21.2. 89-104.

2761.

Jacobsen, William H., Jr. 1972. "Nominative-Ergative Syncretism in Basque". Anuario del seminario de filología vasca 'Julio de Urquijo' 6. 67-109.

2762.

. 1977. " A Glimpse of the Pre-Washo Pronominal System". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 55-73.

2763.

. 1979. "Why Does Washo Lack a Passive?". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 145-160. New York: Academic Press.

2764.

. 1985. "The Analog of the Passive Transformation in Ergative-Type Languages". Grammar inside and outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory from the Field ed. by Johanna Nichols & Anthony  Woodbury, 176191. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

2765.

Jacobsohn, Hermann. 1924. "Kasusflexion und Gliederung der Idg. Sprachen". ΑΝΤΙΔΩΡΟΝ: Festschrift Jacob Wackernagel zur Vollendung des 70. Lebensjahres am 11. Dezember 1923 gewidmet von Schülern, Freunden und Kollegen, 204-216. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Alphabetical

List

197

2766.

Jacobson, Pauline. 1982. "Comments on "Subcategorization and Grammatical Relations" by Jane Grimshaw". Subjects and Other Subjects. Proceedings of the Harvard Conference on the Representation of Grammatical Relations ed. by Annie Zaenen, 57-69. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguis­ tics Club.

2767.

Jacobsson, Gunnar. 1964. "Zur Frage vom Nominativ als Kasus des direkten Objekts im Slavischen". Lingua viget, commentationes slavicae in honorem V. Kiparsky ed. by Igor Vahros & Martti Kahla, 71-82. Helsinki: Suomalaisen kirjallisuuden kirjapaino.

2768.

°

. 1969. "Das Problem der acht Kasus in der russischen Substantivde­ klination". Scandoslavica 15. 111-120.

2769.

Jacquinod, Bernard. 1981. "La notion de possession inalienable et les langues classiques". L'information grammaticale 10. 12-16.

2770.

. 1989. Le double accusatif en grec d'Homère à la fın du Ve siècle avant J.-C. Louvain-la-Neuve: Peeters.

2771.

Jäger, Gert. 1978. "Konstruktionen mit possessiven Verbalformen in der tsche­ chischen Schriftsprache und ihre Entsprechungen in Deutschen". Linguis­ tische Arbeitsberichte 20. 19-36.

2772.

Jaeggli, Osvaldo A. 1982. Topics in Romance Syntax. Dordrecht: Foris. Review, see Melis, Ludo & Liliane Tasmowski [1985]

2773.

2774.

. 1985. "Arbitrary Subjects". Studies in Syntax ed. by Gary Gilligan, Mohammad Mohammad & Ian Roberts, 73-89. Los Angeles, California: University of Southern California, Department of Linguistics. . 1986a. "Passive". Linguistic Inquiry 17.4, 587-622.

2775.

. 1986b. "Three Issues in Theory of Clitics: Case, Doubled NPs and Extraction". The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics ed. by Hagit Borer, Syntax and Semantics 19, 15-42. New York: Academic Press.

2776.

. 1986c. "Arbitrary Plural Pronominals". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 4.1. 43-76.

2777.

Jämsä, T. 1986. Suomen kielen yleisimpien verbien semantiikkaa. Ph.D. disser­ tation, Oulun yliopisto, Finland. Dissertation Abstracts International, : European Abstracts 47.4. 812.

2778.

Järventausta, Marja. 1986. "Ist das Subjekt ein Täter? Subjektforschung, Kasus­ theorie und Fremdsprachenunterricht". Finlance 5. 133-152.

2779.

. 1988. "Das Subjekt im Deutschen und Finnischen". Der Ginkgo Baum 7. 65-72.

2780.

Jaggar, Phil. 1981. "Varieties of Passive in Hausa". Studies in African Linguis­ tics Supplement 8. 73-77.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

198 2781.

° Jahr Sørheim, M . C . 1980. The s-Genitive

in Present-Day

English.

Relations

Oslo: Depart­

ment o f English, Oslo University. 2782.

°

. 1981. " T h e s-Genitive w i t h Non-Personal Nouns i n Present-Day B r i t i s h and A m e r i c a n E n g l i s h " . ICAME

News 5. Bergen: The N o r w e g i a n C o m p u t i n g

Centre for the Humanities. 2783.

Jake, Janice L. 1978. " W h y D y i r b a l I s n ' t Ergative at A l l " . Studies in

Linguistic

Sciences 8 . 1 . 97-110. 2784.

°

. 1983. Grammatical

Relations

in Imbabura

Quechua. Ph.D. dissertation,

U n i v e r s i t y o f I l l i n o i s , Urbana-Champaign/(1985) N e w Y o r k : Garland. 2785. 2786.

& Peter Cole. 1978. see Cole, Peter. ° Jakobs, R. 1847. " Ü b e r die Bedeutung der Casus". Zeitschrift

für

Gymnasial

Wesen 1.3. 2787.

Jakobson, Lisbeth Falster. 1988. " V a l e n c y Grammar". Valency: on the Linking

Power

Three

Studies

of Verbs ed. by Finn Sørensen, 35-56. Copenhagen:

Busck. 2788.

& Jørgen Olsen. 1984. "Subjekt-Sobjekt? Eine Diskussion der Sub­ jektsdefinition i m Dänischen". Nordic

2789.

Journal

of Linguistics

7 . 1 . 1-40.

& Jørgen Olsen. 1987. "Ist das Subjekt i n der kontrastiven Analyse eine relevante Grösse?". Festschrift für Karl Hyldgaard-Jensen zum 70. Geburts­ tag am 3. Februar 1987 ed. by Mogens D y h r & Jørgen Olsen, 116-134. Copenhagen: University o f Copenhagen.

2790.

Jakobson, L o r n a S. & M u r r a y Singer. 1989. see Singer, M u r r a y .

2791.

Jakobson, Roman. 1936. "Beitrag zur allgemeinen Kasuslehre: Gesamtbedeut­ ungen der russischen Kasus". Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague 6. 240-288/(1971) Selected Writings, v o l . 2: Word and Language, 2 3 - 7 1 . The Hague: M o u t o n .

2792.

°

. 1957. " T h e Relationship between Genitive and Plural i n the Declension o f Russian N o u n s " . Scando-Slavica

2793.

3. Copenhagen.

. 1971. " M o r p h o l o g i c a l Inquiry into Slavic Declension (Structure o f Russian Case F o r m s ) " . Selected Writings,

V o l . 2: Word and Language,

154-

183. The Hague: M o u t o n . 2794. 2795.

James, Deborah. 1979. " O n Raising to Subject i n James Bay Cree". linguistiques à Montréal 12. 87-108.

. 1984. "Raising to Subject i n Moose Cree: A Problem for Subjacency". The Syntax of Native American

Languages

ed. by E u n g - D o C o o k & D o n n a B.

Gerdts, 205-213. N e w Y o r k : Academic Press. 2796.

Recherches

James, D o r o t h y & Denise M . Potts. 1988. see Potts, Denise M .

Alphabetical

List

199

2797.

Jamison, Stephanie W. 1976. "Functional Ambiguity and Syntactic Change: The Sanskrit Accusative". Papers from the Parasession on Diachronic Syntax, Chicago Linguistics Society. 126-135.

2798.

. 1979. "The Case of the Agent in Indo-European". Die Sprache 25. 129143/(1981) Indo-European Studies (IV) ed. by C. Watkins, 316-340. Cam­ bridge: Harvard University Department of Linguistics.

2799.

2800.

°

. 1981. "Remarks on the Expression of Agency with the Passive in Vedic and Indo-European". Indo-European Studies (IV) ed. by C. Watkins, 280-315. Cambridge: Harvard University Department of Linguistics. . 1982. "Case Disharmony in Rgvedic Similes". Indo-Iranian 24.251-271.

Journal

2801.

Janda, Laura A. 1988a. "Pragmatic vs Semantic Uses of Case". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 24.1. 189-202.

2802.

. 1988b. "The Mapping of Elements of Cognitive Space onto Grammati­ cal Relations. An Example from Russian Verbal Prefixation". Topics in Cognitive Linguistics ed. by Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 327-343. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2803.

. 1990. "The Radial Network of a Grammatical Category. Its Genesis and Dynamic Structure". Cognitive Linguistics 1.3. 269-288.

2804.

. 1993. A Geography of Case Semantics: The Czech Dative and the Russian Instrumental. Berlin: Mouton.

2805.

Janda, Richard D. 1980a. "On the Decline of Declensional Systems: The Overall Loss of OE Nominal Case Inflections and the M E Reanalysis of -es as His". Papers from the 4th International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Elizabeth Closs Traugott, Rebecca Labrum & Susan Shepherd, 243-252. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2806.

. 1980b. "On a Certain Construction of English's". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 6. 324-336.

2807.

& J. Alan Pfeffer. 1979. see Pfeffer, J. Alan.

2808.

& J. Alan Pfeffer. 1982. see Pfeffer, J. Alan.

2809. 2810. 2811.

Janko-Trinickaja, N.A. 1986. "Nekotorye zamečanija o predložno-padežnoj konstrukcii s predlogom 'po'". Russkij jazyk v škole 6. 66-70. Jankowski, Henryk. 1987. "Case Marking in Natural Languages". Lingua posnaniensis 29. 129-146. Janse, Mark. 1988. "Valency, Semantic Case, and Subjectivity". Valenz, seman­ tische Kasus und/oder 'Szenen ' ed. by Gerhard Helbig, Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 180.37-40.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

200 2812.

Relations

. 1990. "Autour de la grammaire des cas: Contribution à l'histoire d'un concept linguistique". Cahiers de l'institut de linguistique de Louvain 16.1. 79-100.

2813.

Jansen, F. 1976-77. "Jan z'n boek, een genitief?". Spektator 6.7.8. 436-440.

2814.

Jansen-Beck, Lydia I. 1961. Possessive Pronouns and Adjectives in 'Garin le Loheren' and 'Gerbert de Metz'. Etymology, Morphology, Syntax and Com­ parison with Five Old French Epic Poems and Five Old French Courtly Romances. Ph.D. dissertation, University of New York. Review: Burger, A. [1961]

2815.

Janßen, Hero. 1984. "Thematische Merkmale und lexikalische Prozesse". Syn­ taktische Struktur und Kasusrelation ed. by Hartmut Czepluch & Hero Jan­ ßen, 169-211. Tübingen: Narr.

2816.

& Hartmut Czepluch, eds. 1984. see Czepluch, Hartmut.

2817.

& Hartmut Czepluch. 1984. "REST und Kasusforschung: Eine Ein­ leitung". Syntaktische Struktur und Kasusrelation ed. by Hartmut Czepluch & Hero Janßen, 1-15. Tübingen: Narr.

2818.

Janssen, Theo A.J.M. 1975. "Possessieve konstrukties". De nieuwe taalgids 68. 1-13.

2819. 2820.

. 1976. Hebben-konstrukties HES. 1-17.

en indirekt-objektkonstrukties.

Utrecht:

. 1976-77. "De volgorde S-IO-DO naast de volgorde ΙΟ-S". Tabu 7.1.2.

2821.

. 1977. "Het wel en niet omschreven indirekt objekt en de possessieve datief'. Tijdschrift voor Nederlandse taal- en letterkunde 93.3.4. 203-230.

2822.

. 1992. "Het Indirect Object. Een grammatisch-theoretisch sjibbolet en een culturele entiteit, maar geen grammatische categorie?". Tijdschrift voor nederlandse taal- en letterkunde 108. 354-371.

2823.

Jarovinskij, Alexandr, Alexandr Balajan & Csaba Pléh. 1987. see Pléh, Csaba.

2824.

Jasanoff, Jay. 1973. "The Hittite Ablative in -anz(a)". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 31. 123-128.

2825.

2826.

. 1980. "The Nominative Singular of n-Stems in Germanic". American Indian and Indo-European Studies: Papers in Honor of Madison S. Beeler ed. by Kathryn Klar, Margaret Langdon & Shirley Silver, 375-382. The Hague: Mouton. Jaworska, Ewa. 1986. "Prepositional Phrases as Subjects and Objects". Journal of Linguistics 22. 355-374.

Alphabetical List 2827.

& Robert D. Borsley. 1988. see Borsley, Robert D.

2828.

& Robert D. Borsley. 1989. see Borsley, Robert D.

201

2829.

Jayaseelan, K.A. 1983. "Case-Marking and 0-Marking in Malayalam: Implica­ tions for the Projection Principle". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 9. 104-115.

2830.

. 1988. "Complex Predicates and 9-Theory". Thematic Relations ed. by Wendy Wilkins, Syntax and Semantics 21, 91-111. New York: Academic Press.

2831.

. 1990. "The Dative Subject Construction and the Pro-Drop Parameter". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 269-283. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

2832.

Jeanjean, Colette. 1981. "L'organisation des formes sujets en français de con­ versation: Étude quantitative et grammaticale de deux corpus". Recherches sur le français parlé 3. 99-134.

2833.

. 1983. "Qu'est-ce que c'est que 'ça'? Étude syntaxique de 'ça' sujet en français parlé: La construction 'quand P + ça'". Recherches sur le français parlé 4. 117-151.

2834.

. 1985. "La distribution syntaxique de 'un N' sujet en français parlé". Recherches sur le français parlé 7. 89-115.

2835.

. 1986. "Le 'rédoublement du sujet': Étude grammaticale d'un corpus de français parlé". Morphosyntaxe des langues romanes, Actes du XVIIe congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes, Aix-en-Provence, 29 aout-3 septembre 1983, 233-246. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Pro­ vence.

2836.

Jedig, Hugo. 1981. "Zur Entwicklung des Synkretismus im Kasussystem des Niederdeutschen in der Sowjetunion". Das Niederdeutsche in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 75.II. 164-172.

2837.

Jedlička, Jaromír. 1962. "Remarks on the Georgian Case Suffixes". Archiv orientální 30. 543-558.

2838.

Jeffries, Lesley & Penney Willis. 1982. see Willis, Penney.

2839.

Jelinek, Eloise. 1984. "Empty Categories, Case, and Configurationality". Natu­ ral Language & Linguistic Theory 2.1. 39-76. 2840. ° . 1985. "Ergativity and the Argument Type Parameter". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Pacific Linguistics Conference 1. 168-182. 2841.

. 1987. "Auxiliaries and Ergative Splits: A Typological Parameter". Historical Development of Auxiliaries ed. by Martin Harris & Paolo Ramat, 85-108. Berlin: Mouton.

202

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

2842.

. 1990. "Grammatical Relations and Coindexing in Inverse Systems". Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective ed. by Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell & Errapel Mejías-Bikani, 227-246. Stanford, Cali­ fornia: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

2843.

& Richard A. Demers. 1983. "The Agent Hierarchy and Voice in Some Coast Salish Languages". International Journal of American Languages 49. 167-185.

2844.

Jellinek, Max Hermann. 1923. "Der Ablativ nach Präpositionen". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 47. 132-135.

2845.

Jeng, Heng-hsiung. 1981. "Yami Verbal Classification and the Cooccurrences of Cases". Philippine Journal of Linguistics 12.1. 29-55.

2846.

. 1982. "The Development of Topic and Subject in Chinese and English". Linguistics in the Morning Calm: Selected Papers from SICOL-1981 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 413-437. Seoul: Hanshin.

2847.

Jenkins, Lyle. 1975. The English Existential. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

2848.

Jensen, Bente Lihn. 1986. "Clitico di soggetto, il clitico 'ne' in italiano?". Actes du 9e congrès des romanistes Scandinaves, Helsinki 13-17 août, 1984 ed. by Elina Suomela-Härmä & Olli Välikangas, 147-157. Helsinki: Yliopistopaino.

2849.

Jensen, Frede. 1986. "Du datif à l'accusatif absolu: Soi quarz et lui quart". Actes du 9e congrès des romanistes Scandinaves, Helsinki 13-17 août 1984 ed. by Elina Suomela-Härmä & Olli Välikangas, 159-163. Helsinki: Yliopistopaino.

2850.

Jensen, John B. 1973. "The Feature [± Human] as a Constraint on the Occurrence of Third-Person Subject Pronouns in Spanish". Hispania 56.1. 116-122.

2851.

Jensen, John T. 1983. Case and Thematic Role in Latin: Evidence from Passive Constructions. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

2852.

Jeong, Hy-Sook Rhee. 1988. "On Causative and Passive Constructions in Korean: The Comparison of Incorporation and Lexicase Analyses". Univer­ sity of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 20.2. 86-107.

2853.

Jeong, Weon-Don. 1988. "Thematic Roles in the Interpretation of Korean Anaphora". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 20.1. 85-100.

2854. ° Jespersen, Otto. 1891. Studier over engelske kasus. Copenhagen: Klein. 2855.

. 1934. "Gruppegenitiv på dansk". Sprog og kultur, studier tilegnede Verner Dahlerup paa femoghalvfjerdsaarsdagen den 31. oktober 1934 ed. by Danske folkemaal og sprog og kultur, 1-7. Copenhagen: Aarhus University Press.

2856. ° Jessen, M.E. 1974. A Semantic Study of Spatial and Temporal Expressions in English. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Edinburgh.

203

Alphabetical List 2857.

Jett, Alvin. 1975. ' T h e Case for the Case Matrix". Die Unterrichtspraxis 47.

2858.

Jeziorski, Jan. 1982. "Genitivische Nominalkomposita des Deutschen und ihre polnischen Äquivalente". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 116-130.

2859.

Jo, In-Hee. 1989. "Double Subject Constructions and Marked Case Assignment in Korean". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 37. 11-27.

2860.

Job, Michael. 1985. "Ergativity in Lezgian". Relational Plank, 159-174. Berlin: Mouton.

2861.

Johannesson, Nils-Lennart. 1986. "Variable Subject Deletion in Late Middle English Topic Constructions". Papers from the 3rd Scandinavian Symposium on Syntactic Variation, Stockholm, May 11-12, 1985 ed. by Sven Jacobson, 119-129. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

2862.

Johansen, Holger. 1957. "Om den traditionelle brug af ordet 'subjekt'. En beskrivelse af en grammatisk sprogbrug og en undersøgelse af dens hensigts­ mæssighed". Danske studier 1957. 9-40.

2863.

. 1982. "Zum traditionellen Gebrauch des Worts 'Subjekt': Beschrei­ bung eines grammatischen Sprachgebrauchs und Untersuchung seiner Zweck­ mäßigkeit". Satzglieder im Deutschen: Vorschläge zur syntaktischen, seman­ tischen und pragmatischen Fundierung ed. by Werner Abraham, 213-243. Tübingen: Narr.

2864.

Johansen, Ingeborg. 1988. Der heterogene Semantik und Sprachgebrauchsbedeutung.

8.2. 38-

Typology ed. by Frans

deutsche Dativ 1988: Zur Heidelberg: Winter.

Syntax,

Review: see Wegener, Heide [1991] 2865.

Johansen, Thomas. 1987. "Elements of the Non-Linguistic Approach to SubjectRelationships". International Classification 14.1. 11-18.

2866.

Johns, Alana. 1984a. "Dative 'Movement' in Eskimo". Papers from the Re­ gional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Lexical Semantics. 162-172.

2867.

. 1984b. "Case Assignment and Grammatical Relations in Eskimo". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 12. 49-87.

2868. 2869.

°

. 1987. Transitivity and Grammatical sertation, University of Ottawa, Ontario.

Relations

in Inuktitut. Ph.D. dis­

. 1992. "Deriving Ergativity". Linguistic Inquiry 23.1. 57-87.

2870.

Johnson, Carl W., Jr. 1976. "A More than Passing Look at Passives: Swahili". The Second Lacus forum 1975 ed. by Peter A. Reich, 311-319. Columbia: Hornbeam.

2871.

Johnson, David E. 1974. "On the Role of Grammatical Relations in Linguistic Theory". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 10. 269-283.

204

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

2872.

. 1976. "Ergativity in Universal Grammar". IBM Research Report, IBM Thomas J. Watson Center, Yorktown Heights, New York.

2873.

. 1977a. "On Relational Constraints on Grammar". Grammatical Rela­ tions ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 151178. New York: Academic Press.

2874.

. 1977b. "On Keenan's Definition of 'Subject of". Linguistic 8.4. 673-692.

Inquiry

2875.

Johnson, D.J.L. 1972. "The Genesis of the Serbo-Croatian Genitive Plural in -ä". The Slavonic and East European Review 50.120. 333-358.

2876.

Johnson, Kyle. 1987. "Against the Notion Subject". Linguistic Inquiry 18. 354361.

2877.

, Mark  Baker & Ian Roberts. 1989. see Baker, Mark C.

2878.

Johnson, Marion R. 1980. Ergativity in Inuktitut (Eskimo), in Montague Gram­ mar and in Relational Grammar. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

2879.

Johnson, Steve. 1989. "Review: Starosta, S. 1988. The Case for Lexicase: An Outline of Lexicase Grammatical Theory. London: Pinter". Australian Jour­ nal of Linguistics 9.2. 357-358.

2880.

Johnston, Judith R. & Dan I. Slobin. 1979. "The Development of Locative Expressions in English, Italian, Serbo-Croatian and Turkish". Journal of Child Language 6. 529-546.

2881.

Johnstone, T.M. 1982. "Review: Harning, Kerstin Ekseli. 1980. The Analytic Genitive in the Modern Arabic Dialects. Göteborg: Acta universitatis gothoburgensis". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 45.3. 584.

2882.

Joly, André. 1970. "Le régime direct et la préposition 'a' en béarnais". Actele celui de-al XII-lea congres international de lingvistică şi filologie romanică, Bucureşti 1968, vol. I, 777-780. Bucureşti: Editura academiei republicii socialiste românia.

2883.

. 1971. "Le complément verbal et le morphème 'a' en béarnais". Zeit­ schrift für romanische Philologie 87.3.4. 286-305.

2884.

Jones, Charles. 1985. "Agent, Patient, and Control into Purpose Clauses". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 21.2. 105-119.

2885.

. 1991. "'Anti-Internalization': Suppression and Projection of External 9-Roles". Proceedings - Eastern States Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 8. 174-185.

2886.

Jones, Karen Sparck & Branimir Boguraev. 1987. "A Note on a Study of Cases". Computational Linguistics 13.1.2. 65-68.

Alphabetical List

205

2887.

Jones, Linda K. 1986. "The Question of Ergativity in Yawa, a Papuan Lan­ guage". Australian Journal of Linguistics 6.1. 37-55.

2888.

Jones, Michael Allan. 1987. "Cognate Objects and the Case-Filter". University of Essex, Department of Language and Linguistics Occasional Papers 30. 103-128.

2889.

. 1988. "Cognate Objects and the Case-Filter". Journal of Linguistics 24. 89-110.

2890.

Jong, Jan R. de. 1982. "Word Order within the Latin Ablative Absolute Con­ struction". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1982 ed. by Saskia Daalder & Marinel Gerritsen, 95-101. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

2891.

. 1989. "The Position of the Latin Subject". Subordination and Other Topics in Latin: Proceedings of the Third Colloquium on Latin Linguistics, Bologna, 1-5 April 1985 ed. by Gualtiero Calboli, 521-540. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

2892.

Jong, Jelly Julia de. 1992a. "Het voorzetsel 'a' als een dummy casus-mar­ keerder". TABU 22.4. 199-213.

2893.

. 1992b. "The Prepositions a, of and by as Dummy Case-Markers: Two Structural Cases. Case as a Solution of Bound Pronouns". Catalan Working Papers in Linguistics. 183-203.

2894.

Jonge, Bob de. 1990. "Review: Delbecque, Nicole. 1987. Problèmes et méthodes de l'étude de la variation syntaxique. Le cas de la position du sujet en espagnol. Leuven: Presses universitaires de Louvain". Linguistics 28. 139149.

2895.

Jordán, Pablo G. 1973. "La forma 'se' corno sujeto indefinido en español". Hispania 56.3. 597-603.

2896.

Jordens, Peter. 1981. "Discourse-funkties en het gebruik van naamvallen in het Duits als vreemde taal". Levende talen 360. 236-254.

2897.

. 1983a. Das deutsche Kasussystem im Fremdsprachenerwerb: Eine psycholinguistische und fehleranalytische Untersuchung zum interimsprach­ lichen Kasusmarkierungssystem niederländisch- und englischsprachiger Deutschstudierender. Tübingen: Narr.

2898.

. 1983b. "Die Diskursfunktion des Nominativs und Akkusativs im Deut­ schen: Im Vergleich zur Subjekt- und Objektfunktion im Niederländischen". Ars & Ingenium: Studien zum Übersetzen. Festgabe für Frans Stoks zum 60. Geburtstag ed. by Hans Ester, Guillaume van Gemert & Jan van Megen, 5174. Amsterdam: APA, Holland University Press.

2899. °

. 1983c. "Die Kasusmarkierung im Deutschen in unvollständigen Sä­ tzen". Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 22. 101-126.

206

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

2900.

. 1985. Production Rules in Interlanguage Evidence from Case Errors in: L2 German. Trier: LAUT.

2901.

& Günter Rohdenburg. 1972. "Secondary Subjects in Dutch and German Active Sentences". Reader zur kontrastiven Linguistik ed. by Gerhard Nickel, 106-121. Frankfurt am Main: Athenäum.

2902.

, Kees De Bot & Henk Trapman. 1989. "Linguistic Aspects of Regres­ sion in German Case Marking". Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11.2. 179-204.

2903.

Jørgensen, Erik. 1984. "'Of + Personal Pronoun' Used as Possessive and Subjective Genitives about Persons". English Studies, a Journal of English Language an Literature 65.1. 52-58.

2904.

Joseph, Brian D. 1975. "Case Marking and Complementizers in Persian". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 17. 141-144.

2905.

. 1990. "Is Raising to Prepositional Object a Natural Language Gram­ matical Construction?". Studies in Relational Grammar 3 ed. by Paul M. Postal & Brian D. Joseph, 261-276. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

2906.

Joshi, Smita. 1990. "Logical Subject in Marathi Grammar and the Predicate Argument Structure". Proceedings of the 8th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, University of British Columbia ed. by E. Jane Fee & Katherine Hunt, 207-219. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Associa­ tion.

2907.

Jovanovic, Aleksandar. 1989. "Semanticko-sintakticko istrazivanje padežne sintakse i hrvatskosrpski jezik". SOL - Lingvističkí časopis 4.1.8. 45-54.

2908.

Jud, Jakob. 1907. Recherches sur la genese et la diffusion des accusatifs en -ain et -on. Halle: Karras.

2909.

Judakin, A.P. 1977. "The Genitive of the Agent in the ta-Participial Construc­ tions of Classical Sanskrit". Voprosy jazykoznanija 2. 117-125.

2910.

. 1987. "Cikličnosť jazykovyx processov: Rol' genitiva i narečij a v stanovlenii imeni prilagateľnogo". Voprosy jazykoznanija 3. 122-134.

2911.

Jud-Schmid, Elisabeth. 1956. Der indefinite Agens von Chaucer bis Shake­ speare: Die Wörter und Wendungen für 'man'. Bern: Francke.

2912.

Julien, Jacques. 1984. "Personne grammaticale et sujet parlant dans le 'De Causis' de J.C. Scaliger (1540)". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 30. 87-107.

2913.

Junker, Klaus. 1969. "Zur Valenz beim Adjektiv". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaft­ liche Reihe 18. 291-292.

2914. °

. 1970. Untersuchungen zur Syntax des Adjektivs unter dem besonderen Aspekt der Valenz. Ph.D. dissertation, Humboldt-University.

Alphabetical List

207

2915.

Junker, Marie-Odile. 1988. "Transitive, Intransitive and Reflexive Uses of Adjectival Verbs in French". Advances in Romance Linguistics ed. by David Birdsong & Jean-Pierre Montreuil, 189-199. Dordrecht: Foris.

2916.

& France Martineau. 1987. "Les possessions inaliénables dans les constructions objet". Revue romane 22.2. 194-209.

2917. ° Jurkowski, Marian. 1975. "Prostranstvennye oppozicii predložno-padežnyx konstrukcij". Linguistica silesiana 1. 43-54. 2918.

Justus, Carol. 1976. "Relativization and Topicalization in Hittite". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 213-245. New York: Academic Press.

2919.

Kac, Michael B. 1978. "Surface Case in Nontransformational Grammar". Min­ nesota Working Papers in Linguistics and Philosophy of Language 5. 97-110.

2920.

. 1980. "Argument Markedness and the Notions of 'Subject' and 'Predi­ cate'". Minnesota Papers in Linguistics and Philosophy of Language 6. 84-92.

2921.

K'ačarava, G. 1969. "Ergat'ivis erti ucnobi punkciisatvis Zanurši". Sakartvelos SSR Mecnierebata ak'ademiis Moambe 53.2. 505-508.

2922.

Kachru, Braj B. 1968. "Some Notes on the Copulative Sentences in Kashmiri". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (3). Japanese/Kashmiri/Armenian/Hungarian/Sumerian/Shona ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 20-43. Dordrecht: Reidel.

2923. 2924.

.

Yamuna Kachru & Tej K. Bhatia. 1976. see Kachru, Yamuna.

Kachru, Yamuna. 1969. "A Note on Possessive Constructions in Hindi-Urdu". Journal of Linguistics 6. 37-45.

2925. °

. 1971. "Causative Sentences in Hindi Revisited". Studies in the Linguis­ tic Sciences 1.2. 75-103.

2926.

. 1976. "On the Semantics of the Causative Construction in Hindi-Urdu". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 353-369. New York: Academic Press.

2927.

. 1987. "Ergativity, Subjecthood and Topicality in Hindi-Urdu". Studies in Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 223-238.

2928.

. 1990. "Experiencer and Other Oblique Subjects in Hindi". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 59-75. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information. Review: see Speas, Margaret [1990]

2929.

, Braj B. Kachru & Tej K. Bhatia. 1976. "The Notion 'Subject': A Note on Hindi-Urdu, Kashmiri and Punjabi". The Notion of 'Subject' in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 79-108. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

208 2930.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations & Rajeshwari Pandharipande. 1976. see Pandharipande, Rajeshwari.

2931.

& Rajeshwari Pandharipande. 1978. "On Ergativity in Selected South Asian Languages". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 8.1. 111-127/(1979) South Asian Languages Analysis 1.8. 193-209.

2932.

Kacneľson, Solomon Davidovic. 1948. "Die ergativische Konstruktion und der ergativische Satzbau". Sowjetwissenschaft 2. 62-70.

2933.

. 1967. "K proisxoždeniju èrgativnoj konstrukcii". Ergativnaja kon­ strukcija predlozenija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 33-41. Leningrad: Nauka.

2934.

, ed. 1982. Kategorija sub"ekta i ob"ekta v jazykax različnyx tipov. Leningrad: Nauka.

2935.

. 1988. "Zametki o padežnoj teorii Ch. Fillmora". Voprosy jazykoznanija 37.1. 110-117.

2936.

Kaddari, Menahem Z. 1974. "Ergativity in Modern Hebrew". Proceedings of the 11th International Congress of Linguists, Bologna-Florence, Aug. 28 - Sept. 2, 1972, Volume 1 ed. by Luigi Heilman, 661-666. Bologna: Il Mulino.

2937.

Kade, Otto. 1975. "Möglichkeiten und Grenzen der Anwendung von Valenz­ modellen bei der Erforschung und Beschreibung zwischensprachlicher Äqui­ valenzbeziehungen". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 11. 2-18.

2938.

& W. Kade. 1972. "Valenz und Semantik der Verben. Zur Verwendung des Valenzbegriffes bei der Erforschung russisch-deutscher Übersetzungs­ äquivalenten". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 17. 657-673.

2939.

Kade, W. & Otto Kade. 1972. see Kade, Otto.

2940.

Källgren, Gunnel. 1978a. "Deep Case, Text Surface, and Information Struc­ ture". Nordic Journal of Linguistics 1.2. 149-167.

2941.

. 1978b. "Can a Deep Case Model Be Used for Text Analysis?". Papers from the Fourth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Hindsgavl, January 6-8, 1978 ed. by Kirsten Gregersen, 381-386. Odense: Odense University Press.

2942.

Källskog, Margareta. 1992. "6. Genetiv begreppet hos substantiv och egennamn i överkalixmålet". Attityd, Interferenz, genetiv syntax: Studier i nutida överkalixmål by Margareta Källskog, 140-167. Uppsala: Dialekt- och folkmin­ nesarkivet.

2943.

Kaempfert, Manfred. 1971. "Review: Helbig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie 90. 467-471.

2944.

Kärde, Sven. 1943. Quelques manières d'exprimer l'idée d'un sujet indéterminé ou général en espagnol. Uppsala: Appelbergs.

Alphabetical List 2945. 2946. ° 2947.

209

Kageyama, Taro. 1978. "On Identifying Grammatical Relations". Gengo  73. 43-61. . 1980. "The Role of Thematic Relations in the Spray Paint Hypallage". Papers in Japanese Linguistics 7. 35-64. Kahane, Henry & Renée Kahane. 1950. "The Position of the Actor Expression in Colloquial Mexican Spanish". Language 26. 236-263.

2948.

Kahane, Renée & Henry Kahane. 1950. see Kahane, Henry.

2949.

Kahn, Charles H. 1966. "The Greek Verb 'to Be' and the Concept of Being". Foundations of Language 2. 245-265. 2950. ° . 1973. "The Verb 'Be' in Ancient Greek". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (6) ed. by John W.M. Verhaar. Dordrecht: Reidel. 2951.

Kahn, Félix. 1961. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne, Essai syntacto-sémantique. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 18. 87-89.

2952.

Kahr, Joan Casper. 1976. "The Renewal of Case Morphology Sources and Constraints". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 20. 107-151.

2953.

Kaisse, Ellen M. 1979. "Auxiliary Reduction and the Derivation of PseudoClefts". Linguistic Inquiry 10. 707-710.

2954.

Kaivola-Bregenhöj, Annikki. 1978. The Nominativus Absolutus Formula: One Syntactic-Semantic Structural Scheme of the Finnish Riddle Genre. Helsinki: Suomalainen tiedeakatemia.

2955.

Kajiwara, Eiji. 1989. "On Double Object Constructions in German". Linguistic Analysis 19.3.4. 232-242.

2956. ° Kaldani, M. 1974. "Saxelobiti brunvisa da mravlobiti ricxvis macarmoebel supiksta sakitxisatvis svanurši". KESS 4. 148-164. 2957. °

. 1979. "Mesame subiekturi piris nišnis saktxisatvis Svanurši". Saenatmecniero krebuli ed. by S. Dzidziguri, 208-222. Tbilisi: Mecniereba.

2958.

Kalenić, V. 1970. "Raba sklonov v slovenscini in srbohrvascini". Slavistična revija 18.1.2. 107-128.

2959.

Kalepky, Theodor. 1913. "Präpositionale Passivobjekte im Spanischen, Portu­ giesischen und Rumänischen". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 37. 358364.

2960.

. 1930. "Zum 'warum?' der präpositionalen Passivobjekte im Spani­ schen, Portugiesischen und Rumänischen". Zeitschrift für romanische Philo­ logie 50. 219-221.

210

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

2961.

Kalish-Landon, Nancy, John Dore & D. Terence Langendoen. 1973/76. see Langendoen, D. Terence.

2962.

Kalmár, Ivan. 1978. Case and Context in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Ottawa: National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Canadian Ethnology Service, Paper 49.

2963.

. 1979. "The Antipassive and Grammatical Relations in Eskimo". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 117143. London: Academic Press.

2964.

. 1982. "Transitivity in a Czech Folktale". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 241-259. New York: Academic Press.

2965.

Kamínková, Eva. 1966. "Prosté pády a předložkové vazby v Husově spise De ecclesia". Listy filologické 89. 291-298.

2966.

Kammenhuber, Annelies. 1979. "Direktiv, Terminativ und/oder Lokativ im Hethitischen". Hethitisch und Indogermanisch: Vergleichende Studien zur historischen Grammatik und zur dialektgeographischen Stellung der Indoger­ manischen Sprachgruppe Altkleinasiens ed. by Erich Neu & Wolfgang Meid, 115-142. Innsbruck: Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Sprachwissenschaft.

2967.

Kancev, Ivan. 1988. "Possessive Pronouns in Spanish and Bulgarian". Contras­ tive Linguistics 13.6. 5-12.

2968.

Kanerva, Jonni M. 1987. "Morphological Integrity and Syntax: The Evidence from Finnish Possessive Suffixes". Language 63.3. 498-521.

2969.

& Joan Bresnan. 1989. see Bresnan, Joan.

2970.

Kang, Beom-mo. 1985. "A Categorial Analysis of Dyirbal, an Ergative CaseMarking Language". Language Research 21.2. 199-214. 2971. ° Kang, Myung-Yoon. 1987. "Possessor Raising in Korean". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguistics, II ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 80-88. Seoul: Hanshin. 2972. ° Kang, Young-Se. 1984. "Two Types of Periphrastic Causative Constructions in Korean". Linguistic Journal of Korea 9.1. 29-71. 2973. °

. 1985. "Case Marking in Korean". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguis­ tics ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 88-100. Seoul: Hanshin.

2974. °

. 1987. "Stativity and Nominative Case Marking in Korean". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguistics, II ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 89-92. Seoul: Hanshin.

2975.

. 1988. "A Null Hypothesis for Double Accusative Constructions in Korean". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Selected Papers from SICOL1986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 363-367. Seoul: Hanshin.

Alphabetical List

211

2976. ° Kangasmaa-Minn, Eeva. 1966-69. The Syntactical Distribution of the Cheremis Genitive. Helskinki: Suomalais ugrilainen seura. 2977. ° 2978. 2979.

. 1972. "Genetiivina funktioista". Sananjalka 14. Turku. . 1984. "On the Possessive Constructions in Finno-Ugric". Nyelvtu­ dományi közlemények 86.1. 118-123. Kanno, Kenji. 1982. "A Remark on English Double-Object Constructions: Some Constraints on Object Fronting by Tough-Movement". Gengo , Jour­ nal of the Linguistic Society of Japan 82. 155-160.

2980.

. 1983a. "Some Constraints on Object Fronting in English Double-Object Constructions". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 16. 85-96.

2981.

. 1983b. "Between Object and Oblique: In Defense of Secondary Ob­ ject". Advances in Functional Grammar ed. by Simon C. Dik, 175-182. Dordrecht: Foris.

2982. °

. 1983c. "Why We Can Never Say, 'The Book Was Bought the Girl'?". Tsukuba English Studies 2. 11-22.

2983.

Kao, Kung-Yi. 1976. "Objective Case and Agentive Case in Classical Chinese". Linguistic Studies Offered to Joseph Greenberg on the Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday ed. by Alphonse Juilland, A. Beltramo & André Martinet, 511-515. Saratoga: Anma Libri.

2984.

Kaper, Willem. 1976. "Pronominal Case-Errors". Journal of Child Language 3.3. 439-441.

2985.

Kaplan, Ronald M., Joan Bresnan, Stanley Peters & Annie Zaenen. 1982. see Bresnan, Joan.

2986. ° Kaporulina, L.V. 1969. "Iz istorii priimennogo upotreblenija padežej: mestnyj padež s predlogom 'v' pri imeni suščestivitel'nom v Lavrenťevskom spiske letopisi". Voprosy teorii i istorii jazyka: Sborník statej, posvjaščennyj pamjati B.A. Larina ed. by N.A. Meščerskij & P.V. Dmitriev, 316-322. Leningrad: Leningrad University Press. 2987. °

. 1975. "Priimenoj roditel'nyj s predlogami 'ot', 'iz' i 's' v novgorodskix pamjatnikax XV v.". Severnorusskie govory, vyp. 2 ed. by N.A. Meščerskij & A.S. Gerd, 163-177. Leningrad: Izd. LGU.

2988.

Kapp, Ernst. 1956. "Casus Accusativus". Festschrift Bruno Snell: Zum 60. Geburtstag am 18. Juni 1956 von Freunden und Schülern, 15-21. München: Beck.

2989.

Kappaun, Joachim. 1971. "Review: Heibig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Bulletin phono graphique 12. 157-159.

212

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

2990.

Kardela, Henryk. 1986. "Target: Emphatics. A Note on Government, Binding and Case Assignment in Polish". Folia linguistica 20.3.4. 381-392.

2991.

Karius, Ilse. 1977. "Instrumentalität und denominale nullsuffigierte Verben des Englischen". Perspektiven der Wortbildungsforschung. Beiträge zum Wup­ pertaler Wortbildungskolloquium vom 9.-10. Juli 1976. Anläßlich des 70. Geburtstages von Hans Marchand am 1. Oktober 1977 ed. by Herbert E. Brekle & Dieter Kastovsky, 104-115. Bonn: Grundmann.

2992. ° Karlgren, A. 1911. Sur la formation du gén. plur. en serbe. Uppsala. 2993. ° Kärlinš, Juris. 1968. "Dativa semantisko un strukturalo funkciju problematika vienkäršä teikumä". Petera stučkas latvijas valsts universitates zinätniskie raksti 86. 267-297. 2994. 2995. 2996. 2997. 2998.

Karlsson, Fred & Auli Hakulinen. 1975. see Hakulinen, Auli. & Östen Dahl. 1975/76. see Dahl, Östen. Karlsson, Göran. 1966. "Akkusatiivi suomen kieliopin terminä". Virittäjä 1.1628. . 1979. "Irrallisen infinitiivin akkusatiiviobjekti". Virittäjä. 179-199. Karmiloff-Smith, Annette. 1981. "The Grammatical Marking of Thematic Structure in the Development of Language Production". The Child's Con­ struction of Language ed. by Werner Deutsch, 121-147. London: Academic Press.

2999. ° Karolak, Stanislaw. 1961. "Próba analizy pozycyjnej konstrukcji przyimkowej (Konstrukcja 'na' + accusativus przy czasownikach z prefiksem 'na-')". Slavia orientalis 10. 219-244. 3000. °

. 1965. "Przypadek a przyimek". Bulletin de la société polonaise de linguistique 23. 143-158.

3001. ° Károly, Sándor. 1967. "A magyar intranzitív-tranzitív igeképzök". Általános nyelvészeti tanulmányok 5. 189-218. 3002.

. 1982. "Intransitive-Transitive Derivational Suffixes in Hungarian". Hungarian Linguistics ed. by Ferenc Kiefer, 185-243. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins.

3003.

Karpf, Fritz. 1928. "Prepositional Accusative with Plain Infinitive". English Studies, a Journal of English Language and Literature 10. 9.

3004.

Karsten, G. 1941. "Paps en mams". Levende talen. 259-263.

3005. ° Kassai, G. 1988. "Partitif finnois, subjonctif français". Études finno-ougriennes 18.33-37. 3006. Kastovsky, Dieter. 1973. "Causatives". Foundations of Language 10. 255-315.

Alphabetical List

213

3007.

. 1974. "Word-Formation, Case Grammar, and Denominal Adjectives". Anglia 92.1.2. 1-54.

3008.

. 1981. "Implizite Kasus". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 189-200/ Kasus grammatik und Fremdsprachendidaktik ed. by Günter Radden & René Dirven, 189-200. Trier: WVT.

3009.

Katagiri, Masumi. 1991. "Review Article: Structure and Case Marking in Japanese". Studies in Language 15.2. 399-414.

3010.

Kato, Mary A. 1985. "A complementaridade dos possessivos e das construçôes genitivas no portugués coloquial: Rèplica a Perini (1985)". Revista DELTA 1.1.2. 107-120.

.

Katz, Hartmut. 1974. "Versuch einer Beschreibung der Substantivflexion der deutschen Zigeuner". Zeitschrift für Dialektologie und Linguistik 41. 145161.

3012. °

. 1980. "Das Uralische - eine Ergativsprache". Akten des internationalen Finnougristenkongresses Turku 1980.

3013. ° Kaučič-Basa, Majda. 1982. "Rodilnik zanikanja". Slavistična revija 30.3. 305321. 3014.

K'axadze, O.I. 1962. "Ergat'ivis nišnebis gamoq'opisatvis arčibulši". Iberiulk'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 13. 343-351.

3015.

. 1968. "K'vlav ergat'ivis nišnebis šesaxeb arčibulši". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 16. 246-252.

3016.

Kay, Paul & Karl Zimmer. 1976. "On the Semantics of Compounds and Genitives in English". Proceedings of the California Linguistics Association Conference, San Diego State University 6. 29-35/(1990) Meanings and Proto­ types - Studies in Linguistic Categorization ed. by Savas L. Tsohatzidis, 239246. London: Routledge.

3017.

Kayne, Richard S. 1972. "Subject Inversion in French Interrogatives". Genera­ tive Studies in Romance Languages ed. by Jean Casagrande & Bohdan Saciuk, 70-126. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House/(French translation) (1973) Le français moderne 41.1. 10-42, 41.2. 131-151.

3018.

. 1979. "Extensions du liage et du marquage du cas". Lingvisticae investigationes 3.1. 29-55/(1980) "Extensions of Binding and Case Marking". Linguistic Inquiry 11.1. 75-96/(1984) "Extensions of Binding and Case Mark­ ing". Connectedness and Binary Branching ed. by Richard S. Kayne, 1-21. Dordrecht: Foris.

3019.

. 1981. "Il dativo in francese e in inglese". Rivista di grammatica generativa 6. 141-154/(1983) "Le datif en français et en anglais". Analyses grammaticales du français: Études publiées à l'occasion du 50e anniversaire

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

214

de Carl Vikner ed. by Michael Herslund, Ole Mørdrup & Finn Sørensen, 8698. Copenhagen: Stougaard Jensen/(1984) Connectedness and Binary Bran­ ching by Richard S. Kayne, 193-202. Dordrecht: Foris. 3020.

. 1990. "Romance Clitics and PRO". Proceedings

of NELS 20.2. 255-

302. 3021.

Kazazis, Kostas & Joseph Pentheroudakis. 1976. "Reduplication of Indefinite Direct Objects in Albanian and Modern Greek". Language 52.2. 398-403.

3022.

Kazemier, G. 1946. "Wijziging van taalfuncties en het verdwijnen van de nominatief uit het Vlaams". De nieuwe taalgids 39. 48-55.

3023.

Kaznowski, Andrzej. 1973. "Some Observations on the Intuitive Understanding of the Concept of Agency". Studia anglica posnaniensa 5.1.2. 113-126.

3024.

° Kedajtene, E. 1961. "K voprosu  razvitii form roditel'nogo-vinitel'nogo padeža (na materiale vostočnoslavjanskix jazykov)". Issledovanija po leksi­ kologii i grammatike russkogo jazyka, 185-193. Moscow: Akademija nauk SSSR.

3025.

Keenan, Edward Louis. 1974. "The Functional Principle: Generalizing the Notion of 'Subject of". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Lin­ guistic Society 10. 298-309.

3026.

. 1975. "Some Universals of Passive in Relational Grammar". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 11. 340-352.

3027.

. 1976a. "Remarkable Subjects in Malagasy". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 247-301. New York: Academic Press.

3028.

. 1976b. "Towards a Universal Definition of Subject". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 303-333. New York: Academic Press. Review: see Johnson, David E. [1977b]

3029.

. 1981a. "The Syntax of Subject-Final Languages". Syntactic Typology: Studies in the Phenomenology of Language ed. by Winfred P. Lehmann, 267327. Austin: University of Texas Press.

3030.

. 1981b. Passive in the World's Languages. Trier: L.A.U.T. 90/(1985) Language Typology and Syntactic Description. Volume I: Clause Structure ed. by Timothy Shopen, 243-281. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

3031.

. 1987. "Semantic Case Theory". Proceedings of the 6th Amsterdam Colloquium, University of Amsterdam, April 13 - 16, 1987 ed. by Jeroen Groenendijk, Martin Stokhof & Frank Veltman, 109-132. Amsterdam: Uni­ versity of Amsterdam.

3032.

. 1988. "On Semantics and the Binding Theory". Explaining Language Universals ed. by John A. Hawkins, 105-144. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

Alphabetical List 3033. 3034. °

215

& Judith Olmsted Gary. 1977. see Gary, Judith Olmsted. & Alan Timberlake. 1985. "Valency Affecting Rules in Extended Categorial Grammar". Language Research 21. 415-434.

3035.

Kefer, Michel. 1980. "A Note on Lexical Entries". Linguistic Inquiry 11.2. 429432.

3036.

. 1986. "Ergativität und syntaktische Relationen". Pragmantax: Akten des 20. linguistischen Kolloquiums Braunschweig 1985 ed. by Armin Burkhardt & Karl-Hermann Körner, 121-132. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3037.

. 1987. "Subjekt, direktes Objekt und die Klasse der U-Satzglieder". Linguistik in Deutschland: Akten des 21. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Gro­ ningen 1986 ed. by Werner Abraham & Ritva Århammer, 33-51. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3038.

Kegl, Judy Anne Shepard. 1985a. "Causative Marking and the Construal of Agency in ASL". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 21.2. 120137.

3039.

. 1985b. Locative Relations in American Sign Language Word Forma­ tion. Ph.D. dissertation, MIT, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

3040.

Keil, Rolf-Dietrich. 1970. "Zur Wahl des Objektkasus bei verneinten Verben im modernen Russisch". Zeitschrift für slavische Philologie 35.1. 109-133.

3041. ° Keith, A.B. 1908. "An Unusual Use of the Nominative". The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 2. 1124-1127. 3042. ° Keller, Pierre. 1973. "Datif éthique et modalisation". Cahiers d'allemand 7. 8495. 3043.

. 1981. "Le mythe du datif libre en allemand". Verbum 4.2. 173-179.

3044.

Kellerman, Eric. 1985. "Dative Alternation and the Analysis of Data: A Reply to Mazurkewich". Language Learning 35. 91-101. Review: see Mazurkewich, Irene [1985]

3045.

Kemenade, Ans van. 1987. Syntactic Case and Morphological Case in the History of English. Dordrecht: Foris. Review: see Allen, Cynthia L. [1990]; Gelderen, Elly van [1991]; Platzack, Christer [1989]; Stockwell, Robert P. [1990]

3046.

& Aafke Hulk. 1988. see Hulk, Aafke.

3047.

& Aafke Hulk, eds. 1993a. see Hulk, Aafke.

3048.

& Aafke Hulk. 1993b. see Hulk, Aafke.

3049.

& Aafke Hulk. 1993c. see Hulk, Aafke.

216

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3050.

Kemmer, Suzanne & Arie Verhagen. 1992. see Verhagen, Arie.

3051.

Kempchinsky, Paula. 1988. "On Inherent Case-Marking". Proceedings of the Seventh West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics ed. by Hagit Borer, 203-215. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

3052.

. 1989. "Directionality of Government and Nominative Case Assignment in Romanian". Studies in Romance Linguistics: Selected Papers from the Seventeenth Symposium on Romance Languages (XVH.LSRL), Rutgers Uni­ versity, 27-29 March 1987 ed. by Carl Kirschner & Janet DeCesaris, 209-224. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3053.

. 1992a. "Clausal Complements and Case Theory in Romance". Probus 4.1. 17-51.

3054.

. 1992b. "Syntactic Constraints on the Expression of Possession in Spanish". Hispania 75.3. 697-704.

3055.

. 1992c. "The Spanish Possessive Dative Construction. O-Role Assign­ ment and Proper Government". Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbühler & Konrad Koerner, 135-150. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3056. ° Kempf, Zdzislaw. 1962. "Od przypadka do przyimka". Zeszyty Naukowe, Wyzzza Szkola Ped. w Op olu 2. 13-36. 3057.

. 1972. "O przypadkach kontekstowych". Bulletin de la société polonaise de linguistique 30. 173-180.

3058.

. 1973. "Semantic Scope of the Locative (In Turkish and Indo-European Perspective)". Linguistics 100. 47-62.

3059.

Kempter, Fritz. 1967. "Das Suffix -er zur Bezeichnung von Nomina instrumenti in der deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart und seine Behandlung im Deutschun­ terricht für Ausländer". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 4.4. 241-248.

3060.

Kendall, Martha B. 1980. "The Unethical Dative". American Indian and Indoeuropean Studies: Papers in Honor of Madison S. Beeler ed. by Kathryn Klar, Margaret Langdon & Shirley Silver, 383-394. The Hague: Mouton.

3061.

Kenstowicz, Michael & Wafaa Wahba. 1980. "Clitics and the Double Object Construction in Cairene Arabic". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 10.2. 149163.

3062. 3063.

& Yousef Bader. 1987. see Bader, Yousef. Kepping, Ksenia Borisova. 1979. "Elements of Ergativity and Nominativity in Tangut". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 263-277. New York: Academic Press.

3064. ° Kern, K. 1881. Zum Gebrauch des Ablativs bei Vergil. Programme, University of Schweinfurt.

Alphabetical List

217

3065.

Kern, Peter Chr. & Herta Zutt. 1977. Geschichte des deutschen Flexionssystems. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3066.

Kern, Rudolf. 1974. "Valenz und Wortfolge". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprach­ lichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 92-103. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

3067.

, Jacques Lerot & Henri Bouillon, eds. 1974. see Lerot, Jacques.

3068.

Kernan, Keith T. 1970. "Semantic Relationships and the Child's Acquisition of Language". Anthropological Linguistics 12.5. 171-187.

3069. ° Kerr, Harland B. 1965. "The Case-Marking and Classifying Function of Cotabato Manobo Voice Afixes". Oceanic Linguistics 6.1.2. 15-47. 3070.

Kerr, Joyce L. & Roberta Michnick Golinkoff. 1978. see Golinkoff, Roberta Michnick.

3071.

Kerschbaumer, Marie-Thérèse. 1969. "Der 'Appell' als Hervorhebungsmittel im modernen Rumänisch". Revue roumaine de linguistique 14.1. 25-35.

3072.

Kerstens, Johan. 1985. "Zijn indirecte objecten zinnen?". De nieuwe taalgids 78.6. 525-536.

3073.

. 1991. "Problemen met samentrekking". De nieuwe taalgids 84.2. 118120.

3074.

Kessler, Carolyn. 1976. "Syntactic Concurrence in First-Language Bilingualism". Neurolinguistics 5. 128-131.

3075.

Keys, A.C. 1985. "Ellipsis of the Object: An Interlingual Study". Forum for Modern Language Studies 21.3. 193-207.

3076.

Keyser, Samuel Jay & Thomas Roeper. 1984. "On the Middle and Ergative Constructions in English". Linguistic Inquiry 15.3. 381-416.

3077.

& Kenneth I. Hale. 1986. see Hale, Kenneth I.

3078.

& Thomas Roeper. 1992. "Re: The Abstract Clitic Hypothesis". Linguis­ tic Inquiry 23.1. 89-125.

3079.

Khan, Baber Sultan Ali. 1987. "The Ergative Case in Hindi-Urdu". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 17.1. 91-101.

3080.

. 1990. The Urdu Case System. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Illinois, Urbana. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 50.11. 3571.A.

3081.

Kibrik, A.E. 1975. "Nominativnaja/érgativnaja konstrukcii i logičeskoe udarenie v arčinskom jazyke". Issledovanija po strukturno] i prikladno] lin­ gvistike. 54-62.

218

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3082.

. 1979a. "Canonical Ergativity and Daghestan Languages". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 61-77. London: Academic Press.

3083. °

. 1979b. "Unikaľny li sintaksičeski érgativnye jazyki?". Tezisy dokladov XIV. tixookeanskogo naučnogo kongressa. Xabarovsk.

3084. °

. 1979c. Materialy k tipologii ergativnosti. Institut russkogo jazyka AN SSSR. Predvaritelnye publikacii. Vypuski 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 140, 141. Moscow.

3085. °

. 1980. "Predikatno - argumentnyje otnošenija v semantičeski érgativnyx jazykax". Isvestija AN SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 4.

3086. °

. 1981. "Syntaktische Typologie, Ergativität und die daghestanischen Sprachen". Georgica 4. 76-79.

3087. °

. 1983. "Konstrukcii s predikatnym aktantom v dagestanskix (èrgativnyx) jazykax". Kategorii glagola i struktura predlozenija. Konstrukcii s predikatnymi aktantami ed. by V.S. Xrakovskij, 101-117. Leningrad: Nauka.

3088.

. 1985. "Toward a Typology of Ergativity". Grammar inside and outside the Clause ed. by Johanna Nichols & Anthony  Woodbury, 268-323. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

3089.

. 1987. "Constructions with Clause Actants in Daghestanian Languages". Studies in Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 133-178.

3090.

. 1990. "As línguas semanticamente ergativas na perspectiva da tipologia sintática gerai". Cadernos de estudos lingüísticos 18. 15-36.

3091.

Kieckers, E. 1912. "Zum accusativus limitationis im Griechischen". Indo­ germanische Forschungen 30. 361-366.

3092.

. 1926. "Zum dativus sympatheticus im Neuhochdeutschen". Festschrift Friedrich Kluge zum 70. Geburtstage am 21. Juni 1926 ed. by W. Franz, 6974. Tübingen: Verlag des englischen Seminars.

3093.

Kiefer, Ferenc. 1968. "A Transformational Approach to the Verb van 'to Be' in Hungarian". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (3). Japanese/Kashmiri/Armenian/Hungarian/Sumerian/Shona ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 53-85. Dordrecht: Reidel.

3094.

. 1987. "The Cases of Hungarian Nouns". Acta linguistica academiae scientiarum hungaricae 37.1.4. 93-101.

3095. ° Kiefer, Heinrich. 1910. Der Ersatz des adnominalen Genitivs im Deutschen. Leipzig. 3096.

Kilby, David A. 1973. Deep and Superficial Cases in Russian. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, Edinburgh University/(1977) München: Kubon & Sagner. Review: see Corbett, Greville G. [1981]

Alphabetical List

219

3097.

. 1976. "A Semantic Approach to the Accusative Case in Russian". University of Essex Language Centre Occasional Papers 18. 46-67.

3098.

. 1978. "What Might a Universal Theory of Cases Look Like?". Univer­ sity of Essex Language Centre Occasional Papers 20. 59-86.

3099.

. 1980. "Universal and Particular Properties of the Ewenki Case System". International

3100.

Review of Slavic Linguistics 5. 45-74.

. 1981. "On Case Markers". Lingua 54. 101-133.

3101.

. 1982. "A Functional Approach to Case in Russian". Papers in Slavonic Linguistics 1. 73-90.

3102.

. 1983. "Universal and Particular Properties of the Ewenki Case System". Papers in Linguistics 16.3.4. 45-74.

3103.

. 1986. "The Instrumental in Russian: On Establishing a Consensus". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 323-337. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

3104.

Kim, Gyung-Ran. 1986. "X-Ectivization in Korean Locational Relator Nouns". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 18.1. 93-123.

3105.

Kim, Il-Kon. 1988. "Object to Subject Raising in Korean". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Selected Papers from SICOL-1986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 385-406. Seoul: Hanshin.

3106.

Kim, Mi-Kyung & Hong-Bae Lee. 1988. see Lee, Hong-Bae.

3107.

° Kim, Min-Soo. 1970. "Kukeiy kyekye taehaye". The Korean Language Literature 49.50. 337-357.

and

3108.

Kim, Young-Joo. 1991. The Syntax and Semantics of Korean Case: The Interac­ tion between Lexical and Syntactic Levels of Representation. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, Harvard University, Cambridge. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 51.7. 2298.A.

3109.

Kimball, John P. 1971. "Super Equi-NP Deletion as Dative Deletion". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 7. 142-148.

3110.

King, Larry D. 1984. "The Semantics of Direct Object a in Spanish". Hispania 67.3. 397-403.

3111.

King, Robert Thomas. 1988. "Spatial Metaphor in German Causative Construc­ tions". Topics in Cognitive Linguistics ed. by Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 555585. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3112.

Kiparsky, Paul & J.F. Staal. 1969. "Syntactic and Semantic Relations in Panini". Foundations of Language 5.1. 83-117.

3113.

Kiparsky, V. 1946. "Nominativus cum infinitivo ims:ssa ja indo-eur. kielissä". Virittäjä 50. 456-460.

220

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3114. °

. 1960. "Über das Nominativobjekt des Infinitivs". Zeitschrift für Slavi­ sche Philologie 28. 333-342.

3115.

. 1967. "Nochmals über das Nominativobjekt des Infinitivs". Zeitschrift für slavische Philologie 33.2. 263-266.

3116. °

. 1969. "Das Nominativobjekt des Infinitivs im Slavischen, Baltischen und Ostseefinnischen". Baltistica 5. 141-148.

3117.

Kircher, Chantal. 1982. "Réflexions sur la syntaxe du génitif en grec ancien". Cratyle 6. 1-30.

3118.

. 1985. "Emplois et valeurs de la désinence d'ablatif en latin". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-enProvence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 139-158. Aix-enProvence: University of the Provence.

3119. ° Kirchner, Gustav. 1936. "The Verbs with Direct and Indirect Object Re-Exam­ ined". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 18.1.16. 206-222. 3120. °

. 1937. "The Verbs with Direct and Indirect Object Re-Examined". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 19. 97-112.

3121.

Kirkpatrick, Charles & Hans Uszkoreit. 1982. "On the Category of English Predicative Constructions". Texas Linguistic Forum 21. 127-142.

3122.

Kirkwood, Henry W. 1969a. "Remarks on Existential-Locative and PossessiveLocative Sentences in English and German". Philologica pragensia 12. 230237.

3123.

. 1969b. "Aspects of Word Order and Its Communicative Function in English and German". Journal of Linguistics 5.1. 85-107.

3124.

. 1970. "On the Thematic Function and Syntactic Meanings of the Grammatical Subject in English". Linguistische Berichte 9. 35-46.

3125.

. 1978. "Options and Constraints in the Surface Ordering of Noun Phrases in English and German". Journal of Pragmatics 2.3. 225-245.

3126.

. 1979. "Localism and Case Grammar". Quinquereme 2.1. 111-115.

3127.

3128.

Kirsner, Robert S. 1976a. "On the Subjectless 'Pseudo-Passive' in Standard Dutch and the Semantics of Background Agents". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 385-415. New York: Academic Press. . 1976b. "De 'onechte lijdende vorm'". Spektator 6.1. 1-18.

3129.

. 1979. The Problem of Presentative Sentences in Modern Dutch. Am­ sterdam: North-Holland.

3130.

. 1986. "Comments on Professor Wierzbicka's Paper". Quaderni di semantica 7.1. 146-151.

Alphabetical List 3131. °

3132.

221

. 1988. "Prepositional versus 'Bare' Indirect Objects in the Written Dutch of Novels and Newspapers". Papers from the Third Interdisciplinary Conference on Netherlandic Studies ed. by T. Broos, 279-296. Lanham, Md.: University Press of America. & Thomas J. Hinnebusch. 1980. see Hinnebusch, Thomas J.

3133.

, Arie Verhagen & Mariette Willemsen. 1984-85. "Over PP's, transitiviteit en het zgn. indirekt objekt". Taalkundige theorievorming en de (al dan niet vermeende) weerbarstigheid van het Nederlands, Speciaal nummer van Spektator 14.5. 341-347.

3134.

Kirsten, Hans. 1984. "Zur Entwicklung der Kasusproblematik seit Viëtor". Wilhelm Viëtors Streitschrift "Der Sprachunterricht muss umkehren" ed. by Gabriele Bredereck & Norbert Lademann, 24-31. Halle: Martin-Luther-Uni­ versität Halle-Wittenberg wissenschaftliche Beiträge.

3135.

Kirton, J.F. 1976. "Yanyuwa Nominative and Ergative-Allative Cases". Papers in Australian Linguistics 10. 1-12.

3136.

Kishitani, Shoko. 1980. "Empfängerbezogener Vorgangsausdruck oder getrenn­ te Verbalkomposita: Zur systematischen Darstellung des mhd. 'mir wirt des buoz (nôt, rat, state)'". Akten des VI. internationalen Germanisten Kongresses Basel 1980, Teil 2 ed. by Heinz Rupp & Hans-Gert Roloff, 404-410. Bern: Lang.

3137.

. 1985. Die Person in der Satzaussage: Beiträge zur deutschen und japanischen Verbalkategorie. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

3138.

Kishna, Sita. 1980. "The Recipient State Constructions in Sarnämi". Glot 3.3.4. 135-156.

3139.

Kiss, É. Katalin. 1985-86. "Parasitic Chains". The Linguistic Review 5.1. 41-74. Review: see Nakajima, Heizo [1985-86]

3140.

. 1986-87. "An Answer to Nakajima". The Linguistic Review 6.1. 59-70. Review: see Nakajima, Heizo [1990]

3141.

Kisseberth, C.W. & M.I. Abasheikh. 1977. "The Object Relationship in ChiMwi:ni, a Bantu Language". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 179-218. New York: Academic Press.

3142.

Kitagawa, Chisato. 1974. "Case Marking and Causativization". Papers in Japa­ nese Linguistics 3. 43-57. Review: see Shibatani, Masayoshi [1974]

3143.

Kitagawa, Yoshihisa. 1986. Subjects in Japanese and English. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Massachusetts, Amherst/(1987) Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.10.3748.A.

222

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3144. ° Kiziria, A. 1959. "Micemitši dasmuli pirmiumartavi damateba 3vel kartulši". Iberiul k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 11. 169-177. 3145. °

. 1974. "Kvemdebare-šemasmeulis urtiertoba kartuli enis dasavluri dialektebis mixedvit". KESS 4. 75-91.

3146.

Kjellmer, Göran. 1986. "'Us Anglos Are a Cut above the Field': On Objective Pronouns in Nominative Contexts". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 67.5. 445-449.

3147.

Klaiman, Myriam H. 1976. "Subjecthood, Reflexivization, Emphatic Pronominalization and Clause Matedness in Bengali (With Some Side Glances at Hindi)". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 137-151. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

3148.

. 1978. "Arguments against a Passive Origin of the IA Ergative". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 14. 204-216.

3149.

. 1980. "Bengali Dative Subjects". Lingua 51. 275-295.

3150.

. 1981a. "Toward a Universal Semantics of Indirect Subject Construc­ tions". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 7. 123-135.

3151.

. 1981b. Volitionality and Subject in Bengali: A Study of Semantic Parameters in Grammatical Processes. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana Uni­ versity Linguistics Club.

3152.

. 1985. "Subjecthood as a Marker of Affected Entity Status in Several Languages". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Arlene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 179-188. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

3153.

. 1987. "Mechanisms of Ergativity in South Asia". Lingua 71. 61-102.

3154.

Klausenburger, Jürgen. 1990. "Geometry in Morphology: The Old French Case System". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft & Kommunikations­ forschung 43.3. 327-333.

3155.

Klégr, Aleš. 1984. "Hawkins' Location Theory and the Use of Articles in ofGenitive Headnouns". Philologica pragensia 27. 23-32.

3156.

Kleiber, G. 1988. "Les prépositions spatiales devant/derrière ont-elles un sens ou deux?". Cahiers de lexicologie 52.1. 97-116.

3157. ° Kleiman, Angela. 1971. "Some Aspects of the Causative Construction in Hindi". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 1.2. 104-135. 3158.

Klein, Flora. 1980a. "Pragmatik and Sociolinguistic Bias in Semantic Change". Papers from the 4th International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Elizabeth Closs Traugott, 61-74. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Alphabetical List

223

3159.

. 1980b. "Distinctos sistemas de empieo de le, la, lo en castellano: Perspectiva sincrónica, sociolingüística y diacronica". Congres internacional de linguística i filología romaniques, 16e, Palma de Mallorca, 7-12 abril 1980 ed. by Aina Moll [et al.], 7-12. Palma de Mallorca: Moll.

3160.

. 1981. "Distintos sistemas de empieo de 'le', 'la', 'lo'. Perspectiva sincrónica, diacrónica y sociolingiiistica". Thesaurus 36.2. 284-304.

3161.

Klein, Jared S. 1991. "Review: Bammesberger, Alfred. 1990. Die Morphologie des urgermanischen Nomens. Heidelberg: Winter". Language 67.3. 645.

3162.

. 1992. "On the Idiomatic Nature of the Gothic New Testament: A Comparative Study of the Prepositional Usage in Gothic and New Testament Greek". Transactions of the Philological Society 90.1. 1-80.

3163.

Klein, M. 1980-81. "De interne structuur van partitieve constructies". Spektator 10.5. 295-309.

3164.

Kleineidam, Hartmut. 1991. "Review: Herslund, Michael. 1988. Le datif en français. Louvain: Peeters". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 107.1.2. 234-238.

3165.

Klenin, Emily. 1978. "Quantification, Partitivity, and the Genitive of Negation in Russian". International Review of Slavic Linguistics 3.1.2. 163-182.

3166.

. 1980a. "Sentential and Discourse Prominence: The Case of the Em­ phatic Pronoun". Russian Linguistics 4.3. 269-280.

3167.

. 1980b. "On the Genitive-Accusative of Anaphoric Pronouns in the Laurentian Manuscript of 1377". Slavic and East European Journal 24.1. 5262.

3168.

. 1980c. "Condition on Object-Marking: Stages in the History of the East-Slavic Genitive-Accusative". Papers from the 4th International Confer­ ence on Historical Linguistics ed. by Elizabeth Closs Traugott, 253-257. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3169.

. 1987. "Morphological Coding, Syntactic Change, and the Modes of Historical Attestation: The Genitive-Accusative in Old Church Slavonic and Medieval East Slavonic". Slavic and East-European Journal 31.3. 404-419.

3170.

Klieverik, Harry. 1983. "Tpassief voor Kasus". Verslagen computerlinguïstiek 3. 41-63.

3171. ° Kliffer, Michael D. 1973. The Spanish Dative: Selected Syntactic and Semantic Problems. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Cornell, Ithaca. 3172.

. 1979. "Levanto la mano/Me lavo las manos/Me levanto la mano". Canadian Modern Language Review 35.2. 217-226.

3173.

. 1983. "Beyond Syntax: Spanish Inalienable Possession". Linguistics 21.6.268. 759-794.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

224 3174.

. 1984. "Interpenetration of Linguistic Levels: French Inalienable Pos­ session". Lingua 62. 187-208.

3175.

. 1987. "Los substantivos intrísecamente relacionales: Un examen multinivelístico". Revista espaňola de linguística 17.2. 283-299.

3176.

Klima, Edward S. 1959. "Three Articles on Accusative vs. Genitive, with Transitive Verbs and Negative Particle in Russian". International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics 1.2. 289-290.

3177.

Klimonow, Gerda. 1989. "Valenz als eine theoretische Grundlage der auto­ matischen Sprachverarbeitung". Zur Syntax und Semantik prädikativer Struk­ turen ed. by Gerda Klimonow, Ingrid Starke, Vladimir Grigorjan & Robert L. Urutjan, 16-77. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

3178.

Klimonow, V.D. 1970. "Review: HeIbig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 23. 300-307.

3179.

3180.

3181.

°

. 1971. "Glagoľnye leksemy s predskazuemym (valentnym) datel'nym bespredložnym v russkom jazyke". Beihefte zur Zeitschrift 'Fremdsprachen' 3.4. 113-123. Klimov, G.A. 1967. "K érgativnoj konstrukcii predloženija v zanskom jazyke". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predloženija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 149-155. Leningrad: Nauka. . 1973a. Očerk obsčej teorii ergativnosti. Moscow: Nauka. Review: see Comrie, Bernard [1976b]

3182.

. 1973b. "K opredeleniju érgativnoj konstrukcii predloženija". Philologica. Issledovanija po jazyku i literature. Pamjati akademika Viktora Maksimoviča Zirmunskogo ed. by V.N. Jarceva, 197-204. Leningrad: Nauka.

3183.

. 1974a. "K proisxoždeniju érgativnoj konstrukcii predloženija". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 3-13.

3184.

. 1974b. "K genezisu érgativnoj konstrukcii predloženija". Proceedings of the 11th International Congress of Linguists, Bologna - Florence, Aug. 28 - Sept. 2, 1972, Volume 1 ed. by Luigi Heilmann, 945-947. Bologna: Il Mulino.

3185.

. 1976a. "K implikacijam érgativnogo stroja". Tezisy diskussii logija kak razdel jazykoznanija', 97-99. Moscow: Nauka.

3186.

. 1976b. "Anomalii ergativnosti v lazskom (čanskom) jazyke". Philologia orientalis 4. 150-159.

3187.

. 1977. "Zu den Ergativimplikationen". Grazer linguistische 152-159.

'Tipo­

Studien 6.

Alphabetical List

225

3188.

. 1978. "Obščeindoevropejskij i kartvelskij". Voprosy jazykoznanija 4. 18-22.

3189.

. 1979. "On the Position of the Ergative Type in Typological Classifica­ tion". Ergativity ed. by Frans Plank, 327-332. London: Academic Press.

3190.

. 1983. "O pozicionnyx padežax érgativnoj sistemy". Voprosy jazy­ koznanija 4. 86-90.

3191.

. 1984. "On the Expression of Object Relations in the Ergative System". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 211219. London: Academic Press.

3192. ° Klinck, K. 1934. Beiträge zur Geschichte des Lokativs und des lokativen Ablativs im Lateinischen. Ph.D. dissertation, München Knelle. 3193.

Klobukov, E.V. 1986. "Semantika padežnyx form kak problema russkoj morfo­ logii". Vestnik Moskovskogo universiteta, Filologija 41.9.3. 37-49.

3194.

Klocek, Maria. 1976. "Versuch einer konfrontativen Betrachtung der Präpositionalphrasen in der deutschen und norwegischen Sprache (Riksmål)". Studia germanica posnaniensia 5. 119-129.

3195. ° Klöver, . 1965. Der Gebrauch der sekundären Kasus im Tocharischen. Frank­ furt am Main. 3196.

Klokeid, Terry J. 1976. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically NominativeErgative or Nominative-Accusative? Lardil". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 550-584. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

3197.

. 1978. "Nominal Inflection in Pamanyungan". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 577-615. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3198.

& E. Bani. 1976. see Bani, E.

3199.

Klooster, W.G. 1988. "Genitives Left and Right in Vroman's Poetry". Papers from the Third Interdisciplinary Conference on Netherlandic Studies, Held at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 12-14 June 1988 ed. by Ton J. Broos, 93-106. Lanham: University Press of America.

3200.

Knapp, Otto. 1902. Die Ausbreitung des flektierten Genitivs auf -s im Mittelen­ glischen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Heidelberg.

3201.

Knappová, Miloslava. 1988. "Skloňování osobních jmen příslušníků slovens­ kého národa v čestině". Naše řeč 71.3. 128-132.

3202.

Knecht, Laura. 1979. "The Role of the Genitive Suffix in Relative Clauses in Turkish: A Reply to Dede". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 5. 180-197.

226

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3203.

Kniezsa, Veronika. 1991. "Prepositional Phrases Expressing Adverbs of Time from Late Old English to Early Middle English". Historical English Syntax ed. by Dieter Kastovsky, 221-231. Hawtorne: Mouton.

3204.

Knobloch, Clemens. 1986. Einige Probleme der grammatischen Beschreibung von Genitivattributen. Siegen: Gesamthochschule, Fachbereich 3, Sprachund Literaturwissenschaft.

3205.

& Burkhard Schaeder. 1985. "Kasus und Präpositionen in den 'Grund­ zügen einer deutschen Grammatik'". Osnabrücker Beiträge zur Sprachtheorie 30. 43-73.

3206.

Knobloch, Johann. 1950-52. "Zur Vorgeschichte des indogermanischen Geni­ tivs der o-Stämme auf -sjo. Die Sprache 2. 131-149.

3207.

. 1952. "La voyelle thématique -e/-o serait-elle un indice d'objet indo­ européen?". Lingua 3. 407-420.

3208.

. 1985. "Lokalvorstellung, Ergativ und objektive Konjugation". Rela­ tional Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 191-194. Berlin: Mouton.

3209.

Knowles-Berry, Susan M. & Robin Quizar. 1988. see Quizar, Robin.

3210. ° Knudsen, Trygve. 1968. Kasusloere. Oslo. 3211.

Kobayashi, Miki. 1987. "On the Development of Impersonal Constructions". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 20. 105-116.

3212.

Koch, Peter. 1981. Verb, Valenz, Verfügung: Zur Satzsemantik und Valenz französischer Verfügungsverben. Heidelberg: Winter.

3213.

. 1983. "Kasus zwischen Prokrustesbett und Hexerei: Anläßlich des Sammelbandes 'Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie' herausgegeben von Jochen Pleines". Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur 93.3. 225257.

3214.

. 1991. "Semantische Valenz, Polysemie und Bedeutungswandel bei romanischen Verben". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 279-306. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3215.

& Thomas Krefeld, eds. 1991a. Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3216.

& Thomas Krefeld. 1991b. "Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 5-38. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3217.

Koch, Wolfgang. 1978. Kasus, Kognition, Kausalität: Zur semantischen Ana­ lyse der instrumentalen mit-Phrase. Lund: Gleerup. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1979b]

Alphabetical List

227

3218.

. 1979a. "Zur Semantik der psychologischen Verben: oder: 'Why the Flip Is a Flop'". Papers from the Fifth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Frostavallen, April 27-29, 1979, Part 2 ed. by Thore Petterson, 71-91. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

3219.

. 1979b. "Kasusgrammatik und 'sprachliche Ebenen'. Zum Verhältnis von Systemlinguistik und Pragmatik". Sprache und Pragmatik - Lunder Symposium 1978 ed. by Inger Rosengren, 42-62. Lund: Gleerup.

3220.

. 1981a. "Dativ: Syntax und Semantik". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 201-215.

3221.

. 1981b. "'Schlagen' - Ein holistisches Verb? Eine kasustheoretische Fallstudie". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 18.1. 32-37.

3222. ° Köhlbrugge, Jeanet & Hennie Meier. 1981. Een onderzoek naar datief- en hebbenconstructies in het oosten, midden en westen van het Nederlandse taalgebied. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leiden. 3223.

Köhler, Wolf-Rüdiger. 1988. "Review: Dirven, René & Günter Radden, eds. 1987. Fillmore's Case Grammar. A Reader. Studies in Descriptive Linguistics 16. Heidelberg: Julius Groos". Multilingua 7.3. 366-367.

3224.

Koelmans, Leendert. 1966. "'My' en 'sy' als possessiva in de 16e en 17e eeuw". De nieuwe taalgids 59.4. 266.

3225.

. 1970. "Wat twivelsamer licht". De nieuwe taalgids 63. 299-300.

3226.

. 1975. "Jan z'n boek en de pregenitieven". De nieuwe taalgids 68.6. 433445. Kölver, Ulrike. 1985. "Kasusrelationen im Birmanischen". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 195-212. Berlin: Mouton.

3227. 3228.

. 1986. Transitive Konstruktionen und Verbdiathese im Indonesischen. Köln: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 63. 29-59).

3229.

. 1991a. "Transitive Konstruktionen und Verbdiathese im Indonesi­ schen". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 381-399. Tübingen: Narr.

3230.

. 1991b. "Local Prepositions and Serial Verb Constructions in Thai". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 485-508. Tübingen: Narr.

3231.

Köpcke, Klaus-M. & David A. Zubin. 1985. see Zubin, David A.

3232.

Körner, Karl-Hermann. 1981. '"Teilungsartikel' im Französischen und 'präpositionaler Akkusativ' im Spanischen: Komplementäre Lösungen des gleichen syntaktischen Problems". Sprache: Formen und Strukturen. Akten des 15. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Münster 1980, Band 1 ed. by Manfred Kohrt & Jürgen Lenerz, 151-160. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

228

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3233.

. 1983. "Wie originell ist der flektierte Infinitiv des Portugiesischen? Eine Studie zum Subjekt in den romanischen Sprachen". Portugiesische Sprachwissenschaft ed. by Jürgen Schmidt-Radefeldt, 77-103. Tübingen: Narr.

3234.

. 1985. "Die zwei Positionen der Romania auf der Skala akkusativisch ergativisch. Ein syntaktischer Beitrag zur typologischen Klassifizierung der romanischen Sprachen". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 213-234. Berlin: Mouton.

3235.

. 1989. "Der Agensausdruck beim Reflexivpassiv im Spanischen aus syntaxtypologischer Perspektive". Variatio linguarum. Beiträge zu Sprach­ vergleich und Sprachentwicklung. Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Gustav Ineichen ed. by Ursula Klenk, Karl-Hermann Körner & Wolf Thümmel, 149163. Stuttgart: Wiesbaden.

3236.

Körner, Rudolv. 1964. "Objektet. En studie i analytisk syntax". Nutids svenska. Uppsatser i grammatik, 43-150. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

3237.

Kofod, F.M. 1976. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically Nominative-Ergative or Nominative-Accusative?: Miriwung". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 584-586. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

3238.

& W.G. Hoddinott. 1976. see Hoddinott, W.G.

3239.

Kohrt, Manfred. 1992. "Realisierungsvarianten des Genitiv singular im Neu­ hochdeutschen - zur Interdependenz von Phonologie, Morphologie und Ortho­ graphie". Deutsche Sprache 20.2. 127-138.

3240.

Koide, Yuka & Sandra A. Thompson. 1987. see Thompson, Sandra A.

3241.

Koizumi, M. & M. Nakayama. 1991. see Nakayama, M.

3242.

Kokla, Paul. 1983. "Zum ostseefinnisch-permischen Lokalkasussystem". Nyel­ vtudományi közlemények 85.2. 373-379.

3243.

. 1986. "Das System der infiniten Formen im Manschen". Finnischugrische Mitteilungen 10. 207-217.

3244. ° Kolb, H. 1960. "Der inhumane Akkusativ". Zeitschrift für deutsche Wort­ forschung 3.229-245. 3245.

Kolde, Gottfried. 1990-91. "Zur Lexikologie der akkusanzuweisenden Adjek­ tive des Deutschen". Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 44. 95-121.

3246.

Kolvenbach, Monika. 1972. "Valenzuntersuchungen. Eine Voraussetzung für die Monosemierung von Verbinhalten". Linguistische Studien II ed. by Hugo Moser, 83-99. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

Alphabetical List

229

3247.

. 1973. "Das Genitivobjekt im Deutschen. Seine Interrelationen zu Präpositionalphrasen und zum Akkusativ". Linguistische Studien IV. Fest­ gabe flir Paul Grebe zum 65. Geburtstag Teil 2 ed. by Hugo Moser, 123-134. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

3248.

Komen, J.A.M. 1991. "Huydecoper en de ablativus absolutus: Een achttiendeeeuwse pennestrijd over de zogenaamde volstrekte derver of losse neemer". Gramma 15.2. 95-125.

3249.

Komlósy, András. 1973. "A mélyszerkezet bövítményei és az ergativitás néhány kérdése". Nyelvtudományi közlemények 75. 155-175.

3250.

. 1982. "Deep Structure Cases Reinterpreted". Hungarian Linguistics ed. by Ferenc Kiefer, 351-385. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3251.

Konderski, Stefan. 1973. "Some Surface and Deep Aspects of Case in Polish and English". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 1. 65-76.

3252. ° Kondo, Kenji. 1976. "From Case to Preposition (1)". Studies in English Lan­ guage and Literature 26. 155-167. 3253. °

. 1977. "From Case to Preposition (2)". Studies in English Language and Literature 27. 69-95.

3254. °

. 1978. "From Case to Preposition (3)". Studies in English Language and Literature 28. 145-159.

3255. ° Kondo, Victor. 1977. "Participant Reference in Guahibo Narrative Discourse". Discourse Grammar ed. by Robert Longacre & Francis Woods, 3.25-44. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 3256.

Koo, Jang H. 1978. "The Intransitive Marker 't' in Eskimo". Approaches to Language: Anthropological Studies ed. by William C. McCormack & Stephen A. Wurm, 451-455. The Hague: Mouton.

3257.

. 1979. "Relativization and Ergativity in Yupik Eskimo". Proceedings of the 8th Annual Meeting of the Western Conference on Linguistics (October 20-21, 1978) ed. by Derry L. Maisch, James E. Hoard & Clarence Sloat, 7187. Carbondale: Linguistic Research Inc.

3258.

Kooij, J.G. 1972. "Presuppositie, topic, en de plaats van het indirekt objekt". Spektator 2.5. 261-270/(1975) Transformationeel-generatieve grammatica in artikelen ed. by H. Hulshof, 310-319. Groningen: Tjeenk Willink.

3259.

Kooiman, K. 1969. "Hun is zij". De nieuwe taalgids 62. 116-120.

3260.

Koopman, Hilda. 1992. "On the Absence of Case Chains in Bambara". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 10.4. 555-594.

3261.

Kopeckij, L.V. 1971-72. "O metodickém aspektu gramatického pravidla: Na příkladu skloňování ruských substantiv středního rodu". Russkij jazyk 24.5. 194-199.

230

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3262.

Kopple, William J. van de. 1985. "Sentence Topics, Syntactic Subjects, and Domains in Texts". Written Communication 2.4. 339-357.

3263.

Kořenský, J. 1968. "Struktura vypovědi z hlediska jazykového zobrazení sku­ tečnosti a kategorie pádu". Slovo 29.4. 379-384.

3264.

. 1970. "Struktura funkčnich vztahů kategorií substantiva, zejména se zřetelem k pádu". Slovo 31.2. 97-104.

3265.

Korhonen, Jarmo. 1977. Studien zu Dependenz, Valenz und Satzmodell, Teil I. Bern: Lang. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1981a]

3266.

. 1978. Studien zu Dependenz, Valenz und Satzmodell. Teil II: Unter­ suchung anhand eines Luther-Textes. Bern: Lang. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1981a]

3267.

. 1982. "Satzmodelle im Frühneuhochdeutschen und im heutigen Deutsch. Ein Vergleich". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 184-208. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3268.

Korn, David. 1964. Some Aspects in the Usage of Genitive and Accusative Cases after Negation in Contemporary Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University.

3269.

. 1967. "Case Selection: Genitive or Accusative after Negation in Con­ temporary Russian?". Modern Language Review 62.3. 486-497.

3270.

. 1968. "Genitive or Accusative after Negation in Russian". Slavic and East European Journal 11.4. 442-449.

3271. ° Kornfilt, J. 1984. Case Marking, Agreement and Empty Categories in Turkish. Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 3272. ° Kornilov, G.E., A.A. Xolodovič & V.S. Xrakovskij. 1969. "Kauzativy i antikauzativy v čuvaškom jazyke". Tipologija kauzativnyx konstrucii ed. by A.A. Xolodovič, 238-260. Leningrad. 3273.

Korostovcev, M.A. 1967. "Ergativnyj 'padež' v egipetskom jazyke". Drevnij Egipet i drevnaja Afrika ed. by I.S. Kacnel'son, 83-92. Moscow: Nauka.

3274.

Korponay, Béla. 1986. "Postpositions, 'Part-of-Speechness', Negation, and Other Matters". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 21. 101-117.

3275.

. 1988. "Some Cases of Lexicalization". Papers and Studies in Contras­ tive Linguistics 22. 109-122.

3276.

Kortas, Jan. 1983. "L'équivalence contrastive du type: 'Wyrzuty sumiecnia' vs 'remords', génitif adnominal - nom". Studia romanica posnaniensia 9. 117124.

Alphabetical List

231

3277.

Kortlandt, Frederik. 1978. "On the History of the Genitive Plural in Slavic, Baltic, Germanic, and Indo-European". Lingua 45. 281-300.

3278.

. 1983. "Proto-Indo-European Verbal Syntax". The Journal of IndoEuropean Studies 11.3.4. 307-324.

3279.

. 1992. "On the Meaning of the Japanese Passive". Acta linguistica hafniensia 24. 97-108.

3280.

Kortmann, Bernd. 1988. "Freie Adjunktive und absolute Konstruktionen im Englischen und Deutschen". Papiere zur Linguistik 38.1. 61-89.

3281.

Korytkowska, Malgorzata. 1979. "Polish and Bulgarian Subjectless Sentences A Contrastive Study". Contrastive Linguistics 4.3. 4-11.

3262.

. 1990. "Argumenti of tipa 'Experiencer' i problemi na supostavitelniya sintaktichen analiz na bulgarskiya i polskiya ezik". Contrastive Linguistics 15.3.5-13.

3283.

Korzen, Hanne. 1985. 'Pourquoi' et l'inversion finale en français: Étude sur le statut de l'adverbial de cause et l'anatomie de la construction tripartite. Copenhagen: Munksgaard forlag. Review: see Herslund, Michael [1988b]; Spang-Hanssen, Ebbe [1988]; Spore, Palle [1988]

3284.

. 1988. "Réponse à Michael Herslund, à Palle Spore, à Ebbe SpangHanssen". Revue romane 23.1. 114-116; 119-121; 123-125.

3285. ° Koschwitz, E. 1878. "Der Vokativ in den ältesten französischen Sprachdenk­ mälern". Romanische Studien 3. 493-500. 3286.

Kós-Dienes, Dora. 1985. Fillmore's Case Theory and Thematic Roles in GB Theory - A Comparison and Criticism. Gothenburg Papers in Theoretical Linguistics 49. Gothenburg: University.

3287.

Koseska-Toszewa, Violetta. 1979. "On the Problem of Existential Sentences". Contrastive Linguistics 4.3. 11-17.

3288.

Kosmeijer, Wim. 1991. "Verb Second, Nominative Case and Scope". Issues in Germanic Syntax ed. by Werner Abraham, Wim Kosmeijer & Eric Reuland, 197-221. Berlin: Mouton.

3289.

Koss, Gerhard. 1983. "Realisierung von Kasusrelationen in den deutschen Dialekten". Dialektologie, Zweiter Halbband: Ein Handbuch zur deutschen und allgemeinen Dialektforschung ed. by Werner Besch, Ulrich Knoop, Wolfgang Putschke & Herbert Ernst Wiegand, 1242-1250. Berlin: De Gruyter.

3290. ° Kossak, . 1858. Obseruationes de ablatiui, qui dicitur absolutus, apud Cae­ sarem. Programme, University of Gumbinnen.

232

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3291.

Kossuth, Karen C. 1980. A Case Grammar of Verbal Predicators in Old Icelandic. Göppingen: Kümmerle.

3292.

Koster, Jan. 1978. "Why Subject Sentences Don't Exist". Recent Transforma­ tional Studies in European Languages ed. by Samuel Jay Keyser, 53-64. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.

3293.

Kostić, Aleksander, G. Lukatela & Michael T. Turvey. 1978. see Lukatela, G.

3294. 3295.

, G. Lukatela & Michael T. Turvey. 1981. see Lukatela, G. , Laurie B. Feldman, G. Lukatela & Michael T. Turvey. 1983. see Lukatela, G.

3296. ° Kostinskij, Ju. M. 1970. Genitivnye sub"ektnye konstrukcii v sovremennom russkom jazyke. Moscow: Kand. dissertation. 3297.

Kostjučenko, Ju. P. 1977. "Značenie dejatelja pri stradateľnom zaloge (agensa) i tvoriteľnyj padež v slavjanskix jazykax". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 84-95.

3298.

. 1980a. "On the 'Syncretism' and Meanings of the Dative Case in IndoEuropean Languages". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 83-95.

3299.

. 1980b. "Do pitannya pro davaľnii vidminok u davn'ogermans'kikh movakh". Movoznavstvo 14.3.81. 70-74.

3300.

Kostov, Kiril. 1974. "Zum präpositiven Gebrauch des possessiven Attributs in einigen Balkansprachen. Methodisches zur Erforschung grammatischer Über­ einstimmungen". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 19. 323-339.

3301.

. 1990. "On the Beginnings of the Double Possessive Construction of the Type na băsta mi sapkata mu in Bulgarian Dialects". Contrastive Linguistics 15.4.5. 198-202.

3302.

. 1991. "Zum Gebrauch des selbständigen appositionellen Dativs im Schriftdeutschen der Gegenwart". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 28.1. 41-43.

3303.

& M. Kostov. 1976. "Zur Dativrektion bulgarischer Präpositionen". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 21. 780-788.

3304.

Kostov, M. & Kiril Kostov. 1976. see Kostov, Kiril.

3305.

Kostova-Dobreva, Haritina. 1982. "Zum Objektprädikativ bei Verben vom Typ machen (zu)". Filologija 10.11. 27-34. Kotschi, Thomas. 1979. "Zu einem neuen Valenzlexikon der französichen Verben". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 95. 398-412.

3306. 3307.

. 1981. "Verbvalenz im Französischen". Beiträge zur Linguistik des Französischen ed. by T. Kotschi, 80-122. Tübingen: Narr.

3308.

. 1988. "Rezension: Wegener Heide. 1985. Der Dativ im heutigen Deutsch. Tübingen: Narr ". Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft 7.2. 274-285.

Alphabetical List

233

3309.

. 1991. "Zirkumstanten und komplexe Prädikate". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 129-137. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3310.

Kottier, Peter. 1973. "Die Deklination des Adjektivs in den Banater Mundarten mit vorwiegend Westmitteldeutschem Gepräge". Analele universitătii din timişoara, Seria ştünte filologice 11. 31-50.

3311. ° Kottum, Steinar Egíl. 1979. A Semantic Distinctive Feature Analysis of the Polish Case System with Comparison to Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington. 3312. ° Kotwicz, W. 1916-18. "Deklinacya we wspólczesnym języku kalmuckim". Rocznik Oryentalistyczny 1.2. 225-238. 3313. 3314.

Koul, O.N. & Peter Edwin Hook. 1984a. see Hook, P.E. . 1984b. see Hook, P.E.

3315. ° Kout, J. 1956-57. "Genitiv záporový v ruštině a češtině". Russian Language Journal 6. 440-450; 7. 13-24. 3316. Koutsoudas, Andreas. 1967. "Object Particles in Lebanese". Journal of the American Oriental Society 87. 512-517. 3317.

Kovačeva, Mira. 1983. "The Problem of Grammatical Subject and the Collo­ quial Use of the Bulgarian 'mo' and English 'It'". Contrastive Linguistics 8.6. 16-26.

3318.

Kovalyova, L.M. 1982. "Towards a Semantic Description of the Accusative with Infinitive and Related Structures". Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerikanistik 30.4. 347-352.

3319.

Kozlowska, Halina. 1971. "Die syntaktische Funktion der Präpositionen im Deutschen". Studia germanica posnaniensia 1. 119-126.

3320.

Krahe, Hans. 1959. Indogermanische Sprachwissenschaft IL Formenlehre. Ber­ lin: De Gruyter.

3321.

. 1972. Grundzüge der vergleichenden Syntax der indogermanischen Sprachen. Innsbruck: Institut für vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft der Uni­ versität Innsbruck.

3322.

Kramer, Walther. 1905. Die Syntax des Possessivpronomens im Französischen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Göttingen. Göttingen: Dieterich.

3323.

Krasuxin, K.G. 1985. "K istokam i funcsii indoevropejskogo roditeľnogo padeža". Vestnik Moskovskogo universiteta, Filologija 40.9.3. 78-85.

3324. ° Krauthamer, Helene. 1982. The Occurrence of Passives in Written English. Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York, Buffalo.

234 3325. 3326. 3327.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Krefeld, Thomas & Peter Koch, eds. 1991a. see Koch, Peter. & Peter Koch. 1991b. see Koch, Peter. Kreidler, Charles W.O.J. 1974. "Case Grammar and Language Teaching". Proceedings of the 3rd International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Copen­ hagen, Denmark, 21st-26th August, 1972, Vol. 3: Applied Linguistics, Prob­ lems and Solutions, 436-450. Heidelberg: Groos.

3328. ° Kreja, Boguslaw. 1964. "Staropolskie 'nan' czy 'nani'? (Forma biernika zaimka anaforycznego po przyimku)". Prace Filologiczne 18.3. 163-168. 3329.

Krenn, Herwig. 1987. "Zum Phänomen 'Partitivität' bzw. 'Teilungsartikel' in den romanischen Sprachen. Versuch einer neuen Deskription". Grammatik und Wortbildung romanischer Sprachen. Beiträge zum deutschen Roma­ nistentag in Siegen, 30.9.-3.10.1985 ed. by Wolf Dietrich, Hans Martin Gauger & Horst Geckeier, 37-53. Tübingen: Narr.

3330.

Kreuder, Hans-Dieter, Dieter Cherubim, Brigitte Zander-Lüllwitz, Carl Ludwig Naumann, Ulrich Püschel, Gaston van der Eist & Gerhard Vigener. 1973. see Cherubim, Dieter.

3331. ° Krickau, Carl. 1877. Der Accusativ mit dem Infinitiv in der englischen Sprache, besonders im Zeitalter der Elisabeth. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Göt­ tingen. 3332.

Krifka, Manfred. 1985. "Von der stilistischen zur grammatischen Ergativität". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 235-242. Berlin: Mouton.

3333.

Krisch, Thomas. 1982. "Synchrone Valenzdifferenzierung und diachrone Va­ lenzänderung. Mit Beobachtungen zum deutschen Bedeutungswandel". Va­ lenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft. Beiträge zur sprachge­ schichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 209-229. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3334.

. 1984. Konstruktionsmuster und Bedeutungswandel indogermanischer Verben: Anwendungsversuche von Valenztheorie und Kasusgrammatik auf Diachronie und Rekonstruktion. Frankfurt am Main: Lang.

3335.

Krishnamurti, Bh. 1972. "Causative Constructions in Indian Languages (Some Semantic and Syntactic Aspects)". Indian Linguistics 32. 18-35.

3336.

Kristeva, Julia. 1971. "Du sujet en linguistique". Langages 24. 107-126.

3337.

. 1984. "Le sens et l'hétérogène. A propos du 'statut du sujet'". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 30. 1-25. Kristol, Andres Max. 1987. "Pronominalisation et système casuel en français: Les compléments du verbe introduits par 'à'". Romania ingeniosa: Festschrift für Prof. Dr. Gerold Hilty zum 60. Geburtstag ed. by G. Lüdi, H. Strieker & J. Wüest, 443-461. Bern: Lang.

3338.

Alphabetical List

235

3339.

Kröll, Heinz. 1987. "Über das Unbestimmte oder generelle Subjekt im Portu­ giesischen". Archiv für das Studium der neueren Sprachen und Literaturen 139.224.317-328.

3340.

Krohn, Dieter. 1980. Dativ und Pertinenzrelation: Syntaktisch-semantische Studien unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Lexemen mit dem Merkmal (Kleidungstück). Göteborg: Acta universitatis gothoburgensis. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1981c]; Nikula, Henrik [1981]

3341.

Kruisinga, E. 1914. "Heeft het Nederlands een genitief meervoud". De nieuwe taalgids 8. 279-280.

3342.

. 1927. "Retained Accusatives in Passive Sentences". English Studies, a Journal for English Language and Literature 9. 38-40.

3343.

Krupianka, Aleksandra. 1984. "Konstrukcje skladniowe typu plynać mlekiemmleko piynie wjezyku polskim". Slavia occidentalis 41. 11-23.

3344.

Kruyskamp, C.H.A. 1969. "Een schijngallicisme". De nieuwe taalgids 62. 33. Review: see Paardekooper, P.C. [1970a]

3345.

Krylova, O.A. 1976. "Determinanty v aspekte kommunikativnogo sintaksisa". Voprosy jazykoznanija 2. 43-52.

3346.

Krys'ko, V.B. 1990. "Istorija indoevropejskogo akkuzativa v "sintaksičeskix issledovanijax" A.V. Popova". Voprosy jazykoznanija 39.4. 119-130.

3347.

. 1992. "Neličnaja oduševlennosť v drevnerusskom jazyke". Voprosy jazykoznanija 41.4. 29-35.

3348.

Krzeszowski, Tomasz P. 1973. "On the Concept of 'Instrumental' Case". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 1. 107-130.

3349. ° Krzyszpien, Jerzy. 1989. "A Syntactic Description of Verbs Found in the OE/ ME Impersonal Construction with an Experiencer". Prace Jezykoznawcze 97. 103-119. 3350.

Kürschner, Wilfried. 1974. Zur syntaktischen Beschreibung deutscher Nominal­ komposita. Auf der Grundlage generativer Transformationsgrammatiken. Tübingen: Niemeyer. Review: see Hervé, F. [1975]; Shaw, J.H. [1976]

3351.

Kuipers, Aert H. 1962. "The Circassian Nominal Paradigm. A Contribution to Case Theory". Lingua 11. 231-248.

3352.

. 1968. "The Categories Verb - Noun and Transitive - Intransitive in English and Squamish". Lingua 21. 610-626.

3353.

Kulikov, L.I. & V.P. Nedjalkov. 1992a. Die Typologie der kausativen Kon­ struktionen. Probleme und Perspektiven. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 87. 39-58).

236

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3354.

& V.P. Nedjalkov. 1992b. "Questionnaire zur Kausativierung". Zeit­ schriftfür Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 45.2. 137-149.

3355.

Kullavanijaya, Pranee. 1974. Transitive Verbs in Thai. Ph.D. dissertation, Uni­ versity of Hawaii. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

3356.

Kumagai, Shigeko. 1986. "Case Realization and Expletive Element It". Descrip­ tive and Applied Linguistics 19. 139-150.

3357.

Kumaxov, M.A. 1967a. "K probleme érgativa v adygejskom, kabardinskom i ubyxskom jazykax". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 168-173. Leningrad: Nauka.

3358.

. 1967b. "Ergativnaja konstrukcija v ubyxskom jazyke". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 180-183. Leningrad: Nauka.

3359.

. 1974. " istorii èrgativnoj konstrukcii predloženija". Proceedings of the 11th International Congress of Linguists, Bologna-Florence Aug. 28 Sept. 2, 1972, Volume 1 ed. by Luigi Heilmann, 953-956. Bologna: Il Mulino.

3360.

Kuno, Susumu. 1971. "The Position of Locatives in Existential Sentences". Linguistic Inquiry 2. 333-378.

3361.

. 1973a. The Structure of the Japanese Language. Chapter VII: Case Marking and Word Order (325-402). Cambridge: MIT Press. Review: see McCawley, Noriko A. [1975-76]; Ono, Kiyoharu [1987a]

3362.

. 1973b. "Constraints on Internal Clauses and Sentential Subjects". Linguistic Inquiry 4. 363-386.

3363.

. 1976. "Subject, Theme, and the Speaker's Empathy: A Reexamination of Relativization Phenomena". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 417444. New York: Academic Press.

3364.

. 1987. "Anaphora and Discourse Principles". Language and Artificial Intelligence: Proceedings of an International Symposium on Language and Artificial Intelligence Held in Kyoto, Japan, 16-21 March, 1986 ed. by Makoto Nagao, 87-111. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

3365.

& Preya Wongkhomthong. 1981. "Characterizational and Identificational Sentences in Thai". Studies in Language 5. 65-109.

3366.

Kunze, Jürgen. 1991. Kasus relationen und semantische Emphase. Berlin: Aka­ demie Verlag.

3367.

Kuperus, Julianna & A. Mpunga wa Ilunga. 1990. Locative Markers in Luba. Tervuren: Koninklijk Museum voor Midden-Afrika.

Alphabetical List

237

3368.

Kuraszkiewicz, W. 1961. "Uwagi  gen.-acc. pl. meskich form osobowych w XVI wieku". Jezyk Polski 41.4. 288-295.

3369.

Kurbanov, A.I. 1967. "Ergativnyi padež i ego funkcii v caxurskom jazyke". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predloženija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 209-223. Leningrad: Nauka.

3370.

Kuroda, Shige-Yuki. 1968. "Review: Fillmore, Charles J. 1965. Indirect Object Construction in English and the Ordering of Transformation. The Hague: Mouton". Language 44.2. 374-378.

3371. °

. 1970. "Remarks on the Notion of Subject with Reference to Words like also, even, or only. Illustrating Certain Manners in which Formal Systems Are Employed as Auxiliary Devices in Linguistic Descriptions: Part 1-2". Annual Bulletin 3. 111-130; 4. 127-152.

3372. °

. 1978. "Case Marking, Canonical Sentence Patterns, and Counter Equi in Japanese (A Preliminary Survey)". Problems in Japanese Syntax and Semantics ed. by J. Hinds & I. Howard, 30-51. Tokyo: Kaitakusha.

3373. ° Kurylowicz, Jerzy. 1947. "Meski acc.-gen. i nom.-acc. w jezyku polskim". Sprawozdania Polskiej Akademii Umiejętnosci w Krakowie 48. 12-16. 3374.

3375.

. 1949. "Le problème du classement des cas". Bulletin de la société polonaise de linguistique 9. 20-43/(1973) Esquisses linguistiques I by Jerzy Kuryfowicz, 131-150. München: Fink. . 1964. The Inflectional Categories ofIndo-European. Heidelberg: Winter.

3376.

. 1973. "La construction ergative et le développement 'stadiaľ du langage (1)". Esquisses linguistiques / b y Jerzy Kuryfowicz, 95-103. München: Fink.

3377.

. 1975. "Le gén. pl. en -(m)änn en indo-iranien". Equisses linguistiques IIbJerzy Kuryfowicz, 242-250. München: Fink.

3378.

Kurzová, Helena. 1966. "Der Accusativus cum infinitivo im Griechischen". Listy filologické 89.3. 231-237.

3379.

. 1987. "Strukturell-typologische Sprachbetrachtung und die Morphosyntax des Griechischen und Lateinischen (Janu Jandovi k šedesátinám)". Listy filologické 110.4. 202-215.

3380.

Kutasina, E.S. & M.V. Rajevskij. 1985. "Ešče raz o vide podčinitel'noj svjazi v nemeckix slovosočetanijax tipa Ein Liter Wasser i padežnoj forme ix vtorogo komponenta". Vestnik Moskovsko go universiteta, Filologija 40.9.2. 48-56.

3381.

Kuxkuljan, M.S. & LN. Dymarskaja-Babal'jan. Babaľjan, I.N.

3382.

1983. see Dymarskaja-

& I.N. Dymarskaja-Babaľjan. 1989. see Dymarskaja-Babaľjan, I.N.

238

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3383.

Kvam, Sigmund. 1987. "Zur Rolle des Subjekts als Beschreibungskategorie der Topologie im Deutschen und Norwegischen". Deutsche Sprache 15.3. 256276.

3384.

Kwakernaak, Erik. 1989. "Naamvallen overdwars". Levende talen 445. 677-683.

3385.

. 1991. "Naamvallen en isotone gebruiksregels". Levende talen 463. 343353.

3386.

Kwon, Jae-il. 1989. "(A Method of Description for the Case Markers and Their Deletion in Korean)". Language Research 25.1. 129-139.

3387.

Kyes, Robert L. 1985. "Review: Abraham, Werner, ed. 1978. Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations. Amsterdam: Benjamins". Michigan Ger­ manic Studies 11.1. 71-73.

3388.

Labelle, Marie. 1990. "Unaccusatives and Pseudo-Unaccusatives in French". Proceedings of NELS 20.2. 303-317.

3389.

Laborderie, R. 1934. "Pour une histoire du datif latin". Revue des études latines 12. 278-280.

3390.

Labov, William & E. Judith Weiner. 1983. see Weiner, E. Judith.

3391.

Laca, Brenda. 1987. "Sobre el uso del acusativo preposicional en espaňol". Romanistisches Jahrbuch 38. 290-312. . 1989. "Acerca de la sintaxis del de <partitivo> en catalan". Romanis­ tisches Jahrbuch 40. 247-264.

3392. 3393.

Ladusaw, William A. & David R. Dowty. 1988. "Toward a Nongrammatical Account of Thematic Roles". Thematic Relations ed. by Wendy Wilkins, Syntax and Semantics 21, 61-73. New York: Academic Press.

3394.

Lääne, Paul. 1982. "Vorderstellung des Genitivattributs bzw. seines Ersatzes als Interferenzfaktor". Linguistica (Tartu). 55-65.

3395.

Laeven, T. 1983. "Clivage dans la grammaire: La syntaxe de ce + être + qui/ que". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1983 ed. by Hans Bennis & W.U.S. van Lessen Kloeke, 139-148. Dordrecht: Foris.

3396.

La Fauci, Nunzio. see Fauci, Nunzio la.

3397.

Lafon, René. 1930. "Sur les pronoms personnels de 1re et de 2e personnes dans les langues kartvéles". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 30. 153169.

3398.

. 1960. "L'expression de l'auteur de l'action du verbe basque". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 55.1. 186-221.

3399.

. 1963. "Notes explicatives à l'article de M.A. Chanidzé sur le verbe géorgien". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 58. 27-40.

Alphabetical List

239

3400.

. 1971. "Ergatif et passif en basque et en géorgien". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 66.1. 327-343.

3401.

. 1973. "La construction ergative des verbes en basque". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 18. 17-26.

3402.

. 1975. "Sur la déclinaison dans le biscayen du XVIe siècle". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 70.1. 275-290.

3403.

Lagae, Véronique. 1989. Les caractéristiques aspectuelles de la construction reflexive ergative. Kortrijk: KULAK, Faculteit letteren en wijsbegeerte.

3404.

Lahaye, Anne Marie. 1974. "Zur Unterscheidung zwischen Aktanten und Circonstanten". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 41-50. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

3405. ° Laing, Gordon Jennings. 1920. The Genitive Value in Latin and Other Construc­ tions with Verbs of Rating. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 3406.

Lakoff, George. 1968. "Instrumental Adverbs and the Concept of Deep Struc­ ture". Foundations of Language 4. 4-29. Review: see Weydt, Harald [1973]

3407.

Lakshmanan, Usha. 1992. "The Boy for the Coockie': Some Evidence for the Non-Violation of the Case Filter in Child Second Language Acquisition". Southern Illinois Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching 1. 11-36.

3408.

Lakshmi Bai, . 1983-84. "Case Relations and Case Forms in Child Language". Osmania Papers in Linguistics 9.10. 73-101.

3409.

& Henry Thompson. 1975. "Dative Questions in Cognitive Grammar". Papers from the Parasession on Functionalism ed. by Robin Grossman, L. James San & Timothy J. Vance, 337-350. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.

3410.

Lambert, Dorothy Mack. 1969. The Semantic Syntax of Metaphor: A Case Grammar Analysis. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

3411.

Lamberti, Marcello, Bernd Heine & Mechtild Reh. 1981. see Reh, Mechtild.

3412. ° Lamberton, William Alexander. 1891. Pros with the Accusative (Note on the Antigone). Philadelphia: University of Philadelphia Press. 3413.

Lambrecht, Knud. 1980. "Topic, French Style: Remarks about a Basic Sentence Type of Modern Non-Standard French". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 6. 337-360.

3414.

. 1984. "A Pragmatic Constraint on Lexical Subjects in Spoken French". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 20. 239-256.

240 3415.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Lamiroy, Béatrice. 1983. Les verbes de mouvement en français et en espagnol: Étude comparée de leurs infinitives. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3416. 3417.

—. 1993. "Pourquoi il y a deux passifs". Langages 109. 53-72. & Pierre Swiggers. 1992. "Valency and Transitivity". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 45.2. 150-163.

3418. 3419. 3420.

3421.

& Nicole Delbecque. 1992. see Delbecque, Nicole. Lamontagne, Greg & Lisa de Mena Travis. 1986. "The Case Filter and the ECP". McGill Working Papers in Linguistics 3.2. 51-75. Lanckvrind, Stefan. 1986. The Prenominai Word Classes in THE PETERBOR­ OUGH CHRONICLE, 1070-1154. A Study of the Evolution of the Grammati­ cal Categories of Case and Gender. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium. Landar, Herbert. 1967. "Two Athapaskan Verbs of 'Being' (With Annotated Bibliography)". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Gram­ matical Studies (1). Classical Chinese/Athapaskan/Mundari ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 40-74. Dordrecht: Reidel.

3422.

Landgraf, Gustav. 1893. "Der Dativus commodi und der Dativus finalis mit ihren Abarten". Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie und Grammatik 8. 3976.

3423.

. 1898a. "Der Accusativ der Beziehung (determinationis)". Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie und Grammatik 10. 209-224.

3424.

. 1898b. "Der Accusativ der Beziehung nach Adjektiven". Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie und Grammatik 10. 376.

3425.

. 1898c. "Der Accusativ der Richtung". Archiv für lateinische Lexiko­ graphie und Grammatik 10. 391-402.

3426.

. 1900. "Der Accusativ des Zieles nach vocare und hortari". Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie und Grammatik 11. 103-104.

3427.

Lane, George S. 1951. "Review: Kretschmer, Paul. 1947. Objektive Konjugation im Indogermanischen. Wien: Rohrer; Biese, Y.M. 1950. Some Notes on the Origin of the Indo-European Nominative Singular. Helsinki: Suomalainen tiedeakatemia". Language 27. 370-374.

3428.

Lang, Rainer & Charles N. Li. 1979. see Li, Charles N.

3429.

Langacker, Ronald W. 1968. "Observations on French Possessives". Language 44. 51-75.

3430.

. 1970. "Review: Goldin, Mark G. 1968. Spanish Case and Function. Wash­ ington: Georgetown University Press". Language 46.1. 167-185.

Alphabetical List

241

3431.

. 1972. "Possessives in Classical Nahuatl". International Journal of American Linguistics 38.3. 173-186.

3432.

. 1973. "Review: Anderson, John M. 1971. The Grammar of Case: Towards a Localistic Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press". Journal of Lin­ guistics 9. 319-331.

3433.

. 1977. "Reconstruction of Pronominal Elements in Takic". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 85-102.

3434.

°

. 1979. "Accusative Suffixes in Proto Uto-Aztecan". Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology, Papers in Linguistics 1. 85-99.

3435.

°

. 1981. "The Nature of Grammatical Valence". Linguistic Notes from La Jolla 10. 33-59.

3436. 3437.

. 1985. "Observations and Speculations on Subjectivity". Iconicity in Syntax ed. by John Haiman, 109-150. Amsterdam: Benjamins. °

. 1986a. "Settings, Participants, and Grammatical Relations". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Pacific Linguistics Conference 2. 1-31.

3438.

. 1986b. The Nature of Grammatical Valence. Duisburg: LAUDT A.160.

3439.

. 1987a. Transitivity, Case, and Grammatical Relations: A Cognitive Gram­ mar Prospectus. Duisburg: LAUD. Series A. Paper 172.

3440.

. 1987b. "Grammatical Ramifications of the Setting/Participant Distinction". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 13. 383-394.

3441.

. 1988a. "Case and Grammatical Relations in Cognitive Grammar (with Special Reference to Newari)". Linguistic Notes from La Jolla 14. 57-94.

3442.

. 1988b. "The Nature of Grammatical Valence". Topics in Cognitive Linguistics ed. by Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 91-125. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3443.

. 1989. "Absolute Construal". Worlds behind Words. Essays in Honour of Prof. Dr. F.G. Droste on the Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday ed. by F.J. Heyvaert & F. Steurs, 65-75. Leuven: Leuven University Press.

3444.

. 1990. "Transitivity, Case, and Grammatical Relations". Concept, Im­ age, and Symbol: The Cognitive Basis of Grammar by Ronald W. Langacker, 209-260. Berlin: Mouton.

3445.

& Pamela Munro. 1975. "Passives and Their Meanings".

Language

51.4. 789-830. 3446.

Langdon, Margaret & Leanne Hinton. 1976. see Hinton, Leanne.

3447.

Lange, Julius. 1895. "Über einen besonderen Gebrauch des ablativus absolutus bei Caesar" Neue Jahrbücher für Philologie und Pädagogik 41.151. 189-209.

242 3448.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Lange, Klaus-Peter. 1978. "'Subjekt-Inversion' im Mittelfeld des deutschen Satzes". Deutsche Sprache. 193-202. R e v i e w : see Lenerz, Jürgen [1979]

3449.

. 1979. "Wie regelt sich die Abfolge von NP im Mittelfeld nun wirklich? Eine Replik auf Lenerz' Kritik". Deutsche Sprache. 245-246.

3450.

. 1986. "Das Niederländische - eine ergative Sprache?". Berichte 101. 34-53.

3451.

° Langenbruch, Theodor. 1969. Studien zur Syntax und Semantik der verbiale im Deutschen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hamburg.

Linguistische Lokalad­

3452.

Langendoen, D. Terence. 1967. "The Copula in Mundari". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (1). Classical Chinese/ Athapaskan/Mundari ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 75-100. Dordrecht: Reidel.

3453.

. 1973. "The Problems of Grammatical Relations in Surface Structure". Language and International Studies, Georgetown University Round Table 1973 ed. by Kurt R. Jankowsky, 27-37. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

3454.

, John Dore & Nancy Kalish-Landon. 1973. "Dative Questions: A Study in the Relation of Acceptability to Grammaticality of an English Sentence Type". Cognition 2.4. 451-478/(1976) An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability ed. by Thomas G. Bever, Jerrold J. Katz & D. Terence Langendoen. New York: Thomas Crowell.

3455.

Langendonck, Willy van. 1968. "Het meewerkend voorwerp van de aktieve zin als onderwerp van de passieve zin". Leuvense bijdragen 57. 101-118.

3456.

. 1974. "Internally Referring Prepositions and the Subcategorization of Space and Time Denominations in a Netherlandic Case Grammar". Leuvense bijdragen 63. 1-41.

3457.

. 1976. Locative and Temporal Prepositions: edness Theory. Trier: LAUT. Series A.20.

3458.

. 1989. "Ergativity, Markedness and Prototypes". Belgian Journal Linguistics 4. 173-183.

of

3459.

. 1992. "Valency in Dutch: A Pronominal Appoach". ITL, Review

of

Applied Linguistics. 3460.

Semantic Syntax and Mark-

111-129.

& William Van Belle. 1992. see Belle, William van.

3461.

Lanmann, Charles R. 1880. "A Statistical Account of Noun-Inflection in the Veda". Journal of the American Oriental Society 10. 325-601.

3462.

Lapesa, Rafael. 1964. "Los casos latinos: Restos sintácticos y sus sustitutos en español". Boletín de la real academia española 44. 57-105.

Alphabetical List

243

3463.

. 1968. "Sobre los origines y evolución de leísmo, laísmo y loísmo". Festschrift Walther von Wartburg zum 80. Geburtstag 18. Mai 1968 ed. by Kurt Baidinger, 523-551. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3464.

° Lapinskas, Saulius. 1984. Zu den Beziehungen zwischen Argument, Kasusrolle und Aktant am Beispiel der Realisierung des Lokativs. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leipzig.

3465.

. 1987. "Zur Abgrenzung der semantischen Kasus". Kalbotyra 38.3. 96102.

3466.

. 1989. "Zur Bestimmung und Abgrenzung der semantischen Kasus­ funktionen bei den deutschen Fortbewegungs- und Zustandsverben". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 26.6. 360-363.

3467.

Lappin, Shalom & Ur Shlousky. 1993. "Impersonal Passives". 31.1.323. 5-24.

Linguistics

3468.

Larmouth, Donald Wilford. 1974. "Differential Interference in American Finn­ ish Cases". Language 50.2. 356-366.

3469.

Laroche, Emannuel. 1962. "Un ergati/ en indo-européen d'Asie Mineure". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 57.1. 23-43.

3470.

. 1969. "Vocatif et cas absolu en anatolien". Athenaeum

47. 173-178.

3471.

Larsen, H. Verner. 1983. "Noch einmal zur Normenproblematik von derer/ deren". Moderna språk 77.4. 371-377.

3472.

° Larsen, Thomas W. 1976. "On 'Possession' in Aguatec". Mayan Linguistics, Vol 1 ed. by Marlys McClaran, 115-127. Los Angeles: American Indian Studies Center, University of California at Los Angeles.

3473.

. 1981. "Functional Correlates of Ergativity in Aguacatec". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 7. 136-153.

3474.

. 1984. "Case Marking and Subjecthood in Kipeá Kirirf '. Proceedings the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 10. 189-205.

of

3475.

. 1987. "The Syntactic Status of Ergativity in Quiché". Studies Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 33-59.

in

3476.

& William M. Norman. 1979. "Correlates of Ergativity in Mayan Grammar". Ergativity. Towards A Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 347-370. London: Academic Press.

3477.

Larson, Richard K. 1988. "On the Double Object Construction". Inquiry 19.3. 335-391.

Linguistic

3478.

Larson, Virginia. 1972. "Pronominal Reference in the Ivatan Narrative". Philip­ pine Journal of Linguistics 3.2. 37-42.

244 3479.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Larsson, Eva. 1978. "Les NP partitifs en français considérés du point de vue de la dislocation". Papers from the Fourth Scandinavian Conference of Linguis­ tics, Hindsgavl January 6-8, 1978 ed. by Kirsten Gregersen, 387-391. Odense: Odense University Press.

3480. ° Laskowski, Roman. 1989. "Markedness and the Category of Case in Polish". Misad. 207-226. 3481.

Lasnik, Howard. 1988. "Subjects and the 0-Criterion". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6. 1-17.

3482.

& Robert Fiengo. 1974. see Fiengo, Robert.

3483.

& Andrew Barrs. 1986. see Barrs, Andrew.

3484. 3485.

Lasorsa, Claudia. 1985. "La categoria dello stato in russo e in italiano". Studi italiani di linguistica teorica ed applicata 14.1.2.3. 131-154. Lass, Roger. 1991. "Of Data and 'Datives': Ruthwell Cross 'rodi' Again". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 4.42. 395-403.

3486.

Lattey, Elsa. 1982. "What Is the 'Same Thing' in Interlinguistic Comparison?". The Contrastive Grammar of English and German ed. by Walter F.W. Lohnes & Edwin A. Hopkins, 131-144. Ann Arbor: Karoma.

3487.

Latzel, Sigbert. 1983. "Altes und Neues vom Genitiv". Zielsprache Deutsch 14.1.48-49.

3488.

. 1985. "Jm. schreiben - an jn. schreiben". Zielsprache Deutsch 16.3. 3941.

3489.

. 1986a. "Jemandem etwas sagen - zu jemandem etwas sagen". Ziel­ sprache Deutsch 17.2. 36-38.

3490.

. 1986b. "Mit jemandem über etwas sprechen - jemanden in einer Sprache sprechen - jemandem von etwas sprechen - zu jemandem über etwas sprechen - vor jemandem über etwas sprechen". Zielsprache Deutsch 17.3. 39-42.

3491.

Laubscher, Gustave G. 1921. The Syntactical Causes of Case Reduction in Old French. Paris: Champion/(1965) New York: Kraus Reprint Corporation.

3492.

Laughren, Mary, Mohamed Guerssel, Kenneth Hale, Beth Levin & Josie White Eagle. 1985. see Guerssel, Mohamed.

3493.

Launer, Michael . 1986. "Vlijanie glagol'noj pristavki o-/ob- na raspredelenie po padežam imennyx dopolnenij: Slučai upotreblenija perexodnyx bespristavočnyx glagolov". Russian Language Journal 40.135. 33-44.

3494.

Launey, Michel. 1979. "Le datif dans une langue sans cas (Nahuatl classique)". Relations prédicat-actant(s) dans les langues de types divers II ed. by Catherine Paris, Lacito-documents, Eurasie 3, 29-70. Paris: SELAF.

Alphabetical List

245

3495.

Laur, Dany. 1989. "Sémantique du déplacement à travers une étude de verbes et de prépositions du français". Cahiers de grammaire 14. 65-84.

3496.

. 1993. "La relation entre le verbe et la préposition dans la sémantique du déplacement". Langages 110. 47-61.

3497.

° Laurie, Simon. 1859. On the Fundamental Constable.

Doctrine of Latin Syntax. Edinburgh:

3498.

Lautamatti, Liisa. 1980. "Subject and Theme in English Discourse". Papers in Discourse and Contrastive Discourse Analysis ed. by Kari Sajavaara & Jaakho Lehtonen, Jyväskylä Contrastive Studies 5, 188-202. Jyväskylä: De­ partment of English, University of Jyväskylä.

3499.

Lavency, Maurius. 1969. "A propos de la syntaxe des cas en latin classique". Les études classiques 37.3.4. 325-337/(1979) "Sulla sintassi dei casi nel latino classico". La sfida linguistica. Lingue classiche e modelli grammaticali ed. by Germano Proverbio, 151-167. Torino: Rosenberg & Sellier.

3500.

. 1985. "Datif d'attribution et datif d'intérêt en latin classique". Cahiers de Vinstitut de linguistique de Louvain 11.1.2. 41-51.

3501.

Lawson, Jack Odell. 1981. Case Relations in Generative Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Washington/(1982) Ann Arbor: University Micro­ films International.

3502.

Lazard, Gilbert. 1978. "Eléments d'une typologie des structures d'actance: Structures ergatives, accusatives et autres". Bulletin de la société de lin­ guistique de Paris 73.1. 49-84.

3503.

. 1979. "Pour une typologie des relations grammaticales du verbe et des actants". Relations prédicats-actant(s) dans les langues de types divers II ed. by Catherine Paris, Lacito-documents, Eurasie 3, 71-93. Paris: SELAF.

3504.

. 1982. "Le morphème râ en persan et les relations actancielles". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 77.1. 177-208.

3505.

. 1984. "Actance Variations and Categories of the Object". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 269-292. London: Academic Press.

3506.

. 1985. "Anti-Impersonal Verbs, Transitivity Continuum and the Notion of Transitivity". Language Invariants and Mental Operations. International Interdisciplinary Conference Held at Gummersbach/Cologne, Germany, Sep­ tember 18-23, 1983 ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Gunter Brettschneider, 115123. Tübingen: Narr.

3507. 3508.

°

. 1986. "Deux échelles de transitivité". Actances 2. 59-68. . 1989. "Transitivity and Markedness: The Anti-Passive in Accusative Lan­ guages". Markedness in Synchrony and Diachrony ed. by Olga Mišeska Tomić, 309-331. Berlin: Mouton.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

246 3509.

Läzárescu, Ioan, Ulrich Engel, Rodica Mihailă Cova, Lucia Popa, Natalia Roth & Emilia Savin. 1983. see Engel, Ulrich.

3510. ° Lazzeroni, Romano. 1970. "Fra glottogonia e storia: La disinenza dello stru­ mentale plurale indoeuropeo". Studi e saggi linguistici 10. 53-78. 3511.

. 1988. "Il dativo eolico in -εσσi". Archivio glottologico italiano 73.1. 12-24.

3512.

Lease, Emong B. 1928. "The Ablative Absolute Limited by Conjunctions". The American Journal of Philology 49.4.196. 348-353.

3513.

. 1931. "The Ablative Absolute Limited by Conjunctions". The American Journal of Philology 52.2.204. 175.

3514.

Lebedev, K.A. 1961. "Postroenie predloženija s perexodnym glagolom v prošedšem vremeni v pustu (ergativnaja konstrukcija)". Učenye zapiski Instituta mezdunarodnyx otnošenij, Serija filologičeskaja 7. 85-98.

3515.

Le Bidois, Robert. see Bidois, Robert le.

3516. ° Lebow, Daniel . 1954. An Historical Study of Syntax: The Evolution of English from Inflectional to Prepositional Constructions. Ph.D. dissertation, Univer­ sity of New York. 3517.

Leclere, Christian. 1975. "Datifs syntaxiques et datif éthique". Laboratoire d'automatique documentaire et linguistique rapport de recherches 5. 27-59/ (1976) Méthodes en grammaire française ed. by Jean-Claude Chevalier & Maurice Gross, 73-96. Paris: Klincksieck/(1979) "Syntactic Datives and Ethic Dative". SMIL Journal of Linguistic Calculus 1.2. 122-147.

3518.

. 1978. "Sur une classe de verbes datifs". Langue française 39. 66-75.

3519.

. 1993. "Classes de constructions directes sans passif'. Langages 109. 731.

3520.

, Jean-Paul Boons & Alain Guillet. 1976. see Boons, Jean-Paul.

3521.

& Alain Guillet. 1992. see Guillet, Alain.

3522.

Le Compagnon, Betty. see Compagnon, Betty le.

3523. °Ledenev, Ju. I. 1971. "Predlogi i padeži (O markirovanii vnutripadežnyx značenij)". Russkij jazyk. Materialy i issledovanija ed. by E.M. Ušakova, 314. Stavropol': Stavrop. gos. ped. in-t. 3524. ° Lederer, Herbert. 1969. Reference Grammar of the German Language. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons. [Based on Grammatik der deutschen Sprache (1965) by Dora Schulz & Heinz Griesbach. Munich: Max Hueber Verlag.] 3525. ° Lee, David Alan. 1972. Subjectivalization and Lexicalization in Case Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kent.

Alphabetical List 3526.

247

. 1973. "'Stative' and Case Grammar". Foundations of Language 10.4. 545-568.

3527.

. 1974. "Noun Phrase Raising in French and English". Lingua 34. 219227.

3528.

. 1983. "The Subject-Selection Process in Case Grammar". ITL, Review of Applied Linguistics 62. 1-26.

3529. ° Lee, Hae Wook. 1989. Zur Logik des Kasuserwerbs im Deutschen: Eine Analyse im Rahmen der GB-Theorie. Frankfurt am Main: Lang. 3530.

Lee, Hong Bae. 1984. "On Raising: A Reanalysis of S-Bar-Deletion". Language Research 20.2. 107-120.

3531.

& Mi-Kyung   . 1988. "Double-Nominative Constructions in Ko­ rean". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Selected Papers from SICOL-1986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 489-505. Seoul: Hanshin.

3532.

Lee, Hyo Sang. 1985. "Causatives in Korean and the Binding Hierarchy". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 21.2. 138-153.

3533.

& Sandra A. Thompson. 1987. "A Discourse Account of the Korean Accusative Marker". Santa Barbara Papers in Linguistics 1. 23-49.

3534. ° Lee, Ik-Hwan. 1987. "Double Subject Constructions in GPSG". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguistics, II ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 287-298. Seoul: Hanshin. 3535.

Lee, Jong Kun. 1991. "Case Markers and Focus in Korean". Texas Linguistic Forum 32. 111-122.

3536.

Lee, Keedong. 1975. "Lexical Causatives in Korean". Language Research 11.1. 17-24.

3537.

Lee, Keon Soo. 1988. "About the So-Called Double Object Construction in Korean". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 20.1. 101-130.

3538.

. 1991. Multiple Accusative Constructions in Korean and the Strafai Uniqueness Law. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii, Honolulu. Disser­ tation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 52.5. 1733.A.

3539.

Lee, Kil-Rok. 1976. "(A Contrastive Study of Grammatical Systems between Korean and Japanese - Function and Distribution of Case Ending)". Applied Linguistics 8.2. 135-167.

3540.

Lee, Nagiko. 1986. "Subject Ellipsis in Japanese". University of Hawaii Work­ ing Papers in Linguistics 18.2. 1-30.

3541.

. 1990. Complementation in Japanese: A Lexicase Analysis. Ph.D. disser­ tation, University of Hawaii, Honolulu. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 51.2. 493.A.494.A.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

248

3542. ° Lee, Patricia. 1970. "A Note on Manner Adverbs". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 4. 74-84. 3543. ° Lee, P. Gregory. 1967. "The English Preposition 'with'". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics, RF Project 2218-C, Report 1. 30-79. 3544.

. 1971a. "Notes in Defense of Case Grammar". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 7. 174-180.

3545. °

. 1971b. "Subjects and Agents: II". Working Papers in Linguistics 7. 1118.

3546.

Lee, Sangcheol. 1986. Passive and Causative Constructions in Korean: Toward a Universal Characterization in Terms of Categorial Grammar. Ph.D. disser­ tation, University of Texas, Austin. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.5. 1635.A.

3547.

Lee, Young-Ok. 1987. "A Study on -ing Constructions". Language Research 23.4.629-646.

3548. ° Leedes, Edward. 1676. English Examples to Be Turned into Latin: Beginning with the Nominative Case and Verb as 'Tis Varied through All Modes and Tenses, and after Fitted to All the Rules of the Grammar to Which Are Added Some Cautions.... London. 3549.

Leeding, Velma J. 1976. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Garawa". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 382-390. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

3550.

Leek, Frederike . van der. 1971-72. "Over het indirekt objekt, 2-3". Taal­ kundige bijlage 1.3. 117-136; 1.4. 200-213.

3551.

& Olga M. Fischer. 1983. see Fischer, Olga M.

3552.

Leer, Jef. 1991. "Evidence for a Northern Northwest Coast Language Area: Promiscuous Number Marking and Periphrastic Possessive Constructions in Haida, Eyak, and Aleut". International Journal of American Linguistics 57.2. 158-193.

3553.

Lees, Madeleine E. 1921. "The Ablative Case in Vergil". Classical Quarterly 15.3.4. 183-185.

3554.

Lees, Robert B. 1963. "Analysis of the 'Cleft Sentence' in English". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 16. 371388.

3555.

Lefebvre, Claire. 1986. "L'accord du participe passé en français: Accord = cas". Revue québécoise de linguistique 15.2. 121-134.

3556.

. 1988. "Past Participle Agreement in French: Agreement = Case". Advances in Romance Linguistics ed. by David Birdsong & Jean-Pierre Montreuil, 233251. Dordrecht: Foris.

Alphabetical List

249

3557.

& Pieter Muysken. 1982. "Raising as Move Case". The Linguistic Review 2.2. 161-210.

3558.

& Pieter Muysken. 1988. Mixed Categories: Nominalizations in Que­ chua. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

3559.

Lefèvre, Jacques. 1974. "Fakultative und obligatorische Aktanten". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 51-57. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

3560. ° Legendre, Géraldine. 1985. "Object to Subject Raising, Reflexive Passive and 3 to 2 Advancement in French". Linguistic Notes from La Jolla 13. 69-95. 3561.

. 1986. "Object Raising in French: A Unified Account". Natural Lan­ guage and Linguistic Theory 4.2. 137-183.

3562.

. 1988. "Two Classes of Unergatives in French?". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 24.1. 259-274.

3563.

. 1989. "Unaccusativity in French". Lingua 79. 95-164.

3564.

Le Goffic, Pierre. see Goffic, Pierre le.

3565.

Lehiste, Ilse. 1969. "Being and Having in Estonian". Foundations of Language 5.324-341. Lehman, F.K. 1985. "Ergativity in the Nominal-Verbal Cycle; Internal Syntactic Reconstruction in Burmese". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Arlene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 71-91. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

3566.

3567. ° Lehmann, A. 1891. Der syntaktische Gebrauch des Genetivs in Ælfreds Orosius. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leipzig. 3568.

Lehmann, Christian. 1982a. Rektion und syntaktische Relationen. Köln: Univer­ sity, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 45)/(1983) Folia linguistica 17. 339-378.

3569. °

. 1982b. "Ergative (and Active) Traits in Latin". Glossologia 1. 57-66.

3570.

. 1983. "Latin Preverbs and Cases". Latin Linguistics and Linguistic Theory ed. by Harm Pinkster, 145-165. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3571.

. 1985a. "On Grammatical Relationality". Folia linguistica 19. 67-109.

3572.

. 1985b. "Ergative and Active Traits in Latin". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 243-255. Berlin: Mouton. . 1985c. "Latin Case Relations in Typological Perspective". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Provence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 81-104. Aix-en-Provence: Uni­ versity of the Provence.

3573.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

250 3574.

. 1986. Relationality and the Grammatical Operation. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 64. 47-63)/(1991) Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 13-28. Tübingen: Narr.

3575.

. 1991. "Predicate Classes and Participation". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 183-239. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3576.

Lehmann, Winfred P. 1958. "On Earlier Stages of the Indo-European Nominal Inflection". Language 34. 179-202.

3577.

. 1967. "The Gothic Genitive Plural -è: Focus of Exercises in Theory". Papers in Linguistics in Honor of Léon Dosiert ed. by William Austin, 108111. The Hague: Mouton.

3578.

. 1976. "From Topic to Subject in Indo-European". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 445-456. New York: Academic Press.

3579.

. 1980. "Case Syntax at the Turn of the Century in Relation to Univer­ sals". Wege zur Universalienforschung: Sprachwissenschaftliche Beiträge zum 60. Geburtstag von Hansjakob Seiler ed. by Gunter Brettschneider & Christian Lehmann, 145-150. Tübingen: Narr.

3580.

Lehrer, Adrienne. 1970. "Verbs and Deletable Objects". Lingua 25. 227-253.

3581.

Lehtimäki, Pekka. 1975. "Huomioita vertailumitan sijasta nykysuomessa". Virittäjä. 327-338.

3582.

Leinonen, Marja & Jan-Ola Östman. 1983. "Passive Patterns in Russian and Swedish". Papers from the Seventh Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics I ed. by Fred Karlsson, 175-198. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of General Linguistics.

3583. ° Leirbukt, Oddleif. 1977. Über passivische Fügungen der Struktur 'bekommen/ kriegen/erhalten' + Partizip II im Deutschen. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 3584.

. 1978. "Über dativische Appositionen bei akkusativischem Bezugswort im Deutschen". Linguistische Berichte 55. 1-17.

3585.

. 1981. '"Passivähnliche' Konstruktionen mit 'haben' + Partizip II im heutigen Deutsch". Deutsche Sprache. 119-146.

3586.

. 1983. "Über einen Genitiv besonderen Typus". Muttersprache 93. 104119.

3587.

. 1987. "Bildungs- und Restriktionsregeln des bekommen-Passivs". Das Passiv im Deutschen. Akten des Kolloquiums über das Passiv im Deutschen, Nizza 1986 ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique (Nice), 99-116. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

Alphabetical List

251

3588.

. 1991. "Zur Bedeutungs struktur der Vollverben des bekommen-Pas­ sivs". Nordlyd 17. 135-162.

3589.

Leitner, Gerhard. 1977. "Zur Vorhersagbarkeit von Derivation: Teil- von No­ mina als Basen". Perspektiven der Wortbildungsforschung: Beiträge zum Wuppertaler Wortbildungskolloquium vom 9.-10. Juli 1976. Anläßlich des 70. Geburtstages von Hans Marchand am 1 Oktober 1977 ed. by Herbert E. Brekle & Dieter Kastovsky, 140-154. Bonn: Grundmann.

3590.

Lejeune, Michel. 1950. "Sur le nom grec du 'cas' grammatical". Revue des études grecques 63. 1-7.

3591.

. 1954. "Génitif et accusatif distributifs en grec ancien". Sprachge­ schichte und Wortbedeutung: Festschrift für Albert Debrunner - gewidmet von Schülern, Freunden und Kollegen, 259-277. Bern: Francke.

3592.

. 1972. "* Aisu- 'Dieu' et la quatrième déclinaison italique". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 67.1. 129-137.

3593.

. 1973. "Review: 1971: Studi e saggi linguistici. Pisa". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 68.2. 104-105.

3594. ° Lejkina, B.M. 1961. Einige Aspekte der Valenz. Moskau. 3595. ° Lekant, P. 1969. "K voprosu o sintaksičeskom sub"ekte". Učenye zapiski Moskovskogo gosudarstvennogo pedagogiceskogo instituta 341. 197-204. 3596. Lekawatana, Pongsri. 1970. Verb Phrases in Thai: A Study in Deep-Case Relationships. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan. Ann Arbor: Uni­ versity Microfilms International. 3597.

Leko, Nedžad. 1989. "Case of Noun Phrases in Serbo-Croatian and Case Theory". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 23.1.2. 2754.

3598.

Lelis, Joseph. 1970. "Noun Declensions in the Körsovan Subdialect of Latvian". Baltic Linguistics ed. by Thomas F. Magner & William R. Schmalstieg, 103108. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press.

3599.

Lemaire, Maryvonne. 1983. "Un aspect de l'échange des arguments du verbe: Les verbes à double régime de l'objet en latin". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 78.1. 283-324.

3600.

Lenerz, Jürgen. 1977. "Zum Einfluß des 'Agens' auf die Wortstellung des Deutschen". Grammatik und interdisziplinäre Bereiche der Linguistik. Akten des 11. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Aachen 1976, Band 1 ed. by Heinz Werner Viethen, Wolf-Dietrich Bald & Konrad Sprengel, 133-142. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3601.

. 1979. "'Subjekt-Inversion' im Mittelfeld des deutschen Satzes: Einige methodische Bemerkungen zu dem gleichnamigen Aufsatz von Klaus-Peter Lange". Deutsche Sprache 3. 241-245.

252

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Review: see Lange, Klaus-Peter [1979]

3602.

Lerner, J.Y. 1973. Einige Bemerkungen zur Theorie der Kasus bei Fillmore und der satzsemantischen Relationen bei Brekle. Braunschweig: LB-Papier 37.

3603.

Lerot, Jacques. 1974. "Zur Valenz des Verbs teilen". Lowener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 155-182. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

3604.

, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, eds. 1974. Lowener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

3605.

Leskosky, Richard J. 1972. "Further Comments on Instrumentals". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 2.1. 66-83.

3606. ° Leuševa, V.V. 1959. "Dopolnenija s predlogom i bez predloga v sovremennom švedskom jazyke". Skandinavski] sborník 4. 177-194. 3607.

Leuvensteijn, J.A. van. 1980. "Enkele opmerkingen n.a.v. het speciaal onder­ werp 16de en 17de eeuws: Taalkunde en tekstinterpretatie, toegespitst op het direkt objecť. Voortgang van het onderzoek in de subfaculteit Nederlands aan de vrije universiteit Amsterdam 1. 158-159.

3608.

. 1986. "Genus en casus in het dagboek van Wouter Jacobsz". Voortgang, Jaarboek voor de neerlandistiek (Amsterdam) 7. 113-136.

3609.

Levi, Judith N. & Jerrold M. Sadock. 1977. see Sadock, Jerrold M.

3610. ° Levin, Beth C. 1979. "Instrumental with and the Control Relation in English". A.I. Memo No. 522. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory. 3611. °

. 1983. On the Nature of Ergativity. Ph.D. dissertation, MIT University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

3612.

. 1985. "Case Theory and the Russian Reflexive Affix". Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 4. 178-189.

3613.

. 1987. "The Middle Construction and Ergativity". Studies in Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 17-31.

3614.

, Mohamed Guerssel, Kenneth Hale, Mary Laughren & Josie White Eagle. 1985. see Guerssel, Mohamed.

3615.

& Malka Rappaport. 1986. "The Formation of Adjectival Passives". Linguistic Inquiry 17.4. 623-661.

3616. 3617.

& Malka Rappaport. 1988. see Rappaport, Malka. & Malka Rappaport. 1989. "An Approach to Unaccusative Mismat­ ches". Proceedings of NELS 19. 314-329.

Alphabetical List

253

3618.

Levin, Juliette. 1983. "Government Relations and the Structure of INFL". MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 5. 121-150.

3619.

. 1984. "Government Relations and the Distribution of Empty Opera­ tors". Proceedings of NELS 14. 294-305.

3620.

& Diane Massam. 1985. "Surface Ergativity: Case/Theta Relations Reexamined". Proceedings of NELS 15. 286-301.

3621.

Levin, Maurice I. 1980. "On Predicting the Genitive Case of Pluralia Tantum Nouns". Russian Language Journal 34.117. 53-56.

3622.

Levine, James S. 1984. "On the Dative of Possession in Contemporary Russian". Slavic and East European Journal 28.4. 493-501.

3623.

. 1986. "Remarks on the Pragmatics of the Inalienable Dative in Rus­ sian". Russian Language Journal 40.135. 11-24/Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 437-451. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

3624.

& Richard D. Brecht, eds. 1986a. see Brecht, Richard D.

3625.

& Richard D. Brecht. 1986b. see Brecht, Richard D.

3626. ° Levink, Samuel R. 1989. "Nietzsche and Ergativity". CUNYForum 14. 106-112. 3627.

Levinson, Stephen  & Jay David Atlas. 1981. see Atlas, Jay David.

3628. ° Levitienne, L. 1966. "Zur strukturell-semantischen Valenz der Verbalverbin­ dungen mit den Komponenten aus-, bei-, mit-, nach-, zu-". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der pädagogischen Hochschule Potsdam, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 10. 285-288. 3629.

Levitt, Andrea G. & Alice F. Healy. 1978. see Healy, Alice F.

3630.

Levy, Elena. 1982. "Towards an Objective Definition of 'Discourse Topic'". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 18. 295-304.

3631.

Levy, Paulette. 1980. "Una peculiar oposición entre le y lo en el espaňol de México". Anuario de letras 18. 263-368.

3632.

Lévy-Bruhl, L. 1914. "L'expression de la possession dans les langues mél­ anésiennes". Mémoire de la société de linguistique de Paris 19.2. 96-104.

3633.

Lewandowska, Barbara. 1976. "Derivation of Infinitives in English and Polish". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 4. 303-317.

3634. ° Lewy, Ernst. 1920. "Zum Bau des Erdsja-Mordwinischen. Mit einem Exkurs über die Kasus". Festschrift Heinrich Winkler zum 70. Geburtstage, 8-20. Merichstadt. 3635.

. 1928. "Possessivisch und passivisch. Bemerkungen zum Verbalaus­ druck in der sprachlichen Typenlehre". Ungarische Jahrbücher 8. 274-289/ (1961) Kleine Schriften by Ernst Lewy, 27-41. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

254 3636.

. 1958. "Subjekt und Objekt". Boletin de la real sociedad vascongada de los amigos del país (San Sebastián) 14. 301-306.

3637.

. 1959. "Stammform und Nominativ". Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 31. 163.

3638.

Leys, Odo. 1973. "Das Reflexivpronomen: Eine Variante des Personalpro­ nomens". Leuvense bijdragen 62.3. 251-266/Studien zur Texttheorie und zur deutschen Grammatik. Festgabe für Hans Glinz zum 60. Geburtstag ed. by Horst Sitta & Klaus Brinker, 223-242. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

3639.

. 1974. "Zum Nebeneinander von Subjekts- und Objektsgenitiv". Sprach­ system und Sprachgebrauch. Festschrift für Hugo Moser zum 65. Geburtstag ed. by Ulrich Engel & Paul Grebe, 216-229. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

3640.

. 1975. Kasus grammatik und lineare Ordnung. Leuven: KULeuven, Departement linguïstiek/Deutsche Sprache. 21-34.

3641.

. 1989a. "Some Remarks on Spatial Prepositional Structure". Worlds behind Words: Essays in Honour of Prof. Dr. F. G. Droste on the Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday ed. by F.J. Jeyvaert & F. Steurs. Leuven: Leuven University Press.

3642.

. 1989b. "Aspekt und Rektion räumlicher Präpositionen". Kortrijk: KU­ Leuven, KULCK/Deutsche Sprache. 97-113.

3643.

. 1992. Reflections on the German Case System. Trier: LAUDT.

3644.

Li, Audrey Yen-hui. 1985. "A Note on Double Object Constructions in English: Lexical Integrity". Studies in Syntax ed. by Gary Gilligan, Mohammad Mo­ hammad & Ian Roberts, 91-103. Los Angeles, California: University of Southern California, Department of Linguistics.

3645.

. 1986. Abstract Case in Chinese. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 46.9. 2680.A.

3646.

Li, Charles N., ed. 1976. Subject and Topic. New York: Academic Press.

3647.

& Sandra A. Thompson. 1976a. "Strategies for Signaling Grammatical Relations in Wappo". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 12. 450-458.

3648.

& Sandra A. Thompson. 1976b. "Subject and Topic: A New Typology of Language". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 457-489. New York: Academic Press.

3649.

& Sandra A. Thompson. 1976c. "Development of the Causative in Mandarin Chinese: Interaction of Diachronic Processes in Syntax". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 477-492. New York: Academic Press.

Alphabetical List

255

3650.

& Sandra A. Thompson. 1977. "The Causative in Wappo: A Special Case of Doubling". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 175-181.

3651.

, Jesse O. Sawyer & Sandra A. Thompson. 1977. "Subject and Word Order in Wappo". International Journal of American Linguistics 43.2. 85100.

3652.

& Rainer Lang. 1979. "The Syntactic Irrelevance of an Ergative Case in Enga and Other Papuan Languages". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Gram­ matical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 307-324. London: Academic Press.

3653.

Li, F.C. 1971. Case and Communicative Function in the Use of bä in Mandarin. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca.

3654.

Li, Ying-che. 1971. An Investigation of Case in Chinese Grammar. South Orange, New Jersey: Seton Hall University Press. Review: Lu, John H.-T. [1977]

3655.

. 1972. "Sentences with Be, Exist and Have in Chinese". Language 48.3. 573-583.

3656.

& Moira Yip. 1979. "The Bă Construction and Ergativity in Chinese". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 103-114. London: Academic Press.

3657.

Liberman, Anatoly. 1991. "Review: Suzuki, Seiichi. 1989. The Morphosyntax of Detransitive Suffixes -p- and -n- in Gothic. A Synchronic and Diachronic Study. New York: Peter Lang". General Linguistics 31.3.4. 207-209.

3658.

Libert, Alan Reed. 1986. "Government, Adjacency and the Assignment of Nominative and Accusative Case in Turkish". McGill Working Papers in Linguistics 3.2. 1-20.

3659.

. 1988a. "Going from the Allative toward a Theory of Multiple Case Marking". McGill Working Papers in Linguistics 5.1. 93-129.

3660.

. 1988b. "A Note on a Problem of Case Marking in Miwok". McGill Working Papers in Linguistics 5.2. 92-96.

3661.

Lichtenberk, Frantisek. 1982. "Individuation Hierarchies in Manam". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 261-276. New York: Academic Press.

3662.

. 1983. "An Unnatural Result of Natural Processes: Split Transitivity in Fijian". Te reo 26. 43-57.

3663.

Lid, Nils. 1952. "Den nordiske nominativ singularis av maskuline an-stammer". Norsk tidskrift for sprogvidenskap 16. 237-240.

3664.

Lieb, Hans-Heinrich. 1982. "Is There a Semantic Motivation for Syntactic Relations? Remarks on Theo Vennemann's 'Remarks on Grammatical Rela-

256

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations tions'". Linguistics in the Morning Calm. Selected Papers from SICOL-1981 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 269-273. Seoul: Hanshin.

3665.

. 1992. "Die Polyfunktionalität des deutschen Vorgangspassivs". Zeit­ schrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 45.2. 178-188.

3666.

Lieber, Rochelle. 1979. "The English Passive: An Argument for Historical Rule Stability". Linguistic Inquiry 10.4. 667-688.

3667. ° Liebich, B. 1885. "Die Casuslehre der indischen Grammatiker". Beiträge zur vergleichenden Sprachforschung 10. 205-234. 3668.

Liem, Nguyen Dang. 1974. "Clauses and Cases in Southeast Asian Languages (Burmese, Cambodian, Cantonese, Lao, Thai and Vietnamese)". Proceedings of the Eleventh Congress of Linguists, Bologna-Florence, Aug. 28 - Sept. 2, Volume 1 ed. by Luigi Heilmann, 231-252. Bologna: Il Mulino.

3669. °

. 1978a. "Cases in English and French Languages and Translation". Contrastive Linguistics. 139-155.

3670.

. 1978b. "Clauses and Cases in Southeast Asian Languages and Thought". Approaches to Language: Anthropological Issues ed. by William  McCormack & Stephen A. Wurm, 279-295. The Hague: Mouton.

3671.

Lightfoot, David. 1976. "The Theoretical Implications of Subject Raising. Review: Postal, Paul M. 1974. On Raising: One Rule of English Grammar and Its Theoretical Implications. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press". Foun­ dations of Language 14. 257-285.

3672.

& Norbert Hornstein. 1987. see Hornstein, Norbert.

3673.

Liiv, Suliko. 1985. "The Structure of the Sentences with the Formal It in the Double Semantic Function: The Object and the Subject ". Linguistica (Tartu) 18. 40-48.

3674.

Lillo, Antonio. 1986. "The Arcadian Datives Type έτi, πληθi". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 47. 121-125.

3675.

Lima, Maria Cecilia Pires Barbosa. 1982. "A gramática dos casos e o 'dativo'". Alfa 26. 33-46.

3676.

Lindelöf, U. 1933. "The Subject of the Gerund in Present-Day English". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 34. 1-10.

3677.

Linden, Bror. 1976. Ovredalsk ar-genitiv. Uppsala: Lundequistska bokhandeln.

3678.

Linden, Joannes Albertus Maria van der. 1955. Een speciaal gebruik van de ablativus ab solutus bij Caesar. Een onderzoek op structurele grondslag. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Amsterdam. 's-Gravenshage: Excelsior. Review: see Eringer, Pier [1957]

Alphabetical List

257

3679.

Linder, Karl Peter. 1981. "Die Entstehung des Bündnerromanischen Dativ­ pronomens adami". Logos semantikos: Studia linguistica in honorem Eugenio Coseriu 1921-1981. Vol. 4: Gramática ed. by Christian Rohrer, 43-55. Ma­ drid: Gredos.

3680.

Lindhagen, Karin. 1976. Semantic Relations in Swedish Children's Early Sen­ tences. Uppsala: Acta universitatis upsaliensis, Studia psychologica upsaliensia 3. Review: see Linell, Perr [1977]

3681.

Lindholm, James M. 1976. "Nested Case Relations and the Subject in Tamil". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 152-182. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

3682.

Lindkvist, Karl-Gunnar. 1950. Studies on the Local Sense of the Prepositions 'in', 'at', 'on' and 'to' in Modern English. Lund: Munksgaard.

3683.

. 1972. The Local Sense of the Prepositions 'over', 'above' and 'across' Studied in Present-Day English. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

3684.

—. 1976. A Comprehensive Study of Conceptions of Locality in Which English Prepositions Occur. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

3685.

Lindsey, Francis, Jr. 1985. "Pronoun Interpretation - An Interpretive Component for the Lexicase Theory". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 17.2. 71-93.

3686.

Lindskog, Claes. 1896. "Zur Erklärung der Accusativ-mit-Infin. Construction im Latein". Eranos 1. 121-135.

3687.

Linell, Per. 1977. "Review: Lindhagen, Karin. 1976. Semantic Relations in Swedish Children's Early Sentences. Uppsala: Acta universitatis upsaliensis, Studia psychologica upsaliensia 3". Jounal of Child Language 4.1. 134-139.

3688.

Liner, Elsa. 1974. "English Causatives". Towards Tomorrow's Linguistics ed. by Roger W. Shuy & Charles-James N. Bailey, 90-103. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

3689.

Lipka, Leonhard. 1976. "Topicalization, Case Grammar, and Lexical Decompo­ sition in English". Archivum linguisticum 7.2. 118-141.

3690.

Lipoid, Günter. 1976. "Die Substantivflexion der Mundart von Kals/Osttirol". Zeitschrift für Dialektologie und Linguistik 43. 259-290.

3691.

Lisauskas, Sarunas. 1976. "Objects of Negated Verbs in Lithuanian". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 12. 459-467.

3692.

Little, Greta D. 1978. "Subject Deletion in English". Lacus forum 5. 289-297.

3693.

Liukkonen, K. 1974. "Der Ursprung des štokavischen Gen. P1. auf -". Scandoslavica 20. 159-164.

258

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

3694.

Ljungerud, Ivar. 1955. Zur Nominalflexion in der deutschen Literatursprache nach 1900. Lund: Gleerup.

3695.

Llorente, A. & J. Mondéjar. 1974. "La conjugación objetiva en espaňol". Revista de la sociedad espaňola de linguistica 4.1. 1-60.

3696.

Locke, Ute & Bärbel Göllmer. 1978. see Göllmer, Bärbel.

3697. 3698.

. 1980. see Göllmer, Bärbel. Loeb, Diane Frome. 1990. The Development of Subject Role Properties in Normally-Developing and Language-Impaired Children. Ph.D. dissertation, Purdue University, West Lafayette. Dissertation Abstracts International, .: Sciences and Engineering 51.3. 1220.B.

3699.

Löbel, Elisabeth. 1991. "Apposition und das Problem von Kasuszuweising und Adjazenzbedingung in der Nominalphrase des Deutschen". Strukturen und Merkmale syntaktischer Kategorien ed. by Gisbert Fanselow & Sacha W. Felix, 1-32. Tübingen: Narr.

3700.

Löfstedt, Bengt. 1963. "Zum lateinischen possessiven Dativ". Zeitschrift för vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen 78. 64-83.

3701. ° Löfstedt, Einar. 1909. "Genetivus causae im Latein". Eranos 9. 82-91. 3702.

Lönngren, Lennart. 1983. "Semantičeskoe predstavlenie bespredložnogo upotreblenija padežej v russkom jazyke". Russian Linguistics 7.3. 235-269.

3703.

Lötzsch, Ronald. 1964. "Die Verbreitung des Gen.-Akk. Du- in den sorbischen Dialekten und das Problem seiner Genese". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 9. 485499.

3704.

°

. 1965. "Das sog. Possessivadjektiv im Slavischen, speziell im Sor­ bischen und seine Stellung im System der Redeteile". Forschungen und Fortschritte 39.12. 377-379.

3705.

. 1969. "Zum indirekten Passiv im Deutschen und Slawischen". Sla­ wisch-deutsche Wechselbeziehungen in Sprache, Literatur und Kultur ed. by W. Krauss, Z. Stieber, J. Belic & V.J. Borkovkis, 102-109. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

3706. °

. 1970. "Osobennosti razvitija roditel'nogo-viniteľnogo padeža množestvennogo čisla v sobstvenno nižnelužickix govorax i v nižnelužicko verxnelužickix perexodnyx dialektax". Issledovanija po serboluzickim jazykam. 111-125.

3707.

. 1978. "Zur Frage des sog. Instrumentals im Lettischen". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 23. 667-671.

3708. ° Loewe, R. 1923. "Die indogermanische Vokativbetonung". Zeitschrift für ver­ gleichende Sprachforschung 51. 67-108; 161-220.

Alphabetical List

259

3709. °

. 1925. "Die Vokativpartikel in der griechischen Prosa". Zeitschrift ßr vergleichende Sprachforschung 53. 115-149.

3710. °

. 1928. "Der Nominativ für den Vokativ im Indogermanischen". Zeit­ schrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung 55. 38-74; 199-237.

3711.

"Lof der naamvallen". 1967. Onze taal 36.6. 47-48.

3712. 3713.

Logan, Grace . & Harry M. Logan. 1990. see Logan, Harry M. Logan, Harry M. & Grace B. Logan. 1990. "The Case of the Canterbury Pilgrims: Sentence Semantics and World View in Frag. I of The Canterbury Tales". Literary & Linguistic Computing 5.3. 242-247.

3714. ° Lomtatidze, K. 1937. "Naštebi mesame piris obiekturi prepiksisa Gurulsa da Ačarulši". TUŠ 6. 123-138. 3715. ° Lomtev, Timofej P. 1948. "Utraty i ograničenija v upotreblenii predložnyx form vinitel'nogo padeža v istorii russkogo jazyka staršej pory". Doklady i soobščenija filologičeskogo fakuľteta Moskovskogo gos. universiteta 7. 56-66. 3716.

Longobardi, Giuseppe & Alessandra Giorgi. 1989. see Giorgi, Alessandra.

3717.

Lopez Facal, Janvier. 1971. "Significados gramaticales y significados lexicales: En torno al acusativo en griego". Revista espaňola de lingüística 1.2. 381-390.

3718.

. 1974. Los usos adverbalos del acusativo, dativo y genetivo en la lengua de Heródoto. Madrid: Instituto 'Antonio de Nebrija'.

3719.

Loporcaro, Michele & Nunzio la Fauci. 1989. see Fauci, Nunzio la.

3720.

Lord, Carol. 1982. "The Development of Object Markers in Serial Verb Lan­ guages". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 277-299. New York: Academic Press.

3721.

Lorentz, James P. & J. Allan Pfeffer. 1979. see Pfeffer, J. Allan.

3722.

& J. Alan Pfeffer. 1982. see Pfeffer, J. Alan.

3723.

Lorenzi, Franco. 1986. Casi e relazioni nella linguistica teorica. Pisa: Giardini.

3724.

Lorenzo Ramos, Antonio. 1984. "Observaciones sobre el uso de los pronombres en el espaňol de Canarias". Actas del II simposio internacional de lengua espaňola (1981) ed. by Manuel Alvar, 253-264. Gran Canaria: Ediciones del excelentisimo cabildo insular.

3725.

Lorimer, D.L.R. 1925. "The Forms and Nature of the Transitive Verb in Shina (Gilgiti Dialect)". Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, London Institu­ tion 3. 467-493.

3726.

Losoff, Ann, Mark A. Clarke, Margeret Dickenson McCracken & David S. Rood. 1984. see Clarke, Mark A.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

260 3727.

Loudèche, Jacqueline. 1976. "Review: Emons, Rudolf. 1974. Valenzen eng­ lischer Prädikatsverben. Tübingen: Niemeyer". Informationen Deutsch als Fremdsprache 1. 25-27.

3728.

Louw, J.P. 1966. "Linguistic Theory and the Greek Case System". Acta classica 9. 73-88.

3729. ° Lowe, R. 1978. "Le mythe de ľergatif en inuktitut". Inuit Studies 22. 108-115. 3730.

Lu, John H.-T. 1977. "Review: Li, Ying-che. 1971. An Investigation of Case in Chinese Grammar. South Orange, New Jersey: Seton Hall University Press". Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 12.2. 173-174.

3731.

Lubbe, H.F.A van der. 1981. "Een subjekts-genitief (lvm) bestaat niet". De nieuwe taalgids 74.6. 532-536.

3732.

. 1983. "Het blijft spoken in de linguïstiek". Forum der letteren 24.2. 8193.

3733.

Lucas, Michael A. 1989. "The Autonomy of Possession". RIA, Revista de linguística teòrica y aplicada 27. 81-98.

3734.

Ludwig, Andreas W. 1993. "Ein kognitiv begründbarer Sprachwandel. Die Entwicklung der bündnerdeutschen Nominalflexion". Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie 112.1. 66-82.

3735. ° Lüders, Ulrich J. 1990. "El sistema ergativo del Lazo (Una comparación con­ trastiva con el Vasco)". Mundiaz 39.40. 35-61. 3736.

. 1992. "Ergativity and Variability - Actant Marking in Pazar-Laz". Languages of the World 1.3. 24-35.

3737.

Lüdi, Georges. 1978. "Die Alternanz zwischen Dativ und Akkusativ bei prier, supplier, requérir im 15. und 16. Jahrhundert". Vox romanica 37. 160-192.

3738.

. 1981. "Sémantique, syntaxe et forme casuelle: Remarques sur la construction 'aider à qn' en français romand". Vox romanica 40. 85-97/ (1983) Dialectologie, histoire et folklore: Mélanges offerts à Ernest Schule pour son 70e anniversaire, 85-97. Bern: Francke.

3739.

. 1983. "Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Verbalsemantik und Kasus­ theorie". Zur Semantik des Französischen: Beiträge zum Regensburger Ro­ manistentag ed. by Helmut Stimm & Wolfgang Raible, 54-70. Wiesbaden: Steiner.

3740.

Lühr, Rosemarie. 1991. "Adjazenz in komplexen Nominalphrasen". Strukturen und Merkmale syntaktischer Kategorien ed. by Gisbert Fanselow & Sacha W. Felix, 33-50. Tübingen: Narr.

3741.

Luján, Marta. 1975. "Nota sobre el 'se' corno sujeto indefinido". Hispania 58.2. 335-338.

Alphabetical List

261

3742.

. 1978. "Direct Object Nouns and the Preposition 'a' in Spanish". Texas Linguistic Forum 10. 30-52.

3743.

. 1979. Clitic Promotion and Mood in Spanish Verbal Complements. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

3744.

. 1986. "El movimiento de los clíticos en espaňol, la teoría de Huellas y la condición del sujeto espicificado". Aproximaciones a la sintaxis del espa­ ňol: Estudios sintácticos del espaňol y el progreso de la teoría linguística ed. by Magdalena Garcia Pinto & Mario A. Rojas, 79-101. Barcelona: Puvill.

3745.

. 1989. "Postposed Subjects". Texas Linguistic Forum 31. 71-78.

3746.

Lukatela, G., Aleksander Kostič & Michael T. Turvey. 1978. "Lexical Decision for Inflected Nouns". Language and Speech 21.2. 166-173.

3747.

, Aleksander Kostič & Michael T. Turvey. 1981. "Grammatical Priming of Inflected Nouns". Haskins Laboratories Status Report on Speech Research 66. 263-271.

3748.

, Laurie B. Feldman, Aleksander Kostič & Michael T. Turvey. 1983. "Grammatical Priming of Inflected Nouns". Memory and Cognition 11.1. 5963.

3749.

, s. Crain & D. Shankweiler. 1988. "Sensitivity to Inflectional Morphol­ ogy in Agrammatism: Investigation of a Highly Inflected Language". Haskins Laboratories Status Report on Speech Research 89.90. ÌS1-19S/ rain and Language 33. 1-15.

3750.

Lumsden, John S. 1989. "On the Distribution of Determiners in Haitian Creole". Revue québécoise de linguistique 18.2. 65-94.

3751.

Lund, Nancy J. & Judith Duchan. 1979. see Duchan, Judith.

3752.

Lunn, Patricia & Janet A. DeCesaris. 1982. "The Case of the Changing Clitic in Spanish and Catalan". Current Research in Romance Languages ed. by James P. Lantolf & Gregory B. Stone, 108-117. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

3753.

Luraghi, Silvia. 1982. "Proposte per lo studio sistematico di preposizioni e morfemi casuali". Studi italiani di linguistica teorica ed applicata 11.1.2.3. 35-67.

3754. °

. 1985. "Funzioni sintattiche e evoluzione del sistema casuale indo­ europeo. Il contributo dell'ittita". Actes du IIème colloque de linguistique fonctionelle, 214-218. Bologna: CLESP.

3755.

. 1986a. "On the Relational Meaning of Russian Instrumental". La linguistique 22.2. 53-61.

3756.

. 1986b. "Der semantische und funktionelle Bau des althethitischen Kasussystems". Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung 99. 23-42.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

262 3757.

3758.

. 1986c. "On the Distribution of Instrumental and Agentive Markers for Human and Non-Human Agents of Passive Verbs in Some Indo-European Languages". Indogermanische Forschungen 91. 48-66. °

. 1986d. "Il sincretismo dei casi in Germanico". Lingua e letteratura 135-149.

6.

3759.

. 1987a. "Reconstructing Proto-Indo-European as an Ergative Language: A Test". The Journal of Indo-European Studies 15.3.4. 359-379.

3760.

. 1987b. "Patterns of Case Syncretism in Indo-European Languages". Papers from the 7th International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Pavia, Italy 1985 ed. by Anna Giacalone Ramat, Onofrio Carruba & Giuliano Bernini, 355-371. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3761.

°

. 1988. "The Opposition Total/Partitive and the Use of Cases with Prepositions in Ancient Greek". In the Footsteps of Raphaël Kühner. Proceed­ ings of the International Colloquium in Commemoration of the 150th Anniver­ sary of the Publication of Raphaël Kühner's 'Ausführliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache, Syntaxe'. Amsterdam: Gieben.

3762.

. 1989. "The Relationship between Prepositions and Cases within Latin Prepositional Phrases". Proceedings of the Third Colloquium on Latin Lin­ guistics, Bologna, 1-5 April 1985 ed. by Gualtiero Calboli, 253-271. Amster­ dam: Benjamins.

3763.

Lust, Barbara, James W. Gair, Milan Rodrigo & Lelwalla Sumangala. 1989. see Gair, James W.

3764.

Lutcavage, Charles P. 1980. "Geographical Grammar: The Dative-Accusative Prepositions". Die Unterrichtspraxis 13.2. 235-236.

3765.

Luthin, Herbert W. 1987. "Baffling Cases: A Case/Reference Analysis of Hopi Nominal Constructions". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society 13. 170-183.

3766.

Lutzeier, Peter Rolf. 1989a. "Wider das Singularitätsprinzip. Betrachtungen im Rahmen der KRMS-Theorie". Sprechen und Hören: Akten des 23. linguis­ tischen Kolloquiums, Berlin 1988 ed. by Norbert Reiter, 375-386. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3767.

. 1989b. "Review: Neumann, Dorothea. 1987. Objects and Spaces: A Study in the Syntax and Semantics of the German Case System. Tübingen: Narr". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 111. 469473.

3768. 3769.

°

. 1991a. "Double Accusatives in German. An Application of CRMS-Theory". American Journal of Germanic Linguistics and Literatures. . 1991b. Major Pillars of German Syntax. An Introduction Theory. Tübingen: Niemeyer. R e v i e w : see Campe, Petra [1993]

to CRMS-

Alphabetical List

263

3770.

Lynch, John. 1973. "Verbal Aspects of Possession in Melanesian Languages". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 5.9. 1-29.

3771.

Lyons, Christopher. 1985. "A Possessive Parameter". Sheffield Working in Language and Linguistics 2. 98-104.

Papers

3772.

. 1986a. "The Syntax of English Genitive Constructions". Journal Linguistics 22.2. 123-143.

of

3773.

. 1986b. "On the Origin of the Old French Strong-Weak Possessive Distinction". Transactions of the Philological Society. 1-41.

3774.

. 1989. "Phrase Structure, Possessives and Definiteness". York Papers in Linguistics 14. 221-228.

3775.

Lyons, John. 1967. "A Note on Possessive, Existential and Locative Sentences". Foundations of Language 3. 390-396.

3776.

. 1968. "Existence, Location, Possession and Transitivity". Logic, Meth­ odology and Philosophy of Science III ed. by B. van Rootselaar & J.F. Staal, 495-504. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

3777.

Maas, Utz. 1972. "Subjekt, Präsuppositionen, mein Freund Falk und das Un­ geheuer von Loch Ness". Linguistics 93. 44-69.

3778.

Macarie, Liliana & Maria Iliescu. 1964. see Iliescu, Maria.

3779.

& Maria Iliescu. 1965. see Iliescu, Maria.

3780.

Macaulay, Monica. 1992. "Inverse Marking in Karuk: The Function of the Suffix -ap". International

3781. 3782. 3783.

Journal of American Linguistics

58.2. 182-201.

& Claudia Brugman. 1986. see Brugman, Claudia. MacDonald, John. 1964. "The Particle 't in Classical Hebrew: Some New Data on Its Use with the Nominative". Vetus testamentum 14. 264-275. Macdonald, R. Ross. 1972. "Prepositions of Time in Russian". Georgetown University Languages and Linguistics

Working Papers 6. 65-74.

3784.

MacDougall, I.A., H.M. Erk, P.B. Grout & . Woledge. 1969. see Woledge, B.

3785.

Macháček, Jaroslav. 1960. "Accusative-with-Infinitive versus Clause". Philologica pragensia 3.4. 197-214. . 1965. Complementation of the English Verb by the Accusative-withInfinitive and the Content Clause. Praha: Státní pedagogické nakladatelství.

3786. 3787.

° Machavariani, G.I. 1960. "Brunebis erti tipis genzisisatvis svanurši". TUS 93. 93-104.

3788.

Mackenzie, J. Lachlan. 1978. "Ablative-Locative Transfers and Their Relevance for the Theory of Case-Grammar". Journal of Linguistics 14. 129-156.

264

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3789. °

. 1980. "The Morphology of Case Grammar: A Reconnaissance". Free University Studies in English I ed. by A.J. Fry, J.L. Mackenzie & R. Todd. Amsterdam: Free University.

3790.

. 1981a. "Functions and Cases". Perspectives on Functional Grammar ed. by Teun Hoekstra, Harry van der Hulst & Michael Moortgat, 299-318. Dordrecht: Foris.

3791.

. 1981b. "Pedagogically Relevant Aspects of Case Grammar". New Linguistic Impulses in Foreign Language Teaching ed. by Allan James & Paul Westney, 23-37. Tübingen: Narr.

3792.

& Mike Hannay. 1982. "Prepositional Predicates and Focus Construc­ tions in a Functional Grammar of English". Lingua 56. 43-57.

3793.

MacLeish, A. 1970. "English Genitives Derived from Predications: Implications for Teaching English as a Second Language". Regional English Language Centre 1.1. 50-56.

3794.

MacPherson, Ian R. 1961. "Associative Interference in Object-Pronoun Combi­ nations in Navarre and Aragon". Bulletin of Hispanic Studies 38.1. 28-31.

3795.

MacWhinney, Brian & Elizabeth Bates. 1982. see Bates, Elizabeth.

3796.

Madoyan, V.V. 1987. "Omonimija padežej i voprosy obučenija russkomu jazyku nerusskix učaščixsja". Russkij jazyk v armjanskoj škole 6. 31-35. . 1988a. "Mnogoaspektnost'soderžanija russkogo padeža i ego izučenie v nacional'noj škole". Russkij jazyk v armjanskoj škole 6. 35-39.

3797. 3798.

. 1988b. "O vyraženu padeža v russkom jazyke". Russkij jazyk v nacio­ naľnoj škole 10. 9-11.

3799.

. 1989. "Principy vydelenija padeža v svjazi s sitemnym opisaniem jazykovyx faktov (na materiale russkogo jazyka)". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 5. 434-441.

3800.

Magier, David. 1983. "Component of Ergativity in Marwari". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 19. 244-255.

3801.

. 1984. "Transitivity and Valence: Some Lexical Processes in Marwari". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society 10. 206219.

3802.

. 1985. "Case and Transitivity in Marwari". Proceedings of the Confer­ ence on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Arlene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 149-159. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

3803.

. 1990. "Dative/Accusative Subjects in Marwari". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 213-

Alphabetical List

265

220. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Informa­ tion. 3804.

, Arlene R.K. Zide & Eric Schiller, eds. 1985. see Zide, Arlene R.K.

3805.

Magner, Thomas F. 1955. "Negation and Case Selection in Russian". Word 11. 531-541.

3806.

Magometov, A.A. 1960. "Vopros o passivnosti érgativnoj konstrukcii v mono­ grafii P.K. Uslara 'Tabasaranskij jazyk'". Vestnik otdelenija obščestvennyx nauk AN Gruz. SSR 3. 195-209.

3807.

Mahajan, Anoop Kumar. 1991. "Clitic Doubling, Object Agreement and Speci­ ficity". Proceedings of NELS 21. 263-277.

3808. ° Mahn, L.M. 1888. Der Gebrauch der Kasus in Xenophons Anabasis und Hellenica. Programme, University of Lissa. 3809.

Maier, Ingrid. 1990. "Instrumentale Nominalphrasen im Deutschen und im Russischen". Contrastive Linguistics 4.5. 61-66.

3810.

Mair, Christian. 1988. "His Students Fell Asleep on Him: Ein analytischer 'freier' Dativ im heutigen English?". Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerika­ nistik 36.2. 133-143.

3811.

. 1990. Infinitival Complement Clauses in English - A Study of Syntax in Discourse. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Review: see McKay, Terence [1992]

3812.

Makino, Seiichi. 1968. "Japanese 'Be'". The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (3). Japanese/Kashmiri/Armenian/ Hungarian/Sumerian/Shona ed. by John W.M. Verhaar, 1-19. Dordrecht: Reidel.

3813.

. 1977. "A Note on the Intransitive Nature of the Japanese Raising Verb omo'u and Its Implications". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 7.2. 39-48.

3814.

& Iwao Umeda. 1973. "Nichieigo hikaku ni yoru kaku no kenkyû". The English Teachers' Magazine 21.12. 24-45.

3815. ° Makino, Y. 1986. "De l'emploi des prépositions devant les substantifs signifiant les parties du corps". Bulletin d'études de linguistique française () 20. 64-78. 3816. 3817. ° 3818.

Maling, Joan. 1987. "Existential Sentences in Swedish: Reference to Thematic Roles". MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 9. 175-192. . 1989. "Adverbials and Structural Case in Korean". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguistics ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 297-308. Seoul: Hanshin. & Annie Zaenen. 1983/84. see Zaenen, Annie.

266

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3819.

& Annie Zaenen. 1984a. see Zaenen, Annie.

3820.

& Annie Zaenen. 1984b. "Preposition-Stranding and Oblique Case". Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 16.

3821.

, Annie Zaenen & Höskuldur Thráinsson. 1985. see Zaenen, Annie.

3822.

, Ray S. Jackendoff & Moira Yip. 1987. see Yip, Moira.

3823. 3824.

Mallén, Enrique. 1990a. "Genitive Clitics and Nominal Inflection". Canadian Journal of Linguistics 35.3. 237-263. . 1990b. "Spanish Partitive Constructions". Revue roumaine de lin­ guistique 35.1. 33-52.

3825.

Maltshukov, Andreij L. 1992. "Distributive Constructions and Verbal Valence in Even". Languages of the World 3.1. 4-10.

3826.

Manczak, Witold. 1969. "Survivance du nominatif singulier dans les langues romanes". Revue romane 4.1. 51-60.

3827. °

. 1971. "Les substantifs romans proviennent-ils du nominatif latin?". Kwartalnik Neofilologiczny 18.4.

3828. Manczak-Wohlfeld, Elžbieta. 1986. "On the Construction Give It Him". Kwar­ talnik Neofilologiczny 33.1. 61 -65. 3829.

Manea, Dana. 1989. "La relation génitif-datif en roumain contemporain". Revue roumaine de linguistique 34.4. 363-369.

3830.

. 1990a. "Consideratii asupra verbelor fals tranzitive". Studii şi cercetåri lingvistice 41.4. 333-339.

3831.

. 1990b. "Probleme ale tranzitivitătii în limba română (I). Verbele cu complement intern". Studii şi cercetåri lingvistice 41.5.6. 447-461.

3832.

. 1991. "Probleme ale tranzitivitätii ín limba romàna (II). Verbele cu două obiecte". Studii şi cercetåri lingvistice 42.1.2. 33-44.

3833.

Maneca, Constant. 1965. "Consideratiuni cu privire la formele lungi de acuzativ singular ale pronumelui personal ín limba româna". Omagiu lui Alexandru Rosetti, la 70 de ani, 519-522. Bucuresti: Editura academiei republicii socia­ liste romania.

3834.

Manessy, Gabriel. 1964. "La relation génitive dans quelques langues Mandé". Proceedings of the 9th International Congress of Linguists, Cambridge Mas­ sachusetts, August 27-31, 1962 ed. by Horace G. Lunt, 467-475. The Hague: Mouton.

3835.

Manley, Timothy. 1972. Outlines of Sre Structure. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii. Review: see Haudricourt, A. [1973]; Smalley, William A. [1976]; Thomas, David [1975]

Alphabetical List

267

3836. ° Manoliu-Manea, Maria. 1964. "Articolul posesiv în româna contemporanä". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 11.2. 181-195. 3837.

. 1973. "Some Irregularities in Objective-Raising in Romanian". Cahiers de linguistique théorique et appliquée 10.2. 201-222.

3838.

. 1975. "Mă seacă la inimă: Romanian vs Romance: The Objectivization of the Experiencer". Revue roumaine de linguistique 20.5. 531-533.

3839.

. 1977. "Levou-me o chapéu: Le possessif-objet entre syntaxe-lexique et actes du langage". Revue roumaine de linguistique 22.2. 187-191.

3840.

. 1983. "SVO and Dislocated Subjects: Topicalization in Romance (with Particular Reference to Rumanian)". Philologica hispaniensia. In honorem Manuel Alvar. II: Linguística, 417-429. Madrid: Gredos.

3841.

Manučarjan, I.K. 1988. "Funkcionirovanie datel'nogo padeža v substantivnyx slovosočetanijax". Russkij jazyk v armjanskoj škole 6. 31-34.

3842.

Marácz, László. 1986. "On Transitivity in Non-Configurational Languages". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1986 ed. by Frits Beukema & Aafke Hulk, 161169. Dordrecht: Foris.

3843.

Maraldi, Mirka. 1983. "New Approaches to Accusative Subjects: Case Theory vs. Raising". Latin Linguistics and Linguistic Theory ed. by Harm Pinkster, 167-176. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3844.

. 1985. "Null Subjects: Some Implications for Latin Syntax". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-enProvence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 41-53. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

3845.

Maran, La Raw & John M. Clifton. 1976. "The Causative Mechanism in Jinghpaw". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 443-458. New York: Academic Press.

3846.

Marantz, Alec P. 1980. On the Nature of Grammatical Relations. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, Cambridge University, Massachusetts/1984) Cambridge, Massachu­ setts: MIT Press.

3847. °

. 1981. "Grammatical Relations, Lexical Rules, and Japanese Syntax". Coyote Papers, Vol. 2 ed. by A. Farmer & C. Kitagawa, 123-144. Tuczon, Arizona: Department of Linguistics, University of Arizona.

3848.

. 1982a. "On the Acquisition of Grammatical Relations". Linguistische Berichte 80. 32-69.

3849.

. 1982b. "Grammatical Relations and Explanation in Linguistics". Subjects and Other Subjects. Proceedings of the Harvard Conference on the Representation of Grammatical Relations ed. by Annie Zaenen, 1-24. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club. Review: see Aissen, Judith [1982b]

268

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3850.

. 1984. "Predicting Ergative Agreement with Transitive Auxiliaries". Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 1. 5868.

3851.

. 1985. "Lexical Decomposition vs. Affixes as Syntactic Constituents". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 21.2. 154-171.

3852.

. 1991. "Case and Licensing". Proceedings - Eastern States Conference in Linguistics (ESCOL) 8. 234-253.

3853.

Marburger, Heinz & Wolfgang Wahlster. 1983. Case Role Filling as a Side Effect of Visual Search. Hamburg: University, Germanistisches Seminar.

3854.

Marcantonio, Angela. 1986. "Il finnico: E' una lingua ergativa?". Studi di grammatica dall'XI incontro informale di grammatica generativa, Roma, marzo 1985 ed. by David Hart, Lunella Mereu & Patrizia Pierini, 49-74. Roma: Il bagatto.

3855. ° Marcellesi, J.-B. 1986. "Le complément d'objet direct en Corse". Actes du XVIIe congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes (Aix-en-Provence, 29 aout-3 septembre 1983), 128-137. Aix-en-Provence: University. 3856.

Marchand, Hans. 1951. "The Syntactical Change from Inflectional to Word Order System and Some Effects of This Change on the Relation 'Verb/Object' in English: A Diachronic-Synchronic Interpretation". Anglia 70. 70-89.

3857.

Marcos Marín, Francisco. 1978. Estudios sobre el pronombre. Madrid: Gredos.

3858.

Marcq, Philippe. 1972. Prépositions spatiales et particules 'mixtes' en alle­ mand. Paris: Vuibert.

3859. °

. 1988. Spatiale und temporale Präpositionen im heutigen Deutsch und Französisch. Stuttgart: Heinz.

3860. ° Marcus, S. 1963. "Modèles mathématiques pour la catégorie grammaticale du cas". Revue de mathématiques pures et appliquées 8.4. 585-610. 3861.

Marečková-Stolcová, E. 1975. "Ein Beitrag zur Charakteristik der Funktions­ auslastung der lateinischen Kasus (Der Dativ)". Classica atque mediaevalia Jaroslao Ludvíkocský octogenario oblata, 91-99. Brno: Universitas purkyniana brunensis.

3862.

. 1989-90. "Latinský nominativ: Valenčný pohľad". Sborník prací filo­ sofické fakulty brnenské university, A.: Rada jazykovedná A.37.38. 149-156.

3863.

Mareş, Al. & Ion Ghetie. 1988. see Ghetie, Ion.

3864.

Margadant, S.W.F. 1932. "Transitiv und Intransitiv". Indogermanische For­ schungen 50. 121-122.

3865.

Margarjan, A.A. 1978. "Zum Problem des grammatischen Subjekts in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 15.5. 291-297.

Alphabetical List

269

3866.

Marggraf, Jürgen. 1975. "Bemerkungen zur historischen Phonologie und Mor­ phologie einiger 'primärer' Kasusmorpheme in Tocharisch B". Flexion und Wortbildung. Akten der V. Fachtagung der indogermanischen Gesellschaft Regensburg, 9.-14. September 1973 ed. by Helmut Rix, 198-203. Wiesbaden: Reichert.

3867.

Marino, Matthew. 1972. "A Strong Deep Case Hypothesis". Papers in Linguis­ tics 5.4. 568-603.

3868.

Marioteanu, Matilda Caragiu. 1981. "Un cas d'emphase pronominale en aroumain: La reprise du sujet par des formes atones". Logos semantikos: Studia linguistica in honorem Eugenio Coseriu 1921-1981. Vol. IV: Gramática ed. by Christian Rohrer, 155-160. Madrid: Gredos.

3869.

Markessini, Joan & Roberta Michnik Golinkoff. 1980. see Golinkoff, Roberta Michnik.

3870.

Markey, Thomas L. 1980. "An Historical Necessity: Non-Paradogmatic Para­ digms. The Indo-European 'syo'-Genitive". Folia linguistica historica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 1.1. 97-108.

3871.

. 1985. "Possession and 'Own' (In Indo-European and Beyond)". Lan­ guage Invariants and Mental Operations. International Interdisciplinary Conference Held at Gummersbach/Cologne, Germany, September 18-23, 1983 ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Gunter Brettschneider, 124-134. Tübingen: Narr.

3872.

Marko, Ernest. 1972. "Beitrag zum Deklinationssystem des deutschen Sub­ stantivs". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 9.6. 359-364.

3873.

Markov, Boris. 1989. "O prislovih z orodniškim obrazilom v sodobnih slovan­ skih jezikih". Slavistična revija 37.1.3. 201-211.

3874.

Markov, Vitaliz. 1971. "Proisxozdenie nominativnyx form tipa lesa, gorodá v russkom jazyke". Studia rossica posnaniensia 2. 117-125.

3875.

Marlett, Stephen A. 1984. "Switch Reference and Subject Raising in Seri". The Syntax of Native American Languages ed. by Eung-Do Cook & Donna B. Gerdts, Syntax and Semantics 16, 247-268. New York: Academic Press.

3876.

Mars, F.K.M. 1968. "Nog een grammaticale vergissing? ". Levende talen 246. 206-208.

3877.

Martens, Tina. 1989. Étude de "l'accusatif prépositionnel'' en espagnol: A partir d'une traduction d'Adolphe (B. Constant). M.A. thesis, Catholic Uni­ versity of Leuven, Belgium.

3878.

Martin, Jack. 1991. "Lexical and Syntactic Aspects of Creek Causatives". International Journal of American Linguistics 57.2. 194-229.

3879.

Martin, J.R. 1983. "Participant Identification in English, Tagalog and Kâte". Australian Journal of Linguistics 3.1. 45-74.

270 3880.

3881.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Martineau, France. 1992. "The Evolution of Complements of French Causative and Perception Verbs". Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbühler & Konrad Koerner, 161-174. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins. & Marie-Odile Junker. 1987. see Junker, Marie-Odile.

3882.

Martinet, André. 1958. "La construction ergative et les structures élémentaires de l'énoncé". Journal de psychologie normale et pathologique 55.3. 377-392/ (1965) La linguistique synchronique. 206-222.

3883.

. 1962. "Le sujet comme fonction linguistique et l'analyse syntaxique du basque". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 57.1. 73-82.

3884.

. 1972. "Cas ou fonctions? À propos de l'article 'The Case for Case' de Charles J. Fillmore". La linguistique 8.1. 5-24.

3885.

. 1979. "Shunting on to Ergative or Accusative". Ergativity, Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 39-43. London: Aca­ demic Press.

3886.

. 1984. "De l'agglutination à la flexion". La linguistique 20.1. 127-132.

3887.

. 1986. "From Optional to Obligatory Marking of Syntactic Relations". Language in Global Perspective: Papers in Honor of the 51st Anniversary of the Summer Institute of Linguistics 1935-1985 ed. by Benjamin F. Elson, 1-4. Dallas, Texas: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

3888. ° Martirosovi, A. 1964. Nacvalsaxeli Kartvelur enebsi. Tbilisi: Akademia. 3889.

Martirosjan, E.G. 1986. "Predlošenija s sub"ektom v forme roditel'nogo padeža". Russkij jazyk v nacionaľnoj skole 3. 7-10.

3890.

Marty, Anton. 1910. Zur Sprachphilosophie: Die 'logische', 'lokalistische' und andere Kasustheorien. Halle: Niemeyer.

3891.

Maruyama, Naoko. 1990. "(Case Particles, Cases, and Valency)". Mathematical Linguistics 17.4. 169-192.

3892.

Marvan, Jiři. 1973. "Baltic and Indo-European Ergative (Based on Professor Pavel Trost's Pioneer Work)". Lituanus 19.1. 131-138.

3893.

. 1983. "Inflection of Russian Nouns". Russian Linguistics 7.2.155-159.

3894.

Marzys, Zygmunt. 1983. "Les pronoms personnels sujets dans le parler francoprovençal de Faeto et Celle". Dialectologie, histoire et folklore: Mélanges offerts à Ernest Schule pour son 70e anniversaire, 48-58. Bern: Francke.

3895.

Masica, C.P. 1981. "Identified Object Marking in Hindi and Other Languages". Topics in Hindi Linguistics, vol II ed. by Omkar N. Koul, 16-50. New Delhi: Bahri.

Alphabetical List 3896. ° 3897.

271

. 1982. "Ergativity in South Asia". Studies in South Asian Languages and Linguistics ed. by P. Mistry, South Asian Review Special Issue 6.3. 1-11. Massam, Diane. 1984. "Raising an Exceptional Case". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 20. 281-300.

3898. °

. 1985. Case Theory and the Projection Principle. Ph.D. dissertation, MIT University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

3899.

. 1985-86. "Case Theory and the Projection Principle". The Linguistic Review 5.4. 377-389.

3900.

. 1990. "Part/Whole Constructions in English". Proceedings of the 8th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, University of British Columbia ed. by E. Jane Fee & Katherine Hunt, 236-246. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Association.

3901.

. 1992. "Null Objects and Non-Thematic Subjects". Journal of Linguis­ tics 28.1. 115-137.

3902.

& Juliette Levin. 1985. see Levin, Juliette.

3903.

& Yves Roberge. 1989. "Recipe Context Null Objects in English". Linguistic Inquiry 20.1. 134-139.

3904.

Masullo, Pascual José. 1992. "Antipassive Constructions in Spanish". Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbuhler & Konrad Koerner, 175-194. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3905.

Masunaga, Kiyoko. 1988. "Case Deletion and Discourse Context". Papers from the Second International Workshop on Japanese Syntax ed. by William J. Poser, 145-156. Menlo Park, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information.

3906.

Masuoka, Takashi. 1979. Double Subject Constructions in Japanese. New Haven: Yale University Press.

3907.

Mater, Erich. 1971. Deutsche Verben, Heft 6: Rektionsarten. Leipzig: VEB Bibliographisches Institut. Review: see Folsom, Marvin H. [1975]

3908.

Materna, Pavel & Petr Sgall. 1983. "Optional Participants in a Semantic Inter­ pretation (Arity of Predicates and Case Frames of Verbs)". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 39. 27-39/(1984) Contributions to Func­ tional Syntax, Semantics, and Language Comprehension ed. by Petr Sgall, 5162. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

3909. ° Mathews, Andrew Jackson. 1939. The Case against Case Endings in the Prepo­ sitional Phrases in the Vita Eurfrosine. Eugene: University of Oregon, Studies in Literature and Philology I.

272

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3910.

Mathieu, Yvette Yannick. 1993. "Quelques passifs avec agent obligatoire". Langages 109. 35-36.

3911.

Matisoff, James A. 1976. "Lahu Causative Constructions: Case Hierarchies and the Morphology/Syntax Cycle in a Tibeto-Burman Perspective". The Gram­ mar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 413-442. New York: Academic Press.

3912.

Matos, Gabriela Ardisson & Inês Silva Duarte. 1984. "Clíticos e sujeito nulo no português: Contribuições para uma teoria de 'pro'". Boletim de filologia 29.1.4. 479-538.

3913.

Matsubara, Takayuki. 1984. Das Problem der KAUSATIVIERUNG am Beispiel japanischer Kausationsausdrücke. Köln: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 60. 27-59).

3914. °

. 1985. "Zur Variation der Kausationsausdrücke im Japanischen". Refe­ rate des VI. deutschen Japanologentages in Köln 12.-14. April 1984 ed. by G.S. Dombrady & F. Ehmcke, 174-183. Hamburg.

3915.

. 1991. "Zur Behandlung der Kausationsausdrücke des Japanischen". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 601-634. Tübingen: Narr.

3916.

& Yoshiko Ono. 1985. see Ono, Yoshiko.

3917.

Matsunaga, Setsuko & Shigeru Miyagawa. 1985. see Miyagawa, Shigeru.

3918.

Mattausch, Josef. 1970. "Review: Helbig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 7. 374-376.

3919.

Matthews, G.H. 1960. "The Ergative Relation in Hidatsa". Quarterly Progress Report of the Research Laboratory of Electronics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 15 January 1960. 184-187.

3920.

Matthews, W.K. 1953. "The Ergative Construction in Modern Indo-Aryan". Lingua 3. 391-406.

3921.

Mattina, Anthony. 1979. "Parallels between the Colville Transitives and Pseudo-Intransitives". Proceedings of the 8th Annual Meeting of the Western Conference on Linguistics ed. by Derry L. Maisch, James E. Hoard & Clarence Sloat, 99-105. Carbondale: Linguistics Research Inc.

3922.

Mattoso Camara, J., Jr. 1957. "Ele comme un accusatif dans le portugais du Brésil". Miscelánea homenaja a André Martinet, 'Estructuralismo e historia', I ed. by Diego Catalán, 39-46. Canarias: Universidad de La Laguna.

3923. ° Matveeva, N.N. 1965. SopostaviteVnyj analiz atributivnyx slovosočetanij s "s' i predlogom 'of' v sovremennom anglijskom jazyke (K voprosu sintaktičeskoj sinonimii slovosočetanij). Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leningrad.

Alphabetical List

273

3924.

Matzel, Klaus. 1976. "Dativ und Präpositionalphrase". Sprachwissenschaft 1. 144-186.

3925.

Maurel, Jean-Pierre. 1982. "Datifs libres et datifs liés en latin". Cahiers de grammaire 4. 59-91.

3926.

. 1985a. "Où le génitif et l'ablatif n'ont pas la même qualité". Cahiers de l'institut de linguistique de Louvain 11.1.2. 245-285.

3927.

. 1985b. "Génitif et quantification". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIme congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Provence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 121-138. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

3928. °

. 1989. Le syntagme nominal en latin: Les emplois du génitif chez Flaute et Térence. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Strasbourg.

3929. ° Mauro, Tullio de. 1959. "Acusativo, transitivo, intransitivo". Atti accademia nazionale dei Lincei - Rendiconti 8.16. 233-258. 3930. °

. 1965. "Il nome del dativo et la teoria dei casi greci". Atti academia nazionale dei Lincei - Rendiconti 8.20. 151-211.

3931.

Maxwell, Dan. 1983. "Case Marking and Word Order Change in Developmental Linguistics". Arbeitspapiere zur Linguistik 15. 157-164.

3932.

Maxwell, Edith M. 1981. "Question Strategies and Hierarchies of Grammatical Relations in Kinyarwanda". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berke­ ley Linguistics Society 7. 166-177.

3933.

Maxwell, Hugh. 1982a. "Probleme bei der Valenzbeschreibung mittelhoch­ deutscher Verben". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft. Bei­ träge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 19-27. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

3934. ° 3935.

. 1982b. Valenzgrammatik mittelhochdeutscher Verben. Frankfurt am Main: Lang. May, Robert. 1983. "Autonomy, Case, and Variables". Linguistic Inquiry 14.1. 162-168.

3936. ° Maydorn, Bernhard. 1911. "Neue Untersuchungen über das Dativ -e". Wissen­ schaftliche Beihefte zur Zeitschrift des allgemeinen deutschen Sprachvereins 5.34. 109-132. 3937. ° Mayen, G. 1889. De particulis 'quod quia quoniam quomodo ut' pro acc. cum infinitivo post verba sentiendi et declarandi positis. Ph.D. dissertation, Uni­ versity of Kiel. 3938.

Mayer, Harvey E. 1976. "How to Teach Russian Declension". Russian Lan­ guage Journal 30.105. 31-39.

274

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3939.

Maynard, Senko Kumiya. 1985. "Contrast between Japanese and English Par­ ticipant Identification: Its Implications for Language Teaching". IRAL, Inter­ national Review of Applied Linguistics 23.3. 217-229.

3940.

Mažiulis, V. 1970. Balty ir kity indoeuropiečiu kalbu santykiai. Vilnius: Mintis. Review: see Michelini, Guido [1976]

3941.

Mazurek, Stephen Jerome. 1987. The Accusative of Time in Old Russian with an Outline of Its Historical Development. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Cali­ fornia at Berkeley. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.7.2565.A.

3942. ° Mazurkewich, Irene. 1982. Second Language Acquisition of the Dative Alterna­ tion and Markedness: The Best Theory. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Montreal. 3943.

. 1984a. "The Acquisition of the Dative Alternation by Second Language Learners and Linguistic Theory". Language Learning 34.1. 91-109. Review: see Kellerman, Eric [1985]

3944.

° 1984b. "Dative Questions and Markedness". Universals of Second Language Acquisition ed. by F. Eckman, L. Bell & D. Nelson. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House.

3945.

. 1985. "In Reply to Kellerman: A Response from Mazurkewich". Language Learning 35.1. 103-106.

3946.

& Lydia White. 1984. "The Acquisition of the Dative Alternation: Unlearning Overgeneralizations". Cognition 16. 261-283.

3947.

McAlpin, David. 1976. "Dative Subjects in Malayalam". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 183-194. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

3948.

McCardle, Peggy & Edward J. Haupt. 1983. "Case Order in Sentences: Newer and More Marked". Language and Style 16.4. 420-432.

3949.

McCaughey, Terence P. 1976. "The Possessive Construction in Scottish Gae­ lic". Celtica 11. 141-149.

3950.

McCawley, James D. 1976. "Remarks on What Can Cause What". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 117-129. New York: Academic Press.

3951. ° McCawley, Noriko A. 1970. "Fillmorean Deep Case Analysis and Postal's Remind". Newsletter 21. 9. 3952.

. 1975-76. "Review: Kuno, Susumu. 1973. The Structure of the Japanese Language. Cambridge: The MIT Press". Papers in Japanese Linguistics 4. 209-232.

Alphabetical List

275

3953.

. 1976a. "On Experiencer Causatives". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 181-203. New York: Academic Press.

3954.

. 1976b. "From OE/ME 'Impersonal' to 'Personal' Constructions: What Is a 'Subjectless' S?". Papers from the Parasession on Diachronic Syntax, Chicago Linguistics Society. 192-204.

3955.

° McCloskey, James. 1985. "Case, Movement and Raising in Modern Irish". Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 4. 190-205.

3956.

McConvell, Patrick. 1976. "Nominal Hierarchies in Yukulta". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 191-200. Can­ berra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

3957.

. 1981. "How Lardil Became Accusative". Lingua 55. 141-179.

3958.

McCoy, Ana Maria Bertrina Campos. 1974. A Case Grammar Classification of Spanish Verbs. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan. Ann Arbor: Uni­ versity Microfilms International.

3959.

McCracken, Margeret Dickenson, Mark A. Clarke, Ann Losoff & David S. Rood. 1984. see Clarke, Mark A.

3960.

McCreight, Kate. 1987. "Case Hierarchies: The Evidence from Free Relatives". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 23.1. 259267.

3961.

McDonald, Janet L. 1987. "Assigning Linguistic Roles: The Influence of Con­ flicting Cues". Journal of Memory and Language 26.1. 100-117.

3962.

McElhanon, K.A. 1970. "Selepet Pronominal Elements". Papers in New Guinea Linguistics 13. 23-48. Canberra: ANU.

3963.

McGranahan, William J. 1978. "The Preposition v in Scientific Russian". Slavic and East European Journal 22.1. 64-74.

3964.

McGregor, William B. 1985. "Body Parts in Kuniyanti Clause Grammar". Australian Journal of Linguistics 5.2. 209-232.

3965. 3966.

. 1992. "The Semantics of Ergative Marking in Gooniyandi". 30.2.318. 275-318.

Linguistics

° McHale, C. 1973. The Development of the Semantic Concept of Action Role in Preverbal and Early Verbal Infants. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca.

3967.

McKaughan, Howard. 1962. "Overt Relation Markers in Maranao". 38. 47-51.

Language

3968.

McKay, G.R. 1976. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically Nominative-Ergative or Nominative-Accusative? Rembarnga". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 494-505. Canberrra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

276

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3969.

McKay, Terence. 1986. "Subject Inversion in English, French, Italian and Dutch and Empty Subjects in German". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguis­ tics 21. 93-100.

3970.

. 1992. "Review: Mair, Christian. 1990. Infinitival Complement Clauses in English - A Study of Syntax in Discourse. Cambridge: Cambridge Univer­ sity Press". Studies in Language 16.1. 224-228.

3971.

McLendon, Sally. 1976. "The Proto-Pomo Pronominal System". Hokan Studies. Papers from the First Conference on Hokan Languages Held in San Diego, California, April 23-25, 1970 ed. by Margaret Langdon & Shirley Silver, 2954. The Hague: Mouton.

3972.

. 1978. "Ergativity, Case, and Transitivity in Eastern Pomo". Interna­ tional Journal of American Linguistics AAA. 1-9.

3973.

McLure, Roger & Paul Reed. 1987. "Grasping 'prendre': An Experiment in Phenomenological Linguistics". Lingua 13. 79-107.

3974.

McNeill, David, Ryozo Yukawa & Nobuko B. McNeill. 1971. "The Acquisition of Direct and Indirect Objects in Japanese". Child Development 42. 237-249.

3975.

McNeill, Nobuko ., David McNeill & Ryozo Yukawa. 1971. see McNeill, David.

3976.

Mečkova-Atanassova, Zdravka. 1987. "Zum Ausdruck von Possessivität durch das Relativpronomen im Deutschen und Bulgarischen". Deutsch als Fremd­ sprache 24.3. 170-171.

3977.

Medina Granda, Rosa Ma. 1988. "La importancia sintáctica de la declinación bicasual en Lo Codi". Verba 15. 339-350.

3978. ° Meer, M.J. van der. 1901. Gothische Casus-Syntaxis I. Leiden: Brill. 3979.

. 1914. "Der gothische acc.c.inf. in Subjectssätzen und nach swaei und swe" Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 39. 201209.

3980.

Meersman, A. de. 1985. "Een VSO-Maneuver in de Zuidnederlandse dialecten". Hulde-Album Prof. Dr. Marcel Hoebeke: Hem door vakgenoten, medewerkers en vrienden aangeboden bij zijn afscheid van de rijksuniversiteit Gent ed. by H. Ryckeboer, Y. Taeldeman, V.F. Vanacker & A. de Groote, 123-130. Gent: RUG, Seminarie voor Nederlandse Taalkunde.

3981.

Megen, Jan van. 1983. "Valenzanalyse und kontrastive Lexikographie: Die Beschreibung deutscher Verben in einem niederländisch-deutschen Wörter­ buch". Ars & Ingenium: Studien zum Übersetzen: Festgabe für Frans Stoks zum sechzigsten Geburtstag ed. by Hans Ester, Guillaume van Gemert & Jan van Megen, 27-43. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press.

Alphabetical List

277

3982.

Meier, Georg F. 1983. "The Incorporated Object: A Typological Sketch". Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, Sprachtypologie und Textlinguistik: Fest­ schrift für Peter Hartmann ed. by Manfred Faust, Roland Harweg, Werner Lehfeldt & Götz Wienold, 285-291. Tübingen: Narr.

3983.

Meier, Hans Heinrich. 1953. Der indefinite Agens im Mittelenglischen 1350): Die Wörter und Wendungen für 'man'. Bern: Francke.

(1050-

3984.

° Meier, Harri. 1947. "O problema do acusativo preposicional no cataläo". Bole­ tim de filología 8. 237-260.

3985.

. 1948. "Sobre as origens do acusativo preposicional nas línguas românicas". Ensaios de filologia românica by Harri Meier, 115-164. Lisboa: Edicao da 'Revista de Portugal'.

3986.

. 1950. "Review: Hatcher, Anna G. 1942. 'The Use of 'a' as a Designa­ tion of the Personal Accusative in Spanish'. Modern Language Notes 57. 421429". Romanische Forschungen 62. 99-100.

3987.

Meier, Hennie & Jeanet Köhlbrugge. 1981. see Köhlbrugge, Jeanet.

3988.

Meijs, Willem J. 1977. "Review: Nilsen, Don L.F. 1973. The Instrumental Case in English; Syntactic and Semantic Considerations. The Hague: Mouton". Lingua 43. 302-310.

3989.

Meillet, Antoine. 1897. Recherches slave. Paris: Bouillon.

sur l'emploi du génitif-accusatif

en vieux-

3990.

°

. 1922a. "La forme du génitif pluriel en ombrien". Mémoires société de linguistique 22. 258-259.

3991.

°

. 1922b. "De nominatif-accusatif masculin en slave commun". de la société de linguistique 23. 87-93.

de la

Mémoires

3992.

Meinert, Roland. 1990. "Die deutsche Adjektiv-Flexion: Ein Lern- und Lehr­ problem?". Informationen Deutsch als Fremdsprache 17.1. 21-45.

3993.

Meinhard, Hans Joachim. 1976. "Kasus, Valenz und Satzbedeutung". Wissen­ schaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 25.6. 711-714.

3994.

& Klaus M. Welke. 1974. see Welke, Klaus M.

3995.

& Klaus M. Welke. 1980. see Welke, Klaus M.

3996.

° Meinhof, Carl. 1938. "Der Ausdruck der Kasusbeziehungen in afrikanischen Sprachen". Scritti in onore di Alfredo Trombetti ed. by Ulrico Hoepli, 71-85. Milan.

3997.

°

. 1941-42. "Entstehung und Gebrauch der Lokativendung in Bantusprachen". Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen 32. 161-164.

278

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

3998.

Meisel, Jürgen M. 1973. "Prepositions in Object and Adverbial Constructions". Lingua 31. 213-236.

3999.

. 1985. Zum Erwerb von Wortstellungsregularitäten und Kasusmar­ kierungen. Am Beispiel des doppelten Erstspracherwerbs FranzösischDeutsch. Hamburg: Germanisches Seminar/Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Ro­ manisches Seminar.

4000.

. 1986. "Word Order and Case Marking in Early Child Language: Evidence from Simultaneous Acquisition of Two First Languages: French and German". Linguistics 24.1.281. 123-183.

4001.

& Jochen Pleines. 1971. "Zur Grammatik einer Gruppe deutscher Verben". Linguistische Berichte 15. 40-45.

4002.

Mejias-Bikandi, Errapel. 1990. "Clause Union and Case Marking in Basque". Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective ed. by Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell & Errapel Mejias-Bikandi, 263-277. Stanford, Cali­ fornia: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

4003.

, Katarzyna Dziwirek & Patrick Farrell, eds. 1993. see Dziwirek, Katar­ zyna.

4004.

Mejlanova, U.A. 1954. "Funkcii ergativnogo padeža v lezginskom jazyke". Trudy Instituta jazykoznanija AN SSR 3. 250-257.

4005.

Mela, Vivienne. 1982. "Commentaires sur la sémantique des constructions dites possessives en anglais". Grammaire transformationelle: Théorie et métho­ dologies ed. by Jacqueline Guéron & Thelma Sowley, 155-183. Saint-Denis: University of Paris-VIII, Vincennes.

4006. ° Melchert, H. Craig. 1977. Ablative and Instrumental in Hittite. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 4007. 4008.

4009.

. 1983. "A 'New' PIE * men Suffix". Die Sprache 29. 1-26. Mel'čuk, Igor A. 1973. "The Possessive Forms of the Hungarian Noun". Generative Grammar in Europe ed. by F. Kiefer & N. Ruwet, 315-332. Dordrecht: Reidel. . 1977a. "Le cas". Revue des études slaves 50.1. 5-36.

4010.

. 1977b. The Predicative Construction in the Dyirbal Language: To­ wards the Notions 'Grammatical Subject', 'Transitivity', 'Accusative Case', 'Ergative Construction' and 'Grammatical Voice'. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

4011.

. 1978. "Toward a Definition of the Concept Ergative Construction". Proceedings of the 12th International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 - September 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 384387. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.

Alphabetical List

279

4012.

. 1979. "The Predicative Construction in Dyirbal". Linguistica extranea 2. 23-90.

4013.

. 1980a. "O padeže čislovogo vyraženija v russkix slovosočetanijax tipa (boľše) na dva maľčika ili po troe bol'nyx". Russian Linguistics 5. 55-74.

4014.

. 1980b. "Animacy in Russian Cardinal Numerals and Adjectives as an Inflectional Category". Language 56.4. 797-811.

4015. °

. 1983. "Grammatical Subject and the Problem of the Ergative Construc­ tion in Lezgian". Proceedings of the Second Conference on the Non-Slavic Languages of the USSR ed. by H.I. Aronson & BJ. Darden. Folia slavica 5. 246-293.

4016.

. 1986. "Toward a Definition of Case". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 35-85. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

4017.

. 1991. "Ešče raz k voprosu ob èrgativnoj konstrukcii". Voprosy jazykoznanija 4. 46-88.

4018.

. 1992. "Toward a Logical Analysis of the Notion 'Ergative Construc­ tion'". Studies in Language 16.1. 91-138.

4019.

& Elena N. Savvina. 1978. Toward a Formal Model of Alutor Surface Syntax: Nominative and Ergative Constructions. Bloomington, Indiana: Indi­ ana University Linguistics Club.

4020.

Melis, Ludo. 1980. "Cette règle de la grammaire..., À propos du sujet du groupe nominal". Travaux de linguistique 7. 205-209.

4021.

. 1991a. "Le français une langue à sujet nul? Les pronoms personnels sujets en français et la syntaxe des langues romanes". Actes du XVIIIe congrès international de linguistique et de philologie romanes, Université de Trèves (Trier) 1986, Tome II, Section III: Linguistique théorique et linguistique synchronique ed. by Dieter Kremer, 495-503. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4022.

. 1991b. "Ca ne se décide que par moi-même. A propos de l'agent dans les tours pronominaux à interpretation passive". Hommages à Nicolas Ruwet ed. by L. Tasmowski & A. Zribi-Hertz, 373-386. Gent: Communication and Cognition.

4023.

. 1991c. "Les tours pronominaux en français moderne: Diathèse récessive ou couplage des marques pronominales". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 309-327. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4024.

. 1992. "Prépositions en alternance ou rencontre fortuite, le cas de à etdepour en concurrence avec lui comme expression du 'datif' en français". Leuvense bijdragen 81.1.3. 311-326.

4025.

& Pierre Swiggers. 1984. see Swiggers, Pierre.

280

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4026.

& Liliane Tasmowski. 1985. Review Article of O. Jaeggli (1982) Topics in Romance Syntax. Leuven: Catholic University, Department of Linguistics.

4027.

Mellema, Paul. 1974. "A Brief against Case Grammar". Foundations of Lan­ guage 11. 39-76.

4028.

Mello, George de. 1978. "On the Use of 'por' plus Agent with 'se' Construc­ tions". Hispania 61.2. 323-327.

4029. ° Menac, Antica. 1977. "Iz problematike suodnosa negacije i objektnog padeža u suvrememom ruskom jeziku". Slovansko jezikoslovje: Nahtigalov zbornik ob stoletnici rojstva ed. by F. Jakopin. Ljubljana. 4030.

. 1986. "Partitivni genitiv u ruskom i hrvatskom knijževnom jeziku". Filologija 14. 183-196.

4031.

Mendikoetxea, A. & Adrian Battye. 1990. "Arb SE/SI in Transitive Contexts: A Comparative Study". Rivista di grammatica generativa 15. 161-195.

4032.

Menk, Edgar Allen. 1925. The Position of the Possessive Pronoun in Cicero's Orations. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, Grand Forks.

4033.

Menn, Lise. 1972. "On Me". Linguistic Inquiry 3. 228-233.

4034.

Menovščikov, G.A. 1967. "Ob osnovnyx konstrukcijax prostogo predloženija v èskimossko-aleutskix jazykax (v svjazi s érgativnoj konstrukciej)". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 261-268. Leningrad: Nauka.

4035.

Merckens, P.J. 1968. "Zijn dat kooplieden of zijn kooplieden dat?". Taalkunde in artikelen. Een verzameling artikelen over het Nederlands ed. by Jacob Hoogteijling, 246-248. Groningen: Wolters-Noordhoff.

4036.

Merckx, Mariolaine. 1959. The Use of the Genitive in the Works of Graham Greene. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

4037.

Merkx, P.A.H.J. 1939. Zur Syntax der Kasus und Tempora in den Traktaten des hl. Cyprian. Nijmegen: Dekker & van de Vegt.

4038.

Merlan, Francesca. 1985. "Split Intransitivity: Functional Oppositions in Intran­ sitive Inflection". Grammar inside and outside the Clause ed. by Johanna Nichols & Anthony . Woodbury, 324-362. Cambridge: Cambridge Univer­ sity Press.

4039. ° Merlier, Octave. 1931. Le remplacement du datif par le genitif en grec moderne. Bulletin de correspondence hellenique. École française d'athènes. 4040.

Merlo, Clemento. 1911. "I dialetti italiani centro-meridionali e le sorti della declinazione latina". Studi letterari e linguistici dedicati a Pio Rajna nel quarantesimo anno del suo insegnamento, 667-673. Firenze: Enrico Ariani.

4041.

Merone, Emilio. 1967. Sul nominativo 'absolutus' e 'pendens' in greco. Napels: Intercontinentalia.

Alphabetical List

281

4042. ° Merril, William A. 1910. On the Contracted Genitive in I in Latin. Berkeley: Berkeley University Press. 4043.

Meščaninov, Ivan Ivanovic. 1948. "Ergativnyj stroj i ego otnosenie k drugim jazykovym strukturam". Jazyk i myslenie 11. 230-236.

4044.

. 1960. "Peredača sub"ektnyx i ob"ektnyx otnošenij v jazykax ergativnogo stroja predloženija". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 19. 398-408.

4045.

. 1961. "Ergativnaja konstrukcija v iberijsko-kavkazskix jazykax i  xarakternye osobennosti v biajnskom (urartskom) jazyke". Voprosy izučenija berijsko-kavkazskix jazykov ed. by E.A. Bokarev [et. al.], 5-13. Moscow: Izd. AN SSSR.

4046.

. 1964a. "Èrgativnyj stroj predloženija". Problemy sravnitel'noj filo­ logii. Sborník statej  70-letiju člena-korrespondenta AN SSSR V.M. Zirmunskogo ed. by M.P. Alekseev, 19-25. Moscow: Nauka.

4047.

. 1964b. "Osnovnye grammatičeskie formy ergativnogo stroja predloženija''. Voprosy jazykoznanija 5. 3-15.

4048.

. 1967. Ergativnaja konstrukcija v jazykax različnyx tipov. Leningrad: Nauka.

4049.

. 1984. Nominativnoe i ergativnoe predloženija: tipolog. sopostavlenie struktur. Moscow: Nauka.

4050.

Messing, Gordon M. 1972. "The Romance Collective Neuter and the Survival of the Latin Ablative". Glotta 50. 255-262.

4051.

Mester, Armin & Jane Grimshaw. 1988. see Grimshaw, Jane.

4052.

Methner, Rudolf. 1915. "Die Entstehung des ablativus qualitatis und sein Verhältnis zum ablativus modi und zum ablativus absolutus". Glotta 6. 33-61. Metlen, Michael. 1938. "Absolute Constructions in the Gothic Bible". Publica­ tions of the Modern Language Association 53.2. 631-644.

4053. 4054.

Metzeltin, Michele. 1985. "Il valore semantico del complemento oggetto nelle frasi goldoniane". Linguistica (Ljubljana) 25. 29-43.

4055.

Metzing, Dieter. 1981. "Plädoyer für Kasus wiedereröffnet - Für die künstliche Intelligenz?". Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie ed. by Jochen Pleines, 193-212. Tübingen: Narr.

4056.

Meunier, André. 1984. "Sechehaye, Bally: Le sujet et la vie". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 30. 145-155.

4057.

Mey, J. 1969. "Possessive and Transitive in Eskimo". Journal of Linguistics 6. 47-56.

282 4058. 4059. 4060.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Meyer, Charles F. 1992. Apposition in Contemporary English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. , Kathryn Riley & Frank Parker. 1988. see Parker, Frank. Meyer, Hans Lothar. 1983. Einführung in die englische Kasusgrammatik: Dar­ stellung - Erweiterung - Anwendung des Fillmore-Modells. Frankfurt am Main: Lang. Review: see Boas, Hans Ulrich [1988]

4061.

. 1985. "Zur Definierbarkeit der Fillmore-Kasus: Kasusrollen als kog­ nitiv einsichtige, syntaktisch relevante, prädikatensemantische Valenzen". Grammatik, Semantik, Textlinguistik: Akten des 19. linguistischen Kollo­ quiums, Vechta 1984, Band 1 ed. by Wilfried Kürschner & Rüdiger Vogt, 263272. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4062.

Meyer, Hennie & Jeanet Köhlbrugge. 1981. see Köhlbrugge, Jeanet.

4063.

Meyer, Karl H. 1923. Der Untergang der Deklination im Bulgarischen. Heidel­ berg: Winter.

4064.

Meyer, W. 1884. "Zur Deklination". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 8.2. 304-306.

4065.

Meyer-Hermann, Reinhard. 1988. " Se debe la posposición del sujeto en el espaňol a una influencia àrabe? ". Revista de filologia española 68.1.2. 67-96.

4066.

Meys, W.J. 1975. "The English Comitative. A Doubtful Case?". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973 ed. by A. Kraak, 178-186. Assen: Van Gorcum.

4067.

Mgeladze, D.A. 1970. "Problema sintaksičeskoj funkcii ob"ekta v jazykax èrgativnogo i nominativnogo stroja". Ucenye zapiski MGPllJa im. Moskva Gorsza 57. 430.

4068.

Micewicz, Teresa. 1973. "Uniwersalia semantyczne w opisie przypadków C.J. Fillmore'a". Kwartalnik Neofilologiczny 20.3. 327-331.

4069.

Michaelis, Cornelia. 1980. Formale Bestimmung und Interpretation einer syn­ taktischen Relation: Das Genitiv-Attribut im Deutschen. Ph.D. dissertation, Free University of Berlin.

4070.

Michajlov, M. Leonid. 1971. "Zu Fragen der Reduzierung der Valenz im Dialog". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 8.3. 180-182.

4071.

Michalowski, Piotr. 1980. "Sumerian as an Ergative Language". Journal of Cuneiform Studies 32. 86-103.

4072.

Michelini, Guido. 1976. "Osservazioni a proposito di 'Baltu ir kitu indoeuropiečiu kalbu santykiai (deklinacija)' di V. Mažiulis". Studi italiani di linguistica teorica ed applicata 5.1.2. 277-284.

Alphabetical List

283

4073.

. 1978a. "Gli universali 'soggetto', 'oggetto', 'complemento circos­ tanziale' e le lingue 'ergative'". Studi italiani di linguistica teorica ed appli­ cata 7.1.2. 131-140.

4074.

. 1978b. "A proposito della morfologizzazione dei casi di accompag­ namento, peculiarità, strumento e maniera in alcune lingue indoeuropee". Studi italiani di linguistica teorica ed applicata 7.3. 409-429.

4075.

Michels, L.C. 1952. "Een opmerking over de Mnl. accusativus cum infinitivo". De nieuwe taalgids 45. 339-340.

4076. ° Michelsen, C. 1843. Philosophie der Grammatik, I: Casuslehre der lateinischen Sprache vom causal-lokalen Standpunkte aus. Bonn. 4077.

Michiels, Archibald. 1978. "A Note on the Relation between 'Agent' and 'Stativity'". Neophilologus 62. 172-177.

4078.

Michot-Vodoz, Isabelle & Claudine Haroche. 1984. see Haroche, Claudine.

4079.

Mieszek, Aleksandra. 1979. "Focus Constructions: Cleft Sentences in English and Their Counterparts in Polish". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguis­ tics 9. 113-126.

4080.

Mignot, Xavier. 1978a. "Homonymies entre les désinences casuelles du latin". Langages 50. 45-50.

4081.

. 1978b. "Les désinences casuelles du latin étaient-elles vouées à dis­ paraître?". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 78.1. 311-338.

4082.

Mihăilă, Ecaterina. 1983. "Analogii exprimate genitival, prepozitional şi adver­ bial în poezia româna actuală". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 34.4. 281-286.

4083.

Mihaila-Cova, Rodica, Ulrich Engel, Ioan Lăzărescu, Lucia Popa, Natalia Roth & Emilia Savin. 1983. see Engel, Ulrich.

4084.

Mihailovič, Ljiljana. 1974. "Passive Sentences in English and Serbo-Croatian". The Yugoslav Serbo-Croatian-English Contrastive Project Reports 9. 32-75.

4085.

Mihm, Arend. 1982. "Zur Entstehung neuer Sprachvarietäten: Ruhrdeutscher Kasusgebrauch und seine Erklärung". Zeitschrift flir germanistische Lin­ guistik 10. 263-294/(1985) Sprache an Rhein und Ruhr: Dialektologische und soziolinguistische Studien zur sprachlichen Situation im Rhein-Ruhr-Gebiet und ihrer Geschichte ed. by Arend Mihm, Zeitschrift für Dialektologie und Linguistik, Beiheft 50, 245-276. Stuttgart: Steiner.

4086. ° Miklosich, F. 1868. "Über den Accusativus cum infinitivo". Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse 60. 483-508. 4087. ° Mikola, T. 1965. "A -t tárgyrag eredetéhez". Nyelvtudományi értekezések 46. 57-62.

284 4088. °

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations . 1966. "A tárgyrag és a tárgyas ragozás kérdéséhez". Magyar nyelv 72. 441-461.

4089.

Milham, Mary Ella. 1961. "Case and Prepositional Usage in Acipius". Glotta 39. 276-302.

4090.

Miller, Ann M. 1986. "Loss of Nominal Case Endings in the Modern Arabic Sedentary Dialects". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 34. 56-83.

4091. ° Miller, D. Gary. 1970. Cases as Underlying Verbs. Chicago: University of Illinois. 4092.

. 1974. "On the History of Infinitive Complementation in Latin and Greek". Journal of Indo-European Studies 2. 223-246.

4093. ° Miller, J. 1974. "A Localist Account of the Dative Case in Russian". Slavic Transformational Syntax ed. by R.D. Brecht & C.V. Chvany, 244-261. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, Department of Slavic Languages and Litera­ tures. 4094.

. 1986. "A Third Look at the Second Dative". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 296-311. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

4095.

Miller, Wick R. 1991. "Agent in Passive Sentences in Yaqui and Guarijio". International Journal of American Linguistics 57.4. 519-523.

4096. ° Milligan, Th. R. 1960. The German Verb-Genitive Locution from Old High German to the Present. A Study in the Structure of Content. New York. 4097.

Mills, Anne E. 1981. "Cases, Case Marking and the Interpretation and Produc­ tion of German Relative Clauses". Studies in Language Teaching and Lan­ guage Acquisition ed. by E. Hopkins & R. Grotjahn, 204-220. Bochum: Brockmeyer/Quantitativ e Linguistics 9. 204-220.

4098.

Millward, Celia M. 1977. "A Second Look at the To-Poss in English". Journal of Linguistics 13. 103-105.

4099.

Milner, G.B. 1976. "Ergative and Passive in Basque and Polynesian". Oceanic Linguistics 15. 1.

4100.

Milner, Jean-Claude. 1977. "A propos des génitifs adnominaux en français". Actes du colloque franco-allemand de linguistique théorique ed. by Christian Rohrer, 67-107. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4101.

. 1982a. "Les génitifs adnominaux en français". Ordres et raisons de langue by Jean-Claude Milner, 69-94. Paris: Seuil.

4102.

. 1982b. "Du génitif possessif comme sujet syntaxique". Ordres et raisons de langue by Jean-Claude Milner, 95-122. Paris: Seuil.

Alphabetical List

285

4103.

. 1982c. "De l'existence du sujet dans les groupes nominaux". Ordres et raisons de langue by Jean-Claude Milner, 123-139. Paris: Seuil.

4104.

Milsark, Gary. 1985. "Case Theory and the Grammar of Finnish". Proceedings of NELS 15. 319-331.

4105.

Miltner, Vladimír. 1965. "From OIA Passive to NIA Active". Asian and African Studies 1. 143-146.

4106.

. 1977. "Ergative Constructions in Hindi and Other NIA Languages". Archív orientální 45. 237-244.

4107.

Mimica, Ivo. 1987. "Factors of the Sentence Comprehension in Serbo-Croa­ tian". Radovi-Filozofski fakultet Zadar-Razdio filozofije psihologije, socio­ logije i pedago gije 26.3. 139-150.

4108.

. 1987-88. "The Influence of Word Order and Case Inflection on Sen­ tence Comprehension at Preschool Children". Radovi-Filozofski fakultet Za­ dar-Razdio filozofije psihologije, sociologije i pedago gije 21 4. 159-168.

4109.

& Stanley D. Smith. 1984. see Smith, Stanley D.

4110. ° Minčeva, Angelina. 1972. "Predlog, padež i imenna paradigma". Bälgarski ezik 22. 285-296. 4111.

. 1978. "Za sintaksisa na sinaiskiya paterik". Slovo 28. 89-104.

4112. °Mintz, Malcolm W. 1973. Case and Semantic Affixes of Bikol Verbs. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii. 4113. Mirikitani, beatrice T. 1972. Kapampangan Syntax. Honololu: University of Hawaii Press. Review: see Reid, Lawrence A. [1975] 4114. ° Mişan, A. 1969. "Genitivul i acuzativul dupa verbale tranzitive cu negatie în limba rusa". Studia universitatis babeş-bolyai, Series philologia 14.2. 63-74. 4115. °

. 1970. "întrebuintarea acuzativului". Studia universitatis babeş-bolyai, Series philologia 15.1. 65-72.

4116.

Mishra, Mithilesh K. 1990. "Dative/Experiencer Subjects in Maithili". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra . Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 105-117. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

4117.

Misteli, Franz. 1878. "Einiges zur Casuslehre". Zeitschrift für Völkerpsycho­ logie und Sprachwissenschaft 10. 121-181.

4118.

Mistry, P.J. 1976. "Subject in Gujarati: An Examination of Verb-Agreement Phenomena". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manin­ dra K. Verma, 240-269. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

286

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4119.

Mithun, Marianne. 1985. "Disagreement: The Case of Pronominal Affixes and Nouns". Languages and Linguistics: The Interdependence of Theory, Data, and Application ed. by Deborah Tannen & James E. Alatis, 50-66. Washing­ ton, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

4120.

. 1987. "Is Basic Word Order Universal? ". Coherence and Grounding in Discourse ed. by Russel S. Tomlin, 281-328. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4121.

. 1991. "Active/Agentive Case Marking and Its Motivations". Language 67.3. 510-546.

4122.

Mixnevič, A.E. 1968. Ergativnaja konstrukcija. Minsk.

4123. ° Miyagawa, Shigeru. 1988a. "Theme Subjects and Numeral Quantifiers". Pro­ ceedings of Japanese Syntax Workshop ed. by W. Tara & M. Nakayama. New London: Connecticut College. 4124. °

. 1988b. "Unaccusative Verbs in Japanese". Proceedings of the 4th Eastern States Conference on Linguistics ed. by A. Miller & J. Powers. Columbus: Ohio State University Press.

4125.

. 1989a. "Light Verbs and the Ergative Hypothesis". Linguistic Inquiry 20.4. 659-668.

4126.

. 1989b. Structure and Case Marking in Japanese. Syntax and Semantics 22. New York: Academic Press. Review: see Katagiri, Masumi [1991]

4127.

& Setsuko Matsunaga. 1985. "Historical Development of the Accusative Case in Japanese". Journal of Asian Culture 9. 87-101.

4128.

Miyahara, Kazuko. 1974. "The Acquisition of Japanese Particles". Journal of Child Language 1.2. 283-286.

4129.

Miyaoka, Osahito. 1985. "The Eskimo Locative Case in Place of the Absolutive". International Journal of American Linguistics 51.4. 510-513.

4130.

Mizutani, Sizuo. 1989. "Japanese Imperatives in Which Their Subjects Occur". Mathematical Linguistics 17.3. 91-111.

4131.

Modini, Paul. 1989. "Ergative, Passive and the Other Devices of Functional Perspective". Folia linguistica historica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 8.1.2. 351-363.

4132.

Moessner, Lilo. 1976. "Review: Baron, Dennis E. 1974. Case Grammar and Diachronic English Syntax. The Hague: Mouton". Linguistics 178. 65-70.

4133.

Mogensen, Jens Erik. 1992. "Einige Betrachtungen zur Valenz von geschehen und ähnlichen Verben im heutigen Deutsch". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 114.3. 395-413.

Alphabetical List

287

4134.

Mohammad, M.A. 1988. "Nominative Case, I-Subjects, and Subject-Verb Agreement". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 24.2. 223-235.

4135.

Mohanan, K.P. 1982. "Grammatical Relations and Clause Structure in Malayalam". The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations ed. by Joan Bresnan, 504-589. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.

4136. 4137.

& Manindra K. Verma, eds. 1990. see Verma, Manindra . & Tara Mohanan. 1990. "Dative Subjects in Malayalam: Semantic Information in Syntax". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 43-57. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information. Review: see Speas, Margaret [1990]

4138.

Mohanan, Tara & K.P. Mohanan. 1990. see Mohanan, K.P.

4139.

Moignet, Gérard. 1974. "Sur la 'transitivité indirecte' en français". Travaux de linguistique et de littérature 12.1. 281-299.

4140.

Moilanen, Markku. 1979. Statische lokative Präpositionen im heutigen Deutsch: Wahrheits- und Gebrauchsbedingungen. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4141.

Moisejev, A.I 1988. "K izučeniju semantičeskoj paradigmatiki russkix padežej". Vestnik Moskovskogo universiteta, Filologija 43.9.3. 52-54.

4142.

Mok, Sui-Sang. 1992. "Locative Inversion in Cantonese". Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics 17.1. 115-157.

4143.

Molencki, Rafal. 1987. "The Accusative and Infinitive Construction in Old English: A Transformational Approach". Kwartalnik Neofilologiczny 34.1. 41-56.

4144.

Molho, Maurice. 1958. "La question de l'objet en espagnol". Vox romanica 17. 209-219.

4145.

. 1980. "Sur la grammaire de l'objet en espagnol". Travaux de lin­ guistique et de littérature 18.1. 213-225.

4146.

Mondéjar, J. & A. Llorente. 1974. see Llorente, A.

4147.

Monge, Félix. 1983. "Notas a una hipótesis sobre el leísmo". Serta philologica F. Lázaro Carreter: Natalem diem sexagesimum celebranti dicata. I. Estudios de linguística y lengua literaria, 441-453. Madrid: Cátedra.

4148. ° Monod-Becquelin, Aurore. 1976. "Classes verbales et construction ergative en tramai". Amerindia 2. 117-143. 4149.

Monteiro, Dirce Charara. 1982. "Algumas consideraçöes sobre o caso instru­ mental". Alfa 26. 47-59.

288

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4150.

Monville-Burston, Monique. 1977. A Semantic Analysis of the Pali Case Sytem. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca.

4151.

. 1981. "A Note on Wierzbicka's Case Marking and Human Nature". Australian Journal of Linguistics 1.2. 245-247.

4152.

. 1991. "The Role of Animacy in Language Change: From Dative to Genitive in Middle Indo-Aryan". New Vistas in Grammar: Invariance and Variation ed. by Linda R. Waugh & Stephen Rudy, 153-165. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4153.

Monzón, Cristina. 1984. "Hacia una aclaración de la función dativo en espanol". Revista espanola de linguística 14.1. 63-84.

4154. 4155. 4156. 4157.

Moody, Marvin D. & Peter Cannings. 1978a. see Cannings, Peter. & Peter Cannings. 1978b. see Cannings, Peter. Moon, Kyung Hwan. 1988a. "Syntactic Valence Reduction and Passivization". Linguistic Analysis 18.1.2. 61-120. . 1988b. "Passive Revisited". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Se­ lected Papers from SICOL-1986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 539562. Seoul: Hanshin.

4158.

Moor, E. de. 1990. "Le vocativ comme élément déictique. Un aspect négligé du discours théâtral". Orientalia lovaniensia periodica 21. 213-240.

4159.

Moorcroft, Regine & J. Allan Pfeffer. 1982. see Pfeffer, J. Allan.

4160.

Moore, John. 1987. "Word Order and Case Assignment in Modern Standard Arabic". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 23.1. 283-294.

4161.

. 1990. "Spanish Restructuring and Psych Verbs: A Case for VP-Complementation". Proceedings of the 8th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, University of British Columbia ed. by E. Jane Fee & Katherine Hunt, 262-275. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Association.

4162.

Moralejo, José L. 1986. "Sobre los casos latinos". Revista española de lin­ guística 16.2. 293-323.

4163.

Morales de Walters, Amparo. 1982. "La posición de sujeto en el español de Puerto Rico a la luz de la clase semántica verbal, la oposición tema-rema y el tópico oracional". Linguística espaňola actual 4.1. 23-38.

4164.

Moravcsik, Edith A. 1972. "On Case Markers and Complementizers". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 8. 151-152.

4165.

. 1974. "Object-Verb Agreement". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 15. 25-140.

Alphabetical List

289

4166.

. 1978a. "On the Case Marking of Object". Universals of Human Lan­ guage, Volume 4: Syntax ed. by Joseph H. Greenberg, Charles A. Ferguson & Edith A. Moravcsik, 249-289. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

4167.

. 1978b. "On the Distribution of Ergative and Accusative Patterns". Lingua 45. 233-279.

4168.

. 1978c. "On the Limits of Subject-Object Ambiguity Tolerance". Pa­ pers in Linguistics 11.1.2. 255-259.

4169.

. 1983. "On Grammatical Classes - The Case of 'Definite' Objects in Hungarian". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 15.1. 75107.

4170.

. 1984. "The Place of Direct Objects among the Noun Phrase Constitu­ ents of Hungarian". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations, ed. by Frans Plank, 55-85. London: Academic Press.

4171. ° Moreau, J.-L. 1972. "La correlation du sujet et de l'objet en finnois". Mélanges offerts à Aurélien Sauvageot pour son soixante-quinzième anniversaire ed. by J. Gergely [et al.], 193-202. Budapest: Akadémiai kiadó. 4172.

Moreno, Juan Carlos. 1985. "Anticausatives: A Typological Sketch". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 172-181.

4173. ° Moreno Fernández, Francisco, et al. 1988. "Anotaciones sobre el leísmo, el laísmo y el loísmo en la provincia de Madrid". Epos, Revista de filología UN.E.D. 4. 101-122. 4174. ° Moreschini Quattordio, Adriana. 1971. "Il sincretismo dei casi in miceneo ed arcadico-cipriota". Studi e saggi linguistici 34. 69-88. Review: see Lejeune, Michel [1973] 4175.

Moreux, Bernard. 1968. "Le rôle des cas dans les tours prépositionnels en attique et en latin classique". Canadian Journal of Linguistics 14.1. 31-39.

4176.

. 1978. Cas ou tours prépositionnels dans la langue des orateurs attiques. Études sur la cohésion des syntagmes verbaux. Lille: University.

4177.

Morgan, Jerry & Jae Ohk Cho. 1986. see Cho, Jae Okh.

4178.

Morgenroth, W. 1965. "Der Genitiv pluralis im Gothischen". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 87. 328-336. Morikawa, Hiromi. 1990. Acquisition of Case Marking and Predicate-Argument Structures in Japanese: A Longitudinal Study of Language Acquisition Me­ chanisms. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 51.4. 1214.A.

4179.

290

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4180.

Morikawa, Masahiro. 1990. Abstract Case and Its Morphological Realization in Japanese with a Focus on Genitive Case. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Washington, Seattle. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humani­ ties and Social Sciences 51.3. 837.A.

4181.

Morin, Jean-Yves. 1977. "'Faire' and SSC: French Causatives and the Specified Subject Condition". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 13. 418-427.

4182.

. 1978. "Une théorie interprétative des causatives en français". Lingvisticae investigationes 2.2. 363-417.

4183.

° Morin, Yves-Charles. 1969. A Second

Order Case Grammar.

Ann Arbor:

University of Michigan. 4184.

& Étienne Tiffou. 1982. see Tiffou, Étienne.

4185.

Morley, G.D. 1983. "Agentivity: A Componential Functional Approach". Lin­ gua 60. 177-182. Morolong, Malillo & Larry M. Hyman. 1977. "Animacy, Objects and Clitics in Sesotho". Studies in African Linguistics 8.3. 199-218.

4186. 4187.

° Morpurgo Davies, Anna. 1960. "Il genitivo miceneo ed il sincretismo dei casi". Atti academia nazionale dei Lincei - Rendiconti 8.15. 33-61.

4188.

°

4189.

4190.

. 1966. "An Instrumental-Ablative in Mycenean?". Proceedings bridge Studies. 191-202.

of Cam­

. 1976. "The -εσσi Datives, Aeolic -ss, and the Lesbian Poets". Studies in Greek, Italic, and Indo-European Linguistics: Offered to Leonard R. Palmer on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday June 5, 1976 ed. by Anna Morpurgo Davies & Wolfgang Meid, 181-197. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprach­ wissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck. ° Morris, K. 1984. Aspect, Case and Thematic Structure

in English.

Godstone:

British Theses Service. 4191. 4192. 4193.

Morrison, Scott E. & J. Allan Pfeffer. 1979. see Pfeffer, J. Allan. & J. Alan Pfeffer. 1984. see Pfeffer, J. Alan. ° Mosel, Ulrike. 1980. A Few Remarks on Possessive Phrases in Austronesian Languages. UNITYP paper. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissen­ schaft.

4194.

. 1982. Possessive Constructions Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 44).

in Tolai. Köln: University, Institut für

4195.

. 1983. Adnominal and Predicative Possessive Constructions in Melanesian Languages. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 50).

Alphabetical List

291

4196.

. 1984a. Towards a Typology of Valency. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 58. 3-19).

4197.

. 1984b. Abstufungen der Transitivität im Palauischen. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft {AKUP 58. 47-57)/(1991) Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 400-407. Tübingen: Narr.

4198.

. 1985. Ergativity in Samoan. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwis­ senschaft (AKUP 61).

4199.

Moser, Charles A. 1969. "Russian mezdulmez with the Genitive". Slavic and East European Journal 13. 473-478.

4200.

Moskey, Stephen T. 1976. "Morphology in Case Grammar and Generative Semantics: Evidence from Dutch". Georgetown University Papers on Lan­ guage and Linguistics 12. 40-62.

4201.

. 1979. Semantic Structures and Relations in Dutch: An Introduction to Case Grammar. Washington: Georgetown University Press.

4202.

. 1981. "Case Grammar as a Tool in Contrastive Analysis". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 53-61.

4203.

Motapanyane, Virginia. 1989. "La position du sujet dans une langue à l'ordre SVO/VSO". Rivista di grammatica generativa 14. 75-103.

4204.

Motohashi, Tatsushi. 1990. Case Theory and the History of the Japanese Language. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Arizona, Tucson. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 50.9. 2880.A.

4205.

Motsch, Wolfgang. 1970. "Analyse von Komposita mit zwei nominalen Ele­ menten". Progress in Linguistics: A Collection of Papers ed. by Manfred Bierwisch & Karl Erich Heidolph, 208-223. The Hague: Mouton.

4206. ° Mourek, V.E. 1896. "Gebrauch der Casus im althochdeutschen Tatian". Sit­ zungsberichte der königlichen böhmischen Gesellschaft für Wissenschaften (Prag), Classe für Philosophie, Geschichte und Philologie, Jahrgang 1895 13. 4207.

Mourin, Louis. 1983. "Pronoms et adjectifs relatifs romans en fonction de génitif possessif et partitif'. Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 34.6. 477-486.

4208.

Mpunga wa Ilunga, A. & Julianna Kuperus. 1990. see Kuperus, Julianna.

4209.

Mrázek, Roman. 1960. " voprosu o funkcijax bespredložnogo tvoriteľnogo padeža (Na materiale russkogo jazyka)". Sborník prací filosofické fakulty brněnské university A.8. 41-52.

292

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4210. °

. 1978. "K metajazykové stránce kategorie subjektu". Slovo a slovesnost 39.1.2. 270-273.

4211.

& Jiří Brym. 1962. "Semantika a funkce ruského genitivu s předložkou 'u' (Se zřetelem  češtině)". Sborník prací filosofické brněnské university . 99-118.

4212. ° Mühlner, W. 1973. "Die Bedeutung der Valenztheorie für die praktische Ver­ mittlung der russischen Sprache". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 8. 80-88. 4213.

Müller, Bodo. 1971. "Das morphemmarkierte Satzobjekt der romanischen Sprachen (Der sogenannte präpositionale Akkusativ)". Zeitschrift für roma­ nische Philologie 87.5.6. 477-519.

4214.

Müller, Carl Friedrich Wilhelm. 1908. Syntax des Nominativs und Akkusativs im Lateinischen. Leipzig: Teubner.

4215.

Müller, Ernst-August. 1984. "A Stratificational Approach to the Valence of Function-Verb Constructions". Lacus forum 11. 171-181.

4216.

Müller, Frank. 1981. "Zur Anwendung von Kasusbegriffen in der Spracherwerbstheorie". Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie ed. by Jochen Pleines, 161-178. Tübingen: Narr.

4217. ° Müller, H. 1984. Überlegungen zu den sogenannten freien Dativen' im Deut­ schen. Hausarbeit im Rahmen der Ersten Staatsprüfung für das Lehramt SII/SI, Universität zu Köln. 4218.

Müller, R. 1971. "Voraussetzungen der Valenzgrammatik". Diskussion Deutsch 4. 178-191.

4219.

Müller, Wolfgang. 1990. "Mittels neuen Kleinbusses oder mittels neuem Klein­ bus? Die Dampfkartei und die linguistische Datenbank auf dem Prüfstand". Muttersprache 100.1. 53-59.

4220. ° Mukherjee, Shantanu. 1985. "Kasus und Diathese im Bengalischen". Sammlung Groos 26. 1-82. 4221.

Muller, Claude. 1977. "A propos de 'de' partitif'. Lingvisticae investigationes 1.1. 167-195.

4222.

. 1984. "L'inversion du sujet clitique en français et la syntaxe du sujet". Lingvisticae investigationes 8.2. 335-362.

4223.

Muller, François. 1985. "Qu'est-ce qu'un complément d'objet indirect?". Nou­ veaux cahiers d'allemand 3.1. 9-20.

4224. ° Muller, H.F. 1912. Origine et histoire de la préposition 'à' dans les locutions du type de 'Faire faire quelque chose à quelqu'un'. Poitiers. 4225. ° Munoz Valle, Isidoro. 1964. "Interpretacion estructural del genitivo griego". Actas del II congresso español de estudios classicos, 128-134. Madrid.

Alphabetical List 4226. ° 4227.

293

. 1969. "La sustitución del sistema casual por el sistema de las preposiciones (Estudio estructural)". Archivum 19. 293-300. Munro, Pamela. 1982a. "On the Transitivity of 'Say' Verbs". Studies in Transi­ tivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 301-318. New York: Academic Press.

4228. °

. 1982b. "Comitatives (and Causatives) in Chickasaw and Choctaw". Proceedings of the 1982 Conference on Far Western American Indian Lan­ guages ed. by James E. Redden, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale Occasional Papers in Linguistics 11. 32-41.

4229.

. 1984. "The Syntactic Status of Object Possessor Raising in Western Muskogean". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 10. 634-649.

4230.

& Ronald W. Langacker. 1975. see Langacker, Ronald W.

4231.

& Lynn Gordon. 1982. "Syntactic Relations in Western Muskogean: A Typological Perspective". Language 58. 81-115.

4232.

Murakami, Takashi. 1984. "Does Envy Violate the Stratal Uniqueness Law?". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 17. 91-102.

4233.

Murru, Furio. 1977a. "La 'grammatica dei casi' e il sistema dei complementi dell'italiano". Vox romanica 36. 17-27.

4234.

. 1977b. "Tra didattica e linguistica contemporanee: Studio di un mo­ dello semantico-generativo per l'insegnamento del Latino". Studi italiani di linguistica teorica ed applicata 6.3. 601-628.

4235.

. 1977c. "Il latino e la 'grammatica dei casi'. Un excursus ed alcune proposte in relazione al problema della subordinazione". Indogermanische Forschungen 82. 142-154.

4236.

. 1979a. "Entre philologie classique et linguistique théorique et appli­ quée: L'accusatif de qualification et la grammaire des cas". Revue roumaine de linguistique 24.6. 591-604.

4237.

. 1979b. "La 'grammatica dei casi' e il greco antico: Prospettive appli­ cative e glottodidatiche". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 30.4. 337-352.

4238.

. 1979c. "La 'grammatica dei casi' e l'insegnamento del latino". La sfida linguistica. Lingue classiche e modelli grammaticali ed. by Germano Prover­ bio, 282-309. Torino: Rosenberg & Sellier.

4239.

. 1980a. "Due note di storia della linguistica antica". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 39. 73-84.

4240.

. 1980b. "Funzioni, forme, marche ed usi casuali: Una nota termino­ logica". Cercetäri de lingvistică 25.2. 137-141.

294

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4241.

Musajev, M.-S.M. 1987. "K istorii grammatičeskix padežej darginskogo jazy­ ka". Voprosy jazykoznanija 5. 94-106.

4242.

Must, Gustav. 1953. "The Genitive Singular of o-Stems in Germanic". Lan­ guage 29. 301-305.

4243.

° Musteikiene, I. 1967. "Glagoľnye celevye slovosočetanija s roditeľnym bespredložnym v sovremennom lite'ovskom jazyke i ix ekvivalenty v russkom". Kalbotyra 16. 23-48.

4244.

Muxin, Anatolij M. & Alla N. Samanajeva. 1988. "Groups of Transitive Verbs (with Dative) in Old English". Folia linguistica historica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 9.1. 193-212.

4245.

Muysken, Pieter. 1981. "Quechua Causatives and Logical Form: A Case Study in Markedness". Theory of Marke dness in Generative Grammar, Proceedings of the 1979 GLOW Conference ed. by Adriana Belletti, Luciana Brandi & Luigi Rizzi, 445-473. Pisa: Scuola normale superiore di Pisa.

4246.

& Claire Lefebvre. 1982. see Lefebvre, Claire.

4247.

& Claire Lefebvre. 1988. see Lefebvre, Claire.

4248. 4249. 4250. 4251.

Myhill, John. 1982. "Word Order and Marginal Ergativity". Papers from Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 18. 377-389.

the

. 1988. "Nominal Agent Incorporation in Indonesian". Journal of Lin­ guistics 24. 111-136. & Dominique Estival. 1988. see Estival, Dominique. & Zhiqun Xing. 1993. "The Discourse Functions of Patient Fronting: A Comparative Study of Biblical Hebrew and Chinese". Linguistics 31.1.323. 25-57.

4252.

Naden, Tony. 1982. "Existence and Possession in Bisa". Studies in Linguistics 13.2. 211-214.

4253.

Nadjo, Léon. 1989. "Composition nominale et cas, en latin". Actes du Ve colloque de linguistique latine ed. by M. Lavency & D. Longrée, Cahiers de l'institut de linguistique de Louvain 15.1.4., 321-332. Louvain-la-Neuve: Peeters.

4254.

° Nadler, H. 1916. Studien zum attributiven Genetiv des Angelsächsischen. dissertation, University of Berlin.

African

Ph.D.

4255.

Nagai, Noriko. 1985. "Japanese Causatives: An Analysis without Grammatical Relations". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 182-192.

4256.

° Nagel, Ferdinand. 1909. Der Dativ in der frühmittelenglischen Prosa, mit besonderer Berücksichtigung von Synthese und Analyse. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Greifswald.

Alphabetical List

295

4257.

Nagucka, Ruta. 1970. "Some Remarks on Genitival Relations in English". Studia anglica posnaniensia 3.1.2. 51-59.

4258.

. 1985. "Remarks on Complementation in Old English". Papers from the 4th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics, Amsterdam, 10-13 April 1983 ed. by Roger Eaton, Olga Fischer, Willem Koopman & Frederike van der Leek, 195-204. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4259.

. 1991. "Ambiguity and the Genitive in Late Old English". wratislavensia 17. 69-80.

Anglica

4260.

Nakai, Satoru. 1980. "A Reconsideration of Ga-No Conversion in Japanese". Papers in Linguistics 13.1.2. 279-320.

4261.

Nakajima, Heizo. 1973. "Review: Nilsen, Don Lee Fred. 1972. Toward a Semantic Specification of Deep Case. The Hague: Mouton". The English Teachers' Magazine 223. 98.

4262.

. 1984-85. "COMP as a SUBJECT". The Linguistic Review 4.2. 121-152.

4263.

. 1985-86. "Kiss's Case Transmittance Approach and the Binding Path Approach to Parasitic Gaps". The Linguistic Review 5.4. 335-344. Review: see Kiss, É. Katalin [1986-87]

4264.

. 1987. "On the Case Adjacency Condition". Linguistic Analysis

17.3.4.

186-199. 4265.

. 1990. "Another Response to Kiss". The Linguistic Review 7.4. 365-374.

4266.

Nakayama, M. & M. Koizumi. 1991. "Remarks on Japanese Subjects". Lingua 85.4. 303-319.

4267.

Nandris, Grigore. 1952. "Sur l'accusatif prépositionnel en roumain (Un calque slave)". Mélanges de linguistique et de littérature romanes offerts à Mario Roques, professeur honoraire au collège de France, membre de l'institut, par ses amis, ses collègues et ses anciens élèves de France et de l'étranger, Tome III, 159-165. Paris: Didier.

4268.

Napoli, Donna Jo. 1989. Predication Theory: A Case Study for Indexing Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

4269.

Theory.

. 1992. "The Double-Object Construction, Domain Asymmetries, and Linear Precedence". Linguistics 30.5.321. 837-871.

4270.

Narita, Hajime. 1986. "The Nature of Double Genitive". Descriptive plied Linguistics 19. 193-206.

and Ap­

4271.

Naro, Anthony J. 1981. "Morphological Constraints on Subject Selection". Variation Omnibus ed. by David Sankoff & Henrietta Ledergren, 351-357. Edmonton, Alberta: Linguistic Research.

296 4272.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Nascentes, Antenor. 1960. "Lheismo no Português do Brasil". Annali sezione romanza, Istituto universitario orientale 2.1. 43-47.

4273. ° Natadze, N. 1959. "Temis nisnebi Kartvelur enebši". Iberiul k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 11. 129-149. 4274.

Naumann, Carl Ludwig, Dieter Cherubim, Hans-Dieter Kreuder, Brigitte Zander-Lüllwitz, Ulrich Püschel, Gaston van der Elst & Gerhard Vigener. 1973. see Cherubim, Dieter.

4275.

Nawrocka-Fisiak, Jadwiga. 1975. "-ER Derivatives in Modern English". Studia anglica posnaniensia 7. 53-69.

4276. ° Nayer, Harvey E. 1976. "How to Teach Russian Declension". Russian Language Journal 30.105. 31-39. 4277.

Naylor, Kenneth E. 1981. "The Dative/Locative Opposition in the Balkan Languages". Folia slavica 4.23. 340-345.

4278.

Neamtu, G.G. 1979. "Despre acuzativul timpului în limba română". Cercetäri de linguistică 24.1. 63-71.

4279.

. 1982. "Un nominativ prodatival". Cercetäri de lingvistică 27 1. 55-59.

4280. ° Nebieridze, G. 1987. "Arsebobs tu ara ergat'iuli k'onst'rukcia kartvelur eneb­ ši?". Macne 3. 177-191. 4281. ° . 1988. "Rogori sist'ema unda aydges kartvelur pu c e enaši - ergat'iuli tu nominat'iuri". Macne 2. 83-94. 4282.

Nečázek, Ladislav. 1957. "Staroslověnské dativní vazby participiální a jejich předlohy v řeckém textu evangelií". Slavia 26. 30.

4283.

Neckel, Gustav. 1907. "Zum Instrumentalis". Indogermanische Forschungen 21.1. 182-192.

4284. ° Nedergaard Thomsen, Ole. 1987. "A Functional-Pragmatic Approach to Gram­ matical Relations". APILKU, Arbeijdspapirer udsendt af institut for lingvis­ tik, Kobenhavns universitet 6. 193-206. 4285.

& Hartmut Haberland. 1990. see Haberland, Hartmut.

4286.

& Hartmut Haberland. 1991. see Harberland, Hartmut.

4287.

Nedioglu, G. 1955. "Independent a subiectului". Limba română 4.2. 13-22.

4288.

Nedjalkov, Vladimir P. 1979. "Degrees of Ergativity in Chukchee". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 241-262. London: Academic Press.

4289.

& P.I. Inénlikéj. 1967. see Inènlikèj, P.I.

Alphabetical List 4290.

297

& G.G. Silnickij. 1973. "The Typology of Morphological and Lexical Causatives". Trends in Soviet Theoretical Linguistics ed. by Ferenc Kiefer, Foundations of Language, Supplementary Series 18, 1-32. Dordrecht: Reidel.

4291.

& L.I. Kulikov. 1992a. see Kulikov, L.I.

4292.

& L.I. Kulikov. 1992b. see Kulikov, L.I.

4293.

Nees, Georg. 1985. "Kasus und Zeichen". Semiosis 10.3.4.39.40. 5-13.

4294.

Nef, Frédéric. 1979. "Case Grammar vs Actantial Grammar: Some Remarks on Semantic Roles". Text vs. Sentence: Basic Questions of Text Linguistics ed. by János S. Petöfi, 634-653. Hamburg: Buske.

4295.

. 1980. "Note sur une argumentation de Peirce: (À propos de la valence verbale)". Langages 14.58. 93-102.

4296.

Negrescu, Liviu & Paul Schveiger. 1968. "Un modèle d'analyse et de synthèse de la déclinaison". TA. Informations, Revue internationale du traitement automatique du langage 1. 29-32.

4297. ° Nehri, Hans. 1882. Über den Gebrauch des absoluten Casus obliquus des altfranzösischen Substantivs. Berlin: Buchdruckerei-Actien-Gesellschaft. 4298.

Neidle, Carol. 1988. The Role of Case in Russian Syntax. Dordrecht: Kluwer. Review: see Babby, Leonard Harvey [1989]

4299.

Nelson, Cecil, Peter Cole, Wayne Harbert, Sachiko Hashimoto, Diane Smietana & Shikaripur Sridhar. 1977. see Cole, Peter.

4300.

Němec, Igor. 1961. "O bezpředložkovém lokálu místa v staré češtině". Slavia 30.279-281.

4301.

Nemoianu, Anca. 1972. "Fillmore's Concept of Case Grammar". Analele uni­ versitatii bucureşti limbi germanice 21. 206-211.

4302.

Nespital, Helmut. 1986. "Zum Verhältnis von Genus verbi, Nominativ- und Ergativkonstruktionen im Indoarischen aus synchroner und diachroner Sicht". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 47. 127-158.

4303.

Nesser, Anne M. 1986. 'Se oli kurja käya koulusa'. Bruket av inre och yttre lokalkasus i sverigefinska skolbarns språk. Uppsala: Acta universitatis upsaliensis.

4304.

Neu, Erich. 1979. "Einige Überlegungen zu den hethitischen Kasusendungen". Hethitisch und Indogermanisch: Vergleichende Studien zur historischen Grammatik und zur dialektgeographischen Stellung der indogermanischen Sprachgruppe Altkleinasiens ed. by Erich Neu & Wolfgang Meid, 177-196. Innsbruck: Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Sprachwissenschaft.

4305.

. 1982. "Studie über den Gebrauch von Genitivformen auf -uas des hethitischen Verbalsubstantivs -war". Investigationes philologicae et compa-

298

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations rativae. Gedenkschrift für Heinz Kronasser ed. by Erich Neu, 116-148. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

4306.

Neuman, Brigita Vişan. 1976. "Some Aspects of the Relation between the Cases Nominative and Ergative". Revue roumaine de linguistique 21.3. 359-376.

4307.

Neumann, Dorothea. 1987. Objects and Spaces: A Study in the Syntax and Semantics of the German Case System. Tübingen: Narr. Review: see Lutzeier, Peter Rolf [1989b]

4308.

Neumann, Werner. 1961. "Zur Struktur des Systems der reinen Kasus im Neuhochdeutschen". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kom­ munikationsforschung 14. 55-63.

4309. ° Nevis, Joel A. 1981. Object Case Marking in Finnish. M.A. thesis, Ohio State University. 4310.

. 1982. "Suffix versus Clitic: Four Estonian Case Endings". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 18. 400-406.

4311.

. 1984. "Five Morphemes in Finnish: Possessive Suffixes or Anaphoric Clitics". Ohio State University Papers in Linguistics 29. 174-207.

4312.

Newman, Bonnie. 1976. "Deep and Surface Structure of the Longuda Clause". Linguistics 171. 35-68.

4313.

Newman, John. 1989. The Semantics of Giving in Mandarin. Duisburg: LAUD/ (1993) Conceptualizations and Mental Processing in Language ed. by Richard A. Geiger & Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 433-485. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

4314.

Newman, Lawrence W. 1978. "The Accusative Case in Russian". Studies in Honor of Horace G. Lunt: On the Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday Sept. 12, 1978, Part I ed. by Ernest A. Scatton, Richard D. Steele & Charles E. Gribble, 255-272. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

4315.

. 1982. "The 'Genitive-Accusative' in Russian". International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics 25-26. 297-305.

4316.

Newman, Paul. 1977. "Chadic Extensions and Pre-Dative Verb Forms in Hausa". Studies in African Linguistics 8.3. 275-297.

4317.

. 1982. "Grammatical Restructuring in Hausa: Indirect Objects and Possessives". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 4.1. 59-73.

4318.

Newman, Stanley. 1979a. "A History of the Salish Possessive and Subject Forms". International Journal of American Linguistics 45.3. 207-223.

4319.

. 1979b. "The Salish Object Forms". International Journal of American Linguistics 45.4. 299-308.

4320.

Newmark, Leonard. 1962. "An Albanian Case System". Lingua 11. 313-321.

Alphabetical List

299

4321.

Newmark, Peter. 1984a. "The Application of Case Grammar to Translation -I". Fremdsprachen 28.1. 19-23.

4322.

. 1984b. "The Application of Case Grammar to Translation - ". Fremd­ sprachen 28.2. 84-89.

4323.

. 1985. The Application of Case Grammar to Translation. Trier: LAUT.

4324.

. 1987. "The Application of Case Grammar to Translation". Concepts of Case ed. by René Dirven & Günter Radden, 162-176. Tübingen: Narr.

4325.

Newmeyer, Frederick J. 1970. "The 'Root Modal': Can It Be Transitive?". Studies Presented to Robert B. Lees by His Students ed. by Jerrold M. Saddock & Anthony Vanek, 189-196. Edmonton, Canada: Linguistic Research, Inc.

4326.

. 1976. "Relational Grammar and Autonomous Syntax". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 12. 506-515.

4327.

Newton, Robert Page. 1981. "Current Issues in the Pedagogy of Case: Case Your Verbs". Language Sciences 3.2. 305-336.

4328.

Nichols, Johanna. 1978. "Secondary Predicates". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4. 114-127.

4329.

. 1980a. "Predicate Instrumental and Agreement in Lithuanian: A Con­ trastive Analysis". International Review of Slavic Linguistics 5. 1-21.

4330.

. 1980b. "Control and Ergativity in Chechen". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 16. 259-268.

4331.

. 1981. "Transitivity and Foregrounding in the North Caucasus". Proceed­ ings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 7. 202-221.

4332.

. 1982a. "Prominence, Cohesion, and Control: Object-Controlled Predi­ cate Nominals". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 319-350. New York: Academic Press.

4333.

. 1982b. "Ingush Transitivization and Detransitivization". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 8. 445-462.

4334.

. 1983. "On Direct and Oblique Cases". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 9. 170-192.

4335.

. 1984a. "Direct and Oblique Objects in Chechen-Ingush and Russian". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 183209. London: Academic Press.

4336. °

. 1984b. "Transitivity and Valence in Chechen-Ingush". Folia slavica 1.2.254-267.

4337.

. 1985. "Switch-Reference Causatives". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 21.2. 193-203.

300

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4338.

& Anthony C. Woodbury, eds. 1985. Grammar inside and outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory from the Field. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

4339.

, Gilbert Rappaport & Alan Timberlake. 1980. "Subject, Topic, and Control in Russian". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 6. 372-386.

4340.

Nicolova, Ruselina. 1979. "Some Characteristics of the Semantics and Distribu­ tion of Possessive Pronouns in Bulgarian and Polish". Contrastive Linguistics 4.3. 58-66.

4341.

Niculescu, Alexandru. 1958. "Note asupra vocativului rominêsc". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 9.4. 533-535.

4342.

. 1959. "Sur l'objet direct prépositionnel dans les langues romanes". Recueil d' études romanes, publié à l'occasion du IXe congrès international de linguistique romane à Lisbonne, du 31 mars au 3 avril, 1959, 167-185. Bucarest: Éditions de l'académie de la république populaire roumaine.

4343. °

. 1965. "Obiectul direct prepozitional în limbile romanice". Individualitatea limbii române între limbile romanice. 1. Contributii grammaticale by Alexandru Niculescu, 77-99. Bucuresti: Ed. stiintifica si enciclopedica.

4344.

. 1983. "Le vocatif roumain". Verbe et phrase dans les langues romanes: Mélanges offerts à Louis Mourin ed. by Eugeen Rougiest & Liliane Tasmowski, 255-260. Gent: Romanica gandensia/(1984) Cahiers d'études rou­ maines 3. 35-41.

4345.

Nida, Eugene A. & Moisés Romero Castillo. 1950. "The Pronominal Series in Maya (Yucatec)". Internationaljournal of American Linguistics 16. 193-197.

4346.

Niedzielski, Henry. 1979. "Lexical Realization of Benefactive and Beneficiary in Polish and English". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 9. 165180.

4347.

. 1981. "Lexical Realisations of Benefactive and Beneficiary in English and French". ITL, Review of Applied Linguistics 53. 37-52.

4348.

Niéger, Monique. 1973. "La notion de cas dans la théorie de Fillmore". Pro­ blèmes de sémantique (en collaboration), 39-49. Montréal: Les presses de l'université de Québec.

4349.

Niemi, Jussi. 1991. "Case-Inflection in Aphasia: Recurrent Use of an Inflec­ tional Category". Grazer linguistische Studien 35. 83-94.

4350.

Nieminen, Eino. 1928. "Der Genitiv-Akkusativ im mittelalterlichen Polnisch im Lichte der Sprache der Land- und Gródbücher". Annales academiae scien­ tiarum fennicae, ser. . 22 4. 1-68.

Alphabetical List 4351.

301

Nieuwborg, Elie R. 1968. De distributie van het onderwerp en het lijdend voorwerp in het huidige geschreven Nederlands in zijn A.B.-vorm. Een kri­ tisch en statistisch onderzoek van de zinsbouw bij tien Noordnederlandse en tien Zuidnederlands e auteurs. Antwerpen: Plantijn.

4352. _______. 1973. "De plaatsing van het substantivisch onderwerp in reflexieve constructies". Leuvense bijdragen 62.3. 273-283. 4353.

Nieuwhof, Hein. 1992. "Experiencer-werk woorden en conceptuele structuur". TABU 22.4. 215-227.

4354.

Nijen Twilhaar, Jan. 1986. "Een geval van demorfologisering". De nieuwe taalgids 19.4. 363-361.

4355.

Nijhof, Jos, Teun Hoekstra & Harry van der Hulst. 1976. see Hoekstra, Teun.

4356.

Nikiforidou, Kiki. 1991. "The Meanings of the Genitive: A Case Study in Semantic Structure and Semantic Change". Cognitive Linguistics 2.2.149-205. Nikitevic, Vasilij Michajlovič. 1985. Osnovy nominativnoj derivacii. Minsk: Vyšejšaja škola.

4357. 4358.

Nikula, Henrik. 1981. "Semantische Äquivalenz und Pertinenzrelation. Review: Krohn, Dieter. 1980. Dativ und Pertinenzrelation. Syntaktisch-semantische Studien unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Lexemen mit dem Merkmal (Kleidungsstück). Göteborg: Acta universitatis gothoburgensis. Göteborger germanistische Forschungen 20". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 82.3. 236245.

4359. ________ 1982. "Satzglieder und Verbvalenz". Satzglieder im Deutschen: Vor­ schläge zur syntaktischen, semantischen und pragmatischen Fundierung ed. by Werner Abraham, 293-307. Tübingen: Narr. 4360. _________. 1985. "Pragmatik und Valenz". Grammatik im Unterricht ed. by Kurt Nyholm, 159-183. Åbo: Åbo akademi. 4361. _______ . 1986. "Valenz und Text". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 23.5. 263-268. 4362.

Nilsen, Don Lee Fred. 1968. "Review: Fillmore, Charles J. 1965. Indirect Object Constructions in English and the Ordering of Transformations. The Hague: Mouton". Linguistics 45. 79-81.

4363. _______ 1970. "Some Notes on Case Grammar in English". Word 26. 271-277. 4364. _______ . 1971. "The Use of Case Grammar in Teaching English as a Foreign Language". TESOL QUARTERLY5 A. 293-299. 4365. _______ 1972. Toward a Semantic Specification of Deep Case. The Hague: Mouton. Review: see Boagey, Winifred [1974]; Nakajima, Heizo [1973]; Pleines, Jochen [1974]

302 4366.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations ________. 1973. The Instrumental Case in English: Considerations. The Hague: Mouton.

Syntactic

and

Semantic

Review: see Meijs, Willem J. [1977]; Nixon, G. [1975]; Rushbrook, L.D. [1976] 4367.

° Nilson, Barbro. 1979. "Placering av personliga pronomen som subjekt: Ryska och polska". Kontrastiv lingvistik och sekundärspråksforskning: Föredrag vid en konferens i Abo och Stockholm, 13-14 februari 1979, 61-71. Stock­ holm: Institutionen för lingvistik.

4368.

Nishimura, Yoshihiki. 1989. Agentivity in Cognitive Grammar. Duisburg: LAUD. A 230/(1993) Conceptualizations and Mental Processing in Language ed. by Richard A. Geiger & Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 487-530. Berlin: Mouton.

4369.

Nixon, G. 1975. "Review: Nilsen, D.L.F. 1973. The Instrumental Case in English: Syntactic and Semantic Considerations. The Hague: Mouton". Lore and Language 2.3. 37.

4370.

No, Yongkyoon. 1991. "A Centering Approach to the *[CASE] [TOPIC] Restric­ tion in Korean". Linguistics 29.4.314. 653-668.

4371.

_______. 1992. "Case Alternations on Verb-Phrase Internal Arguments". Disser­ tation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 52.11. 3903.A.

4372.

Nocentini, A. 1992. "Preposizioni e posposizioni in oscoumbro". glottologico italiano 11. 196-242.

Archivio

4373.

Nöjgaard, Morten. 1968. "L'objet direct et l'ordre des mots en français mo­ derne". Le français moderne 36.1. 1-18; 36.2. 81-97.

4374.

Noonan, Michael. 1977. "On Subjects and Topics". Proceedings Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 372-385.

of the Annual

4375. ________. 1985. "Complementation". Language Typology and Syntactic Description. Volume 2: Complex Constructions ed. by Timothy Shopen, 42-140. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 4376.

Norman, William M. 1978. "Advancement Rules and Syntactic Change: The Loss of Instrumental Voice in Mayan". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4. 458-476.

4377.

______&

4378.

Norri, Juhani. 1986. "Remarques sur le complément circonstanciel de lieu en finnois et en français étudié du point de vue de la grammaire de dépendance". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 87.4. 482-497.

4379.

° Noteboom, Martina. 1987. "Hit and Dative Complements in Old English". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1987 ed. by Frits Beukema & Peter Coopmans. Dordrecht: Foris.

Thomas W. Larsen. 1979. see Larsen, Thomas W.

Alphabetical List

303

4380.

Novotný, Jiří. 1979. "Dualismus subjektu a predikátu a postaveni predikace z hlediska valencni teorie". Slovo a slovesnost 40.4. 286-294.

4381.

Nummenaho, Pirjo. 1987. "Notes on the Object Cases in Old Literary Finnish, Especially in Law Texts". Finnisch-ugrische Mitteilungen 11. 33-43.

4382.

4383. 4384.

° Numminnen, P. 1938. Das lateinische in mit Akk. bis zu Augustus' sinki.

Tod. Hel­

Nunnally, Thomas Erie. 1985. The Syntax of the Genitive in Old, Middle, Early Modern English. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Athens.

and

_______. 1991a. "Morphology and Word Order within the Old English Noun Phrase: Grammatical Efficiency". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 92.4. 421431.

4385. ________. 1991b. "The Possessive with Gerunds: What the Handbooks Say, and What They Should Say". American Speech 66.4. 359-370. 4386.

° Nutting, Herbert Chester. 1930a. The Ablative Absolute Ablative. Berkeley: University of California Press.

and the

Stenographic

4387. °________ 1930b. The Latin Ablative as an Objective Case. Berkeley: University of California Press/'Publications in Classical Philology 10.7. 193-202. 4388.

°_______. 1932. On the Adnominal California Press.

Genitive in Latin. Berkeley: University of

4389.

° Nuutinen, Olavi. 1970. "Eräistä suomen kielen yksiköllisen akkusatiiviobjektin päätteettömyystapauksista". Transformaatioita, Turun yliopiston fonetiikan laitoksen julkaisuja 7. 51-63.

4390.

Nwachukwu, P.A. 1976. "Stativity, Ergativity and the -rV Suffixes in Igbo". African Languages 2. 119-143.

4391.

Nylander, Dudley K. 1986. "Some Myths about Serial Verbs". Parkville ing Papers in Linguistics 12. 88-95.

4392.

Oates, Lynette. 1976. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Muruwari". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 342-347. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

4393.

° Oblak, V. 1890. "Zur Geschichte der nominalen Deklination im Slovenischen". Archiv für slavische Philologie 12. 1-47; 358-450.

Work­

4394.

Oca, Esteban. 1914. "El pronombre se en nominativo". Boletín academia española 1.5. 573-581.

4395.

Ochs, Elinor. 1982. "Ergativity and Word Order in Samoan Child Language". Language 58.3. 646-671.

4396. _________& Alessandro Durand. 1989. see Durand, Alessandro.

de la real

304 4397.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations ______&

Alessandro Durand. 1990. see Duranti, Alessandro.

4398. ° O'Connor, Mary Catherine. 1985. "Semantics and Discourse Pragmatics of Active Case-Marking in Northern Porno". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Pacific Linguistics Conference 1. 225-246. 4399.

Öhrle, Richard T. 1974. "Some Remarks on the Painting of Rembrandt". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 10. 504-516.

4400. °________. 1975. Dative in English. Ph.D. dissertation, MIT University, Cam­ bridge, Illinois. 4401. °_______. 1976. The Grammatical Status of the English Dative Alternation. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press. 4402. _______. 1978. "Semantic Import of an Investigation of the English Double Object Construction". Proceedings of the 12th International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28-September 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 214-217. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck. 4403. _______. 1983. "The Inaccessibility of the Inner NP: Corrections and Specula­ tions". Linguistic Analysis 12.2. 159-171. 4404. _______. 1983-84. "Czepluch on the English Dative Constructions: A Case for Reanalysis. Review: Czepluch, Hartmut. 1982-83. "Case Theory and the Dative Construction". The Linguistic Review 2. 1-38". The Linguistic Review 3. 165-180. 4405.

Örtel, Hanns. 1926. The Syntax of Cases in the Narrative and Descriptive Prose of the Brāhmanas. 1: The Disjunct Use of Cases. Heidelberg: Winter.

4406. ________. 1935. Syntaktische Äquivalenz des Genitivs und Ablativs bei Verben der Trennung in der vedischen Prosa. München: Beck. 4407. _______. 1937. Zu den Kasusvariationen in der vedischen Prosa. Erster Teil. München: Beck. 4408.

______. 1938. Zu den Kasusvariationen in der vedischen Prosa. Zweiter Teil. München: Beck.

4409.

______. 1939. Zu den Kasusvariationen in der vedischen Prosa. Dritter Teil. München: Beck.

4410.

______. 1941. Die dativi finales abstrakter Nomina und andere Beispiele nominaler Satzfügung in der vedischen Prosa. München: Beck.

4411.

Österreicher, W. 1991. "Verbvalenz und Informations struktur". Connexiones romanicae: Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 349-384. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4412.

Östman, Jan-Ola & Marja Leinonen. 1983. see Leinonen, Marja.

Alphabetical List

305

4413.

Öttinger, Norbert. 1986. "Syntax des Relativsatzes und pluralischer Instrumen­ tal im Avestischen". Indo-Iranian Journal 29. 45-48.

4414.

Özkaragöz, Inci. 1980. "Evidence from Turkish for the Unaccusative Hypoth­ esis". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 6. 411-422.

4415.

Offord, Malcolm H. 1971. "The Use of the Personal Pronoun Subject in PostPosition in Fourteenth Century French". Romania 92.365.1. 37-64; 92.366.2. 200-245.

4416. ° Ofrosimova-Serova, L.G. 1966. "Upravlenie neperexodnyx glagolov v ujgurskom jazyke". Problemy lingvisticeskogo analiza. Fonologija, grammatika, leksikologija ed. by E.A. Makaev, 118-126. Moscow: Izd. nauka. 4417. ° O'Grady, William D. 1978. Transitivity, Voice and Grammatical Relations in a Theory of Word-Based Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Chicago. 4418.

______. 1979. "Grammatical Relations and Case in Modern Georgian". Lacus forum 6. 132-140.

4419.

_______1980a. 255.

"A Note on Minor Movement". Linguistic Inquiry 11.1. 252-

4420. _______. 1980b. "Foundations of a Theory of Case". Studies in Language 4.2. 229-248. 4421. _______. 1982a. "Indirect Object Structures and Language Acquisition". Lacus forum 9. 262-271. 4422. _______. 1982b. "The Subject Relation in Middle English". Studia anglica posnaniensia 14. 87-90. 4423. _______. 1987a. "Against the Case Tier: Evidence from Korean". Language Research 23.4. 607-619. 4424. °_______. 1987b. "The Korean Dative Case". Harvard Studies in Korean Linguistics, II ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 185-195. Seoul: Hanshin. 4425. _______. 1988. "Grammatical Relations and Korean Syntax". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Selected Papers from SICOL-1986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 53-77. Seoul: Hanshin. 4426. ________. 1991. Categories and Case: The Sentence Structure of Korean. Amster­ dam: Benjamins. 4427.

Ogura, Michiko. 1991. "Cweðan + to + Dative of Person". Neophilologus 75. 270-278.

4428.

Ohkado, Masayuki. 1990. "Transitive Adjectives and the Theory of Case". Lingua 81.2.3. 241-264.

306

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4429.

Ohlander, Urban. 1981. "Notes on the Non-Expression of the Subject-Pronoun in Middle English". Studia neophilologica 53.1. 37-49.

4430.

Ohwada, Sakae. 1987. "Covert PP and English Dative Constructions". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 20. 145-156.

4431.

Oikawa, Reiko. 1977. "On the Unlike-Subject Constraint". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 10. 305-311.

4432.

Oishi, Masayuki. 1983. "Government and English Absolute Genitives". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 16. 163-174.

4433.

Ojeda, Almerindo E. 1986. "Algunas observaciones sobre la declinación espa­ ñola". Revista argentina de lingüística 2.1. 21-36.

4434.

Ojeda, Fernando & Marshall A. Durbin. 1982. see Durbin, Marshall A.

4435. ° Oka, T. 1988. "Abstract Case and Empty Pronouns". Tsukuba English Studies 7. 187-227. 4436. Okamoto, Shigeko. 1981. "The Functional Role of Subject, Focus and View­ point". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 15. 149-161. 4437.

Okombo, Duncan Okoth. 1983. "Alpha vs. Non-Alpha: Some Observations on the Position of Semantic Functions on the SFH". Advances in Functional Grammar ed. by Simon C. Dik, 143-154. Dordrecht: Foris.

4438.

Oksaar, Els. 1970. "Zum Passiv im Deutschen und im Schwedischen". Probleme der konstrastiven Grammatik, Jahrbuch 1969. Sprache der Gegenwart 8. 82106. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

4439. _______. 1973. "Betrachtungen im Bereich des Passivs". Linguistische Studien IV: Festgabe fur Paul Grebe zum 65. Geburtstag ed. by Hugo Moser, 165-172. Tübingen: Narr. 4440. ° Okutsu, Keiichiro. 1967. "Intransitivization, Transitivization, Polarization". Kogugogaku. 4441.

Olesen, Ole Frimann. 1988. "Attributive Genitivverbindungen im Deutschen und Dänischen und hiermit äquivalierende Präpositionalgefüge: Eine kontras­ tive Untersuchung". Kopenhagener Beiträge zur germanistischen Linguistik 24. 110-137.

4442.

Olié, Annie. 1984. "L'hypothèse de l'inaccusatif en français". Lingvisticae investigationes 8.2. 363-401.

4443.

Oliverius, Zdenêk F. 1972. "A Contribution to the Semantic Analysis of Russian Affixal Morphemes {On the Material of Russian Cases and Prefixes)". The Slavic Word. Proceedings of the International Slavistic Colloquium at UCLA, September 11-16, 1970 ed. by Dean S. Worth, 96-116. The Hague: Mouton.

Alphabetical List 4444.

307

Olphen, Herman H. van. 1975. "Ergative and Causative in Hindi". Orbis 24. 184-204.

4445.

Olsen, Jørgen & Lisbeth Falster Jakobson. 1984. see Jakobson, Lisbeth Falster.

4446.

______.

4447.

Olsen, Susan. 1987. "On Non-Overt and Pronominal Head Nouns in the English Noun Phrase". Linguistische Berichte 112. 470-502. ______. 1988. "The 'Possessive' Pronoun in German". Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 29. 137-160.

4448.

1987. see Jakobson, Lisbeth Falster.

4449.

______. 1989. "Das Possessivum: Pronomen, Determinans oder Adjektiv?". Linguistische Berichte 120. 133-153.

4450.

Olsson, Hugo. 1984. "La construction 'Je lui trouve mauvaise mine' en français moderne". Studia neophilologica 56. 183-213.

4451.

Olsson, Kerstin. 1976. La construction: verbe + objet direct + complément prédicatif en français. Aspects syntaxiques et sémantiques. Stockholm: Insti­ tute of Romance Studies of the University of Stockholm.

4452. ______. 1981. "Thème, rhème, focus et la construction avec attribut de l'objet". Lingvisticae investigationes 5.1. 137-168. 4453.

Omamor, Augusta P. 1978. "Case Grammar and Viability". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 261-293. Amster­ dam: Benjamins.

4454.

Omena, Nelize. 1981. "Pronom personnel de la 3ième personne: Ses formes variantes en fonction accusative". Variation Omnibus ed. by David Sankoff & Henrietta Cedergren, 343-350. Edmonton, Alberta: Linguistic Research.

4455. ° Omori, Hiroko. 1989. "The Parts of the Body in the Transitive Construction in Spanish". Sophia linguistica - Working Papers in Linguistics 27. 91-102. 4456.

Ono, Kiyoharu. 1987a. "Case Marking in Japanese: An Introduction to Percola­ tion Grammar". Working Papers in Language and Linguistics 22. 21-64.

4457. _______. 1987b. "Percolation Analysis of Japanese Complex Sentences". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 20. 157-170. 4458. ________1988-89. "Locative and Instrumental Argument Constructions in Japa­ nese". Theoretical Linguistics 15.3. 195-216. 4459. ° Ono, Yoshiko. 1983. Kasus- und Adjektiv-Possession (gezeigt am Alt- und Neubulgarischen). M.A. thesis, Philosophical Faculty of the University of Köln. 4460. °________. 1984. Kausativ - Transitiv - Intransitiv - Passiv: Morphologische Markierung japanischer transitiver und intransitiver Verben und ihre semantischen Korrelate. Köln: UNITYP paper, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft.

308

Case,

Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4461. _______. 1988. The Function of the Japanese Passive. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 74)/(1991) Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 309-380. Tübingen: Narr. 4462. °_______ & Takayuki Matsubara. 1985. VERBKLASSEN, TRANSITIVIERUNG und KASUSMARKIERUNG an japanischen Daten erörtert. Köln: UNITYP paper, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft. 4463.

Onu, Liviu. 1959. "L'origine de l'accusatif roumain avec P(R)E". Recueil d'études romanes, publié à l'occasion du IXe congrès international de linguistique romane à Lisbonne du 31 mars au 3 avril 1959, 187-209. Bucarest: Editions de l'académie de la république populaire roumaine.

4464.

Oomen, Ursula. 1976. "Review: Emons, Rudolf. 1974. Valenzen englischer Prädikats verben. Tübingen: Niemeyer". Anglia 94.1.2. 193-197.

4465.

Oosten, Jeanne van. 1977. "Subjects and Agenthood in English". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 13. 459-471.

4466. _______. 1980. "Subjects, Topics, and Agents: Evidence from Property-Fac­ toring". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 6. 479-494. 4467. _______. 1986. The Nature of Subjects, Topics and Agents: A Cognitive Explanation. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Berkeley. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club. 4468.

Oppenrieder, Wilhelm. 1991. Von Subjekten, Sätzen und Subjektsätzen. Untersuchungen zur Syntax des Deutschen. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4469.

Orbán, A.P. 1972. "Die Frage der Akkusativ- oder Nominativform sing. als Herkunft der romanischen Substantive und die sächlichen Imparisyllaba der dritten Deklination". Revue roumaine de linguistique 17.6. 521-530.

4470.

Ordoubadian, Reza. 1976. "The Genitive Case in Azarbayjani: A Problem of Recursiveness". The Second Lacus forum 1975 ed. by Peter A. Reich, 283291. Columbia: Hornbeam.

4471.

Orecchia, Teresa & Ana María Barrenechea. 1969. see Barrenechea, Ana María.

4472. _______& Ana María Barrenechea. 1970. see Barrenechea, Ana María. 4473.

Oresnik, Janez. 1984. "Clitics Are Linguistic Signs of Excellent Quality, or: The Origin of Obligatory Pronominal Subjects in Germanic Languages". Wiener linguistische Gazette, Supplement 3. 185-188.

4474.

Orlandini, Anna. 1989. "Les pronoms possessifs et personnels en latin". Indogermanische Forschungen 94. 177-189.

4475.

Orr, Robert. 1984a. "The Locative Singular of the Consonant Stems in Slavic: A New Approach". Canadian Slavonic Papers 26.2.3. 201-206.

Alphabetical List

309

4476. _______. 1984b. "An Embryonic Ergative Construction in Irish?". General Linguistics 24.1. 38-45. 4477. _______. 1989. "A Russo-Goidelic Syntactic Parallel: U nego svoja izba postavlena/tá sé déanta agam". General Linguistics 29A. 1-21. 4478. _______. 1991. "More on Embryonic Ergativity". General Linguistics 31.3.4. 163-175. 4479.

Orthen, N. & M. Gerling. 1979. see Gerling, M.

4480.

Ortiz de Urbina, Jon. 1985. "Partitive Constructions, Unaccusativity and Erga­ tivity". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 15.1. 147-155. Orzechowska, Hanna. 1979. "Sloweńska innowacja skladniowa: forma dopelniacza przymiotników i zaimków w funkcji nawiazujacej". International Review of Slavic Linguistics 4.1.2. 165-181.

4481.

4482. _______. 1980. "Sintaktichnata funktsiya na ostatuchnite sklonitbeni formi sled 'kato' v bulgarskiya ezik i neinite suotvetstvia v neslavyanski ezitsi ot indoevropeiskoto semeistvo". Contrastive Linguistics 5.5. 27-31. 4483.

Osgood, Charles E. & Christine Tanz. 1976. "Will the Real Direct Object in Bitransitive Sentences Please Stand Up?". Linguistic Studies Offered to Joseph Greenberg on the Occasion of His 60th Birthday, Volume 3 ed. by Alphonse Juilland, 537-590. Saratoga, California: Anma libri.

4484. _______& Annette M. Zehler. 1981. "Acquisition of Bi-Transitive Sentences: Pre-Linguistic Determinants of Language Acquisition". Journal of Child Language 8. 367-383. 4485.

Oshiro, Terumasa. 1990. "The Allative and Locative Adverbs in Hieroglyphic Luwian". Lingua posnaniensis 31. 23-29.

4486.

Osselton, Noel E. 1988. "Thematic Genitives". An Historic Tongue: Studies in English Linguistics in Memory of Barbara Strang ed. by Graham Nixon & John Honey, 138-144. London: Routledge.

4487.

Ostler, Nicholas D.M. 1979. Case-Linking: A Theory of Case and Verb Dia­ thesis, Applied to Classical Sanskrit. Ph.D. dissertation, MIT University, Cambridge, Massachussetts.

4488. _______. 1980a. A Theory of Case and Agreement. Indiana, Bloomington: Indi­ ana University Linguistics Club. 4489. °_______. 1980b. "A Non-Transformational Analysis of Japanese Case-Marking and Inflexion". MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 2: Theoretical Issues in Japanese Linguistics. 61-91. 4490.

Ostrá, Rûzena. 1986. "Marques du complément d'objet direct dans les langues romanes". Études romanes de Brno 17. 57-64.

310

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4491.

Ostrowski, Manfred. 1981. Zu Fragen der Possession, der Lokalisation und der Verbvalenz in 3 kaukasischen Sprachen (Tscherkessisch, Georgisch und Tabassaranisch). Köln: UNITYP paper, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft.

4492.

______. 1983. Zur Nomen: Verb-Relationierung im Wogulischen, Jurakischen und Jukagirischen. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 51).

4493.

______. 1984. Zur Lokalisation im Wogulischen, Jurakischen und Jukagirischen. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 55).

4494.

Oswalt, Robert L. 1977. "The Causative as a Reference Switching Mechanism in Western Porno". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 46-54.

4495.

Otero, Carlos P. 1986. "Arbitrary Subjects in Finite Clauses". Generative Studies in Spanish Syntax ed. by Ivonne Bordelois, Heles Contreras & Karen Zagona, 81-109. Dordrecht: Foris.

4496.

Otheguy, Ricardo L. & Erica C. García. 1977. see García, Erica C.

4497.

______&

Erica C. García. 1983. see García, Erica C.

4498. ° Ott, J.N. 1877. "Zur Lehre vom Ablativs gerundii". Festschrift zum vierhundertjährigen Jubiläum der Universität Tübingen, 29-37. 4499.

Ottosson, Kjartan G. 1991. "Icelandic Double Objects as Small Clauses". Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 48. 77-97.

4500.

Ouellet, Jacques. 1988. "Sémantique grammaticale du verbe II". Langue et linguistique 14. 199-249.

4501. ° Ozols, Antons. 1957. "Värds dativa kā teikuma loceklis". Petera stuckas latvijas valsts universitātes zinätniskie raksti 16. 7-62. 4502. ° Paardekooper, P.C. 1950. Casussystemen binnen het Nederlandse taalgebied. Ph.D. dissertation, Katholieke universiteit Leuven, Faculteit van de letteren en wijsbegeerte. 4503.

______.

1952. "Jan z'n boek". De nieuwe taalgids 45. 12-17.

4504.

______. 1966. "De vrouw en de naamval". De nieuwe taalgids 59.4. 286. Review: see Willems, J.H.J. [1967]

4505.

______. 1967. "Verstoffelijking van schimonderwerpen". De nieuwe taalgids 60.2. 103-109.

4506.

______. 1968. "Het koninkrijk der Nederlanden: Een germanogallicisme". De nieuwe taalgids 61.1. 33.

4507. ______. 1969. "Een Fransvlaams-Zeeuwse parallel: Ons 'wij'". Taal en tongval 21. 211-215.

Alphabetical List

311

4508.

______

1970a. "Het koninkrijk der Nederlanden". De nieuwe taalgids 63. 17.

4509.

______.

1970b. "Wat vriendelijker schijn". De nieuwe taalgids 63.1. 15-17.

4510.

______.

1976. "Die soep is me ál te zout". De nieuwe taalgids 69.1. 24-29.

4511.

Pačesová, Jaroslava. 1983. "Speech Patterns in the Emerging Grammar". Sborník prací filosofické fakulty brnënské university A.31. 7-14.

4512. ° Paczkowsky, B. 1958. "Die Präpositionalkonstruktionen des Dativs und Akku­ sativs als eines der Mittel zur Bestimmung der Aktionsarten in der deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart". Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprach­ wissenschaft 11. 88-91. 4513.

Page, R.I. 1958. "Northumbrian 'æfter' (= 'in Memory of') + Accusative". Studia neophilologica 30. 145-152.

4514.

Pak, Ty. 1974. "Absurdities in Fillmore's Case Grammar". Studia linguistica 28. 19-50.

4515.

Pala, Karel. 1988. "Syntaktická analyza a pádové rámce". Sborník prací filosofické fakulty brnënské university, A.: Rada jazykovědná 36. 73-78.

4516.

______& Bohumila Podlezlová. 1974-75. "On Semantics of Latin Intransitive Verbs". Sborník prací filosofické fakulty brnënské university, A.: Rada jazy­ kovédná 22.23. 199-210.

4517.

Pales, Emil. 1990. "Sémantické role slovenskych slovies". Jazykovedny casopis 41.1.30-48.

4518.

Palm, Lars. 1977. La construction li Filz le rei et les constructions concurrentes avec à et de étudiées dans des oeuvres littéraires de la seconde moitié du XIIe siècle et du premier quart du XIIIe siècle. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Uppsala. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell.

4519.

Palmaitis, L. 1978. "Opyt rekonstrukcii obsceboreal'noj (nostrariceskoj) morfologii v ural'sko-indoevropejsko-afrazijskom aspekte: Vopros ėrgativa". Lingua posnaniensis 21. 9-24.

4520.

______.

1979. "Akkusativ i rod". Voprosy jazykoznanija 4. 90-100.

4521.

Palmer, F.R. 1992. "Review: Croft, William. 1991. Syntactic Categories and Grammatical Relations. Chicago: University of Chicago Press". Journal of Linguistics 28.1. 269-273.

4522.

Pam, Martin D. 1971. "The Case for Cash". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10.172-181.

4523.

Pana Dindelegan, Gabriela. 1972. "Reflectii pe marginea 'teoriei cazurilor' a lui Charles J. Fillmore". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 23.1. 49-57.

4524.

______. 1981. "Grupul adjectival constituit cu dativul". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 32.5. 465-471.

312

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4525. °______ & Alexandra Petrovanu. 1972. "Verbs with Two Non-Prepositional Objects in the Surface Structure". The Romanian-English Contrastive Analysis Project, Vol. 3 ed. by Dimitru Chitoran, 153-169. Bucharest: Bucharest University Press. 4526.

Panagl, Oswald. 1975. "Kasustheorie und nomina agentis". Flexion und Wortbildung: Akten der V. Fachtagung der indogermanischen Gesellschaft Regensburg, vom 9.-14. September 1973 ed. by Helmut Rix, 232-246. Wies­ baden: Reichert.

4527.

______. 1977. "Zum Verhältnis von Agens und Instrument in Wortbildung, Syntax und Pragmatik". Wiener linguistische Gazette 16. 3-17.

4528.

______. 1978. "Agens und Instrument in der Wortbildung". Proceedings of the 12th International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 - September 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 453-456. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.

4529.

______. 1983. "Zum Synkretismus von Dativ und Lokativ singular der sStämme im Mykenischen". Res mycenaeae. Akten des 7. internationalen mykenologischen Colloquiums in Nürnberg vom 6.-10. April 1981 ed. by Günter Neumann & Alfred Heubeck, 367-373. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

4530.

Pancvidze, V.I. 1940a. "K voprosu o genezise akkuzativa v udinskom jazyke". Izvestija Instituía jazyka i istorii material'noj kuVtury im. N. Ja. Marra 5.6. 137-151.

4531. °______. 1940b. "Akuzativis genezisisatvis Udur enasi". Enimkis moambe 5.6. 137-152. 4532. °______. 1942. "Micemit-subiektiani zmnebi Udur enasi". Enimkis moambe 12. 51-72. 4533. °______. 1960. "Nazmnari saxelis mier saxelis martva brunvasi Udur enasi". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 12. 404-409. 4534.

Pandharipande, Rajeshwari. 1981. "Exceptions and Rule Government: The Case of the Passive Rule in Hindi". Topics in Hindi Linguistics, Vol. II ed. by Omkar N. Koul, 93-121. New Delhi: Bahri.

4535.

______. 1990. "Experiencer (Dative) NPs in Marathi". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 161179. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Informa­ tion.

4536.

______& Yamuna Kachru. 1976. "Relational Grammar, Ergativity and HindiUrdu". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.1. 82-99/(1977) Lingua 41. 217238.

4537.

______&

Yamuna Kachru. 1978/79. see Kachru, Yamuna.

Alphabetical List 4538.

4539.

313

Panenová, Jarmila. 1966. "Nesoglasovannoe opredelenie s tocki zrenija analiza dlja masinnogo perevoda". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 1. 219-239. ______&

Eva Hajicová. 1984. see Hajicová, Eva.

4540.

Panhuis, Dirk. 1978. "The Latin Ablative: A Study in Syntax and Semantics". The Classical Journal 73.4. 323-335.

4541.

______. 1985. "Traditional, Structuralist, and Textlinguistic Approaches to the (Latin) Vocative". Studies in Language 9.1. 1-19.

4542.

______. 1986. "The Vocative Is outside the Sentence". Studies in Language 10.2. 443-447.

4543. ° Panjuseva, M.S. 1966. "Funkcii predloga 'ot' s roditel'nym padezom i sinonimiceskie zameny ¿toj konstrukcii v XV-XVII vv. (Iz istorii predloznyx konstrukcij)". Voprosy stilistiki. Sbornik statej k 70-letiju so dnja rozdenija ... K.I. Bylinskogo ed. by V.P. Vomberskij, 138-150. Moscow: Izd. Moskovskogo universiteta. 4544.

Pankow, Christiane. 1976. "Valenz oder Wortgruppierung? Neue sowjetische Arbeiten zum Problem minimaler syntaktischer Einheiten". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenchaftliche Reihe 25.6. 731-735.

4545.

Pankratova, S.M. 1986. "Valentnost' i upravlenie". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Istorija-jazyk-literatura 2.3. 53-58.

4546. ° Panteleeva, E.M. 1964. "O znacenii i upotreblenii predlogov 'po', 'za' s imenami suscestvitel'nymi-ob"ektami celi (na materiale govorov Kemerovskoj oblasti)". Trudy Tomskogo gos. universiteta im. V. V. Kujbyseva 74. 35-38. 4547. ° Papasova, Silvia. 1988. "Einige Bemerkungen zum Valenzstatus der freien Dative im Deutschen und deren Vergleich mit parallelen Konstruktionen im Bulgarischen". Valenzen im Kontrast: Ulrich Engel zum 60. Geburtstag ed. Pavica Mrazovic & Wolfgang Teubert, 253-263. Heidelberg: Groos. 4548.

4549.

Pape, Sabine. 1976. "Bemerkungen zu einigen Grundbegriffen der Valenz­ theorie". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 21-53. Tübingen: Narr. ______&

Heide Günther. 1976. see Günther, Heide.

4550.

Paris, C. 1979. "Une interprétation 'existencielle' de la 'construction ergative' de la phrase en tcherkesse (Comparaison avec le basque)". Relations prédicatactant(s) dans les langues de types divers II ed. by Catherine Paris, Lacitodocuments, Eurasie 3, 105-121. Paris: SELAF.

4551.

Park, Byung-Soo. 1973. "On the Multiple Subject Construction in Korean". Linguistics 100. 63-76.

314

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4552.

°______. 1981. "On the Double Object Constructions in Korean". Journal of Korea 6. 91-113.

4553.

______. 1982. "The Double Subject Constructions Revisited". Linguistics in the Morning Calm. Selected Papers from SICOL-1981 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 645-657. Seoul: Hanshin.

4554.

Park, Kabyong. 1988. "Morphology of Morphological Causatives and Passives in Korean". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Selected Papers from SICOL1986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 563-580. Seoul: Hanshin.

4555.

°Park, San Jin. 1985. "Possessor Ascension in Korean". Linguistic Korea 10. 329-363.

Linguistic

Journal of

4556.

Parker, Frank, Kathryn Riley & Charles F. Meyer. 1988. "Case Assignment and the Ordering of Constituents in Coordinate Constructions". American Speech 63.3. 214-233.

4557.

Partee, Barbara Hall. 1979. Subject and Object in Modern English. New York: Garland.

4558.

Pasch, Helma. 1985. "Possession and Possessive Classifiers in 'Dongko-ko'". Afrika und Übersee 68.1. 69-85.

4559.

Pasch, Renate. 1977. "Zum Status der Valenz". Linguistische 42. 1-50.

4560.

Pătrut, Vezi loan. 1963. "Consideratii în legäturä cu vocativul romînesc în -o". Romanoslavica 7. 87-93.

Studien, Reihe A.

4561.

______. 194.

1964. "Tot despre vocativul romînesc în -o". Romanoslavica

10. 193-

4562.

______. 1974. "Vocativul românesc în -o". Studii de limba română şi slavisticä by Vezi loan Pătraf, 124-132. Cluj.

4563.

Patzold, Margita. 1985. Probleme des fremdsprachigen Bedeutungserwerbs, untersucht auf der Basis prototypischer semantischen Valenzstrukturen. Ph.D. dissertation, Humbold-University of Berlin.

4564.

Paul, Hermann. 1920. Deutsche Grammatik, Band III, Teil IV: Syntax (Erste Hälfte). Kap. 5: Gebrauch der Kasus obliqui (ausgenommen nach Prä­ positionen), 215-456. Halle: Niemeyer.

4565.

Paul, Peter. 1987. "Dependent or not? Drawing a Line in Verb Valency". Australian Journal of Linguistics 7.1. 73-96.

4566.

Paunonen, Heikki. 1974. "Lounaismurteiden ja viron moniken genetiivi ja partitiivi. Yhtäläisyyksien vertailua II". Virittäjä. 1-16.

4567.

Pauw, Annelies. 1984. "Transitiviteit, intransitiviteit en constructies met 'zich'". Spektator 13.6. 417-439.

Alphabetical List

315

4568. _______& Ton van Haaften. 1982. see Haaften, Ton van. 4569.

Pavard, Bernard, Boualem Asselah & Gilles Roman. 1985. see Roman, Gilles.

4570.

Pawley, Andrew. 1986. "A Reanalysis of Fijian Transitive Constructions". Te reo 29. 81-112.

4571. _______. 1987. "Encoding Events in Kalam and English: Different Logics for Reporting Experience". Coherence and Grounding in Discourse ed. by Russell S. Tomlin, 329-360. Amsterdam: Benjamins. 4572. _______& Lawrence A. Reid. 1976. "The Evolution of Transitive Constructions in Austronesian". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 8.2. 5174/(1980) Austronesian Studies: Papers from the Second Conference on Austronesian Languages ed. by Alton L. Becker, John K. Musgrave, George B. Simmons & Thomas R. Trautmann, 103-130. Ann Arbor: University of Mexico. 4573.

Payne, David L. 1987. "Some Morphological Elements of Maipuran Arawakan: Agreement Affixes and the Genitive Construction". Language Sciences 9.1. 57-75.

4574.

Payne, Doris L. 1982. "Chickasaw Agreement Morphology: A Functional Expla­ nation". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 351-378. New York: Academic Press.

4575.

Payne, John R. 1979. "Transitivity and Intransitivity in the Iranian Languages of the USSR". The Elements: A Parasession on Linguistic Units and Levels, Including Papers from the Conference on Non-Slavic Languages of the USSR, 436-447. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

4576. _______. 1980. "The Decay of Ergativity in Pamir Languages". Lingua 51. 147186. 4577.

Payne, Thomas Edward. 1979. "Subject in Yup'ik (Eskimo)". Lacus forum 6. 141-149.

4578. _______. 1983. "Yagua Object Clitics: Syntactic and Phonological Misalignment and Another Possible Source of Ergativity". Papers from the Parasession on the Interplay of Phonology, Morphology, and Syntax ed. by John Richardson, Mitchell Marks & Amy Chukerman, 173-184. Chicago: Chicago Linguistics Society. 4579. °_______. 1989. "Transitivity and Ergativity in Panare". Notes on Linguistics 46. 4580. _______. 1992. Participant Coding in Yagua Narrative. Berkeley: University of California Press. 4581.

Pearce, Elizabeth. 1982. "Infinitival Complements in Old French and Dia­ chronic Change". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 12.2. 117-145.

316

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4582. ______. 1984. "Variation in Case Marking with Infinitival and Clausal Comple­ ments in Old French". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 14.1. 149-166/(1986) Diversity and Diachrony ed. by David Sankoff, 261-277. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins. 4583.

Pechmann, Thomas & Werner Deutsch. 1978. see Deutsch, Werner.

4584.

Peet, William. 1974. "Omission of Subject Relative Pronouns in Hawaiian English Restrictive Relative Clauses". Towards Tomorrow's Linguistics ed. by Roger W. Shuy & Charles-James N. Bailey, 253-266. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

4585.

Peeters, Bert. 1991. "Review: Herslund, Michael. 1988. Le datif en français. Paris: Peeters". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 36.1. 94-101.

4586.

Pei, Mario A. 1939. "La costruzione 'in casa i Frescobaldi'". Lingua nostra 1.4. 101-103.

4587. °______. 1948. "'Ab' and the Survival of the Latin Genitive in Old Italian". Italica 25. 104-106. 4588. ° Peine, H. 1878. De dativi apud priscos scriptores usu. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Straßburg. 4589.

Pelletier, Rosanne. 1990. "Light Verbs in Telugu: A Clause Union Analysis". Grammatical Relations: A Cross-Theoretical Perspective ed. by Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell & Errapel Mejías-Bikandi, 335-347. Stanford, Cali­ fornia: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

4590.

Peña, Jesus. 1981. "El caso latino según el estructuralismo europeo. A propósito de los estudios de J. Kurylowicz y A.W. de Groot". Verba 8. 49-78.

4591.

Pence, A.R. 1968. "An Analysis of Kunimaipa Pronouns". Kivung 1. 109-116.

4592. 4593.

Penhallurick, J.M. 1975. "Old English Case and Grammatical Theory". Lingua 36. 1-29. Penny, Ralph J. 1980. "Do Romance Nouns Descend from the Latin Accusa­ tive?: Preliminaries to a Reassessment of the Noun-Morphology of Ro­ mance". Romance Philology 33.4. 501-509.

4594.

Pensado, Carmen. 1986. "Inversion de marquage et perte du système casuel en ancien français". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 102.3.4. 271-296.

4595. 4596. 4597.

Pentheroudakis, Joseph & Kostas Kazazis. 1976. see Kazazis, Kostas. Penzl, Herbert. 1950. "On the Cases of the Afghan (Pashto) Nouns". Word 6.1. 70-73. ______. 1982. "Personennamen und deutsche Grammatik im 18. Jahrhundert". Proceedings of the 13th International Congress of Onomastic Sciences, Cracow, August 21-25, 1978, Volume 2 ed. by Kazimierz Rymut, 239-243. Nakladem: Uniwersytetu Jagiellońskiego.

Alphabetical List 4598.

317

Pepicello, WJ. 1975. "Transitivity and Flip in Latin". Glossa 9.2. 149-158.

4599. ______. 1977. "The Syntax of Dative-and-Accusative-Infinitive Constructions". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 13. 472-479. 4600.

______ 1980. "The Development of Accusative-Infinitive Constructions". Papers from the 4th International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Elizabeth Closs Traugott, Rebecca Labrum & Susan Shepherd, 175-182. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4601.

Perez, Carolyn Harford. 1983. "Locative Pseudo-Subjects in Shona". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 5.2. 131-155.

4602.

______. 1986. Aspects of Complementation in Three Bantu Languages. Bloom­ ington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

4603.

Perez Blanco, Lucrecio. 1976. "La presencia del pronombre personal sujeto 'yo' y 'tu' en 'Celos del aire'". Yelmo 27. 35-39.

4604.

Perl, Matthias. 1973a. "Einige Gedanken zur semantischen Valenz des deut­ schen Verbs 'verkaufen'". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 10. 102-107.

4605. °______. 1973b. Untersuchungen von semantischen Relationen ausgewählter deutscher und spanischer Verben. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leipzig. 4606.

______. 1974. "Wissenschaftliche Arbeitstagung Valenz und Äquivalenz". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 11. 241-243.

4607.

______. 1975. "Semantische Selektionsbeschränkungen (semantische Valenz) und sprachlich usuell bedingte Restriktionen". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 11. 48-51.

4608.

______ & Gerd Wotjak. 1974-1975. "Bibliographie zur modernen Valenz­ forschung". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 11.4. 243-246; 12.5. 302-305.

4609.

Perlmutter, David M. 1969. "Les pronoms objets en espagnol: Un exemple de la nécessité de contraintes de surface en syntaxe". Langages 14. 81-133.

4610.

______. 1978. "Impersonal Passives and the Unaccusative Hypothesis". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4. 157189.

4611.

______. 1982. "Syntactic Representation, Syntactic Levels and the Notion of Subject". The Nature of Syntactic Representation ed. by Pauline Jacobson & Geoffrey K. Pullum, 283-340. Dordrecht: Reidel.

4612.

______. 1989. "Multiattachment and the Unaccusative Hypothesis: The Perfect Auxiliary in Italian". Probus, International Journal of Latin and Romance Linguistics 1.1. 63-119.

4613.

______ & Paul M. Postal. 1977. "Towards a Universal Characterization of Passive". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 394-417.

318

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4614.

______& Carol G. Rosen, eds. 1984. Studies in Relational Grammar. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

4615.

______, Barbara J. Allen, Donald G. Frantz & Donna B. Gardiner. 1990. see Allen, Barbara J.

4616.

Perret, Jacques. 1957. "Sur l'accusatif du latin". Revue des études latines 35. 152-163.

4617. ______. 1965. "La signification du génitif adnominal". Revue des études latines 43. 466-482. 4618. °______. 1966. "Le fonctionnement du système des cas en latin". Revue de philologie 40. 217-227. 4619.

______. 1972. "Les cas du latin - Note sur la préhistoire du système". Caesarodunum 7. 183-186.

4620.

Perridon, Harry C.B. 1991a. "Can Word-Order Express Case Relations? The Case of Pre- and Postposition in Dutch". Neue Fragen der Linguistik. Akten des 25. Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990 ed. by Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell & Cornelia Weiß, 349-355. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4621.

______. 1991b. "Voorzetselvoorwerpen in het Nederlands en in het Zweeds". Scandinavistiek in Vlaanderen en Nederland ed. by G. Laureys & H. van der Liet, Tijdschrift voor skandinavistiek 1.2. 227-243.

4622. ° Pervaz, D. 1969. "Agentvni sufiks -er u savrememom engleskom jeziku". Novi sad, Annual Review of the Faculty of Arts and Natural Science 12. 473-485. 4623.

Pesetsky, David. 1982. "Complementizer-Trace-Phenomena and the Nomina­ tive Island Condition". The Linguistic Review 1. 297-343.

4624. 4625. 4626.

______&

Ken Safir. 1981. see Safir, Ken.

Peteri, B.H. 1907. "Iets over naamvallen en de verdeling van den genitief'. Noord en zuid 30.1. 30-33. Peters, Stanley, Joan Bresnan, Ronald M. Kaplan & Annie Zaenen. 1982. see Bresnan, Joan.

4627.

Petersen, Walter. 1918. "Syncretism in the Indo-European Dative". American Journal of Philology 39.1.153. 1-26; 39.2.154. 117-144.

4628.

______. 1925. "The Adnominal Genitive". American Journal of Philology 46. 128-160.

4629. ______. 1930. "The Inflection of Indo-European Personal Pronouns". Language 6. 164-193. 4630.

______. 1939. "The Primary Cases of the Tocharian Nominal Declension". Language 15. 72-98.

Alphabetical List

319

4631.

Peterson, Philip L. 1985. "Causation, Agency and Natural Actions". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 21.2. 204-227.

4632.

Petit, Christine & Jean-Paul Warnimont. 1974. "Über die verschiedenen Ebenen der Valenzbeschreibung". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 124-137. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

4633.

Petit, Michel. 1991. "Le genitif en 's, le genitif en of et la structure N 0 N avec les noms propres dans le discours mathématique en anglais". Les cahiers de l'Apliut 10.4.41. 83-99.

4634.

Petöfi, János S. & Klaus Heger, eds. 1977. see Heger, Klaus.

4635.

Petravicius, L. 1979. "Zum Gebrauch des adverbialen Genitivs in der schön­ geistigen Literatur des 19./20. Jh.". Kalbotyra 30.4. 26-37.

4636.

Petrovanu, Alexandra & Gabriela Panä Dindelegan. 1972. see Pană Dindelegan, Gabriela.

4637.

Petrusevski, Mihail D. & Petar Hr. Ilievski. 1961. see Ilievski, Petar Hr.

4638.

Petterson, Thore & Milan Bííy. 1983. see Bílý, Milan.

4639.

______&

Milan Bílý. 1986a. see Bílý, Milan.

4640.

______&

Milan Bílý. 1986b. see Bílý, Milan.

4641.

______&

Milan Bílý. 1988. see Bílý, Milan.

4642.

Peyraube, Alain. 1989. "History of the Passive Constructions in Chinese until the 10th Century". Journal of Chinese Linguistics 17.2. 335-371.

4643.

Pfeffer, J. Alan & James P. Lorentz. 1979. "Der analytische Genitiv mit 'von' in Wort und Schrift". Muttersprache 89.1.2. 53-70/(1982) Probleme der des­ kriptiven deutschen Grammatik ed. by J. Alan Pfeffer, Studies in Descriptive Linguistics 7, 7-33. Heidelberg: Groos.

4644.

______& Scott E. Morrison. 1979. "The Genitive Singular with -s and/or -es in Spoken and Written German". International Review of Applied Linguistics 17.4.. 303-311/(1984) Studies in Descriptive German Grammar ed. by J. Alan Pfeffer, 9-18. Heidelberg: Groos.

4645.

______& Richard D. Janda. 1979. "Die Bildung des Dativs mit oder ohne -e". Zielsprache Deutsch 10.2. 34-39/(1982) Probleme der deskriptiven deutschen Grammatik ed. by J. Alan Pfeffer, Studies in Descriptive Linguistics 7, 34-46. Heidelberg: Groos.

4646.

______& Regine Moorcroft. 1982. "Pronomen als Ergänzung und Objekt: Ihre Reihenfolge im Satz in Wort und Schrift". Probleme der deskriptiven deut­ schen Grammatik ed. by J. Alan Pfeffer, Studies in Descriptive Linguistics 7, 78-88. Heidelberg: Groos.

320 4647.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Pfeifer, Rita. 1974. "Tiefenkasusrahmen". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 149-154. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

4648. ° Pfister, F. 1914. "Der synonyme Genitiv (Genitiv der Inhärenz) im Lateinischen und Griechischen". Berl. philol. Woch. 34. 1149. 4649.

Pfüller, Bärbel & Marianne Barck. 1975. see Barck, Marianne.

4650. ° Pfuhl, Ch.T. 1865. "Die Apposition zum Vokativ". Fleckeisens Jahrbücher für classische Philologie. 4651. Philipose, Skaria C. 1984. A Contrastive Study of Case in English and Malayalam: Proposals for a Theory of Nuclear Case Relations. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Göttingen. Frankfurt am Main: Lang. 4652.

Phillips, K.P. 1987. "Morphological Case and the Structure of German. The Role and Case in Syntactic Theory". University of Essex, Department of Language and Linguistics Occasional Papers 30. 129-180.

4653.

Pica, Pierre. 1990. "The Case for Reflexives or Reflexives for Case". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 26. 364-378.

4654.

Picallo, M. Carmen. 1984. "The Infl Node and the Null Subject Parameter". Linguistic Inquiry 15. 75-102.

4655.

Picard, Marc. 1990. "More on the English Genitive Plural". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 24.3.4. 373-376.

4656. ° Piccoli, F. 1972. Participium praesentis activi und ablativus gerundii. Aspekte ihrer syntaktischen Entwicklung im Latein der Kaiserzeit. Zürich: Aku-Fotodruck. 4657.

Pierrehumbert, Janet. 1980. "The Finnish Possessive Suffixes". Language 56.3. 603-621.

4658.

Piirainen, lipo Tapani. 1969. "Die absoluten Kasuskonstruktionen des Deut­ schen in diachronischer Sicht". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 70.3. 448-470.

4659.

Pijnenburg, Hans. 1987. "Franse datiefclitics en Germaanse dubbel objects­ constructies". GLOT 10.1. 79-94.

4660.

______& Aafke Hulk. 1989. "Datives in French Causatives". Probus, International Journal of Latin and Romance Linguistics 1.3. 259-282.

4661.

Pike, Evelyn G. & James H. Butler. 1978. see Butler, James H.

4662.

Pillai, N. Nadaraja. 1985. "Justification for Grading - Some Tamil Illustrations". Indian Linguistics 46.1.2. 25-27.

4663.

Pillinger, Owen Stephen. 1980. "The Accusative & Infinitive in Latin: A Refractory Complement Clause". Journal of Linguistics 16. 55-83. Review: see Comrie, Bernard [1981a]

Alphabetical List

321

4664. °Pinault, Georges. 1979. "Instrumental et adverbe prédicatif'. Labies 1. 31-33. 4665.

Pinker, Steven, Richard Goldberg, Jess Gropen, Michelle Hollander & Ronald Wilson. 1989. see Gropen, Jess.

4666. _______, Richard Goldberg, Jess Gropen & Michelle Hollander. 1991. see Gropen, Jess. 4667. _______, Richard Goldberg, Jess Gropen & Michelle Hollander. 1992. see Gropen, Jess. 4668.

Pinkerton, S. 1976. "Ergativity and Word Order". Studies in K'ekchi ed. by S. Pinkerton, 48-66. Austin: Department of Linguistics.

4669.

Pinkham, Jessie & Jorge Hankamer. 1975. "Deep and Shallow Clefts". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 11. 429-450.

4670.

Pinkster, Harm. 1972. "Het Latijnse naamvalssysteem". Lampas, Tijdschrift voor nederlandse classici 5.1. 28-47.

4671. _______. 1980. "Naamvallen in een valentiegrammatica". Lampas, Tijdschrift voor nederlandse classici 13. 111-129. 4672. °_______. 1982. "The Use of the So-Called Ablativus Qualitatis in the Function Praedicativum". Actus, Studies in Honour of H.L.W. Nelson ed. by J. Den Boeft & A.H.M. Kessels, 247-256. Utrecht: Instituut voor klassieke talen. 4673. _______. 1985. "Latin Cases and Valency Grammar. Some Problems". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du IIrne congrès international de linguistique latine, Aix-enProvence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 163-189. Aix-enProvence: University of the Provence. 4674. _______, M. Bolkestein, D. den Hengst & W. Holtland. 1976. see Bolkestein, M. 4675.

Pirejko, Lija A. 1961. "Ergativnaja konstrukcija v kurdskom i talysskom jazykax. Opyt sravnitel'no-istoriceskoj xarakteristiki". Kratkie soobscenija Instituía narodov Azii 30. 86-94.

4676. _______. 1963. "O narusenijax ėrgativnoj konstrukcii v kurdskom jazyke". Iranskij sbornik. K 75-letiju prof. I.I. Zarubina ed. by V.I. Abaev, 150-158. Moscow: Izd. vostocnoj literatury. 4677. _______. 1964. Ergativnaja konstrukcija v severo-zapadnyx iranskix jazykax. Kand. dissertation, University of Moscow. 4678. _______. 1967. "K voprosu ob érgativnoj konstrukcii v iranskix jazykax". Erga­ tivnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 135-141. Leningrad: Nauka. 4679. _______. 1968. Osnovnye voprosy ėrgativnosti na materiale indoiranskix jazykov. Moscow: Nauka.

322

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4680. ________. 1979. "On the Genesis of the Ergative Construction in Indo-Iranian". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 481-488. London: Academic Press. 4681.

Pisani, Vittore. 1934. "Zum lat. Gen. sing. auf f". Glotta 22. 295-296.

4682. ________. 1955. "Der lat. ï-Genitiv und die faliskischen -osio-Bildungen". Rheinisches Museum 98. 315-324. 4683.

Pisarkowa, Krystyna. 1977. "Über die Possessivität im Polnischen und Deut­ schen". Deutsche Sprache im Kontrast ed. by Ulrich Engel, Forschungsberichte des Instituts für deutsche Sprache 36, 83-99. Tübingen: Narr.

4684.

Pitha, Petr. 1971a. "Remarks on Possessivity". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 16. 33-46.

4685. ________. 1971b. "Existuje dativ posesívní?". Slovo a slovesnost 32.4. 301-311. 4686. ________. 1972. "Remarks on Possessivity II". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 17. 25-36. 4687. ________. 1976. "Remarks on the Description of Possessivity". Papers in Computational Linguistics ed. by Ferenc Papp & György Szépe, 129-137. The Hague: Mouton. 4688. °________. 1991. "K popisu přivlastñovacích adjektiv II". Slovo a slovesnost 52.2. 81-88. 4689. ° Pitkänen, Antti J. 1976. Bruket av genitiv attributen och deras omskrivningar i svenska språket frå Olof von Dalin till våra dagar. M.A. thesis, Helsingfors University. 4690. ________. 1977. "Semantiska aspekter på bruket av genitiv och dess omskriv­ ninger i nusvenska". Nysvenska studier 57. 105-122. 4691. ________. 1979. Binominala genitivska hypotagmer i yngre nysvenska. Helsing­ fors: Svenska litteratursällskapet i Finland. 4692.

Pittner, Karin. 1991. "Freie Relativsätze und die Kasushierarchie". Neue Fragen der Linguistik. Akten des 25. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990 ed. by Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell & Cornelia Weiß, 341-347. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4693.

Pjurbeev, G.C. 1988. "Infinitnye konstrukcii kak ob"ekt tipologiceskogo izucenija (na materiale mongol'skix jazykov)". Voprosy jazykoznanija 37.4. 112-117.

4694.

Plank, Frans. 1974. "A Belated Case Re Cases versus Coordination & Identity Deletion". York Papers in Linguistics 4. 91-128.

Alphabetical List

323

4695. _______. 1978. "Case Syncretism and Coding Syncretism". Proceedings of the Twelfth International Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 - September 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 405-407. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität. 4696. _______. 1979a. "The Functional Basis of Case Systems and Declension Classes: From Latin to Old French". Linguistics 17.7.8.221.222. 611-640. 4697. _______ 1979b. Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations. Lon­ don: Academic Press. Review: see Roberts, David [1981]; Valin, Robert D. van [1983] 4698. _______. 1979c. "Ergativity, Syntactic Typology and Universal Grammar: Some Past and Present Viewpoints". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 3-36. London: Academic Press. 4699. _______. 1979d. "Bibliography on Ergativity". Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 511-554. New York: Academic Press. 4700. _______. 1980. "Encoding Grammatical Relations: Acceptable and Unacceptable Non-Distinctiveness". Historical Morphology ed. by Jacek Fisiak, 289-325. The Hague: Mouton. 4701. _______. 1982. "Coming into Being among the Anglo-Saxons". Eolia linguistica 16. 73-118. 4702. _______, ed. 1984. Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations. Lon­ don: Academic Press. Review: see Bossong, Georg [1986]; Haberland, Hartmut & Ole Nedergaard Thomsen [1991] 4703. _______, ed. 1985a. Relational Typology. Berlin: Mouton. Review: see Sasse, Hans-Jürgen [1991] 4704. _______. 1985b. "The Extended Accusative/Restricted Nominative in Perspec­ tive". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 269-310. Berlin: Mouton. 4705. _______. 1986. "Paradigm Size, Morphological Typology, and Universal Eco­ nomy". Eolia linguistica 20. 1.2. 29-48. 4706. _______. 1987. "Direkte indirekte Objekte, oder: Was uns lehren lehrt". Leuvense bijdragen 76. 37-61. 4707.

Plann, Susan. 1986. "On Case-Marking Clauses in Spanish: Evidence against the Case Resistant Principle". Linguistic Inquiry 17.2. 336-345.

4708.

Platt, Heidi K. 1972. "Case Theory and Its Application to Language Teaching". ITL, Tijdschrift van het instituut voor toegepaste linguïstiek 15. 31-45.

324

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4709. ________& John T. Platt. 1972. see Platt, John T. 4710.

Platt, John T. 1971a. Grammatical Form and Grammatical Meaning: A Tagmemic View of Fillmore's Deep Structure Case Concepts. Amsterdam: North Holland. Review: see Cook, Walter A. [1973d]; Franklin, Karl J. [1974]

4711. ________. 1971b. "Some Problems of Inalienable Possession and Contact Verbs". Kivung 4.1. 1-11. 4712. ________. 1974. "Form and Meaning: Opposition or Transaction?". Degrés 2.5. hl-h9. 4713. ________& Heidi K. Platt. 1972. "Orientation of Manner Adverbials". Papers in Linguistics 5. 27-249. 4714.

Platzack, Christer. 1982. "Transitive Adjectives in Old and Modern Swedish". Papers from the 5th International Conference of Historical Linguistics ed. by Anders Ahlqvist, 273-282. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4715. ________. 1982-83. "Transitive Adjectives in Swedish. A Phenomenon with Implicatures for the Theory of Abstract Case". The Linguistic Review 2.1. 3956. 4716. ________. 1985. The Scandinavian Languages and the Null Subject Parameter. Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 20. 4717. ________. 1988. "Valency and GB Grammar". Valency: Three Studies on the Linking Power of Verbs ed. by Finn Sørensen, 57-71. Copenhagen: Busck. 4718. ________. 1989. "Review: Kemenade, Ans van. 1987. Syntactic Case and Morphological Case in the History of English. Dordrecht: Reidel". Linguistics 27. 948-953. 4719. ________& Anders Holmberg. 1991. see Holmberg, Anders. 4720.

Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma. 1959. "Der Kausativ in den sogenannten kuschitischen Sprachen". Anthropos 54. 129-140.

4721.

Pléh, Csaba. 1982. "Subject or Topic in Hungarian: Some Psycholinguistic Evidence to Increase the Confusion". Hungarian Linguistics ed. by Ferenc Kiefer, 447-465. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4722. ________. 1983. "Some Semantic and Pragmatic Factors of Anaphoric Interpreta­ tion in Hungarian". Acta linguistica academiae scientiarum hungaricae 33.1.4. 201-211. 4723. ________. 1989. "A mondatmegértés és a nyelvi szerkezet összefüggései a magyarban. A magyar nyelv néhány pszicholingvistztikailag érdekes jellemzöje". Nyelvtudományi közlemények 90.1.2. 1-45.

Alphabetical List

325

4724. ________, Alexandr Jarovinskij & Alexandr Balajan. 1987. "Sentence Compre­ hension in Hungarian-Russian Bilingual and Monolingual Preschool Chil­ dren". Journal of Child Language 14. 587-603. 4725.

Pleines, Jochen. 1974. "Review: Nilsen, Don Lee Fred. 1972. Toward a Semantic Specification of Deep Case. The Hague: Mouton". Lingua 34. 264-267.

4726.________. 1975. "Kausale Relationen und Intentionalität". Beiträge zur Grammatik und Pragmatik ed. by Veronika Ehrich & Peter Finke, 55-70. Kronberg: Scriptor. 4727. ________. 1976. Handlung, Kausalität, Intention: Probleme der Beschreibung semantischer Relationen. Tübingen: Narr. 4728. ________. 1977. "Kasusgrammatik im Fremdsprachenunterricht?". Grammatik und interdisziplinäre Bereiche der Linguistik ed. by Heinz Werner Viethen, Wolf-Dietrich Bald & Konrad Sprengel, 289-299. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 4729. ________. 1978. "Ist der Universalitätsanspruch der Kasusgrammatik berech­ tigt?". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 355-376. Amsterdam: Benjamins. 4730. ________. 1981a. "Zur Anwendbarkeit der Kasustheorie in der Fremdsprach­ endidaktik". Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie ed. by Jochen Pleines, 179191. Tübingen: Narr. 4731. ________, ed. 1981b. Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie. Tübingen: Narr. 4732. ________& Jürgen M. Meisel. 1971. see Meisel, Jürgen M. 4733.

Plénat, Marc. 1979. "Du vocatif latin, et, principalement, qu'il n'existe pas". Pallas, Annales publiées par l'université de Toulouse-Le Mirail 15.3.26. 5362.

4734. ° Plewes, Stanley Frank. 1977. Invariance and Case Function in Czech and Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, Princeton University. 4735.

Plyusc, M. Ja. 1975. Orudnii ob'ekta yak zasib determinatsii dieslova". Movoznavstvo 9.4.52. 61-69.

4736. ________. 1977. "Pro deyahi aspekti vichennnya vidminkiv". Movoznavstvo 11.3.63. 35-40. 4737. ________. 1979. "Vidminkova slovoforma v polipredikativnii konstruktsii". Movoznavstvo 13.1.73. 13-19. 4738. ________. 1983. "Funktsional'na spivvidnosnist' nazivnogo i klichnogo vid­ minkiv za znachennyam osobi". Movoznavstvo 17.6.102. 36-42. 4739.

Podlezlová, Bohumila & Karel Pala. 1974-75. see Pala, Karel.

326

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4740.

Pogatscher, Alois. 1900. "Unausgedrücktes Subjekt im Altenglischen". Anglia 11.2. 261-301.

4741.

Poitou, Jacques. 1987. "Wie fremd sind Fremdsubstantive im Deutschen - Eine morphologische Untersuchung". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 156. 93116.

4742.

Polański, Kazimierz. 1977. "The Problem of Semantic Implications of the Notion 'Subject'". Linguistica silesiana 2. 23-29.

4743. ° Poldauf, I. 1962. "Misto dativu ve vystavbë věty". Acta universitatis carolinae Philologica 3. Slavica pragensia 4. 335-345. 4744. ________. 1968. "Review: Ek, J.A. van. 1966. Four Complementary Structures of Predication in Contemporary English and "A Grammatical Description of the Accusative and Infinitive and Related Structures in English". English Studies 48. 511-527". Philologica pragensia 11. 181-184. 4745. ________. 1970. "Case in Contemporary English". Philologica pragensia 13. 121131. 4746.

Polenz, Peter von. 1969. "Der Pertinenzdativ und seine Satzbaupläne". Fest­ schrift für Hugo Moser zum 60. Geburtstag am 19. Juni 1969 ed. by Ulrich Engel, Paul Grebe & Heinz Rupp, 146-171. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

4747.

Polinskaja, Maria S. 1989. "Object Initiality: OSV". Linguistics 27.2. 257-303.

4748.

Polinsky, Maria & Bernard Comrie. 1993. see Comrie, Bernard.

4749.

Politzer, Robert L. 1951. "On the Origin of the Romance Declensional System". Modern Language Notes 66.3. 145-151.

4750. ________. 1961. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne: Essai syntactico-sémantique. Copenhague: Munks­ gaard". Language 37. 287-289. 4751. ________. 1978. "Errors of English Speakers of German as Perceived and Evalu­ ated by German Natives". The Modern Language Journal 62.5.6. 253-261. 4752.

Poljakov, O.V. 1988. "K voprosu o balto-slavjanskom instrumentalise". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 47.2. 174-180.

4753.

Pollmann, T. 1970. "Passieve zinnen en het geïmpliceerd logisch subject". Studia neerlandica 2. 34-50.

4754. ________. 1975. "Two Types of Causal Relationship in Grammar". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973 ed. by A. Kraak, 12-16. Assen: Van Gorcum. 4755. ________. 1975-76. "Een regel die subject en copula deleert?". Spektator 5.4. 282292.

Alphabetical List 4756.

327

Pollock, Jean-Yves. 1981. "On Case and Impersonal Constructions". Levels of Syntactic Representation ed. by Robert May & Jan Koster, 219-252. Dor­ drecht: Foris.

4757. ________1983. "Sur quelques propriétés des phrases copulatives en français". Langue française 58. 89-125. 4758. ________. 1989. "Opacity, Genitive Subjects, and Extraction from NP in English and French". Probus, Internationaljournal of Latin and Romance Linguistics 1.2. 151-162. 4759.

Polowe, Stephanie Ruth. 1986. Teaching Discourse Organisation to the Deaf: The Use of Case-Role Detection in Text Analysis. Ph.D. dissertation, Univer­ sity of Rochester. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 46.12.1.3708.A.3709.A.

4760.

Poncet-Montange, Anne. 1991. "A propos des noms d'instruments: Relations entre forme et sens". Lingvisticae investigationes 15.2. 305-323.

4761.

Popa, Lucia, Ulrich Engel, Iaon Lăzarescu, Rodica Mihaila-Cova, Natalia Roth & Emilia Savin. 1983. see Engel, Ulrich.

4762.

Popescu-Ramirez, Liliana & Liliane Tasmowski-De Ryck. 1988. "Thematicité et possessivité en roumain". Lingvisticae investigationes 12.2. 303-335.

4763. ° Popov, Konstantin G. 1966-67. "Nekotorye dannye o predlogax s dvumja i tremja padezami v russkom jazyke". Russian Language Journal 17.9. 407414. 4764. ° Popova, L.N. 1958. "O znacenii predloga v sovremennom russkom jazyke (Predlog 'ot' + roditel'nyj padez v znacenii priciny)". Ucenye zapiski Lenin­ gradsko go ordena Lenina gos. universiteta im. A.A. Zdanova 235. 190-208. 4765.

Popova, Marija. 1979. "Some Observations on the Valency of Verbs with the Meaning of 'Get Information' in Bulgarian and Polish". Contrastive Linguis­ tics 43. 66-75.

4766.

Popova, Z.D. 1970. "K teorii padeznogo znacenija". Voprosy jazykoznanija 4. 92-101.

4767. _________. 1976. "Greek Influence on the Case-System and Syntactic Government of Prepositions in Old Slavonic and Old Russian". Voprosy jazykoznanija 2. 99-105. 4768. ° Popovic, Ivan. 1951-52. "O upotrebi akuzativa enklitickih licnih zamenica uz predloge". Nas jezik 3. 187-195. 4769.

Poppe, Erich. 1991. "Latin Grammatical Categories in the Vernacular. The Case of the Declension in Welsh". Historiographia linguistica 18.2.3. 269-280.

328 4770.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Poromanska, L. 1974. "Interferencija pri izucenii russkix bespredloznyx padeznyx konstrukcij". Russkij jazyk za rubezom 3. 66-68.

4771. ° Porterie-Gutierrez, Liliane. 1980. "Les relations actancielles en aymara". Amerindia 5. 7-29. 4772.

Post, Micha!. 1991. "Remarks on Who Gives What to Whom in English". Anglica wratislavensia 17. 91-103.

4773.

Postal, Paul M. 1970a. "On Co-Referential Complement Subject Deletion". Linguistic Inquiry 1. 439-500.

4774. ______. 1970b. "On the So-Called Pronouns". Readings in English Transformational Grammar ed. by Roderick A. Jacobs & Peter S. Rosenbaum, 56-82. Waltham: Ginn. 4775.

______. 1974. On Raising: One Rule of English Grammar and Its Theoretical Implications. Massachusetts, Cambridge: MIT Press. Review: see Bach, Emmon [1977]; Lightfoot, David [1976]

4776.

______. 1983. "On Characterizing French Grammatical Structure". Linguistic Analysis 11.4. 361-417.

4777.

______. 1984. "French Indirect Cliticization and SSC/BT". Linguistic Analysis 14.2.3. 111-172.

4778.

______. 1990. "French Indirect Object Demotion". Studies in Relational Grammar 3 ed. by Paul M. Postal & Brian D. Joseph, 104-200. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

4779.

______&

David M. Perlmutter. 1977. see Perlmutter, David M.

4780.

Poston, Lawrence, Jr. 1953. "The Redundant Object Pronoun in Contemporary Spanish". Hispania 36.3. 263-272.

4781.

Poteet, Stephen R. 1987. "Paths through Different Domains: A Cognitive Grammar Analysis of Mandarin Dào". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 13. 408-442.

4782.

______. 1989. "On the Postverbal Position of the Direct Object in Mandarin Chinese". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 25.1. 366-378.

4783. ° Pott, August Friedrich. 1873. "Unterschied eines transitiven und intransitiven Nominativs". Beiträge zur vergleichenden Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der arischen, celtischen und slavischen Sprachen 7. 71-94. Review: see Uhlenbeck, C.C. [1909] 4784.

Potter, Brian. 1991. "Dative Compounding and the Prominence Theory of Theta Assignment". Proceedings - Eastern States Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 8. 289-300.

Alphabetical List 4785.

329

Pottier, Bernard. 1957. "Sur la nature du cas et de la préposition. Questions de méthode". Mélanges de linguistique et de littérature romanes à la mémoire d'István Frank offerts par ses anciens maîtres, ses amis et ses collègues de France et de l'étranger, 546-551. Saarbrücken: Universität des Saarlandes.

4786. _______. 1960. "L'objet direct prépositionnel, faits et théories". Omagiu lui Al Graur cu prilejul împlinirii a 60 de ani. Studii şi cerceta ri lingvistice 11.3. 673-677. 4787. _______. 1962. "Le système latin des cas et les prépositions". Systématique des éléments de relation: Étude de morphosyntaxe structurale romane by Bernard Pottier, 267-297. Paris: Klincksieck. 4788. _______. 1968. "L'emploi de la préposition a devant l'objet en espagnol". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 63.1. 83-95. 4789. _______. 1976. "Théorie des cas: Logique et linguistique". Modèles logiques et niveaux d'analyse linguistique: Colloque organisé par le centre d'analyse syntaxique de l'université de Metz (7-9 novembre 1974) ed. by Jean David & Robert Martin, 131-140. Metz: Centre d'analyse syntaxique. 4790. ° Potts, Denise M. & Dorothy James. 1988. "Split Ergativity in Siane: A Study in Markedness". Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 18. 71-108. 4791.

Potts, Timothy C. 1978. "Case-Grammar as Componential Analysis". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 399457. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4792. ° Poultney, James Wilson. 1936. The Syntax of the Genitive Case in Aristophanes. Baltimore: Hopkins. 4793.

Pouradier Duteil, Françoise. 1979. "La grammaire de cas au service de la grammaire descriptive". Bildung und Ausbildung in der Romanica, Band 2: Sprachwissenschaft und Landeskunde ed. by Rolf Kloepfer, Arnold Rothe, Henning Kraus & Thomas Kotschi, 101-113. München: Fink.

4794. ° Prabhoo, L.R. 1980. "Dative Case in Indo-Aryan and Dravidian: Contact and Interference in the Indian Subcontinent". International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics 9.2. 253-273. 4795.

Prat, Louis C. 1975. Morphosyntaxe de l'ablatif en latin archaïque. Paris: Belles lettres.

4796. ° Pratje, H. 1880. Dativ und Instrumentalis im Heliand. Göttingen. 4797. °_______. 1882. Der Accusativ im Heliand. Göttingen. 4798. ° Pravdin, A.B. 1956. "Iz istorii predloznyx socetanij v russkom jazyke (datel'nyj padez s predlogom 'k')", Ucenye zapiski Tartuskogo univ. 43. 167-184. 4799. Pray, B.R. 1976. "From Passive to Ergative in Indo-Aryan". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 195-211. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

330

4800. ° Preising, A. 1891. De LA. Senecae poetae tragici casuum usu ratione potissimum habita Vergilii Ovidii Lucani. Ph.D. dissertation, Münster. 4801.

Premper, Waldfried. 1991a. "Invitation to Participation". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 3-12. Tübingen: Narr.

4802. _______. 1991b. "Lexical Causation as a Fundamental Characteristic of the Arabic Verbal System". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sach­ verhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 635-657. Tübingen: Narr. 4803. _______. 1992. Inhärente Lokalisation. Köln: University, Institut für Sprach­ wissenschaft (AKUP 86. 57-85). 4804. _______& Hansjakob Seiler, eds. 1991. see Seiler, Hansjakob. 4805.

Presic, Marica D. 1990. "A Prolog Program for Generating a Fragment of SerboCroatian". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 54. 57-74.

4806.

Price, Glanville. 1966. "Contribution à l'étude de la syntaxe des pronoms personnels en ancien français". Romania 87. 476-504.

4807. _______. 1973. "Sur le pronom personnel sujet postposé en ancien français". Revue romane 8. 226-241. 4808.

Prideaux, Gary D., John T. Hogan & Ronald H. Smyth. 1979. see Smyth, Ronald H.

4809. _______& Nobuya ltagaki. 1983. see Itagaki, Nobuya. 4810. _______& Nobuya Itagaki. 1985. see Itagaki, Nobuya. 4811.

Prince, Ellen F. 1978. "A Comparison of WH-Clefts and lt-Clefts in Discourse". Language 54.4. 883-906.

4812. ° Procopovici, Al. 1941. "Articol şi vocativ". Dacoromania 10. 19-22. 4813.

Prost, Gilbert R. 1962. "Signalling of Transitive and Intransitive in Chacobo (Pano)". International Journal of American Linguistics 28. 108-118. 4814. ° Prud'homme, David Henri. 1981. The Russian Prepositionless Instrumental and Case Theory. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Alberta. 4815. Pudic, Ivan. 1971. "Das System der pronominalen Deklination im Germa­ nischen". Dichtung, Sprache, Gesellschaft. Akten des IV. internationalen Germanisten-Kongresses 1970 in Princeton ed. by Victor Lange & Hans-Gert Roloff, 527-534. Frankfurt am Main: Athenäum. 4816.

Püschel, Ulrich. 1973. "Review: Helbig, Gerhard, ed. 1971. Beiträge zur Valenz­ theorie. The Hague: Mouton". Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 1. 340-349.

Alphabetical List

331

4817. _______, Dieter Cherubim, Hans-Dieter Kreuder, Brigitte Zander-Lüllwitz, Carl Ludwig Naumann, Gaston van der Elst & Gerhard Vigener. 1973. see Cheru­ bim, Dieter. 4818.

Pütz, Herbert. 1988. "Über Objektsprädikate: Neuere Ableitungen, Bedeutungs­ vielfalt, Abgrenzung". Gedenkschrift für Ingerid Dal ed. by John Ole Aske­ dal, Cathrine Fabricius-Hansen & Kurt Ehrich Schöndorf, 182-201. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

4819.

Pullum, Geoffrey K. 1977. "Word Order Universals and Grammatical Rela­ tions". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 249-277. New York: Academic Press.

4820. _______. 1980. "Syntactic Relations and Linguistic Universals". Transactions of the Philological Society. 1-39. 4821. _______. 1981. "Languages with Object before Subject: A Comment and a Catalogue". Linguistics 19.1.2.239.240. 147-155. 4822. _______& Desmond C. Derbyshire. 1981. see Derbyshire, Desmond C. 4823. _______& Gerald Gazdar. 1982. see Gazdar, Gerald. 4824. ° Puscariu, Sextil. 1937. Au sujet de '(r)e' avec un accusatif. Bucharest: Cluj. 4825. 4826. 4827.

Pushpavalli, K. 1977. "Locative Case in Tamil and Malayalam: A Contrastive Study". Indian Linguistics 38.1. 39-42. Pustejovsky, James D. 1984. "Opacity and the Accessibility of Subject in German A.c.I. Constructions". Proceedings of NELS 14. 360-376. Pustet, Regina. 1986. Zur Frage der Universalität des Subjekts: Das AyacuchoQuechua. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 51).

4828. _______. 1992. "Das Partizipationssystem des Yukatekischen: Nominativ-akku­ sativisch, ergativisch oder aktivisch?". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 45.2. 189-199. 4829.

Putseys, Yvan. 1976. Kennismaking met de casusgrammatica. Leuven: Acco.

4830.

Putten, F. van der. 1986. "Deverbal Adjectives: Grammatical or Thematic Relations?". Linguistics in the Netherlands 1986 ed. by Frits Beukema & Aafke Hulk, 179-188. Dordrecht: Foris.

4831.

Putzer, Oskar. 1987. "Italienische und deutsche Nominalgruppe: System- und kontextbedingte Übersetzungsprobleme". Sprache, Sprachen, Sprechen: Festschrift für Hermann M. Ölberg zum 65. Geburtstag am 14. Oktober 1987 ed. by Manfred Kienpointner & Hans Schmeja, 171-182. Innsbruck: Universität, Institut für Germanistik.

4832.

Pye, Clifton. 1990. "The Acquisition of Ergative Languages". Linguistics 28. 1291-1330.

332

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4833.

Quain, Timothy James. 1987. Evolution of the Theory of Case Grammar: Concepts and Applications. Ph.D. dissertation, Middle Tennessee State Uni­ versity, Murfreesboro. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humani­ ties and Social Sciences 2567.A.

4834.

Quang Phuc Dong. 1969. "Phrases anglaises sans sujet grammatical apparent". Langages 14. 44-49.

4835.

Quicoli, Antonio Carlos. 1971. "Portuguese Reflexivization and Some Related Problems". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 182-204.

4836. _______. 1982. The Structure of Complementation. Gent: Story-Scientia. 4837.

Quilis, Antonio, Ma. José Albalá, Margarita Cantarero & Rafael Guerra. 1985. Los pronombres 'le ', 'la ', 'lo' y sus plurales en la lengua española hablada en Madrid. Madrid: C.S.I.C.

4838.

Quintero, Rafael Torres. 1975. "El pronombre 'le'". Boletín de la academia colombiana 25.110. 438-444.

4839.

Quix, Marie-Paule. 1978. Einführung in den Arbeitsbereich der Fehlerkunde: Theoretischer Rahmen und Darstellung am Beispiel einer Untersuchung deutscher präpositionaler Kasusfehler bei niederländischsprachigen Abitu­ rienten. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven.

4840.

Quizar, Robin & Susan M. Knowles-Berry. 1988. "Ergativity in Cholan Lan­ guages". International Journal of American Linguistics 54. 73-95.

4841.

Qvonje, Jørn Ivar. 1980. "Die Grammatikalisierung der Präposition na im Bulgarischen". Folia linguistica historica 1.2. 317-351.

4842. _______. 1989. "Eine historisch-typologische Analyse der Konstruktion 'ime motër/sestra mi/soră-mea'". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 42.3. 339-348. 4843. ° Raabe, Berthold. 1917. De genetivo latino capita tria. Ph.D. dissertation, Königsberg, Ex officina hartungiana. 4844.

Raad, André van. 1978. "Das substantivische Attribut: Genitivischer Anschluß oder Präpositionalverbindung mit 'von'". Studien zur Linguistik und Didaktik. Festschrift für C. Soeteman ed. by André van Raad & Norbert Voorwinden, 179-214. Leiden: Publicaties van de vakgroep Duits taal- en letterkunde.

4845.

Racovită, C. 1940. "Sur le genre personnel en roumain". Bulletin linguistique 8. 154-158.

4846.

Radden, Günter. 1978. "Can 'Area' Be Taken out of the Waste-Basket?". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 327-338. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4847. _______. 1982. "Präpositionen und Kasusgrammatik". Stil: Komponenten - Wir­ kungen, Band II. Kongreßberichte der 12. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für

Alphabetical List

333

angewandte Linguistik, GAL e.V., Mainz 1981 ed. by Wolfgang Kühlwein & Albert Raasch, 150-154. Tübingen: Narr. 4848. _______. 1985. "Looking back at Case Grammar". ITL, Review of Applied Linguistics 67'.68. 185-199. 4849. _______& René Dirven, eds. 1987a. see Dirven, René. 4850. _______& René Dirven, eds. 1987b. see Dirven, René. 4851. Radecker, Joachim. 1985. "Zur Semantik und Funktion präpositionsloser adnominaler Genitive in Texten der Tagespresse des UdSSR und der DDR". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 49. 63-66. 4852. _______. 1986a. "Funktionale Beziehungen in Wortgruppen mit adnominalem Genitiv". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 145. 125-128. 4853. _______. 1986b. "Vorschlag einer Beschreibung funktionaler Beziehungen innerhalb präpositionsloser adnominaler substantivischer Wortgruppen des Typs 'zizn' fakul'teta'". Potsdamer Forschungen. Wissenschaftliche Schrif­ tenreihe der pädagogischen Hochschule 'Karl Liebknecht' Potsdam, Reihe A. 77. 58-62. 4854. _______. 1986c. "Funkcionirovanie konstrukcij s priimennym roditel'nym padezom v kommunikacii". Potsdamer Forschungen. Wissenschaftliche Schriftenreihe der pädagogischen Hochschule 'Karl Liebknecht' Potsdam, Reihe A. 80. 88-93. 4855.

Radford, Andrew. 1978. "Agentive Causatives in Romance: Accessibility versus Passivation". Journal of Linguistics 14. 35-58.

4856. _______. 1979. "Clitics under Causatives in Romance". Journal of Italian Lin­ guistics 4.1. 137-181. 4857.

Radford, Robert S. 1908. "Contraction in the Case Forms of deus and meus, is and idem. A Study of Contraction in Latin io- and eo-, ia- and ea- Stems". The American Journal of Philology 29.3.115. 336-341.

4858.

Radtke, D. 1963. "Zu einigen Gebrauchsanweisungen des Instrumentals mit und ohne Präposition 'c' im Russischen". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der ErnstMoritz-Arndt-Universität Greifswald. Gesellschafts- und sprachwissen­ schaftliche Reihe 12. 435-437.

4859. ° Radu, Vezi Gh. 1969. "Observaşii asupra vocativului în subdialectul maramureşean". Buletin ştintific, seria A. Filologie, pedagogie, marxism­ leninism, Baia-mare 1.1. 93-96. 4860.

Rafferty, Ellen. 1987. "Word Order in Intransitive Clauses in High and Low Malay of the Late Nineteenth Century". Coherence and Grounding in Dis­ course ed. by Russel S. Tomlin, 361-381. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

334 4861.

Ragimbekova, F. 1985. "K izuceniju semantiki padezej v sovremennom azerbajdzanskom jazyke (roditel'nyj padez)". Izvestija Akademii nauk Azerbajdzanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 2. 107-109.

4862.

Raible, Wolfgang. 1977. "Partitiv, Akkusativ und Nominativ als Objekt: Kasusprobleme in einer kontrastiven deutsch-finnischen Grammatik oder: Wie man erfolgreich Linguisten frustriert". Kasustheorie, Klassifikation, semantische Interpretation ed. by Klaus Heger & János S. Petöfi, 71-124. Hamburg: Buske.

4863.

° Raith, J. 1958. "Gibt es im Englischen Kasus?". Praxis des Unterrichts

neusprachlichen

5. 109-113.

4864.

Rajevskij, M.V. & E.S. Kutasina. 1985. see Kutasina, E.S.

4865.

Ramos, Rejane Maruá Sampedro. 1982. "A teoria dos casos na análise do uso de preposições em inglês". Letras de hoje 15.50. 113-130.

4866.

Ramos, Teresita V. 1973. The Case System of Tagalog Verbs. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii/(1974) Pacific Linguistic Monographs 27. Canberra: Australian National University. Review: see Schachter, Paul [1977b]

4867.

_______. 1975. "The Role of Verbal Features in the Subcategorization of Tagalog Verbs". Philippine Journal of Linguistics 6.1. 1-24.

4868.

Ramsden, H. 1961. "The Use of 'a + Personal Pronoun' in Old Spanish". Bulletin of Hispanic Studies 38.1. 42-54.

4869.

Randall, Janet H. 1987. Indirect Positive Evidence: Overturning Overgeneralizations in Language Acquisition. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana Univer­ sity Linguistics Club.

4870.

Randoja, Tiina. 1985. "Case Assignment in Estonian Nominal Gerunds". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 13. 37-62.

4871.

Randow, Elise von. 1986. Valente Substantive des Englischen.

Tübingen: Narr.

Review: see Czepluch, Hartmut [1989] 4872.

Ranheimsaeter, Harald. 1945. Flektierte und unflektierte Nominativformen im deutschen Adjektivsytem bis zum Ausgang des 12. Jahrhunderts. Oslo: Tanum.

4873.

° Ransom, Evelyn. 1976. "Constraints between Passive Subjects and Agents". Proceedings of the 1975 Mid-America Linguistics Conference. 394-406.

4874.

Rantavaara, Irma. 1962. "On the Development of the Periphrastic Dative in Late Middle English Prose". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 63. 175-203.

Alphabetical List

335

4875.

Rao, Malathi & Elena Bashir. 1985. "On the Semantics and Pragmatics of Telugu Causatives". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 21.2. 228-240.

4876.

Rapoport, T.R. 1991. "Adjunct-Predicate Licensing and D-Structure". Perspectives on Phrase Structure: Heads and Licensing ed. by Susan D. Rothstein, Syntax and Semantics 25, 159-187. New York: Academic Press.

4877.

Raposo, Eduardo. 1987a. "Romance Infinitival Clauses and Case Theory". Studies in Romance Languages ed. by Carol Neidle & Rafael A. Nuñez Cedeño, 237-249. Dordrecht: Foris.

4878. _______. 1987b. "Case Theory and Infl-to-Comp: The Inflected Infinitive in European Portuguese". Linguistic Inquiry 18.1. 85-109. 4879. _______& Juan Uriagereka. 1990. "Long-Distance Case Assignment". Linguistic Inquiry 21.4. 505-537. 4880.

Rappaport, Gilbert C. 1986. "On the Grammar of Simile: Case and Configura­ tion". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 244-279. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

4881. _______, Alan Timberlake & Johanna Nichols. 1980. see Nichols, Johanna. 4882.

Rappaport, Malka & Beth C. Levin. 1986. see Levin, Beth C.

4883. _______ & Beth C. Levin. 1988. "What to Do with Theta Roles". Thematic Relations ed. by Wendy Wilkins, Syntax and Semantics 21, 7-36. New York: Academic Press. 4884. _______& Beth C. Levin. 1989. see Levin, Beth C. 4885. ° Rappoport, E.G. 1950. "Poslelog " s ' i predlog 'of kak oformiteli attributivnyx otnosenij v anglijskom jazyke". Inostrannye jazyki v skole l. 33-37. 4886.

Rath, Christel. 1978. "Die lokalen Argumentrollenindikatoren". TexttheorieTextrepräsentation. Theoretische Grundlagen der kanonischen sinnsemantischen Repräsentation von Texten ed. by Claudia Biasci & Johannes Fritsche, 115-133. Hamburg: Buske.

4887.

Rauh, Gisa. 1984. "Semantische Relationen in der REST". Syntaktische Struktur und Kasusrelation ed. by Hartmut Czepluch & Hero Janßen, 213-255. Tübingen: Narr.

4888. _______. 1988. Tiefenkasus, thematische Relationen und Thetarollen. Die Entwicklung einer Theorie von semantischen Relationen. Tübingen: Narr. 4889. ° Rausch, Georg. 1897. Zur Geschichte des deutschen Genitivs seit mittelhochdeutscher Zeit. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Gießen, Darmstadt.

336

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4890.

Ravin, Yael. 1990. Lexical Semantics without Thematic Roles. London: Oxford University Press. Review: see Battistella, Edwin [1992]; Wilkins, Wendy K. [1992]

4891.

Ray, Sidney H. 1919. "The Melanesian Possessives and a Study in Method". American Anthropologist 21.4. 347-360.

4892.

Rebuschi, Georges. 1978. "Cas et fonction sujet en basque". Verbum 1.1. 69-98.

4893. ________. 1979. "Autour du passif et de l'antipassif en basque biscayen (sousdialecte d'Oñate)". Relations predicat-actant(s) dans les langues de types divers II ed. by Catherine Paris, Lacito-documents, Eurasie 3, 149-170. Paris: SELAF. 4894.

Reck, Sabine. 1987. Zur Realisierung der Kasusmorpheme in gesprochener und geschriebener Sprache. Untersuchungen bei Hamburger Schülern einer 6. Klasse. Hamburg: Germanisches Seminar/Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Arbeitsstelle Mehrsprachigkeit.

4895.

Rédei, Károly. 1980. "A permi elativusrag eredete". Nyelvtudományi közlemények 1.2. 265-270.

4896. ________. 1986. "A magánhangzó-harmónia kialakulása a PU-PFU alapnyelvben". Nyelvtudomânyi közlemények 1.2. 220-228. 4897.

Reed, Lisa. 1990. "Biclausality, Barriers, and the French Causative Construc­ tion". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 18. 79-93.

4898. ________. 1992. "On Clitic Case Alternations in French Causatives". Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbiihler & Konrad Koerner, 205-223. Amsterdam: Benjamins. 4899. ________& Jean-Marc Authier. 1991a. see Authier, Jean-Marc. 4900. ________& Jean-Mark Authier. 1991b. see Authier, Jean-Marc. 4901.

Reed, Paul & Roger McLure. 1987. see McLure, Roger.

4902.

Reenen, Pieter Th. van & Lene Schøsler. 1985. Feminine and Masculine Nominative Singular Nouns in Old French, la maison(s) and li charbons. Amster­ dam: Free University of Amsterdam Working Papers in Linguistics.

4903. ________& Lene Schøsler. 1986. "Le système des cas et sa disparation en ancien français". Morphosyntaxe des langues romanes, Actes du XVIIe congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes, Aix-en-Provence, 29 aout - 3 septembre 1983, vol. 4, 79-114. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence. 4904.

Regamey, Constantin. 1946-47. "Considérations sur le système morphologique du tibétain littéraire". Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 6. 26-46.

Alphabetical List

337

4905. ________. 1954. "A propos de la 'construction ergative' en indo-aryen moderne". Sprachgeschichte und Wortbedeutung, Festschrift Albert Debrunner gewidmet von Schülern, Freunden und Kollegen, 363-381. Bern: Francke. 4906. ________. 1970. "Le problème de l'ergatif'. Bulletin du cercle linguistique de Copenhague 1941-1965 (Bulletins VIII-XXXI). 111-112. 4907.

Regula, Moritz. 1960. "Gedanken zu den Ergebnissen der sprachtheoretischen Forschung von Hans Glinz". Indogermanische Forschungen 65. 221-234.

4908.

Reguş, Aspazia. 1979. "Genitiv-dativul feminin românesc în documentele istorice slavo-române (sec. XV-XVI)". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 30.5. 427432.

4909.

Reh, Mechthild. 1983. "Krongo: A VSO Language with Postpositions". Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 5.1. 45-55.

4910. ________, Bernd Heine & Marcello Lamberti. 1981. Inhärenz in Possessiv­ konstruktionen afrikanischer Sprachen. Köln: UNITYP Paper, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft. 4911.

Reichenkron, Günter. 1951. "Das präpositionale Akkusativ-Objekt im ältesten Spanisch". Romanische Forschungen 63. 342-397.

4912.

Reid, Lawrence A. 1975. "Review: Mirikitani, Leatrice T. 1972. Kapampangan Syntax. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii". Lingua 36. 278-280.

4913. ________. 1979. "PAN Genitive Alternation: The Philippine Evidence". Univer­ sity of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 11.2. 45-53. 4914. ________& Andrew Pawley. 1976/80. see Pawley, Andrew. 4915. °Reid, T.B.W. 1962. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Filozofske studije 16. 164-166. 4916. ° Reinhammar, Maj. 1973. Om dativ i svenska och norska dialekter. 1. Dativ vid verb. Uppsala: Akta academiae regiae Gustavi Adolphi 53. 4917.

________. 1979-80. "Om kasusbruket vid några norrbottensmålen". Nysvenska studier 59.60. 224-235.

prepositioner

i

4918. °________. 1988. "Om dativ i svenska och norska dialekter. 2. Dativ vid adjektiv". Uppsala, SvLm. 57-62. 4919.

Reis, Marga. 1973. "Is There a Rule of Subject-to-Object-Raising in German?". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 9. 519-529.

4920. ________. 1976. "Reflexivierung in deutschen A.c.I.-Konstruktionen: Ein transformations-grammatisches Dilemma". Papiere zur Linguistik 9. 5-82.

338

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4921. ________. 1980. "Zum Subjektbegriff im Deutschen". Linguistische Arbeiten und Berichte 15.4-11. 4922. ________. 1982. "Zum Subjektbegriff im Deutschen". Satzglieder im Deutschen: Vorschläge zur syntaktischen, semantischen und pragmatischen Fundierung ed. by Werner Abraham, 171-211. Tübingen: Narr. 4923. ________. 1985. "Mona Lisa kriegt zuviel: Vom sogenannten Rezipientenpassiv im Deutschen". Linguistische Berichte 96. 140-155. 4924. ________. 1986. "Subjekt-Fragen in der Schulgrammatik?". Der Deutschunterricht 38.2. 64-84. 4925. ° Reiter, N. 1983. "Der Dativus ethicus". Festschrift für Nikola R. PRIBIC, 403421. Neuried: Hieronymus. 4926.

Reith, Guus & Henning Bolte. 1991. see Bolte, Henning.

4927.

Reklaitis, Janine K. 1980. "Reduction of Case Markers in Lithuanian: Data for Discussion". Papers from the 4th International Conference on Historical Linguistics ed. by Elizabeth Closs Traugott, Rebecca Labrum & Susan Shep­ herd, 259-271. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

4928.

Remneva, M.L. 1989. "Konstrukcija 'datelnyj samostoyatel'nyj' kak stilisticeski markirovannoe sredstvo peredaci vremennyx znachenij". Vestnik Moskovskogo universiteta, Filologija 44.9.2. 33-41.

4929. ° Renault, R. 1984. "Le marquage de l'objet en finnois". Mémoire de Metrise, University of Paris-VII, St. Denis. 4930.

Rens, Lieven. 1967. "Over woordgroepen van het type 'vaders viool'". De nieuwe taalgids 60.6. 373-379.

4931.

Renský, Miroslav. 1981. "The Subject/Complement Conflict in English Copula­ tive Clauses". Forms and Functions: Papers in General, English and Applied Linguistics Presented to Vilém Fried on the Occasion of His Sixty-Fifth Birthday ed. by Jürgen Esser & Axel Hübler, 137-141. Tübingen: Narr.

4932.

Renzi, Lorenzo. 1983. "Florentino e italiano: Storia dei pronomi personali soggetto". Italia linguistica: Idee, storia, strutture ed. by Federico Albano Leoni, Daniele Gamborara, Franco Lo Piparo & Raffaele Simone, 223-239. Bologna: Il Mulino.

4933. ________. 1992. "I pronomi soggetto in due varietà substandard: Florentino e français avancé". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 108.1.2. 72-98. 4934. ________& Laura Vanelli. 1983. "I pronomi soggetto in alcune varietà romanze". Scritti linguistici in onore di Giovan Battista Pellegrini 1 ed. by Paola Benincä [et al.], 121-145. Pisa: Pacini. 4935. ________, Paola Benincà & Laura Vanelli. 1985. see Vanelli, Laura.

Alphabetical List 4936.

339

Repina, Tamara Aleksandrovna. 1968. "O protivopostavlenii 'padez-predlog' v sovremennom rumynskom jazyke". Filologiceskie nauki 5.47. 91-99.

4937. ________. 1981. "O sisteme rumynskogo imennogo sklonenija". Voprosy koznanija 4. 105-109.

jazy-

4938. ________. 1990. "Essai d'une typologie comparée des systèmes de la déclinaison des substantifs en latin, en ancien français et en roumain". Revue roumaine de linguistique 35.4.5.6. 371-374. 4939.

Resano, A. 1982. "Sujet logique et sujet linguistique". La parole prise aux mots: Essais sur l'énonciation ed. by M. Malherbe, 105-119. Nantes: University of Nantes.

4940.

° Restan, Per A. 1959. Konkurransen mellow nektet genitiv og nektet akkusativ i moderne russisk (1918-1959). M.A. thesis, University of Oslo.

4941.

°________. 1960. "The Objective Case in Negative Clauses in Russian: The Genitive or the Accusative". Scando-slavica

6. 92-112.

4942.

"RESTEN van naamvallen". 1973. Onze taal 42.1.2. 4.

4943.

Restrepo, Richard J. 1969. "More on lo and le". Hispania 52.3. 433-434.

4944.

Rettig, Wolfgang. 1972. Sprachsystem und Sprachnorm in der deutschen Sub­ stantivflexion. Tübingen: Narr. Reuland, Eric J. 1981. "Empty Subjects, Case and Agreement and the Grammar of Dutch". Binding and Filtering ed. by Frank Heny, 159-190. London: Croom Helm.

4945.

4946. ________. 1983. "On the Subject of Nonargument Subjects". On the Formal Syntax of the Westgermania: Papers from the 3rd Groningen Grammar Talks, Groningen, January 1981 ed. by Werner Abraham, 3-46. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins. 4947.

Revzine, I.I. 1965. "Note sur une modèle pour la catégorie grammaticale du cas". Omagiu lui Alexandru Rosetti, la 70 de ani, 757-759. Bucureşti: Editura academiei republicii socialiste românia.

4948.

°________. 1973. "Transformacionnoe issledovanie konstrukcii s sub"ektivnym i ob"ektivnym priimennym dopolneniem (Genitivus subjectivus i genitivus ed. by A.A. objectivus)". Problemy grammaticeskogo modelirovanija Zaliznjak, 90-93. Moscow: Nauka.

4949.

Rhodes, Richard. 1977. "Semantics in a Relational Grammar". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 13. 503-514.

4950.

Rholfs, Gerhard. 1971. "Autour de l'accusatif prépositionnel dans les langues romanes". Revue de linguistique romane 35. 312-334.

340

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

4951. ________. 1973. "Panorama de l'accusatif prépositionnel en Italie". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 24.5. 617-621. 4952.

Ribeiro, Ilza Maria de Oliveira. 1989. "A teoria dos casos e o verbo acreditar". Cadernos de estudos lingüísticos 17. 91-108.

4953.

Rice, Keren. 1991. "Intransitives in Slave (Northern Athapaskan): Arguments for Unaccusatives". International Journal of American Linguistics 57.1. 5169.

4954.

Rice, Sally Ann. 1987a. Towards a Cognitive Model of Transitivity. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at San Diego. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

4955. ________. 1987b. "Towards a Transitive Prototype: Evidence from Some Atypical English Passives". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Lin­ guistics Society 13. 422-434. 4956. ° Richards, Joan. 1973. "Difficuldades na análise de possessão nominal na lingua Waurá". Série lingüística 1. 11-29. Brasilia: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 4957.

Richards, Karen Rondestvedt. 1976. "Toward a History of the Possessive in Literary Russian: The Demise of the Possessive Adjective". Papers from the Parasession on Diachronic Syntax, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society. 260-273.

4958.

Richardson, John F. 1985a. "Agents, Instruments and Predication Theory". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 11. 305-315.

4959. ________. 1985b. "Agenthood and Ease". Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentives, Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 21.2. 241-251. 4960. ° Rickmeyer, Jens. 1975. Kleines Valenzlexikon Japanisch-Deutsch. Hamburg. 4961.

Ridgeway, Thomas Bruce. 1986. The Syntax of Case in Medieval Western Hindi. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Washington, Seattle. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.4. 1329.A.

4962. ° Riemsdijk, Henk van. 1980. "The Case of German Adjectives". Markedness and Learnability, University of Massachusetts Occasional Papers in Linguistics 6. 4963. ________. 1983. "The Case of German Adjectives". Linguistic Categories: Auxiliaries and Related Puzzles, Vol. I: Categories ed. by Frank Heny & Barry Richards, 223-252. Dordrecht: Reidel. 4964.

Rigau, Gemma. 1982. "Inanimate Indirect Object in Catalan". Linguistic Inquiry 13.1. 146-150.

Alphabetical List

341

4965. ________. 1986. "Some Remarks on the Nature of Strong Pronouns in NullSubject Languages". Generative Studies in Spanish Syntax ed. by Ivonne Bordelois, Heles Contreras & Karen Zagona, 143-163. Dordrecht: Foris. 4966.

Rigsby, Bruce. 1975. "Nass-Gitksan: An Analytic Ergative Language". International Journal of American Linguistics 41.4. 346-354.

4967. ° Rijk, R.P.G. de. 1972. "Partitive Assignment in Basque". Anuario del seminario de filología vasca 'Julio de Urquijo' 6. 130-173. 4968.

Riley, Kathryn, Charles F. Meyer & Frank Parker. 1988. see Parker, Frank.

4969.

Rini, Joel. 1991. "The Redundant Indirect Object Constructions in Spanish: A New Perspective". Romance Philology 45.2. 269-286. Risch, Ernst. 1980. "Betrachtungen zur indogermanischen Nominalflexion". Wege zur Universalienforschung. Sprachwissenschaftliche Beiträge zum 60. Geburtstag von Hansjakob Seiler ed. by Gunter Brettschneider & Christian Lehmann, 259-267. Tübingen: Narr.

4970.

4971.

Rispoli, Matthew. 1988a. "Encounters with Japanese Verbs: Categorization into Transitive and Intransitive Classes". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 27. 81-88.

4972. ________. 1988b. "The Acquisition of the Transitive and Intransitive Action Verb Categories in Japanese". First Language 7.3. 183-200. 4973. ________. 1990. "The Mosaic Acquisition of Grammatical Relations". Journal of Child Language 18.3. 517-551. 4974.

Ritchie, William C. 1985. "Word-Formation, Learned Vocabulary and Linguis­ tic Maturation". Historical Semantics, Historical Word-Formation ed. by Jacek Fisiak, 463-482. Berlin: Mouton.

4975.

Ritter, Elizabeth. 1991. "Two Functional Categories in Noun-Phrases: Evidence from Modern Hebrew". Perspectives on Phrase Structure: Heads and Licensing ed. by Susan D. Rothstein, Syntax and Semantics 25, 37-62. New York: Academic Press.

4976. ________& Lisa Lai-Shen Cheng. 1988. see Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen. 4977.

Rivero, María-Luisa. 1986. "Binding in NPs". Generative Studies in Spanish Syntax ed. by Ivonne Bordelois, Heles Contreras & Karen Zagona, 165-181. Dordrecht: Foris.

4978. ________ 1993. "Long Head Movement vs. V2, and Null Subjects in Old Ro­ mance". Lingua 89.2.3. 217-245. 4979.

Rixter, Y. 1986. "K voprosu o vyrazenii semanticeskogo sub"ekta v russkom jazyke s ucetom otnosenij meždu semantiko-sintakticeskoj kategoriej i funk-

342

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations cional'no-semanticeskim polem". Potsdamer Forschungen. Wissenschaft­ liche Schriftenreihe der pädagogischen Hochschule 'Karl Liebknecht' Potsdam. Reihe A. 80. 94-97.

4980.

Rizescu, I. 1963. "Observajii asupra topicii vocativului". Limba română 12.6. 612-617.

4981. ________. 1981. "Din istoria termenilor de înrudire: Tata-tatî ne". Limba română 30.1.43-44. 4982.

Rizzi, Elena. 1985. "Note sul sincretismo dei casi nel greco antico". Studi italiani di linguistica teorica e applicata 14.1.2.3. 85-105.

4983.

Rizzi, Luigi. 1981. "Nominative Marking in Italian Infinitives and the Nomina­ tive Island Constraint". Binding and Filtering ed. by Frank Heny, 129-157. London: Croom Helm.

4984. ________. 1986a. "On the Status of Subject Clitics in Romance". Studies in Romance Linguistics ed. by Osvaldo Jaeggli & Carmen Silva Corvalán, 391419. Dordrecht: Foris. 4985. ________. 1986b. "Null Objects in Italian and the Theory of pro". Linguistic Inquiry 17.3. 501-557. 4986. ________& Adriana Belletti. 1988. see Belletti, Adriana. 4987.

Rjabova, T.V. 1988. "Sootnocenie predlozenij tipa zdes' ne voditsja losej-zdes' losi ne vodjatsja (Vybor padeza sub"ekta i tema-rematičeskaja struktura otricatel'nyx predlozenij)". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Istorijajazyk-literatura 2.1. 112-114.

4988.

Roberge, Yves. 1990. The Syntactic Recoverability of Null Arguments. King­ ston: McGill-Queen's University Press.

4989. ________& Diane Massam. 1989. see Massam, Diane. 4990.

Roberts, David. 1971. "Remarks on J.J. Christie's 'Locative, Possessive and Existential in Swahili'". York Papers in Linguistics 1. 57-63. 4991. °________. 1977. A Study of Agency' in English and Other Languages. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Edinburgh. 4992. ________. 1981. "Review: Plank, Frans, ed. 1979. Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations. London: Academic Press". Folia linguistica his­ torica 2.2. 289-293. 4993.

Roberts, Ian G. 1984. "Verbal Case and Auxiliary Selection with Participles". Wiener linguistische Gazette, Supplement 3. 216-220.

4994. ________. 1985. "Oblique Case in the History of English". Studies in Syntax ed. by Gary Gilligan, Mohammad Mohammad & Ian Roberts, 143-159. Los Ange­ les, California: University of Southern California, Department of Linguistics.

Alphabetical List

343

4995. °_______. 1987a. "On Valency Affecting Rules". Ipotesi e applicazioni di teoria linguistica dal XIII incontro di grammatica generativa ed. by Patrizia Cordin, 150-195. Trento: Università degli studi di Trento, Dipartimento di storia della civiltà europea. 4996. _______. 1987b. The Representation of Implicit and Dethematized Subjects. Dordrecht: Foris. 4997. _______. 1989. "Compound Psych-Adjectives and the Ergative Hypothesis". Proceedings of NELS 19. 358-374. 4998. _______, Mark C. Baker & Kyle Johnson. 1989. see Baker, Mark C. 4999. ° Roberts, J. 1981. "Rewriting a Standard Dictionary Entry in a Valency Diction­ ary Format". British Association for Applied Linguistics Newsletter 11. 1-15. 5000. ° Roberts, W.F.J. 1937-39. "Ellipsis of the Subject-Pronoun in Middle English". London Mediœval Studies 1. 107-115. 5001.

Robertson, John S. 1991. "Invariance and Mutation in Acatec Mayan". New Vistas in Grammar: Invariance and Variation ed. by Linda R. Waugh & Stephen Rudy, 167-184. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5002.

Robins, Robert H. 1974. "The Case Theory of Maximus Planudes". Proceedings of the Eleventh International Congress of Linguists, Bologna-Florence, Aug. 28-Sept. 2, 1972 ed. by Luigi Heilmann, 107-111. Bologna: II Mulino.

5003. _______. 1979. "Review: Dixon, R.M.W. 1976. Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies". Journal of Linguistics 15. 141-145. 5004. ° Robinson, Brian. 1979. Possessor Ascension in Universal Grammar. M.A. thesis, University of Toronto. 5005.

Robinson, Jane J. 1968. "Case, Category, and Configuration". Specification and Utilization of a Transformational Grammar, Section III, Scientific Report 3, IBM Watson Research Center, New York/(1970) Journal of Linguistics 6. 5780/(1971) "Kasus, Kategorie und Konfiguration". Kasustheorie ed. by Werner Abraham, 119-153. Frankfurt am Main: Athenäum.

5006.

Roca, Fransesc. 1992. "Object Clitics in Spanish and Catalan". Catalan Working Papers in Linguistics. 245-280.

5007. ° Rocha Lima, C.H. da. 1954. Uma preposição portuguesa; aspectos do uso da prep. 'a' na lingua literária moderna. Rio de Janeiro. 5008.

Rocher, Rosane. 1964. "'Agent' et 'objet' chez Pänini". Journal of the American Oriental Society 84. 44-54.

5009. ° Rodhe, E. 1897. Transitivity in English, Part L. Stockholm. 5010.

Rodrigo, Milan, James W. Gair, Barbara Lust & Lelwalla Sumangala. 1989. see Gair, James W.

344

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5011.

Rodríguez-Izquierdo y Gavala, Fernando. 1980. "La pervivencia de la funcion de dativo en el pronombre reflexivo español se". Lingüística española actual 2. 81-102.

5012.

Rodríguez Somolinos, Amalia. 1982. "El sujeto en antiguo francés y en francés medio: Estudio distribucional". Revista española de lingüística 12.2. 281298.

5013.

Roegiest, Eugeen. 1979. "A propos de l'accusatif prépositionnel dans quelques langues romanes". Vox romanica 38. 37-54.

5014. _______. 1980. Les prépositions 'a' et 'de' en espagnol contemporain: Valeurs contextuelles et signification générale. Wetteren: Universa. 5015.

________1981. "Grammaire des cas et sémantique des prépositions dans la construction verbale de quelques langues romanes". Bijdragen over semantiek van het 33ste vlaams filologencongres ed. by Louis Goossens, 65-88. Ant­ werpen: Universiteit, Departement germaanse, Afdeling linguistiek. Antwerp Papers in Linguistics 23.

5016. ________ 1983a. "Funciones sintagmáticas de las preposiciones españolas 'a' y 'de': Gramática casual y gramática relacional". Lingüística española actual 5.1. 29-56. 5017. ________. 1983b. "'A' et 'par' dans la construction factitive: L'EGLF dans la perspective de la linguistique contemporaine". Travaux de linguistique 9.10. 127-143. 5018. ________. 1985. "Datif ou objet indirect: A propos de la construction factitive". Actes du XVIIème congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes (Aix-en-Provence, 29 août - 3 septembre 1983), Vol. 2: Linguistique comparée et typologie des langues romanes, 361-375. Aix-en-Provence: Univer­ sity of the Provence. 5019. ________. 1989. "Variation actantielle de l'objet et construction factitive en espagnol: Un problème de typologie romane". Variatio linguarum: Beiträge zu Sprachvergleich und Sprachentwicklung. Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Gustav Ineichen ed. by Ursula Klenk, Karl-Hermann Körner & Wolf Thümmel, 227-238. Stuttgart: Steiner. 5020.

Roeper, Thomas & T. Wasow. 1972. see Wasow, T.

5021. ________& Greg N. Carlson. 1980. see Carlson, Greg N. 5022. ________& Samuel Jay Keyser. 1984. see Keyser, Samuel J. 5023. ________& Dan Finer. 1986. see Finer, Dan. 5024. ________ & Samuel Jay Keyser. 1992. see Keyser, Samuel J.

Alphabetical List

345

5025.

Rösch, Olga. 1991. "Gibt es ein Medium im Deutschen der Gegenwart?". Neue Fragen der Linguistik. Akten des 25. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990 ed. by Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell & Cornelia Weiß, 253-261. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5026.

Rössger, R. 1885. "Über den syntaktischen Gebrauch des Genitivs in Cynewulf's Elene, Crist und Juliana". Anglia 8. 338-370.

5027.

Rössler, Rudolf. 1970. "Beiträge zur funktionalen Sprachlehre (III). Zum Geni­ tiv in der deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart". Sprachpflege. Zeitschrift für gutes Deutsch 19. 74-80; 118-121; 163-168.

5028.

Rogava, G.V. 1964. "Ergat'ivis sak'itxisatvis apxazur-adiyur enebsi". Iberiulk'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 14. 237-246.

5029. °

. 1968. "Mravlobiti ricxvis mesame subiekturi piris -an supiksi satvis Kartulsi". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 16. 74-77.

5030. °________. 1975a. "Nominatiuri konstrukciis mkone gardamavali zmnis genezisisatvis Kartvelur enebsi". Celicdeuli 2. 273-279. 5031. ________. 1975b. "K voprosu o genezise nominativnoj konstrukcii perexodnogo glagola v kartvel'skix jazykax". Ezegodnik iberijsko-kavkazskogo jazykoznanija 2. 273-280. 5032. ________. 1977. "Pseudo-Transitive Verbs in the Adygh Language". Voprosy jazykoznanija 2. 109-116. 5033.

Rogers, Jean H. 1975. "Prediction of Transitive-Animate Verbs in an Ojibwa Dialect". International Journal of American Linguistics 41.2. 114-139.

5034.

Rohdenburg, Günter. 1969. "Kasusgrammatik und kontrastive Analyse". PAKS Arbeitsberichte 2. 35-58.

5035. °________. 1970. "Zum persönlichen Subjekt im Englischen". PAKS Arbeitsberichte 6. 133-164. 5036. ________. 1988. "Flexionsangleichung von Substantiven an attributive Adjektive und verwandte Erscheinungen im Nordniedersächsischen". Linguistik Parisette. Akten des 22. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paris 1987 ed. by Heinrich Weber & Ryszard Zuber, 277-288. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 5037. ________. 1989a. "Prosodische Einflüsse in der Morphologie: Zur Variation von Kurz- und Langformen bei Feminina im Nordniedersächsischen". Sprechen und Hören: Akten des 23. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Berlin 1988 ed. by Norbert Reiter, 59-71. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 5038. ________. 1989b. "Zur Verdrängung des Nominativs durch den Obliquus im Nordniederdeutschen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung prosodischer Fak­ toren". Kopenhagener Beiträge zur germanistischen Linguistik 25. 83-143.

346

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5039. ________& Peter Jordens. 1972. see Jordens, Peter. 5040.

Rohlfs, Gerhard. 1971. "Autour de l'accusatif prépositionnel dans les langues romanes". Revue de linguistique romane 35. 312-334.

5041. ________. 1973. "Panorama de l'accusatif prépositionnel en Italie". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 24.5. 617-621. 5042.

Roldán, Mercedes. 1972. "Concerning Spanish Datives and Possessives". Lan­ guage Sciences 21. 27-32.

5043. ________. 1975. "The Great Spanish le-lo Controversy". Linguistics 147. 15-30. 5044.

Rom, Anita & Revital Dgani. 1985. "Acquiring Case-Marked Pronouns in Hebrew: The Interaction of Linguistic Factors". Journal of Child Language 12. 61-77.

5045.

Roman, Gilles, Bernard Pavard & Boualem Asselah. 1985. "Traitement per­ ceptif des phrases ambigues en Arabe". Cahiers de psychologie cognitive 5.1. 5-22.

5046.

Rombandeeva, E.I. 1967. "O tak nazyvaemyx passivnyx konstrukcijax v mansijskom jazyke (v svjazi s problemoj érgativnoj konstrukcii)". Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 305-310. Leningrad: Nauka.

5047.

Romero Castillo, Moisés & Eugene A. Nida. 1950. see Nida, Eugene A.

5048. ° Romeyke, Helga. 1970. Untersuchungen zur Valenz der deutschen Verben mit Richtungsbestimmung. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leipzig. 5049.

Romportl, S. 1976. "Aktuálnost poznatků o jazycích ergativního typu (Na okraj monografie G.A. Klimova)". Slovo a slovesnost 37. 121-134.

5050.

Rood, David S. 1971. "Agent and Object in Wichita". Lingua 28. 100-107.

5051. ________, Mark A. Clarke, Ann Losoff & Margeret Dickenson McCracken. 1984. see Clarke, Mark A. 5052. Rooryck, Johan. 1988a. "Formal Aspects of French Nonlexical Datives". Folia linguistica. Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 22.3.4. 373-386. 5053. ________. 1988b. French Causatives and the Dative Problem. Leuven: Catholic University, Department of Linguistics {Preprint 115). 5054. ________. 1988c. "Restrictions on Dative Cliticization in French Causatives". Journal of Semantics 6.1. 41-55. 5055. ________. 1988d. "Critères formels pour le datif non-lexical en français". Studia neophilologica 60.1. 97-107. 5056. ________. 1992. "Restrictions on Clitic Climbing in French Causatives and the 0Criterion". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 20. 87-116.

Alphabetical List 5057.

347

Rosen, Carol G. 1982a. "The Interface between Semantic Roles and Initial Grammatical Relations". Subjects and Other Subjects: Proceedings of the Harvard Conference on the Representation of Grammatical Relations ed. by Annie Zaenen, 71-113. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

5058. ________. 1982b. "The Unaccusative Hypothesis and the 'Inherent Clitic' Phe­ nomenon in Italian". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 18. 530-541. 5059. ________. 1984. "The Interface between Semantic Roles and Initial Grammatical Relations". Studies in Relational Grammar 2 ed. by David M. Perlmutter & Carol G. Rosen, 38-77. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 5060. ________& David M. Perlmutter, eds. 1984. see Perlmutter, David M. 5061. ________& Kashi Wali. 1989. "Twin Passives, Inversion, and Multistratalism in Marathi". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7. 1-50. 5062.

Rosén, Haiim B. 1959. "Die Ausdrucksform für 'veräußerlichen' und 'unver­ äußerlichen Besitz' im Frühgriechischen (Das Funktionsfeld von homer. philos)". Lingua 8. 264-293.

5063. ________. 1988. "Der griechische Dativus absolutus und indogermanische unpersönliche Partizipialkonstruktionen". Historische Sprachforschung (Historical Linguistics - bisher Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung) 101.1. 92103. 5064. ° Rosen, Sarah Thomas. 1989. Argument Structure and Complex Predicates. Ph.D. dissertation, Brandeis University. 5065. ________. 1992. "The Case of Subjects in the Romance Causative". Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics 17.1. 79-113. 5066.

Rosenberg, Richard S. & Brock H. Taylor. 1975. see Taylor, Brock H.

5067.

Rosengren, Inger. 1970. "Zur Valenz des deutschen Verbs". Moderna språk 64.1. 45-58. 5068. ________. 1974. "Ein freier Dativ". Germanistische Streifzüge - Festschrift für Gustav Korlén ed. by Gert Mellbourn, Helmut Müssener, Hans Rossipal & Birgit Stolt, 209-221. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell. 5069. °________. 1978a. "Status und Funktion der tiefenstrukturellen Kasus". Beiträge zu Problemen der Satzglieder ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 169-211. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie. 5070. ________. 1978b. "Die Beziehung zwischen semantischen Kasusrelationen und syntaktischen Satzgliedfunktionen: Der freie Dativ". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 377-398. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

348 5071.

. 1986. "Gibt es den freien Dativ?" Deutsch als Fremdsprache 23.5. 274287.

5072.

Rosentsveig, Victor Yu. 1986. "La valence: Sémantique et syntaxe". Language and Discourse: Test and Protest. A Festschrift for Petr Sgall ed. by Jacob L. Mey, 95-99. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5073.

Rosetti, A. 1945. "Sur le vocatif des noms féminens en roumain". Bulletin linguistique 13. 139.

5074.

Rosner, M. & Harold L. Somers. 1980. "Case in Linguistics and Cognitive Science". University of East Anglia Papers in Linguistics 13. 1-29.

5075.

Ross, Alan S.C. 1976. "Notes on the Accidence of Rushworth". Neuphilo­ logische Mitteilungen 77.4. 492-509.

5077.

Ross, John Robert. 1979. "Wenn der Kasus schlägt". Linguistische Berichte 63. 26-32.

5077.

Ross, Norbert N. 1977. "Measuring Some Semantic and Pragmatic Variables in the Speech of Two Psychiatric Patients". Language and Speech 20.4. 344-356.

5078.

Roth, Natalia, Ulrich Engel, loan Lăzărescu, Rodica Mihailă-Cova, Lucia Popa & Emilia Savin. 1983. see Engel, Ulrich.

5079.

Rothemberg, Mira. 1974. Les verbes à la fois transitifs et intransitifs en français contemporain. The Hague: Mouton.

5080.

. 1991. "Valence et sémantique verbales: L'asymétrie des constructions attributives". Cahiers de lexicologie 59.2. 51-73.

5081.

Rothkegel, Annely. 1978. "Valence Frames in Standard Form and Correspond­ ing Frames of Individual Languages". Valence, Semantic Case, and Gram­ matical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 85-98. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5082.

. 1979. "Subjekttilgung in Infinitivsätzen". Sprachstruktur, Individuum und Gesellschaft: Akten des 13. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Gent 1978 ed. by Marc Van de Velde & Willy Vandeweghe, 113-122. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5083.

...... . 1982. "Ein Wörterbuch mit propositionaler Struktur". Stil: Kompo­ nenten-Wirkungen, Band II. Kongreßberichte der 12. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für angewandte Linguistik, GAL e.V., Mainz 1981 ed. by Wolfgang Kühlwein & Albert Raasch, 158-159. Tübingen: Narr.

5084.

Rothstein, Robert A. 1986. "Equation vs. Ascription: The Nominative/Instru­ mental Opposition in West Slavic". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 312-322. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

5085.

Rothstein, Susan D. 1992. "Case and NP Licensing". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 10.1. 119-139.

5086.

Roulet, E. & U. Egli. 1971. see Egli, U.

Alphabetical List

349

5087. ° Rousseau, André. 1969. Le groupe nominal et le \'génitif saxon'. Third Cycle thesis, University of Paris. 5088.

. 1986. "Valeur et fonctions du génitif adnominal". Verbum 9.3. 351-378.

5089.

Rouveret, Alain & Jean-Roger Vergnaud. 1980. "Specifying Reference to Sub­ ject: French Causatives and Conditions on Representations". Linguistic Inquiry 11.1. 97-202.

5090.

Rowley, Anthony. 1988. "Zum Genitiv des ganz besonderen Typs". Muttersprache 98.1. 58-68.

5091.

Royen, P. Gerlach. 1941. "Bij paps en mams". Levende talen. 347-354.

5092.

. 1942. "Bij paps en mams (slot)". Levende talen. 8-17.

5093.

. 1943. "Reïnterpretatie van buigingsvormen in het Nederlands". Levende talen. 234-241.

5094.

Rozen, E.V. & N. Ju. Glazunova. 1963. see Glazunova, N. Ju.

5095.

Rozen, Janine. 1988. "Les génitifs adnominaux pré- ou postposés: Quelle différence?". Nouveaux cahiers d'allemand 6.1. 23-37. Rozwadowska, Bozena. 1991. "Thematic Restrictions on Derived Nominals". Anglica wratislavensia 17. 115-126. Rubattel, Christian. 1977. "Eine Bibliographie zur Kasusgrammatik". Linguistische Berichte 51. 88-106.

5096. 5097. 5098.

Rubio, Lisardo. 1966. Introducción a la sintaxis estructural del latin, vol. I: Casos y preposiciones. Barcelona: Ariel.

5199. ° Rudanko, Martti Juhani. 1983. Towards Classifying Verbs and Adjectives Governing the Genitive in Beowulf. Finland: Tampere. 5100.

. 1989. Complementation and Case Grammar. New York: State Univer­ sity of New York Press.

5101.

Rude, Noel. 1982. "Promotion and Topicality of Nez Perce Objects". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 8. 463-483.

5102.

. 1983. "Ergativity and the Active-Stative Typology in Loma". Studies in African Linguistics 14.3. 265-283.

5103.

. 1986a. "Discourse-Pragmatic Context for Genitive Promotion in Nez Perce". Studies in Language 10.1. 109-136.

5104.

. 1986b. "Topicality, Transitivity, and the Direct Object in Nez Perce". International Journal of American Linguistics 52. 124-153.

5105.

. 1988. "Ergative, Passive and Antipassive in Nez Perce: A Discourse Perspective". Passive and Voice ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, 547-560. Am­ sterdam: Benjamins.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

350 5106.

. 1991. "On the Origin of the Nez Perce Ergative NP Suffix". International Journal of American Linguistics 57.1. 24-50.

5107.

Rûdzicka, Karel F. 1959-60. "Locative Formations in Bantu Languages". Archiv orientálni 27. 208-250; 28. 181-219.

5108.

Rudzka-Ostyn, Brygida. 1992. "Case Relations in Cognitive Grammar. Some Reflexive Uses of the Polish Dative". Leuvense bijdragen 81.1.3. 327-373.

5109.

Rüffer, Norbert. 1989. "Theta-Marking, Barriers, and Verb-Second in German". Syntactic Phrase Structure Phenomena in Noun Phrases and Sentences ed. by Christa Bhatt, Elisabeth Löbel & Claudia Schmidt, 65-77. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins.

5110.

Rugaleva, Anelja. 1977. "Nominalizations of Possessive Sentences". Language Sciences 47. 1-6.

5111.

Ruijgh, C.J. 1958. "Les datifs pluriels dans les dialectes grecs et la position du mycénien". Mnemosyne 11. 97-116.

5112. ° Rumpel, Th. 1845. Casuslehre in besonderer Beziehung auf die griechische Sprache. Halle. 5113. ° 5114. 5115.

. 1846. Zur Casustheorie. Programme of Gütersloh. Rumsey, Alan. 1975. Proto-Indo-European from the Standpoint of the (Other?) Ergative Languages. M.A. thesis, University of Chicago. . 1987a. "Was Proto-Indo-European an Ergative Language?". The Journal of Indo-European Studies 15.1.2. 19-37.

5116.

. 1987b. "The Chimera of Proto-Indo-European Ergativity: Lessons for Historical Syntax". Studies in Ergativity ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, Lingua 71. 297-318.

5117.

Rundgren, Frithiof. 1960. "Der genitivus aestimativus im Lateinischen. Einige Bemerkungen". Eranos 58. 51-65.

5118.

Ruppel, Klaas Ph. 1986. "Zu den ostseefinnisch Finnisch-ugrische Mitteilungen 10. 347-352.

5119.

Rusakova, M.V. 1988. "O vozmoznosti primenenija principov paradigmaticeskogo opisanija k padeznoj semantike". Vestnik Moskovskogo universiteta, Filologija 43.9.3. 54-55.

5120.

Rushbrook, L.D. 1976. "Review: Nilsen, D.L.F. 1973. The Instrumental Case in English: Syntactic and Semantic Considerations. Den Haag: Mouton". Linguistics 167. 89-102.

5121.

Rusínová, Zdenka. 1987. "K distribuci alomorfů -i/-ové v nom. pl. maskulin zivotnych". Sborník prací filosofické fakulty brněnské university A.35. 71-78.

Lokalkasussystemen".

Alphabetical List

351

5122.

Russell, Pamela. 1987. Quantification in Verbal Prefixation: The Prefix 'na-'. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 48.3. 641.A.

5123.

Ruwet, Nicolas. 1976. "Subject-Raising and Extraposition". Current Studies in Romance Linguistics ed. by Marta Luján & Fritz Hensey, 162-204. Washing­ ton, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

5124.

. 1981. "The 'Epistemic Dative' Construction in French and Its Rel­ evance to Some Current Problems in Generative Grammar". Crossing the Boundaries in Linguistics: Studies Presented to Manfred Bierwisch ed. by Wolfgang Klein & Willem Levelt, 23-49. Dordrecht: Reidel.

5125.

. 1982. "Le 'datif épistémique' en français et la condition d'opacité de Chomsky". Grammaire des insultes et autres études by Nicolas Ruwet, 172204. Paris: Seuil.

5126.

. 1984. "Je veux partir/ *Je veux que je parte. À propos de la distribution des complétives à temps fini et des compléments à l'infinitif en français". Cahiers de grammaire 7. 75-138.

5127.

. 1989. "Weather-Verbs and the Unaccusative Hypothesis". Studies in Romance Linguistics: Selected Papers from the Seventeenth Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages (XVII.LSRL), Rutgers University, 27-29 March 1987 ed. by Carl Kirschner & Janet DeCesaris, 313-345. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5128.

Růzicka, J. 1970. "Die Valenz der Verben und die Struktur des Satzes". Actes du Xe congrès international des linguistes, Bucarest, 28 août - 2 septembre 1967, vol. 2, 1127-1132. Bucarest.

5129.

Rûzicka, Rudolf. 1961. "Struktur und Echtheit des altslavischen absolutus". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 6. 588-596.

dativus

5130.

. 1978a. "Discussion in the Working Group 'Problems of Case and Valency Grammar': At the XIIth International Congress of Linguists - Vienna 29.8-2.9.1977. Three Aspects of Valency". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 23. 20-24.

5131.

. 1978b. "Three Aspects of Valence". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 47-53. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins.

5132.

. 1981. "Case Force beyond Labelled Case Roles". Linguistische berichte 35. 110-124.

5133.

. 1989. "Lexikalische, syntaktische und pragmatische Restriktionen des unpersönlichen Passivs (Eine komparative Etüde)". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 26.6. 350-352.

Arbeits-

352

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5134.

Ruzicková, Eva. "Pseudoreflexives in Slovak". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 205-211.

5135.

Rybarkiewicz, Włodzimierz. 1982. "Subject- and Topic-Prominence in Polish and English". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 15. 111-119.

5136.

Rzepka, Wojciech Ryszard. 1975. Dopelniacz w funkcji biernika męskich form osobowych w liczbie mnogiej w polszczyznie XVII w. Wroclaw: Zakład Narodowy imienia Ossolińskich, Wydawnictwo Polskiej Akademii Nauk.

5137.

. 1976. "Uwagi o rozwoju gen.-acc. pl. w polszczyznie kresowej". Studia polonistyczne 3. 141-153.

5138.

. 1986-87. "Z dziejów form fleksyjnych rzeczowników w polszczyznie XVI-XVII wieku: celownik liczby pojedynczej rodzaju męskiego". Slavia occidentalis 43. 135-158.

5139. ° Saad, George Nehmeh. 1982. Transitivity, Causation and Passivization - A Semantic-Syntactic Study of the Verb in Classical Arabic. London: Kegan. 5140.

Sablayrolles, Pierre. 1991. "Sémantique spatio-temporelle du déplacement en français: Analyse et représentation". Cahiers de grammaire 16. 119-159.

5141. ° Sack, Manfred. 1985. "Trotzdessen trotz dem". Die Zeit 23. 5142. 5143.

Sadock, Jerrold M. & Judith N. Levi. 1977. "Ergativity in English?". Chicago Linguistics Society, Book of Squibs. Cumulative Index 1968-1977. 91-93. & Peter Cole, eds. 1977. see Cole, Peter.

5144.

Sadrin, V.I. 1991. "Interpretacija onomasiologiceskoj struktury proizvodnyx slov anglijskogo jazyka v terminax padežnoj grammatiki". Vestnik Leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija-jazykoznanie-literaturovedenie 12. 48-57.

5145.

Sadziński, Roman. 1985. "Statistische und dynamische Valenz: Zur Rea­ lisierung der Subjektaktanten im Deutschen und Polnischen". Prace Językoznawcze 80. 73-82.

5146.

. 1987. "Zur valenztheoretischen Wertung des Agensanschlusses im deutschen Passiv". Das Passiv im Deutschen. Akten des Kolloquiums über das Passiv im Deutschen, Nizza 1986 ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique (Nice), 147-159. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5147.

& Zenon Weigt. 1985. "Probleme der Verbvalenz in der Fachsprache". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 22.3. 156-157.

5148.

Sæbø, Kjell-Johan. 1984. "Über fakultative Valenz". Deutsche Sprache. 97-109.

5149.

Saeed, John Ibrahim. 1993. "Adpositional Clitics and Word Order in Somali". Transactions of the Philological Society 91.1. 63-93.

Alphabetical List

353

5150.

Sävborg, Torsten. 1941. Étude sur le rôle de la préposition DE dans les expressions de lieu relatives en latin vulgaire et en ancien gallo-roman. Uppsala: A-B lundequistska bokhandeln.

5151.

Safir, Ken. 1985. "Missing Subjects in German". Studies in German Grammar ed. by Jindrich Toman, 193-229. Dordrecht: Foris.

5152.

. 1986. "Subject Clitics and Norn-Drop Parameter". The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics ed. by Hagit Borer, Syntax and Semantics 19, 333-356. New York: Academic Press.

5153.

& David Pesetsky. 1981. "Inflection, Inversion and Subject Clitics". Proceedings of NELS 11. 331-344.

5154.

Safronova, T.N., A.I. Berestova & A.I. Varsavskaja. 1986. see Berestova, A.I.

5155.

Sagirov, A.K. 1967. "Ob érgativnoj konstrukcii predlozenija v adygejskix jazykax". Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 174-179. Leningrad: Nauka.

5156. ° Saito, M. 1983. "Case and Government in Japanese". West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 2. 5157.

Saksena, Anuradha. 1975. "Review: Balachandran, Lakshmi Bai. 1973. A Case Grammar of Hindi. Agra: Central Institute of Hindi". Language 51.3. 753760.

5158.

. 1980. "The Affected Agent". Language 56.4. 812-826.

5159.

. 1981. "Verb Agreement in Hindi". Linguistics 19.5.6.243.244. 467474.

5160.

. 1982a. "Case Marking Semantics". Lingua 56. 335-343.

5161.

. 1982b. Topics in the Analysis of Causatives with an Account of Hindi Paradigms. Berkeley: University of California Press.

5162.

. 1983a. "A Semantic Model of Causative Paradigms". Lingua 59. 77-94.

5163.

. 1983b. "A Case Marking Constraint". Lingua 60. 41-52.

5164. 5165. 5166.

. 1985. "Verb Agreement in Hindi, Part II: A Critique of Comrie's Analysis". Linguistics 23.1.275. 137-142. Sal'nkob, Nikolaj. 1977. "Bezlicnye predlozenija tipa 'Krysu sorvalo vetrom"'. Russian Linguistics 3.3.4. 271-292. Saltarelli, Mario. 1978. "A Clause-Based Theory of Grammatical Relations". Proceedings of the 12th Congress of Linguists, Vienna, August 28 - September 2, 1977 ed. by Wolfgang U. Dressier & Wolfgang Meid, 408-411. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.

354

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5167.

. 1981. "Post-Verbal Subjects in Italian". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 17. 361-368.

5168.

. 1989. "Syntactic Shift and the Creation of Clitics in Romance". Studies in Romance Linguistics: Selected Papers from the 17th Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages, Rutgers University, 27-29 March 1987 ed. by Carl Kirschner & Janet DeCesaris, 347-364. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5169.

. 1992. "The Subject of Psych-Verbs and Case Theory". Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbühler & Konrad Koerner, 251-267. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5170.

Saltveit, Laurits. 1968. "Akkusativ und Dativ in ihren Beziehungen zum Verb". Sprachnorm, Sprachpflege, Sprachkritik ed. by Hugo Moser, 251-267. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

5171.

. 1979. "Der prädikative Akkusativ im Niederdeutschen". Gedenkschrift für Heinrich Wesche ed. by Wolfgang Kramer, Ulrich Scheuermann & Dieter Stellmacher, 219-225. Neumünster: Wachholtz.

5172.

Salverda De Grave, J.J. 1914. "De meervoudsvorm op -s in het Nederlands". De nieuwe taalgids 8. 15-23.

5173.

Samanajeva, Alla N. & Anatolij M. Muxin. 1988. see Muxin, Anatolij M.

5174.

Samlowski, Wolfgang. 1976. "Case Grammar". Computational Semantics: An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Natural Language Comprehension ed. by Eugene Charniak & Yorick Wilks, 55-72. Amsterdam: North Holland. . 1977. "Case Systems in Artificial Intelligence". Kasustheorie, Klassifikation, semantische Interpretation: Beiträge zur Lexikologie und Semantik ed. by Klaus Heger & János S. Petöfi, 125-148. Hamburg: Buske.

5175.

5176.

Sampson, Geoffrey. 1972. "Review: Anderson, John M. 1971. The Grammar of Case: Toward a Localistic Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press". Journal of Literary Semantics 1. 116-118.

5177.

Samuelsdorff, Paul-Otto. 1984. Das Kausativierungsmorphem im Suaheli. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 60. 61-72).

5178.

. 1991. "Valenzverändernde Verbalsuffixe im Suahili". Partizipation Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 252-270. Tübingen: Narr.

5179.

Sánchez Salor, E. 1981. "El incremento de la constricción intransitiva en latín tardío". Revista española de lingüística 11.2. 375-401.

5180.

Sandberg, Bengt. 1982. "Zur Valenz der Substantive". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 19.5. 272-279.

5181.

Sanders, G. 1984. "Adverbials and Objects". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 221-241. London: Academic Press.

Alphabetical List

355

5182.

Sandig, Barbara. 1970. "Review: Helbig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Zeitschrift ßr Dialektologie und Linguistik 37. 355357.

5183.

Sandmann, Manfred. 1954. Subject and Predicate: A Contribution to the Theory of Syntax. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press/(1979) Heidelberg: Winter.

5184.

. 1963. "Zur Frage der Transitivität. Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 79.5.6. 567-592.

5185.

. 1968. "'Possessifs' et 'prédicatifs'". Revue de linguistique romane 32. 305-323/(1973) Expériences et critiques: Essais de linguistique générale et de philologie romane by Manfred Sandmann, 269-285. Paris: Klincksieck.

5186.

Sandred, Karl Inge. 1991. "Nominal Inflection in the Old English of the AngloSaxon Land Charters: Change of Gender or Analogy?". Studia neophilologica 63.1. 3-12.

5187.

Sandu, Doina. 1986. "Review: Stănescu, Speranţa. 1983. Verbvalenz und Satz­ baupläne. Eine deutsch-rumänische kontrastive Studie. Bucureşti: T.U.B./ (1986) Heidelberg: Groos". Analele universităţii bucureşti - limbi şi literaturi sträine 35. 101.

5188. ° Sanidze, Akaki G. 1942. "Zmnata gardamavlobis sakitxisatvis Kartvelur enebsi, II". SMAM 3. 289-293. 5189. °

. 1956. "Codebitis pormis adgilisatvis gramatikasi". Saxelis brunebis istoriisatvis Kartvelur enebsi ed. by V. Topuria, 48-55. Tbilisi: Universiteti.

5190. °

. 1957. "Subiekturi prepiksi meore pirisa da obiekturi prepiksi mesame pirisa Kartul zmnebsi". Kartuli enis Strukturisa da istoriis sakitxebi, I, 111263. Tbilisi: Universiteti.

5191.

. 1961. "Gramat'ik'uli subiekt'i zogiert gardauval zmnastan kartulsi". Dzveli kartuli enis k'atedris Sromebi 7. 209-228.

5192.

. 1963. "Le sujet grammatical de quelques verbes intransitifs en géor­ gien". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 58. 1-27. Review: see Lafon, René [1963]

5193.

Santinello, Caterina. 1991. "The Unified Case-Marking Hypothesis and the Semantic Interpretation of Verbal Compounds". Rivista di grammatica gener­ ativa 16. 119-149.

5194.

Sapir, Edward. 1917. "Review: Uhlenbeck, C.C. 1917. 'Het identificeerend karakter der possessieve flexie in talen van Noord-America'. Verslagen en mededeelingen der koninklijke akademie van wetenschappen, Afdeeling letterkunde 5.2. 345-371". International Journal of American Linguistics 1.1. 86-90.

356 5195.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Saporta, Sol. 1961. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Modem Lan­ guage Quarterly 22. 411-412.

5196. ° Saradzenidze, T. 1955. "Brunebata klasipikaciisatvis Svanursi". Iberiul k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 7. 125-133. 5197. °

. 1956. "-Ta supiksiani mravlobiti modkmedebitsa da vitarebits brunvebsi". Saxelis brunebis istoriisatvis Kartvelur enebsi ed. by V. Topuria, 271-285. Tbilisi: Universiteti.

5198. °

. 1961. "Orpu3ianobis erti tipis sesaxeb Svanur saxelta brunebasi". KESS 2. 221-231.

5199.

Saramandu, N. 1965. "Locul complementului indirect exprimat prin substantiv în cadrul grupării completive - pentru limba romana din secolul al XVIII-lea". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 16.4. 499-517.

5200.

Sardzveladze, Z. 1973. "Subiekt'i motxrobit brunvasi zog gardauval zmnastan". Kartuli ena da lit'erat'ura sk'olasi 2. 71-72.

5201. 5202. 5203.

& B.K. Gigineisvili. 1978. see Gigineisvili, B.K. Sarlov, Stojan. 1991. "On the Pragmatic Valency of Verbs in German and Bulgarian". Contrastive Linguistics 16.2. 10-16. Sarypkin, S. Ja. 1985. "Sinkretizm greceskogo dativa v svete drevnej six greceskix nadpisej". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 44.3.204-212.

5204. ° Sas, Louis F. 1937. The Noun Declension in Merovingian Latin. Paris. 5205.

Sasaki, Tsuyoshi. 1971. "Case Grammar for Japanese". Georgetown University Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 2. 61-76.

5206.

Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1978. "Subjekt und Ergativ: Zur pragmatischen Grundlage primärer grammatischer Relationen". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 12.3.4. 219-252.

5207.

. 1982. "Subjektprominenz". Fakten und Theorien: Festschrift für Helmut Stimm zum 65. Geburtstag. Beiträge zur romanischen und allge­ meinen Sprachwissenschaft ed. by Sieglinde Heinz & Ulrich Wandruszka, 267-286. Tübingen: Narr.

5208.

. 1984. "The Pragmatics of Noun Incorporation in Eastern Cushitic Languages". Objects. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 243-268. London: Academic Press.

5209.

. 1991. "Relationale Typologie. Weiterführende Gedanken zu Planks Relational Typology. Review: Plank, Frans, ed. 1985. Relational Typology. Berlin: De Gruyter". Linguistische Berichte 131. 45-59.

Alphabetical List

357

5210.

Sassen, A. 1975-76. "Een hypercorrect spellingsgroningisme". Tabu 6.1.2. 26.

5211.

Sauerbeck, Karl Otto. 1989. "Der Gebrauch von Formen mit und ohne -e im Genitiv und Dativ singular starker Substantive von 1960 bis 1970". Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie 108.3. 377-402.

5212.

Saur, Romain. 1974. "Lexikalische Zugehörigkeit der Valenzträger". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 13-21. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

5213.

Saussure, Ferdinand de. 1881. De l' emploi du génitif absolu en sanscrit. Genève: Fick/(1970) Recueil des publications scientifiques de Ferdinand de Saussure, 267-338. Geneva: Slatkine Reprints.

5214. 5215. 5216.

° Sauter, Roger. 1983. Le génitif allemand. Étude synchronique Third Cycle dissertation, University of Lyon.

et

diachronique.

. 1986. "Commentaire linguistique de texte (aggrégation)". cahiers d'allemand 4.1. 99-107. Sauvageot, Aurélien. 1950. "La catégorie de l'objet". Journal de normale et pathologique 43. 155-170.

Nouveaux psychologie

5217.

. 1971. "Le problème de la relation objectale". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 66.1. 345-368.

5218.

° Savary, Raymond. 1983. "Études des limites d'emploi du datif allemand par la méthode des 'groupes sémantiques charnières'". Colloque du centre de recherches germaniques de l'université de Nancy II, Le datif les verbes auxiliaires, 118-136. Nancy: University.

5219.

. 1984. Ordre langagier, champ spatial et emplois : Prépositions, cas et verbes en allemand et en français. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5220.

Savcenko, A.N. 1967. "Érgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v praindoevropejskom jazyke". Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 74-90. Leningrad: Nauka.

5221.

. 1973. "K voprosu o proisxozdenii érgativnoj konstrukcii predlozenija". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 18. 134-143.

5222.

Savin, Emilia, Ulrich Engel, loan Lăzarescu, Rodica Mihaila-Cova, Lucia Popa & Natalia Roth. 1983. see Engel, Ulrich.

5223.

Savoia, Leonardo M. & Luciana Brandi. 1990. see Brandi, Luciana.

5224.

Savvina, Elena N. & Igor A. Mel'cuk. 1978. see Mel'cuk, Igor A.

5225.

Sawicki, Lea. 1991. "Genitive and Instrumental in Passive Constructions in Lithuanian". Indogermanische Forschungen 96. 168-174.

358

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5226.

Sawyer, Jesse O., Charles N. Li & Sandra A. Thompson. 1977. see Li, Charles N.

5227.

Saxena, Anju & Karumuri V. Subbarao. 1987. see Subbarao, Karumuri V.

5228. ° Saxokia, M. 1986. Possessivnost', perexodnost' i ergativnost'. Tipologiceskoe sopostavlenie drevnepersidskix, drevnearmjanskix i drevnegruzinskix konstrukcij. Tbilisi: Mecniereba. 5229.

Saxon, Leslie & Wei-Ping Sun. 1989. see Sun, Wei-Ping.

5230.

Saydon, P.P. 1964. "Meanings and Uses of the Particle 't". Vetus testamentum 14. 192-210.

5231.

Scaglione, Aldo D. 1970. Ars grammatica: A Bibliographic Survey, Two Essays on the Grammar of the Latin and Italian Subjunctive, and a Note on the Ablative Absolute. The Hague: Mouton.

5232.

Schachter, Jacquelyn & Virginia Yip. 1990. "Grammaticality Judgments. Why Does Anyone Object to Subject Extraction?". Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12 4. 379-392.

5233.

Schachter, Paul. 1976. "The Subject in Philippine Languages: Topic, Actor, Actor-Topic, or None of the Above?". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 491-518. New York: Academic Press.

5234.

. 1977a. "Reference-Related and Role-Related Properties of Subjects". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 279-306. New York: Academic Press.

5235.

. 1977b. "Review: Ramos, Teresita V. 1973-74. The Case System of Tagalog Verbs. Ph.D. dissertation, Hawaii University. Canberra: Australian National University". Language 52.3. 707-711.

5236. °

. 1984. "Semantic-Role-Based Syntax in Toba Batak". Studies in the Structure of Toba Batak ed. by Paul Schachter, UCLA Occasional Papers in Linguistics 5. 122-149.

5237.

Schachtl, Stefanie. 1989. "Morphological Case and Abstract Case: Evidence from the German Genitive Construction". Syntactic Phrase Structure Phenomena in Noun Phrases and Sentences ed. by Christa Bhatt, Elisabeth Löbel & Claudia Schmidt, 99-112. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5238.

. 1990. "Der Akkusativ in den Medialkonstruktionen des Deutschen". Strukturen und Merkmale syntaktischer Kategorien ed. by Gisbert Fanselow & Sacha W. Felix, 104-120. Tübingen: Narr.

5239.

Schade, Walter. 1975. "Valenztheorie und Übersetzungswörterbücher". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 11. 91-94.

5240.

Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1985. "The Development of Case and Focus in UMbundu". Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 9. 282-284.

Alphabetical List 5241.

5242.

359

Schaeder, Burkhard. 1984. "The Verb geben in Dictionaries and in Fact". Studies in Descriptive German Grammar ed. by J. Alan Pfeffer, 115-134. Heidelberg: Groos. & Clemens Knobloch. 1985. see Knobloch, Clemens.

5243.

Schaller, Helmut Wilhelm. 1978a. "Die Verwendung von Akkusativ und Genitiv in verneinten Objektsätzen des heutigen Russischen". Slavistische Studien zum VIII internationalen Slavistenkongress in Zagreb 1978 ed. by Johannes Holthusen, Wolfgang Kasack & Reinhold Olesch, 469-475. Köln: Böhlau.

5244.

. 1978b. Das direkte Objekt in verneinten Sätzen des Russischen. Frank­ furt am Main: Lang.

5245.

. 1985. "Übereinstimmungen in der Kasussyntax der slavischen und baltischen Sprachen". Linguistique balkanique 28.1. 39-44.

5246.

Schaner-Wolles, Chris. 1989. "Strategies in Acquiring Grammatical Relations in German: Word Order or Case Marking?". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 23.1.2. 131-156.

5247.

Schapira, Charlotte. 1986. "Le complément d'agent introduit par la préposition de". Lingvisticae investigationes 10. 152-172.

5248.

Schatte, Christoph. 1987. "Der Instrument-Begriff: Eine simplifizierende Generalisierung der Kasusgrammatik". Linguistica silesiana 9. 15-21.

5249.

Schaub, Sybille. 1979. "Verschmelzungsformen von Präpositionen und Formen des bestimmten Artikels im Deutschen". Phonologische Probleme des Deutschen ed. Heinz Vater, 63-96. Tübingen: Narr.

5250.

Schebeck, Bernhard. 1976a. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflec­ tions: Yuulngu". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 352-382. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Stud­ ies.

5251.

. 1976b. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically Nominative-Ergative or Nominative-Accusative? Thangu and Atjnjamathanha". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 516-550. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

5252.

Schefski, Harold K. 1987. "Case Determination in a State of Transition: Skuchat'po kom/chem or po komu/chemu?". Russian Language Journal 41.140. 47-50.

5253. ° Schendl, Herbert. 1983. "Implizite Kasus und Bedeutungswandel im Eng­ lischen". Klagenfurter Beiträge zur Sprachwissenschaft 9. 166-182. 5254.

. 1985. "Valenz, implizite Kasus und sprachlicher Wandel im Eng­ lischen". Folia linguistica historica 6.2. 357-399.

360 5255.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Schenkel, Wolfgang. 1971. "Die Valenz im adnominalen Raum". Beiträge zur Valenztheorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 67-83. The Hague: Mouton.

5256.

& Gerhard Helbig. 1967. see Helbig, Gerhard.

5257.

& Gerhard Helbig. 1969/73. see Helbig, Gerhard.

5258. ° Schenker, Alexander M. 1964. Polish Declension. The Hague. 5259. 5260.

Schermer-Vermeer, Everdina Cornelia. 1971. "Passiefvorming bij zinnen zonder menselijk subject". Studia neerlandica 6. 130-145. . 1979. "De verantwoording van de relatie tussen pseudocleft-zinnen en hun niet-gekloofde pendanten, en de plaats daarvan in de taaibeschrijving". Spektator 9. 191-207.

5261.

. 1991. Substantiële versus formele taaibeschrijving: Het indirect object in het Nederlands. Amsterdam: Free University of Amsterdam.

5262.

Scherps, G. 1973. "Het eerste lid van de zin". De nieuwe taalgids 66.4. 282-283.

5263.

Schieffelin, Barnbi B. 1981. "A Developmental Study of Pragmatic Appropri­ ateness of Word Order and Case Marking in Kaluli". The Child's Construction of Language ed. by Werner Deutsch, 105-120. London: Academic Press.

5264.

Schiller, Eric, David Magier & Arlene R.K. Zide, eds. 1985. see Zide, Arlene R.K.

5265.

Schindler, Jochem. 1972. "L'apophonie des noms-racines indo-européens". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 67.1. 31-38.

5266.

. 1982. "Zum Nom. sing. m. der nt-Partizipien im Jungavestischen". Investigationes philologicae et comparativae. Gedenkschrift für Heinz Kronasser ed. by Erich Neu, 186-209. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

5267.

Schlachter, Wolfgang. 1958. "Partitiv und Inkongruenz beim Subjekt des Finnischen". Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen 33.1.2. 3-95/(1968) Arbeiten zur strukturbezogenen Grammatik auf der Grundlage finnisch-ugrischen und germanischen Materials by Wolfgang Schlachter, ed. by Bjorn Collinder & Hans Fromm, 294-384. München: Fink.

5268.

. 1959. "Review: Denison, Norman. 1957. The Partitive in Finnish. Helsinki: Annales academicae scientiarum fennicae, Ser. B. 108". Kratylos 4. 93-94.

5269. °

. 1960a. Studien zum Possessivsuffix des Syrjänischen. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

5270.

. 1960b. "Lappische Passivsyntax. V. Die Funktion des Subjekts im passivischen Satz". Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 32. 25-64.

5271. °

. 1962. "Zum Problem des Nominativs in den finnisch-ugrischen Sprachen". Commentationes fenno-ugricae in honorem Paavo Ravila, 493521. Helsinki: Mémories de la société fino-ougrienne 125.

Alphabetical List

361

5272.

. 1966. "Der Agens-Illativ beim Passiv des Lappischen". Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-historische Klasse 2. 395-408.

5273.

. 1968. "Zum Problem des Nominativs in den finnisch-ugrischen Sprachen". Arbeiten zur strukturbezogenen Grammatik auf der Grundlage finnisch-ugrischen und germanischen Materials by Wolfgang Schlachter, ed. by Bjorn Collinder & Hans Fromm, 272-293. München: Fink.

5274.

Schlesinger, Izchak M. 1979. "Cognitive Structures and Semantic Deep Struc­ tures: The Case of the Instrumental". Journal of Linguistics 15. 307-324.

5275.

. 1989. "Instruments as Agents: On the Nature of Semantic Relations". Journal of Linguistics 25. 189-210.

5276.

Schlobinski, Peter. 1988. "Über den 'Akkudativ' im Berlinischen". Muttersprache 98. 214-225.

5277. ° Schlüter, E. 1874. De dativi usu Terentiano. Münster. 5278. 5279.

Schmalstieg, William R. 1966. "The Preposition 's' + the Instrumental". Slavic and East European Journal 10. 178-180. . 1976. "The Slavic Genitive Singular as the Subject of Participles in -noand -to-". Linguistica 16. 161-163.

5280.

. 1977. "Speculations on the Development of the Indo-European Nomi­ nal Inflection". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 10.1.2. 109-149.

5281. °

. 1982. "The Shift of Intransitive to Transitive Passive in the Lithuanian and Indo-European Verb". Baltistica 18.2. 119-134.

5282. °

. 1987. "Some Uses of the Genitive Case in Old Bulgarian". Paleobulgarica 11.3. 21-25.

5283.

. 1989. "The Genitive of Agent vs. the Instrumental of Means: An Old Idea Worth Retaining". General Linguistics 29.4. 272-275.

5284.

. 1990. "The Ergative Syntax of the Indo-European Middle Aorist". Lingua posnaniensis 31. 11-22.

5285.

Schmid, Heinrich. 1951-52. "Zur Geschichte der rätoromanischen Deklination". Vox romanica 12. 21-81.

5286.

. 1976. "It. Teodö! 'oh Theodor!': Vocativus redivivus?". Mélanges de langues et de littératures romanes offerts à Carl Theodor Gossen ed. by Germán Colón & Robert Kopp, 827-864. Bern: Francke.

5287.

Schmid, Josef. 1981. "Zum Verhältnis von Dativ und Präpositionalphrase mit 'für' im heutigen Deutsch". Sprachwissenschaft 6. 149-168.

362 5288.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations . 1988. Untersuchungen zum sogenannten freien Dativ in der Gegenwartssprache und auf Vorstufen des heutigen Deutsch. Frankfurt am Main: Lang. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1989c]; Wegener, Heide [1991]

5289.

Schmidely, Jack. 1972. "Grammaire et statistique: L'alternance le/lo dans l'expression de l'objet pronominal 'direct' en espagnol". Études de linguistique appliquée 6. 37-58.

5290.

. 1986. "A devant l'objet 'direct' en Corse et en espagnol". Morphosyntaxe des langues romanes, Actes du XVIIe congrès international de linguistique et de philologie romanes (Aix-en-Provence, 29 août - 3 septembre 1983), volume 4, 115-125. Aix-en-Provence: University.

5291.

Schmidt, Annette. 1985. "The Fate of Ergativity in Dying Dyirbal". 61.2. 378-396.

5292.

Schmidt, Gemot. 1968. "Zu den singularischen Genetiven der idg. Personal­ pronomina". Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung 82. 227-250. der indogermanischen

Language

5293.

. 1978. Stammbildung und Flexion pronomina. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

Personal-

5294.

. 1985. "Der Genetiv der indogermanischen ā-Deklination". Sprach­ wissenschaftliche Forschungen: Festschrift für Johann Knobloch zum 65. Geburtstag am 5. Januar 1984 dargebracht von Freunden und Kollegen ed. by Hermann M. Ölberg, Gernot Schmidt & Heinz Bothien, 393-402. Innsbruck: Verlag des Instituts für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.

5295.

Schmidt, Jürgen Erich. 1991. "Konvergenzen zwischen neueren Grammatik­ theorien und Deskriptionsgrammatiken? Zum Verhältnis von Konstituenz, Rektion {Government), Valenz und Dependenz". Neue Fragen der Linguistik. Akten des 25. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990, Band 1: Bestand und Entwicklung ed. by Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell & Cornelia Weiß, 211-218. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5296.

Schmidt, Karl Horst. 1966. "Zur Syntax des Kausativums im Georgischen und in indogermanischen Sprachen". Bedi kartlisa, Revue de kartvéologie 21.22. 121-127.

5297.

. 1973. "Transitive and Intransitive". Indogermanische und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft. Akten der IV. Fachtagung der indogermanischen Gesell­ schaft Bern, 28. Juli-1. August 1969 ed. by Georges Redard, 107-124. Wies­ baden: Reichert.

5298.

. 1975. "Das indogermanische Kasusmorphem und seine Substituenten". Flexion und Wortbildung: Akten der V. Fachtagung der indogermanischen Gesellschaft Regensburg, 9.-14. September, 1973 ed. by Helmut Rix, 268286. Wiesbaden: Reichert.

Alphabetical List 5299.

°

363

. 1976. "Kasus, Präverb, und Postposition Sprachen". Aγmosavluri pilologia 4. 144-149.

in

den

kaukasischen

5300.

. 1977. "Probleme der Ergativkonstruktion". Münchener Sprachwissenschaft 36. 97-116.

5301.

. 1979. "Reconstructing Active and Ergative Stages of Pre-Indo-European". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 333-345. London: Academic Press.

5302.

. 1980. "Casus indefinitus bei Eigennamen". Bedi kartlisa, kartvéologie 38. 233-238.

5303.

. 1987. "The Indo-European Background of the Classical Armenian Noun Declension". Annual of Armenian Linguistics 8. 35-47.

5304.

. 1990. "Zur Deklination der o-Stämme in den westindogermanischen Sprachen". Lingua posnaniensis 31. 3-10.

5305.

Schmidt, Paul. 1985. Gebrauchstheorie der Bedeutung und Valenztheorie: Untersuchungen zum Problem der Hypostasierung von Bedeutungen. Amster­ dam: Rodopi.

5306.

Schmidt, Ruth Laila. 1985. "Morphological Criteria for Distinguishing Catego­ ries of Transitivity in Shina". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Arlene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 33-47. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

5307.

Schmitt, Torsten. 1986. Kasus grammatik, konstruktive Logik temporaler Ausdruck: Modellkritik und Modellierungsversuch mit Belegen aus dem Russischen, Serbokroatischen und Deutschen. München: Sagner.

5308.

Schmitz, Otto. 1924. Die Christus-Gemeinschaft Genitivgebrauchs. Gütersloch: Bertelsmann.

5309.

Schnorr von Carolsfeld, Hans. 1934. "Transitivum und Intransitivum". Indogermanische Forschungen 52. 1-31.

5310.

Schöfer, Göran. 1989. "Prinzipien von Valenzveränderungen". Zeitschrift Germanistik 10.1. 83-90.

5311.

5312.

°

Studien

zur

Revue

des Paulus im Lichte

de

seines

für

. 1992. Semantische Funktionen des deutschen Dativs. Vorschlag einer Alternative zur Diskussion um den homogenen/heterogenen Dativ der deutschen Gegenwartssprache. Münster: Nodus. Schoenmakers, Theo H.B & Aad van den Ende. 1978. "Constructies met belanghebbend voorwerp en met hebben plus infinitief. Een taalgeografisch onderzoek". Meta, mededelingenblad voor neerlandici in Leiden 13.5.6. 3135.

364

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5313.

Schönmann, Gerhard. 1959. "Der falsche Dativ im Beisatz". Muttersprache 69.5. 159-161.

5314.

Schoenthal, Gisela. 1976. Das Passiv in der deutschen Standardsprache: Darstellung in der neueren Grammatiktheorie und Verwendung in Texten gesprochener Sprache. München: Hueber.

5315.

. 1987. "Kontextsemantische Analysen zum Passivgebrauch im Deutschen". Das Passiv im Deutschen ed. by Centre de recherche en linguistique germanique, 161-179. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5316.

Schooneveld, Cornelius H. van. 1978. Semantic Transmutations: Prolegomena to a Calculus of Meaning, Volume 1: The Cardinal Semantic Structure of Prepositions, Cases, and Paratactic Conjunctions in Contemporary Standard Russian. Bloomington, Indiana: Physsardt.

5317.

. 1982. "The Extension Feature in Russian". International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics 25.26. 445-457.

5318. °

. 1984. "The Place of the Ergative within the Category of Case". Signs of Friendship: To Honour A.G.F. van Holk, Slavist, Linguist, Semiotician. Liber amicorum Presented to Andreé G.F. van Holk on the Occasion of His 60th Birthday and in Celebration of 20 Years of Slavic Studies under His Direction at Groningen University ed. by J.J. van Baak, 225-256. Amsterdam: Rodopi.

5319.

. 1986a. "Is the Vocative a Case?". Pragmatics and Linguistics: Festschrift for Jacob L. Mey on His 60th Birthday 30th October 1986 ed. by Jorgen Dines Johansen, Harly Sonne & Hartmut Haberland, 179-186. Odense: Odense University Press.

5320.

. 1986b. "Jakobson's Case System and Syntax". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 373-385. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

5321.

Schopf, Alfred. 1988. "The Ditransitive Clause Reconsidered". Essays on the English Language and Applied Linguistics on the Occasion of Gerhard Nickel's 60th Birthday ed. by Josef Klegraf & Dietrich Nehls, 110-130. Heidelberg: Groos.

5322.

Schøsler, Lene. 1973. "Sur la disparition de la déclinaison casuelle de l'ancien français". Revue romane 8. 242-261.

5323.

. 1978. "La déclinaison casuelle des noms propres dans 'Le charroi de Nîmes' ou: Sur la nécessité de travailler sur les manuscrits". Papers from the Fourth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Hindsgavl January 6-8, 1978 ed. by Kirsten Gregersen, 457-461. Odense: Odense University Press.

5324.

. 1985. "Les syntagmes nominaux en ancien français qui présentent des formes casuelles incompatibles, du type (loeys) le fiers et trestoz si chevalier". Actes, XVle congrés internacional de lingüística i filología romàniques, Ciutat de Mallorca, 7-12 d'abril de 1980, Tom 2: Comunicacions: Secció I, lingüística diachrònica i dialectología ed. by Aina Moll, 103-115. Palma de Mallorca: Moll.

Alphabetical List 5325.

& Pieter Th. van Reenen. 1985. see Reenen, Pieter van.

5326.

& Pieter Th. van Reenen. 1986. see Reenen, Pieter van.

365

5327.

Schpak-Dolt, Nikolaus. 1991. "Zur Semantik von transitiven Verben der Fort­ bewegung". Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft 10.2. 191-219.

5328.

Schreiber, Herbert. 1986. "Wortfelder im Sprachunterricht für Ausländer". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 145. 120-125.

5329.

& Karl-Ernst Sommerfeldt. 1971. see Sommerfeldt, Karl-Ernst.

5330.

& Karl-Ernst Sommerfeldt. 1974. see Sommerfeldt, Karl-Ernst.

5331.

& Karl-Ernst Sommerfeldt. 1975. see Sommerfeldt, Karl-Ernst.

5332.

& Karl-Ernst Sommerfeldt. 1977. see Sommerfeldt, Karl-Ernst.

5333.

Schreiber, Peter A. 1981. "Variable Surface Case in English". Glossa 15.2. 153198. 5334. ° Schrijnen, Jos. 1929. De latijnsche genitief singularis van de o-stammen. Am­ sterdam: Koninklijke akademie van wetenschappen. 5335.

Schrodt, Richard. 1982. "Valenz und Modus in der Diachronie der deutschen Inhaltssätze". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 231-257. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5336.

. 1992. "Die Opposition von Objektsgenitiv und Objekts akkusativ in der deutschen Sprachgeschichte: Syntax oder Semantik oder beides?". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 114.3. 361-394.

5337.

Schröder, Jochen. 1978. "Zum Zusammenhang von Lokativität und Direktionalität bei einigen wichtigen deutschen Präpositionen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 15.1. 9-15.

5338.

. 1979. "Semantischer Instrumental in deutschen Präpositionalfügungen mit adverbialem Charakter". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 16.6. 321-328.

5339.

. 1984. "'Mit'-Phrasen als Objekte". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 21.5. 351-356.

5340.

. 1985a. "'Mit'-Phrasen außerhalb des Objektbereichs, ihre Antonymieund Synonymiebeziehungen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 22.1. 40-46.

5341.

. 1985b. "Ent- Verben in einer mehrstufigen Analyse. Deutsch als Fremdsprache 22.6. 333-342.

5342.

. 1986. "Mehrstufige Analyse der 'zer-'Verben". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 23.6. 331-336/ Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 145. 81-86.

5343.

. 1987. "Instrumentalrelationen: Ein Beschreibungsproblem". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 24.2. 75-80.

366 5344.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations . 1989. "Zu Kasus- und Präpositionalobjekten". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 26.6. 364-368.

5345. ° Schröter. 1870. Der Akkusativ nach passiven Verba in der lateinischen Dichtersprache. Glogan. 5346.

Schroten, Jan. 1972. Concerning the Deep Structures of Spanish Reflexive Sentences. The Hague: Mouton. Review: see Green, John N. [1975]

5347.

Schtschetinina, Galina. 1973. "Einige Ergebnisse der Konfrontation der Stellung von Dativ-und Akkusativobjekt im Deutschen und Russischen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 10.6. 357-364.

5348.

Schuchard, Barbara. 1982-83. "Contextos del objeto directo en castellano: ¿ Pisiendo peras al dmo?". Boletín de filología 32. 65-83.

5349.

Schuchardt, Hugo. 1895-96. "Über den passivischen Charakter des Transitivs in den kaukasischen Sprachen". Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften (Wien), Philosophisch-historische Classe 133.1. 1-91.

5350.

. 1905-06. "Über den aktivischen und passivischen Charakter des Tran­ sitivs". Indogermanische Forschungen 18. 528-531.

5351.

. 1914. "Die Stellung des Subjektpronomens in den baskischen Verbal­ formen". Revista internacional de los estudios vascos 8. 1-5.

5352.

. 1921. "Possessivisch und passivisch". Sitzungsberichte der preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 651-662/(1928) Hugo Schuchardt-Brevier. Ein Vademecum der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft ed. by Leo Spitzer, 300-310. Halle: Niemeyer.

5353.

Schütte, Wilfried. 1982. "Historische Valenzsyntax am Beispiel der Lieder Heinrichs von Morungen". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 29-68. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5354.

Schuetze-Coburn, Stephan. 1987. "Exceptional -t/n-Marking in Oklahoma Seminole Creek". UCLA Occasional Papers in Linguistics 6. 146-159.

5355.

Schützeichel, Rudolf. 1979a. "Zur pragmatischen Komponente der Kasus". Integrale Linguistik: Festschrift für Helmut Gipper ed. by Edeltraud Bülow & Peter Schmitter, 573-588. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5356.

. 1979b. "Genitiv und Possessiv: Zum Tegernseer Du bist min". Sprachwissenschaft 4. 109-120.

5357.

Schuh, Russell G. 1971. "Reconstruction of the Syntax of Subject Emphasis in Certain Chadic Languages". Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 2. 6777.

Alphabetical List

367

5358.

. 1981. 'Types of Genitive Constructions in Chadic". Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 8. 117-121.

5359.

Schuil, J. 1979. Dative-Infinitive Constructions in Impersonal Sentences in Russian: Practical Rules for Their Understanding and Usage. M.A. thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca.

5360.

Schulze, Rainer. 1987. The Perception of Space and the Function of Prepositions in English: A Contribution to Cognitive Grammar. Duisburg: LAUD. A. 184.

5361.

Schulze, W. 1924. "Zur Bildung des Vokativs im Griechischen und im Latein­ ischen".ANTI∆ΩPON: Festschrift Jacob Wackernagel zur Vollendung des 70. Lebensjahres am 11 Dezember 1923 gewidmet von Schülern, Freunden und Kollegen, 240-253. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

5362.

° Schumacher, Helmut. 1971. "Review: Helbig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Gesellschaftswissenschaftliche Informationen 4. 84-86.

5363.

. 1972a. "Zum deutschen Valenzlexikon". Neue Grammatiktheorien und ihre Anwendung auf das heutige Deutsch, Jahrbuch 1971 des Instituts für deutsche Sprache ed. by Hugo Moser, 184-193. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

5364.

°

. 1972b. "Ein deutsches Valenzlexikon". IRAL-Sonderband, Kongreßbericht der 3. Jahrestagung der GAL e.V. ed. by Gerhard Nickel & Albert Raasch, 237-242. Heidelberg: Groos.

5365.

°

. 1974. "Verbale Valenz und Bedeutung. Ein Vorschlag zu einer dependentiellen Beschreibung auf logisch-semantischer Basis". IRAL-Sonderband, Kongreßbericht der 4. Jahrestagung der GAL e. V. ed. by Gerhard Nickel & Albert Raasch, 146-151. Heidelberg: Groos.

5366.

5367.

. 1975a. "Probleme der Verbvalenz". Deutsch als Fremdsprache und neuere Linguistik ed. by Otmar Werner & Gerd Fritz, 41-66. München: Hueber. °

. 1975b. "Satzmodelle in der Valenzgrammatik". Linguistik/Beschreibung der Gegenwartssprachen, IRAL-Sonderband, Kongreßbericht der 6. Jahrestagung der GAL e.V. ed. by Ulrich Engel & Helmut Schumacher, 2653. Heidelberg: Groos.

5368.

, ed. 1976a. Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz. Eine Dokumentation die Arbeit an einem deutschen Valenzlexikon. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

über

5369.

. 1976b. "Zum Forschungsbericht 'Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz'". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 5-20. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

368

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5370.

. 1976c. "Der Aufbau des Valenzlexikons". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 281-292. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5371.

. 1976d. "Über das Mannheimer Wörterbuch zur Verbvalenz". Zielsprache Deutsch 1. 10-15.

5372.

. 1985. "Grammatik im semantisch orientierten Valenzwörterbuch". Lexikographie und Grammatik. Akten des Essener Kolloquiums zur Grammatik im Wörterbuch, 28.-30.6.1984 ed. by Henning Bergenholtz & Joachim Mugdan, 159-186. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5373.

, ed. 1986. Verben in Feldern: Valenzwörterbuch zur Syntax und Semantik deutscher Verben. Berlin: Mouton. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1988d]

5374. 5375. 5376.

5377. 5378.

5379. 5380.

, Joachim Ballweg & Hans-Jürgen Hacker. 1972. see Ballweg, Joachim. & Günther A. Hamel. 1976. see Hamel, Günther A. & Norbert Trautz. 1976. "Bibliographie zur Valenz und Dependenz". Untersuchungen zur Verbvalenz ed. by Helmut Schumacher, 314-343. Tübingen: Niemeyer. & Ulrich Engel. 1976-78. see Engel, Ulrich. Schupbach, Richard D. 1986. "Grammatical Innovations in Technical Russian: Decline of the 'Instrumental of Means'". Slavic and East European Journal 30.4. 487-508. . 1987. "Syntactic Profiles of Style in Russian". Lingua 72. 53-78. Schutter, G. de. 1992. "Partitief of kwantitatief ER, of over de verklaring van syntactische variatie". Taal en tongval 44.1. 15-26.

5381.

Schveiger, Paul & Liviu Negrescu. 1968. see Negrescu, Liviu.

5382.

Schwartz, Arthur. 1976. "On the Universality of Subject: The Ilocano Case". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 519-533. New York: Academic Press. Schwartz, Bonnie D. 1985. "Case and Conjunction". Studies in Syntax ed. by Gary Gilligan, Mohammad Mohammad & Ian Roberts, 161-186. Los Ange­ les, California: University of Southern California, Department of Linguistics.

5383.

5384. ° Schwartz, Eugäne. 1878. Om oblika kasus och prepositioner i fornsvenskan före år 1400. Uppsala: UUÅ. 5385. ° 5386.

. 1899. "Om användningen af possessivt pronomen i din stackare och likartade uttryck". Archiv för nordisk filologi 15. 182-192. Schwartz, Hub. 1885. "Zur neuhochdeutschen Verbalrektion". Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie 17. 72-98/(1966) New York: Johnson.

Alphabetical 5387.

5388. °

List

369

Schwartz, Linda. 1986. "Levels of Grammatical Relations and Russian Reflex­ ive Controllers". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguis­ tics Society 12. 235-245. . 1989. "Thematic Linking in Hausa Asymmetric Coordination". Studies in African Linguistics 20.1. 39-62.

5389.

Schwartz-Popa-Burcä, Liana. 1971. "A New Mathematical Model of the Gram­ matical Case". Revue roumaine de linguistique 16.5. 411-421.

5390.

Schweckendieck, Adolf. 1967. "Gedanken über das Possessivpronomen". Mut­ tersprache 77. 371-376.

5391. ° Schwendener, U. 1923. Der Accusativus cum infinitivo im Italienischen. Säckingen am Rhein. 5392. 5393. °

5394.

Schwitalla, Johannes. 1985. "Verbvalenz und Text". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 5.5. 266-270. . 1988. "Kommunikative Bedingungen für Ergänzungsrealisierungen". Valenz, semantische Kasus und/oder 'Szenen' ed. by Gerhard Helbig, Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 180. Schwitters, M.E. 1944. '"De Rijks H.B.S.', een anglicistische prae-genitief'. Levende talen 128. 14-18.

5395. ° Schwyzer, E. 1942. "Zum persönlichen Agens beim Passiv, besonders im Griechischen". Abhandlungen der preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 1942. 10. 5396. ° Scott, Graham. 1986. "On Ergativity in Fore and Other Papuan Languages". Papers in New Guinea Linguistics 24. 167-175. Canberra: Australian National University. 5397.

Scott, John Adams. 1904. "The Vocative in Aeschylus and Sophocles". The American Journal of Philology 25.1.97. 81-84.

5398.

Scotton, Carol Myers. 1981a. "Extending Inalienable Possession: The Argument for an Extensive Case in Swahili". Journal of African Languages and Linguis­ tics 3. 159-174.

5399.

. 1981b. "Rethinking Inalienable Possession in Swahili: The Extensive Case". Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 8. 121-124.

5400.

Seche, Luiza. 1965. "Un nou mod de exprimare a vocativului feminin în limba romana". Limba română 14.1. 159-161.

5401.

Sedlak, Philip A.S. 1975. "Direct/Indirect Object Word Order: A Cross-Linguis­ tic Analysis". Stanford University Working Papers on Language Universals 18. 117-164.

370

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5402.

Seefranz-Montag, Ariane von. 1983. Syntaktische Funktionen und Wortstellungsveränderung. Die Entwicklung 'subjektloser' Konstruktionen in einigen Sprachen. München: Fink.

5403.

Seelbach, Dieter. 1970. Präpositionalphrasen mit de und à als Quellen der verbundenen Pronomen en und v.. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Frankfurt.

5404.

. 1986. "A propos d'un à-datif en français". Sur le verbe ed. by Sylvianne Rémi-Giraud & M. Le Guern, 133-168. Lyon: Lyon University Press.

5405.

. 1987. "Oberflächensyntax französischer Verben und lokale Tiefenkasusrelationen - Auf dem Weg zu einer lexikalisch-funktionalen Grammatik mit syntaktisch und semantisch homogenen Verbklassen". Grammatik und Wortbildung romanischer Sprachen. Beiträge zum deutschen Romanistentag in Siegen, 30.9.-3.10.1985 ed. by Wolf Dietrich, Hans-Martin Gauger & Horst Geckeier, 121-147. Tübingen: Narr.

5406.

Seely, Jonathan Franklin. 1977. "An Ergative Historiography". Historiographia linguistica 4.2. 191-206.

5407.

. 1978. A Study of Ergativity. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms Interna­ tional.

5408.

. 1987. "The Absolutive Configuration in English". American Speech 62.3. 235-241.

5409.

Séguy, Jean. 1973. "L'accusatif prépositionnel en gascon et en français du sudouest". Travaux de linguistique et de littérature 11.1. 429-433.

5410.

Sehrt, Edward H. 1930. "Der Genitiv Plural auf -ë im Gothischen". Studies in Honor of Hermann Collitz Presented by a Group of His Pupils and Friends on the Occasion of His Seventy-Fifth Birthday, February 4, 1930, 95-100. Balti­ more, Maryland: John Hopkins.

5411.

Seidel, Hans-Eberhard. 1988. Kasus: Zur Explikation eines sprachwissenschaftlichen Terminus (Am Beispiel des Russischen). Tübingen: Narr. Review: see Bílý, Milan [1990]

5412.

Seidel, Kurt Otto. 1980. "Zur Morphologie der Substantive im Deutschen. System-Tendenzen-Behandlung im Unterricht 'Deutch als Fremdsprache'". Bielefelder Beiträge zur Sprachlehrforschung 9.2. 166-181.

5413.

. 1982. "Quid sit dictionem regere dictionem. Aspekte der Verbvalenz in Grammatiken des 12. bis 17. Jahrhunderts". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 271-289. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5414.

Seidlová, Ivana. 1983. "On the Underlying Order of Cases (Participants) and Adverbials in English". The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 39. 53-64.

Alphabetical List

371

5415.

Seiler, Hansjakob. 1971. Possessivität und Universalien. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft.

5416.

. 1973a. "On the Semanto-Syntactic Configuration 'Possessor of an Act'". Issues in Linguistics. Papers in Honor of Henry and Renée Kahane ed. by Braj Kachru [et al.], 836-853. Urbana: University of Illinois Press/(1977) Sprache und Sprachen: Gesammelte Aufsätze by Hansjakob Seiler, 169-186. München: Fink.

5417.

. 1973b. "Zum Problem der sprachlichen Possessivität". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 6.3.4. 231-250/(1977) Sprache und Sprachen: Gesammelte Aufsätze by Hansjakob Seiler, 187-206. München: Fink.

5418.

. 1974. "The Principle of Concomitance: Instrumental, Comitative, and Collective". Foundations of Language 12. 215-247.

5419.

. 1977a. "Universals of Language". Sprache und Sprachen: Gesammelte Aufsätze by Hansjakob Seiler, 207-229. München: Fink.

5420.

. 1977b. "Zum Systematik und Entwicklungsgeschichte der griechischen Nominaldeklination". Sprache und Sprachen: Gesammelte Aufsätze by Hansjakob Seiler, 405-431. Tübingen: Narr.

5421.

. 1980. Two Types of Cahuilla Kinship Expressions: Inherent and Establishing. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 39).

5422.

. 1981. Possession as an Operational Dimension of Language. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 42).

5423.

. 1982. Possessivity, Subject and Object. Köln: University, Institut für Sprachwissenschaft (AKUP 43)/(1983) Studies in Language 7.1. 89-117.

5424.

. 1983. Possession as an Operational Dimension of Language. Tübingen: Narr. Review: see Bossong, Georg [1984c]

5425.

& Waldfried Premper, eds. 1991. Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten. Tübingen: Narr.

5426.

Seiter, William J. 1978. "Subject/Direct Object Raising in Niuean". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4. 211-222.

5427.

. 1979. "Instrumental Advancement in Niuean". Linguistic Inquiry 10.4. 595-621.

5428.

. 1983. "Subject-Direct Object Raising in Niuean". Studies in Relational Grammar I ed. by David M. Perlmutter, 317-359. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

372

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5429.

Selig, Maria. 1991. "Inhaltskonturen des 'Dativs' - Zur Ablösung des latein­ ischen Dativs durch ad und zur differentiellen Objektmarkierung". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 187-211. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5430.

Seliverstova, O.N. 1977. "Semanticeskij analiz eksistencial'nyx i possessivnyx konstrukcij v anglijskom jazyke". Kategorii bytija i obladanija v jazyke ed. by V.N. Jarceva, 5-67. Moscow: Nauka.

5431. ° Senday, D. 1975. Sequências de cliticos em Português. M.A. thesis, University estadual de Campinas, Brazil. 5432.

Seppänen, Aimo. 1980. "Possessive Pronouns in English?". Studia linguistica 34.1. 7-22.

5433.

. 1985. "Some New Non-Arguments for Subject-to-Object Raising. Review: Ihalainen, Ossi. 1982. "New Evidence for Raising". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 83. 210-215". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 86. 358366. Review: see Ihalainen, Ossi [1985]

5434.

. 1987. "The Problem of Subject-to-Object Raising Reconsidered". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 88.3. 295-314.

5435.

Seppänen, Lauri. 1981. "Zur sogenannten quantitativen Valenz". Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 9. 34-54.

5436.

Serbat, Guy. 1978. "Sur l'application du modèle valenciel à la syntaxe latine". Revue des études latines 56. 90-114.

5437. 5438. 5439.

. 1979. "L'ablatif absolu". Revue des études latines 57. 340-354. . 1981a. Cas et fonctions: Étude des principales doctrines casuelles du Moyen Age à nos jours. Paris: Presses universitaires de France. . 1981b. "Der Nominativ und seine Funktion als Subjektkasus im Lichte moderner Sprachtheorien". Glotta 59. 119-136.

5440.

. 1981c. "Le système casuel est-il systématique?". Revue des études latines 59. 298-317.

5441.

. 1989. "Le syncrétisme des cas: Quelques réflexions". Subordination and Other Topics in Latin: Proceedings of the Third Colloquium on Latin Linguistics, Bologna, 1-5 April 1985 ed. by Gualtiero Calboli, 273-286. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5442. Šerer, V.E. 1979. "O vyrazenii prostranstvennyx otnosenij v ketskom jazyke". Voprosy jazykoznanija 5. 103-108. 5443.

Serzisko, Fritz. 1983. Der Ausdruck der Possessivität im Somali. Tübingen: Narr.

Alphabetical List 5444.

5445.

373

. 1991. "Orientierung". Partizipation - Das sprachliche Erfassen von Sachverhalten ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Waldfried Premper, 273-308. Tübingen: Narr. & Ulrike Claudi. 1985. see Claudi, Ulrike.

5446.

Seuren, Pieter A.M. 1973. Predicate Raising and Dative in French and Sundry Languages. Trier: LAUT.

5447.

Sewc-Schuster, Heinz. 1978. "Powstanie i rozwój kategorii męskoosobowosci i zywotności w językach łuzyckich z uwzględnieniem stosunków w sąsiednich językach słowiañskich". Slavia occidentalis 35. 69-83.

5448.

Seyfert, Gemot. 1976. Zur Theorie der Verb grammatik. Tübingen: Narr.

5449.

. 1981. "Eine Wiederbelebung der Kasusgrammatik?". Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie ed. by Jochen Pleines, 149-159. Tübingen: Narr.

5450.

Sgall, Petr. 1979 "Vokativ jako sémantická slozka vypov ědi". Opera universitatis purkynianae brunensis - Facultas philosophica 225. 107-109.

5451.

. 1980. "Case and Meaning". Journal of Pragmatics 4.6. 525-536/The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 33. 5-21.

5452.

. 1992. "Valenz und Typologie". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprach­ wissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 45.2. 200-206.

5453.

& Eva Hajicová. 1980. see Hajicová, Eva.

5454.

& Pavel Materna. 1983. see Materna, Pavel.

5455.

& Eva Hajicová. 1987. see Hajicová, Eva.

5456.

Sgroi, Salvatore Claudio. 1983. "L'allucuzione inversa, nominativale e dativale, del siciliano". Scritti linguistici in onore di Giovan Battista Pellegrini 1 ed. by Paola Benincā [et al.], 167-177. Pisa: Pacini.

5457.

Shafto, Michael. 1973. "The Space for Case". Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 12.5. 551-562.

5458.

Shankweiler, D., G. Lukatela & S. Crain. 1988. see Lukatela, G.

5459.

Shapiro, Michael C. 1976. "The Analysis of Hindi Morphologically Related Verb Sets". Indian Linguistics 37.1. 1-44. Shapiro, Sophie. 1941. "Genitive Forms without -s in Early New High German". Language 17. 53-57.

5460. 5461.

Sharpe, M.C. 1970. "Alawa Case Relationships". Linguistic Trends in Australia ed. by D.C. Laycock, 39-50. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

374

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5462.

. 1976. "Are Australian Languages Syntactically Nominative-Ergative or Nominative-Accusative? Alawa". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 505-515. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Languages.

5463.

Shaul, David Leedom. 1990. "Teguima (Opata) Inflectional Morphology". International Journal of American Linguistics 56.4. 561-573.

5464.

Shaumyan, Sebastian. 1985. "Ergativity and Universal Grammar". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 311-338. Berlin: Mouton.

5465.

. 1986. "The Semiotic Theory of Ergativity". Markedness ed. by Fred R. Eckmann, Edith A. Moravcsik & Jessica R. Wirth, 169-217. New York: Plenum.

5466.

Shaw, J.H. 1976. "Review: Kürschner, Wilfried. 1974. Zur syntaktischen Beschreibung deutscher Nominalkomposita. Tübingen: Niemeyer". Journal of Linguistics 12.1. 199-202.

5467.

Shayne, Joanne. 1982. "Some Aspects of yi- and bi- in San Carlos Apache". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 379-407. New York: Academic Press.

5468.

Sheintuch, Gloria. 1975. "Subject-Raising - A Unitary Rule?". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 5.1. 125-153.

5469.

. 1976. "On the Gradation of Grammatical Relations". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.1. 186-194.

5470.

. 1981. "On the Notion Verbal Unit and Its Relevance to Certain Syntac­ tic Constructions". Linguistics 19.3.4. 325-355.

5471.

& Gerard M. Dalgish. 1976. see Dalgish, Gerard M.

5472.

& Yael Ziv. 1979. see Ziv, Yael.

5473.

& Yael Ziv. 1981. see Ziv, Yael.

5474. ° Shepard-Kegl, J.A. 1985. Locative Relations in American Sign Language Word Formation. Ph.D. dissertation, M.I.T. University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 5475.

Sherwood, Bruce Arne. 1982. "Statistical Analysis of Conversational Esperanto with Discussion of the Accusative". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 12.1. 165-182.

5476.

Shi, Dingxu. 1990. "Is There Object-to-Subject Raising in Chinese?". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 16. 305-314.

5477.

Shibatani, Masayoshi. 1973a. A Linguistic Study of Causative Constructions. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Berkeley/(1975) Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

Alphabetical List

375

5478.

. 1973b. "Semantics of Japanese Causativization". Foundations of Language 9. 327-373. Review: see Kitagawa, Chisato [1974]

5479.

. 1974. "Case Marking and Causativization: A Rejoinder". Papers in Japanese Linguistics 3. 233-240.

5480.

, ed. 1976a. The Grammar of Causative Constructions, Syntax and Semantics 6. New York: Academic Press.

5481.

. 1976b. "The Grammar of Causative Constructions: A Conspectus". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 1-40. New York: Academic Press.

5482.

. 1976c. "Relational Grammar and Korean Syntax". Dhak yonku 12.2. 241-255.

5483.

. 1977. "Grammatical Relations and Surface Cases". Language 53.4. 789-809.

5484. °

. 1978. "Mikami Akira and the Notion of 'Subject' in Japanese Gram­ mar". Problems in Japanese Syntax and Semantics ed. by J. Hinds & I. Howard. Tokyo: Kaitakusha.

5485.

. 1982. "Japanese Grammar and Universal Grammar". Lingua 57. 103123.

5486.

5487. 5488. °

. 1983. "Toward an Understanding of the Typology and Function of Case-Marking". Preprints of the Plenary Session Papers. The VIIIth International Congress of Linguists, Nippon Toshi Center, Tokyo, August 29-September 4, 1982, Organised under the Auspices of CIPL 47-55. Tokyo: ICL. , ed. 1988. Passive and Voice. Amsterdam: Benjamins. & C. Cotton. 1976-77. "Remarks on Double-Nominative Sentences". Papers in Japanese Linguistics 5.

5489.

Shields, Kenneth. 1978. "Some Remarks Concerning Early Indo-European Nominal Inflection". The Journal of Indo-European Studies 6.3.4. 185-210.

5490.

. 1979. "The Gothic Genitive Plural Ending -ê". Leuvense bijdragen 68.3. 257-268.

5491.

. 1980. "Thoughts about the Dative of Germanic Personal Pronouns. Amsterdamer Beiträge zur älteren Germanistik 15. 1-16.

5492.

. 1982a. "The Indo-European Origins of the Old Hittite Directive Case". The Journal of Indo-European Studies 10.3.4. 273-282.

5493.

. 1982b. "Some Thoughts about the Indo-European Ablative Singular". Lingua posnaniensis 24. 71-80.

376 5494.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations °

. 1982c. Indo-European Noun Inflection: A Developmental Pennsylvania: The Pennsylvania State University Press.

History.

5495.

. 1982d. "The Origin of the Tocharian Locative Suffixes". Journal of the American Oriental Society 102. 129-131.

5496.

. 1984. "A Proposal Concerning the Origin of the IE Middle Voice". General Linguistics 24.1. 46-55.

5497.

. 1985a. "Go. meina and Related Germanic Forms". Michigan Studies 11.1. 62-70.

5498.

. 1985b. "A Note on the Origin of the IE o-Stem Vocative in *-e". General Linguistics 25.1. 1-3.

5499.

. 1987a. "Some Remarks about the Dual of Indo-European The Journal of Indo-European Studies 15.3.4. 341-352.

O-Stems".

5500.

. 1987b. "Gothic izwis". NOWELE, North-Western Evolution 10. 95-108.

Language

5501.

. 1991. "Comments about the o-Stem Genitive of Indo-European". Historische Sprachforschung 104.1. 52-62.

5502.

Shin, Soo Song & U Pyong Hong. 1988. "On German A.c.I.-Constructions". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Selected Papers from SICOL-I986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 581-603. Seoul: Hanshin.

5503.

Shionoya, Toru. 1991. "Noun Incorporation in Samoan". Nagoya Papers in Linguistics 7. 129-141.

European

Germanic

Working

5504.

° Shipley, George. 1903. The Genitive Case in Anglo-Saxon The Lord Baltimore Press.

Poetry. Baltimore:

5505.

° Shishido, M. 1985. A VP Constituent and Case-Assignment dissertation, University of Michigan.

in Japanese.

Ph.D.

5506.

Shlousky, Ur & Shalom Lappin. 1993. "Impersonal Passives". 31.1.323. 5-24.

Linguistics

5507.

Shopen, Timothy. 1986. "Comments on by Anna Wierzbicka". Quaderni di semantica 7.1. 151-154.

5508.

Short, I., J. Beard, C.H.M. Horton & B. Woledge. 1967. see Woledge, B.

5509.

Shrier, Martha. 1965. "Case Systems in German Dialects". Language 4 1 . 420438.

5510.

Shumaker, Nancy Worrel. 1975. "The Semantics of the English 's Genitive". American Speech 50.1.2. 70-86.

5511.

Siatkowski, Stanisiaw. 1971. "Załozenia typologii dynamicznej accusatiwugenetiwu rzeczowników w językach słowiańskich". Biuletyn Polskiego Towarzystwa Językoznawczego 29. 95-115.

Alphabetical List

377

5512. ° Sienstra, N. 1980. "Case Assignment in Dutch Sentences". Cornucopia 1. 5513.

Siewierska, Anna. 1984. The Passive: A Comparative Linguistic Analysis. London: Croom Helm.

5514. ° Sigurösson, Halldór Ármann. 1989. Verbal Syntax and Case in Icelandic in a Comparative GB Approach. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Scandinavian Languages, University of Lund. 5515.

. 1991. "Icelandic Case-Marked PRO and the Licensing of Lexical Arguments". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 9.2. 327-363.

5516.

. 1992. "The Case of Quirky Subjects". Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 49. 1-26.

5517.

. 1993. "Argument-Drop in Old Icelandic". Lingua 89.2.3. 247-280.

5518. ° Silnickij, G.G. 1974. Semanticeskie i valentnostnye klassy anglijskix kauzativnyx glagolov. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leningrad. 5519.

& Vladimir P. Nedjalkov. 1973. see Nedjalkov, Vladimir P.

5520. ° Silva-Corvalán, Carmen. 1981. "The Diffusion of Object-Verb Agreement in Spanish". Proceedings of the 10th Symposium of Romance Linguistics, Seattle, March 27-29, 1980 ed. by Heles Contreras & Jürgen Klausenburger, 163-176. Seattle: University of Washington. 5521. . 1982. "Subject Expression and Placement in Mexican-American Span­ ish". Spanish in the United States: Socio-Linguistic Aspects ed. by Jon Amastae & Lucía Elias-Olivares, 93-120. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 5522. Silverstein, Michael. 1976. "Hierarchy of Features and Ergativity". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 112-171. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies. 5523.

. 1981. "Case Marking and the Nature of Language". Australian Journal of Linguistics 1.2. 227-244. Review: see Wierzbicka, Anna [1982]

5524.

Simeonov, Simeon. 1985. "Zakosteneli imenni padezhni formi, funktsionirashti kato narechiya, v bulgarskiya i polskiya ezik". Contrastive Linguistics 10.3. 33-39.

5525.

Simmler, Franz. 1982. "Zur Valenz und Distribution von Verben in einer deutschen Benediktinerregel des 15. Jahrhunderts. Forschungsüberblick, methodologische Überlegungen und empirische Analyse". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissenschaft. Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 129-183. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

378

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5526.

Simons, Ph.J. 1944. "Genitief en getal, graad en afstand, structureel en psycho­ logisch". Levende talen 130. 82-88.

5527.

Sims-Williams, Nicholas. 1982. "The Double System of Nominal Inflexion in Sogdian". Transactions of the Philological Society. 67-76.

5528.

Sinclair, M.B.W. 1976. "Is Maori an Ergative Language?". The Journal of the Polynesian Society 85. 9-26.

5529.

Singer, Murray. 1980. "The Role of Case-Filling Inferences in the Coherence of Brief Passages". Discourse Processes 3.3. 185-201.

5530.

& Lorna S. Jakobson. 1989. "Focused Search of Semantic Cases: The Effects of Question Form and Case Status". Memory and Cognition 17.3. 265273.

5531. ° Singh, P. 1985. "The Italic Genitive Sg. in (i) and the Vedic Denominatives like 'rathiyati'". Pàkha sanjam 18. 17-27. 5532.

Sinha, Anjani Kumar. 1976. "The Notion of Subject and Agent in Hindi". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 109136. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

5533.

Sinor, Denis. 1978. "The Nature of Possessive Suffixes in Uralic and Altaic". Linguistic and Literary Studies in Honor of Archibald A. Hill, Vol. III ed. by Mohammad Ali Jazayeri, Edgar C. Polomé & Werner Winter, 257-266. The Hague: Mouton.

5534.

Sirk, Ju. X. 1967. "O vyraženii sub"ektno-ob"ektnyx otnosenij v indonezijskix jazykax". Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 126-134. Leningrad: Nauka.

5535.

Siro, Paavo. 1957. "Suomen kielen subjektista kielen rakenteen osana". Virittäjä. 181-190.

5536.

Sitta, Horst. 1972. "Semantische Probleme beim deutschen Posses­ sivpronomen". Linguistische Studien II ed. by Hugo Moser, 181-193. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

5537.

Sittig, Ernst. 1931. Das Alter der Anordnung unserer Kasus und der Ursprung ihrer Bezeichnung als 'Fälle'. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.

5538.

Skab, M.S. 1987. "Semantiko-sintaksichni funktsii ukrains'kogo vokativa". Movoznavstvo 21.5. 62-65.

5539.

. 1990. "Vokativ na tli vzaemodii rivni movi". Movoznavstvo 24.5.143. 30-33.

5540.

Skalmowski, Wojciech. 1968. "The 'Ergative Construction' in Pashto". Folia orientalia 9. 99-129.

Alphabetical List 5541.

°

379

. 1974. "Transitive Verb Constructions in the Pamir and Dardic Lan­ guages". Studia indoeuropejskie, Polska Akademia Nauk, oddzial w Krakowie, Prace Komisji Językoznawstwa 37. 205-212.

5542.

Skårup, Povl. 1967. "La catégorie des cas, en général et en féroien". Langages 6. 70-79.

5543.

Skerlj, Stanko. 1926. Syntaxe du participe présent et du gérondif en vieil italien, avec une introduction sur l'emploi du participe présent et de l'ablatif du gérondif en latin. Paris: Champion.

5544.

Sklar, Elizabeth S. 1976. "The Possessive Apostrophe: The Development and Decline of a Crooked Mark". College English 38.2. 175-183.

5545.

Sköld, Tryggve. 1970. "The Object in Pre-Predicative Position in Swedish". Acta universitatis upsaliensis, Acta societas linguisticae upsaliensis, Nova series 2.3. 57-98.

5546.

Skorik, P. Ja. 1967. "Érgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v cukotskokamcatskix jazykax". Ėrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 224-234. Leningrad: Nauka.

5547.

Skornia, Hanna. 1977. "Review: Donaldson, Weber D. 1973. French Reflexive Verbs: A Case Grammar Description. The Hague: Mouton". Linguistica silesiana 2. 118.

5548.

Skupskij, Boris Ivanovic. 1973. "Slavjanskij perevod L.XIII,45". Slovo 23. 115140.

5549.

. 1987. "Iz nabljudenij nad jazykom pervonacal'nogo perevoda Evangelija". Slovo 37. 41-53.

slavjanskogo

5550.

Skytte, Gunver. 1978. "II cosiddetto costrutto dotto di accusativo con l'infinito in italiano moderno". Studi di grammatica italiana 7. 281-315.

5551.

Sławomirski, Jerzy. 1989. "De l'objet dit 'personnel' en espagnol". neophilologica 61.1. 71-75.

Studia

5552.

. 1990. "La duplicación de objetos: ¿ conjugación objetiva o poli­ síntesis?". Revista española de lingüística 20.1. 99-109.

5553.

Slobin, Dan I. 1982. "The Origins of Grammatical Encoding of Events". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 409-422. New York: Academic Press.

5554. 5555. 5556.

& Judith R. Johnston. 1979. see Johnston, Judith R. Sluis, Siem van de & Rien A.J. Wouda. 1991a. see Wouda, Rien A.J. & Rien A.J. Wouda. 1991b. see Wouda, Rien A.J.

380

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5557.

Smaby, Richard & Philip Baldi. 1981. "Particle and Dative Movement Recon­ sidered". Linguistic Analysis 7.2. 171-186.

5558.

Smalley, William A. 1976. "Review: Manley, Timothy. 1972. Outline of Sre Structure. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press". Linguistics 174. 101-107.

5559.

Smietana, Diane, Peter Cole, Wayne Harbert, Sachiko Hashimoto, Cecil Nelson & Shikaripur Sridhar. 1977. see Cole, Peter.

5560.

Smith, Donald L. 1975. "Experiencer Deletion". Glossa 9.2. 182-201.

5561.

. 1981. "On the Order of Objects in Two Argument Predicates". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 14. 185-198.

5562.

Smith, Lawrence R. 1984. "On the Nonergativity and Intransitivity of Relative Clauses in Labrador Inuttut". The Syntax of Native American Languages ed. by Eung-Do Cook & Donna B. Gerdts, Syntax and Semantics 16, 289-315. New York: Academic Press.

5563.

Smith, Michael Brockman. 1985a. "Event Chains, Grammatical Relations, and the Semantics of Case in German". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 21.1. 388-407.

5564.

. 1985b. "An Analysis of German Dummy Subject Constructions in Cognitive Grammar". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Pacific Linguistic Conference 1. 412-425.

5565.

. 1987. The Semantics of Dative and Accusative in German: An Investigation in Cognitive Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, San Diego/(1988) Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences 49.2. 246.A.247.A.

5566.

. 1988. "The Semantics of Case-Assignment by Two-Way Prepositions in German: Toward an Empirically More Adequate Account". Germanic Linguistics 2. Papers from the Second Symposium on Germanic Linguistics, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 3-4 October 1986 ed. by Elmer H. Antonsen & Hans Henrich Hock, 123-132. Bloomington: Indiana Univer­ sity Linguistics Club.

5567.

. 1989. Cases as Conceptual Categories: Evidence from German. Duisburg: LAUD/(1993) Conceptualizations and Mental Processing in Language ed. by Richard A. Geiger & Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 531-565. Berlin: Mouton.

5568.

. 1992. "The Role of Image Schemas in German Grammar". Leuvense bijdragen 81.1.3. 385-410.

5569.

Smith, Stanley D. & Ivo Mímica. 1984. "Agrammatism in a Case-Inflected Language: Comprehension of Agent-Object Relations". Brain and Language 21.274-290.

Alphabetical List

381

5570.

& Elizabeth Bates. 1987. "Accessibility of Case and Gender Contrasts for Agent-Object Assignment in Broca's Aphasics and Fluent Anomics". Brain and Language 30.1. 8-32.

5571.

Smoczyñska, Magdalena. 1972. "Przyswajanie form deklinacji rzeczownikowej przez dzieci w wieku przedszkolnym". Psychologia Wychowawcza 15.5. 515527.

5572.

Smyth, Ronald H., John T. Hogan & Gary D. Prideaux. 1979. "The Effect of Context on Dative Position". Lingua 47. 27-42.

5573.

Snow, Catherine. 1975. "Review: Bowerman, Melissa. 1973. Early Syntactic Development: A Cross-Linguistic Study with Special Reference to Finnish. London: Cambridge University Press". Lingua 36. 356-359.

5574.

Soares, Marília Facó. 1990. "Marcação de caso e atribuição de caso em Tikuna". Cadernos de estudos linguísticos 18. 79-114.

5575.

Sobin, Nicholas J. 1980. "On the Subject of Gapped Sentences". Papers in Linguistics 13.1. 101-115.

5576.

. 1985. "Case Assignment in Ukrainian Morphological Passive Con­ structions". Linguistic Inquiry 16.4. 649-662.

5577.

Sohn, Ho-Min. 1974. "Case Incorporation in English Verbs with Reference to Korean Structure". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 6.4. 53-71.

5578.

Solms, Hans-Joachim & Klaus-Peter Wegera. 1991. Grammatik des Frühneuhochdeutschen. Beiträge zur Laut- und Formenlehre. Sechster Band: Flexion der Adjektive. Heidelberg: Winter.

5579. ° Solonicyn, Ju. V. 1965. "Predlog 'u' s roditel'nym padezom". Ocerki po russkomu jazyku 2 ed. by V.I. Troickij, 85-106. Kirov: Volgo-Vjatskoe kniznoe izd. 5580.

Somers, Harold L. 1984. "On the Validity of the Complement - Adjunct Distinction in Valency Grammar". Linguistics 22.4.272. 507-530.

5581.

. 1987. Valency and Case in Computational Linguistics. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1988c]; Starosta, Stanley [1987a/90]

5582.

& M. Rosner. 1980. see Rosner, M.

5583.

Sommer, B.A. 1976. "Agent and Instrument in Central Cape York Peninsula". Languages of Cape York ed. by P. Sutton, 144-150. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

5584.

Sommer, Ferdinand. 1928. "Zum Akkusativ der Beziehung". Indogermanische Forschungen 46. 27-43.

382

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5585.

Sommerfeldt, Karl-Ernst. 1971. "Zur Valenz des Adjektivs". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 8.2. 113-117.

5586.

. 1973. "Zur Besetzung der Leerstellen von Valenzträgern". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 10.2. 95-101.

5587.

. 1976. "Zur Aufstellung von Satztypen substantivischer Sätze des Deutschen unter Einbeziehung der Valenz". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 13.3. 146-152.

5588.

. 1988. "Zur Entwicklung der Kennzeichnung der Kasus des Substantivs in der deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart". Jezyki Obce w Szkole 32.1.156. 38.

5589.

. 1989. "Review: Welke, Klaus. 1988. Einführung in die Valenz- und Kasustheorie. Leipzig: VEB Bibliographisches Institut". Deutschunterricht Berlin 47".12. 617.

5590.

. 1991. "Die Valenz als Mittlerin zwischen Sprachsystem und Text". Wirkendes Wort 41.2. 302-315.

5591.

& Herbert Schreiber. 1971. "Untersuchungen zur syntaktischen und semantischen Valenz deutscher Adjektive (1-2)". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 8.4. 227-231; 8.5. 287-293.

5592.

& Herbert Schreiber. 1974. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Adjektive. Leipzig: VEB Bibliographisches Institut.

5593.

& Herbert Schreiber. 1975. "Zu einem Wörterbuch der Valenz und Distribution der Substantive". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 12.2. 112-119.

5594.

& Herbert Schreiber. 1977. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution der Substantive. Leipzig: VEB Bibliographisches Institut.

5595.

Sommerfelt, Alf. 1937. "Sur la notion du sujet en géorgien". Mélanges de linguistique et de philologie offerts à Jacq. van Ginneken à l'occasion du soixantième anniversaire de sa naissance (21 avril 1937), 183-185. Paris: Klincksieck.

5596.

Sondheimer, Norman K. 1978. "A Semantic Analysis of Reference to Spatial Properties". Linguistics and Philosophy 2. 235-280.

5597.

Sørensen, Finn. 1982. "La position du sujet en français et en danois". Analyses grammaticales du français: Études publiées à V occassion du 50e anniversaire de Carl Vikner ed. by Michael Herslund, Ole Mørdrup & Finn Sørensen, 3849. Copenhagen: Stougaard Jensen.

5598. °

. 1983. "Un drôle d'objet indirect". Actes du Ville congrès des romanistes Scandinaves, Odense, 17-21 aout 1981 ed. by Palle Spore, Suzanne Hanon, E. Barellai, M. Nøjgaard & Lene Schøsler, 351-359. Odense: Odense University Press.

Alphabetical List 5599. 5600.

383

, ed. 1988. Valency: Three Studies on the Linking Power of Verbs. Copenhagen: Busck. & Michael Herslund. 1982. see Herslund, Michael.

5601. ° Sørensen, Hans Christian. 1949. "Contribution à la discussion sur la théorie des cas". Recherches structurales 1949: Publiées à l'occasion du cinquantenaire de M. Louis Hjelmslev. Travaux du cercle linguistique de Copenhague 5. 123133. 5602. °

1957. Studies on Case in Russian. Copenhagen: Kommission hos rosen­ kilde og bagger.

5603.

Sørensen, Knud. 1976. "Review: Dekeyser, Xavier. 1975. Number and Case Relations in 19th Century British English. A Comparative Study of Grammar and Usage. Amsterdam: De Nederlandsche boekhandel". English Studies, a Journal of English Language and Literature 57.6. 566-572.

5604.

Sørensen, Martine Félix. 1974. "Case Grammar and Child Language Acquisi­ tion". Georgetown University Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 8. 72-98.

5605.

Sornicola, Rosanna. 1988. "It-Clefts and Wh-Clefts: Two Akward Sentence Types". Journal of Linguistics 24. 343-379.

5606.

Souesme, Jean-Claude. 1991. "La voix passive et le choix du groupe nominal sujet de l'énoncé". Les langues modernes 85.3. 49-63.

5607.

Souter, A. 1925. "The Predicative Dative Especially in Later Latin". Archivum latinitatis medii aevi 2. 191-194.

5608.

Southard, O. Bruce. 1971. "Tagalog, English, and Topicalization". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 212-220.

5609.

Spaepen, Gerda. 1981. Deux théories sémantiques de la transitivité du verbe en français: G. Moignet et G. Bernard. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

5610.

Spang-Hanssen, Ebbe. 1988. "Review: Korzen, Hanne. Problèmes fondamentaux concernant l'inversion du sujet en français moderne". Revue romane 23.1. 121-122. Review: see Korzen, Hanne [1988]

5611.

. 1993. "De la structure des syntagmes à celle de l'espace; Essai sur les progrès réalisés dans l'étude, des prépositions depuis une trentaine d'années". Langages 110. 12-26.

5612.

Spangler, Wayne E. 1970. "Locative Restraints on the English Reflexive". Word 26. 114-118.

384

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5613.

Speas, Margaret. 1990. "Comments on the Papers by James Gair, Yamuna Kachru, and K.P. and Tara Mohanan". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 77-83. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

5614.

Specht, Franz. 1947. Der Ursprung der Göttingen: Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht.

5615.

Speed Hodges, Kathryn. 1976. "Object Relations in Kimeru Causatives". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.2. 108-141.

5616.

. 1977. "Causatives, Transitivity and Objecthood in Kimeru". Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 7. 113-125.

5617.

& Susan U. Stucky. 1979. "On the Inadequacy of a Grammatical Relation Referring Rule in Bantu". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 9.2. 9 1 99.

5618.

Spence, Nicol C.W. 1965. "La survivance en français moderne des formes du nominatif latin". Actes du 10e congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes, Strasbourg, 1962, Tome 1 ed. by Georges Straka, 231-243. Paris: Klincksieck.

5619.

indogermanischen

. 1985. "La déclinaison en ancien français Actes, XVI congrès internacional de lingüística de Mallorca, 7-12 d'abril de 1980, Tom 2: Lingüística diacrònica i dialectología ed. by Mallorca: Moll.

Deklination.

et le triomphe du cas régime". i filología romàniques, Ciutat Communicaciones: Secció I: Aina Moll, 95-101. Palma de

5620.

Spitz, Erich. 1967. "Das deutsche substantivische Deklinationssystem und seine Realisierung". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 4.5. 292-301.

5621.

Spitzer, Leo. 1928. "Rumänisch p(r)e,

spanisch a vor persönlichem Akku­

sativobjekt". Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 48. 423-432. 5622.

. 1945. "The Rumanian Vocatives Again". Bulletin linguistique

13. 5-38.

5623.

Spitzová, Eva. 1974. "El regimen y los complementos de verbo". romanes de Brno 7. 45-57.

Études

5624.

Spore, Palle. 1988. "Review: Korzen, Hanne. Problèmes fondamentaux concernant l'inversion du sujet en français moderne". Revue romane 23.1. 117118. R e v i e w : see Korzen, Hanne [1988]

5625.

Springer, Hisami. 1986. "Historical Evidence in the Controversy over Passive Constructions in Japanese". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 18.2. 85-106.

5626.

Sproat, Richard. 1984. "INFL and the Configurationality of VSO Languages". Proceedings of NELS 14. 418-431.

Alphabetical List 5627.

385

Sprouse, Rex A. 1990. On the Syntax of the Double Object Construction in Selected Germanic Languages. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Princeton, New Jersey. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 50.8. 2474.A.

5628.

& Sten Vikner. 1989. see Vikner, Sten.

5629.

Sridhar, Shikaripur N. 1976a. "Dative Subjects". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 12. 582-593.

5630.

. 1976b. "Dative Subjects, Rule Government, and Relational Grammar". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.1. 130-151.

5631.

. 1976c. "The Notion of Subject in Kannada". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 212-239. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

5632.

. 1979a. "New Evidence for Spontaneous Demotion". International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics 8.2. 321-322.

5633.

1979b. "Dative Subjects and the Notion of Subject". Lingua 49. 99-125.

5634.

, Peter Cole, Wayne Harbert, Sachiko Hashimoto, Cecil Nelson & Diane Smietana. 1977. see Cole, Peter. , Peter Cole, Wayne Harbert & Gabriella Hermon. 1978/80. see Cole,

5635.

Peter. 5636.

Staal, J.F. & Paul Kiparsky. 1969. see Kiparsky, Paul.

5637.

Stachowski, Marek. 1989. "Über die jakutische Deklination". Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 61. 97-120. 5638. ° Staczek, John. 1973. Problems in Case Grammar Arising from an Analysis of a Spanish Text. Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University. 5639.

. 1976. "La descomposicion léxica en español". Thesaurus 31.3. 523535.

5640.

Stadler, Leon G. de. 1976. '"n Kritiese beskouing van kasusgrammatika in Afrikaans". Taalfasette 20.4. 33-54.

5641.

. 1992a. "Semantiese rolle en die polisemiese waardes van werkwoorde in Afrikaans". South African Journal of Linguistics 10.3. 131-139.

5642.

. 1992b. "Semantic Roles as Prototypical Categories". South African Journal of Linguistics 10.4. 210-219.

5643.

. In press. "Agentless Passives in Afrikaans: A Perspective on the Prototypicality of the Agent". South African Journal of Linguistics.

5644.

Stage, Lilian. 1986. "Franske substantivers valens". CEBAL 8. 204-229.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

386 5645.

Stalker, George Harrison. 1975. A Syntactically-Based Deep Case Grammar. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Xerox University Microfilms International.

5646.

Stallmann, Arno. 1986. "Die Substantivopposition von Belebtheit/Unbelebtheit und die Fragepronomen 'kto?' und 'cto?"' Potsdamer Forschungen der pädagogischen Hochschule 'Karl Liebknecht' Potsdam, Reihe A. 77. 93-98.

5647.

St-Amour, Marielle. 1983. Les compléments verbaux du latin classique à l'ancien français. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Montreal.

5648.

Standwell, G.J.B. 1982. "Genitive Constructions and Functional Sentence Per­ spective". IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics 20.4. 257-261.

5649.

. 1989. "Genitive Constructions and Functional Perspective". Studies in Descriptive Linguistics 19. 53-57.

5650.

Stănescu, Speranţa. 1986. Verbvalenz und Satzbaupläne. Eine deutsch­ rumänische kontrastive Studie. Bucureşti: T.U.B. Review: see Sandu, Doina [1986]

5651. ° Stang, Christian S. 1954. "Die Präpositionen 'ing(i)', 'prieg(i)', 'nuog(i)', 'isg(i)' und die lithauischen Lokalcasus". Scando-slavica 1. 11-18. 5652. ° Staniseva, Dina S. 1964. "Bespredloznyj datel'nyj i vinitel'nyj lokal'noj funkcii v slavjanskix jazykax". Izvestija na instituía za bălgarski ezik 11. 101-112. 5653. °

5654.

. 1958. "Tvoritel'nyj instrumental'nyj". Tvoritel'nyj padez v slavjanskix jazykax ed. by S.B. Bernstejn, 76-126. Moscow: Izdatel'stvo akademii nauk SSSR. Stanislav, Ján. 1933-34. "Dativ absolutny v starej cirkevnej slovancine". Byzantinoslavica 5. 1-112.

5655.

. 1966. "Bezpredlozkovy lokál v slovencine". Slavica pragensia 8. 8790.

5656.

Stankiewicz, Edward. 1955. "Distribution of Morphemic Variants in the Declen­ sion of Polish Substantives". Word 11. 554-574.

5657.

Stansier, V.A. 1983. "The Semantics of Toponyms in the Function of Subject". Vestnik Leningradskogo universiteta, Seria istorija, jazyk i literatura 2.1. 8690.

5658.

Starke, Frank. 1977. Die Funktionen der dimensionalen Kasus und Adverbien im Althethitischen. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

5659.

Starke, Günter. 1969-70. "Konkurrierende syntaktische Konstruktionen in der deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart. Untersuchungen im Funktionsbereich des Objekts (I.II.III.IV.V.)". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 22. 25-65; 154-195; 23. 53-84; 232-260; 573-589.

Alphabetical List

387

5660.

. 1985. "Eine Reihe Gratulanten - eine Reihe von Gratulanten - die Reihe der Gratulanten: Zum Gebrauch der Fügung von + Dativ anstelle des Genitivattributs". Sprachpflege 34.3. 29-32.

5661.

. 1986. "Geschehenstypen und semantische Satzmodelle". Sprachpflege 35.12. 173-177.

5662.

. 1990. "Noch einmal zum Infinitiv als Subjekt". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 27.2. 87-92.

5663.

Starosta, Stanley. 1969. "Recent Schisms in Transformational Theory". Philippine Journal for Language Teaching 6.3.4. 64-75.

5664. °

. 1971a. "Lexical Derivation in a Case Grammar". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 3.8. 83-101.

5665. °

. 1971b. "Derivation and Case in Sora Verbs". Indian Linguistics 32. 194-206.

5666.

. 1972. "The Faces of Case". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 4.1. 71-121.

5667. 5668. ° 5669.

. 1973a. "The Faces of Cases". Language Sciences 25. 1-14. . 1973b. "Case Forms and Case Relations in Sora". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 3. 133-154. . 1974. "Case in the Lexicon". Proceedings of the 11th International Congress of Linguists: Bologna-Florence, Aug. 28 - Sept. 2, 1972, II ed. by Luigi Heilmann, 805-813. Bologna: II Mulino.

5670.

. 1975. "Les visages du cas". Langages 38. 104-128.

5671.

. 1976. "A Place for Case". Language Learning 26.1. 1-36.

5672.

. 1978. "The One Per Cent Solution". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 459-571. Amsterdam: Ben­ jamins/(1981) "Die 1-Pro-Sent'-Lösung". Beiträge zum Stand der Kasustheorie ed. by Jochen Pleines, 45-147. Tübingen: Narr.

5673.

. 1979. "Lexicase References". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 11.3. 79-85.

5674.

. 1981-82. "Case Relations, Perspective, and Patient Centrality". Osmania Papers in Linguistics 7.8. 1-21/University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 14.1. 1-33.

5675.

. 1982. "Mandarin Case Marking: A Localist Lexicase Analysis". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 14.3. 43-96.

5676.

. 1984. "The Locus of Case in South Asian Languages". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 16.2. 121-152.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

388 5677.

. 1985a. "Mandarin Case Marking: A Localistic Lexicase Analysis". Journal of Chinese Linguistics 13.2. 216-266.

5678.

. 1985b. "The Locus of Case in South Asian Languages". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Ariene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 211-246. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

5679.

. 1987a. "Review: Somers, H.L. 1987. Valency and Case in Computa­ tional Linguistics. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 19.1. 61-77/(1990) Machine Transla­ tion 5.1. 79-96.

5680.

. 1987b. "A Place for (Lexi-)Case". Concepts of Case ed. by René Dirven & Günter Radden, 54-74. Tübingen: Narr.

5681.

. 1988. The Case for Lexicase: An Outline of Lexicase Grammatical Theory. London: Pinter. Review: see Bennett, Paul [1989]; Johnson, Steve [1989]; Turner, Ken [1990]

5682.

Stati, Sorin. 1954. "Verbe 'reflexive' construite cu dativul". Studii şi cercetări lingvistice 5.1.2. 135-149.

5683. ° Stavroskij, N.V. 1965. "Nekotorye aspekty russkogo bespredloznogo tvoritel'nogo padeža". Godisnik na sofijskija universitetet 59.1. 365-428. 5684.

Stead, David John. 1981. The Inanimate Noun as Subject in Old French. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University/(1982) Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

5685.

Stechow, Arnim von & Cathrine Fabricius-Hansen. 1989. see Fabricius-Hansen, Cathrine.

5686.

Steel, B.D. 1968. "A New 'loísta' - J.M. Gironella". Hispania 51.4. 866-867.

5687.

Steele, R.B. 1902. "The Absolute Ablative in Livy". American Journal of Philology 23.3.91. 295-312; 23.4.92. 413-427. . 1904. "The Ablative Absolute in the Epistles of Cicero, Seneca, Pliny and Fronto". The American Journal of Philology 25.3.99. 315-327.

5688. 5689.

Steele, Susan. 1977. "On Being Possessed". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 3. 114-131.

5690.

. 1988. "'Agreement' and Syntactic Composition: The Luiseño SinglePossessive Condition". Agreement in Natural Language: Approaches, Theories, Descriptions ed. by Michael Barlow & Charles A. Ferguson, 269-286. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information.

5691.

Steever, Sanford B. 1987. "Remarks on Dravidian Complementation". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 17.1. 103-119.

Alphabetical List 5692.

389

Stefanini, Ruggero. 1974. "Ancora sul vocativo ittita". Archivio glottologico italiano 59.1.2. 37-43.

5693. ° Stefanovic, Mihailo. 1961-62. "Dativske sintagme o predlozima 'prema' i 'ka'". Zbornik za filologiju i lingvistiku 4.5. 319-322. 5694. °

. 1965. "Znacenje i funkcije genitivne sintagme s predlogom 'od'". Naš jezik 14. 239-262.

5695. ° 5696. 5697.

. 1966. "Sintagme s genitivom i predlogom 's (sa)'". Nas jezik 15. 62-76. Steiner, Gerd. 1976. "Intransitiv-passivische und aktivische Verbalauffassung". Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft 126. 229-280. . 1979. "The Intransitive-Passival Conception of the Verb in Languages of the Ancient Near East". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 185-216. London: Academic Press.

5698.

. 1985. "Verbalkonstruktion oder Verbalauffassung?". Relational Typol­ ogy ed. by Frans Plank, 339-358. Berlin: Mouton.

5699.

Steinitz, Renate. 1985. "Zur Struktur und Funktionsweise des Lexikons in der Grammatik". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 127. 1-41.

5700.

Stepanov, Ju. S. 1984. "Oborot zemlja paxat i ego indoevropejskie paralleli (Balto-slavjanskoe predlozenie: I)". Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 43.2. 128-143.

5701.

Stepanowa, Maria D. 1967. "Die Zusammensetzung und die innere Valenz des Wortes". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 4.6. 335-339.

5702.

. 1971. "Die 'innere Valenz' des Wortes und das Problem der linguis­ tischen Wahrscheinlichkeit". Beiträge zur Valenztheorie ed. by Gerhard Helbig, 133-142. The Hague: Mouton.

5703.

. 1973. "Problemy teorii valentnosti v sovremennoj lingvistike". Inostrannye jazyki v skole 6. 12-22.

5704.

& Boris A. Abramow. 1970. see Abramow, Boris A.

5705. 5706.

& Gerhard Helbig. 1978. see Helbig, Gerhard. Stephany, Ursula. 1990. "Review: Fries, Norbert. 1988. Präpositionen und Präpositionalphrasen im Deutschen und im Neugriechischen: Aspekte einer kontrastiven Analyse Deutsch-Neugriechisch. Tübingen: Niemeyer". Linguis­ tics 28. 1098-1100.

5707.

Stephens, J. & Robert D. Borsley. 1989. see Borsley, Robert D.

5708.

Sternefeld, Wolfgang. 1985a. "On Case and Binding Theory". Studies in Ger­ man Grammar ed. by Jindřich Toman, 231-285. Dordrecht: Foris.

5709.

. 1985b. "Deutsch ohne grammatische Funktionen. Ein Beitrag zur Rektions- und Bindungstheorie". Linguistische Berichte 99. 394-439.

390

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5710.

Stewart, A.H. 1975. "A Note on Case Conflation in the Old English Nominal Declension". Papers in Linguistics 8.1.2. 165-176.

5711.

Stewart, N. 1966. "On the Application of the Terms 'Subject', 'Passive' and 'Active'". Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 19. 27-39.

5712.

Stiles, Patrick V. 1988. "Gothic Nominative Singular bropar 'Brother' and the Reflexes of Indo-European Long Vowels in the Final Syllables of Germanic Polysyllables". Transactions of the Philological Society 86.2. 115-143.

5713.

Stimm, Helmut. 1986. "Die Markierung des direkten Objekts durch a im Unterengadinischen". Raetia antiqua et moderna, W. Theodor Elwert zum 80. Geburtstag ed. by Günter Holtus & Kurt Ringger, 407-448. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5714.

. 1987. "Ist der präpositionale Akkusativ des Engadinischen ein Dativ?: Zur Genese der Markierung des direkten Objekts im Engadinischen". Akten der Theodor Gartner-Tagung (Rätoromanisch und Rumänisch) ed. by G.A. Plangg & M. Iliescu, 145-173. Innsbruck: AMAE.

5715.

Stimming, Erwin. 1915. Der Accusativus cum Infinitivo im Französischen. Halle: Karras.

5716.

Stine, Philip Clare. 1968. The Instrumental Case in Thai: A Study of Syntax and Semantics in a Generative Model. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

5717.

Stockwell, Robert P. 1990. "Review: Kemenade, Ans van. 1987. Syntactic Case and Morphological Case in the History of English. Dordrecht: Foris". Lingua 81.1. 90-100.

5718. ° Stoffel, Cornelius. 1879. "Der accusativus cum infinitivo mit 'for' im Eng­ lischen". Archiv für das Studium der neueren Sprachen 62. 209-216. 5719.

Stojanov, Ivan A. & Victor S. Cepel'. 1984. see Cepel', Victor S.

5720.

Stojanova, Daniela. 1989. "Functional-Semantic Parallels in the Use of Dative Pronominal Clitics with Possessive Meaning in Bulgarian and Romanian". Contrastive Linguistics 14.5. 121-128.

5721.

Stolz, Thomas. 1987. "Das Dativsubjekt. Ein Beitrag zur lettischen Kasuslehre". Indogermanische Forschungen 92. 220-242.

5722.

. 1990. "Natural Morphosyntax, Grammaticalization, and Balto-Finnic vs Baltic Case-Marking Strategies: A Study into the Nature of Periphrases". Papiere zur Linguistik 42.1. 9-29.

5723.

Stowe, Laurie A. 1984. "A Subject/Object Asymmetry in Parsing". Proceedings of NELS 14. 432-446.

5724.

Stowell, Tim. 1983. "Subjects across Categories". The Linguistic Review 2.3. 285-312.

Alphabetical List 5725.

391

. 1991. "The Alignment of Arguments in Adjective Phrases". Perspec­ tives on Phrase Structure: Heads and Licensing ed. by Susan D. Rothstein, Syntax and Semantics 25, 105-135. New York: Academic Press.

5726. ° Straková, Vlasta S. 1961. "Genitivní slovesná rekce". Kapitoly ze srovnávací ruské a české mluvnice, vol. 2: Studie syntaktické. Praha: ČSAV. 5727. °

. 1970. "Valentnost' v strukture sloznopodcinennogo predlozenija". Den' ozola, Riga 6. 162-166.

5728.

Strand, Richard F. 1985. "Locality and Nominal Relationships in Kamviri". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Arlene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 48-57. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

5729.

Straten, G. von der. 1984. "Beziehungen zwischen morphologischen und abstrakten Kasus". Syntaktische Struktur und Kasusrelation ed. by Hartmut Czepluch & Hero Janßen, 69-84. Tübingen: Narr.

5730.

Stratton, Charles R. 1971. "The Pathological Case". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 221-230.

5731.

Straub, Sylvia A. 1974. "Case Grammar and French Passive Sentences". To­ wards Tomorrow's Linguistics ed. by Roger W. Shuy & Charles-James N. Bailey, 23-35. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

5732.

Strauss, Jürgen. 1981. "Die Kasusgrammatik im 'Notional Syllabus'". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 73-86.

5733.

Strawson, P.F. 1974. Subject and Predicate in Logic and Grammar. London: Methuen.

5734.

Stremel, Kathleen & Carol Waryas. 1974. see Waryas, Carol.

5735.

Strieder, Manfred & Franz Dotter. 1988. see Dotter, Franz.

5736.

Stroeva, T.V. 1969. "Kolicestvennye xarakteristiki jazyka i problema perevoda". Inostrannye jazyki v skole 6. 10-19. Stroik, Thomas. 1990. "Expletive NPs in Object-Position". The Canadian Jour­

5737.

nal of Linguistics 35.1. 13-27. 5738.

. 1991. "Expletives Revisited". Linguistic Analysis 21.1.2. 23-33.

5739. 5740.

. 1992. "Middles and Movement". Linguistic Inquiry 23.1. 127-137. Strømnes, Frode J. 1974. "No Universality of Cognitive Structures? Two Ex­ periments with Almost-Perfect One-Trial Learning of Translatable Operators in a Ural-Altaic and an Indo-European Language". Scandinavian Journal of Psychology 15.4. 300-309.

5741.

Strozer, Judith Reina. 1976. Clitics in Spanish. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International.

392

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5742.

. 1978. "On the So-Called 'Dative of Interest'". Hispania 61.1. 117-123.

5743.

Stucky, Susan U. 1976. "Locatives as Objects in Tshiluba, A Function of Transitivity". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.2. 174-202.

5744.

. 1978. "Locative Phrases and Alternative Concord in Tshiluba". Studies in African Linguistics 9.1. 107-119.

5745.

& Kathryn Speed Hodges. 1979. see Speed Hodges, Kathryn.

5746.

Stump, Gregory T. 1983. "The Elimination of Ergative Patterns of CaseMarking and Verbal Agreement in Modern Indic Languages". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 27. 140-164.

5747.

Sturtevant, Albert Morey. 1931. "'Alja', Preposition with the Dative". The Germanic Review 6. 67-68.

5748.

. 1933a. "'In' with the Genitive Case". American Journal of 54.4.216. 340-341.

Philology

5749.

. 1933b. "The Temporal Dative as a Factor in the Development of the Dative Absolute Construction". American Journal of Philology 54.4.216. 341-342.

5750.

. 1933c. "Concerning the Construction of the Dative hweilai in Mk 11,11". American Journal of Philology 54.4.216. 347.

5751.

. 1933d. "The Temporal Force of the Instrumental pe in bi-pe". Journal of Philology 54.4.216. 351-352.

American

5752.

Sturtevant, E.H. 1932. "The Ablative in Indo-European and Hittite". Language 8. 1-10.

5753.

Stutterheim, C.F.P. 1967. "Een mislukt beroep op de taalgebruiker". Forum der letteren 8.1. 24-36.

5754.

. 1969. "De muilezel onder de zinsdelen: Het vooronderwerp". Forum der letteren 10.4. 256-257.

5755.

Subbarao, Karumuri V. & Anju Saxena. 1987. "Reflexives and Reciprocals in Dravidian". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 17.1. 121-135.

5756.

Suchsland, Peter. 1975. "Bemerkungen zur Funktion morphologischer Kate­ gorien (Ein Beitrag zur Diskussion) - Heinz Mettke zum 50. Geburtstag". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 12.6. 321-325.

5757.

. 1987. "Zum AcI und zu verwandten Konstruktionen im Deutschen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 24.6. 321-329.

5758.

Suci, George J. & Jane H. Hamacher. 1972. "Psychological Dimensions of Case in Sentence Processing: Action Role and Animateness". International Journal of Psycholinguistics 1. 34-48/Linguistics 89. 34-48.

Alphabetical List

393

5759.

Sudakov, G.V. 1971. "K teorii padeznogo znacenija". Russkij jazyk v skole 5. 70-72.

5760.

Sugamoto, Nobuko. 1982. "Transitivity and Objecthood in Japanese". Studies in Transitivity ed. by Paul J. Hopper & Sandra A. Thompson, Syntax and Semantics 15, 423-447. New York: Academic Press.

5761. ° Sugayama, Kensei. 1984. "Some Notes on Verb Valency in English, Part 1". Kobe gaidai ronso 35.4. 5-21. 5762.

. 1986. "Object and Object Incorporation". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 19. 231-241.

5763. °

. 1988. "Some Notes on Verb Valency in English, Part 2". Kobe gaidai ronso 39.1. 67-79.

5764.

. 1991. "English Verb Valency Reconsidered". Neue Fragen der Linguistik. Akten des 25. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990, Band 1: Bestand und Entwicklung ed. by Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell & Cornelia Weiß, 233-241. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5765. ° Sugita, Hiroshi. 1973. "Semitransitive Verbs and Object Incorporation in Micronesian Languages". Oceanic Linguistics 12. 393-406. 5766.

Suleiman, Saleh M. 1990. "The Semantic Functions of Object Deletion in Classical Arabic". Language Sciences 12.2.3. 255-266.

5767.

Sul'ga, M.V. 1985. "K interpretacii padeznoj omonimii v russkom sklonenii". Voprosy jazykoznanija 2. 88-97.

5768.

. 1987. "K istorii vostocnoslavjanskogo genitiva". Voprosy jazykoznanija 6. 72-83.

5769. ° Sullivan, William J. 1977. "Comments on Chu's Review of Nilsen". Forum linguisticum 1.3. 265-268. 5770.

. 1984a. "Russian Locus Expressions: Dative". Forum linguisticum 8.3. 231-249.

5771.

. 1984b. "Russian Preposional Phrases of Locus: Locative". Lacus forum 11. 201-214.

5772.

. 1986. "Russian Prepositional Phrases of Locus: Instrumental". Language Sciences 8.1.63. 17-35.

5773.

Sumangala, Lelwalla, James W. Gair, Barbara Lust & Milan Rodrigo. 1989. see Gair, James W.

5774.

Sun, Wei-Ping & Leslie Saxon. 1989. "Verb, Complement, and Case in Manda­ rin". Journal of the Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Association 11. 73-93.

394

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5775.

Sundman, Marketta. 1983. "Control, Subject, and Voice in Swedish". Papers from the Seventh Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics I ed. by Fred Karlsson, 101-112. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, Department of General Linguistics.

5776.

. 1987. Subjektval och diates i svenskan. Åbo, Finland: Abo Academic Press.

5777.

Sundstedt, G. 1896. "Sur Mélanges de philologie cinquantième anniversaire (1972) Genève: Slatkine

5778.

Suñer, Margarita. 1986. "On the Referential Properties of Embedded Finite Clause Subjects". Generative Studies in Spanish Syntax ed. by Ivonne Bordelois, Heles Contreras & Karen Zagona, 183-196. Dordrecht: Foris.

5779.

. 1988. "Quantifiers and Direct-Object Doubling". Advances in Romance Linguistics ed. by David Birdsong & Jean-Pierre Montreuil, 411-425. Dordrecht: Foris.

5780.

. 1989. "Dialectal Variation and Clitic-Doubled Direct Objects". Studies in Romance Linguistics: Selected Papers from the Seventeenth Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages, Rutgers University, 27-29 March 1987 ed. by Carl Kirschner & Janet DeCesaris, 377-395. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5781.

. 1992. "Subject Clitics in the Northern Italian Vernaculars and the Matching Hypothesis". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 10.4. 641-672.

5782.

& Maria Yépez. 1988. "Null Definite Objects in Quiteño". Inquiry 19. 511-519.

5783.

le cas fondamental de la déclinaison romane". romane dédiés à Carl Wahlund à l'occasion du de sa naissance (7 janvier 1896), 315-335. Mâcon/ Reprints.

° Suomela-Härmä, E. 1984. "Quelques emplis de l'ablatif finnois et leurs équi­ valents en français". Études

5784.

Linguistic

finno-ougriennes

° Suxisvili, M. 1968. Gardamavali

18. 218-235.

zmnebi kartulši. Tbilisi: Mecniereba.

5785.

Suzuki, Seiichi. 1989. The Morphosyntax of Detransitive Suffixes -p- and -n- in Gothic. A Synchronic and Diachronic Study. New York: Peter Lang. Review: see Liberman, Anatoly [1991]

5786.

° Svartengren, Hilding T. 1929. "Studies in the 's-Genitive". Supplement to Norrköpings högre allm. lärorverks årsredogörelse för läsåret 1928-1929. Norrköping.

5787.

. 1949. "The VGenitive of Non-Personal Nouns in Present-Day Eng­ lish". Studier i modern språkvetenskap 17. 139-180.

5788.

Svennung, Josef. 1958. Anredeformen: Vergleichende Forschungen zur indirekten Anrede in der dritten Person und zum Nominativ für den Vokativ. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell.

Alphabetical List

395

5789.

Svorou, Soteria. 1986. "On the Evolutionary Paths of Locative Expressions". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 12. 515-527.

5790.

Svozilová, Nada & Ludmila Uhlírová. 1990. "Privlastñovací 2. pád versus přídavne jméno (individuálne) privlastñovací (do stupñu celsia)". Naše řec 73.1. 11-17.

5791.

Swaen, A.E.H. 1930. "The Elliptical Genetive". A Grammatical Miscellany Offered to Otto Jespersen on His Seventieth Birthday, 275-286. Copenhagen: Levin & Munksgaard.

5792. ° Swane, Wilhelm. 1914. Studien zur Casussyntax des Frühmittelenglischen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Kiel. 5793.

Swart, Henriëtte de & Helen de Hoop. 1990. see Hoop, Helen de.

5794.

Sweetser, Eve E. 1980. "Tagalog Subjecthood Reexamined". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 16. 323-341. Swiggers, Pierre & Ludo Melis. 1984. "Un cas de non-sujet: Grand chose, grand monde?". Revue romane 19.1. 65-70.

5795. 5796.

& Béatrice Lamiroy. 1992. see Lamiroy, Béatrice.

5797.

Syeed, Sayyid Mohd. 1985. Morphological Causatives and the Problems of the Transformational Approach. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Lin­ guistics Club.

5798.

Sykorová, Ludmila. 1963. "Syntakticky vyvoj bezpředlozkového adnominálního genitivu v středobulharskych evangeliích". Sborník prací filosofické fakulty brněnské university A. 11. 141-153.

5799. ° Sylla, Y. 1979. Grammatical Relations and Fula Syntax. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International. 5800.

Szábó, Laszló. 1981. "Der Gebrauch der äußeren Lokalkasus im Wotischen". Finnisch-ugrische Mitteilungen 5.1. 45-59.

5801.

. 1984a. "The Functions of the Nominative, Accusative, Genitive and Partitive in Kola-Lappish". Nordlyd 9. 71-155.

5802.

. 1984b. "The Functions of the Essive, Comitative and Abessive in KolaLappish". Nordlyd 9. 165-171.

5803.

Szabolcsi, Anna. 1981. "The Possessive Construction in Hungarian: A Configurational Category in a Non-Configurational Language". Acta linguistica academiae scientiarum hungaricae 31.1.4. 261-289.

5804.

. 1983. "The Possessor That Ran away from Home". The Linguistic Review 3.1. 89-102.

396

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5805.

Szemerényi, Oswald. 1956a. "Latin tantus, quantus and the Genitive of Price, with an Excursus on quandō and Gk. ': ' '". Glotta 35. 92-114.

5806.

. 1956b. "The Genitive Singular of Masculine ā-Stem Nouns in Greek". Glotta 35. 195-208.

5807.

Szeto, Yee-Kim. 1988. "The Semantics of Causative and Agentive Verbs". Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 16. 1-51.

5808.

Tagliavini, C. 1937. "Osservazioni sull'ergativo georgiano". Mélanges linguistique et de philologie offerts à Jacq. van Ginneken à l'occasion soixantième anniversaire de sa naissance, 187-192. Paris: Klincksieck.

5809.

Takahara, Kumiko. 1975-76. "Stative and Manner Adverbs in Japanese". Papers in Japanese Linguistics 4. 167-179.

5810.

° Takahashi, K. 1974. El uso de la preposición of Salamanca.

de du

'a'. Ph.D. dissertation, University

5811.

Takezawa, Koichi. 1987. "The Dative-Marked Subject and the NominativeMarked Object in Japanese: Configurational Evidence". University of Washington Working Papers in Linguistics 9. 37-50.

5812.

. 1988. A Configurational Approach to Case-Marking in Japanese. Dissertation Abstracts International, A.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 49.4. 808.A.

5813.

Talaat, Hala M. 1987. "A Government-Binding Analysis of VP Sentential Complements in Egyptian Arabic". Journal of the Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Association 9. 84-99.

5814.

Tallerman, Maggie. 1990. "Relativization Strategies: NP Accessibility Welsh". Journal of Linguistics 26.2. 291-314.

5815.

° Talmy, Leonard. 1973a. Semantic Structures in English and Atsugewi. dissertation, University of California at Berkeley.

in

Ph.D.

5816.

. 1973b. "The Basis for a Crosslinguistic Typology of Motion/Location. Part II". Stanford University Working Papers in Language Universals 11. 2383.

5817.

. 1976. "Semantic Causative Types". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 43-116. New York: Academic Press.

5818.

. 1985. "Force Dynamics in Language and Thought". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 293-337.

5819.

Tanaka, Shichiro. 1983. "NP-Structures and Principles". Linguistic 11.1. 1-26.

Analysis

Alphabetical List

397

5820. °

. 1986. "The Move-λ-Like Character of Structural Case-Marking". Stud­ ies in Language and Literature 5.1.2. 67-82.

5821.

. 1990. "On the Nature of Objective Case-Marking". Linguistic Analysis 20.3.4. 220-249.

5822.

Tanaka, Shigenori. 1987. "The Selective Use of Specific Exemplars in SecondLanguage Performance: The Case of the Dative Alternation". Language Learning, A Journal of Applied Linguistics 37.1. 63-88.

5823.

Tanenhaus, Michael K. & Greg N. Carlson. 1988. see Carlson, Greg N.

5824.

Tannenbaum, Percy H. & Frederick Williams. 1968. "Generation of Active and Passive Sentences as a Function of Subject or Object Focus". Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 7.1. 246-250.

5825.

Tanz, Christine. 1974. "Cognitive Principles Underlying Children's Errors in Pronominal Case-Marking". Journal of Child Language 1.2. 271-276.

5826.

& Charles E. Osgood. 1976. see Osgood, Charles E.

5827.

Tappe, Hans-Thilo. 1984. "Überlegungen zu Passiv und Kasustheorie im Deutschen". Syntaktische Struktur und Kasusrelation ed. by Hartmut Czepluch & Hero Janßen, 85-106. Tübingen: Narr.

5828.

Taraldsen, Knut Tarald. 1980. On the Nominative Island Condition, Vacuous Application and the That-Trace Filter. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana Uni­ versity Linguistics Club.

5829.

. 1981. "Case-Conflict in Norwegian Topicalization". Proceedings of NELS 11. 377-398.

5830.

Tarvainen, Kalevi. 1973. "Zur Valenztheorie und ihrer praktischen Anwendung im Valenzwörterbuch von Helbig - Schenkel". Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 74. 9-49, 760-763.

5831.

. 1983. "Zum syntaktischen Objekt im Deutschen und seinem tiefen­ strukturellen Inhalt". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 107.1. 63-83.

5832.

. 1987a. "Zu Kasustheorie und Dependenz (1): Zu Prinzipien und Pro­ blemen einer praxisorientierten Kasustheorie im Rahmen der Dependenzgrammatik". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 24.4. 193-200.

5833.

. 1987b. "Zu Kasustheorie und Dependenz (2): Semantische Kasus im Deutschen unter praxisorientiertem Aspekt". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 24.5. 296-301.

5834.

. 1987c. "Semantic Cases in the Framework of Dependency Theory". Concepts of Case ed. by René Dirven & Günter Radden, 75-102. Tübingen: Narr.

5835.

Tasmowski-De Ryck, Liliane. 1984. "?* Lui faire téléphoner quelqu'un d'autre: Une stratégie". Lingvisticae investigationes 8.2. 403-427.

398

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5836.

& Ludo Melis. 1985. see Melis, Ludo.

5837.

& Liliana Popescu-Ramírez. 1988. see Popescu-Ramírez, Liliana.

5838.

Tateishi, Koichi. 1989. "Subjects, SPEC, and DP in Japanese". Proceedings of the NELS 19. 405-418.

5839.

Taube, Moshé. 1984/89. "Langues avoir, langues être et le yiddish". Orbis 33.1.2. 222-235.

5840.

Taylor, A. 1976. "Ergative-Based or Transitive-Based?". Foundations of Language 14. 1-17.

5841.

Taylor, Brock H. & Richard S. Rosenberg. 1975. "A Case Driven Parser for Natural Language". American Journal of Computational Linguistics 31. 1-48.

5842.

Taylor, Daniel J. 1991. "Latin Declensions and Conjugations: From Varro to Priscian". Histoire epistemologie langage 13.2. 85-109.

5843.

Taylor, Gerald. 1979. "Morphologie comparée du verbe quechua: L'expression de l'actance, première partie: Le sujet". Relations predicat-actant(s) dans les langues de types divers II ed. by Catherine Paris, Lacito-documents, Eurasie 3, 171-186. Paris: SELAF.

5844. ° Taylor, Harvey M. 1971. Case in Japanese. East Orange, New Jersey: Seton Hall University Press. 5845.

Taylor, John R. 1988. "Contrasting Prepositional Categories: English and Ital­ ian". Topics in Cognitive Linguistics ed. by Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, 299-326. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5846.

. 1989a. "Possessive Genitives in English". Linguistics 27.4. 663-686.

5847.

. 1989b. Genitive Constructions in English. Duisburg: LAUD.

5848.

. 1989c. "The Possessive Genitive". Linguistic Categorization - Prototypes in Linguistic Theory by J.R. Taylor, 181-182; 192-193; 199; 202-206; 244. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

5849.

. 1989d. "The Transitive Construction". Linguistic Categorization Prototypes in Linguistic Theory by J.R. Taylor, 206-215. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

5850.

. 1991. "Possessive Genitives in English: A Discourse Perspective". South African Journal of Linguistics 9.3. 59-63.

5851.

Tchekhoff, Claude. 1972. "Une langue à construction ergative: L'avar". La linguistique 8.2. 103-115.

5852.

. 1973a. "Verbal Aspects in an Ergative Construction: An Example in Tongan". Oceanic Linguistics 12. 607-620.

Alphabetical List 5853. 5854.

399

. 1973b. "Parataxe et construction ergative avec examples en avar et tongien". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 68.1. 255-268. °

. 1975. Recherches sur la construction ergative en avar, langue du caucase, et tongien, langue polynésienne. Paris: Ph.D. dissertation, René Descartes University, Sorbonne, Paris.

5855.

. 1978a. "Le double cas-sujet des inanimés: Un archaïsme de la syntaxe hittite". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 73.1. 225-241.

5856.

. 1978b. Aux fondements sitaires de France.

5857.

. 1979a. "From Ergative to Accusative in Tongan: An Example of Synchronic Dynamics". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 407-418. London: Academic Press.

5858.

. 1979b. La construction Kliencksieck.

5859.

°

de la syntaxe: L'ergatif. Paris: Presses univer­

ergative

en avar

et en tongien.

Paris:

. 1983. "Morphological Ergativity, Accusative Syntax and Voice: An Example in Djambarrpuyηgu (Yolngu), Arnhemland, Australia". Festschrift for André Haudricourt ed. by S. Ratanukul & D. Thomas. Bangkok: Mahidol University.

5860.

. 1985. "Aspect, Transitivity, 'Antipassives' and Some Australian Lan­ guages". Relational Typology ed. by Frans Plank, 359-390. The Hague: Mouton.

5861.

. 1987. "'Antipassif: Aspect imperfectif et autonomie du sujet". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 82.1. 43-67.

5862.

Tegey, H. 1978. "Ergativity in Pashto (Afghani)". Pashto Quarterly

1.3.

5863.

Teíberiené, N. 1981. "Le rôle du sujet dans l'établissement des rapports logicsgrammaticaux dans la proposition". Kalbotyra 32.3. 79-91.

5864.

Teichtmeier, Bärbel & Wolfgang Ullrich Wurzel. 1989. "Sprachkultur in der DDR - Probleme, Positionen, Perspektiven". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 42.4. 422-434.

5865.

° Teipel. "Über einige Arten von Verben, welche transitiven und intransitiven Begriff in sich vereinigen". Herrigs Archiv 10. 158-171; 11. 27-40.

5866.

Teixeira, Raquel Figueiredo Alessandri. 1986. Zero Anaphora in Brazilian Portuguese Subjects and Objects: Morphological and Typological Considerations. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Berkeley.

5867.

° Teleman, Ulf. 1975. "Reductions of a Morphological Case System". Acta regiae societatis skytteanae 13. 692-703.

5868.

Tellier, Christine. 1992. "Remarques sur avoir attributif et possessif'. Revue québécoise de linguistique 22.1. 165-182.

400

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

5869.

Temisevä, Helvi. 1981. "The Semantics of the Inner and Outer Local Cases in Finnish". Congressus quintus internationalis fenno-ugristarum 6, Turku 20.27.VIII.1980 ed. by Osmo Ikola, 470-475. Turku: Suomen kielen seura.

5870.

Temoche, Felipe & Sonia Bockos. 1985. "Genitivization in English and Spanish: A Contrastive Analysis". Lenguaje y ciencias 25.4. 89-108.

5871.

Ten Cate, Abraham P. see Cate, Abraham P. ten.

5872.

Teng, Shou-hsin. 1970. "Comitative vs. Phrasal Conjunction". Papers in Lin­ guistics 2.2. 315-358.

5873. 5874.

. 1974. "Double Nominatives in Chinese". Language 50.3. 455-473. . 1975. A Semantic Study of Transitivity Relations in Chinese. Berkeley: University of California Press. Review: see Alleton, Viviane [1976]

5875.

Ten Hoope, Yolande. see Hoope, Yolande ten.

5876.

Tengstrand, Erik. 1940. A Contribution to the Study of Genitival Composition in Old English Place-Names. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell. 5877. Terada, Michiko. 1986. "Unaccusativity in Japanese". Proceedings of NELS 17.2. 619-640. 5878. ° Teramura, Hideo. 1975. "Case Grammar and the Teaching of Japanese". Journal of Japanese Language Teaching 26. 13-25. 5879. ° Ter-Arakeljan, R.A. 1970. "Grammaticeskoe znacenie predlozno-padeznoj gruppy 'u' + roditel'nyj padez v russkom jazyke". Banber erevani hamalsarani 3. 164-176. 5880. ° Tervooren, H. 1979. "Er ist bei mich gewesen. Historische Beobachtungen zur Sprache am Niederrhein im 18. Jahrhundert". Der geldrische Heimat­ kalender. 61. 5881.

Testelec, Ja. G. 1987. "Ėrgativoobraznye postroenija v naxskodagestanskix jazykax". Voprosy jazykoznanija 36.2. 109-121.

5882.

Teubert, Wolfgang H. 1973. "Valenzänderungen abhängiger Verbalgruppen". Linguistische Studien IV: Festgabe für Paul Grebe zum 65. Geburtstag, Teil 2, 196-225. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

5883.

. 1979. Valenz des Substantivs. Attributive Ergänzungen und Angaben. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

5884.

Thalbitzer, William. 1930. "The Absolutive and the Relative in Eskimo". A Grammatical Miscellany Offered to Otto Jespersen on His Seventieth Birth­ day, 319-329. Copenhagen: Levin & Munksgaard.

Alphabetical List

401

5885.

Tharp, James A. 1974. "The Northern Cordilleran Subgroup of Phillipine Languages". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 6.6. 53-114.

5886.

Théoret, Michel. 1982. Les discours de Ciceron: La concurrence du tour casuel et du tour prépositionnel. Montreal: Montreal University Press.

5887.

Thiel, Manfred. 1977. "Linguistische Verfahren in der Chemie-Dokumen­ tation". Sprache und Datenverarbeitung 1.2. 147-155.

5888.

. 1982. Zur Verwendung der Kasus grammatik im faktenorientierten 'Information Retrieval' von Textdaten. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

5889.

Thieleman, Werner. 1987. "Die französische kausative Diathese und ihre Ent­ sprechungen im Deutschen: Eine funktional-kommunikative Studie zum Sprachvergleich". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 165. 1-167.

5890.

. 1988. "Merkmalanalyse, Valenztheorie und Kasusgrammatik im Schnittpunkt von Lexikographie, Syntax und Semantik". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Ernst-Moritz-Arndt-Universität Greifswald: Gesellschaftswis­ senschaftliche Reihe 31.2. 29-32.

5891.

Thiem, Rudolf. 1977. "Toward an Erasure Principle for German and English Infinitive Complements". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 7. 145-157.

5892.

Thiry, Jacques. 1990. "Génitif synthétique et génitif analytique dans le dialecte arabe tunisois". Université libre de Bruxelles. Rapport d'activités de l'institut de phonétique 25. 1-25.

5893.

Thomas, David. 1975. "Review: Manley, Timothy. 1972. Outline of Sre Struc­ ture. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii". Lingua 37. 279-280.

5894.

° Thomas, R. 1931. Syntactical Processes Involved in the Development of the Adnominal Periphrastic Genitive in the English Language. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan.

5895.

°

. 1953. "Notes on the Inflected Genitive in Modern American Prose". College English 14. 236-239.

5896.

Thompson, Chad L. 1990. "On the Treatment of Topical Objects in Chepang: Passive or Inverse?". Studies in Language 14. 405-427.

5897.

Thompson, D.A. 1976. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Kuuku Ya'u". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 329-331. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Stud­ ies.

5898.

Thompson, Henry & B. Lakshmi Bai. 1975. see Lakshmi Bai, B.

5899.

Thompson, Irene. 1980. "Acquisition of Cases by Students of Russian: A Preliminary Investigation". Russian Language Journal 34.117. 43-52.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

402 5900.

Thompson, Laurence C. 1982. "Review: Clark, Marybeth. 1978. Coverbs and Case in Vietnamese. Canberra: The Australian National University". Journal of the American Oriental Society 102.3. 581-582.

5901.

Thompson, Sandra A. 1973a. "Transitivity and Some Problems with the bå Construction in Mandarin Chinese". Journal of Chinese Linguistics 1. 208221.

5902.

. 1973b. "On Subjectless Gerunds in English". Foundations of Language 9. 374-383.

5903.

. 1989. Information Flow and Dative Shift in English. Duisburg: LAUD.

5904.

& Charles N. Li. 1976a. see Li, Charles N.

5905.

& Charles N. Li. 1976b. see Li, Charles N.

5906.

& Charles N. Li. 1976c. see Li, Charles N.

5907.

& Charles N. Li. 1977. see Li, Charles N.

5908.

, Charles N. Li & Jesse O. Sawyer. 1977. see Li, Charles N.

5909.

& Paul J. Hopper. 1980. see Hopper, Paul J.

5910.

& Paul J. Hopper, eds. 1982. see Hopper, Paul J.

5911. 5912.

& Yuka Koide. 1987. "Iconicity and 'Indirect Objects' in English". Journal of Pragmatics 11.3. 399-406. & Hyo Sang Lee. 1987. see Lee, Hyo Sang.

5913. ° Thomson, Alexander I. 1908. "Roditel'nyj-viniternyj padez pri nazvanijax zivyx suscestv v slavjanskix jazykax". Izvestija otdelenija russkogo jazyka i slovesnosti 13.2. 232-264. 5914.

. 1909. "Beitrage zur Kasuslehre I: Über den Genitiv-Akkusativ im Slavischen". Indogermanische Forschungen 24. 293-307.

5915.

. 1911. "Beiträge zur Kasuslehre II: Der Gen. bei Massenbezeichnungen besonders im Russischen". Indogermanische Forschungen 28. 107-120.

5916.

. 1911-12. "Beiträge zur Kasuslehre III: Zur Genitivrektion des Verbums im Baltischslavischen". Indogermanische Forschungen 29. 249-259.

5917.

. 1912. "Beiträge zur Kasuslehre IV: Über die Neubildungen des Akkusativs". Indogermanische Forschungen 30. 65-79.

5918.

Thornburg, Linda. 1986. "The Development of the Indirect Passive in English". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 12. 261-270.

5919.

Thráinsson, Höskuldur. 1975. "Gapping in Icelandic: Functional Explanations and the No-Ambiguity Condition". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 11. 604-614.

Alphabetical List 5920.

. 1979. On Complementation in Icelandic. New York: Garland.

5921.

, Joan Maling & Annie Zaenen. 1985. see Zaenen, Annie.

403

5922.

Thiimmel, Wolf. 1984. "Au sujet de vieux sujets sujets å caution". DRLAV, Revue de linguistique 30. 125-144.

5923.

Tichy, Eva. 1986. "Vedisch 'rtävan-' und avestisch 'asauuan-'". Die Sprache 32.1. 91-105.

5924.

Tiel Di Maio, Maria Francesca van. 1978. "Sur le phénomène dit du déplacement 'long' des clitiques et, en particulier, sur les constructions causatives". Journal of Italian Linguistics 3.2. 73-136.

5925.

Tietze, Andreas. 1958. "Der freistehende Genitiv im Türkei-Türkischen". Uralaltaische Jahrbücher 30. 183-194.

5926.

. 1960. "Ein Typus des freistehenden Genitivs im Aserbaidschanischen". Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 32. 220-229.

5927.

Tiffou, Étienne. 1977. "L'effacement de l'ergatif en bourouchaski". Studia lingüistica 31.1. 18-37.

5928.

& Yves-Charles Morin. 1982. "A Note on Split Ergativity in Burushaski". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 45.1. 88-94.

5929.

Tilakaratne, Sunanda. 1992. "Spatial Expressions in Sinhala: Appearance of Verb Forms". Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics 17.1. 159-189.

5930.

Timberlake, Alan. 1974a. The Nominative Object in Slavic, Baltic, and West Finnic. München: Sagner.

5931. °

5932.

. 1974b. "The Nominative Object in North Russian". Slavic Transforma­ tional Syntax ed. by Richard D. Brecht & Catherine V. Chvany, 219-243. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan. . 1975a. "Hierarchies in the Genitive of Negation". Slavic and East European Journal 19.2. 123-138.

5933.

. 1975b. "The Nominative Object in Finnish". Lingua 35. 201-230.

5934.

. 1976. "Subject Properties in the North Russian Passive". Subject and Topic ed. by Charles N. Li, 545-570. New York: Academic Press. . 1986a. "The Semantics of Case in Russian Predicate Complements". Russian Linguistics 10.2. 137-165.

5935. 5936.

. 1986b. "Hierarchies in the Genitive of Negation". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 338-360. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

5937.

. 1988. "Case Agreement in Lithuanian". Agreement in Natural Lan­ guage: Approaches, Theories, Descriptions ed. by Michael Barlow & Charles A. Ferguson, 181-199. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information.

404 5938.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations . 1990. "The Aspectual Case of Predicative Nouns in Lithuanian Texts". Verbal Aspect in Discourse. Contributions to the Semantics of Time and Temporal Perspective in Slavic and Non-Slavic Languages ed. by Nils B. Thelin, 325-347. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

5939.

, Gilbert Rappaport & Johanna Nichols. 1980. see Nichols, Johanna.

5940.

& Edward Louis Keenan. 1985. see Keenan, Edward Louis.

5941.

Timonina, Jelena. 1978. "Datelni mestoimeniya (kolichestven analiz nachestotata na upotrebata im v razlichni tipove ruski i bulgarski tekstove)". Contrastive Linguistics 3.3. 45-57.

5942.

. 1983. "Datelni mestoimeniya v bulgarski i ruski dialog (opit za kolichestben analiz na chestotata na upotrebata im)". Contrastive Linguistics 8.3. 5-25.

5943.

Tiraspolskij, G.I. 1975. "O beslicno-predikativnyx slovax s neopredelennokolicestvennym znaceniem v sovremennon russkom jazyke". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Istorija-jazyk-literatura 30.3.14. 121-126.

5944.

Tirumalesh, K.V. 1991. "Kannada Dative Allomorphy: Explanation and Under­ standing". Cahiers de Vinstitut de linguistique de Louvain 17.4. 27-40.

5945.

Tixomirova, T.S. 1988. "Semantiko-funkcional'nye osobennosti padeznyx form vescestvennyx suscestvitel'nyx v sovremennom pol'skom jazyke". Vestnik Moskovskogo universiteta, Filologija 43.9.4. 73-80.

5946.

Tobin, Yishai. 1981a. "The Last Case of Romance: A Decoding Model for Romanian Case". Revue roumaine de linguistique 26.2. 169-176.

5947.

. 1981b. "Participation Systems, Prepositions and Deep Structure Case as Decoding Devices for Modern Hebrew". ITL, Review of Applied Linguistics 54.45-63.

5948.

. 1981c. "Teaching Latin Case through Different Linguistic Ap­ proaches". Latin Teaching 36.1. 24-38.

5949.

. 1982. "Deep Structure Case, de Saussure, and Decoding French". Bulletin CILA 36. 6-24.

5950.

. 1984. "Linguistic Theories and Reading German: Applying Two Lin­ guistic Theories to Improve Reading Comprehension in German". IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics 22.2. 95-108.

5951.

. 1985. "Case Morphology and Language Teaching Revisited". Papers in Linguistics 18.2. 259-294.

5952.

Tobón de Castro, Lucía. 1986. "El uso de la oración pasiva en español". Thesaurus 41.1.3. 42-58.

5953.

Toda, Masanao. 1987. "NENE, a Chatting Machine: A Tool to Investigate Information Integration in the Mind". Language and Artificial Intelligence:

Alphabetical List

405

Proceedings of an International Symposium on Language and Artificial Intelligence Held in Kyoto, Japan, 16-21 March, 1986 ed. by Makoto Nagao, 209-225. Amsterdam: North-Holland. 5954.

Todorovic, Dejan. 1988. "Hemispheric Differences in Case Processing". Brain and Language 33. 365-389.

5955.

Togeby, Knud. 1962. "La construction du verbe au francais. Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en francais moderne. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Studia neophilologica 34. 34-56.

5956.

. 1983. Grammaire francaise, vol. Ill: Les formes impersonnelles du verbe et la construction des verbes ed. by Mogens Berg, Ghani Merad & Ebbe Spang-Hanssen. Copenhagen: Etudes romanes de l'université de Copenhague, Akademisk forlag.

5957.

Tohaneanu, G.I. 1985. "Statutul prozodic al formelor vocative". Studii si cercetäri lingvistice 36.4. 290-298.

5958. ° Tokar', G.S. 1963. "Prycynne vzyvannja slovospolucen' z pryjmennykom 'za' i znaxidnym vidminkom zaleznoho imennyka v sucasnyx sxidnoslov'jans'kyx movax". Pytannja hramatyky i leksykolohij ukrajins'koji movy ed. by V.T. Kolomijec', 30-37. Kiev: Vyd. AN Ukr. RSR. 5959.

Tomaselli, Alessandra. 1986. "Es impersonale e la posizione soggetto nella lingua tedesca". Studi di grammatica dalVXI incontro informale di gram­ matica generativa, Roma, marzo 1985 ed. by David Hart, Lunella Mereu & Patrizia Pierini, 115-138. Roma: II bagatto.

5960.

Tomici, Mile. 1979. "Un sistem nominal in evolutie: Substantivul in graiul sirbesc din Svinita". Studii si cercetäri lingvistice 30.6. 551-570.

5961.

Tomlin, Russel S. 1983. "On the Interaction of Syntactic Subject, Thematic Information, and Agent in English". Journal of Pragmatics 7. 411-432.

5962.

Tommola, H. 1986. Aspectuality in Finnish and in Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, Helsingin yliopisto, Finland. Dissertation Abstracts International, C : Euro­ pean Abstracts 47.4.813.

5963.

Tonoike, Shigeo. 1975-76. "The Case Ordering Hypothesis". Papers in Japa­ nese Linguistics 4. 191-208.

5964.

. 1978. "On the Causative Construction in Japanese". Problems in Japanese Syntax and Semantics ed. by J. Hunds & I. Howard. Tokyo: Kaitakusha.

5965.

Toorn, M.C. van den. 1971. "Enkele opmerkingen over het indirect object". Levende talen. 32-41/(1975) Transformationeel-generatieve grammatica in artikelen ed. by H. Hulshof, 289-297. Groningen: Willink/(1980) Taalkundig beschouwd: Taalkundige artikelen bijeengebracht, ingeleid en van vragen voorzien door M. Klein, 128-136. Den Haag: Nijhoff.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

406 5966.

. 1981. "Een geval van syntactische herstructurering". Studies voor Damsteegt: Aangeboden door bevriende vakgenoten ter gelegenheid van zijn afscheid als hoogleraar aan de rijksuniversiteit te Leiden op 16 januari 1981 ed. by J.J. van Bakel [et al.], 230-235. Leiden: Vakgroep Nederlandse taal- en letterkunde.

5967.

Topolinska, Zuzanna. 1986. "Grammatical Functions of Noun Phrases in Balkan Slavic Languages and the So-Called Category of Case". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 280-295. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

5968. ° Toporov, V.N. 1961. Lokativ v slavjanskix jazykax. Moscow: Izdatel'stvo AN SSSR. 5969.

Topuria, G.V. 1967. "O vzaimootnosenii érgativnogo i mestnogo IV padezej v lezginskom jazyke". Èrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 202-208. Leningrad: Nauka.

5970. °

. 1977. "Mokmedebiti brunvis istoriisatvis Svanursi". Macne 3. 111114.

5971. ° Topuria, V.T. 1927. "Saxelta daboloebis istoriisatvis Svanursi". Tbilisis univer­ sit'et'is Moambe 7. 285-315. 5972. °

. 1937. "Zogierti brunvis genezisisatvis Megrul-Canursi". Enimkis moambe 1. 179-182.

5973. °

. 1944. "Brunebis sistemisatvis Svanursi brunebastan sedarebit". SMAM 5. 339-347.

5974. °

, ed. 1956a. Saxelis brunebis istoriisatvis Kartvelur enebsi. Tbilisi: Universiteti.

5975. °

. 1956b. "Codebiti brunvisatvis". Saxelis brunebis istoriisatvis Kartvelur enebsi ed. by V. Topuria, 36-47. Tbilisi: Universiteti.

sxva Kartvelur

enata

5976.

Torp, Arne. 1992. "Der sogenannte 'Garpegenitiv' - Ursprung, Alter und Verbreitung im heutigen Norwegisch". Niederdeutsch in Skandinavien III. Akten des 3. nordischen Symposions 'Niederdeutsch in Skandinavien' in Sigtuna 17.-20. August 1989 ed. by Lennart Elmevik & Kurt Erich Schöndorf, 151-166. Berlin: Erich Schmidt.

5977.

Torrego, Esther. 1984. "On Inversion in Spanish and Some of Its Effects". Linguistic Inquiry 15.1. 103-129.

5978.

. 1989. "Unergative-Unaccusative Alternations in Spanish". MIT Work­ ing Papers in Linguistics 10. 253-272.

5979.

Torres, Hector Avalos. 1986. Bilingualism in Medieval England: The Old French and Middle English Versions of the 'Ancrene Wisse'. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Texas, Austin. Dissertation Abstracts International, Α.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 47.4. 1222.A.

Alphabetical List

407

5980.

T'osownyan, Z.B. 1974. "Seräkan xndrov naxadrowt'yownneri gorcacowt'yowna mesropyan srjani ink'nowrowyn matenagrowt'yan mej". Patma-banasirakan handes 61 4. 143-156.

5981.

Touratier, Christian. 1973. "Review: 1972. Revue roumaine de linguistique XVII. 1.2". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 68.2. 18-21.

5982.

. 1978. "Quelques principes pour l'étude des cas (avec application a 1'ablatif latin)". Langages 12.50. 98-116.

5983.

. 1979. "Accusatif et analyse en morphémes". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 74.1. 43-92.

5984.

. 1987a. "Définition typologique du sujet". Travaux, Typologie des langues 5. 59-79.

5985.

. 1987b. "Valence verbale et intransitivation". Études de linguistique générale et de linguistique latine offertes en hommage å Guy Serbat, professeur émérite å l'université de Paris-Sorbonne par ses collegues et ses élèves, 405-416. Paris: Société pour l'information grammaticale.

5986.

Tracy, Rosemarie. 1984. "Fallstudien: Überlegungen zum Erwerb von Kasus­ kategorie und Kasusmarkierung". Syntaktische Struktur und Kasusrelation ed. by Hartmut Czepluch & Hero Janßen, 271-313. Tübingen: Narr.

5987.

. 1986. "The Acquisition of Case Morphology in German". Linguistics 24.1.281. 47-78.

5988. ° Trampe Bødtker, Α. 1912. "'Of and the Genitive Case in Late Old English". Englische Studien 45. 465. 5989.

Trandafir, Gh. D. 1987. "Cazuri particulare ale relatiei sintactice dintre subiect si predicat, dintre subiectivä si regenta ei". Limba romana 36.6. 485-496.

5990.

Trapman, Henk, Kees De Bot & Peter Jordens. 1989. see Jordens, Peter.

5991.

Trask, R.L. 1979. "On the Origins of Ergativity". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 385-404. New York: Academic Press.

5992.

. 1985. "The Basque Passive: A Correct Description". Linguistics 23.6.280. 985-991.

5993.

Traugott, Elizabeth Closs. 1972. "Review: Wagner, Karl Heinz. 1969. Genera­ tive Grammatical Studies in the Old English Language. Heidelberg: Groos". Journal of Linguistics 8.2. 297-301.

5994.

. 1976. "Review: Bowerman, Melissa. 1973. Early Syntactic Develop­ ment: A Cross-Linguistic Study with Special Reference to Finnish. London: Cambridge University Press". Foundations of Language 14. 611-619.

5995.

Trautz, Norbert & Helmut Schumacher. 1976. see Schumacher, Helmut.

408 5996.

5997. 5998. 5999.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Travis, Lisa de Mena & Edwin S. Williams. 1982-83. "Externalisation of Arguments in Malayo-Polynesian Languages". The Linguistic Review 2.1. 5777. & Greg Lamontagne. 1986. see Lamontagne, Greg. , Henrietta Hung & Eithne Guilfoyle. 1990. see Guilfoyle, Eithne. ° Tregder, P.H. 1839. De casuali nominatuum Copenhagen.

latinorum

declinatione

libellus.

6000.

Tremblay, Mireille. 1989. "French Possessive Adjectives as Dative Clitics". Proceedings of the 8th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Univer­ sity of British Columbia ed. by E. Jane Fee & Katherine Hunt, 399-413. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Association.

6001.

. 1990. "An Agreement Sharing Approach to Ditransitive Construc­ tions". The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics ed. by Aaron L. Halpern, 549-563. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

6002.

. 1992. "Avoir ou être". Revue québécoise de linguistique 22.1. 145-164.

6003.

Tret'jakov, Ju. P. 1984. "Two Interpretations of the Subject's Role in Sentence Structure". Vestnik leningradsko go universiteta, Serija istorii, jazyka i literatury 20.4. 119-121.

6004.

° Treu, Ursula. 1957. "Über den Gebrauch der Präposition 'apo' mit dem Akkusativ". Berliner byzantinische Arbeiten 5. 17-23.

6005.

Treviño, Esthela. 1992. "Subjects in Spanish Causative Constructions". Ro­ mance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory ed. by Paul Hirschbühler & Konrad Koerner, 309-324. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

6006.

Trithart, Lee. 1975. "Relational Grammar and Chicewa Subjectivization Rules". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 11. 615-624.

6007.

. 1977. "Locatives". Haya Grammatical Structure ed. by Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo, Alessandro Duranti & Larry M. Hyman, 89-98. Los Angeles: University of Southern California.

6008.

Trost, P. 1947. "Qu'est-ce que le vocatif?". Bulletin linguistique

15. 5-7.

6009.

Trubetzkoy, Nicolai S. 1937. "Gedanken über die slovakische Deklination". Sbornik matice slovenske 15. 39-47/(1966) Readings in Linguistics II ed. by Eric P. Hamp, Fred W. Householder & Robert Austerlitz, 96-103. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

6010.

Trullemans, Ulla. 1973. "Sur le complément d'objet direct prépositionnel en portugais contemporain". Revue romane 8. 314-327.

6011.

Tsujimura, Natsuko. 1990a. "Ergativity of Nouns and Case Assignment". Lin­ guistic Inquiry 21.2. 277-287.

Alphabetical List 6012.

. 1990b. "The Unaccusative Hypothesis and Noun Classification". Lin­ guistics 28.5.309. 929-957.

6013. 6014. 6015. 6016. 6017.

6018.

409

Tsunoda, Tasaku. 1975. "Gali Constructions Warurju". Gengo kenkyu 67. 58-75. °

and Voice Expressions

in

. 1980. "Nookakusei ni okeru aru imijooken to keesu-makingu". Gengo kenkyu 78. 141-152. . 1981. "Split Case-Marking Patterns in Verb-Types and Tense/Aspect/ Mood". Linguistics 19.5.6.243.244. 389-438. . 1985. "Remarks on Transitivity". Journal of Linguistics

2 1 . 385-396.

° Tsurikov, A. 1967. Case Selection in Clauses with Negative Transitive Verbs in Contemporary Russian. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Rochester, New York. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International. Tucker, R. 1944. "The Roumanian Vocatives". Language 20. 22-27.

6019.

° Tüncher, J. 1935. Der Ersatz des Genitivs durch präpositionale Wendung bei griechischen Prosaikern des 2. Jh.. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Gießen.

6020.

Tuggy, David Harold. 1980. "¡Ethical Dative and Possessor Omission Si, Possessor Ascension No!". Work Papers of the Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics, University of North Dakota 24. 97-141.

6021.

. 1981. The Transitivity-Related Morphology of Tetelcingo Náhuatl: An Exploration in Space Grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at San Diego.

6022.

. 1985. "Imagic Meaning and Dative Possessors in Spanish". Selected Technical Articles Related to Translation

13.6.85. 1-14.

6023.

Tuijnman, K. & Ger J. de Haan. 1988. see Haan, Ger J. de.

6024.

Tuite, Kevin J. 1984. "Case Attraction and Case Agreement". Proceedings Eastern States Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 1. 140-151.

of the

6025.

. 1987. "Indirect Transitives in Georgian". Proceedings Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 13. 296-309.

6026.

, Asif Agha & Randolph Graczyk. 1985. "Agentivity, Transitivity and the Question of Active Typology". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 252-270.

6027. 6028.

Tuller, Laurice Anne. 1984. "Datives in Hausa". Proceedings 460.

of the Annual

of NELS 14. 447-

. 1990. "L'hypothese inaccusative et les verbes de 'degré 3 ' et de 'degré 7' en haoussa". Linguistique africaine 5. 95-126.

410 6029.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations Tumanjan, E.G. 1974. "Suscestvuet li érgativ v indoevropejskix jazykax?". Proceedings of the 11th International Congress of Linguists, Bologna-Flor­ ence, August 28- September 2, 1972, Volume 2 ed. by Luigi Heilmann, 957961. Bologna: II Mulino.

6030. ° Tunkelo, E.A. 1908. "Alkusuomen genitiivi relatiivisen nimen apugloosana". Suomalaisen kirjallisuuden seuran toimituksia 120. 6031.

Turbová, Milena. 1986. "One Type of Semantico-Syntactic Variations of Verbal Lexemes". Philologica pragensia 29. 28-35.

6032.

Turcaninov, G.F. 1960. "K teorii cerkesskogo érgativa". Voprosy grammatiki. State] k 75-letiju akademika I. 1. Mescaninova ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 204210. Moscow: Nauka.

6033.

Turner, Ken. 1990. "Review: Starosta, Stanley. 1988. The Case for Lexicase: An Outline of Lexicase Grammatical Theory. London: Pinter". Linguistics 28. 635-636.

6034.

Turska, H. 1953. "Mianownik 1. mn. chlopy, draby w jezyku ogólnopolskim". Jezyk Polski 33.3. 129-155.

6035. 6036. 6037. 6038.

Turvey, Michael T., Aleksander Kostic & G. Lukatela. 1978. see Lukatela, G. , Aleksander Kostic & G. Lukatela. 1981. see Lukatela, G. , Laurie B. Feldman, Aleksander Kostic & G. Lukatela. 1983. see Lukatela, G. Tutescu, Mariana. 1973. "Préliminaires å une grammaire des cas des adjectifs francais (recherche de méthods)". Revue roumaine de linguistique 18.1. 3552.

6039.

Tweehuysen, Rolandt. 1989. "An FG Analysis of Spocanian Passive Construc­ tions". University of Amsterdam Working Papers in Functional Grammar 33.

6040.

. 1991. "Passieve en onpersoonlijke constructies in het Zweeds en Noors". TTT, Interdisciplinair tijdschrift voor taal- en tekstwetenschap 10.3. 137-154.

6041. ° Ucherek, Eugeniusz. 1987. Francuskie odpowiedniki polskich przyimków lokatywnych w praktyce przekladowej. Wroclaw: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Wroclawskiego. 6042.

Ueda, Masanobu. 1988. "Exceptional Case-Marking in Japanese". Sophia lingüistica 23.24. 39-46.

6043.

Uehara, Eiko. 1979. "Equi-NP Deletion and Subject Raising in Japanese". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 11.3. 123-148.

6044.

Uglitsky, Zinaida. 1956. "Accusative and Genitive with Transitive Verbs Pre­ ceded by a Negative in Contemporary Russian". The Slavonic and East European Review 34.83. 377-387.

Alphabetical List

411

6045.

Uhlenbeck, C.C. 1901. "Agens und Patiens im Kasussystem der indo­ germanischen Sprachen". Indogermanische Forschungen 12. 170-171.

6046.

. 1906. "Zur Casuslehre". Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen 39. 600-603.

6047.

. 1909. "A.F. Pott und die grammatischen Kasus". Zeitschrift für ver­ gleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen 42. 387.

6048. °

. 1917. "Het identificeerend karakter der possessieve flexie in talen van Noord-America". Verslagen en mededeelingen der koninklijke akademie van wetenschapen. Afdeeling letterkunde 5.2. 345-371. Review, see Sapir, Edward [1917]

6049.

. 1934. "Die Kasuswerte der pronominalen Konjugationselemente des Dakota". Indogermanische Forschungen 52. 227-228.

6050.

Uhlenbeck, Eugenius Μ. 1985. "John Opened the Door with the Key: Some Remarks on Case, Semantic Role and Word Meaning". Studia linguistica diachronica et synchronica: Werner Winter sexagenario anno MCMLXXXIII: Gratis animis ab eius collegis discipulisque oblata ed. by Ursula Pieper & Gerhard Stickel, 829-840. Berlin: Mouton.

6051.

Uhlířová, Ludmila & Nada Svozilová. 1990. see Svozilová, Nada.

6052.

Uhlisch, Gerda. 1982. "Zu einigen (praxisorientierten) Aspekten eines alba­ nisch-deutschen Vergleichs im Bereich der Kasusattribute". Wissenschaf­ tliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 31.5. 611-616.

6053.

Ulicny, Oldrich. 1974. "Morfologická a syntaktická problematika na VII MSS ve Varsavë". Jazykovëdné aktuality 11.1. 45-47.

6054.

. 1975. "Zur Frage der Beziehungen zwischen den syntaktisch relevanten semantischen Prädikatsmerkmalen und der Kasussemantik im Tschechi­ schen". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 20. 638-642.

6055. °

. 1984. "Instrumentál ve strukture ceské vëty". Informacni bulletin ústřední knihovny pedagogické fakulty Univerzity Karlovy, supplementum XVII.

6056.

Ulland, Η. 1991. Les nominalisations agentive et instrumentale en français moderne. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Bergen, Belgium.

6057.

Ullrich, Helen E. 1990. "Subjective Experiencers in Northern Havyaka Kannada". Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma & K.P. Mohanan, 221-251. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

412

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6058. ° Ultan, Russell. 1970. "Toward a Typology of Substantival Possession". Stanford Working Papers on Language Universals 3. 1-28. 6059.

. 1978. "Toward a Typology of Substantival Possession". Universals of Human Language, Volume 4: Syntax ed. by Joseph H. Greenberg, Charles A. Ferguson & Edith Moravcsik, 11-49. Stanford, California: Stanford Univer­ sity Press.

6060.

Ulvestad, Bjarne. 1984. "Goal-Directional Cumulative Expansibility in Ger­ man". Studies in Descriptive German Grammar ed. by J. Alan Pfeffer, 33-53. Heidelberg: Groos.

6061.

Umeda, Iwao & Seiichi Makino. 1973. see Makino, Seiichi.

6062. ° Unbegaun, Boris Ottakar. 1935. La langue russe au XVIe siècle, I: La flexion des norns. Paris: Champion. 6063.

Underhill, Robert. 1980. "Case Relations in Modern Greenlandic". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society 6. 467-478.

6064.

Unetani, Takako. 1986. "Japanese Passives". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 18.2. 31-84.

6065.

Unni, K.P. Sankaran. 1979. "K voprosu ob interferencii izucaemogo jazyka". Russian Language Journal 33.115. 19-23.

6066.

Ura, Hiroyuki. 1992. "Inverted Minimality and Topic-Island Effects". Lingua 88.1. 21-65.

6067.

Urakami, Kiyomi. 1984. "Case Relations and Verb: The Significance of Objec­ tive Case-Relation in the Semantic Structure of Verb". Japanese Psychologi­ cal Research 26.3. 143-153.

6068.

Urban, Greg. 1985. "Ergativity and Accusativity in Shokleng (Gê)". Interna­ tional Journal of American Linguistics 51. 164-187.

6069.

Urdea, Daniela & Alexandra Cornilescu. 1987. see Cornilescu, Alexandra.

6070. ° Ureland, P. Sture. 1972. "A Transformational Description of the Accusativewith-Infinitive Construction in Swedish". Svenskans beskrivning 6 ed. by C.C. Elert, S. Fries & Å. Jonsson, 220-252. Umeå. 6071. . 1973. Verb Complementation in Swedish and Other Germanic Lan­ guages. Stockholm: Skriptor. 6072.

Uriagereka, Juan & Eduardo Raposo. 1990. see Raposo, Eduardo.

6073.

Uszkoreit, Hans & Charles Kirkpatrick. 1982. see Kirkpatrick, Charles.

6074.

Vaagland, Erling Μ. 1983. "Zur Agens-Angabe im sem-Passiv". Festschrift für Laurits Saltveit zum 70. Geburtstag am 31. Dezember 1983 ed. by John Ole Askedal, Christen Christensen, Ådne Findreng & Oddleif Leirbukt, 194-200. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.

Alphabetical List

413

6075.

Vácha, Michal. 1974-75. "Distribucija datel'nogo pritjazatel'nogo, konstrukcii 'u' + roditel'nyj i roditel'nogo pritjazatel'nogo ν russkom jazyke". Sbornik prací filosofické fakulty brnënské university A22.23. 125-135.

6076.

Vachek, Josef. 1955. "Notes on the English 'Possessive Case'". Philologica 7. 11-15.

6077.

. 1961. "The 'Possessive Case' of Modern English". Brno Studies in English 3. 24-31.

6078.

Väänänen, Veikko. 1954. "Sur la préposition latine de marquant la notion partitive". Arctos, Acta philologica fennica 1. 192-198.

6079.

. 1956. "La préposition latine de et le génitif. Une mise au point". Revue de linguistique romane 20. 1-20.

6080. ° Vago, R. 1972. On the Universality of Subject Pronoun Deletion. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, Harvard University. 6081.

Vaillant, André. 1935. "Le génitif pluriel en *-on". Revue des études slaves 15. 5-11.

6082.

. 1936. "L'ergatif indo-européen". Bulletin de la société de linguistique 37.2. 93-108.

6083.

. 1965. "La préposition su et 1'accusatif'. Revue des études slaves 44. 4546.

6084.

Vaina-Puşca, Lucia. 1973. "Les verbes de mouvement du point de vue sémantique - Application au roumain (fr.)". Cahiers de linguistique théorique et appliquée 10.1. 93-101.

6085.

Vainikka, Anne. 1985. Icelandic Case without Primitive Grammatical Func­ tions. Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 24.

6086.

Vairel, Hélène. 1981. "The Position of the Vocative in the Latin Case System". American Journal of Philology 102.4. 438-447.

6087.

Vakareliyska, Cynthia Marilyn. 1991a. "Deep-Structure Subject in Bulgarian: Tendencies in the Speech of Patients with Acoustico-Amnestic Aphasia". Contrastive Linguistics 16.3. 31-39.

6088.

. 1991b. The Dative-Accusative Case Opposition in Slavic Languages: Evidence from Aphasia. Dissertation Abstracts International, Α.: The Hu­ manities and Social Sciences 51.12. 4108.A.

6089. ° Val'dman, O.A. 1961. "Sravnitel'noe upotreblenie pritjazatel'nogo padeza i predloznoj konstrukcii v funkcii opredelenija v sovremennom anglijskom jazyke". Dopovidi ta povidomlennja, 153-154. Drogobyc: Drogobyc'kyj derzavnyj ped. instytut.

Case,

414

Semantic

Roles,

and

Grammatical

Relations

6090.

°

. 1962a. "Ob upotreblenii pritjazatel'nogo padeza i predloznoj konstrukcii v funkcii opredelenija v sovremennom anglijskom jazyke". Naukovi zapysky drohobyc'kogo derzavnogo ped. inst. im. I. Franka 9. 119125.

6091.

°

. 1962b. "Rozvytok znacen' prijmennoho rodovoho vidminka i synonimicoho jomu pryjmennykovoho zvorotu v anhlijs'kij movi XI-XIV St.". Visnyk I'vivs'koho derzavnoho universytetu 1. 56-65.

6092.

Valentin, Paul. 1975. "Le groupe prépositionnel allemand en grammaire du signifié". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 70.1. 253-274.

6093.

° Valgard, Jorunn. 1972. "Review: Helbig, Gerhard & Wolfgang Schenkel. 1969. Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben. Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie". Språk og språkundervisning 2. 21-22.

6094.

Valían, Virginia. 1989. "Children's Production of Subjects: Competence, Per­ formance, and the Null Subject Parameter". Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 28. 156-163.

6095.

. 1991. "Syntactic Subjects in the Early Speech of American and Italian Children". Cognition 40.1.2. 21-82.

6096.

Valin, Robert D. van, Jr. 1977. "Ergativity and the Universality of Subjects". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 13. 689-705.

6097.

. 1980a. "Review: Abraham, Werner, ed. 1978. Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations. Amsterdam: Benjamins". Studies in Language 4. 293-308.

6098.

. 1980b. "On the Distribution of Passive and Antipassive Constructions in Universal Grammar". Lingua 50. 303-327.

6099.

. 1981. "Grammatical Relations in Ergative Languages". Studies Language 5.3. 361-394.

6100.

. 1983. "Pragmatics, Ergativity and Grammatical Relations. Review: Plank, Frans. 1979. Ergativity: Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations. London: Academic Press". Journal of Pragmatics 7. 63-88.

6101.

. 1986a. "The Unaccusative Hypothesis vs Lexical Semantics: Syntactic vs Semantic Approaches to Verb Classification". Proceedings of NELS 17.2. 641-661.

6102.

. 1986b. "Case Marking and the Structure of the Lakhoto Clause". Grammar inside and outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory from the Field ed. by Johanna Nichols & Anthony C. Woodbury, 363-413. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

6103.

. 1990. "Semantic Parameters of Split Intransitivity". Language 221-260.

in

66.2.

Alphabetical List

415

6104.

. 1991. "Another Look at Icelandic Case Marking and Grammatical Relations". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 9.1. 145-194.

6105.

. 1992. "Semantic Roles and Grammatical Relations". Papers and Re­ ports on Child Language Development 29. 156-163.

6106. 6107.

& William A. Foley. 1977. see Foley, William A. & William A. Foley. 1980. "Role and Reference Grammar". Current Approaches to Syntax ed. by Edith A. Moravcsik & Jessica R. Wirth, Syntax and Semantics 13, 329-352. New York: Academic Press.

6108. ° Valiulyte, Elena. 1966. Znacenie i upotreblenie predlogov s viniteVnym padezom v sovremennom litovskom jazyke. Vilnius: Vilniaus universitetas. 6109.

Vallejo, J. 1925. "Complementos y frases complementarias en español (A propósito de un libro del Sr. F. Courtney Tarr)". Revista de filología española 12.2. 117-132.

6110.

Van Bakel, Jan. see Bakel, Jan van.

6111.

Van Belle, William, see Belle, William van.

6112.

Van Biesen, Ingrid, see Biesen, Ingrid van.

6113.

Vance, Barbara. 1993. "Verb-First Declaratives Introduced by et and the Posi­ tion of Pro in Old and Middle French". Lingua 89.2.3. 281-314.

6114.

Vandekerckhove, Marie-Carmen. 1988. Studie van het genitiefgebmik in het werk van Vergilius. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium.

6115.

Van de Kopple, William J. see Kopple, William J. van de.

6116.

Vandeloise, Claude. 1984. Description of Space in French. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at San Diego/(1985) Ann Arbor, Michigan: Univer­ sity Microfilms International.

6117.

. 1986a. L'espace en francais. Sémantique des prèpositions spatiales. Paris: Seuil.

6118.

. 1986b. The Preposition in and the Relationship Container/Contained. Duisburg: L.A.U.D.T. Paper 155.

6119.

. 1991. Spatial Prepositions. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Review: see Hietbrink, Martin [1992]

6120. 6121. 6122.

. 1993a, ed. La couleur des prepositions. Langages 110. . 1993b. "La prèposition å pålit-elle derrière toucher!". Langages 110. 107-127. Van den Berg, E. see Berg, E. van den.

416

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6123.

Van den Ende, Aad. see Ende, Aad van den.

6124.

Van den Hoek, Theo, see Hoek, Theo van den.

6125.

Van Den Toorn, M.C. see Toorn, M.C. van den.

6126.

Van der Auwera, Johan, see Auwera, Johan van der.

6127.

Van der Eist, Gaston, see Eist, Gaston van der.

6128.

Van der Gaaf, W. see Gaaf, W. van der.

6129.

Van der Hulst, Harry, see Hulst, Harry van der.

6130.

Van der Leek, Frederike C. see Leek, Frederike C. van der.

6131.

Van der Linden, J.A.M, see Linden, J.A.M, van der.

6132.

Van der Lubbe, H.F.A. see Lubbe, H.F.A. van der.

6133.

Van der Meer, M.J. see Meer, M.J. van der.

6134.

Van der Putten, F. see Putten, F. van der.

6135.

Van de Sluis, Siem. see Sluis, Siem van de.

6136.

Van De Velde, Marc, see Velde, Marc van de.

6137.

Van der Velde, Sjoerd. see Velde, Sjoerd van der.

6138.

Vandeweghe, W. 1986. "Het semi-indirekt objekt en de zgn. possessieve datief'. Vruchten van z'n akker: Opstellen van (oud-)medewerkers en oud-studenten voor Prof. V.F. Vanacker, hem aangeboden bij zijn afscheid van de rijksuniversiteit Gent ed. by Μ. Devos & J. Taeldeman, 397-411. Gent: Seminarie voor Nederlandse taalkunde en Vlaamse dialectologie.

6139.

Van Ek, Jan Ate. see Ek, Jan Ate van.

6140.

Vanelli, Laura & Lorenzo Renzi. 1983. see Renzi, Lorenzo.

6141.

, Paola Benincá & Lorenzo Renzi. 1985. "Typologie des pronoms sujets dans les langues romanes". Linguistique descriptive: Phonétique, morphologie et lexique, Actes du XVIIème congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes (Aix-en-Prov ence, 29 aout- 3 septembre 1983), vol. 3, 161-176. Aix-en-Provence: University.

6142.

Van Es, Gustaaf Amandus, see Es, Gustaaf Amandus van.

6143.

Van Gelderen, Elly. see Gelderen, Elly van.

6144.

Van Ginneken, Jacques, see Ginneken, Jacques van.

6145.

Van Haaften, Ton. see Haaften, Ton van.

6146.

Van Haeringen, C.B. see Haeringen, C.B. van.

6147.

Van Helten, W. see Helten, W. van.

Alphabetical List

All

6148.

Van Hoecke, Willy, see Hoecke, Willy van.

6149.

Van Hoeken, Ada. see Hoeken, Ada van.

6150.

Van Hogen, Roger, see Hogen, Roger van.

6151.

Van Kemenade, Ans. see Kemenade, Ans van.

6152.

Van Langendonck, Willy, see Langendonck, Willy van.

6153.

Van Leuvensteijn, J.A. see Leuvensteijn, J.A. van.

6154.

Van Megen, Jan. see Megen, Jan van.

6155.

Van Olphen, Herman H. see Olphen, Herman H. van.

6156.

Van Oosten, Jeanne, see Oosten, Jeanne van.

6157.

Van Raad, André, see Raad, André van.

6158.

Van Reenen, Pieter Th. see Reenen, Pieter Th. van.

6159.

Van Riemsdijk, Henk. see Riemsdijk, Henk van.

6160.

Van Schooneveld, Cornelius Η. see Schooneveld, Cornelius H. van.

6161.

Vansteenkiste, Ronny. 1978. Over thematische relaties en casusrelaties: Een vergelijking tussen de theorie van Jackendoff en de casus grammatica van Fillmore. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven.

6162.

Van Tiel Di-Maio, Maria Francesca. see Tiel Di-Maio, Maria Francesca van.

6163.

Vântu, Ileana. 1979. "Romanian and English Cases. Contrastive Study". Revue roumaine de linguistique 24.5. 449-456.

6164.

Van Valin, Robert D. see Valin, Robert D. van.

6165.

Vanvolsem, Serge. 1992. "The Double Passive of the Italian Causatives fare and lasciare,\ Leuvense bijdragen 81.1.3. 419-427.

6166.

Van Weeren, Jan. see Weeren, Jan van.

6167.

Van Wijk, Nikolaas. see Wijk, Nikolaas van.

6168. 6169.

Varsavskaja, A.I., A.I. Berestova & T.N. Safronova. 1986. see Berestova, A.I. Vascenco, Victor. 1980. "Un acuzativ arhaic (cu forma de nominativ plural la numele de animate) in limba rusä contemporanä". Studii si cercetâri lingvistice 31.4. 475-479. Vasiliu, Emanuel. 1964. "Case and Emphasis of the Pronoun in Rumanian". Philologica pragensia 7. 168-172.

6170. 6171.

. 1965. "Le Systeme des cas en roumain". Cahiers de linguistique théorique et appliquée 2. 313-340.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

418 6172.

Vasiliu, Laura. 1956. "Observatii asupra vocativului in limba rommä". Studii de gramatica l. 5-23.

6173.

. 1959. "Note sur le 'datif-locatif'". Recueil d'études romanes, publié å l' occasion du IXe congrés international de linguistique romane a Lisbonne, du 31 mars au 3 avril, 1959, 321-324. Bucarest: Editions de Γ académie de la république populaire roumaine.

6174.

. 1985. "Din nou despre vocativul feminin". Studii si cercetari lingvistice 36.3. 270-272.

6175.

Vätäsescu, Catalina. 1985. "Remarques sur la reprise (et Γ anticipation) de l'objet direct et indirect dans les langues roumaines et albanaises". Revue roumaine de linguistique 30.5. 497-503.

6176.

Vater, Heinz. 1973. Dänische Subjekt- und Objektsätze. Ein Beitrag zur gene­ rativen Dependenzgrammatik. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

6177.

. 1975a. "Toward a Generative Dependency Grammar". Lingua 36. 121145.

6178.

. 1975b. "Zur Verbvalenz". Kwartalnik Neofilologiczny 22.3. 291-306.

6179.

. 1978. "On the Possibility of Distinguishing between Complements and Adjuncts". Valence, Semantic Case, and Grammatical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 21-45. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

6180. °

. 1980. "Valenz". Kasus grammatik und Fremdsprachendidaktik ed. by Günter Radden & René Dirven, 217-235. Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14.

6181.

Vaxtin, Nikolaj B. 1979. "Nominal and Verbal Ergativity in Asiatic Eskimo: Splits in the Person and Mood Paradigms". Ergativity. Towards a Theory of Grammatical Relations ed. by Frans Plank, 279-289. London: Academic Press.

6182. ° Vázquez Rozas, María Victoria. 1988. El complemento indirecto en español. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Santiago de Compostela. 6183. °

6184. 6185. °

. 1990. "Una aproximación al análisis de las cláusulas sujeto-predicadocomplemento indirecto". Verba, Anuario galego de filología, Anexo 32. 231236. Vecerka, Radoslav. 1957. "Genitiv data v staroslovënstinë". Slavia 26.1. 31-41. . 1963. "Sintaksis bespredloznogo roditel'nogo padeza v staroslavjanskom jazyke". Issledovanija po sintaksisu staroslavjansko go jazyka ed. by Josef Kurz, 183-223. Praha: Naklad. CS AV.

6186.

Veciana, Roberto. 1977. "Sobre el dativo". Yelmo 33. 25.

6187.

Velde, Marc van de. 1985. "Nominatief en Accusatief in Duitse krantentitels: Een probleem voor duitstaligen en voor hen die het willen worden". Hulde-

Alphabetical List

419

Album Prof. Dr. Marcel Hoebeke: Hem door vakgenoten, medewerkers en vrienden aangeboden bij zijn afscheid van de rijksuniversiteit Gent ed. by H. Ryckeboer, J. Taeldeman & V.F. Vanacker, 373-386. Gent: RUG, Seminarie voor Nederlandse taalkunde. 6188.

. 1987. "Die Objekt-Subjekt-Folge im Mittelfeld". Nouveaux cahiers d'allemand 5.3. 283-298.

6189. ° Velde, Sjoerd van der. 1962. Loss of Inflection in the Dutch Language. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms International. 6190.

Velten, H.V. 1932a. "The Accusative Case and Its Substitutes in Serious Types of Languages". Language 8. 255-270.

6191.

. 1932b. "Sur révolution du genre, des cas et des parties du discours". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 33. 205-223.

6192. 6193.

6194.

. 1962. "On the Functions of French de and á". Lingua 11. 449-452. Vendryes, Joseph. 1910-11. "Sur l'emploi de l'infinitif au génitif dans quelques langues indo-européennes". Mémoires de la société de linguistique de Paris 16. 247-260. . 1927. "Sur le génitif pluriel des substantifs en germanique". Indo­ germanische Forschungen 45. 364-369.

6195.

Vennemann, Theo. 1974. "Topics, Subjects and Word Order: From SXV to SVX via TVX". Historical Linguistics I. Syntax, Morphology, Internal and Com­ parative Reconstruction. Proceedings of the First International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Edinburgh 2nd-7th September 1973 ed. by John Anderson & Charles Jones, 339-376. Amsterdam: North Holland.

6196.

. 1982. "Remarks on Grammatical Relations". Linguistics in the Morn­ ing Calm. Selected Papers from SICOL-1981 ed. by The Linguistic Society of Korea, 233-267. Seoul: Hanshin. Review: see Lieb, Hans-Heinrich [1982]

6197.

Vergnaud, Jean-Roger & Alain Rouveret. 1980. see Rouveret, Alain.

6198.

& Maria Luisa Zubizarreta. 1992. "The Definite Determiner and the Inalien­ able Constructions in French and in English". Linguistic Inquiry 23.4. 595652.

6199.

Verhaar, John W.M., ed. 1967. The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Grammatical Studies (1). Classical Chinese/Athapaskan/Mundari. Dordrecht: Reidel.

6200.

, ed. 1968. The Verb 'Be' and Its Synonyms. Philosophical and Gramma­ tical Studies (3). Japanese/Kashmiri/Armenian/Hungarian/Sumerian/Shona. Dordrecht: Reidel.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

420 6201.

. 1983. "Ergativity, Accusativity and Hierarchy". Sophia lingüistica 11. 1-23.

6202.

Verhagen, Arie. 1984. "Vorm en funktie in taal en taaibeschrijving". Vorm en funktie in tekst en taal: Bundel opstellen verschenen ter gelegenheid van de voltooiing van het honderdste deel van het tijdschrift voor Nederlandse taai­ en letterkunde ed. by Μ. Bakker, 1-31. Leiden: Brill.

6203.

. 1986. "On Ordering Participants". Linguistic Theory and the Function of Word Order in Dutch: A Study on Interpretative Aspects of the Order of Adverbials and Noun Phrases, Chapter 6. Dordrecht: Foris.

6204.

. 1990. "De interpretatiestructuur van passieve zinnen". Forum der letteren 31.2. 81-92.

6205.

. 1992a. "Praxis of Linguistics: Passives in Dutch". Cognitive Linguistics 3.3. 301-342.

6206.

. 1992b. "Word Order and (No) Semantic Roles". Proceedings of the Fourteenth International Congress of Linguists, Berlin/GDR, August 10August 15, 1987 ed. by Werner Bahner, Joachim Schildt & Dieter Viehweger, 1104-1108. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

6207.

, Robert S. Kirsner & Mariette Willemsen. 1984-85. see Kirsner, Robert S.

6208.

& Suzanne Kemmer. 1992. "Interactie en oorzakelijkheid. Een cognitieve benadering van causatief constructies in het Nederlands". Gramma, Tijdschrift voor taalwetenschap 1.1. 1-20.

6209.

Verkuyl, H.J. 1976. "Thematische Relaties". Lijnen van taaltheoretisch onder­ zoek: Een bundel oorspronkelijke artikelen aangeboden aan Prof Dr. H. Schultink ed. by Geert Koefoed & Arnold Evers, 185-228. Groningen: Willink.

6210.

. 1978. "Thematic Relations and the Semantic Representation of Verbs Expressing Change". Studies in Language 2.2. 199-233.

6211.

Verma, Manindra K., ed. 1976a. The Notion of Subject in South Asian Lan­ guages. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

6212.

. 1976b. "The Notion of Subject and the Data from Nepali". The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages ed. by Manindra K. Verma, 270-286. Madison: University of Wisconsin.

6213.

& K.P. Mohanan, eds. 1990. Experiencer Subjects in South Asian Languages. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

6214.

Vernay, Henri. 1980. Syntaxe et sémantique. Les deux plans des relations syntaxiques å l'exemple de la transitivité et de la transformation passive. Étude contrastive français-allemand. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

Alphabetical List

All

6215.

Verner, G.K. 1988. "Opyt rekonstruktsii obshcheenisejskoj deklinatsionnoj modeli". Voprosy jazykoznanija 5. 84-95.

6216.

Vernke, G. 1981. "K istoriceskoj morfologii russkogo jazyka. K istorii fleksii rod. ed. suscestvitel'nyx na *jä v russkom jazyke". Studia slavica academiae scientiarum hungaricae 27. 281-295.

6217.

Vertes, E. 1967. Die ostjakischen Pronomina. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University.

6218.

Verwilst, Marie-Noëlle. 1974. "Einige Bemerkungen zu den sogenannten Satz­ bauplänen". Löwener Vorarbeiten zur sprachlichen Valenz ed. by Jacques Lerot, Rudolf Kern & Henri Bouillon, 69-91. Louvain: Institut de linguistique de l'université de Louvain.

6219.

Vesela, Maria. 1986. "Predlozenija s emocional'nym datel'nym v russkom i slovatskom jazykax". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Ernst-Moritz-ArndtUniversität Greifswald: Gesellschaftswissenschaftliche Reihe 35.1.2. 142143.

6220.

Vester, Elseline. 1983. Instrument and Manner Expressions in Latin. Assen: Van Gorcum.

6221.

. 1985. "Agentless Passive Constructions". Syntaxe et latin: Actes du lime congrés international de linguistique latine, Aix-en-Ρrovence, 28-31 mars 1983 ed. by Christian Touratier, 227-240. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence.

6222.

Vestergaard, Torben. 1973. "A Note on Objective, Instrumental and Affected in English". Studia linguistica 27.1.2. 85-89.

6223.

Vesterhus, Sverre. 1985. "Das bekommen-Passiv im Deutschunterricht". Zielsprache Deutsch 16.1. 29-33.

6224.

Vet, Co. 1981. "Subject Assignment in the Impersonal Constructions of French". Predication and Expression in Functional Grammar ed. by A. Machtelt Bolkestein [et al.], 143-163. London: Academic Press.

6225.

. 1983. "Possessive Constructions in French". Advances in Functional Grammar ed. by Simon C. Dik, 123-140. Dordrecht: Foris.

6226.

. 1991. "Les constructions causatives et réfléchies en français". Actes du XVllle congrès international de linguistique et de philologie romanes, Université de Treves (Trier) 1986, Tome 11, Section 111: Linguistique théorique et linguistique synchronique ed. by Dieter Kremer, 571-581. Tübingen: Nie­ meyer.

6227.

Veyrenc, Jacques. 1972. "Existe-t-il un génitif de l'objet? (Discussion à partir du russe contemporain)". Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 67.1. 215-238.

422

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6228.

. 1975a. "Fonction datif et factitif". Mélanges linguistiques offerts å Emile Benveniste, 519-526. Louvain: Peeters.

6229. °

. 1975b. "Examen des notions de valence et d'actant". Cahiers de linguistique slave 1. 123-133.

6230.

. 1976. "Sur la double diathèse d'objet des enoncés translocatif'. Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 71.1. 241-273.

6231.

Vichit-Vadakan, Rasani. 1976. "The Concept of Inadvertence in Thai Periphras­ tic Constructions". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 459-476. New York: Academic Press.

6232.

Vidal de Battini, Berta Elena. 1964. "Zonas de leísmo en el español de la Argentina". Communications et rapports du premier congres international de dialectologie générale (Louvain 21 au 25 aoüt, Bruxelles les 26 et 27 aoüt 1960), 2e partie ed. by Sever Pop, 160-163. Louvain: Centre international de dialectologie générale.

6233.

Vigener, Gerhard, Dieter Cherubim, Gaston van der Elst, Hans-Dieter Kreuder, Carl Ludwig Naumann, Ulrich Püschel & Brigitte Zander-Lüllwitz. 1973. see Cherubim, Dieter.

6234.

Vikhovanets', LR. 1983. "Rodovii vidminok na tli sintaksichnoi derivatsii". Movoznavstvo 17.2.98. 65-71.

6235.

. 1988. "Semantiko-sintaksichna klasifikatsiya vidminkiv ukrains'koi movi". Movoznavstvo 22.2. 44-51.

6236. °Vikner, Sten. 1989. "Object Shift and Double Objects in Danish". Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 44. 141-156. 6237. ° 6238.

6239. °

& Rex A. Sprouse. 1989. "Parameters of 'Have/Be' Selection in German and Romance". Proceedings of NELS 18.2. 523-537. Vilela, Mário. 1986. "As categorías de 'Objecto indirecto' em português". Morphosyntaxe des langues romanes, Actes du XVIIe congrès international de linguistique et philologie romanes (Aix-en-Provence, 29 aout- 3 septembre 1983), 139-151. Aix-en-Provence: University of the Provence. . 1992. "Verbes de possession (en portugais): Quelques aspects syntaxiques et sémantiques". Proceedings of the Fourteenth International Congress of Linguists, Berlin/GDR, August 10-August 15, 1987 ed. by Werner Bahner, Joachim Schildt & Dieter Viehweger, 1108. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

6240.

Villalba, Xavier. 1992. "Case, Incorporation, and Economy: An Approach to Causative Constructions". Catalan Working Papers in Linguistics. 345-389.

6241.

Villar Liébana, Francisco. 1974. Origen de la flexión nominal indoeuropea. Madrid: Instituto 'Antonio de Nebraja'.

Alphabetical List

423

6242.

. 1981. Dativo y locativo: En el singular de la flexión nominal indo­ europea. Salamanca: Universidad de Salamanca.

6243.

. 1983. Ergatividad, acusatividad y genero en la familia lingüística indoeuropea. Salamanca: Ediciones universidade de Salamanca. Review: see Bossong, Georg [1984b]

6244. ° Vincent, A. 1973. "Notes on Tairora Noun Morphology". The Languages of the Eastern Family of the East New Guinea Highland Stock ed. by H. McKaughan, 530-546. Seattle: University of Washington Press. 6245. ° Vinogradov, V.S. 1961. "Nekotorye osobennosti struktury frazeologiceskix socetanij 'prjamo-perexodnyj glagol + predlog + suscestvitel'noe' (na mate­ riale ispanskogo jazyka)". Ucenye zapiski Leningradsko go ordena Lenina gos. universiteta im. A.A. Zdanova 299. 75-80. 6246.

Vintila-Radulescu, Ioana. 1983. "Obiectul direct prepozitional în romana şi în unele limbi romanice". Studii şi cercetari lingvistice 34.5. 466-470.

6247.

Viorel, Elena. 1984. "Grammatische Zweifelsfälle aus der Sicht des Unter­ richtspraxis". Zielsprache Deutsch 2. 38-42.

6248. ° Voeltz, E. 1976. "Inalienable Possession in Sotho". Papers in African Linguis­ tics in Honor of Wm. . Weimers ed. by L. Hyman, L. Jacobson & R. Schuh, Studies in African Linguistics, Supplement 6. 255-266. 6249.

Vogt, Hans. 1947. "Le Systéme des cas en géorgien ancien". Norsk tidskrift for sprogvidenskap 14. 98-140.

6250.

. 1949. "L'étude des systèmes des cas". Travaux du cercle linguistique de Copenhague 5. 112-122.

6251.

Voigt, Barbara. 1985. "2-to-3 Retreat in Samoan". University of Hawaii Work­ ing Papers in Linguistics 17.1. 77-116.

6252.

Voicexovskaja, I.G. 1989. "O padeznoj teorii vizantijskogo grammatika Maksima Planuda", Izvestija Akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 48.1. 57-64.

6253.

Vojnona, E.I. 1965. "Datel'nyj padez pri predikativnyx slovax na -O infinitive". Vestnik Leningradsko go universiteta, Istorii, jazyka i literatury 1.2. 151-158.

6254. ° Vol'f, E.M. 1977. "Nekotorye osobennosti mestoimennyx posessivnyx konstrukcij (ivero-romanskie jazyki)". Kategorii bytija i obladanija v jazyke ed. by V.N. Jarceva, 144-193. Moscow: Nauka. 6255.

Volodin, A.P. 1967. "Érgativnaja konstrukcija v itel'menskom jazyke". Èrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 240-245. Leningrad: Nauka.

424

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6256.

. 1974. "K voprosu ob érgativnoj konstrukcii predlozenija, na materiale itel'menskogo jazyka". Voprosy jazykoznanija 1. 14-22.

6257. °

, A.A. Xolodovic & V.S. Xrakovskij. 1969. "Kauzativy, antikauzativy i kauzativnye konstrukcii v finskom jazyke". Tipologija kauzativnyx konstrukcij ed. by A.A. Xolodovic, 221-237. Leningrad.

6258.

Von der Straten, G. see Straten, G. von der.

6259.

Von Gabain, A. see Gabain, A. von.

6260.

Von Hinüber, Oskar, see Hinüber, Oskar von.

6261.

Von Randow, Elise, see Randow, Elise von.

6262.

Von Seefranz-Montag, Ariane, see Seefranz-Montag, Ariane von.

6263.

Von Stechow, Arnim, see Stechow, Arnim von.

6264.

Von Weiss, A. see Weiss, A. von.

6265.

Voorhoeve, Jan. 1974. "Locatives in Bangangte-Bamileke". Studies in African Linguistics 5.2. 205-221.

6266.

Vorosil, G. 1977. "Ob odnom slucae zameny érgativnogo padeza pri perexodnom glagole imenitel'nym v nidzkom dialekte udingskogo jazyka". Voprosy sintaksiceskogo stroja iberijsko-kavkazskix jazykov ed. by T.X. Kuaseva & X.T. Taov, 287-294. Nal'čik.

6267.

Votre, Sebastiäo Josué. 1978. "A estrutura da sentença e a gramática dos casos profundos". Revista brasileira de lingüística 5.1. 53-56.

6268.

Vottero, Guy. 1987. "L'expression de la filiation en béotien". Verbum 10.1.2.3. 211-231.

6269.

Vriendt, Sera de. 1975. "Een nominativus-cum-infinitivo in Zuidnederlandse dialecten". Spel van zinnen. Album A. Van Loey ed. by Ria Jansen-Sieben, Sera De Vriendt & R. Willemyns, 71-78. Bruxelles: Editions de l'université de Bruxelles.

6270.

Vries, Lourens de. 1983. "Three Passive-Like Constructions in Indonesian". Advances in Functional Grammar ed. by Simon C. Dik, 155-173. Dordrecht: Foris.

6271.

Vries, W. de. 1942. "Enkele eigenaardigheden bij de substantief-declinatie". Iets over verbreidheid en herkomst van het Fries en enige opmerkingen op het gebied van de Nederlandse taalwetenschap ed. by W. de Vries, 88-97. Assen: Van Gorcum.

6272. ° Vuillaume, Marcel. 1977. "'Bekommen' dans le système des auxiliaires de Γ allemand". Cahiers d'allemand 12. 3-15. 6273.

. 1988. "Un accusatif de relation en allemand?". Nouveaux cahiers d'allemand 6.1. 23-37.

Alphabetical List

425

6274.

Vuoriniemi, Jorma. 1975. "Teonnimet viestinnässä". Virittäjä 2. 127-152.

6275.

Wachowicz, Krystyna. 1976. "Some Universal Properties of Morphological Causatives". Stanford University Working Papers on Linguistic Universals 20. 59-106.

6276.

Wackernagel, Jakob. 1908. "Genitiv und Adjektiv". Mélanges de linguistique offerts å M. Ferdinand de Saussure, 125-152. Paris: Champion.

6277.

Wade, Martha & Neil Anderson. 1988. see Anderson, Neil.

6278. ° Wade, T.L.B. 1978. "A Contrastive Analysis of the Use of Prepositional Phrases of the Types 'v' + Locative Case and 'za' + Accusative Case in the Expression of Distance". Journal of Russian Studies 36. 27-34. 6279.

Wagner, H. 1978. "The Typological Background of the Ergative Construction". Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy 78.3. 37-74.

6280.

Wagner, Karl Heinz. 1969. Generative Grammatical Studies in the Old English Language. Heidelberg: Groos. Review: see Traugott, Elizabeth Closs [1972]

6281. 6282.

& Thomas Göller. 1981. see Göller, Thomas. Wagner, R.L. 1961-62. "Review: Blinkenberg, Andreas. 1960. Le problème de la transitivité en français moderne. Copenhague: Munksgaard". Bulletin de la société linguistique de París 56. 12&-134/Romania 83. 272-275.

6283. ° Wagner, Wilhelm. 1905. Die Stellung des attributiven Genitivs im Deutschen. Ein Vergleich aus der Lehre von der deutschen Wortstellung, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Entstehungsgeschichte der unechten Komposita. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Giessen. 6284.

Wahba, Wafaa & Michael Kenstowicz. 1980. see Kenstowicz, Michael.

6285.

Wahlster, Wolfgang & Heinz Marburger. 1983. see Marburger, Heinz.

6286.

Waksler, Rachelle. 1984. "A Syntactic Analysis of the Object Gap in Purpose Clauses". Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Volume 3 ed. by Mark Cobler, Susannah MacKaye & Michael T. Wescoat, 292-304. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

6287.

Wald, Benji. 1979. "The Development of the Swahili Object Marker: A Study of the Interaction of Syntax and Discourse". Discourse and Syntax ed. by T. Givón, Syntax and Semantics 12, 505-524. New York: Academic Press.

6288.

Wald, Lucia. 1985. "Elemente de lingvistica moderna într-o gramatica romåneascä de la sfîrşitul secolului al XlX-lea". Studii şi cercetári lingvistice 36.3. 273-275.

6289.

Waldmann, Albert. 1989. "Genitivverbindung oder Präpositionalgruppe - Eine strukturellsemantische Untersuchung an der arabischen Nominalgruppe". Linguistische Studien, Reihe A. 189. 29-39.

426

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6290.

Wales, M.L. 1982. "Another Look at the Latin Accusative and Infinitive". Lingua 56. 127-152.

6291.

Wali, Kashi. 1979. "The Case of Causee". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 12. 161-178.

6292.

. 1980. "Oblique Causee and Passive Explanation". Linguistic Inquiry 11.1. 258-260.

6293.

. 1981. "Cause, Causer and Causee: A Semantic Perspective". Journal of Linguistics 17. 289-308.

6294.

& James W. Gair. 1988. see Gair, James W.

6295.

& James W. Gair. 1989. see Gair, James W.

6296. 6297.

& Carol G. Rosen. 1989. see Rosen, Carol G. Walker, Douglas C. 1987. "Morphological Features and Markedness in the Old French Noun Declension". The Canadian Journal of Linguistics 32.2. 143197.

6298.

Walker, Edward. 1976. "Some Grammatical Relations among Words". New Approaches to Language Mechanisms: A Collection of Psycholinguistic Stud­ ies ed. by R.J. Wales & Edward Walker, 183-201. Amsterdam: NorthHolland.

6299.

Wall, Robert Eugene. 1968. Selectional Restrictions on Subjects and Objects of Transitive Verbs. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

6300.

Wallace, William D. 1981. "Object-Marking in the History of Nepali: A Case of Syntactic Diffusion". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 11.2. 107-128.

6301.

. 1982 "The Evolution of Ergative Syntax in Nepali". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 12.2. 147-211.

6302. °

. 1985a. Subjects and Subjecthood in Nepali: An Analysis of Nepali Clause Structure and Its Challenges to Relational Grammar and Government and Binding. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Illinois.

6303.

. 1985b. "Constituent Roles and Clause Union in Nepali". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Ariene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 119-148. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

6304.

. 1987. "The Government and Binding Analysis of Nepali Equi and Subject-Raising Clauses". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 17.1. 163-179.

6305.

Wallin, Isak. 1936. Om det grammatiska subjektet: En semologisk och morfologisk studie. Stockholm: Fritzes.

6306. °

. 1953. "Om det grammatiska subjektet som språklig upplevelse". Årsskrift för modersmålslärarnas förening. 19-83.

Alphabetical List

All

6307.

Walmsley, John B. 1971. "The English Comitative Case and the Concept of Deep Structure". Foundations of Language 7. 493-507.

6308.

Walsh, M. 1976. "Ergative, Locative and Instrumental Case Inflections: Murinjpata". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 405-408. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Stud­ ies.

6309.

Wandruszka, Ulrich. 1982. "Wortbildung und Syntax". Festschrift für Johannes Hubschmid zum 65. Geburtstag: Beiträge zur allgemeinen, indogermanischen und romanischen Sprachwissenschaft ed. by Otto Winkelmann & Maria Braisch, 67-82. Bern: Francke.

6310.

. 1984. "Subjekt und Mitteilungszentrum". Romanistisches

Jahrbuch 35.

14-35. 6311.

Warnimont, Jean-Paul & Christine Petit. 1974. see Petit, Christine.

6312.

Waryas, Carol & Kathleen Stremel. 1974. "On the Preferred Form of the Double Object Construction". Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 3.3. 271-280.

6313.

Wasow, T. & Thomas Roeper. 1972. "On the Subject of Gerunds". of Language 8. 44-61.

6314.

Watkins, Calvert. 1967. "Remarks on the Genitive". To Honor Roman Jakobson. Essays on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday, 11th October 1966, Volume III, 2191-2198. The Hague: Mouton.

6315.

Watts, Richard James. 1976. Lokative Präpositionen im Deutschen, Englischen und Zürischdeutschen. Eine generativ-transformationeile Analyse. Bern: Francke.

6316.

Webelhuth, Gert. 1986. "On Passive and the Notion SUBJECT". University of Massachusetts Occasional Papers in Linguistics 10. 115.

6317.

Weeda, Donald S. 1991. "Topic, Focus, and Subject: Toward a Description of Discourse/Syntax Crossover Phenomena in Indonesian". Texas Linguistic Forum 32. 197-222.

6318.

Weeren, Jan van. 1977. Interferenz und Valenz. Zum Problem der falschen Freunde' für niederländische Germanistikstudenten. Ph.D. dissertation, Uni­ versity of Leiden.

6319.

Weerman, Fred. 1984-85. "Over enkele verschillen tussen Mnl. en Ndl.". Taalkundige theorievorming en de (al dan niet vermeende) weerbarstigheid van het Nederlands, Speciaal nummer van Spektator 14.5. 374-380.

6320.

° Wegener, Heide. 1980. "Angewandte Valenztheorie". Verbwörterbücher und Verbvalenz im Deutschunterricht für Ausländer ed. by Arbeitsgruppe 'Linguistik' der DAAD-Lektoren in Frankreich, 41-88. Regensburg.

6321.

Foundations

. 1983. "Der 'freie' Dativ im Deutschen und Französischen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 9. 147-163.

Jahrbuch

428 6322.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations . 1985a. Der Dativ im heutigen Deutsch. Tübingen: Narr. Review', see Holz, Guido [1988]; Kotschi, Thomas [1988]

6323.

. 1985b. "Ergativkonstruktionen im Deutschen". Grammatik, Semantik, Textlinguistik - Akten des 19. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Vechta 1984, Band 1 ed. by Wilfried Kürschner, Rudiger Vogt & Sabine Siebert-Nemann, 187197. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

6324.

. 1985c. '"Er bekommt widersprochen': Argumente für die Existenz eines Dativpassivs im Deutschen". Linguistische Berichte 96. 127-139.

6325. °

. 1985d. "Dativkonstruktionen im Deutschunterricht für Ausländer". Association des professeurs de langues vivantes: Actes de la rencontre des germanistes d'Aix en Provence 1984. Paris.

6326.

. 1986. "Gibt es im Deutschen ein indirektes Objekt?" Deutsche Sprache. 12-22.

6327.

. 1989a. "Dativ und Fremdsprachenunterricht Deutsch". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 26.2. 89-98.

6328.

. 1989b. "Rektion, Valenz und Selektion: Zur Abhängigkeitsstruktur der Dative im Deutschen". Zeitschrift für Germanistik 10.1. 19-33.

6329.

. 1989c. "Einc Modalpartikel besonderer Art: Der Dativus ethicus". Sprechen mit Partikeln ed. by Harald Weydt, 56-73. Berlin: De Gruyter.

6330.

. 1990a. "Der Dativ - ein struktureller Kasus?". Strukturen und Merkmale syntaktischer Kategorien ed. by Gisbert Fanselow & Sascha W. Felix, 70-103. Tübingen: Narr.

6331.

. 1990b. "Komplemente in der Dependenzgrammatik und in der Rektions- und Bindungstheorie. Die Verwendung der Kasus im Deutschen". Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 18.2. 150-184.

6332.

. 1991. "Review: Schmid, Josef. 1988. Untersuchungen zum sogenann­ ten freien Dativ in der Gegenwartssprache und auf Vorstufen des heutigen Deutsch. Frankfurt: Lang; Johansen, Ingeborg. 1988. Der heterogene deut­ sche Dativ 1988. Zur Syntax, Semantik und Sprachgebrauchsbedeutung. Heidelberg: Winter". Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 113.2. 279-285.

6333.

Wegera, Klaus-Peter. 1987. Grammatik des Frühneuhochdeutschen. Beiträge zur Laut- und Formenlehre. Dritter Band: Flexion der Substantive. Heidel­ berg: Winter.

6334. 6335.

& Hans-Joachim Solms. 1991. see Solms, Hans-Joachim. Wegstein, Werner & Norbert Richard Wolf. 1982. "Syntaktische und seman­ tische Valenz von Verben und Verbalabstrakta des Frühneuhochdeutschen.

Alphabetical List

429

Prolegomena zur Methode". Valenztheorie und historische Sprachwissen­ schaft: Beiträge zur sprachgeschichtlichen Beschreibung des Deutschen ed. by Albrecht Greule, 109-127. Tübingen: Niemeyer. 6336. ° Wehr, Hans. 1953. Der arabische Elativ. Mainz: Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur. 6337.

Wehrli, Eric. 1981. "On Thematic Roles and Exceptional Case Marking". Proceedings of NELS 11. 414-424.

6338.

Weier, Winfried. 1968. "Der Genitiv im neuesten Deutsch". Muttersprache 78. 222-235; 257-269.

6339.

Weigand, Edda. 1979. "Zum Zusammenhang von Thema/Rhema und Subjekt/ Prädikat". Zeitschrift für germanistische Linguistik 1. 167-189.

6340.

Weigt, Zenon & Roman Sadzinski. 1985. see Sadzinski, Roman.

6341. 6342.

Weijermans, Leopold Henri. 1949. De genitivus inhaerentiae in het Latijn. Nijmegen: Centrale drukkerij. Weijnen, Antonius Α. & A.M.J. Gordijn. 1970. "Het binnendringen van het voorzetsel in het indirekt objekt in het Nederlands". Leuvense bijdragen 59.4. 125-130.

6343.

Weinberg, Amy & Norbert Hornstein. 1981. see Hornstein, Norbert.

6344.

Weiner, E. Judith & William Labov. 1983. "Constraints on the Agentless Passive". Journal of Linguistics 19. 29-58.

6345.

Weisgerber, Leo. 1962. "Der Mensch im Akkusativ". Wirkendes Wort, Sam­ melband 1: Sprachwissenschaft, 264-276. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

6346.

Weiss, A. von. 1952-53. "Dativ oder Genitiv". Wirkendes Wort 3. 279-284/ (1962) Wirkendes Wort, Sammelband 1: Sprachwissenschaft, 258-263. Düsseldorf: Schwann.

6347.

Weissenrieder, Maureen. 1985. "Exceptional Uses of the Accusative a". Hispania 68.2. 393-398.

6348.

. 1990. "Variable Uses of the Direct-Object Marker A". Hispania 73.1. 223-231.

6349.

Weissgerber, Monika. 1983. Valenz und Kongruenzbeziehungen. Ein Modell zur Vereindeutigung von Verben in der maschinellen Analyse und Übersetzung. Frankfurt am Main: Lang. Review: see Helbig, Gerhard [1985c]

6350.

Weist, Richard M. 1990. "Neutralization and the Concept of Subject in Child Polish". Linguistics 28. 1331-1349.

430

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6351. ° Welin, C.W. 1975. "Semantic Networks and Case Grammar". Pilus, Papers from the Institute of Linguistics, University of Stockholm 29. 6352. ° Welke, Klaus M. 1987. "Prototypensemantik und Valenz". Lexikologie und Lexikographie ed. by Klaus M. Welke & R. Neurath, 158-168. Berlin. 6353.

-. 1988. Einführung in die Valenz- und Kasustheorie. Leipzig: VEB Bibliographisches Institut. Review, see Eroms, Hans-Werner [1990]; Helbig, Gerhard [1989b]; Hundschurscher, Franz [1990]; Hyvärinen, Irma [1990]; Sommerfeldt, Karl-Ernst [1989]; Wotjak, Gerd [1990]

6354.

. 1989. "Pragmatische Valenz. Verben des Besitzwechsels". Zeitschrift für Germanistik 10.1. 5-18.

6355.

. 1990. "Kontroverses in der Valenztheorie. Eine Erwiderung auf Gerhard Helbig". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 27.3. 153-159. Review: see Wotjak, Gerd [1990]

6356.

& Hans-Joachim Meinhard. 1974. "Valenzstruktur und Konstituenten­ struktur". Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 23.3.4. 259-265.

6357.

& Hans-Joachim Meinhard. 1980. "Prinzipien einer operativen Valenz­ grammatik". Zeitschrift für Germanistik 1.2. 146-156.

6358.

Wellander, Erik. 1920. "Over den datief als subjekt van een passieve con­ structie". De nieuwe taalgids 14. 291-299.

6359.

. 1956. "Zum Schwund des Genitivs". Fragen und Forschungen im Bereich und Umkreis der germanischen Philologie. Festgabe für Theodor Frings zum 70. Geburtstag, 23. Juli 1956, 156-172. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

6360.

Wells, Robin S. & Martin D.S. Braine. 1978. see Braine, Martin D.S.

6361. ° Welpmann. 1880. Zur Syntax der Casus im Heiland. Hagen. 6362.

Weite, Werner. 1979. "Dative Movement. Ein kritischer Überblick über Motiva­ tion und Formulierungsprobleme einer Transformation in der Syntaxtheorie des Englischen". Anglia 97.3.4. 290-303.

6362.

. 1980. "Zur Syntax, Semantik und Pragmatik exklamatorischer Voka­ tive". Indogermanische Forschungen 85. 1-34.

6364.

. 1987. "On the Concept of Case in Traditional Grammars". Concepts of Case ed. by René Dirven & Günter Radden, 15-27. Tübingen: Narr.

6365.

Wennevold Silva, Elisabeth. 1989. Ergativity and VSO Word Order: A Configurational Analysis. University of Trondheim Working Papers in Linguistics 10.

6366.

Wenzel, Heinrich. 1879. Über den Instrumentalis im Rigveda. Tübingen: Laupp.

Alphabetical List

431

6367.

Werner, Edeltraud. 1992. "Die Possessiva im gesprochenen Italienischen und Französischen - Systemanalyse und Vergleich". Vox románica 51. 57-81.

6368.

Werth, Paul. 1992. "Support Your Localist Sheriff: Localist Grammar and Deictic Space". Lingüistica antverpiensia 26. 237-269.

6369.

Wespy, L. 1884. "Die historische Entwicklung der Inversion des Subjekts im Französischen und der Gebrauch derselben bei Lafontaine". Zeitschrift für neufranzösische Sprache und Literatur 6.3. 150-160; 6.5. 161-209.

6370.

Westendorf, Wolfhart. 1953. Der Gebrauch des Passivs in der klassischen Literatur der Ägypter. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.

6371. ° Westfal, Stanislaw. 1956. A Study in Polish Morphology. The Genitive Singular Masculine, 's Gravenhage: Mouton. 6372.

Westphal, Germán F. 1979. Subjects and Pseudo-Subjects in Spanish: The Verb Agreement Question in the Impersonal SE Construction. Carbondale: Linguis­ tic Research.

6373.

Wexler, K. & Peter William Culicover. 1973. see Culicover, Peter William.

6374.

Wexler, Paul. 1976. "On the Non-Lexical Expression of Determinedness (With Special Reference to Russian and Finnish)". Studia lingüistica 30.1. 34-67.

6375.

Weydt, Harald. 1973. "On G. Lakoff 'Instrumental Adverbs and the Concept of Deep Structure', Foundations of Language 4. (1968) 4-29". Foundations of Language 10. 569-578.

6376.

Whalen, Suzanne. 1976. "The Impersonal Sentence in Russian: A Case-Gram­ mar Approach". Russian Language Journal 30.107. 39-57.

6377.

. 1978. "The Impersonal Sentence in Russian and Romanian". Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 8. 5-67.

6378.

Whaley, Lindsay. 1990. "The Effect of Non-Surface Grammatical Relations on the Genitive Absolute in Koine Greek". Grammatical Relations: A CrossTheoretical Perspective ed. by Katarzyna Dziwirek, Patrick Farrell & Errapel Mejías-Bikandi, 459-471. Stanford, California: The Center for the Study of Language and Information.

6379.

Wheeler, Dana. 1982. 'Object Deletion in Portuguese". Current Research in Romance Languages ed. by James P. Lantolf & Gregory B. Stone, 207-220. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

6380.

Wheeler, Rebecca S. & Paul Deane. 1984. see Deane, Paul.

6381.

Whistler, Kenneth W. 1985. "Focus, Perspective, and Inverse Person Marking in Nootkan". Grammar inside and outside the Clause: Some Approaches to Theory from the Field ed. by Johanna Nichols & Anthony C. Woodbury, 227265. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

432

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6382.

White Eagle, Josie, Mohamed Guerssel, Kenneth Hale, Mary Laughren & Beth Levin. 1985. see Guerssel, Mohamed.

6383.

White, Lydia. 1987. "Children's Overgeneralizations of the English Dative Alternation". Children's Language, Volume 6 ed. by Keith E. Nelson & Anne van Kleeck, 261-287. Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum.

6384.

& Irene Mazurkewich. 1984. see Mazurkewich, Irene.

6385. ° Whiteley, W.H. 1968. Some Problems of Transitivity in Swahili. London: Luzac, School of Oriental and African Studies. Review, see Givón, Τ. [1972a] 6386.

. 1972. "Case Complexes in Swahili". Studies in African Linguistics 3.1. 1-45.

6387.

Whitney, Rosemarie. 1982. "The Syntactic Unity of WH-Movement and Com­ plex NP Shift". Linguistic Analysis 10.4. 299-319.

6388.

. 1983. "The Place of Dative Movement in a Generative Theory". Linguistic Analysis 12.3. 315-322.

6389. ° Wickberg, Rudolf. 1878-79. Om Genetivsuffixet -sja i de germanska språken. Lunds universitets årsskrift 15.3. Lund: Berling. 6390.

Wickelgren, Wayne A. 1979. "I like the Postcard You Sent Abe and I: ContextSensitive Coding of Syntax and Other Procedural Knowledge". Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society 13.2. 61-63.

6391. ° Wickman, Bo. 1955. The Form of the Object in the Uralic Languages. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell. 6392.

. 1980. "Some Case Forms in Lappish". Lingua posnaniensis 23. 205207.

6393.

Widdowson, H.G. & J.P.B. Allen. 1988. see Allen, J.P.B.

6394.

Widmer, P. Ambros. 1959. Das Personalpronomen im Bündnerromanischen in phonetischer und morphologischer Schau. Bern: Francke. 6395. ° . 1980. "Igl accusativ preposiziunal el romontsch grischun". Annalas de la societä retorumantscha 93. 7-14. 6396. ° Widnäs, Maria. 1973. "La balance entre les cas sans préposition et avec préposition en rasse". VII Miedzynarodowy Kongres Slawistów w Warszawie 1973: Streszczenia Referatów i Komunikatów, 198-299. Warsaw: PAN. 6397.

Wied Jørgensen, Mogens. 1987. "Zur Kasus- und Numerusflexion der deutschen Substantive". Festschrift für Karl Hyldgaard-Jensen, zum 70. Geburtstag am 3. Februar 1987 ed. Mogens Dyhr & Jørgen Olsen, 135-142. Copenhagen: University of Copenhagen.

Alphabetical List 6398. 6399.

433

Wierzbicka, Anna. 1979. "Ethno-Syntax and the Philosophy of Grammar". Studies in Language 3.3. 313-383. . 1980. The Case for Surface Case. Ann Arbor: Karoma. Review: see Corbett, Greville [1982]

6400.

. 1981. "Case Marking and Human Nature". Australian Journal of Linguistics 1.1. 43-80. Review: Monville-Burston, Monique [1981]; Silverstein, Michael [1981]

6401.

. 1982. "Case Marking and the Nature of Discussion: A Rejoinder to Silverstein". Australian Journal of Linguistics 2.1. 93-95.

6402.

. 1983. "The Semantics of Case Marking". Studies in Language 7.2. 247275/(1988) The Semantics of Grammar by Anna Wierzbicka, 435-461. Am­ sterdam: Benjamins.

6403.

. 1986a. "The Semantics of Internal Dative in English". Quaderni di semantica 7.1. 119-165/(1988) The Semantics of Grammar by Anna Wierzbicka, 359-387. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Review: see Cattell, Ray [1986]; DeLancey, Scott [1986]; Green, Georgia M. [1986]; Kirsner, Robert S. [1986]; Shopen, Timothy [1986]

6404.

. 1986b. "The Semantics of the Internal Dative - A Rejoinder". Quaderni di semantica 7.1. 155-165.

6405.

. 1986c. "The Meaning of a Case: A Study of the Polish Dative". Case in Slavic ed. by Richard D. Brecht & James S. Levine, 386-426. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica/(1988) The Semantics of Grammar by Anna Wierzbicka, 391433. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

6406.

. 1988a. "The Semantics of Causative Constructions in a Cross-Linguis­ tic Perspective". The Semantics of Grammar by Anna Wierzbicka, 237-255. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

6407.

. 1988b. "The Japanese 'Adversative Passive' in a Typological Context (Are Grammatical Categories Vague or Multiply Polysemous)". The Seman­ tics of Grammar by Anna Wierzbicka, 257-292. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

6408.

Wiese, E. 1977. "Bedeutungen des Subjekts 'subjektloser' Sätze im Russischen und Polnischen". Zeitschrift für Slawistik 22. 494-502.

6409.

Wieser, Elisabeth. 1986. "On the Splitting in English of the of-Genitive". English Studies, a Journal of English Language and Literature 67.1. 57-71.

6410. ° Wiik, Kalevi. 1972. Suomen akkusatiiviobjektin muoto. Turku University: Pub­ lications of the Phonetics Department 12. 6411.

Wijk, Nikolaas van. 1902. Der nominale Genitiv singular im Indogermanischen in seinem Verhältnis zum Nominativ. Zwolle: De Erven J.J. Tijl.

434

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6412.

Wilbur, Terence H. 1970a. "The Ergative Case and the So-Called Ergative Type Languages". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 6. 416-424.

6413.

. 1970b. "Ergative and Pseudo-Ergative in Basque". Fontes linguae vasconum 2.4. 57-66.

6414.

. 1977. "Transitive, Intransitive, Ergative: A Terminological Autopsy". Akten der 2. Salzburger Frühlingstagung für Linguistik, Salzburg vom 29. bis 31. Mai 1975 ed. by Gaberell Drachman, 119-126. Tübingen: Narr.

6415.

Wilhelm, Gernot & Volkert Haas. 1969. see Haas, Volkert.

6416.

Wilkins, Wendy K. 1987. "On the Linguistic Function of Event Roles". Pro­ ceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 13. 460472.

6417.

, ed. 1989. Thematic Relations. Syntax and Semantics 21. New York: Academic Press.

6418.

. 1992. "Review: Ravin, Yael. 1990. Lexical Semantics without Thematic Roles. Oxford: Oxford University Press". Journal of Linguistics 28. 241-251.

6419.

Wilkinson, Edwin M. 1983. "Indirect Object Advancement in German". Pro­ ceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 9. 281291.

6420.

Wilks, Yorick. 1976. "Processing Case". American Journal of Computational Linguistics 56. 1-70.

6421.

Willems, Dominique. 1978. "A la recherche d'une grammaire des cas: Ses rapports avec la syntaxe et le lexique". Valence, Semantic Case, and Gram­ matical Relations ed. by Werner Abraham, 243-260. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

6422.

. 1981. "The Verbs of 'Transformation': An Application of Case Gram­ mar to the French Clause Structure". Anglistik und Englischunterricht 14. 181-188.

6423.

Willems, J.H.J. 1967. "De vrouw en de naamval". De nieuwe taalgids 60. 58.

6424.

Willemsen, Mariëtte, Arie Verhagen & Robert S. Kirsner. 1984-85. see Kirsner, Robert S.

6425.

Williams, Edwin B. 1938. "Omission of Object Pronoun in Portuguese". Lan­ guage 14. 205.

6426.

Williams, Edwin S. 1983. "Against Small Clauses". Linguistic Inquiry 14.2. 287-308.

6427.

. 1984. "Grammatical Relations". Linguistic Inquiry 15.4. 639-673.

6428.

. 1985. "PRO and Subject of NP". Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3. 297-315.

Alphabetical List 6429.

435

& Lisa de Mena Travis. 1982-83. see Travis, Lisa de Mena.

6430.

Williams, Frederick & Percy H. Tannenbaum. 1968. see Tannenbaum, Percy H.

6431.

Williams, R.D. 1951. "The Local Ablative in Statius". Classical Quarterly 45. 143-146.

6432.

Williamson, Janis S. 1979. "Patient Marking in Lakhota and the Unaccusative Hypothesis". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society 15. 353-365.

6433.

Willis, Penny & Lesley Jeffries. 1982. "Participant (Case) Roles and Lexical Analysis". Nottingham Linguistic Circular 11.2. 1-19.

6434.

Willman-Grabowska, Héléne. 1928. Le locatif dans le Rig-Veda. Ph.D. disserta­ tion, University of Paris. Varsovenie.

6435.

Wilmots, J. 1974. "The Flexion of the German Adjective Presented as a Model of the Phrasing of Practical Grammatical Rules and of Transfer of Insight into Those Rules as One of the Elements of Foreign Language Teaching". Commu­ nication and Cognition 7.2. 225-236.

6436.

°

. 1979. Nominativ- und Akkusativmorpheme als Problem und Fehler­ quelle für Deutschlernende mit niederländischer Muttersprache: Eine lin­ guistische und psycholinguistische Untersuchung auf experimenteller Grundlage. Leuven: Universiteit, Letteren en wijsbegeerte.

6437.

Wils, J. 1950. "De z.g. possessieve flectie". Bingkisan budi. Een bundel opstellen aan Dr. Philippus Samuel van Ronkel door vrienden en leerlingen aangeboden op zijn tachtigste verjaardag, 310-321. Leiden: Sijthoff.

6438.

Wilson, Alfred Μ. 1890. "The Particle 't in Hebrew, I, II". Hebraica 6. 139-150, 212-224.

6439.

Wilson, Bob. 1983. "An Examination of Crosslinguistic Constraint on the Lexicalization of Predications of Ownership, Possession, Location and Exist­ ence". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 15.2. 1-18.

6440.

Wilson, Jack L. 1985. "La gramática de los casos del español". Revista filología y lingüística de la universidad de Costa Rica 11.1. 67-89.

6441.

Wilson, Ronald, Richard Goldberg, Jess Gropen, Michelle Hollander & Steven Pinker. 1989. see Gropen, Jess.

6442.

° Wilson, W.A.A. 1970. Verbal Sequences and Case Markers in Dagbani. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas.

6443.

. 1976. "Préposition ou verbe? Marques de cas en dagbani". Bulletin de la société linguistique de Paris 71.1. 275-298.

6444.

° Wilson, W.H. 1976. "The O/A Distinction in Hawaiian Possessives". Oceanic Linguistics 15. 39-50.

de

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

436 6445.

Winkler, Heinrich. 1896. Germanische Casussyntax I. Der Dativ, örtliche und halbörtliche Verhältnisse. Berlin: Dümmler.

Instrumental,

6446.

Winter, Werner. 1966. "Vom Genitiv im heutigen Deutsch". Zeitschrift deutsche Sprache 22. 21-35.

für

6447.

. 1967. "A Note on Cases". To Honor Roman Jakobson. Essays on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday, 11 October 1966, Volume III, 22502253. The Hague: Mouton.

6448.

. 1969. "Vocative and Imperative". Substance and Structure of Lan­ guage: Lectures Delivered before the Linguistic Institute of the Linguistic Society of America, University of California, Los Angeles, June 17 - August 12, 1966 ed. by Jaan Puhvel, 205-223. Berkeley: University of California Press.

6449.

. 1971. "Formal Frequency and Linguistic Change: Some Preliminary Comments". Folia linguistica 5.1.2. 55-61.

6450.

Wirth, Jessica R. 1978. "The Derivation of Cleft Sentences in English". Glossa 12. 58-82.

6451.

Wirth-Poelchau, Lore. 1977. Acl und quod-Satz im lateinischen Sprachgebrauch mittelalterlicher und humanistischer Autoren. Inaugural-Dissertation Erlangen. Nürnberg: J. Hogl Offset-Fotodruck.

6452.

° Wistrand, E. Lateinischen.

6453. 6454.

1941a. Der

Instrumentalis

6456. 6457. 6458.

6459. 6460.

der Anschauung

im

. 1941b. Über das Passivum. Göteborg: Eland. Wölfflin, Eduard. 1898. "Der reflexive Gebrauch der verba transitiva". Archiv für lateinische Lexikographie

6455.

als Kasus

Göteborg: Eland.

10. 1-10.

& George Vail Edwards. 1900. see Edwards, George Vail. Woisetschläger, Erich. 1983. "On the Question of Definiteness in 'An Old Man's Book'". Linguistic Inquiry 14.1. 137-154. ° Wojcik, Richard H. 1973. The Expression of Causation in English Clauses. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University. . 1976. "Where Do Instrumental NPs Come From?". The Grammar of Causative Constructions ed. by Masayoshi Shibatani, Syntax and Semantics 6, 165-180. New York: Academic Press. Woledge, B. 1973. "Noun Declension in Twelfth Century French". of the Philological Society. 75-97.

Transactions

, J. Beard, C.H.M. Horton & I. Short. 1967. "La déclinaison des substantifs dans la chanson de Roland. Recherches méchanographiques". Romania 88. 145-174.

Alphabetical List

437

6461.

, H.M. Erk, P.B. Grout & I.A. MacDougall. 1969. "La déclinaison des substantifs dans la chanson de Roland. Recherches méchanographiques (deuxième article)". Romania 90.2. 174-201.

6462.

Wolf, Charles M. de. 1976. "A Syntactic Analysis of the Pronoun-Systems of Palauan". University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 8.2. 101-110.

6463.

. 1981. "Nominative, Genitive and Syntactic Typology". Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 14. 13-24.

6464.

. 1985. "Case Marking, Causatives, and Constituency: A Non-Transfor­ mational Approach". General Linguistics 25.4. 236-272.

6465.

Wolf, Fritz. 1906. "Zur Frage des Accusativs mit dem Infinitiv". Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen 39. 490-500.

6466. ° Wolf, Norbert Richard. 1982. Probleme einer Valenzgrammatik des Deutschen. Innsbruck: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck. 6467.

6468.

. 1984. "Probleme der semantischen Valenz in Luthers deutscher Bibel". Luthers Sprachschaffen. Gesellschaftliche Grundlagen - geschichtliche Wir­ kungen. Referate der internationalen sprachwissenschaftlichen Konferenz Eisenach 21.-25. März 1983 ed. by Joachim Schildt, 16-31. Berlin: Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR, Zentralinstitut für Sprachwissenschaft. & Werner Wegstein. 1982. see Wegstein, Werner.

6469.

Wolff, Ludwig. 1954. "Über den Rückgang des Genitivs und die Verkümmerung der partitiven Denkformen". Suomalaisen tiedeakatemian toimituksia. Annales academiae scientiarum fennicae, Ser. B. 84. 185-198.

6470.

Wong, Simon Sek-Muk. 1991. Classification of Semantic Case-Relations in the Pauline Epistles. Dissertation Abstracts International, Α.: The Humanities and Social Sciences 51.9. 3053.A.3054.A.

6471.

Wongkhomthong, Preya & Susumu Kuno. 1981. see Kuno, Susumu.

6472. °Wood, Francis. 1923. "The Gothic Genitive Plural". Studies in Philology 20. 107-108. 6473.

Woodbury, Anthony C. 1975. Ergativity and Grammatical Processes. A Study of Greenlandic Eskimo. M.A. thesis, University of Chicago.

6474.

. 1977. "Greenlandic Eskimo, Ergativity and Relational Grammar". Grammatical Relations ed. by Peter Cole & Jerrold M. Sadock, Syntax and Semantics 8, 307-336. New York: Academic Press.

6475.

. 1985. "Marginal Agent Clauses in Central Alaskan Yupik Eskimo Internal and External Syntax". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistics Society, Papers from the Parasession on Causatives and Agentivity 21.2. 271-292.

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

438 6476.

& Johanna Nichols, eds. 1985. see Nichols, Johanna.

6477.

6478.

Woolford, Ellen. 1983-84. "Dative Verbs with Unspecified Objects: Optional Subcategorization vs. Lexical Detransitivization". The Linguistic Review 3. 389-409. ° Wordset, P.A. 1927. Anmerkungen zur Rektion der deutschen Präpositionen der neuesten deutschen Literatur. Oslo: Aschehoug.

in

6479.

Worth, Dean Stoddard. 1958. "Transform Analysis of Russian Instrumental Constructions". Word 14. 247-290.

6480.

Wotjak, Gerd. 1970. "Zur Struktur deutscher Verben des Besitzes Besitzwechsels". Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 3. 58-72.

6481.

°

und

. 1972. "Zur kontrastiven semantischen Valenzanalyse". Arbeitsmaterial des Forschungskollektivs 'Fachsprachen und Sprachunterricht' der MartinLuther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg 15.

6482.

. 1975. "Valenzmodelle und semantische Merkmalanalyse". Vox romá­ nica 34. 1-261Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 11. 19-39.

6483.

. 1976a. "Zu einigen theoretischen und praktischen Fragen der Valenz­ theorie. (Versuch einer Zwischenbalanz)". Beiträge zur romanischen Philologie 15.2. 329-346.

6484.

. 1976b. "Kontrastive Verbbeschreibung und Verbanalyse". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 29.4. 364374.

6485.

. 1978. "Einige Überlegungen zur Valenztheorie und Kasusgrammatik". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 15.3. 177-181.

6486.

. 1979. "Bibliographie zur Kasusgrammatik". Deutsch als 16.3. 184-191.

6487.

°

Fremdsprache

. 1988. "Verbbedeutung, Szenewissen und Verbvalenz". Valenz, seman­ tische Kasus und/oder Szenen ed. by Gerhard Helbig, Linguistische Studien, Arbeitsberichte 180.

6488.

. 1990. "Kontroversen in der Valenztheorie: Anmerkungen zu K. Welkes 'Einführung in die Valenz- und Kasustheorie' und zu G. Helbigs Reviewartikel". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 27.3. 159-166.

6489.

. 1991. "Einige Ergänzungen, Modifikationen und Angaben zu 'Ergän­ zungen' und 'Angaben'". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 109-137. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

6490.

& Matthias Perl. 1974-75. see Perl, Matthias.

Alphabetical List

439

6491.

Wouda, Rien A.J. & Siem van de Sluis. 1991a. "Het bijvoeglijk naamwoord in het Duits, een bron van ergernis". Levende talen 457. 15-22.

6492.

& Siem van de Sluis. 1991b. "Het bijvoeglijk naamwoord in het Duits. Wie  zegt, moet ook A zeggen". Levende talen 458. 71-77.

6493.

Wouk, Fay. 1984. "Transitivity in Toba Batak and Tagalog". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society 10. 274-284.

6494. 6495. 6496.

& Susanna Cumming. 1987. see Cumming, Susanna. Wouters, Herman. 1960. Λ Historical Survey of the Use of the Genitive from Goldsmith to Bennett. M.A. thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium. Wrander, Nils. 1983. English Place Names in the Dative Plural. Lund: CWK Gleerup.

6497.

Wüllner, F. 1827. Die Bedeutung der sprachlichen Casus und Modi. Münster: Coppenrathschen Buch- und Kunfthandlung.

6498.

Wüest, Jakob. 1991. "Die Valenz sprechaktbezeichnender Verben im Franzö­ sischen". Connexiones romanicae. Dependenz und Valenz in romanischen Sprachen ed. by Peter Koch & Thomas Krefeld, 141-156. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

6499.

Wunderli, Peter. 1978. "Les structures du possessif en moyen français". Études de syntaxe du moyen frangais. Colloque organisé par le centre d'analyse syntaxique de l'université de Metz et par le centre de recherche pour un trésor de la langue frangais e (C.N.R.S. Nancy). Actes ed. by Robert Martin, 111-152. Metz: Centre d'analyse syntaxique.

6500.

. 1992. "Le Système des 'pronoms personnels' en moyen frangais". Vox romanica 51. 83-100.

6501.

Wunderlich, Dieter. 1984. "Zur Syntax der Präpositionalphrasen im Deut­ schen". Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft 3. 65-99.

6502.

. 1985. "Über die Argumente des Verbs". Linguistische Berichte 97. 183227.

6503.

Wurm, Stephen A. 1976. "Accusative Marking in Duungidjawu (Waga-Waga)". Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages ed. by R.M.W. Dixon, 106111. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

6504.

Wurzel, Wolfgang Ullrich & Bärbel Teichtmeier. 1989. see Teichtmeier, Bärbel.

6505.

Xajdakov, S.M. 1964. "Svoeobrazie érgativnoj konstrukcii v lakskom jazyke". Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba 14. 333-340.

440

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6506.

. 1967. 'Ob érgativnom padeze v mestoimenijax dagestanskix jazykov". Èrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija ν jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 184-190. Leningrad: Nauka.

6507.

Xemcenko, V.N. 1985. "Morfologiceskie osobennosti familij ukrainskogo proisxozdenija na -o (-ko, -enko)". Russkij jazyk v skole 6. 95-99.

6508.

Xing, Zhiqun & John Myhill. 1993. see Myhill, John.

6509. ° Xodova, Kapitolina Ivanovna. 1966. "Sintaksis predloga 'u' s roditel'nym padezom v staroslavjanskom jazyke". Scando-slavica 12. 96-114. 6510. ° . 1971. Padezi s predio garni v staroslavjanskom jazyke (Opyt semant. sistemy). Moscow: Nauka. 6511. ° Xolodovic, A.A., ed. 1969. Tipologija kauzativnyx konstrukcii. Leningrad. 6512.

, G.E. Kornilov & V.S. Xrakovskij. 1969. see Kornilov, G.E.

6513.

, A.P. Volodin & V.S. Xrakovskij. 1969. see Volodin, A.P.

6514. 6515.

Xrakovskij, V.S. 1972. "Active and Passive Constructions in Ergative-Type Languages". Voprosy jazykoznanija 5. 34-41. . 1978. "Active and Passive Constructions in Languages with an Ergative Structure". Linguistics 211. 69-78.

6516.

, A.A. Xolodovic & G.E. Kornilov. 1969. see Kornilov, G.E.

6517.

, A.A. Xolodovic & A.P. Volodin. 1969. see Volodin, A.P.

6518. ° Yamakawa, Kikuo. 1970. '"For + mokutekikatu + 'to' futeishi' kozo no kigen". Eigo semen (The Rising Generation) 116. 444-446. 6519. Yamamoto, Hisao. 1986. "Case-Assignment in Double Object Construction". Sophia linguistica 20.21. 139-145. 6520.

. 1988. "Clausal Arguments and Visibility Condition". Sophia lingüis­ tica 23.24. 77-84.

6521. ° Yamanashi, Masaaki. 1983. "Kakubumpo riron". Eigogaku taikei 5: Imiron ed. by Minoru Yasui. Tokyo: Taishukan. 6522.

Yanagida, Yuko. 1985. "Informational Predictability and Case-Marking Varia­ tion in Japanese". Text 5.1.2. 123-145.

6523.

. 1987. "Predictability, Importance and Case Marking in Japanese". Proceedings-Eastern States Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 4. 306-317.

6524. °Yang, Dong-Whee. 1971. '"Double Subject' Verbs in Korean". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 10. 231-244. 6525. ° Yang, In-Seok. 1972. Korean Syntax: Case Markers, Delimiters, Comple­ mentation, and Relative Clauses. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii.

Alphabetical List 6526.

441

. 1988. "Subject-Verb Inversions in English". Linguistics in the Morning Calm 2. Selected Papers from SICOL-1986 ed. by the Linguistic Society of Korea, 615-621. Seoul: Hanshin.

6527. ° Yépez, Maria. 1986. Direct Object Clitics in Quiteño Spanish. M.A. thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. 6528.

& Margarita Suñer. 1988. see Suñer, Margarita.

6529.

Yim, Young-Jae. 1984. "The Syntactic Nature of the Multiple Subject Construc­ tion". Language Research 20.4. 321-330. 6530. ° . 1985. "Multiple Subject Constructions". Harvard Working Papers in Korean Linguistics ed. by S. Kuno [et al.], 101-112. Seoul: Hanshin. 6531.

Yip, Moira & Ying-che Li. 1979. see Li, Ying-che.

6532.

, Joan Maling & Ray Jackendoff. 1987. "Case in Tiers". Language 63.2. 217-250. Yip, Virginia & Jacquelyn Schachter. 1990. see Schachter, Jacquelyn.

6533. 6534.

Yi Qiao. 1988. "La kompara esploro de kazomarkoj kaj cinlingvaj leksmkazaj rimedoj". Grundlagenstudien aus Kybernetik und Geisteswissenschaft 29.3. 115-121.

6535. ° Yli-Vakkuri, Valma. 1969. "Miksi pojat jaskus ovat iloiset? - Adjektiivisen nominatiivipredikatiivin esiintymisedellytyksistä". Juhlakirra Paavo Siron täyttäessä 60 vuotta 2.8.1969. Acta universitatis tamperensis, series A. 26. 256-268. 6536.

Yngve, Victor Η. 1975. "Depth and the Historical Change of the English Genitive". Journal of English Linguistics 9. 47-57.

6537. ° Yokoyama, Olga T. 1980. "The History of Gerund Subject Deletion in Russian". Morphosyntax ed. by Catherine V. Chvany & Richard D. Brecht. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica. 6538.

Yoo, Beom. 1989. "The Morphological Status of Korean Case Markers". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 37. 28-38.

6539.

Yoon, Hang-Jin. 1990. "ECM across Languages". Mid-America Linguistics Conference Papers. 409-423.

6540.

Yoon, James Hye-Suk. 1986. "Some Queries Concerning the Syntax of Multiple Subject Constructions in Korean". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 16.2. 215-236.

6541.

. 1990. "Theta Theory and the Grammar of Inalienable Possession Constructions". Proceedings of NELS 20.2. 502-516.

6542.

Yoshida, Daisuke. 1987. Die Syntax des althethitischen substantivischen Genitivs. Heidelberg: Winter.

442

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6543.

Youn, Cheong & Donna B. Gerdts. 1988. see Gerdts, Donna B.

6544.

Yukawa, Ryozo, David McNeill & Nobuko B. McNeill. 1971. see McNeill, David.

6545.

Yusuf, Orę. 1990. "Participant Coding in Yorúbá: The Syntactic Function of ní". Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 23. 93-109.

6546.

Zaalberg, C.A. 1970. "Het meelijdend voorwerp". Onze taal 39.10. 44/(1975) Taaltrouw: Nieuwe en oude glottagogische overwegingen by C.A. Zaalberg, 108-109. Culemborg: Willink.

6547.

. 1975a. "Aan den deftigen lande". Taaltrouw. Nieuwe en oude glotta­ gogische overwegingen by C.A. Zaalberg, 114. Culemborg: Willink.

6548.

. 1975b. "Voorbedachte raad". Taaltrouw. Nieuwe en oude glottago­ gische overwegingen by C.A. Zaalberg, 115. Culemborg: Willink.

6549. ° Zaenen, Annie. 1988. Unaccusative Verbs in Dutch and the Syntax-Semantics Interface. Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Infor­ mation. 6550.

, Ronald M. Kaplan, Joan Bresnan & Stanley Peters. 1982. see Bresnan, Joan.

6551.

& Joan Maling. 1983. "Passive and Oblique Case". Papers in LexicalFunctional Grammar ed. by Lori Levin, Malka Rappaport & Annie Zaenen, 159-191. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club/(1984) Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax.

6552.

& Joan Maling. 1984a. "Unaccusative, Passive and Quirky Case". Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Volume 3 ed. by Mark Cobler, Susannah MacKaye & Michael T. Wescoat, 317-329. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.

6553. 6554.

6555.

& Joan Maling. 1984b. see Maling, Joan. , Joan Maling & Höskuldur Thráinsson. 1985. "Case and Grammatical Functions: The Icelandic Passive". Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 3. 441-483. & Joan Bresnan. 1990. see Bresnan, Joan.

6556.

Zagnitko, A.O. 1987. "Kategorija rodu v sistemi gramatichnikh kategorii imennika". Movoznavstvo 21.2.122. 62-67.

6557.

. 1990. "Semantika imennikh kategorii". Movoznavstvo 24.1.139. 29-34.

6558.

Zagona, Karen. 1982. "Predication and the Interpretation of Causative Comple­ ment Subjects". Current Research in Romance Languages ed. by James P. Lantolf & Gregory B. Stone, 221-231. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana Univer­ sity Linguistics Club.

Alphabetical List

443

6559.

. 1986. "Evidencia para complementos SV en español". Aproximaciones a la sintaxis del español: Estudios sintácticos del español y el progreso de la teoría lingüística ed. by Magdalena García Pinto & Mario A. Rojas, 149-165. Barcelona: Puvill.

6560.

Zajicek, Jacques. 1968. "Essai sur un néerlandisme: Koningen van Engeland die Nederlands bloed in de aderen hadden stromen". De nieuwe taalgids 61.6. 380-388.

6561.

. 1970. "Reflexions sur l'accusativus cum infinitivo". De nieuwe taal­ gids 63. 198-208.

6562. ° Zajickova, J. 1972. Del'nyj bespredloznyj ν sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke. Prague: Univ. karlova. 6563.

Zakharova, A.V. 1973. "Acquisition of Forms of Grammatical Case by Pre­ school Children". Studies of Child Language Development ed. by Charles Α. Ferguson & Dan Isaac Slobin, 281-292. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

6564.

Zakharyin, Boris. 1979. "On the Formation of Ergativity in Indo-Aryan and Dardic". Osmania Papers in Linguistics 5. 50-71.

6565.

Zander-Lüllwitz, Brigitte, Dieter Cherubim, Hans-Dieter Kreuder, Carl Ludwig Naumann, Ulrich Püschel, Gaston van der Elst & Gerhard Vigener. 1973. see Cherubim, Dieter.

6566.

Zandvoort, Reinard Willem. 1927. "Prepositional Accusative with Plain Infini­ tive". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 9. 115.

6567.

. 1943. "Notes on the Genitive". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 25. 65-79.

6568.

. 1944-45. "More Notes on the Genitive". English Studies, A Journal of English Language and Literature 26. 1-6.

6569.

. 1949. "On Two Collective Functions of the Nominal s-Suffix". Philological The Malone Anniversary Studies ed. by Thomas A. Kirby & Henry Bosley Woolf, 296-305. Baltimore: Hopkins.

6570.

Zarębina, Maria. 1987. "Stosunek wzajemny wolacza i mianownika". Slavia occidentalis 44. 89-101.

6571.

Zarechnak, Michael. 1974. "Reflexions on Cook's Case Grammar Matrix". Georgetown University Languages and Linguistics Working Papers 8. 29-45.

6572.

Zatocil, Leopold. 1959. "Zur Wiedergabe des Acc. c. infinitivo im 14. und 15. Jahrhundert. Professor Dr. Hugo Siebenschein zu seinem 70. Geburtstag gewidmet". Philologica pragensia 2. 65-83.

6573.

Zdrenghea, Mircea. 1956. "ín legatura cu vocativul". Limba rominä 6.5. 55-59.

444

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6574.

. 1960. "Este vocativul un caz?". Omagiu lui Al. Graur cu prilejul împlinirii a 60 de ani. Studii şi cercetari lingvistice 11.3. 797-801.

6575.

Zec, Draga. 1985. 'Objects in Serbo-Croatian". Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 11. 358-371.

6576.

Zeh, Michaela. 1980. Kasusweisung und Prinzipien der satzgrammatischen Interpretation: Ein Beitrag zur Grammatik des Deutschen. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Frankfurt am Main.

6577.

Zehler, Annette M. & Charles E. Osgood. 1981. see Osgood, Charles E.

6578. ° Zeitlin, Jacob. 1908. The Accusative with Infinitive and Kindred Constructions in English. New York: Columbia University Press. 6579.

Zemb, Jean-Marie. 1978. "La fallacieuse équipollence du 'sujef et du 'theme'". Le français moderne 46.4. 333-346.

6580.

Zeps, Valdis J. & Leslie F. Bailey. 1970. "A Generative Formula for the Finnish Partitive". Ural-altáis che Jahrbücher 42. 53-57.

6581. ° Zesselskaja, Tatjana. 1973. Untersuchungen über die syntaktischen und seman­ tischen Beziehungen des grammatischen Subjekts zu den Komponenten der Gruppe des grammatischen Prädikats. Eine vergleichende typologische Untersuchung, dargestellt am Material des einfachen erweiterten Aussage­ satzes der deutschen, russischen und englischen Gegenwartssprache. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leipzig. 6582. °Z'graggen, J.A. 1965. "Possessor-Possessed Relationship in the Saker Lan­ guage, Northeastern New Guinea". Oceanic Linguistic Monographs 4. 119126. 6583.

Zide, Ariene R.K. 1972. "Transitive and Causative in Gorum". Journal of Linguistics 8.2. 201-215.

6584.

. 1985a. "Notes Mostly Historical on Some Participant Roles in Some Munda Languages". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Ariene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 92-103. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

6585.

. 1985b. "Who's Doing What to Whom or Is Someone Always Doing Something: Participant Roles and the Semantics of Causatives". Proceedings of the Conference on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas ed. by Ariene R.K. Zide, David Magier & Eric Schiller, 189-210. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

6586.

, David Magier & Eric Schiller, eds. 1985. Proceedings of the Confer­ ence on Participant Roles: South Asia and Adjacent Areas. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

6587.

Ziebart, Horst. 1979a. "Begriffserklärungen als Voraussetzung für konfrontative Untersuchungen". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 16.1. 11-20.

Alphabetical List 6588. °

6589.

445

. 1979b. Zur syntaktischen Valenz und Distribution ausgewählter deutscher und polnischer verba dicendi. Versuch eines Vergleichs. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leipzig. Zifonun, Gisela. 1972. "Über die Unverträglichkeit verschiedener Valenz­ begriffe und ihre Verwertbarkeit in semantischen Beschreibungen". Zeit­ schriftfür Dialektologie und Linguistik 39. 171-205.

6590. °Ziglado, V.N. 1961. "Puti vozniknovenija predloznogo upravlenija ν drevneanglijskom jazyke". Issledovanija po anglij'skoj filologii. 99-114. 6591.

Zimina, N.F. 1989. 'Otrazenie nekotoryx grammaticeskix kategorij v rannix anglijskix grammatikax (kategorij a padeza)". Vestnik Leningradsko go uni­ versiteta, Serii istoria-jazyk-literatura 1.2. 105-108.

6592.

Zimmer, Karl & Paul Kay. 1976/90. see Kay, Paul.

6593.

Zimmermann, Annette. 1985. "Zur Syntax und Semantik des Dativus commodi bei transitiven Verben". Deutsch als Fremdsprache 22.1. 29-40.

6594.

Zimmermann, Gerhard. 1979. "Genitiv-Probleme im heutigen Englisch". Die neueren Sprachen 78.3. 263-284.

6595.

. 1984. "Der Genitivapostroph im Deutschen: Theorie und Praxis seines Gebrauchs in Geschichte und Gegenwart". Muttersprache 94. 417-434.

6596. ° Zimmermann, Ilse. 1970. "Rezension zu Ch. J. Fillmore, The Case for Case". ASG-Berichtl. 6597. °

. 1973. "Zur Problematik der Kasussemantik". Bulletin de la société polonaise de linguistique 31. 59-73.

6598. ° Zimmermann, Malgorzata. 1983. "Verben des Sehens im Deutschen: Einige Probleme der semantischen Analyse". Germanistisches Jahrbuch DDR-VRP. 216-228. 6599.

Zimmermann, Rüdiger. 1972a. "Subjektlose und intransitive Sätze im Deut­ schen und ihre englischen Äquivalente". IRAL, International Review of Ap­ plied Linguistics 10.3. 233-245.

6600.

. 1972b. "Die Kasusgrammatik in der angewandten und kontrastiven Grammatik". IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics 10.2. 167178.

6601.

Zirmunskij, V.M., ed. 1967. Ergativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy. Leningrad: Nauka.

6602.

Ziv, Yael. 1976a. "On the Diachronic Relevance of the Promotion to Subject Hierarchy". Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 6.1. 195-215/Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society, Papers from the Parasession on Diachronie Syntax. 327-347.

446

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6603.

. 1976b. "On the Reanalysis of Grammatical Terms in Hebrew Posses­ sive Constructions". Studies in Modern Hebrew Syntax and Semantics ed. by Peter Cole, 129-152. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

6604.

& Gloria Sheintuch. 1979. "Indirect Objects: Reconsidered". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 15. 390-403.

6605.

& Gloria Sheintuch. 1981. "Passives of Obliques over Direct Objects". Lingua 54. 1-17.

6606.

Zlotchew, Clark M. 1969. "More Thoughts on lo and lé" Hispania 52.4. 870871.

6607.

Zöfgen, Ekkehard. 1985. "Definitionswörterbuch kontra Valenzwörterbuch. Zur lexikographischen Darstellung der Verbsyntax aus pragmatischer Sicht". Lexikographie und Grammatik. Akten des Essener Kolloquiums zur Gram­ matik im Wörterbuch, 28.-30.6.1984 ed. by Henning Bergenholtz & Joachim Mugdan, 130-158. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

6608.

Zoeppritz, Magdalena. 1971. "On the Requirement that Agentives Be Animate". Beiträge zur Linguistik und Informationsverarbeitung 21. 65-78.

6609.

. 1976. "Kasus für Deutsch". Grammatik: Akten des 10. linguistischen Kolloquiums, Tübingen 1975, Band 2 ed. by Kurt Braunmüller & Wilfried Kürschner, 199-208. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

6610.

. 1977. "Kasuserkennung". Semantik und Pragmatik: Akten des IL linguistischen Kolloquiums, Aachen 1976, Band 2 ed. by Konrad Sprengel, Wolf-Dietrich Bald & Heinz Werner Viethen, 175-183. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

6611.

Zörner, Lotte & Maria Iliescu. 1987. see Iliescu, Maria.

6612.

Zolotova, G.A. 1985. "K teorii padeznyx znasenij". Russian Linguistics 9.2.3. 197-208.

6613.

Zovtobrujx, Μ.Α. 1988. "Do istorii sintaksicheskikh konstruktsiy na oznachennya sub'ekta dii ν ukrains'kiy movi". Mo vozna vs tvo 22.2.128. 5157.

6614.

Zribi-Hertz, Anne. 1987. "La réflexivité ergative en français moderne". Le français moderne 55. 23-54.

6615.

Zsilka, J. 1962. "The Semantics of the Accusative Case (Based on the Homeric Poems)". Acta linguistica academiae scientiarum hungaricae 12. 365-398.

6616.

. 1965. "Das System der griechischen Satzformen (Satzstrukturen mit transitiven Verben)". Acta antiqua 13. 319-357.

6617.

Zubin, David A. 1977. "The Semantic Basis of Case Alternation in German". Studies in Language Variation: Semantics, Syntax, Phonology, Pragmatics, Social Situations, Ethnographic Approaches ed. by Ralph W. Fasold & Roger W. Shuy, 88-99. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Alphabetical List

447

6618. °

. 1978. Semantic Substance and Value Relations: A Grammatical Analy­ sis of Case Morphology in Modern Standard German. Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University.

6619.

. 1979. "Discourse Function of Morphology: The Focus System in Ger­ man". Discourse and Syntax ed. by T. Givón, Syntax and Semantics 12, 469504. New York: Academic Press.

6620.

. 1982. "Salience and Egocentrism. A Quantitative Study of the Meaning of the Nominative in German". Satzglieder im Deutschen: Vorschläge zur syntaktischen, semantischen und pragmatischen Fundierung ed. by Werner Abraham, 245-259. Tübingen: Narr.

6621.

& Klaus-M. Kopeke. 1985. "Cognitive Restraints on the Order of Subject and Object in German". Studies in Language 9.1. 77-107'.

6622. 6623. 6624. 6625.

& Soon Ae Chun. 1990. see Chun, Soon Ae. Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa. 1982-83. "Theoretical Implications of Subject Extrac­ tion in Portuguese". The Linguistic Review 2.1. 79-96. . 1985. "The Relation between Morphophonology and Morphosyntax: The Case of Romance Causatives". Linguistic Inquiry 16.2. 247-289. & Jean-Roger Vergnaud. 1992. see Vergnaud, Jean-Roger.

6626.

Zukova, A.N. 1967. "Vyrazenie podlezascego v érgativnoj konstrukcii predlozenija čukotsko-kamcatskix jazykov". Èrgativnaja konstrukcija predlozenija v jazykax razlicnyx tipov. Issledovanija i materialy ed. by V.M. Zirmunskij, 235-239. Leningrad: Nauka.

6627.

Zulpukarov, K.Z. 1991. "Padeznye okoncanija - kak ix izuchat' ?". Russkij jazyk v SSSR 6.31. 34.

6628. ° Zuravlev, Vladimir K. 1984. "Nominativus cum Infinitivo s tocki zrenija morfologiceskoj neitralizacii". Baltistica 20.2. 119-125. 6629.

Zurinskaja, M.A. 1977. "Immenye posessivnye konstrukcii i problema neottorzimoj prinadleznosti". Kategorii bytija i obladanija v jazyke ed. by V.N. Jarceva, 194-258. Moscow: Nauk.

6630.

Zutt, Herta & Peter Chr. Kern. 1977. see Kern, Peter Chr.

6631.

Zwaan, F.L. 1971. "Een Nederlandse accusativus cum infinitivo". Levende talen. 131-135.

6632.

. 1974. "Een Nederlandse accusativus cum infinitivo". Zwaanzinnigheden: Opstellen over spraakkunst en tekstinterpretatie ed. by J. Malepaard [et al.], 31-32. Amsterdam.

6633.

Zwanenburg, Wiecher. 1978. "Perte de la flexion nominale et fixation de l'ordre des mots en francais médiéval". Atti del XIV congresso internazionale di linguistica e filología romanza, Napoli, 15-20 aprile 1974 ed. by Alberto Varvaro, 533-546. Napoli: Macchiaroli.

448

Casey Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

6634. ° Zwart, Jan Wouter. 1988. The First Case: The Nominative as a Default Case and Consequences for Control Theory. M.A. thesis, University of Groningen. 6635.

Zwicky, Arnold M. 1974a. "Bibliography V: The English Inflectional Endings". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 17. 206-221.

6636.

. 1974b. "Hey, Whatsyourname!". Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society 10. 787-801.

6637.

. 1975. "Settling on an Underlying Form: The English Inflectional Endings". Testing Linguistic Hypotheses ed. by David Cohen & Jessica R. Wirth, 129-185. Washington: Hemisphere.

6638.

. 1987. "The Slovenian Orphan Accusative, Component Interfaces, and Covert Grammatical Categories". Ohio State University Working Papers in Linguistics 35. 29-38.

6639.

. 1988. "Direct Reference to Heads". Folia linguistica, Acta societatis linguisticae europaeae 22.3.4. 397-404.

6640.

Zwolanek, Renée. 1977. Die Ergativkonstruktion. Habilitationsschrift, Univer­ sity of Zürich.

6641.

. 1987. Merkmale der Ergativkonstruktion und die Hypothese eines indogermanischen Ergativs. Bern: Lang.

6642.

Zycar, Y. V. 1977. "K tipologiceskoj xarakteristike érgativnoj konstrukcii jazyka baskov". Voprosy jazykoznanija 3. 37-46.

6643.

Zydatiß, Wolfgang. 1974. "Some Means for Rendering the English Passive in German". Linguistische Berichte 29. 34-48.

Subject Index The main objective of the Subject Index is to provide quick access to the subject matter covered as well as the way it is distributed over the publications listed. To this end, the latter (except unretnevable works; see Introduction 3.1.10.) were skimmed for key concepts and appointed one or several key words relating to content. This allowed publications on the same or a closely related subject matter to be assembled under a set of unifying cover terms. To prevent the Subject Index from becoming unwieldy, a limited number of such terms had to be selected (see 1. Cover terms). A few words on the strategies adopted are in order here. 1. First, I chose as key words the names of the different morphological cases (e.g. 'dative', 'accusative') treated in the given publications. These key words were also employed to refer to 'caseless' languages: (1) the latter can express, by other means, the same relations as morphological case markers and (2) many, if not most, authors working in this domain identify the markers as well as the relations they express by the same name. Following this practice, morphological case and the relation expressed by it are classified under the same heading. To give an example, both the morphological dative and the dative relation (irrespective of the means that express it) are to be found under the cover term DATIVE. 2. In addition to the cover terms mentioned above, I selected as key words terms referring to linguistic domains closely related to or interacting with the domain of case and semantic relations. They include 'transitivity', 'valency', 'word-order', 'causative', 'passive' as well as 'pragmatics', 'topic' and 'syntax'. (For more details on the domains covered by the bibliography see Introduction 2.). 3. The entries under the different cover terms (listed in 1. below) mention the relevant literature. A particular publication may, of course, concentrate on the entire topic/concept as indicated by the cover term (e.g. DATIVE in (Classical) Latin [morphological], in English [dative relation]), or on a

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

450

specific aspect of that topic (e.g. ethical dative in English) or on that topic in relation to some broader linguistic domain (e.g. ethical dative & prag­ matics). (For a more detailed description of the structure of the Subject Index, see Introduction 3.2.). 4. Cross-references (introduced by 'see', 'see also') written in lower case can be found under the same cover term as the given reference has been found. For example under DATIVE, the cross-reference 'agentive dative: see also dative (-instrumental) of agency' is given. This 'dative (-instrumental) of agency' must be looked for under the cover term DATIVE. If, however, the cross-reference appears between brackets following a cover term in upper case, one has to check for the cross-reference under the cover term indicated in upper case. For example, under DATIVE one can find 'accu­ sative vs. dative: see also POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & accusa­ tive vs. dative)'. The cross-reference 'inalienable possession & accusative vs. dative' has to be checked under the cover term POSSESSIVE, and not DATIVE. For more details on the Subject Index, see Introduction 3.2.

1.

Cover terms

The list below presents the key concepts that emerge from the publications mentioned in the Alphabetical Author List and thus provides a glimpse into the subject matter covered therein. The actual Index (section 3.) offers a more elaborate picture of this subject matter. Note that terms printed in bold face represent cover concepts and appear therefore as headings of the subdivisions under 3. The terms in plain print indicate under which cover terms the given concepts are subsumed in the Index proper. Assuming that the reader is interested in comitative role, he must look under the heading of accompaniment. If, in turn, he wants to know what has been said about goal, he will find the relevant information under the cover term directionality. Abessive: see Essive Ablative Absolute Case Construction Absolutive Accompaniment

p. 456 p. 457 p. 457 p. 457

Subject Index Accusative Accusativity: see Nominative-Accusative Type Action Model: see Participation Active (Case) Adjectival Declension: see Case Adjacency: see Word-Order Adjunct: see Adverbial Adverbial Affected Agent Allative Anti-Absolutive: see Absolutive Anti-Ergativity: see Ergativity Anti-Passive: see Passive Apposition Ascension: see Movement Associative: see Accompaniment Beneficiary Bitransitivity: see Double Object Construction Body-Part: see Possessive Call: see Vocative Case Case Agreement: see Case Case Alternation: see Case Case-Grammar: see Case Theories Case Relation/Role: see Semantic Relation/Role/Case Case Syncretism: see Case Case Theories Case-Theory: see Case Theories Causative Cleft Construction: see Copular Construction Clitic Comitative: see Accompaniment Comment: see Topic Complement Compound Controller: see Agent Copular Construction Dative Declension: see Case Deep Case: see Semantic Relation Demotion: see Passive Dependency: see Valency Destination: see Directionality

451 p. 458

p. 462

p. p. p. p.

463 464 464 464

p. 467

p. 467

p. 467

p. 481 p. 488 p. 491

p. 492 p. 493 p. 493 p. 494

452

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Detransitivity: see Transitivity Directionality Direct Object Discourse Displacement: see Directionality Ditransitivity: see Double Object Construction Double Object Construction Elative: see Allative Ergativity Essive Event Chain/Structure: see Participation Exceptional Case Marking: see Case Exclamation: see Vocative Existential Construction Experiencer Focus: see Topic Foreign Language Teaching Genitive Goal: see Directionality Government: see Valency Grammatical Relation Have/Be-Construction: see Possessive Illative: see Allative Impersonal Construction: see Subject Impersonal Passive: see Passive Indirect Object Inessive: see Essive Infinitive Initiator: see Agent Instigator: see Agent Instrumental Intransitivity: see Transitivity Inversion: see Word-Order Lexicase-Grammar: see Case Theories Lexicon Localist Approach: see Case Theories Locative Malefactive: see Beneficiary Manner Morphology Motion: see Locative Movement (as linguistic operation) Nominal Declension: see Case Nominalization

p. 504 p. 505 p. 508

p. 509 p. 510 p. 515

p. 515 p. 516 p. 517 p. 518

p. 526

p. 529 p. 531

p. 531

p. 535 p. 535 p. 539 p. 539 p. 539 p. 540

Subject Index Nominative Nominative-Accusative Type: see Nominative Nominativity: see Nominative-Accusative Type Object Oblique: see Object Participation Particle Partitive Passive Path: see Directionality Patient Possessive Pragmatics Predicate Preposition Promotion: see Movement Pronoun Pseudo-Cleft Construction: see Copular Construction Quantification Quirky case: see Case Raising: see Movement Recipient Rection: see Valence Reflexive Relative Clause Rheme: see Topic Secondary Case: see Object Semantics Semantic Relation/Role/Case Source: see Directionality Spatiality: see Locative Split Case: see Case Split-Ergativity: see Ergativity Split-Intransitivity: see Transitivity Split-Transitivity: see Transitivity Stimulus Role: see Agent Subject Syntax Temporality Thematic Relation/Role/Case: see Semantic Relation/Role/Case Theme: see Topic Theme Role: see Patient Theta-Role: see Semantic Relation Theta-Theory: see Case Theories

453 p. 540

p. 545 p. p. p. p.

549 550 551 552

p. p. p. p. p.

557 558 563 563 565

p. 568 p. 570

p. 570 p„ 570 p. 572

p. 572 p. 573

p. 577 p. 592 p. 593

454

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Three Place Predicate: see Double Object Construction Topic Transfer: see Directionality Transitivity Unaccusativity: see Ergativity Unergativity: see Ergativity Valency Vocative Word-Order

2.

Abbreviations

abl.: ablative absol.: absolutive acc: accusative Acl: accusativus-cum-infinitivo act.: active (case) adj. decl.: adjectival declension adj. val.: adjectival valency adv.: adverbial ag.: agent al. pos.: alienable possession anal, dat.: analytical dative anal, gen.: analytical genitive app.: apposition(al) attr. gen.: attributive genitive ben.: benefactive, beneficiary case agr.: case agreement case syncr.: case syncretism caus.: causative, causation(al) -g: case grammar clit.: clitic comp.: compound compl.: complement, complementation -t: case-theory dat.: dative dat. mov.: dative movement dat. subj.: dative subject decl.: declension dir.: directionality) D.O.: direct object DOC: double object construction erg.: ergative, ergativity

p. 593 p. 594

p. 600 p. 606 p. 607

Subject Index exp.: experiencer fit: foreign language teaching Del: dativus-cum-infinitivo detrans.: detransitivity, detransitive exist.: existential gen.: genitive gram, rel.: grammatical relation impers.: impersonal construction inal. pos.: inalienable possession inf.: infinitive, infinitival instr.: instrument(al) intrans.: intransitivity, intransitive I.O.: indirect object I.O. mov.: indirect object movement lex.: lexicon, lexicography loc: locative loc. approach: localist approach Ncl: nominativus-cum-infinitivo nom.: nominative nom. decl.: nominal declension nom. val.: nominal valency obj.: object obi.: oblique partia: participation partit.: partitive pass.: passive pat.: patient pos.: possessive, possession pos. dat.: possessive dative pos. gen.: possessive genitive pred.: predicate, predication(al) prep.: preposition(al) prep, acc: prepositional accusative prep, dat.: prepositional dative pron.: pronoun quant.: quantification, quantifier rec: recipient refl.: reflexive (construction) rel.: relative clause, relativization sem. rel.: semantic relation sem. val.: semantic valency subj.: subject subj. del.: subject deletion syncr.: syncretism

455

456

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

synt. gen.: synthetic genitive temp.: temporal(ity) trans.: transitivity, transitive t-t: theta-theory unacc: unaccusative, unaccusativity val: valency val. dict.: valency dictionary voc: vocative w-o: word-order

3.

Index

ABLATIVE [ABL] (see also ALLATIVE; DIRECTIONALITY; LOCATIVE) general: Mackenzie 78; Armenian: Dymarskaja-Babal'jan & Kuxkuljan 83; Baltic: Guild 87; Eskimo: Allen 88; French vs. Finnish: see Finnish; Finnish vs. French: SuomelaHärmä 84; Georgian: Jedlicka 62; (Ancient) Greek: Delbrück 867b, Ilievski & Petrusevski 61; Hittite: Houwink ten Cate 66, Jasanoff 73, Melchert 77, Sturtevant 32; Indo-European: Shields 82b, Sturtevant 32; (Classical) Latin: Delbrück 867b, Ebrard 879, Hall 61-62, Hidén 899, Hidén 00, Kern 881, Kircher 85, Lees 21, Methner 15, Panhuis 78, Prat 75, Rosén 88, Touratier 78; Slavic: Guild 87; abl. absolutus: see absolute abl. abl & alternative construction: Armenian vs. Russian: see Russian; Russian vs. Arme­ nian: Dymarskaja-Babal'jan & Kuxkuljan 83; abl. of degree: (Classical) Latin: Allen 27; ablativus explicativus: see explicative abl. abl. of gerund and of present participle: (Old) Italian: Skerlj 26; (Classical) Latin: Piccoli 72, Skerlj 26; abl. & localist approach: (Classical) Latin: Hidén 899; abl. as objective case: (Classical) Latin: Nutting 30b; abl. origin of neuter: Romance: Messing 72; abl. plural: (Mycenaean) Greek: Doria 68; ablativus qualitatis: see qualitative abl. absolute abl: (18th C) Dutch (grammars): Komen 91; (Classical) Latin: Adams 886, Bombe 877, Dohnalová 86, Enghofer 61, Eringer 57, Fittbogen 858, Flinck 29, Hartnick 869, Hoff 89, Kossak 858, Lange 895, Lease 28, Lease 31, Linden 55, Nutting 30a, Scaglione 70, Serbat 79, Steele 02, Steele 04; (Late) Latin: Dohnalová 86; absolute abl. & foreign language teaching: (Classical) Latin: Hagenow 73; absolute abl. & word-order: (Classical) Latin: Jong 82; attributive abl: Albanian vs. German: Uhlisch 74; German vs. Albanian: see Albanian; contracted abl: (Classical) Latin: Radford 08; explicative abl: (Classical) Latin: Hillen 89; free abl: (Classical) Latin: Bausch 20;

Subject Index

457

instrumental abl. (syncretism): French: Beckmann 63; (Mycenaean) Greek: Morpurgo Davies 66; (Late) Latin: Beckmann 63; locative abl: (Classical) Latin: Klinck 34, Williams 51; passive of a two place predicate construction & case/abl. of the participle: see PASSIVE prepositional abl: German: Jellinek 23; qualitative abl: see also GENITIVE (qualitative genitive vs. qualitative abl.); (Classical) Latin: Edwards 00; qualitative abl as predicative: (Classical) Latin: Pinkster 82; verb of separation & abl vs. genitive alternation: see also GENITIVE (qualitative genitive vs. qualitative abl); Vedic (Prose): Örtel 35; ABSOLUTE CASE CONSTRUCTION (see also ABLATIVE (absolute ablative); ACCUSATIVE (absolute accusative); DA­ TIVE (absolute dative); GENITIVE (absolute genitive); LOCATIVE (absolute locative); NOMINATIVE (absolute nominative); OBJECT (absolute oblique); VOCATIVE (voca­ tive & absolute case)) general: Coleman 89, Langdon 89; German: Piirainen 69; Gothic: Costello 80, Metlen 38; (Ancient) Greek: Hoffmann 836; Indo-European: Costello 82, Costello 84; (Classical) Latin: Coleman 89, Hoffmann 836; absolute construction & free adjunct & case: English: Kortmann 88; German: Kortmann 88; kinship expression & absolute case, prepositions 'a' and 'de': see POSSESSIVE ABSOLUTIVE [ABSOL.] (see also ERGATIVITY; NOMINATIVE (nominative-accusative type)) general: Böhm 83; English: Blake 82, Seely 87; Kalkatungu: Blake 82; Kamchadal: Ard 78; Kashmiri: Hook 87; Poguli: Hook 87; Samoan: Ochs 82; absol & ergativity: general: Deserieva 82; absol & personal noun: Kartvelian: Imnaisvili 56; anti-absol: Kashmiri: Hook 84, Hook 85b; Sumerian: Hook 84; initial absol, theme role & anti-passive: Tzotzil: Aissen 84; locative vs. absol: see LOCATIVE ACCOMPANIMENT/ASSOCIATIVE, COMITATIVE (see also INSTRUMENTAL; PREPOSITION (preposition 'with')) general: Buckingham 73; Chikasaw: Munro 82b; Choctaw: Munro 82b; English: Meys 75, Walmsley 71; Estonian: Nevis 82; French: Cristea 85; Hausa: Heide 89; IndoEuropean: Michelini 78b; (Kola-)Lappic: Szábó 84b; Rumanian: Cristea 85; accompaniment vs. phrasal conjunction: (Mandarin) Chinese: Teng 70; directional vs. accompaniment: see DIRECTIONALITY instrumental &/vs. accompaniment: see INSTRUMENTAL verb + 'with-PP' & case-grammar/semantic relation: see INSTRUMENTAL

458

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

ACCUSATIVE [ACC] (see also DIRECT OBJECT; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; PATIENT) general: Velten 32a; Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 77c; (Old) English: Bammesberger 85; English vs. Hungarian: see Hungarian; Finnish: Hakulinen & Karlsson 75, Karlsson 66, Nuutinen 70, Wiik 72; Finnish vs. German: see German; (Old) French: Jud 07; (Old East) Frisian: Hanschke 29; German: Bausewein 90, Lutzeier 89b, Paul 20, Smith 87, Smith 89, Smith 92, Wüllner 827; (Old High) German: Pratje 882; (19th C Rhine) German: Hildebrand 869; German vs. Finnish: Raible 77; (Ancient) Greek: Blümel 13-14, Blümel 35, Boel 88, Escher 876, Helbing 28, Kapp 56, Lamberton 891, López Facal 71, Sommer 28, Wüllner 827, Zsilka 62, Zsilka 65; (Literary ancient Greek): Clapp 01; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85; Hungarian: Bárczi 65, Mikola 65; Hungarian vs. English: Bánhidi 72; Indo-European: Krys'ko 90, Thomson 12, Touratier 79; (Old to Modern) Japanese: Miyagawa & Matsunaga 85; Kola-Lappish: Szábó 84a; Korean: Lee & Thompson 87; Lappic: Wickman 80; (Classical) Latin: Bortolussi 87, Gaeng 83, Hidén 896, Hidén 00, Müller 08, Perret 57, Wüllner 827; Persian: Himpens 91; (Old) Persian: Beekes 89; Portuguese: Mattoso Camara 57; Rumanian: Dräganu 43, Drasoveanu 82, Onu 59; Russian: Canturisvili 82, Kilby 76, Newman 78, Mişan 70, Wierzbicka 83/88; Sanskrit: Gonda 57a, Jamison 76; Serbo-Croatian: Gortan-Premk 71, Gortan-Premk 73; Slavic: Himpens 91; Slavic (dialects): Huntley 80; Turkish: Libert 86; Udi: Pancvidze 40a, Pancvidze 40b; (Proto-)Uto-Aztecan: Langacker 79; Vedic: Gaedicke 880; absolute acc: (Old) French: Jensen 86; German: Dittmer 80, Dittmer 88; Gothic: Costello 80; (Late) Latin: Biese 28; absolute acc. & related acc. construction: (Classical) Latin: Helttula 87; acc. & alternative case: general: Moravcsik 78a; acc. & animacy: see also personal acc; general: Bossong 85c; German: Kolb 60; (New-) Iranian: Bossong 85c; Luwian: Carruba 82; Russian: Zwicky 87; Slavic: Zwicky 87; Slovene: Zwicky 87; acc. & animacy & foreign language teaching: Russian: Stallmann 86; acc. clitic: see also CLITIC (exclusion of acc. or dative clitic raising in causatives & conceptual thematic structure of the verb); DATIVE (le/lo/laismo); French: Baillard 82; (Chile) Spanish: Contreras 78; acc. clitic deletion: (Spoken Brazilian) Portuguese: Wheeler 82; acc. clitic of personal pronoun: Russian: Popovic 51-52; accusativus-cum-infinitivo [Acl]: see also acc. object of free infinitive; acc. with preposi­ tional infinitive; acc. subject; prepositional acc. with (bare) infinitive; DATIVE (dativus-cum-infinitivo); NOMINATIVE (nominativus-cum-infinitivo vs. accusativuscum-infinitivo); OBJECT (object-and-infinitive); SUBJECT (subject pronoun deletion of accusativus-cum-infinitivo construction); general: Comrie 85, Hahn 50a; Dutch: Droste 58-59, Duinhoven 91, Zajicek 68, Zajicek 70, Zwaan 71, Zwaan 74; (Middle) Dutch: Michels 52; English: Auwera 83, Comrie 84b, Dusková 79, Ihalainen 82, Ihalainen 85, Kovalyova 82, Krickau 877, Machácek 65, Poldauf 70, Zeitlin 08; (Old) English: Fischer 87, Molencki 87, Nagucka 85; French: Stimming 15, Togeby 83; French & Italian vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Old) French: Pearce 84, Pearce 86; (Old) French vs. French & Italian: Pearce 82; German: Bausewein 90, Boon 80,

Subject Index

459

Comrie 84b, Harbert 77, Kurzová 66, Shin & Hong 88; (Early New High) German: Boon 80; (Middle High, 14th-15th C) German: Apelt 875, Zatocil 59; (Old High) German: Apelt 874; Gothic: Apelt 874, Meer 14; (Ancient) Greek: Calboli 89, Chaski 87b, Miller 74, Pepicello 77, Pepicello 80; Indo-European: Boon 80, Coleman 85, Wolf 06; Italian: Schwendener 23, Skytte 78; Italian & French vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Classical) Latin: Bolkestein 76, Bolkestein 79, Calboli 80, Calboli 83, Calboli 89, Cann 83, Coleman 85, Comrie 81a, Lindskog 896, Maraldi 83, Miklosich 868, Miller 74, Pepicello 77, Pepicello 80, Pillinger 80, Wales 82; Russian: Comrie 84b; Sanskrit: Gonda 57b; Swedish: Ureland 72; (Old) Swedish: Grimberg 05; Vedic: Gonda 57b; AcI & alternative or related construction: English: Ek 67; German: Suchsland 87; (Classical) Latin: Dokkum 00; (Late) Latin: Herman 89, Wirth-Poelchau 77; Romance: Herman 89; AcI & case-theory: (Classical) Latin: Maraldi 83; AcI & exceptional case-marking: English vs. Turkish, Korean: Yoon 90; Korean, Turkish vs. English: see English; Turkish, Korean vs. English: see English; AcI & reflexivization: see also AcI & subject & anaphoric reference & reflexivization; reflexive personal acc; German: Grewendorf 83, Reis 76; AcI vs. sentential subject: English: Macháček 60; AcI & subject & anaphoric reference & reflexivization: see also AcI & reflexivization; German: Pustejovsky 84; AcI & subject vs. object: Swedish: Alving 18; AcI & subject raising: see also SUBJECT (subject raising); Germanic: Ureland 73; Swedish: Ureland 73; AcI & verba sentiendi, declarandi: (Classical) Latin: Mayen 889; acc. with prepositional infinitive: (Old & Middle) English: Bock 31; acc. & definiteness: general: Bossong 85c; Finnish: Chesterman 77; Hungarian: Abaffy 88; (New-)Iranian: Bossong 85c; acc. of degree: (Classical) Latin: Allen 27; acc. deletion & discourse: see also OBJECT (object deletion); Japanese: Masunaga 88; accusativus determinationis: see relational acc. acc. vs. direct object: Korean: Lee & Thompson 87; (spatial) acc. of direction/goal: see also DIRECTIONALITY; German: Draye 92; (An­ cient) Greek: Boel 88; (Classical) Latin: Carvalho 80c, Edelstein 80, Landgraf 898c, Landgraf 00; Russian: Sullivan 84b; acc. & discourse, grammatical factors, pragmatics: see also acc. deletion & discourse; Korean: Lee & Thompson 87; acc. & ergative: see also acc. subject & unaccusativity; strong acc. & nominative-acc. vs. ergative; Duungidjawu: Wurm 76; acc.-to-ergative drift: see also ERGATIVITY (transition from ergative to nominativeacc. system); Polynesean: Hohepa 69; acc. of exclamation: (Classical) Latin: Flickinger 08, Flickinger 13; acc. & foreign language teaching [fit]: see also acc. & animacy & fit; acc. & textual relations & flt; preposition + acc. or dative & flt; German (for Dutch students): Wilmots 79;

460

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

acc. & gender: general: Palmaitis 79; acc. vs. instrumental: German, Hungarian, Russian vs. Ob-Ugric: Honti 86; (Ancient) Greek: Zsilka 62; Hungarian, German, Russian vs. (Ob-)Ugric: see German; (Ob-) Ugric vs. German, Hungarian, Russian: see German; Russian, German, Hungarian vs. (Ob-)Ugric: see German; acc. of limitation = accusativus limitationis: (Ancient) Greek: Kieckers 12; acc. & loealist approach: general: Barone 26; German: Smith 87, Wüllner 827; (Ancient) Greek: Wüllner 827; (Classical) Latin: Hidén 896, Wüllner 827; acc. in middle construction & unaccusativity: German: Schachtl 90; acc. object of free infinitive: Finnish: Karlsson 79; acc. object sentence: German: Bausewein 90; acc. origin of noun: Romance: Gaeng 83, Penny 80; Rumanian: Iliescu 69, Iliescu 73, Orbán 72; acc. vs. allative origin of noun: Romance (from Latin): Sundstedt 896; acc. personal pronoun: see also acc. clitic of personal pronoun; acc. pronoun; Gothic: Shields 87b; Portuguese: Omena 81; Rumanian: Maneca 65; acc. personal pronoun doubling: Albanian: Buchholz 68; acc. plural: (Vulgar) Latin: Ivänescu 59; acc. pronoun: see also acc. personal pronoun; prepositional acc. of anaphoric pronoun; DATIVE (dative vs. acc); GENITIVE (syncretism of genitive & acc. (of anaphoric pronoun)); OBJECT (object pronoun); French: Huffman 83; Rumanian: Florea 85; Spanish: Perlmutter 69; acc. of qualification & case-grammar: (Classical) Latin: Murru 79a; acc. & sentence comprehension/structure: English vs. Hungarian: see Hungarian; Hun­ garian vs. English: Pléh 89; acc. & sociolinguistics: Esperanto: Sherwood 82; acc. singular: Polish: BogusZawski 86; acc. subject: see also Acl; OBJECT (oblique subject); PASSIVE (passive & subject possibility of content acc); (Old) French: Gebhardt 896; German: Abramow 67b; (Classical) Latin: Maraldi 83; Marwari: Magier 90; (Imbabura) Quechua: Cole & Jake 78; Sinhala: Gair 90; acc. subject & unaccusativity: see also acc. & ergative; strong acc. & nominative-acc. vs. ergative; Icelandic: Zaenen & Maling 84a; acc. & textual relations & fit: see also acc. & fit; German: Belopol'skaja 68; acc. & transitivity (vs. intransitivity): see also TRANSITIVTY (stative transitive verb & acc); (Ancient) Greek: Mauro 59; Hungarian: Mikola 66; acc. & valency: English vs. Slovak: see Slovak; Slovak vs. English: Bázlik 86; adjective + acc.: German: Kolde 90-91; adverbial use of acc.: see also GENITIVE (syncretism of genitive-acc. & adverb); (Ancient) Greek: López Facal 74; archaic acc. with nominative plural for animate names: Russian: Vascenco 80; attributive acc.: Rumanian: Drasoveanu 76; case (error)Zungrammatical case &. acc: see CASE counter acc: general: Grasserie 896; dative vs. acc: see DATIVE

Subject Index

461

dative as apposition to acc.: see DATIVE direct (acc.) vs. indirect (dative) causation: see CAUSATIVE direct object (acc.) passive vs. indirect object (dative) passive & case-grammar: see DIRECT OBJECT double acc. construction: see also verb-agreement & double acc. construction; PASSIVE (passive of verb with double acc. construction); SUBJECT (double subject construction & double acc. construction); English: Broadie 82, Murakami 84; English vs. Romance: Erasmi 86; French: Gross 12; German: Danielsen 79, Lutzeier 91a, Plank 87, Wilkinson 83; (Ancient) Greek: Jacquinod 89; Korean: Kang 88, Lee 88; Luba-Lulua: Cocchi 92; (Ayacucho-) Quechua: Pustet 86; Romance vs. English: see English; Rumanian: Manea 91; double acc. construction & stratal uniqueness law: Korean: Lee 91; exclamation particle + acc: see also particle + acc; (Brahmanas) Vedic: Hiersche 76; genitive vs. acc: see GENITIVE 'have' & 'be'-construction & acc: see POSSESSIVE locative acc: see also DATIVE (locative dative & locative acc); Slavic: Staniseva 64; measure/quantification & case (partitive genitive, dative, nominative, von + dative, acc): see QUANTIFICATION nominative & acc: see NOMINATIVE orphan acc: see acc. & animacy; particle + acc: see also exclamation particle + acc; NOMINATIVE (particle + nomina­ tive or acc); (Classical) Hebrew: Saydon 64; particle + acc (vs. preposition): see also prepositional acc; (Old) Hebrew: Wilson 890; Japanese: Motohashi 90; Rumanian: Draşoveanu 88; partitive vs. acc: see GENITIVE (genitive/partitive vs. acc); passive & acc: see PASSIVE personal acc: see also acc & animacy; prepositional personal acc; reflexive personal acc; German: Weisgerber 62; predicative acc: (Low) German: Saltveit 79; prepositional acc [prep, acc]: see also particle + acc (vs. preposition); DIRECT OBJECT (prepositional direct object); INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental preposition + acc & prepositional instrumental & locative); LOCATIVE (locative & prepositional locative vs. prepositional acc); PREPOSITION (preposition 'a'; preposition 'po' & acc, dative or locative; preposition 'v' & acc, directional, locative, temporal role); Bulgarian: Nandris 52, Puscariu 37; Catalan: Costa 08, Meier 47; (South-Western) French: Séguy 73; German: Draye 92, Smith 87, Smith 89/93, Smith 92, Valentin 75; (Ancient) Greek: Treu 57; Italian: Rholfs 71, Rohlfs 73; Kemerov (dialects): Panteleeva 64; (Classical) Latin: Numminnen 38; (Newspaper) Latvian: Bojäte 63; Lithua­ nian: Valiulyte 66; Northumbrian: Page 58; Portuguese: Delille 70, Faria 66; (Gascon) Provençal: Séguy 73; Rhaeto-Romance: Widmer 80; Romance: Meier 48, Müller 71, Rholfs 71, Roegiest 79; Rumanian: Nandris 52; (17th C) Rumanian: Dimitrescu 60; (Old) Russian: Lomtev 48; Sardinian: Bossong 82b; Serbo-Croatian: Djamic 63; Slavic: Vaillant 65; Spanish: Brauns 08, Guitart 91, Hills 20, King 84, Körner 81, Laca 87, Martens 89, Weissenrieder 85, Weissenrieder 90; (Old) Spanish: Reichenkron 51;

462

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

prep. acc. of anaphoric pronoun', see also acc. pronoun; (Old) Polish: Kreja 64; prep. acc. & causation: see also CAUSATIVE (causative preposition); Russian: Finkel' 62; (Eastern) Slavic: Tokar' 63; prep. acc. & dative: Enga: Stimm 87; prep. + acc. or dative: German: Dieu 56, Flothuis 29, Folsom 81, Folsom 84a, Heyworth 84, Leys 89b, Schröder 78, Smith 87, Smith 88, Smith 89/93, Smith 92; prep, acc., dative & event-structure: German: Paczkowsky 58; prep. + acc. or dative &flt: German: Goldschen 83, Högberg 16, Lutcavage 80; prep. + acc. or dative & statal passive: German: Heyworth 84; prep. acc. with (bare) infinitive: see also Acl; English: Karpf 28, Stoffel 879, Zandvoort 27, Yamakawa 70; prep. acc. with (bare) infinitive & verb 'want': English: Erdmann 93; prep. acc. & object: Romance: Dietrich 87; prep. acc. & passive: Portuguese: Kalepky 13, Kalepky 30; Rumanian: Kalepky 13, Kalepky 30; Spanish: Kalepky 13, Kalepky 30; prep. acc. after prefixed verb: Polish: Karolak 61; prep. acc. & word-order: Spanish: Blasco Ferrer 89; prep, personal acc.: Rumanian: Spitzer 28; Spanish: Hatcher 42, Meier 50, Spitzer 28; prep, temporal acc.: see also temporal acc; Slavic: Benes; proleptic acc: (Ancient) Greek: Gonda 58; reflexive personal acc.: see also Acl & reflexivization; personal acc; Spanish: Escobar 60; relational acc.: see also PARTITIVE (partitive & relational acc); German: Vuillaume 88; Germanic: Brugmann 10; (Ancient) Greek: Bliimel 13-14, Blümel 27, Blümel 35, Brugmann 10; Indic: Brugmann 10; (Classical) Latin: Brugmann 10, Landgraf 898a, Landgraf 898b, Sommer 28; rests of acc. marking: Dutch: Zaalberg 75a; retained acc./object & passive: see also PASSIVE (passive & acc); English: Kruisinga 27; Indo-European: Kruisinga 27; strong acc. & nominative-acc. vs. ergativity: see also acc & ergative; acc subject & unaccusativity; Russian: Gballou 82; Spanish: Gballou 82; syncretism of acc. & dat.: (Berlin) German: Schlobinski 88; temporal acc: see also prepositional temporal acc; Rumanian: Neamju 79; (Old) Rus­ sian: Mazurek 87; temporal acc. & language interference: (Upper) Sorbían: Ivic 85; verb-agreement & double acc. construction: see also double acc construction; Choctaw: Davies 86; verb 'know' + acc. & proper name condition: German: Engelen 85; ACTIVE (CASE) [ACT.] general: Heger 85, Mithun 91, Plank 85a, Sasse 91, Tuite, Agha & Graczyk 85; Cauca­ sian: Dondua 48; Cirkassian: Dondua 48; Georgian: Harris 90; Kartvelian: Dondua 48; Malay: Hopper 83; (Vach) Ostyak: Gulya 70; (Lhasa-)Tibetan: DeLancey 85b; act. vs. inact.: Ye'cuana: Hall 84;

Subject Index

463

act. & pragmatic discourse, semantics: (Northern) Pomo: O'Connor 85; agentless passive, act. & adverb: see AGENT ergativity & act.: see ERGATIVITY participation & nominativ  - accus ativity, ergativity or act.: see PARTICIPATION passive vs. act.: see PASSIVE passive & human subject & act. aspect of passive: see PASSIVE transitivity vs. intransitivity & activity vs. stativity: see TRANSITIVITY verb-classification & action: Chinese: Li 71, Lu 77; ADVERBIAL [ADV.] (see also ABSOLUTE CASE CONSTRUCTION; CAUSATIVE; DIRECTIONALITY; INSTRUMENTAL; LOCATIVE; MANNER; TEMPORALITY) absolute case construction & free adjunct & case: see ABSOLUTE CASE CONSTRUC­ TION adjunct predicate: see PREDICATE adv. & expression of analogy: Rumanian: Mihăilă 83; adv. use of accusative: see ACCUSATIVE adv. case: see CASE adv. of dative: see DATIVE adv. use of genitive: see GENITIVE agentless passive, active & adv.: see AGENT allative adv.: see ALLATIVE case & adv.: see CASE complement vs. adjunct: see COMPLEMENT dimensional case & adv.: see LOCATIVE free case: see CASE indirect object vs. adv.: see INDIRECT OBJECT instrumental adv.: see INSTRUMENTAL locative adv.: see LOCATIVE manner adv.: see MANNER object vs. adv.: see OBJECT null subject & control in adv. clauses: see SUBJECT participation & adv.: see PARTICIPATION prepositional object vs. prepositional adv.: see OBJECT subject inversion & causal adv.: see SUBJECT syncretism of genitive & accusative & adv.: see GENITIVE syncretism of nominative & accusative & adv.: see NOMINATIVE temporal adv.: see TEMPORALITY valency & adv. complement: see VALENCY valency-bound vs. -unbound: see VALENCY valency & (gradation of) dependency (theory) (complement vs. adjunct): see VALENCY

464

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

AFFECTED ergative/accusative languages: Drossard 88; Hebrew: Berman 82b; affected agent: see AGENT direct object & ajfectedness: see DIRECT OBJECT direct object of motion/locative verb as affected argument: see DIRECT OBJECT double object construction & aspect (total ajfectedness & perfectivity): see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION morphological causative & affectedness hierarchy: see CAUSATIVE AGENT [AG.]/AGENTIVE (see also CAUSATIVE; INSTRUMENTAL; SUBJECT) general: Asatiani 91, Boguslawski 89-90, Cruse 73, DeLancey 85b, Kaznowski 73, Morley 83, Roberts 77, Tuite, Agha & Graczyk 85; Afrikaans: Stadler press; Basque: Lafon 60; Child language: Bridges 84, Budwig 92, DeLancey 92; (Preverbal) Child language: McHale 73; English: Bogusfawski 89-90, Brakel 76, Cruse 73, DeLancey 84a, Morley 83, Peterson 85, Roberts 77; English (child language): Clark & Hecht 82, Golinkoff 73, Golinkoff 75, McHale 73; (American sign language) English: Kegl 85a; (Ozark) English: Foster 79; Hare: DeLancey 84a; Hindi: Hook 76; Hindi-Urdu: Kachru, Bhatia & Kachru 76; Indo-European: Jamison 79/81; Kashmiri: Kachru, Bhatia & Kachru 76; (Classical) Latin: Diver 64; Macushi: Carson 83; Newari: DeLancey 83, DeLancey 84a; Polish: Boguslawski 89-90; Portuguese: Brakel 76; Punjabi: Kachru, Bhatia & Kachru 76; Russian: Freidhof 72; (Puget Coast) Salish: Hess 73; Samoan (child language): Duranti & Ochs 89b; affected ag.: Hindi: Saksena 80; ag. & animacy: see also ag. & case, animacy, N-V agreement; ag. & word-order, case, animacy; English: Zoeppritz 71; ag. & animacy vs. object & animacy: see also ag. & object; English (child language): Dewart 79; ag.hood & 'be easy to + infinitive': English: Richardson 85b; ag. & case: see also ag. & word-order, case, animacy; CASE (case & case-grammar & ag. typology); general: Mithun 91; Indo-European: Jamison 79/81; ag. & case, animacy, N-V agreement & sentence comprehension: see also ag. & animacy; Serbo-Croatian: Mimica 87; ag. & cognitive grammar: English: Nishimura 89; Japanese: Nishimura 89; ag.ive dative: see DATIVE ag. vs. experiencer: Korean: Chun & Zubin 90; ag. & middle construction: English: Stroik 92; ag. & object: see also ag. & animacy vs. object & animacy; ag. vs. object & transitive verb; ag. & patient; NOMINATIVE (nominative-accusative vs. ergativity as orienta­ tion towards ag. vs. object); OBJECT (object & variation of agency/transitivity); (Classical) Chinese: Kao 76; English (Aphasia): Heeschen 80; Indic: Rocher 64; ag.-object assignment & accessibility of case and gender contrasts: Serbo-Croatian (Broca's aphasics and fluent anomics): Smith & Bates 87;

Subject Index

465

ag. vs. object & transitive verb: see also ag. vs. patient & transitivity; TRANSITIVITY (intransitivization via incorporation of (former explicit) ag. into verb); English (agram­ matism aphasics): Smith & Mimica 84; ag. & passive: see also oblique ag. & passive; GENITIVE (genitive as ag. & passive); PASSIVE (passive vs. active & ag. reduction & passive predicate; passive vs. ergative systems & their marking of a patient as theme/ag. as rheme; reflexive passive & ag.; statal passive & ag.); PREDICATE (subject- vs. object-oriented active predicate & ag.vs. theme-oriented passive predicate); SUBJECT (subject & ag. & passive); (Old-10th C) Chinese: Peyraube 89; Dutch: Kirsner 76b, Roberts 87b; English (child language): Budwig 90; German: Schoenthal 87, Vaagland 83; (Yagui) Guarijio: Miller 91; IndoEuropean: Jamison 81, Luraghi 86c; (Classical) Latin: Vester 85; Slavic: Kostjucenko 77; Vedic: Jamison 81; (personal) ag. & passive: (Ancient) Greek: Schwyzer 42; ag.less construction: see also PASSIVE (impersonal passive); SUBJECT (impersonal construction & ag.); general: Eckman 74; Dominican Creole: Amastae 83; English: Haiman 76; ag.less passive: general: Eckman 74; Afrikaans: Stadler press; Dutch: Pollmann 70; English: Haiman 76, Weiner & Labov 83; (Spocanian) Kalispei: Tweehuysen 89; (Classical) Latin: Vester 85; ag.less passive, active & adverb: English: Fellbaum 85; ag. & passive & foreign language teaching: French: Souesme 91; ag. & passive & valency: German: Sadzinski 87; ag.-illative & passive: Lappic: Schlachter 66; ag. vs. patient (& transitivity): see also ag. vs. object; ERGATIVITY (ergativity & middle aorist & ag.-patient); OBJECT (object & variation of ag./transitivity); PASSIVE (passive vs. ergative systems & their marking of a patient as theme/ag. as rheme); SUBJECT (subject vs. object & semantic relations ag ./instrumental vs. patient/dative & psychological dimensions of case; subject & patient); TRANSITIVITY (intran­ sitivization via incorporation of (former explicit) ag. into verb); general: Modini 89; (Chikasaw) Choctaw: Payne 82; Indo-European: Uhlenbeck 01; Mansi: Ostrowski 83; Nenets: Ostrowski 83; Wichita: Rood 71; Yukaghir: Ostrowski 83; ag., patient, instrumental & inference, coherence: English: Singer 80; ag. vs. patient & purpose clause: English: Jones 85; ag. vs. patient & word-order: English (child language): Angiolillo & Goldin-Meadow 82; ag.-patient-(case-marking) system: general: Dahlstrom 83; ag.-patient-sy stem, nominative-accusative type, ergativity & disagreement of pronominal affixes and coreferent nouns: general: Mithun 85; ag. & pragmatics: (Canadian) English: Itagaki & Prideaux 83; Kaluli (child language): Schieffelin 81; ag. & prepositions 'a' & 'de': see also analytical ag.; Spanish: Roegiest 83a; ag. & preposition 'à': French: Schapira 86; ag. & preposition 'par': French: Gross M. 93; ag.ive preposition & cognitive grammar (localist approach): German: King 88; ag. & its restrictions on derived nominal: English vs. Polish: Rozwadowska 91; Polish vs. English: see English;

466

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

ag. & semantic bootstrapping', general'. Gropen 92; English (child language): Gropen 92; ag. & semantic relation: general: DeLancey 85a; Basque: Lafon 60; ag.ivity vs. stativity: English: Michiels 78; ag.ive suffix: English: Pervaz 69; ag.ive verb: English: Szeto 88; ag.ive verb & prelexical structure: English: Gruber 75; ag. & voice: (Coast) Salish: Jelinek & Demers 83; ag. & word-order: German: Lenerz 77; (Colloquial Mexican) Spanish: Kahane & Kahane 50; ag. & word-order, case, animacy: see also ag. & case, animacy, N-V agreement; Dutch: McDonald 87; English: McDonald 87; ag. &. word-order & structural cues: Hebrew (child language) vs. Serbo-Croatian & Turkish: Frankel & Arbel 81; Serbo-Croatian (child language) & Turkish vs. Hebrew: see Hebrew; Turkish (child language) & Serbo-Croatian vs. Hebrew: see Hebrew; analytical ag.: see also ag. & preposition; French: Gaatone 76; Germanic: Green 14; background ag.: see also SUBJECT (implicit/dethematized subject); Dutch: Kirsner 76a; case-grammar & nomina agentis & instrumental: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAM­ MAR) causative & ag.: see CAUSATIVE dative/indirect object + infinitive as ag.: see DATIVE (dativus-cum-infinitivo); ergativity & ag.: see ERGATIVITY experiencer & ag.: see EXPERIENCER genitive as ag.: see GENITIVE goal as ag.: see DIRECTIONALITY impersonal construction & ag.: see SUBJECT indefinite ag.: (Middle) English: Jud-Schmid 56, Meier 53; (Old) English: Fröhlich 51; German: Harmann 62; indirect object doubling & dativus-cum-infinitivo & ag,: see INDIRECT OBJECT instigator/initiator-role: general: Blansitt 78; ergative/accusative languages: Drossard 88; instrumental & ag.: see INSTRUMENTAL le/lo/laismo & ag. hierarchy: see DATIVE nominal ag.: Indo-European: Benveniste 48; oblique ag. & passive: French: Mathieu 93; possessor of an act & ag.: see POSSESSIVE prepositional ag.: see ag.ive preposition; analytical ag.; split-intransitivity & lexicology & ag.: see TRANSITIVITY subject &/vs. ag.: see SUBJECT stimulus-role: see instigator/initiator-role unaccusativity & ag.: see ERGATIVITY ALLATIVE (see also ABLATIVE; DIRECTIONALITY; LOCATIVE) general: Blansitt 88, Mackenzie 78; Baltic: Guild 87; Eskimo: Allen 88; (Old) Hittite: Hoffner 82; Slavic: Guild 87; Yanyuwa: Kirton 76;

Subject Index

467

accusative vs. allative origin of noun: see ACCUSATIVE allative adverb: (Hieroglyphic) Luwian: Oshiro 90; allative & multiple case-marking: general: Libert 88a; agent-illative & passive: see AGENT elative: (Standard) Arabic: Wehr 53; Estonian vs. Komi: see Komi; Komi vs. Estonian: Hausenberg 81; Permic: Rédei 80; APPOSITION [APP.] English: Meyer 92; app. & case (& adjaccncy): German: Bergenholtz 82, Heidolph 79, Liihr 91, Viorel 84; German vs. English: Löbel 91; English vs. German: see German; app. to a dative/dative-app.: see DATIVE app. to a vocative: see VOCATIVE attributive genitive & app.: see GENITIVE dative as app. to accusative: see DATIVE dative as general app. case: see DATIVE nominative as app. case: see NOMINATIVE partitive app.: see PARTITIVE BENEFICIARY [BEN.]/BENEFACTIVE (see also DATIVE; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; EXPERIENCER; INDIRECT OBJECT; RECIPIENT) French: Herschensohn 92c; Hua: Haiman 82; (Old) Icelandic: Games 73; Mandarin vs. Thai: Hermann 79; (Chichewa) Nyanja: Baker 88b; Rwanda: Dryer 83; Thai vs. Mandarin: see Mandarin; ben. advancement/movement: English: Channon 82; ben. & benefactive: English: Niedzielski 79, Niedzielski 81; French: Niedzielski 81; Polish: Niedzielski 79; ben. dative: see DATIVE ben. verb: Dutch: Moskey 79; double object construction & recipient/ben. as cognitive equivalent of unitransitive patient & grammatical vs. semantic relation: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUC­ TION instrumental & ben. arguments: see INSTRUMENTAL malefactive: French: Herschensohn 92c; possessive dative & benefactive/malefactive role: see DATIVE CASE general: Abraham 71b, Agud 80, Aissen 82, Allen & Brink 80, Anderson 70, Bíly 90, Bíly & Pettersson 83, Bíly & Pettersson 86a, Boeder 76, Bordelois 82, Bossong 85a, Breen 89, Bruce 75, Calboli 72, Cardona 74, Caron 72b, Comrie 81b, Crößmann 75, Croft 90a, Czepluch 87, Darski 86, Danielsen 76, Danielsen 80a, Delbrück & Brugmann 886-00, Dewischeit 857, Dirven & Radden 87a, Döleke 814, Drossard 86a, Ebeling 57, Ebeling 84-85, Eliasson 80, Elist 84, Eroms 81a, Fillmore 68a, Fleischmann 84a, Fleischmann

468

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

85, Foster & Hofling 87, Franks 81, Funke 07, Geeraerts 88, Gil 82, Givón 76b, Godel 55, Grasserie 890, Günther 75/76, Haberland & Nedergaard Thomsen 91, Helbig 90b, Hjelmslev 35-37/72, Hübschmann 875, Jakobs 847, Jakobson 36/71a, Kilby 81, Knud­ sen 68, Kurylowicz 49, Langdon 89, Lazard 79, Lehmann 80, Lehmann 82a/83, Liebich 885, Mackenzie 81a, Martinet 72, Marty 10, McCreight 87, Mel'cuk 86, Murru 80a, O'Grady 80b, Plank 80, Plank 86, Plyusc 77, Robins 74, Rothstein 92, Rumpel 845, Rumpel 846, Seidel 88, Seiler & Premper 91, Serbat 81a, Skårup 67, Sørensen 49, Vogt 49, Voicexovskaja 89, Weite 87; Agaw: Hetzron 76b; Albanian: Barri 92; (Arbëresh) Albanian: Brandi & Savoia 90; (Berat Tosk) Albanian: Newmark 62; Aleut: Fortescue 88; Altaic, Siberian vs. Evenki: see Evenki; (Classical) Arabic: Gaballa 87; (Nabataean-Old) Arabic: Diem 73; (Biblical) Aramaic: Cohen 75; (South-East) Asian: Liem 78b; Australian: Blake 74, Blake 77, Blake 78, Dench & Evans 88, Goddard 82; Avestan: Hübschmann 875; Azerbaijani: Akhundova 73, Dzamaiov 81, Ragimbekova 85; (15th C vs. Modern) Azerbaijani: Eyvazova 74; (1900-1920) Azerbaijani: Ismajilova 77; Azerbaijani vs. Russian: see Russian; Bantu: Gozdawa-Golębiowski 91; Basque: Bouda 72, Mejías-Bikandi 90; Berber: Guerssel 92; Bichole: Mintz 73; Bulgarian: Minceva 72, Qvonje 80, Topolińska 86; Caucasian: Schmidt 76; Caviveña: Camp 85; Cirkassian: Kuipers 62; (Northern) Cordilleran: Tharp 74; Cotabato: Kerr 65; Dagbani: Wilson 70; (Faroese) Danish: Skårup 67; Dargwa: Musajev 87; Dhalandji: Austin 81; Diegueño: Gorbett 76; Dutch: Besten 81b, Duinhoven 84-85, Lof der naamvallen 67, Paardekooper 50, Perridon 91b, Peteri 07, Sienstra 80; English: Anderson 69/71, Budde 59, Callaway 27, Cassidy 37, Günther 75/76, Hajicová & Panenová 84, Hansen 70, Mackenzie 81a, Raith 58, Rothstein 92; (Middle) English: Dahl 36, Janda 80a; (Middle) English vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Old) English: Anderson 85, Anderson 86b, Bünting 879, Dahl 36, Janda 80a, Penhallurick 75, Stockwell 87; (Old to Modern) English: Allen 90, Gelderen 91, Kemenade 87, Platzack 89; English vs. German: Ivshin 87; English vs. Rumanian: see Rumanian; (Early) English (grammars): Zimina 89; ergative-accusative languages: Drossard 88; Eskimo: Erichsen 44, Hammerich 51, Johns 84b; Estonian: Nevis 82; Evenki: Kilby 83; Evenki vs. Altaic, Siberian: Kilby 80; Finnish: Hoover 84, Milsark 85, Strømnes 74; (Minnesota) Finnish: Larmouth 74; Finno-Ugric: Cop 74; Finno-Ugric vs. Indo-Euro­ pean: Beke 28; (Proto-)Finno-Ugric: Rédei 86; French: Arnavielle 89, Frei 54; (Bilin­ gual) French & German (child language): see German; (Old) French: see also bi-casual system; Hupka 82, Klausenburger 90, Reenen & Schøsler 86; (Old) French vs. (Middle) English: Torres 86; (Old) French vs. (Classical) Latin: Pensado 86, Plank 79a; (18th C) French (by Spanish grammarians): Fernandez Diaz 84; Georgian: Anderson 84, Aronson 70, Aronson 77, Boeder 89, Jedlicka 62; (Old) Georgian: Cikobava 56, Gigineisvili & Sardzveladze 78, Imnaisvili 57, Vogt 47; German: Abraham 72, Akhundova 73, Behaghel 00, Besten 81b, Curme 60, Czepluch 88a, Czepluch 88b, Dal 60, Dal 62, Döpke 82, Döpke 85, Drosdowski 84, Endres 73, Firestone 67, Fourquet 52, Häcki Buhofer 87, Haider 85, Heger 66, Helbig 73, Helbig 74, Helbig 90b, Hiecke 854, Jordens, De Bot & Trapman 89, Knobloch & Schaeder 85, Koss 83, Lederer 69, Leys 92, Neumann 61, Sommerfeldt 88, Suchsland 75, Zeh 80, Zubin 78; (Aphasic) German: Bayer, Bleser & Dronsek 87, Lee 89, Meisel 85, Tracy 86; (Bilingual) German & French (child language): Meisel 85; (Spoken vs. written language of 12 year olds')

Subject Index

469

German: Reck 87; German vs. Dutch: Haider 87; German vs. English: see English; German vs. Russian: Fleischmann 85; German (dialects): Koss 83, Shrier 65; (Old High to Modern) German: Baewa 80; (Old High) German: Mourek 896, Welpmann 880; (Ruhr) German: Mihm 82/85; Gothic: Meer Ol; Greek: Catsimali 91; (Ancient) Greek: Härtung 831, Hermann 38, Lejeune 50, Louw 66, Mahn 888, Mauro 65, Rumpel 845, Sittig 31; (Mycenaean) Greek: Householder 60; Greenlandic: Baker 88a; Gugu Yalandyi: Hershberger 64; Hebrew: Cole 75, Gil 82; Hindi: Bhatia 81, Saksena 82a; Hittite: Benveniste 49, Neu 79; (Old) Hittite: Luraghi 86b; Hungarian: Antal 60, Antal 61a, Kiefer 87; Icelandic: Andrews 82, Andrews 90, Getz 89, Vainikka 85; Indo-European: Cop 74, Delbrück & Brugmann 886-00, Deutschbein 35, Elizarenkova 82, Faarlund 87, Fairbanks 77, Galton 77, Haudry 77, Hirt 34, Jakobsohn 24, Klokeid 76, Krahe 59, Kurylowicz 64, Luraghi 85, Misteli 878, Risch 80, Schmidt 75; Indo-European vs. Finno-Ugric: see Finno-Ugric; Japanese: Hinds 82, Hinds 87, Inoue 70, Katagiri 91, Miyagawa 89b, Taylor 71; Japanese vs. Korean: see Korean; Kartvelian: Gigineisvili & Sardzveladze 78, Harris 85, Klimov 78; Kekchi: Freeze 70 (Kipea) Kirirí: Larsen 84; Korean: Cho & Morgan 86, Gerdts 87, Kang 85, Kim 91, Kim 70, O'Grady 91, Yang 72, Yoo 89; Korean vs. Japanese: Lee 76; Lak: Burtschuladse 71; (Classical) Latin: Antoine 882, Bennett 14, Bieter 38, Calboli 83, Carvalho 83, Dardel 64, Dressier 70/79, Echarte Cosío 91, Gimborn 39, Gonzáles Rolan 71, Greiner & Billoret 52, Hartung 831, Lapesa 64, Lavency 69/79, Lehmann 85c, Merkx 39, Moralejo 86, Peña 81, Perret 66, Perret 72, Pinkster 72, Pinkster 80, Pinkster 85, Pottier 57, Pottier 62, Serbat 81c; (Poetic classical) Latin: Preising 891; (Classical) Latin vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Late) Latin: Iliescu & Macarie 65; (Migrelo) Laz: Topuria 37; Longuda: Newman 76; Maccdonian: Qvonje 80, Topolińska 86; Malayalam: Hennis 90, Jayaseelan 83, Mohanan 82; Manchu: Choe 76; Maori: Clark 73; (Erza) Mordvin: Lewy 20; Newari Cook 86, Cook 88a; (Wellega) Oromo: Biber 84; Pali: Hinüber 68, Monville-Burston 77; (Vinaya-Pitaka) Pali: Hinüber 68; Pama-Nyungan: Klokeid 78; Papuan: Foley 86; Pashto: Penzl 50; (Old) Persian: Hübschmann 875; Polish: Dyla 84, Holvoet 91; Polish vs. Russian: Kottum 79; Polish (child language): Smoczyńska 72; Polynesian: Chung 76a; (Eastern) Porno: McLendon 78; Portuguese: Brakel 80; Quechua: Bills 70; (Literary) Raeto-Romance: Friedman 91; Rigvedic (similes): Jamison 82; Romance: Dardel 64, Hall 80, Politzer 51; Rumanian: Blaylock 75, Diaconescu 62, Guju-Romalo 87, Vasiliu 65; Rumanian vs. English: Vantu 79; Russian: Babby 78b, Babby 89, Bíly 90, Canturisvili 82, Chvany 82, Chvany 86a, Comrie 86, Ebeling 55, Fenk-Oczlon 90, Freidin & Babby 84, Garde 83, Jacobsson 69, Jakobson 36/7la, Jakobson 71; Kilby 73/77, Kilby 82, Madojan 88a, Madojan 88b, Madojan 89, Marvan 83, Mel'cuk 77b, Popova 70, Schooneveld 78, Seidel 88, Sørensen 57; Russian (preschool child language): Zakharova 73; Russian vs. Azerbaijani: Alekperova 89; Russian (of Azerbaijani writers): Alekperova 89; Russian vs. German: see German; Russian vs. Polish: see Polish; Rwanda: Baker 88a; Samoan: Cook 88b, Mosel 85; Sanskrit: Bopp 826; Serbo-Croatian vs. Slovene: see Slovene; Siberian, Altaic vs. Evenki: see Evenki; Slavic: Brecht & Levine 86a, Comrie 78d, Hamilton 74; (Balkan) Slavic vs. (non-Balkan) Slavic: Topolińska 86; Slovene vs. Serbo-Croatian: Kalenic 70; Somali: Biber 84; Spanish: Brakel 80, Contreras 70, Goldin 68, Hurst 51, Langacker 70, Lapesa 64; Sre: Thomas 75; Swedish: Brodda 73, Perridon 91b; (Literary) Tibetan: Regamey 46-47; Ticuna: Soares 90; Tocharian (B): Marggraf

470

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

75; Turkish: Dede 81; (Old) Turkish: Gabain 70; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; Udi: Harris 84; Ukrainian: Plyusc 77, Vikhovanets 88; Uralic: Comrie 79b, Comrie 80; (Proto-) Uralic: Rédei 86; Urdu: Khan 90; Vedic: Elizarenkova 82, Haudry 77; Waris: Brown 88; Winnebago: Baker 88a; Yakut: Stachowski 89; (Common) Yeniseian: Verner 88; Yukaghir: Fortescue 88; absolute construction & case: see ABSOLUTE CASE CONSTRUCTION active case: see ACTIVE CASE adjectival declension [adj. decl.]: see also case & nominal/adjectival predicate of copula & word-order; (Old) French: Walker 87; German: Hell 72, Jett 75, Riemsdijk 80; (Early New High) German: Solms & Wegera 91; German (dialects of Rumanian Banat): Kottler 73; Russian: Mel'cuk 80b; adj. decl. & animacy: Russian: Mel'cuk 80b; adj. decl. & defectivity: see also non-inflected noun/adjective; Russian: Arutjunjan 88; adj. decl. & foreign language teaching [fit]: German: Hoeken 91, Meinert 90, Viorel 84, Wilmots 74, Wouda & Sluis 91a, Wouda & Sluis 91b; adverbal case: (19th C) German: Schwartz 885; (Ancient) Greek: Helbing 28; (Classical) Latin: Bosworth 899; adverbial case: see also case & adverb; Finno-Ugric: Cop 74; Indo-European: Cop 74; Kartvelian: Saradzenidze 56; adverbial case & structural case: Korean: Maling 89; adverbial case & discourse, pragmatics: Russian: Krylova 76; agency & case: see AGENT (from) agglutination (to) flexion: Indo-European: Martinet 84; apposition & case: see APPOSITION attribute & case: Albanian vs. German: Uhlisch 74; German vs. Albanian: see Albanian; bi-casual system: Bulgarian vs. Rumanian: Guild 82; (Old) French: Reenen & Schøsler 86, Schøsler 78, Spence 85, Woledge 73; Rumanian vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; (Old) Scandinavian: Hall 79; Svan: Saradzenidze 61; bi-casual system & word-order: (Old) French: Zwanenburg 78; ((7th C) Languedocian) Provençal: Medina Granda 88; case & (case-)adjaccncy condition: English: Nakajima 87; case & adverb: see also adverbial case; Bulgarian: Simeonov 85; Polish: Simeonov 85; case agreement [case agr.]: see also case & past participle agr.; case attraction & case agr.; nom. decl. & case agr.; NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. oblique in nominative position & case-agr. of noun with attributive adjective); OBJECT (object agr.); PREDI­ CATE (predicative noun & case agr.); SUBJECT (case agr. of subject modifier (subject = ± oblique); double subject construction & case agr.); Amazonian: Derbyshire 87; (Ancient) Greek: Casagrande 70; Icelandic: Andrews 90; (Classical) Latin: Bertocchi 85; Lithuanian: Timberlake 88; Portuguese: Quicoli 82; Russian: Babby 87, Babby 88, Neidle 88; case &/vs. agr.: see also case & past participle agr.; case vs. semantic relation vs. agr.; case & verb agr.; OBJECT (object & case & agr.); general: Foster & Höfling 87, Givón 76b; (Ancient) Greek: Chaski 88; Guajajara: Alexander 89; Marathi: Gair & Wali 89; non-configurational languages: Alexander 89; Sinhala: Gair & Wali 89; Slave: Alexan­ der 89; Udi: Harris 84; Yagua: Alexander 89;

Subject Index

471

case agr. of adjective, participle to oblique noun: see also OBJECT (oblique case); Cheremis: Alhoniemi 83; case agr. vs. case conflict & quantified NPs: see also case agr. of quantifying modifiers; Russian: Babby 84; case, agr. & empty categories: Turkish: Kornfilt 84; case agr. & past participle: French: Lefebvre 86, Lefebvre 88; case agr. & predicate modifiers: (Ancient) Greek: Andrews 71; case agr. of quantifying modifiers: see also case agr. vs. case conflict & quantified NPs; Russian: Babby 85a; case agr. after conjunctions expressing similarity with the antecedent NP: Russian: Rappaport 86; case &. (verb) agr.: see also case, grammatical relation & verb agr.; (South-)Asian: Gair & Wali 88; Choctaw: Davies 86; case & agr. & verb-second: Germanic: Hulk & Kemenade 93c; Romance: Hulk & Kemenade 93c; case alternation: see also nominal declension & alternation; CAUSATIVE (causative & clitic case alternation); INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental & case alternation); NOMI­ NATIVE (nominative & multiple case marking); PRONOUN (emphatic pronoun & agentive subject & case alternation); Australian: Dench & Evans 88; (15th C vs. Modern) Azerbaijani: Eyvazova 74; (1900-1920) Azerbaijani: Ismajilova 77; Baltic vs. Slavic: see Slavic; (Old) English: Collins 79; German: Starke 70; (Ancient) Greek: Chaski 87a; Kabyle: Bader & Kenstowicz 87; Russian: Corbett 76; Slavic vs. Baltic: Schaller 85; Vedic (prose): Örtel 37; case alternation in VP internal argument: general: No 92; case & animacy (person marking): see also case & gender (for persons); case & (cardinal) numerals & animacy; case syncretism & categories of masculinity/animacy; EskimoAleut: Fortescue 88; Russian: Graur 45a; Yukaghir: Fortescue 88; case & aspect: see also case vs. clause structure vs. aspect of the verb; split case & verb split & tense/aspect/mood; English: Morris 84; Russian: Fenk-Oczlon 90; case attraction & case agr.: Georgian: Tuite 84; Indo-European: Tuite 84; case attraction & case hierarchy: Indo-European: Harbert 90; case & case-grammar: see also PARTICIPATION (participation & case, case-grammar, grammatical relation, semantic relation); general: Kirsten 84; English: Kirsten 84; English vs. Mandarin: Baron 71; German: Nees 85; Mandarin vs. English: see English; case & case-grammar & agency typology & foreign language teaching: (Classical) Latin: Tobin 81c; case & case-grammar & psycholinguistics: Child language: Tracy 84; German (child language): Tracy 84; case, case particle (& valency): see also case particle; Japanese: Kitagawa 74, Maruyama 90; case & case reduction: see also case, frequency & case reduction; case syncretism; PRONOUN (pronoun & case reduction); general: Teleman 75; Bulgarian: Meyer 23; Dutch: Velde 62; English vs. German: Blake 87a, Hawkins J. 86; German vs. English: see English;

472

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

case, case reduction & word-order. (Old) French: Zwanenburg 78; case & case tier approach: see also case & case levels; Korean: O'Grady 87a; case & categories/categorial structure of NP: general: Habel 81; German: Bzdęga 74; case, classification &. semantics', see also case & semantics; general'. Heger & Petöfi 77; case vs. clause structure vs. aspect of the verb: see also case & aspect; Slavic: Ulicny 74; case & clause structure linkage: general: Nichols & Woodbury 85; case & clause structure & philosophical category of concrete totality: Czech: Korensky 68; case & cleft sentence & fit: see also COPULAR CONSTRUCTION (cleft construction); English vs. German: Hopkins 75; German vs. English: see English; case & communication & 'bă' -construction: Mandarin: Li F.C. 71; case & comparative: Finnish: Lehtimäki 75; case & complementizer: Diegueño: Gorbet 73; English: Moravcsik 72; German: Moravcsik 72; Hebrew: Moravcsik 72; Hungarian: Moravcsik 72; Japanese: Hinds 73; Korean: Hinds 73; Maori: Clark 73a; Persian: Joseph 75; Swahili: Moravcsik 72; case & complex verb: English: Carlson & Roeper 80; case & compound: Albanian vs. German: Uhlisch 74; German vs. Albanian: see Albanian; (17th C) Spanish: Nadjo 89; case & computational model: general: Helbig 88c; case & conceptualization: general: Pottier 76; French: Pottier 76; case & configurational approach: Japanese: Takezawa 88; case & conjunctive: (Middle) Dutch: Engels 895; case & constraint: see also TOPIC (topic & case constraint); general: Allen 84; Russian: Corbett 76; case & construct vs. free state: Berber: Guerssel 92; case & context: Inuit: Kalmar 78; case & contracted clause: Dutch: Kerstens 91; case & control: see case & government case & (case-)deletion: Korean: Kwon 89; case & definiteness: see also indefinite case; Finnish: Hoover 84; German: Cernysenko 85; (Classical) Latin: Griffin 90; Spanish: Griffin 90; case & deixis: Indo-European: Galton 77; case & dependency: see case & government case & diathesis: (Ancient) Greek: Kurzová 87; (Classical) Latin: Kurzová 87; case & discourse: see also adverbial case & discourse; case & focus; free case & discourse; OBJECT (object & case, discourse, degree of predictability); (Old) English: Garcia 79; case &. discourse & focus: German: Zoeppritz 79; case & discourse &flt: German: Jordens 81; case & emphasis: Polish: Kardela 86; case & empty categories & configurationality: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEO­ RY (case checking theory & empty categories)); Warlpiri: Jelinek 84; case & ergativity: see also case, grammatical categories & ergativity; case, grammatical relation & ergativity; case, semantic relation & ergativity; ERGATIVITY (ergativity of noun & case; transition from ergative to nominative system & case); general: Schooneveld 84; (Proto-)Indo-European: Rumsey 87b; Japanese: Tsunoda 80;

Subject Index

473

case error/ungrammatical case & accusative: see also case (error) & preposition; BaltoSlavic vs. Lithuanian, Latvian: Stepanov 84; Lithuanian, Latvian vs. Balto-Slavic: see Balto-Slavic; Latvian, Lithuanian vs. Balto-Slavic languages: see Balto-Slavic; case error/ungrammatical case &flt: German (English natives): Jordens 85, Politzer 78; case, event structure & quantors: German: Döpke 85; case &. extension feature'. Russian: Schooneveld 82; case filter & flt: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEORY (case-theory & case filter)); English (child language of Spanish girl): Lakshmanan 92; case & flexion & valency: see also VALENCY (valency & case); (Old to Modern) Russian: Cepel' 87b; case & focus', see also case, discourse & focus; Korean: Lee 91; Mbundu: Schadeberg 85; case & fit. see also adj. decl. & flt; case & case-grammar & agency typology & flt; case & cleft sentences & flt; case & discourse & flt; case error & flt; case homonymy & flt; case & prep. & flt; case & sem.rel. & flt; nom. decl. & flt; OBJECT (object & case & flt); English (for Japanese) vs. Japanese: Makino & Umeda 73; German: Bolte & Reith 91, Fourquet 79, Jordens 83a, Kwakernaak 89, Kwakernaak 91; Japanese vs. English (for Japanese): see English; (Classical) Latin: Heilig 85; Russian: Mayer 76, Zulpukarov 91; Russian (for Armenian students): Madoyan 88a; Russian (for Bulgarian students): Poromanska 74; Russian (for English students): Thompson 80; Tamil: Pillai 85; case & flt& semantic relation: see also case & semantic relation; Slavic: Tobin 85; case & free relative clause: German: Pittner 91; case & frequency: see also case & semantic relation & frequency; German vs. Russian (scientific prose): see Russian; Russian vs. German (scientific prose): Stroeva 69; Serbo-Croatian: Lukatela, Kostic & Turvey 78; Slovene: Eri-Birk 76; case, frequency & case reduction: Indo-European: Winter 71; case & gapping: Icelandic: Thraínsson 75; case & gender (for persons): see also case & animacy; (16th C) Dutch: Leuvensteijn 86; (Old) English: Lanckvrind 86; (Classical) Latin: Racovită 40; case, gender & parts of speech: general: Velten 32b; casus generalis: (Late) Latin: Iliescu 71; Romance: Iliescu 71; case & government: see also exceptional case marking & government, raising; Hebrew: Berman 78; Japanese: Saito 83; Polish: Franks 83; case & government by deverbal noun: Udi: Pancvidze 60; case, government & inverted minimality, topic-island effect: English: Ura 92; case, grammatical categories & ergativity: see also case & ergativity; Australian: Comrie 78c, Dixon 76a, Robins 79; case & grammatical relation [gram, rel.]: see also case & semantics, gram, rel., pragmat­ ics; case, sentence structure & gram. rel.; determinedness & case, gram. rel., wordorder; GRAMMATICAL RELATION (gram. rel. & reflexive & anteceding case; gram, rel. & word-order vs. case); PARTICIPATION (participation & case, case-grammar, gram. rel., semantic relation); WORD-ORDER (word-order, case & gram. rel.); gen­ eral: Levin 83, Shibatani 83; Australian: Blake 85b; Azerbaijani (dialects): Ghamalov 79; English vs. German: Hawkins J. 86; German vs. English: see English; Georgian: O'Grady 79; Hindi: Saksena 82a; Icelandic: Valin 91; Japanese: Inoue 70, Shibatani 77; Korean: O'Grady 91, Shibatani 76c, Shibatani 77; Rapanui: Alexander 81; Romance: Martinet 86;

474

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

case, gram. rel. & ergativity (vs. nominative-accusative type): see also case & ergativity; NOMINATIVE (nominative-accusative type & ergativity); general: Shibatani 83; Polynesian: Chung 76a; case, gram. rel. &. event chain: general: Croft 91, Palmer 92; Australian: Blake 85b; German: Smith 85; Newari: Langacker 88a; case & gram. rel, semantics, pragmatics: see case & semantics case & gram. rel. & verb agreement: see also case & (verb) agreement; Hindi: Saksena 81; case & 'gustar' verb: Spanish: Aoki 92; case homonymy: see also case syncretism & case neutralization/homonymy; Dravidian: Ananthanarayana 75; Indo-Aryan: Ananthanarayana 75; Polish: Sul'ga 85; Russian: Sul'ga 85; (Belo-)Russian: Sul'ga 85; Ukrainian: Sul'ga 85; case homonymy &flt: Russian: Madoyan 87, Madoyan 88b; case & incomplete sentence: German: Jordens 83c; case & infinitive: Mari: Kokla 86; case & inflexion: Japanese: Ostler 80b; case & influence of other languages: (Old) Russian: Popova 76; (Old) Slavonic: Popova 76; case & invariance: Czech: Plewes 77; Russian: Plewes 77; case levels: see also case & case tier approach; general: Yip, Jackendoff & Maling 87; case & lexicase-grammar: see also case & semantic relation & lexicase grammar; case & word-order, relator nouns & lexicase-grammar; CASE THEORIES (LEXICASEGRAMMAR); general: Starosta 72, Starosta 88, Turner 90; (South) Asian: Starosta 85b; Mandarin: Starosta 82; case & lexicase-grammar & machine translation: Chinese: Yi Qiao 88; case & localist approach: general: Croft 91, Langacker 90; (Classical) Latin: Gustafsson 898, Hidén 896, Hidén 899, Hjelmslev 72, Laurie 859, Robins 74; Mandarin: Starosta 82; case & localist-causal approach: (Classical) Latin: Michelsen 843; case & (stoician) logics: general: Hadot 66; case & loan morphology: see also nominal declension of foreign nouns; Rumanian: Blaylock 75, Close 72; case & markedness: Polish: Laskowski 89; case marking hypothesis vs. case ordering hypothesis & dative intransitive verb, 'have ... done' construction: Japanese: Tonoike 75-76; case & material nouns: Polish: Tixomirova 88; case & mathematical model: general: Marcus 63, Revzine 65, Schwartz-Popa-Burcä 71; Rumanian: Schwartz-Popa-Burcă 71; case & morpho-syntax: see also case & syntax; syntactic vs. morphological case; general: Silverstein 81; case & movement: see also case shift; case & wh-movement; Irish: McCloskey 85; case & nominal/adjectival predicate of copula & word-order: Russian: Hentschel 92; case & NP-coordination: Korean: Cho & Morgan 86;

Subject Index

475

case & number, see also (adjectival, nominal) declension; Tocharian: Winter 67; case & numerals: (Old) English: Hofmann 82; (Old High) German: Hofmann 82; (Old) Frisian: Hofmann 82; case & (cardinal) numerals & animacy: see also case & animacy; Russian: Mel'cuk 80b; case & origin of preposition: see also case & preposition; Lithuanian: Belić 57-58; case & paradigmatics: Russian: Rusakova 88; case & parasitic gap construction: English: Kiss 86-87, Nakajima 85-86, Nakajima 90; Hungarian: Kiss 85-86, Kiss 86-87; case particle (deletion): Japanese: Hinds 77, Miyahara 74; Korean: Hinds 77; (Proto-) Manobo: Harmon 74; case & percolation grammar: Japanese: Ono 87a; case & periphrase & grammaticalization: see also case & tendency toward analytical construction; Estonian: Stolz 90; Latvian: Stolz 90; case & personal, impersonal, passive constructions: see also PASSIVE (passive & case); general: Danielsen 83; case & possession: see also POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & extensive case); (Colloquial Israeli) Hebrew: Ziv 76; (Uzbek-Uigursk vs. Oguzk vs. Kypchak) Turkish: Blagova75; case & postposition: see also case & preposition; case & preposition, postposition; PREPOSITION (postpositions; (from) postposition (to) case-affix); Caucasian: Schmidt 76; (Literary) Raeto-Romance: Fries 91; Mordvin: Gheno 75; case & pragmatics: see also adverbial case & discourse, pragmatics; case & semantics, pragmatics, gram, rel.; free case & discourse, pragmatics; WORD-ORDER (wordorder & syntax vs. pragmatics & case); general: Silverstein 76, Valin & Foley 80; Finnish: Hoover 84; case & pragmatics & preposition: German: Schützeichel 79a; case &Jvs. preposition [prep.]; prep, phrase: see also case & origin of prep.; case & pragmatics & prep.; case, semantic relation & prep. phrase; case & tendency toward analytical construction; prep.-preverbs & case; OBJECT (bare object vs. prep. object; oblique case & prep.); PREPOSITION (from postposition to case-affix; prep. govern­ ing two or three cases; prep. & noun in a non-recognizable case; prep. stranding & case); TEMPORALITY (prep. & case as adverb of time); general: Beard 84-85, Eroms 81a, Luraghi 82; Bulgarian: Minceva 72; Czech: Brandner 74-75; (Old) Egyptian: Cetveruxin 75; (Old) English: Ziglado 61; German: Cernysenko 85, Edman 879, Eroms 83, Fourquet 52, Fries 88, Glazunova & Rozen 63, Knobloch & Schaeder 85, Valentin 75; German vs. English, French, Russian: Engelen 70; German vs. Serbo-Croatian: Bogner 88-89; (Literary) German: Wordset 27; (16th C Lower Rhine) German: Tervooren 79; (18th C Goethe) German: Castren 66; (Ancient) Greek: Luraghi 88; (Attic) Greek: Moreux 68; (Classical) Latin: Binkert 70, Brown 34, Luraghi 89, Mathews 39, Moreux 68, Pottier 57, Pottier 62, Rubio 66; (Late) Latin: Kamínková 66, Milham 61; (Merovingian) Latin: Bourciez 886; Polish: Borsley & Jaworska, Karolak 65; Russian: Bezrukova 90, Dvinjaninova 78, Gladney 86, Janko-Trinickaja 86, Ledenev 71, Schooneveld 78; Serbo-Croatian: Lukatela, Kostic & Turvey 81; Serbo-Croatian vs. German: Bogner 88-89; Slavic: Ulicny 74; (Old) Slavic: Xodova 66; (Norrbotsmål) Swedish: Reinhammar 79-80;

476

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

case (error) & prep. & flt: see also case error; German: Viorel 84; German (Dutch native speakers): Quix 78; case & prep. & grammatical priming'. Serbo-Croatian: Lukatela, Feldman, Kostic & Turvey 83; case & prep., postposition', see also case & postposition; Osean: Nocentini 92; Umbrian: Nocentini 92; case & prep. & preverb: (Attic) Greek: Moreux 78; Russian: Oliverius 72; case vs. prep. (& valency): (Classical) Latin: Théoret 82; Rumanian: Repina 68; Russian: Widnäs 73; case & preverbial: Caucasian: Schmidt 76; case & PRO & licensing of lexical arguments: Icelandic: Sigurosson 91; case processing by normal brain hemispheres & nominative case: Serbo-Croatian: Todorović 88; case & prolog programming: Serbo-Croatian: Presic 90; case & proper name: (18th C) German: Penzl 82; case & redundancy: Arabic: Blau 77; case resisting principle & clausal complement: English vs. Romance: see Romance; Romance vs. English: Kempchinsky 92a; Spanish: Plann 86; case & semantics: see also case, classification & semantics; English: Blake 30; Russian: Moisejev 88; Slavic: Brecht & Levine 86b; case &. semantics & case linking theory: see also case linking theory; Sanskrit: Ostler 80a; case & semantics, gram. rel, pragmatics: Japanese: Shibatani 82; case & semantic relation [sem. rel.]: see also case, flt & sem. rel.; PARTICIPATION (participation & case, case-grammar, gram. rel., sem. rel.); PASSIVE (passive & case & sem. rel.); PREDICATE (adjunct predicate & licensing & sem. rel. & case); SEMANTIC RELATION (sem. rel. & case (& lexicon/lexicography)); TRANSITIV­ ITY (transitivity & case, sem. rel.); general: Blake 30, Bruce 75, Haas 90, Jankowski 87, Kilby 78, Lorenzi 86, Rauh 88, Starosta 72, Starosta 76, Wierzbicka 82; English: Blake 30, Gardner 80, Jespersen 891, Rauh 88, Starosta 76; English vs. Malayalam: Philipose 84; French: Boer 28; German: Czepluch 88a, Regula 60; German (child language): Clahsen 84; Hindi: Saksena 82a; Icelandic: Valin 91; Japanese: Inoue 70; Kalkatungu: Blake 76b; Korean: O'Grady 91; (Classical Latin): Boer 28, Carvalho 80b, Lehmann 85c; Malayalam vs. English: see English; Mandarin: Huang 85; Manipuri: Chelliah 87; Newari: Hung 88; Russian: Kilby 73/77, Klobukov 86, Lönngren 83, Sudakov 71; Sanuma: Borgman 74; Slavic: Brecht & Levine 86b, Hamilton 74; Sora: Starosta 73b; Tamil/Telegu (bilingual child language): Lakshmi 83-84; case vs. sem. rel. vs. agreement: general: Marantz 91; case & sem. rel. & clause type: (South-East) Asian: Liem 78b; case & sem. rel. & cognitive science: general: Rosner & Somers 80; case & sem. rel. & ergativity: see also case & ergativity; (Common) Daghestinian: Gigineisvili 76; case & sem. rel. ά extended standard theory: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEO­ RY (extended standard theory)); Russian: Babby 86;

Subject Index

All

case & sem. rel. &flt (reading comprehension)'. Hebrew: Tobin 81b; Rumanian: Tobin 81a; case & sem. rel. & frequency: see also case & frequency; Russian: Fenk-Oczlon 90, Greenberg 74; case & sem. rel. & lexicase grammar: see also case & lexicase-grammar; general: Starosta 88; case & sem. rel. & lexicon/lexicography: see also case & lexicon; SEMANTIC RELA­ TION (sem. rel. & lexicon); general: Starosta 74; English: Starosta 74; case & sem. rel. & prep, phrase: Dutch: Perridon 91b; German: Fries 88a; Swedish: Perridon 91b; case & sem. rel & psych verb: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (casegrammar & psych verb)); English: Croft 90b; case & sem. rel. & semiotics: German: Nees 85; case & sem. rel. & speaker's egocentrism & topicality: general: Wierzbicka 81; case & sem. rel. & subject: Tamil: Lindholm 76; case & sem. rel. & tagmemic view: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-grammar & tagmemic view)); general: Franklin 74, Piatt 71a; English: Franklin 74, Platt 71a; case & sem. rel. & word-meaning: English: Uhlenbeck 85; case & sentence comprehension/structure (& grammatical relation): see also AGENT (agent & case, animacy, N-V agreement & sentence comprehension); English vs. Hungarian: see Hungarian; German: Phillips 87; Hungarian vs. English: Pléh 89; (Lakhota) Dakota: Valin 86b; Serbo-Croatian (child language): Mimica 87-88; case, sentence structure & counter equi: Japanese: Kuroda 78; case shift & verb concord: Georgian: Bowers 84, Braithwaite 73; case & socio-linguistics: Mandarin: Huang 85; case & speech event level: (Classical) Latin: Carvalho 80a; case & style: Russian: Schupbach 87; case syncretism [case syn.]: see also case & case reduction; nominal declension & case syn.; DATIVE (dative & case syn.); GENITIVE (genitive & dative & case syn.); LOCATIVE (locative & case syn.); general: Plank 78, Plank 80, Serbat 89; (Old) French: Hupka 82, Laubscher 21/65; (Old to Modern) French: Reenen & Schøsler 86; Georgian: Aronson 77; German: Jordens, De Bot & Trapman 89; (Low) German (spoken in the USSR): Jedig 81, Luraghi 86d; (Ancient) Greek: Rizzi 85; (Mycenaean) Greek: Hettrich 85, Lejeune 73, Moreschini Quattordio 71, Morpurgo Davies 60, Panagl 83; Indo-European: Luraghi 87b, Serbat 89; (Classical) Latin: Calboli 83, Coleman 76, Mignot 78a, Mignot 78b; (Late) Latin: Iliescu 71; (U.S.A.) Lithuanian: Reklaitis 80; Romance: Hall 80, Iliescu 71; Russian: Chvany 86a, Kilby 82; (Old/11th20th C North-Western) Russian (dialects): Cepel' 87a, Galinskaja 91; Slavic: Hamilton 74; case syn. & case neutralization/homonymy: see also case homonymy; general: Bíly & Pettersson 88; case syn. & categories of masculinity/animacy: see also case & animacy; Lusatian vs. Slavic: Sewc-Schuster 78; Slavic vs. Lusatian: see Lusatian;

478

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

case syn. of oblique cases: (Classical) Arabic vs. Arabic (sedentary dialects): Miller 86; (Old) Germanic: Delbrück 07; case &/vs. syntax: see also case & morpho-syntax; WORD-ORDER (word-order & syntax vs. pragmatics & case); general: Czepluch & Janßen 84, Franks 85, Groot 39, Hueser 863; Basque: Bouda 72; German: Askedal 86a, Glinz 71; (Medieval Western) Hindi: Ridgeway 86; Indo-European: Krahe 72; (Classical) Latin: Lavency 69/79; Lithuanian: Fraenkel 28; (Vinaya-Pitaka) Pali: Hinüber 68; Russian: Babby 80a, Schooneveld 86b; case & syntax & natural language parsing: Czech: Pala 88; case & tendency toward analytical construction: see also case & periphrase & grammaticalization; case & transition from case- to word-order-system; nom. decl. & analytical construction; general: Muñoz Valle 69; English: Kondo 76, Kondo 77, Kondo 78, Lebow 54; ((Early) Middle) English: Byniyatova 82, Draugelattes 893; (Middle) French: Byniyatova 82; Russian: Fleckenstein 77; case & theme & the domain of movement & lexicalist approach: English: Fitzpatrick 86; case & transition from case- to word-order-system: see also case & loss of case; case & tendency toward analytical construction; (Old) English: Collins 84; case & transition from case- to word-order-system & verb-object relation: (Old to Modern) English: Marchand 51; case & translation: English vs. French: Liem 78a; French vs. English: see English; case & unaccusativity: general: Belletti 86; Icelandic: Zaenen & Maling 84a; case & variables: English: May 83; case variation: see case alternation case & verb classification: Japanese: Ono & Matsubara 85; Waris: Brown 88; Yami: Jeng 81; case & verbal declension: Eskimo: Erichsen 44; case & verb derivation: Sora: Starosta 71b; case & verb-phrase: Icelandic: Sigurösson 89; Japanese: Shishido 85; case as underlying verb: general: Miller 70; case visibility principle & case linking & empty categories: see also case linking theory; general: Levin 84; English: Levin 84; case & wh-movement: see also case & movement; Arabic: Farghal 87; case & word-order: see also bi-casual system & word-order; case & agreement & verbsecond; case, case reduction & word-order; case-marking of nominal/adjectival predi­ cate of copula & word-order; case & sentence comprehension/structure; case & transition from case- to word-order-system; declension system & word-order; determinedness & case, gram. rel., word-order; WORD-ORDER (word-order & case & gram. rel.; word-order & syntax vs. pragmatics & case); general: Maxwel 83; Arabic: Moore 87; English vs. German: Hawkins J. 86; (bilingual) French & German (child language): Meisel 86; German vs. English: see German; (bilingual) German & French (child language): see French; Mandarin: Sun & Saxon 89; Russian: Hentschel 92; Udi: Harris 84; case & word-order, relator nouns & lexicase-grammar: see also case & lexicasegrammar; Mandarin: Starosta 85a; case & word-order & stress & simplicity: (U.S.A.) Lithuanian: Reklaitis 80; causative & case: see CAUSATIVE complementation & case: see COMPLEMENT

Subject Index

479

complex sentences and case: Japanese: Ono 87b; contextual case: Malagasy: Kempf 72; contracted case: see also PREPOSITION (contraction of preposition with case-inflected definite article); (Classical) Latin: Radford 08; declension system [decl.]: German: Kern & Zutt 77; (Old) French vs. (Classical) Latin: Plank 79a; (Classical) Latin vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; Slovak: Trubetzkoy 37; decl. & conjugation: (Classical) Latin: Taylor 91; decl. system & chain of events: Czech (child language): Paccsová 83; decl. system & word-order: Czech (child language): Paccsová 83; determiner decl: German: Jett 75; determinedness & case, gram. rel, word-order: see also case & gram. rel.; Finnish: Wexler 76; Russian: Wexler 76; deverbal nominalization & case: Quechua: Lefebvre & Muysken 88; direct case: see NOMINATIVE direct vs. oblique case: see OBJECT disjunctive use of cases: (Early) Sanskrit (Brāhmanas Prose): Örtel 23; double object construction & case: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION etymology of the word 'case': (Ancient) Greek: Lejeune 50; exceptional case marking: see also NOMINATIVE (nominativus-cum-infinitivo vs. accusativus-cum-infinitivo & exceptional case-marking); SUBJECT (subject-to-object raising & exceptional case-marking); VALENCY (government, proper government & exceptional case marking); general: Bouchard 83; existential construction & case: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION free case: see also ABLATIVE (free ablative); ABSOLUTE CASE CONSTRUCTION (absolute construction & case); DATIVE (free dative); GENITIVE (free genitive); OBJECT (free oblique case); (Old High to Modern) German: Baeva 80; free case & discourse, pragmatics: (Oklahoma Seminole Creek) Muskogee: SchuetzeCoburn 87; Russian: Krylova 76; from case-ending to gender-ending: (Middle) Dutch: Hermkens 85; impersonal construction & case: see SUBJECT implicit case: general: Kastovsky 81; implicit case & change of meaning: English: Schendl 83; inalienable possession & extensive case: see POSSESSIVE indefinite case & nominative: see also case & definiteness; (Proto-)Indo-European vs. (Old Novgorodsk dialect) Russian: Ivanov 85; (Old Novgorodsk dialect) Russian vs. (Proto-)Indo-European: see (Proto-)Indo-European; indefinite case & proper name: general: Schmidt 80; Hittite: Schmidt 80; indirect object & case: see INDIRECT OBJECT locative & case: see LOCATIVE measure/quantification & case (partitive genitive, dative, nominative, von + dative, accusative): see QUANTIFICATION middle construction & case: (Yukulta) Gayardilt: McConvell 76; move case & raising: Quechua: Lefebvre & Muysken 82; multiple case marking: see case alternation

480

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

nominal declension [nom. decl.]: Agaw: Hetzron 76b; (Berat Tosk) Albanian: Newmark 62; (Classical to Modern) Armenian: Schmidt 87; Avestan: Tichy 86; (16th C Biscayen) Basque: Lafon 75; Bulgarian: Bjørnflaten 81, Cesko 70, Meyer 23, Minceva 72; English vs. Russian: see Russian; (Old) English: Ross 76; (Old) French: Spence 85, Walker 87, Woledge, Beard, Horton & Short 67, Woledge, Erk, Grout & MacDougall 69, Woledge 73; (Old) French vs. (Classical) Latin vs. Rumanian: see (Classical) Latin; (Old) Georgian: Imnaisvili 57; German: Durrell 77, Hermodsson 68, Jett 75, Marko 72, Rettig 72, Spitz 67, Wied Jørgensen 87; (Early New High) German: Wegera 87; (Old High to (Grisons Modern)) German: Ludwig 93; German vs. Swabian: Frey 73; German (gypsy dialect): Katz 74; German (literary speech): Ljungerud 55; (Kals/Osttirol) German: Lipoid 76; German (dialects): Shrier 65; Germanic: Bammesberger 90, Klein 91; (Ancient to Modern) Greek: Seiler 77b; Hittite: Cop 78; Indo-European: Beekes 85, Erhart 67, Gray 32, Lehmann 58, Maziulis 70, Michelini 76, Schmalstieg 77, Shields 78, Shields 82c, Specht 47, Villar 74; (West-)Indo-European: Schmidt 90; Italian: D'ovidio 873; (Central) Italian (dialect): Merlo 11; Italic: Lejeune 72; Kalmyk: Kotwicz 16-18; Kartvelian: Topuria 56a; Kartvelian vs. Svan: see Svan; (Classical) Latin: Herman 85, Tregder 839; (Classical) Latin vs. (Old) French vs. Rumanian: Repina 90; (Merovingian) Latin: Sas 37; (non-classical) Latin: Dardel & Gaeng 92; (Körsovan) Latvian: Lelis 70; Nasioi: Hurd 77; Opata: Shaul 90; Polish: Schenker 64; Polish (child language): Smoczyńska 72; Raeto-Romance: Schmid 51-52; (Proto-)Romance: Dardel & Gaeng 92; Rumanian: Repina 81; Rumanian vs. (Classical) Latin vs. (Old) French: see (Classical) Latin; Russian: Jakobson 71b; (16th C) Russian: Unbegaun 35; (17th C) Russian: Burtseva 73; Russian vs. English: Barxudarov 72; Serbo-Croatian: Bidwell 70, Feldmann & Fowler 86; Slovene: Oblak 890; Sogdian: Sims-Williams 82; Svan: Machavariani 60, Topuria 27, Saradzenidze 55; Svan vs. other Kartvelian: Topuria 44; Tairora: Vincent 73; Tocharian: Petersen 39; (Uzbek-Uigursk vs. Oguzk vs. Kypchak) Turkish: Blagova 75; Ukrainian: Carlton 71, Zagnitko 90; Vedic: Lanmann 880, Tichy 86; Welsh: Poppe 91; Yakut: Stachowski 89; (weak) nom. decl: German: Antonsen 73; nom. decl & alternation: see also case alternation; Polish: Stankiewicz 55; nom. decl & analytical construction: see also case & tendency toward analytical construc­ tion; (Svinita) Serbian: Tomici 79; nom. decl & case agr.: see also case agr.; (Old) French: Schøsler 85; nom. decl & case syn.: see also case syn.; (Old) English: Stewart 75; nom. decl categories: Ukrainian: Zagnitko 87; nom. decl & change of gender or process of analogy: (Old) English: Sandred 91; nom. decl & defectivity: see also non-inflected noun/adjective; Russian: Arutjunjan 88; nom. decl & electronic analysis: general: Negrescu & Schveiger 68; nom. decl & first language teaching: German: Bettelhäuser 76; nom. decl & fit: German: Ekkert 68, Frey 75, Seidel 80, Viorel 84; Russian (for Czech students): Kopeckij 71-72, Nayer 76; nom. decl of foreign nouns: see also case & loan morphology; German: Carstensen 81, Poitou 87; nom. decl of foreign personal names: Czech (of Slovak names): Knappová 88; nom. decl ά psychological theory: French: Guillaume 39;

Subject Index

481

nom. decl. & reduncancy: Arabic: Ambros 72; nom. decl. of surname: Russian (of Ukrainian names): Xemcenko 85; nom. decl. & syntactic congruence: Czech: Korensky 70; . derivation & case: Indo-European: Haudry 78; nominal ergativity & case: see ERGATIVITY nominative, accusative & postposition & case-topic restriction: see NOMINATIVE nominativ -accusative type & asymmetric case-assignment: see NOMINATIVE non-inflected noun/adjective: see also adj. decl. & defectivity; nom. decl. & defectivity; Russian: Arutjunjan 86; object & case: see OBJECT origin of case: Altaic: Dulson 73; Romance: Gaeng 83; participation & case, case-grammar, gram, rel, sem. rel: see PARTICIPATION passive & case: see PASSIVE predicate & case: see PREDICATE prep.-preverb & case: see also case & prep.; (Ancient) Greek: Hessinger 74; (Classical) Latin: Lehmann 83; preverbal case: (Wellega) Oromo: Biber 84; Somali: Biber 84; pronoun & case: see PRONOUN quantification & case: see QUANTIFICATION quirky case (oblique subject or genitive/dative direct object): see also OBJECT (oblique as subject); Icelandic: Sigurösson 92, Valin 91; re-interpretation of case-ending: Dutch: Royen 43; relative clause & case: see RELATIVE CLAUSE rests of case & language change: German: Teichtmeier & Wurzel 89; split case: Australian: Silverstein 76; Dyirbal: Heath 76a; Ritharngu: Heath 76a; split case & predictability: Japanese: Yanagida 85; split case & verb split & tense/aspect/mood: see also case & aspect; general: Tsunoda 81; subject & case: see SUBJECT syntactic vs. morphological case: see also case & morpho-syntax; general: Straten 84; (Old to Modern) English: Allen 90, Gelderen 91, Kemenade 87, Platzack 89; German: Straten 84; structural case: English: Tanaka 86; theta-role, case: see SEMANTIC RELATION topicalization & that-tracc & case conflict: see TOPIC transitivity & case: see TRANSITIVITY ungrammatical case: see case error valency & case: see VALENCY verbal case: English: Roberts 84; CASE THEORIES CASE-GRAMMAR [C-G] (see also CASE; CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY); SEMANTIC RELATION) general: Abraham 71b, Abraham 78b, Abraham 78c, Anderson 72, Anderson 73a/75, Anderson 75a, Anderson 75b, Anderson 76, Anderson 77, Anderson 80b, Anderson 86a, Anderson 71, Anderson & Dubois 75, Arutjunova 73/75, Authier 89, Authier 91,

482

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Babcock 72, Bayer 73, Boas 77, Boas 80, Boeder 71a, Borsley 89, Buckingham 73, Cabral 77, Cate 76, Cervoni 91, Cook 70, Cook 71b, Cook 72a, Cook 89, Dahl 79/85/87, Dirven & Radden 87b, Dubois-Charlier 75, Elst 84, Eroms 90, Figge 78, Fillmore 68b/ 71, Fillmore 71/75, Fillmore 75, Fillmore 77/81, Fleischmann 82a, Fletcher 71, Heger 77, Helbig 86, Huber 78, Huddleston 70, Hurford 81, Janse 90, Kacnel'son 88, Köhler 88, Lee 71a, Mackenzie 78, Mackenzie 80, Mackenzie 81b, Marino 72, McCawley 70, Meinhard 76, Mellema 74, Meyer 85, Micewicz 73, Morin 69, Murru 80b, Nemoianu 72, Niéger 73, Pana Dindelegan 72, Pleines 74, Pleines 81b, Quain 87, Radden 85, Ružička 81, Seyfert 81, Stalker 75, Zimmermann 70; Afrikaans: Stadler 76; Amharic: Hetzron 70; Child language: Müller 81; Dutch: Coppen 88, Langendonck 74; English: Anderson 69/'71d, Arutjunova 73/75, Baer 79, Bleecker 76, Boas 77, Boas 80, Boas 88, Cabral 77, Cook 70, Cook 71b, Cook 89, Corder 68, Fillmore 68b/71, Fillmore 71/75, Fillmore 75, Fillmore 77/81, Fink 78b, Fletcher 71, Hutchins 75, Mellema 74, Meyer 83, Meyer 85, Morin 69, Nemoianu 72, Nilsen 70, Platt 71a, Stalker 75, Yamanashi 83; English vs. German: see German; English (child language): Braine & Hardy 82, Dale 74, Edwards 73, Müller 81, Sørensen 74; (Old) English: Anderson 85, Anderson 86a, Baron 74, Moessner 76, Traugott 72, Wagner 69; (Literary) English: Cook 73b, Hurst 87; (Old literary) English: Logan & Logan 90; (Poetic) English: Bivens 74; (Bilingual) English & Italian (child language): Kessler 76; ergative languages: Klimov 83; French: Donaldson 73, Figge 74, Godin 75-76, Hesse 78, McLure & Reed 87; German: Abraham 72, Boas 77, Boas 80, Connolly 87, Critchley 83, Döpke 82, Eroms 90, Fink 78b, Hall 76, Meisel & Pleines 71, Seyfert 81, Zeh 80, Zoeppritz 77; German vs. English: Lattey 82, Rohdenburg 69; Hindi: Balachandran 73, Saksena 75; Hungarian: Jovanovic 89; (Old) Icelandic: Games 73; Indo-European: Krisch 84; (Bilingual) Italian & English (child language): see English; Japanese: Sasaki 71; (Biblical) Latin: Dinneen 85; (Classical) Latin: Carvalho 85, Hanegreefs 75, Hanegreefs 75-76, Harris 75/79; Literary language: Cook 73b; Portuguese: Crişean 77; (Early) Romance: Harris 75; Russian: Corbett 81, Kilby 73/77, Ružička 81; Samoan: Chapín 70; Sanskrit: Cardona 74; Serbo-Croatian: Jovanovic 89; Slavic: Jovanovic 89; Spanish: Contreras 70, Green 75, McCoy 74, Staczek 73, Staczek 76, Wilson 85; Sre: Haudricourt 73; Swedish: Brodda 76b, Evans 75; Swedish (child language): Lindhagen 76; Waray: Diller 70; (Isekiri) Yoruba: Omamor 78; accusative of qualification & c-g: see ACCUSATIVE case & c-g: see CASE case, event structure & quantor: see CASE c-g vs. abstract syntax vs. lexicalism: see also c-g & syntax; general: Starosta 69; English: Starosta 69; c-g vs. actantial grammar: general: Nef 79; c-g & adjective: French: Tutescu 73; c-g & applied linguistics: (Ancient) Greek: Murru 79b; c-g & artificial intelligence/parsing: general: Metzing 81, Samlowski 76, Samlowski 77; Dutch: Bakel 81; English: Samlowski 76, Samlowski 77, Wilks 76; German: Höser 86; Hungarian: Andor 77; c-g & artificial intelligence, slot-theory: general: Charniak 81; c-g &/vs. case-theory, theta-theory (& REST): general: Janßen & Czepluch 84, Kós-

Subject Index

483

Dienes 85; English: Kós-Dienes 85; English vs. Japanese: Ishiguro 89a; Japanese vs. English: see English; c-g & chemistry thesaurus: German: Thiel 77; c-g & clause structure: (South-East) Asian: Liem 74; French: Willems 81; c-g & complementation: Italian: Murru 77a; c-g & componential analysis of verb: general: Potts 78; c-g & (nominal) compounds: Danish: Bauer 78; English: Bauer 78, Hüllen 78; French: Bauer 78; German: Hervé 75, Kürschner 74, Shaw 76; c-g & computational model: English: Friedman 73; c-g & contrastive linguistics: general: Benatova 79; English: Anderson 90; c-g vs. coordination & identity deletion: general: Plank 74; English: Plank 74; c-g & coverbs: Vietnamese: Clark 78, Thompson 82; c-g & deep structure analysis & causality: Rumanian: Wald 85; c-g & descriptive grammar: French: Pouradier Duteil 79; c-g & foreign language teaching [flt]: see also c-g & contrastive linguistics; c-g & lexical fields & flt; psych movement verb & derived adjectives & c-g analysis & flt; general: Fink 76, Göller 81, Mackenzie 81b, Pleines 77, Pleines 81a; English: Allen & Widdowson 88, Cook 85, Göller 81, Halliday 81, Kreidler 74, Mackenzie 81b, Moskey 81, Newton 81, Nilsen 71; English vs. German: see German; French: Brown 71, Brown 72; German: Fink 76, Göller & Wagner 81; German vs. English: Dirven 79, Zimmermann 72b; (Ancient) Greek: Murru 79b; Japanese: Teramura 75; (Classical) Latin: Murru 77c, Murru 79c; c-g & flt & notional syllabus: English vs. German: Strauss 81; German vs. English: see English; c-g vs. functional grammar: general: Mackenzie 81a; English: Mackenzie 81a; c-g vs. generative grammar/semantics: general: Bertoglia Richards 78, Cook 74, Starosta 87b; English: Cook 74, Starosta 87b; c-g & generative semantics &. morphology: Dutch: Moskey 76; c-g & grammatical relation: general: Anderson 82b, Anderson 84a; Finnish (child language): Holzman 75; German: Becker 71; c-g & information retrieval of text data: German: Thiel 82; c-g &. inter-sentence relations & discourse: general: Finn 78; English: Finn 78; c-g & Karaka theory: general: Ananthanarayana 70; English vs. Sanskrit: see Sanskrit; Sanskrit vs. English: Ananthanarayana 70; c-g & language levels: general: Koch 79b; German: Koch 79b; c-g & (automatic) lexicon/ lexicology/ dictionary: see also c-g & subjectivalization, lexicalization; general: Anderson 71c, Anderson 84a, García-Hernández 86, GarcíaHernández 87, Thieleman 88; English vs. German: Boas 78; French: Willems 78; German: Helbig 85a, Rothkegel 82, Steinitz 85; German vs. English: see English; Spanish: García-Hernández 86, García-Hernández 87; c-g & lexical derivation: general: Starosta 71a; English: Starosta 71a; c-g & lexical fields & flt: German: Schreiber 86; c-g & lexicon & valency: English vs. German: Boas 79; German vs. English: see English; c-g & linear order: general: Leys 75; German: Leys 75;

484

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

c-g & localist approach: general'. Aarts 74, Anderson 71a, Anderson 87, Bauer & Boagey 77, Böhm 81, Ebert 74, Kirkwood 79, Langacker 73, Sampson 72; English: Kirkwood 79, Langacker 73; Russian: Freidhof 78; c-g, logics & temporality'. German: Schmitt 86; Russian: Schmitt 86; Serbo-Croatian: Schmitt 86; c-g & matrix model', general'. Cook 72b, Cook 79, Zarechnak 74; English: Cook 72b, Cook 78, Cook 79, Zarechnak 74; c-g & metaphor: English: Lambert 69; c-g & metaphysics: general: Finke 77; c-g & nomina agentis & instrumental: see also INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental & casegrammar); German: Panagl 75; c-g & perfect aspect: English: Dillon 73; c-g vs. prepositional/verbal influence: see also PREPOSITION (preposition 'a' & 'de' & verbs of giving/direction & case-grammar); (Old Church) Slavonic: Minceva 78; c-g & prototype theory: general: Dahl 79/85/87; c-g & psych verb: see also psych movement verb & derived adjectives & c-g analysis; EXPERIENCER (experiencer & verb of remembering/psychological verb & casegrammar); German: Koch 79a; c-g & its psychological validity: English: Shafto 73; c-g & rhetoric: general: D'angelo 76; c-g & semantic networks: general: Welin 75; English: Welin 75; c-g & stativeness: general: Lee 73; English: Lee 73; c-g & subjectivalization, lexicalization: see also c-g & lexicon; general: Lee 72; c-g & subordination: (Classical) Latin: Murru 77c; c-g & syntax: see also c-g vs. abstract syntax vs. lexicalism; French: Willems 78; Finnish (child language): Bowerman 73, Dale 74, Snow 75, Traugott 76; c-g & syntax & nominative case: Sre: Smalley 76; c-g & tagmemic view: see also case & semantic relation & tagmemic view; general: Cook 71a, Cook 73b, Franklin 74, Platt 71a; English: Cook 71a, Franklin 74, Platt 71a; c-g & verb 'schlagen': German: Koch 81b; c-g &. verb(-semantics, -classification): see also SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation of the verb); English: Cook 73c; Finnish: Jämsä 86; French: Anderson 74, Lüdi 83; (Old) Icelandic: Kossuth 80; Persian: Aghbar 82; Tagalog: Ramos 76-74, Schachter 77b; c-g & universality: German: Pleines 78; c-g & word-combination: English (child language): Howe 81a; causative & c-g: see CAUSATIVE complementation & c-g: see COMPLEMENT dative & c-g: see DATIVE derived/denominal adjective &. c-g: Dutch: Dirven 78; English: Dirven 78, Kastovsky 74; denominal verb (conversion) & c-g: English: Dirven 86; directional role & c-g: see DIRECTIONAL ROLE direct object passive & c-g: see DIRECT OBJECT existence, location, possession & c-g: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION 'have' and 'be'-construction & c-g: see POSSESSIVE impersonal construction & c-g: see SUBJECT

Subject Index

485

indirect object & c-g: see INDIRECT OBJECT instrumental & c-g: see INSTRUMENTAL locative & c-g: see LOCATIVE modality & c-g: German: Calbert 71/73; participation & c-g: see PARTICIPATION passive & c-g: see PASSIVE polymorphic, derived noun & c-g: English: Sadrin 91; predicative adjective & c-g: see PREDICATE preposition & c-g: see PREPOSITION pronoun & c-g: see PRONOUN psych movement verb ά derived adjectives & c-g analysis & fit: see also: c-g & psych verb; English (by Japanese): Horiguchi 83; quantifier, coordination & c-g: see QUANTIFICATION reflexive & c-g: see REFLEXIVE semantic relation & c-g: see SEMANTIC RELATION sentence structure & c-g/semantic relation: English vs. Japanese: Ishiguro 89b; Japanese vs. English: see English; serial verb & c-g: English: Nylander 86; stative verb & progressive form & c-g: English: Clark 71; subject & c-g: see SUBJECT topicalization & lexical decomposition & c-g: see TOPIC transitivity & c-g: see TRANSITIVITY translation linguistics & c-g: general: Höhlein 84, Newmark 84a, Newmark 84b, Newmark 85, Newmark 87; English vs. French: Liem 78a; French vs. English: see English; German: Höhlein 84; German vs. Russian: see Russian; Russian vs. German: Fleisch­ mann 82b; valency(-theory) & c-g: see VALENCY verb of exchange & c-g: English: Pam 71; verb phrase & c-g: Thai: Lekawatana 70; verb of movement & c-g: Rumanian: Vaina-Puşcă 73; verb of perception, causation & c-g: French: Fuller 71; verb of remembering & experiencer & c-g: see EXPERIENCER verb + 'with-PP' & c-g/semantic relation: see INSTRUMENTAL CASE-THEORY [C-T] see also ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo & -t vs. raising); CASE (case, semantic relation & extended standard theory); CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAM­ MAR (case-grammar & -t, theta-theory); DATIVE ((non-lexical) dative clitic & c-t, theta-theory); DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION (double object construction & ct); INFINITIVE (infinitive (clause) & -t); INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental & c-t); NOMINATIVE (nominative-dative inversion (& government, c-t; nominative-ergative vs. nominative-accusative & c-t); PASSIVE (passive & c-t); PRONOUN (bound pronoun & oblique case & c-t); REFLEXIVE (reflexive affix & c-t); SUBJECT (empty subject & c-t, anaphor-binding, subject paradox; psych verb & subject & c-t; subject vs.

486

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

object (nominative vs. accusative) & active vs. passive & -t; subject vs. object (nomina­ tive vs. accusative) & semantic -t vs. binding-theory & anaphor); VALENCE (govern­ ment & -t, theta-theory): general: Haider 83/85b; Dutch: Haider 83/85; English: Haider 83/85; Finnish: Milsark 85; German: Czepluch 88b, Haider 83/85; Japanese: Motohashi 90; Norwegian: Haider 83/85; Serbo-Croatian: Leko 89; c-t & binding theory: English: Kayne 79/80/84; French: Kayne 79/80/84; German: Sternefeld 85a; Italian: Kayne 79/80/84; c-t & case filter: see also CASE (case filter); INFINITIVE (infinitival clause & casetheory, case filter); English: Iwakura 81; c-t & case futer & adjaccncy: Lamontagne 86; c-t & (reduction of) case filter & theta-theory: general: Epstein 90; English: Epstein 90; c-t & compound (word-formation): Catalan: Gavarró 89; c-t & conjunction (conjoined NPs or pronouns): English: Schwartz 85; c-t & constituency, word-order: Chinese: Dai 92; c-t &flt: English vs. German: Platt 72; German vs. English: see English; c-t & generalized quantifier NP: general: Hoop 89; c-t & projection principle, raising-to-object, raising-to-subject, possessor raising, toughmovement: general: Massam 85, Massam 85-86; c-t vs. relational grammar: general: Gerdts 90b; c-t & theta-theory: see also c-t & (reduction of case filter) & theta-theory; English: Davis 86; case checking theory & empty categories, theta-role: see also CASE (case & empty categories); general: Brody 85; English: Brody 85; case linking theory & case, predication, transitivity: see also CASE (case & semantics & case linking theory; case visibility principle & case linking & empty categories); Sanskrit: Ostler 79; extended standard theory & case-assignment, wh-movement, government, binding: gen­ eral: Chomsky 80; grammatical relation & case-theory: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION NP-structure & c-t, bounding-theory, binding-theory, control-theory: general: Tanaka 83; English: Tanaka 83; verb particle construction & c-t: English: Fukuda 87; verb of believing & c-t: Portuguese: Ribeiro 89; visibility principle & c-t, theta-theory: general: Gelderen 90; LEXICASE-GRAMMAR general: Bennett 89, Johnson 89, Starosta 81-82; (South) Asian: Starosta 84; English: Starosta 81-82; case & lexicase-grammar: see CASE morphological caus. & lexicase vs. incorporation theory: see CAUSATIVE complementation & lexicase-grammar: see COMPLEMENT lexicase bibliography: general: Starosta 79; lexicase-grammar & case-grammar: (South) Asian: Starosta 85b; lexicase-grammar & perspective & patient centrality: general: Starosta 81-82; English: Starosta 81-82;

Subject Index

487

pronoun reference & lexicase-grammar: see PRONOUN word-order & lexicase-grammar: see WORD-ORDER LOCALIST APPROACH

[LOC. APPROACH]

general: Altendorf 867, Böhm 82, Collinge 80, Girke 77, Holzweissig 877, Marty 10; ablative & loc. approach: see ABLATIVE accusative & loc. approach: see ACCUSATIVE agentive preposition & cognitive grammar (loc. approach): see AGENT cases & loc. approach: see CASE case-grammar & loc. approach: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) causative preposition & cognitive grammar (loc. approach): see CAUSATIVE dative & loc. approach: see DATIVE genitive & loc. approach: see GENITIVE grammatical relation & loc. approach: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION inchoative & loc. approach: Portuguese: Criban 77; instrumental & loc. approach: see INSTRUMENTAL loc. approach & deictic spacc: general: Werth 92; English: Werth 92; locative & loc. approach: see LOCATIVE nominal relation & loc. approach: see also SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & loc. approach); Kati: Strand 85; nominative & loc. approach: see NOMINATIVE possession & loc. approach: see POSSESSIVE semantic relation & loc. approach: see SEMANTIC RELATION vocative & loc. approach: see VOCATIVE THETA-THEORY

[T-T] (see also SEMANTIC RELATION (theta-role))

general: Brody 85; case-grammar & case-theory, t-t: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) case-theory & t-t: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEORY) (non-lexical) dative clitic & case-theory, t-t: see DATIVE government & case-theory, t-t: see VALENCE passive & case-theory, t-t, theta-role: see PASSIVE inalienable possession & t-t: see POSSESSIVE t-t & argument structure & lexicology: English: Jackendoff 85; t-t & case: see also SEMANTIC RELATION (theta-role, case & binding); Russian: Franks 88; t-t & complex predicate: English: Jayaseelan 88; t-t & derived nominals: general: Emonds 86a; t-t & double object construction, predicate attribute in NP, obligatory control: English: Iwakura 86; t-t & psych verb: Spanish: Moore 90; t-t & syntactic categories: general: Emonds 86b; English: Emonds 86b, Iwakura 86; visibility principle & case-theory, t-t: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEORY)

488

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

CAUSATIVE [CAUS.]/CAUSE, CAUSATION, CAUSALITY (see also AGENT; SUBJECT) general: Anderson 70, Babcock 72, Böhm 81, Cate 72, Cole 83, Comrie 76a, Comrie 81b, Comrie & Polinsky 93, Heger 77, Kulikov & Nedjalkov 92a, Kulikov & Nedjalkov 92b, Lee S. 86, Nedjalkov & Silnickij 73, Saksena 83a, Shibatani 73a/75, Shibatani 76a, Shibatani 76b, Talmy 76, Wali 81, Wierzbicka 88a, Xolodovic 69; (Arbëresh) Alba­ nian: Brandi & Savoia 90; Arabic: Premper 91b; (Classical) Arabic: Saad 82; Bantu: Givón 76a; Basque: Brettschneider 91; Bravanese: Abasheikh 79; Chinese: Chappell 91; (Chikasaw) Choctaw: Munro 82b; Chuvash: Kornilov, Xolodovic & Xrakovskij 69; Cushitic: Plazikowsky-Brauner 59; Daghestan: Hewitt 83; Dutch: Dik 80a, Hoekstra 78, Pollmann 75; English: Aissen 79a, DeLancey 84a, Givón 74, Kastovksy 73, Liner 74, McCawley 76, Peterson 85, Talmy 76, Wojcik 73; (American (Sign language)) English: Kegl 85a; Finnish: Volodin, Xolodovic & Xrakovskij 69; French: Aissen 79a, Anscombre 84, Authier & Reed 91a, Baillard 82, Cannings & Moody 78b, Feigenbaum 92, Gaatone 76, Morin 78, Reed 90; French vs. German: Thieleman 87; Georgian: Comrie 76a; German: Brandt 79, Danielsen 79; German vs. French: see French; Halkomelem: Gerdts 80a; Hare: DeLancey 84a; Hindi: Kachru 71, Kleiman 71, Saksena 82b, Saksena 83a; Hindi-Urdu: Kachru 76; Hungarian: Hetzron 76a; Ilok: Gerdts 88; Indic: Krishnamurti 76; Indo-European: Hamp 85; Indonesian: Ferrell 75; Italian: Berrettoni 85, Burzio 78; Japanese: Katagiri 91, Matsubara 84, Matsubara 85, Matsubara 91, Miyagawa 89b, Nagai 85, Ono 84, Shibatani 73b, Shibatani 74, Tonoike 78; Jinghpaw: Maran & Clifton 76; Korean: Cho 87, Gerdts 85, Lee S. 86; Lahu: Matisoff 76; Malayalam: Mohanan 82; Mandarin: Li & Thompson 76c; Meru: Speed Hodges 77; Muskogee: Martin 91; Newari: DeLancey 83, DeLancey 84a; Quechua: Muysken 81; Romance: Zubizarreta 85; Spanish: Bordelois 74, Cano Aguilar 81; Swahili: Samuelsdorff 84; Tagalog: Drossard 84b, Drossard 91c; Telugu: Rao & Bashir 85; Tibeto-Burman: Matisoff 76; Turkish: Aissen 79a, Erguvanli 79; Warurju: Tsunoda 75; anti-caus.: see also TRANSITIVITY (transitivity alternation & anti-caus.); general: Moreno 85; Chuvash: Kornilov, Xolodovic & Xrakovskij 69; Finnish: Volodin, Xolo­ dovic & Xrakovskij 69; caus. & (marginal) agent: see also caus. & force dynamics & agency; caus. + infinitive & passive vs. accessibility & subject of infinitive as agent; direct vs. indirect caus.; indirect caus. & deagentivization; lexical caus. & agent; Yupik: Woodbury 85; caus. & case: see also CASE (case & localist-causal theory); Georgian: Schmidt 66; IndoEuropean: Schmidt 66; Korean: Gerdts 90a; Romance: Goodall 87; (Vuk) SerboCroatian: Gortan-Premk 63-64; caus. & case & constituency: general: Wolf 85; Japanese: Wolf 85; Korean: Wolf 85; caus. & case & relational grammar: Basque: Mejías-Bikandi 90; caus. & case-grammar: see also caus. verb & case-grammar; morphological caus. & lexicase vs. incorporation theory; CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-gram­ mar & deep structure analysis & causality; verbs of perception, caus. & case-gram­ mar)); general: Cate 71-72; Hindi: Balachandran 73; Korafe: Farr 80; caus. & clitic: see also caus. & dative cliticization & goal relation; caus. & specified subject condition & dative cliticization; CLITIC (clitic movement & caus. construc-

Subject Index

489

tion; complement clitic & caus. & theta-role; exclusion of accusative or dative clitic raising in caus. & conceptual thematic structure of the verb); Italian: Radford 79; Romance: Goodall 87; Spanish: Strozer76; caus. & clitic case alternation: French: Reed 92; caus. & clitic climbing: Spanish: Treviño 92; caus. & cognitive grammar: general: Langacker 87a; caus. & dative: see also lexical caus. & dative; caus. & specified subject condition & dative cliticization; caus. & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unergativity, dative verbs; direct (accusative) vs. indirect (dative) caus.; DATIVE (dative causee; dativuscum-infinitivo & caus.); French: Pijnenburg & Hulk 89; caus. & dative verb marker & transitivizing marker: see also caus. & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unergativity, dative verbs; Chadic: Frajzyngier 85b; caus. & dative cliticization & goal: French: Rooryck 88b, Rooryck 88c; causal-to-direct object advancement: see also DIRECT OBJECT (advancement to direct object); Halkomelem: Gerdts 80b; caus. & evidential: (Lhasa) Tibetan: DeLancey 85c; caus. & force dynamics & agency: see also caus. & agent; general: Talmy 85; caus. & formal distance vs. semantic binding: Korean: Lee 85; caus. genitive: see GENITIVE caus. & grammatical relation: general: Wali 81; Hebrew: Cole 76; caus.-inchoative verb & subject-embedding: see also caus. & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unergativity, dative verb; English: Geis 73; caus. + infinitive & passive: see also caus. & subject of infinitive; Italian: Vanvolsem 92; caus. + infinitive & passive vs. accessibility & subject of infinitive as agent: see also caus. & agent; Romance: Radford 78; caus. & lexicon/lexicology: Romance: Goodall 87; caus. & middle construction: English: Szeto 88; caus. & passive: see caus. + infinitive & passive; oblique caus. & passive; caus. preposition (& cognitive grammar (localist approach)): see also ACCUSATIVE (prepositional accusative & caus.); GENITIVE (prepositional genitive & cause); PRE­ POSITION (argument PP vs. co-predicating PP & caus., valency); French: Grymel 88; German: King 88; caus. & reflexive construction & semantic relation: see also caus. & semantic relation; French: Vet 91; caus. & semantic relation: general: Wali 81; English: Silnickij 74; caus. & specified subject condition: French: Morin 77; caus. & specified subject condition & constituent constraint: French: Goldsmith 75; caus. & specified subject condition & dative cliticization: French: Rouveret & Vergnaud 80; caus. & subject: see also causee as subject; caus. verb, perception verb & preverbal subject; SUBJECT (subject inversion & causal adverbial); Spanish: Treviño 92; Swed­ ish: Sundman 87; Wappo: Li 77; caus. & subject of infinitive: see also caus. + infinitive & passive; SUBJECT (subject of infinitive as agent & caus.); French: Cannings & Moody 78a; Spanish: Zagona 82;

490

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

caus. & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unergativity, dative verb: see also caus. & dative verb marker & transitivizing marker; caus.-inchoative verb & subject-embedding; Ro­ mance: Rosen 92; caus. & switch reference: Chechen-Ingush: Nichols 85; Pomo: Nichols 85; (Western) Porno: Oswalt 77; caus. & valency: see also (caus.) verb derivation & valency change; PREPOSITION (argument PP vs. co-predicating PP & caus., valency); English: Silnickij 74; caus. verb: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (verbs of perception, caus. & case-grammar)); INSTRUMENTAL (verb 'use', 'cause' + instrumental (& purpose/ result clause)); English: Goldsmith 84, Szeto 88; caus. verb & case-grammar: see also caus. & case-grammar; Hindi: Shapiro 76; (caus.) verb derivation & valency change: see also VALENCY (valency & valency change); general: Comrie 85b; caus. verb & direct vs. indirect caus. & event structure: see also direct vs. indirect caus.; indirect caus. & deagentivization & involvement; PARTICIPATION (participation & caus.); Dutch: Verhagen & Kemmer 92; caus. verb, perception verb & preverbal subject: see also caus. & subject; (Middle) French: Martineau 92; caus. & verb phrase: Thai: Lekawatana 70; caus. verb & semantic relation: German: Immler 73; causee: see also DATIVE (dative causee); OBJECT (oblique causee); general: Cole 83, Wali 79; Dutch: Verhagen & Kemmer 92; Telugu: Rao & Bashir 85; causee as subject: see also caus. & subject; general: Villalba 92; Catalan: Villalba 92; dative & caus.: see DATIVE derived caus.: Kashmiri: Hook & Koul 84a; direct (accusative) vs. indirect (dative) caus.: see also indirect caus. & deagentivization & involvement; see also caus. & agent; caus. verb & direct vs. indirect caus. & event structure; Spanish: Treviño 92; direct object & caus.: see DIRECT OBJECT ergative & caus.: see ERGATIVITY experiencer caus.: English: McCawley 76a; indirect caus. & deagentivization & involvement: see also caus. & agent; caus. verb & direct vs. indirect caus. & event-structure; direct vs. indirect caus.; English: Ikegami 82a; Japanese: Ikegami 82a; instrumental caus.: see also INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental adverb & caus.; instrumen­ tal & agent & caus. & intentionality); English: Herbert 75, Wojcik 76; lexical caus. & agent: see also caus. & agent; Korean: Lee 75; lexical caus. & dative: see also caus. & dative; Korean: Lee 75; lexical vs. nonlexical caus.: Bantoid: Cooper 76; morphological caus.: general: Wachowicz 76; Korean: Park 88; morphological caus. & affectedness hierarchy: Kashmiri: Syeed 85; morphological caus. & lexicase vs. incorporation theory: Korean: Jeong 88; participation & caus.: see PARTICIPATION

Subject Index

491

periphrastic caus.: Korean: Kang 84; (periphrastic) caus. & intention vs. inadvertence: Thai: Vichit-Vadakan 76; temporal-caus. complement: see TEMPORALITY transitivity & caus.: see TRANSITIVITY CLITIC [CLIT] (see also PRONOUN) general: Borer 86a; Anatolian: Garrett 90b; Catalan vs. Spanish: see Spanish; Estonian: Nevis 82; (Pirahä) Mura: Everett 87; Romance: Saltarelli 89; Spanish: Jaeggli 86b, Strozer 76; (Castillian) Spanish: Cuervo 895; Spanish vs. Catalan: Lunn & DeCesaris 82; Warlpiri: Hale 73a; accusative clit.: see ACCUSATIVE adpositional clit. & word-order: see also clit. & word-order; Somali: Saeed 93; causative & clit.: see CAUSATIVE cliticization: Germanic: Cardinaletti 92; clit. & agreement marker: Romance: Roberge 90; clit. case alternation: see CAUSATIVE (causative & clit. case alternation) clit. (direct object) doubling: see also INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object doubling); OBJECT (object (clit.) doubling); (Pirahä) Mura: Everett 84, Everett 87; Romance: Roberge 90; Spanish: García 75, Jaeggli 86b; clit. (doubling) & object dislocation/extraction/movement: (Standard) Arabic: Borer 81; French: Carroll 82; Hebrew: Borer 81; Hindi: Mahajan 91; Romance: Mahajan 91; Rumanian: Borer 81; Spanish: Jaeggli 86b; clit. movement/advancement/raising/promotion & causative construction: see also exclu­ sion of accusative or dative clit. raising in causative & conceptual thematic structure of the verb; CAUSATIVE (causative & clit. climbing); SUBJECT (subject vs. object (clit.) raising); Italian: Tiel 78; clit. movement & definite subject: Spanish: Luján 86; clit. movement & mood of the verbal infinitival complement: see also COMPLEMENT (infinitival complementation); Spanish: Luján 79; clit. & null subject parameter: Portuguese: Matos & Duarte 84; clit. & topicality & grammatical relation: see also OBJECT (object clit. & topicality); PRONOUN (pronoun vs. clit. & topic); French: Monville-Burston 81; clit. & word-order: see also adpositional clit. & word-order; DATIVE (dative clit. vs. accusative & word-order); (Brazilian) Portuguese: Senday 75; Romance: Kayne 90; Spanish: Dinnsen 72; complement clit. & causative & theta-role: French: Hulk 84; dative clit.: see DATIVE direct object clit.: see DIRECT OBJECT double object construction & clit.: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION exclusion of accusative or dative clit. raising in causatives & conceptual thematic structure of the verb: see also clit. movement; French: Rooryck 92; grammatical relation & clit.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION le/la/loismo: see DATIVE

492

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

object clit.: see OBJECT pronoun vs. clit.: see PRONOUN 'selo': see DATIVE reflexive clit.: see REFLEXIVE subject clit.: see SUBJECT valency-bound vs. -unbound & prefixed verb & abstract clit. hypothesis: see VALENCY COMPLEMENT

[COMPL.]/COMPLEMENTATION

general: Noonan 85; (Egyptian) Arabic: Talaat 87; Diegueño: Gorbett 74; (Old) English: Nagucka 85; Icelandic: Thraínsson 79; Korean: Yang 72; Portuguese: Quicoli 82; adverbial compl: see ADVERBIAL case resisting principle & clausal compl.: see CASE compl clitic: see CLITIC compl vs. adjunct: see VALENCY (valency & dependency; valency-bound vs. -un­ bound); compl. & case-grammar: see also compl. & lexicase-grammar; English: Rudanko 89; compl. or compl-clause & case: see also verb compl. & theories of abstract case, binding; Diegueño: Gorbet 79; Dravidian: Steever 87; Spanish: Vallejo 25; compl & communication: general: Schwitalla 88; German: Schwitalla 88; compl. & lexicase-grammar: see also compl. & case-grammar; Japanese: Lee 90; compl. structure: Dutch: Bresnan, Kaplan, Peters & Zaenen 82; compl. & verba sentiendi: Dutch: Geest 73; direct object compl: see DIRECT OBJECT infinitival compl: see also CLITIC (clitic movement & mood of the verbal infinitival compl.); INFINITIVE (infinitival clause & case-theory, case filter; inflected infinitive & case-theory); SUBJECT (subject of infinitival compl. deletion); TRANSITIVITY (transitive verb + infinitival compl); VALENCY (valency & valency change & infinitival construction); English: Mair 90, McKay 92; French & Italian vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Old) French vs. French & Italian: Pearce 82; (Ancient) Greek: Chaski 87b; Italian & French vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; German: Fanselow 89b; noun compl/attribute: German: Fabricius-Hansen & Stechow 89; null argument: see also VALENCY (zero-valency); Romance: Roberge 90; object compl: see LOCATIVE (spatial compl. vs. object compl.); see also OBJECT ((compl.) object deletion); predicate & argument: see PREDICATE predicate compl: see PREDICATE prepositional object vs. prepositional adverbial (compl): see PREPOSITION (predicate) subject compl: see SUBJECT subject & compl: see SUBJECT temporal-causal complement: see TEMPORALITY verb compl: see also PREPOSITION (prepositional verb-compl.); VALENCY; Dutch: Haider 86; German: Haider 86, Wunderlich 85; (Classical) Latin to (Old) French: StAmour 83; Spanish: McCoy 74; verb compl. & psych verb: Spanish: Moore 90;

Subject Index

493

verb compl. & rection: Spanish: Spitzová 74; verb compl. & theories of abstract case, binding: Bantoid: Perez 86; COMPOUND [COMP] case-grammar & comp.: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) case & comp.: see CASE case-theory & comp.: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEORY) comp, psych-adjectives & the ergative hypothesis: English: Roberts 89; dative & comp.: see DATIVE genitive & comp.: see GENITIVE grammatical relation & comp.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION inner valency & comp.: see VALENCY instrumental vs. nominative & comp.: see INSTRUMENTAL semantic relation & comp.: see SEMANTIC RELATION verbal comp. & unified case marking hypothesis: English: Santinello 91; COPULAR CONSTRUCTION (see also EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION; POSSESSIVE (have/be languages); PRE­ DICATE) general: Bach 67; (Classical) Armenian: Coigneallaig 68; Athabaskan: Landar 67; (Clas­ sical) Chinese: Graham 67; English: Bach 67, Declerck 88, Higgins 73/76, Kirkpatrick & Uszkoreit 82, Mackenzie & Hannay 82; French: Pollock 83; Japanese: Makino 68; Kashmiri: Kachru 68; Mundari: Langendoen 67; Navajo: Landar 67; Shona: Fortune 68; Sumerian: Gragg 68; Thai: Kuno & Wongkhomthong 81; cleft construction: see also CASE (case & cleft sentence & foreign language teaching); EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential & cleft reduction); SUBJECT (exple­ tive subject); SUBJECT (impersonal construction); English: Delahunty 81/82, Delahunty 84, Fichtner 93, Gundel 76, Gundel 77b, Lees 63, Pinkham & Hankamer 75; English vs. Polish: Mieszek 79; French: Laeven 83; Polish vs. English: see English; cleft & contrastive analysis: general: Harries-Delisle 78; cleft & discourse: English: Collins 82; cleft & equation: see also EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential & equational construction); English: Bolinger 72; cleft & grammatical relation, pragmatics, semantic relation: English: Brömser 84; cleft & null operator: English: Heggie 93; cleft & pseudo-cleft: Dutch: Schermer-Vermeer 79; English: Akmajian 69/70, Collins 91, Dik 80b, Green 71, Wirth 78; Jacaltec: Dik 80b; cleft & pseudo-cleft & focus: English: Geluykens 84; cleft & pseudo-cleft & topic vs. comment: English: Hornby 71; cleft & 'th-' vs. 'all': English: Collins 85; cleft & 'wh-' vs. 'it' (& discourse): English: Declerck 84b, Prince 78, Sornicola 88; French: Sornicola 88; Italian: Sornicola 88; Spanish: Sornicola 88; copula: English: Bald 72;

494

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

copular construction involving a predicate nominal with a human referent (it vs. he/she/ they,): English: Declerck 83a, Declerck 84a; copular construction & predicational vs. specificational meaning: English: Declerck 83b; existential 'be': see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION identifying/identificational sentence: see also SUBJECT (subject of identificational sen­ tence); English: Gundel 76; identifying vs. classifying/characterizational sentence: English: Erades 49, Mackenzie & Hannay 82; Thai: Kuno & Wongkhomthong 81; it-cleft & pragmatics: Atlas & Levinson 81; pseudo-cleft: see also PREDICATE (derived predicate & predicative phrase & focused constituent in pseudo-cleft construction); English: Higgins 73/76/79; pseudo-cleft & auxiliary reduction: English: Kaisse 79; verb 'be': (Ancient) Greek: Kahn 66, Kahn 73; Hungarian: Kiefer 68; verb 'be' & its synonyms: (Classical) Armenian: Coigneallaig 68, Verhaar 68; Athabaskan: Landar 67, Verhaar 67; (Classical) Chinese: Graham 67, Verhaar 67; Hungarian: Verhaar 68; Japanese: Verhaar 68; Kashmiri: Kachru 68, Verhaar 68; Mundari: Verhaar 67; Navajo: Landar 67; Shona: Verhaar 68; Sumerian: Verhaar 68; DATIVE [DAT] (see also BENEFICIARY; EXPERIENCER; INDIRECT OBJECT; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; RECIPIENT) general: Blansitt 84, Blansitt 88, Kendall 80; Azerbaijani (dialects): Elizade 86; (Oñate Biscayen) Basque: Rebuschi 79; Child language: Randall 87; (Chikasaw) Choctaw: Payne 82; Czech: Janda 88a, Janda 90, Janda 93; Czech vs. German: Anders 72, Anders 75; Dargwa: Abdullaev 82; Dravidian: Prabhoo 80; Dutch: Besten 82/85; English: Anderson 69/71, Kayne 81/83/84, Öhrle 75; English, (Swedish) vs. German: Koch 81a, Mair 88; English vs. Polish: Konderski 73; (Prose Early Middle) English: Nagel 09; (Old) English: Winkler 896; (Northumbrian Old) English: Page 58; English (child language): Randall 87; French: Barnes 79, Barnes 80, Herslund 88a, Jacob 91, Kayne 81/83/84, Kleineidam 91, Leclère 75/76/79, Öhrle 83-84, Peeters 91; (Old) French: Herslund 80; Georgian: Aronson 77, Jedlicka 62; German: Abraham 71a, Abraham 83a, Besten 82/85, Crouau 83, Czepluch 83-83, Danielsen 80b, Eroms 78, Helbig 78b, Holz 88, Johansen 88, Kotschi 88, Krohn 80, Lutzeier 89b, Maydorn 11, Neumann 87, Paul 20, Pfeffer & Janda 79/82, Sauerbeck 89, Smith 85, Smith 87, Smith 89, Smith 92, Wegener 85a, Wegener 90a, Wegener 91, Winkler 896, Wüllner 827; (Old High) German: Pratje 880; German vs. Czech: see Czech; German vs. English, (Swedish): see English; (Middle High) German: Boon 79b; Germanic: Lass 91; (Old) Germanic: Delbrück 07, Kostjucenko 80b; Gothic: Sturtevant 33c, Winkler 896; (Aeolic) Greek: Lazzeroni 88; (Ancient) Greek: Helbing 28, Humbert 30, Mauro 65, Wüllner 827, Zsilka 65; (Arcadian) Greek: Lillo 86; Hausa: Heide 89, Tuller 84; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85; Hungarian: Erdi 87; (Old) Icelandic: Garnes 73; Ik: Heine 90; Indic: Gowda 74; Indic: Prabhoo 80; Indo-European: Adrados 88, Beekes 73, Haudry 68, Kostjucenko 80a, Villar 81; (Bahasa) Indonesian: Chung 76b; Japanese: Danielsen 80b; Kannada: Tirumalesh 91; Kanuri: Heine 90; Kekchi: Berinstein 90; Korean: O'Grady

Subject Index

495

87b; (Classical) Latin: Bolkestein, Hengst, Holtland & Pinkster 76, Coluci 81, Dittel 873, Dittel 878, Gustafsson 04, Hidén 896, Iber 888, Laborderie 34, Marecková-Stolcová 75, Peine 878, Schlüter 874, Wüllner 827; (Late) Latin: Iliescu & Macarie 64; Latvian: Kärlins 68, Ozols 57, Stolz 87; (Literary) Latvian: Freimāne 65; (Low) Lithuanian (dialects): Grinaveckis 90; Malayalam: Mohanan & Mohanan 90; Mandarin vs. Thai: Hermann 79; (Classical) Nahuatl: Launey 79; (Old) Norwegian: Winkler 896; Polish: Wierzbicka 86c; (16-17th C) Polish: Rzepka 86-87; Polish vs. English: see English; Rigvedic: Delbrück 867a; Rumanian: Avram 65, Avram 77, Cornilescu 87, Iordan 39; (16th C) Rumanian: Chivu 80; Russian: Elzbutas 67, Veyrenc 75, Zajickova 72; Slavic: Poldauf 62; Spanish: Bolinger 50, Delbecque & Lamiroy 92, Fish 68, Kliffer 73, Monzón 84, Roldán 72, Veciana 77; (Costa Rican) Spanish: Berk-Seligson 83; Swedish, English vs. German: see English; Vedic: Gonda 62; absolute dat.: Baltic: Andersen 70; (Old) French: Jensen 86; Gothic: Costello 80; (Ancient) Greek: Rosén 88; Slavic: Andersen 70; (Old) Slavic: Ruzicka 61, Skupskij 87, Stanislav 33-34; (Old Church) Slavonic: Nečázek 57; absolute dat. vs. absolute genitive: see also dat. vs. genitive; (Ancient) Greek vs. (Old) Slavonic, (Church) Slavonic: Skupskij 73; (Old) Slavonic, (Church) Slavonic vs. (Ancient) Greek: see (Ancient) Greek; absolute dat. & temporal dat.: Gothic: Sturtevant 33b; accusative vs. dat.: see ACCUSATIVE adjective (phrase) + dat.: German: Riemsdijk 83; Norwegian: Reinhammar 88; Ruma­ nian: Pana Dindelegan 81; Russian: Aurich 71; Swedish: Reinhammar 88; adjective (phrase) + dat. + genitive: Russian: Aurich 71; adnominal dat.: see attributive dat. adverbal dat.: Norwegian: Reinhammar 73; Swedish: Reinhammar 73; adverbial dat.: (Ancient) Greek: López Facal 74; agentive dat. or dativus commodi after gerund: see also dat. (-instrumental) of agency; le/ lo/laismo & agency hierarchy; general: Cristol 89; (Classical) Latin: Cristol 89; San­ skrit: Cardona 90; analytical dat. [anal, dat.]: see also head noun + anal. dat. vs. attributive genitive vs. nominative; locative dat. & alternative prepositional phrase; prepositional dat.; PRE­ POSITION (preposition 'a'); (Middle) English: Byniyatova 82; French: Barnes 85, Herslund 82b, Herslund 88a, Seelbach 86; (Middle) French: Byniyatova 82; Spanish: Delbecque & Lamiroy 92; anal. dat. vs. accusative & (in)transitivity: (15/16th C) French: Lüdi 78; Raeto-Romance: Lüdi 81/83; anal. dat. vs. dat. pronoun: French: Melis 92; anal. dat. & indirect object: (Late Middle) English (prose): Rantavaara 62; anal. dat. & number: French: Pottier 68; anal. dat. & pronominalization: French: Kristol 87; anal. dat. vs. synthetic dat. (& verb of giving/saying): see also locative dat. & alternative prepositional phrase; prepositional dat. vs. synthetic dat.; Bulgarian: Cesko 57; English: Ellinger 27, Wierzbicka 86b; German: Schöfer 92; Latin: Selig 91; Polish: Brodowska 51; Romance: Selig 91; Russian: Elzbutas 67; anal. dat. instrumental vs. synthetic dat. instrumental: see also dat. (-instrumental) of agency; (Old) English: Dancev 70;

496

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

anti-dat.: ergative languages: Dryer 86a; apposition to a dat./ dat.-apposition: see also dat. as apposition case; German: Förster 72, Gippert 81; athematic dat. & its locative origin: (Ancient) Greek: Morpurgo Davies 76; attributive dat.: (Classical) Latin: Lavency 85; attributive possessive dat.: see also possessive dat.; (Balkan) Latin: Herman 65; attributive prepositional dat.: see also prepositional dat.; Russian: Bryzgalova 70; bare dat.: see synthetic dat. benefactive dat.: French: Deguée-Bertrand 82; benefactive dat. construction vs. 'have' + D.O. + infinitive': see also POSSESSIVE ('have'-construction); Dutch: Schoenmakers & Ende 78; benefactive dat. & verb agreement: see also dat. & agreement; Choctaw: Davies 86; bound dat.: see free dat. vs. bound dat. causative & dat.: see CAUSATIVE contracted dat.: (Classical) Latin: Radford 08; dat. vs. accusative: see also analytical dat. vs. accusative; dat. clitic vs. accusative; le/lo/ laísmo; selo; ACCUSATIVE (prepositional accusative & dat.; preposition + accusative or dat.; syncretism of accusative & dat.); POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & dat. vs. accusative); (Old) English: Collins 79; German: Grosse 62, Neumann 87, Saltveit 68; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85; (Aphasic) Slavic: Vakareliyska 91b; Tamil/Telugu (bilin­ gual child language): Lakshmi 83-84; dat. vs. accusative & word-order: see also dat. clitic vs. accusative & word-order; German vs. Russian: Schtschetinina 73; dat. vs. prepositional accusative: German: Latzel 85, Schmid 81; dat. advancement: see dat. movement dat. & agreement: see also benefactive dat. & verb agreement; dat. direct object & verb agreement; dat. subject & verb agreement; possessive dat. & verb agreement; (Old) Georgian: Kiziria 59; dat. as apposition case: see also apposition to a dat.; German: Bergenholtz 82, Schön­ mann 59; dat. as apposition & foreign language teaching: see also apposition to a dat.; German: Faucher 82; (Written) German: Kostov 91; dat. as apposition to accusative: German: Leirbukt 78; dativus auctoris: see agentive dat. dat. & case-grammar: see also prepositional dat. & locative & case-grammar/lexicalist approach; general: Lima 82; English: Lima 82; (Classical) Latin: García-Hernández 86-87; dat. & case syncretism: see also GENITIVE (syncretism of genitive & dat.); (Ancient) Greek: Sarypkin 85; Indo-European: Kostjucenko 80a, Petersen 18; dat. & case-theory, theta-theory: see INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & case-theory, theta-theory) dat. causee: general: Villalba 92; Catalan: Villalba 92; dat. clitic: see also dat. (clitic) doubling; dat. (clitic) of interest; dat. (clitic) subject; ethical (clitic) dat.; le/lo/laismo; lexical dat. vs. non-lexical (clitic) dat.; possessive dat. clitic; selo; CAUSATIVE (causative & dat. cliticization & goal-relation; causative &

Subject Index

497

specified subject condition & dat. cliticization); CLITIC (exclusion of accusative or dat. clitic raising in causatives & conceptual thematic structure of the verb); POSSES­ SIVE (possessive adjective as dat. clitic); Albanian: Hubbard 81; Balkan; Qvonje 89; French: Authier & Reed 91a, Baillard 82, Barnes 85, Gaatone 84, Pijnenburg & Hulk 89; French vs. Germanic: Pijnenburg 87; Germanic vs. French: see French; Hebrew: Borer & Grodzinsky 86; Rumanian: Cornilescu 87; Spanish: Arnold 28-29, Bickford 85; (Castillian) Spanish: Bastida 76; (non-lexical) dat. clitic: French: Rooryck 88a; (non-lexical) dat. clitic & case-theory, theta theory: see also dat. & case-theory, thetatheory; French: Authier & Reed 91b; dat. clitic vs. accusative & word-order: see also dat. vs. accusative & word-order; CLITIC (clitic & word-order); (Castillian) Spanish: Bastida 76; dat. clitic as origin of middle voice: Indo-European: Shields 84; dativus commodi: Russian vs. Slovak: Vesela 86; Slovak vs. Russian: see Russian; dativus commodi & transitivity: see also agentive dat. or dativus commodi after gerund; German: Zimmermann 85; dat. & compound/nominal combination: Russian: Evseeva 62, Manucarjan 88; dat. & compound/nominal combination & foreign language teaching: Russian (for Armenians): Manucarjan 88; dat. compounding & theme vs. goal & theta-assignment: English: Potter 91; dativus-cum-infinitivo [Dcl]: see also dat. vs. indirect object & Dcl; dat. subject; ACCU­ SATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object dou­ bling & dativus-cum-infinitivo); NOMINATIVE (nominativus-cum-infinitivo); PRE­ POSITION (preposition 'a' & dativus-cum-infinitivo); SUBJECT (impersonal con­ struction & dativus-cum-infinitivo); Baltic: Ambrazas 81, Ambrazas 87; English vs. Polish: Lewandowska 76; French: Pijnenburg & Hulk 89, Postal 83, Rooryck 88b; French & Italian vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Old) French: Pearce 84/86; (Old) French vs. French & Italian: Pearce 82; (Ancient) Greek: Pepicello 77; Italian & French vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Classical) Latin: Pepicello 77; Polish vs. English: see English; Russian: Vojnona 65; Del & causative construction: French: Roegiest 83b; Romance: Roegiest 85; Del & discourse: French: Tasmowski 84; dat. definite article: Rumanian: Coteanu 85; dat. deletion: English: Kimball 71; dat. & dependency: see dat. & valency; dat. direct object: Newari: Cook 88a; dat. direct object & verb agreement: see also dat. & agreement; Choctaw: Davies 86; dat. & discourse: see Del & discourse; dat. movement & discourse; dat. & word-order & discourse; dat. (clitic) doubling: see also dat. personal pronoun doubling; French: Postal 83; IndoEuropean: Haudry 68; Rumanian: Cornilescu 87; Spanish: Bickford 85; dat. vs. ergative: general: Deserieva 72/75; dat. vs. ergative subject: Newari: Cook 88a; dativus ethicus: see ethical dat.

498

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

dat. experiencer. see EXPERIENCER dativus finolis of abstract noun: Vedic: Örtel 41; dat. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see also dat. as apposition & fit; dat. & compound/ nominal combination & fit; dat. vs. indirect object & word-order & flt; dat. mov. & flt; dat. passive & flt; dat. question & flt; dat. verb & flt; German: Wegener 85d; dat. formal ending '-e': (Written) German: Dewaele 65; dat. & freezing principle: English: Culicover & Wexler 73; dat. vs. genitive: see also absolute dat. vs. absolute genitive; dativus sympatheticus & genitive; head noun + analytical dat. vs. attributive genitive vs. nominative; possessive dat. vs. genitive; GENITIVE (preposition 'na' + genitive or dat. & its grammaticalization; syncretism of genitive & dat. feminine); (Old) English: Collins 79; German: Weis 52-53, Weiss 62; Greek: Merlier 31; Vedic: Örtel 38; (from) dat. (to) genitive & animacy: (Middle) Indic: Monville-Burston 91; dat. & grammatical relation: see also dat. movement & grammatical relation; dat. subject & grammatical relation; Japanese: Kageyama 78; dat. vs. indirect object & Dcl: see also analytical dat. & indirect object; possessive dat. & (semi) indirect object; INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & change from possessive to dat.); French: Roegiest 83b; Romance: Roegiest 85; dat. vs. indirect object & word-order & flt: Dutch: Verhagen 84; dat. (-instrumental) of agency: see also agentive dat.; analytical dat. instrumental vs. synthetic dat. instrumental; Indo-European: Green 13; Slavic: Kostjucenko 77; dat. (clitic) of interest: see also dat. clitic; general: Kendall 80; (Classical) Latin: Lavency 85; Spanish: Strozer 78; dat. vs. locative: see also athematic dat. & its locative origin; dat. subject & locative; locative dat.; prepositional dat. & locative; syncretism of dat. & locative; LOCATIVE (dimensional case (terminative, locative, dat.) & adverb); POSSESSIVE (possessive locative & dat. pronoun); Balkan: Naylor 81; Indo-European: Villar 81; Russian: Schefski 87; dat. & localist approach: Czech: Janda 90; German: Smith 87, Wüllner 827; (Ancient) Greek: Wüllner 827; (Classical) Latin: Hidén 896, Wiillner 827; Russian: Miller 74; dat. movement [dat. mov.]; dat. alternation; dat. advancement; 3 —> 2 advancement: see also DIRECT OBJECT (direct object & dat. movement); DOUBLE OBJECT CON­ STRUCTION (double object construction & dat. movement); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & dat. movement; indirect object movement); OBJECT (object move­ ment); SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & dat. movement); (Cairene) Arabic: Kenstowicz & Wahba 80; Chamorro: Gibson 90; Dutch (novels, newspapers): Kirsner 88; English: Channon 82, Harneyer 79, Hammouda 89, Jackendoff & Culicover 71, Kellerman 85, Manczak-Wohlfeld 86, Öhrle 76, Öhrle 78, Öhrle 83, Öhrle 83-84, Ohwada 87, Ritchie 85, Weite 79, Whitney 83; English (child language): Gropen, Goldberg, Hollander, Pinker & Wilson 89, Grimshaw 89, Mazurkewich & White 84, White 87; Eskimo: Johns 84a; French: Legendre 85; German: Czepluch 82-83, Hameyer 79, Matzel 76; Spanish: Gonzáles 85b; dat. mov. & discourse/information flow: English: Erteschik-Shir 79, Thomson 89; dat. mov. & fit: English: Hawkins R. 86, Hawkins 87, Mazurkewich 82, Mazurkewich 84a, Tanaka 87; French: Mazurkewich 84a, Mazurkewich 85a; German: Wegener 89a; Inuit: Mazurkewich 84a, Mazurkewich 85a;

Subject

Index

499

dat. mov. & grammatical relation: Russian: Channon 78; dat. mov. & Montague grammar: English: Dowty 79; dat. mov. & particle movement & anaphoric pronouns: see also INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object movement & particle movement); English: Smaby & Baldi 81; dat. mov. & pronominalization: French: Postal 90; dat. mov. & prototype theory: English (child language): Osgood & Zehler 81; dat. mov. & wh-movement & complex NP-movement: English: Whitney 82; dat. & object raising: see also PREDICATE (predicate raising & dativization (subject-todat, raising)); Rumanian: Manoliu-Manea 73; dat. passive = recipient passive: see also dat. subject; DIRECT OBJECT (direct object (accusative) passive vs. indirect object (dat.) passive & case-grammar); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object passive); PASSIVE (loss of indirect passive with dat. sub­ ject); Dutch: Wellander 20; German: Askedal 84, Askedal 87, Choi 89, Critchley 83, Eroms 78, Leirbukt 77, Leirbukt 81, Leirbukt 87, Leirbukt 91, Reis 85, Vuillaume 77, Wegener 85c, Wilkinson 83; German vs. Norwegian: Eroms 84; (Ancient) Greek: Feldman 78; Norwegian vs. German: see German; dat. passive & fit: German: Vesterhus 85; dat. personal pronoun: see also dat. pronoun; prepositional dat. personal pronoun; Germanic: Shields 80; Gothic: Shields 87b; dat. personal pronoun doubling: see also dat. doubling; Albanian: Buçhholz 68; dat. & pertinence relation: English: Häseler 77; German: Helbig 81c, Krohn 80, Nikula 81, Polenz 69; dat. & placc name: (Middle) English: Wrander 83; (Old) English: Wrander 83; dat. plural: (Ancient) Greek (dialects): Ruijgh 58; (Mycenaean) Greek: Doria 68, Ruijgh 58; dat. vs. possessive: see also ethical dat. & possessor deletion; possessive dat.; INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & change from possessive to dat.); POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & dat./indirect object pronoun; possessive adjective as dat. clitic); Russian: Vojnona 65; dat. pronoun: see also analytical dat. vs. dat. pronoun; dat. mov. & particle movement & anaphoric pronoun; dat. mov. & pronominalization; dat. personal pronoun; dat. & reflexive pronoun & case-grammar; le/lo/laismo; possessive dat. pronoun; selo; POS­ SESSIVE (inalienable possession & dat./indirect object pronoun; possessive locative & dat. pronoun); Bulgarian vs. Russian: see Russian; French: Huffman 83, Kristol 87; German (child language): Deutsch & Pechmann 78; Raeto-Romance: Linder 81; Ru­ manian: Asan 57, Florea 85; Russian vs. Bulgarian: Timonina 78, Timonina 83; Spanish: Perlmutter 69; dat. question: English: Lakoff & Thompson 75, Langendoen, Dore & Kalish-Landon 73/ 76; dat. question & fit: English: Mazurkewich 84b; dat. of reference: general: Kendall 80; dat. & reflexive pronoun & case-grammar: see also reflexive dat.; Spanish: RodriguezIzquierdo y Gavala 80; dat. singular: German: Behaghel 00; (Homer) Greek: Heubeck 78;

500

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

dat. (clitic) subject [dat. subj.]: see also agentive dat.; dativus-cum-infinitivo; dat. vs. ergative subject; dat. passive; loss of psych-move construction with dat. subject; subject-to-dat. raising; EXPERIENCER (experiencer subject); INDIRECT OBJECT PASSIVE; PASSIVE (loss of indirect passive with dat. subject); NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. dat.; nominative vs. dat. subject); SUBJECT (subject vs. object & semantic relation agent/instrumental vs. patient/dat. & psychological dimensions of case); general: Klaiman 81a; (South) Asian: Sridhar 79a; Bengali: Klaiman 80; Dutch: Wellander 20; English vs. Polish: Lewandowska 76; French: Pijnenburg & Hulk 89; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85, Hook 90; ([Sarnämi] East Central) Indic: Kishna 80; Kannada: Amritavalli 90, Sridhar 76c; (Northern Havyaka) Kannada: Ullrich 90; Latvian: Stolz 87; Malayalam: McAlpin 76, Mohanan & Mohanan 90; Marathi: Rosen & Wali 89; Marwari: Magier 90; Nepali: Wallacc 81; Polish vs. English: see English; Russian: Bachman 80; Sanskrit: Cardona 90, Hock 90; Russian: Franks & Greenberg 88; Sinhala: Gair 90; Slavic: Greenberg 91; South-Asian: Speas 90; Spanish: Bolinger 50; Tamil: Fedson 85; Udi: Pancvidze 42; dat. subj. & grammatical relation: (South) Asian: Sridhar 76a, Sridhar 76b; dat. subj. & locative: Marathi: Pandharipande 90; dat. subj. & nominative object: Japanese: Takezawa 87; dat. subj. ά object: Maithili: Mishra 90; dat. subj. & pro-drop: general: Jayaseelan 90; dat. subj. & psych verb: see also loss of psych-move construction with dat. subject; Korean: Gerdts & Youn 88; dat. subj. & socio-linguistics: Dutch: Willems 67; dat. subj. & verb agreement: Choctaw: Davies 86; dat. subj. & volitionality: (Old to Modern) Bengali: Klaiman 81b; dativus sympatheticus: German: Boon 79a, Kieckers 26; (Old) Indo-European (lan­ guages): Havers 11; Russian: Garde 85; dativus sympatheticus & genitive: see also dat. vs. genitive; Indo-European: Havers 11; dat. & transitivity: see also analytical dat. vs. accusative & (in)transitivity; dativus commodi & transitivity; dat. verb & object deletion & optional subcategorization vs. lexical detransitivization; transitive verb + dat.; CAUSATIVE (causative & dat. verb marker & transitivizing marker; causative & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unergativity, dat. verbs); French: Boons 74; dat. & unaccusativity: see also EXPERIENCER (dat. experiencer vs. unaccusative theme); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & unaccusativity); Hausa: Tuller 90; dat. & valency: see also free dat.; VALENCY (valency & indirect object/dat.; valency & valency change & dat.); Bulgarian vs. German: see German; German: Wegener 89b; German vs. Bulgarian: Papasova 88; dat. verb: see also CASE (case marking hypothesis vs. case ordering hypothesis & dat. intransitive verb, 'have ... done' construction); CAUSATIVE (causative & dat. verb marker & transitivizing marker; causative & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unergativity, dat. verb); Dutch: Janssen 92; French: Leclere 78; German: Göllmer & Locke 80; German vs. Polish: Iluk 80; Polish vs. German: see German vs. Polish; dat. verb & fit: English: Compagnon 84; dat. verb ά object deletion & optional subcategorization vs. lexical detransitivization: see also dat. & transitivity; English: Woolford 83-84;

Subject Index

501

dat. verb & valency: see also VALENCY (valency & valency change & dat.); German: Göllmer & Locke 78, Göllmer & Locke 80; dat. & word-order & discourse: see also dat. vs. accusative & word-order; dat. vs. indirect object & word-order; prepositional dat. & word-order; English: Smyth, Hogan & Prideaux 79; directional dat: see also DIRECTIONALITY (destinative extension vs. pre-dat. verbform); Azerbaijani (dialects): Elizade 86; double dat. construction: see dat. doubling emotional dat.: Russian vs. Slovak: Vesela 86; Slovak vs. Russian: see Russian; epistemic dat. & opacity condition: general: Ruwet 81; French: Ruwet 81, Ruwet 82; ethical (clitic) dat.: general: Kendall 80; English: Menn 72; French: Deguée-Bertrand 82, Herschensohn 92c, Leclère 75/76/79; German: Abraham 71a, Abraham 73, Reiter 83, Wegener 89; Hebrew: Borer & Grodzinsky 86; Russian vs. Slovak: Vesela 86; Slovak vs. Russian: see Russian; Spanish: Strozer 78; ethical dat. & possessor deletion: Spanish: Tuggy 80; free dat.: see also absolute dat.; dat. & valency; CASE (free case); English, (Swedish) vs. German: Koch 81a, Mair 88; French: Wegener 83; German: Crouau 81, Helbig 81b, Helbig 83e, Helbig 89c, Johansen 88, Keller 81, Müller 84, Rosengren 74, Rosengren 86, Schmid 88, Wegener 83, Wegener 91; German vs. English, (Swedish): see English; German vs. Russian: see Russian; Russian vs. German: Fleischmann 84a; Swedish, English vs. German: see English; free dat. vs. bound dat.: (Classical) Latin: Maurel 82; free dat. & style & tense: (Old) Russian: Remneva 89; (Church) Slavic: Remneva 89; 'have'-construction vs. dat.: see POSSESSIVE head noun + analytical dat. vs. attributive genitive vs. nominative: see also dat. vs. genitive; NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. dat.); German: Starke 85; internal dat.: see synthetic dat. leismo: Spanish: Quintero 75; (Argentinian) Spanish: Vidal de Battini 64; le/lo/laismo: see also dat. pronoun; DIRECT OBJECT (direct object pronoun); INDI­ RECT OBJECT (indirect object pronoun); (Brazilian) Portuguese: Nascentes 60; Span­ ish: Abad 85, Benezech 77, Brewer 70, Carrasco 72, Carrasco 73, Dierckx 79, Garcia 75, Garcia 92, García-Gonzáles 78, Lapesa 68, Marcos Marin 78, Monge 83, Restrepo 69, Roldán 75, Zlotchew 69; Spanish (dialects): Garcia 77; (American) Spanish: Carfora 68; (Aragonese) Spanish: MacPherson 61; (Asturian) Spanish: García-Gon­ záles 81; (Castillian) Spanish: Klein 80b; (Central North) Spanish: García-Gonzáles 81; (Latin-American) Spanish: Garcia & Otheguy 83; (Madrid) Spanish: Albalá 85, Mo­ reno Fernández 88, Quilis, Albalá, Cantarero & Guerra 85; (Mexican) Spanish: Levy 80; (Navarrese) Spanish: MacPherson 61; (Old) Spanish: Echenique 81; (Sandander) Spanish: García-Gonzáles 81; le/lo/laismo & agency hierarchy: see also agentive dat.; Spanish: Roegiest 89; leäoäaismo & pragmatics/socio-linguistics: Spanish: Garcia 83, Klein 80a, Klein 81; le/loAaismo & pronominal D.O.: Spanish: Schmidely 72; loismo in Spanish: Spanish: Steel 68; lexical dat. vs. nonlexical (clitic) dat.: French: Herschensohn 92c, Rooryck 88d;

502

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

locative dat.: see also athematic dat. & locative origin; dat. & locative; prepositional dat. & locative; syncretism of dat. & locative; German: Brinkmann 53; Latvian: Bojāte 58; Rumanian: Brínçus 60, Vasiliu 59; locative dat. & alternative prepositional phrase: see also anal. dat.; French: Olsson 84; locative dat. & locative accusative: Slavic: Staniseva 64; loss of dat.: (Ancient) Greek: Aksenos 59; loss of psych-move construction with dat. subject: see also dat. subject & psych verb; (Old to Modern) English: Roberts 85; measure/quantification & case (partitive genitive, dat., nominative, von + dat., accusative): see QUANTIFICATION nominative vs. dat.: see NOMINATIVE nonlexical dat.: see lexical vs. nonlexical dat. particle + dat.: see also verb-particle & dat.; Japanese: Motohashi 90; passive & dat.: see PASSIVE periphrastic dat.: see analytical dat. pertinence dat.: see dat. & pertinence relation ((in)alienable) possessive dat. [pos. dat.]: see also attributive possessive dat.; dat. & possession; GENITIVE (prenominal possessive genitive & possessive dat.); INDI­ RECT OBJECT (possessive indirect object; indirect object & change from possessive to dat.); POSSESSIVE (possessor ascenscion & possessive dat. & imagic meaning; possessive locative & dat. pronoun); Choctaw: Davies 81b; Czech: Pitha 71b; Dutch: Bree 78, Hoekstra, van der Hulst & Nijhof 76, Janssen 77, Janssen 92; Dutch (dialects): Bree 81; English: Chapman 75; (Eastern) Dutch (dialects): Bree 77; French: Herslund 83a; German: Krohn 80; (Low) German: Bree 78; Hungarian vs. Slovak: see Slovak; Indo-European: Bally 26; (Classical) Latin: Bolkestein 83b, Löfstedt 63; Romance: Baciu 85; Rumanian: Baciu 85, Dumitrescu 90; Russian: Vácha 74-75; Slovak vs. Hungarian: Buzássyová 84; Spanish: Dumitrescu 90, Kempchinsky 92b; pos. dat. & benefactive/malefactive role: Spanish: Kempchinsky 92c; pos. dat. clitic: see also POSSESSIVE (possessive adjective as dat. clitic); Bulgarian vs. Rumanian: Stojanova 89; Hebrew: Borer & Grodzinsky 86; Portuguese: Figueiredo Silvia 89; Rumanian: Popescu-Ramírez & Tasmowski-De Ryck 88; Rumanian vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; pos. dat. vs. genitive: see also dat. vs. genitive; Russian: Levine 84; pos. dat. & 'have' construction: see also POSSESSIVE ('have' construction vs. dat.); Dutch: Bree 81, Köhlbrugge 81; pos. dat. & pragmatics: Russian: Levine 86; pos. dat. & verb agreement: see also dat. & agreement; Choctaw: Davies 86; pos. dat. pronoun: see also dat. pronoun; German (child language): Deutsch & Pechmann 78; pos. dat. & (semi) indirect object: see also dat. & indirect object; Dutch: Vandeweghe 86; predicative dat./predicative word + dat.: see also PREDICATE (predicate raising & dativization (subject-to-dat. raising)); (Late) Latin: Baxter 25, Souter 25; Russian: Vojnona 65; prepositional accusative & dat.: see ACCUSATIVE

Subject Index

503

prepositional dat. [prep. dat.]: see also analytical dat.; attributive prep. dat.; locative dat. & alternative prep. phrase; ACCUSATIVE (prep. + acc. or dat.; prep. accusative, dat. & event structure); GENITIVE (prep. 'na' + genitive or dat. & its grammaticalization); POSSESSIVE (possessive locative & dat. pronoun); PREPOSITION (prep. 'a'; prep. 'po' & accusative, dat. or locative); Bulgarian: Duridanov 52; French: Gaatone 84; German: Smith 87, Smith 89, Smith 92; Gothic: Sturtevant 31; (Mycenaean) Greek: Householder 60; (Newspaper) Latvian: Bojāte 63; Slavic: Stefanovic 61-62; prep. dat. & locative: see also dat. vs. locative; locative dat. & alternative prep. phrase; LOCATIVE (locative & spatial prep.); Arabic vs. German: see German; German vs. Arabic: Abd Er Rahman 78; Russian: Bethin 83a, Sullivan 84a; prep. dat. & locative & case-grammar/lexicalist approach: see also dat. & case-grammar; Russian: Bethin 83c; prep. dat. personal pronoun: see also dat. personal pronoun; Bulgarian: Kostov & Kostov 76; prep. dat. vs. synthetic dat.: see also analytical vs. synthetic dat.; German: Latzel 86a; prep. dat. & word-order: see also dat. & word-order; (Old) English: Ogura 91; prep. + genitive or dat.: see GENITIVE prep. 'po' & accusative, dat. or locative: see PREPOSITION prep. 'ki' + dat. or direct object or directional or instrumental & complementizer: Maori: Clark 73; recipient dat.: see RECIPIENT reflexive dat.: see also dat. & reflexive pronoun; Hebrew: Borer & Grodzinsky 86; Polish: Rudzka-Ostyn 92; Rumanian: Iliescu & Zörner 87; reflexive verb + dat.: Rumanian: Stati 54; rests of dat.: Dutch: Resten van naamvallen 73, Zaalberg 75a, Zaalberg 75b; second dat.: Russian: Comrie 74, Greenberg 83, Miller 86; Slavic: Greenberg 91; second dat. & configurational approach: Russian: Franks 90a; selo: Spanish: Hewson 81; subject-to-dat. raising: see DcI; dat. subj.; PREDICATE (predicate raising & dativization); superfluous dat.: Spanish: Gutiérrez Ordóñez 77-78; syncretism of dat. & instrumental: see also dat. syncretism; (Ancient) Greek: Humbert 30, Sarypkin 85; syncretism of dat. and locative: see also dat. & locative; dat. syncretism; locative dat.; (Ancient) Greek: Humbert 30, Sarypkin 85; (Mycenaean) Greek: Panagl 83; IndoEuropean: Villar Liébana 81; syncretism of genitive & dat.: see GENITIVE synthetic dat.: see also analytical vs. synthetic dat.; Czech vs. German: Anders 72; English: Cattell 86, DeLancey 86, Green 86, Kirsner 86, Shopen 86, Wierzbicka 86a, Wierzbicka 86b; German vs. Czech: see Czech; transitive verb + dat.: see also dat. & transitivity; (Old) English: Muxin & Samanajeva 88; verb 'hit' + dat.: (Old) English: Noteboom 87; verb particle & dat.: see also particle + dat.; Child language: Fischer 71;

504

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

DIRECTIONALITY [DIR.]/SOURCE, PATH, GOAL, TRANSFER (see also ABLATIVE; ALLATIVE; LOCATIVE) Awutu: Frajzyngier 75; Cora: Casad 88; English: Declerck 77, Partee 79; Finnish vs. German: see German; French: Boons 87, Sablayrolles 91; German: Caroli 84, Goldschen 83, Neumann 87; German vs. Finnish: Itälä 84; Hittite: Kammenhuber 79, Shields 82a; (Dào) Mandarin: Poteet 87; Russian: Bethin 83a; (spatial) accusative of dir./goal: see ACCUSATIVE agent-illative & passive: see AGENT degenitive dir. & degenitive designative: (Old) Georgian: Gigineisvili & Sardzveladze 78; Kartvelian: Gigineisvili & Sardzveladze 78; destinative extension vs. pre-dative verbform: (Proto-)Chadic vs. Hausa: Newman 77; Hausa vs. (Proto-)Chadic: see (Proto-)Chadic; dir. vs. accompaniment: Japanese: Takahara 75-76; dir. role & case-grammar & logics: English: Sondheimer 78; dir. dative: see DATIVE dir. vs. locative: see also LOCATIVE (motion (verb) & locative; stative, dir. & locative verb); general: Bennett 72; Russian: Bethin 83a; dir. & motion (verb): English: Talmy 73b; Russian: Talmy 73b; Spanish: Ferrari de Egiies 85, Talmy 73b; Yiddish: Talmy 73b; dir. & motion verb & infinitive: French vs. Spanish: Lamiroy 83; Spanish vs. French: see French; dir. & motion verb & preposition: see also prepositional dir.; French: Laur 89, Laur 93; distant extension: (Proto-)Chadic vs. Hausa: Newman 77; Hausa vs. (Proto-)Chadic: see (Proto-)Chadic; displacement (movement; transfer): general: Groussier 80; goal: see also source vs. goal; CAUSATIVE (causative & dative cliticization & goal); DATIVE (dative compounding & theme vs. goal & theta-assignment); LOCATIVE (locative of goal); PREDICATE (predication of transitive verb & animate goal); SUBJECT (subject deletion in infinitival complement & goal object of head clause); Estonian: Nevis 82; German: Smith 92; Hittite: Kammenhuber 79; goal & activity, accomplishment, achievement: English vs. Japanese: Ikegami 81; Japa­ nese vs. English: see English; goal as agent: general: Ikegami 86; goal-dir. cumulative prepositional phrase: see also prepositional dir.; German: Ulvestad 84; origin of directive case: (Old) Hittite: Shields 82a; path: English: Declerck 77, Stratton 71; German: Smith 92; path & verb: Cora: Casad 89/93; prelexical structure & source vs. goal: see also source vs. goal; English: Gruber 75; prepositional dir.: see also dir. & motion verb & preposition; goal-dir. cumulative prepositional phrase; DATIVE (preposition 'ki' + dative or direct object or dir. or instrumental & complementizer); LOCATIVE (locative & spatial preposition); PRE­ POSITION (preposition 'v' & accusative, dir., locative, temporal role); German: Schröder 78; (Classical) Latin: Numminnen 38; (Late) Latin: Sävborg 41; Slovak: Horák 74; Thai: Kölver 91a;

Subject Index

505

source: English: Kirkwood 78; German: Kirkwood 78; source vs. goal: see also prelexical structure & source vs. goal; general: Ikegami 82b, Ikegami 87; English: Ikegami 82b; Japanese: Ikegami 82b; (White Hmong) Laotian: Clark 80a, Clark 80b; terminative: see goal valency of dir. verb: see VALENCY DIRECT OBJECT [ D O ] (see also ACCUSATIVE; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; INDIRECT OBJECT; OBJECT; PATIENT) general: Blansitt 84, Caron 67, Collinge 84; Child language: Cromer 75; Dutch: Caron 72a, Kooij 72/75, Mars 68, Zaalberg 70, Zaalberg 75a; (16/17th C) Dutch: Leuvensteijn 80; Enga: Stimm 87; English: Anderson 88, DeArmond 79, Hudson 92, Lakoff & Thompson 75, Partee 79; English vs. Hungarian: see Hungarian; French: Gross 69; (Corsican) French: Marcellesi 83; German: Plank 87; (West-)Germanic: Abraham 83c; Haya: Duranti & Byarushengo 77; (OluTsooto) Haya: Dalgish & Sheintuch 76; Hua: Haiman 82; Hungarian vs. English: Bánhidi 72; (Old) Icelandic: Garnes 73; (Bahasa) Indonesian: Chung 76b; Japanese (child language): McNeill 71; Maltese: Borg & Comrie 84; Meru: Speed Hodges 77; Nepali: Wallace 81; Portuguese: Complemento 87; Romance: Ostrá 86; Russian: Green 79; Rwanda: Bickford 86, Dryer 83; Sotho: Morolong & Hyman 77; Spanish: Baczyk-Tomaszewska 81, Isenberg 68; (American) Spanish: Carfora 68; (Castillian) Spanish: Schuchard 82-83; Tagalog: Gil 84; Uralic: Comrie 79b; accusative vs. D.O.: see ACCUSATIVE advancement to D.O.: see also CAUSATIVE (causal-to-D.O. advancement); GENITIVE (genitive movement to transitive D.O.); INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental-to-D.O. ad­ vancement); LOCATIVE (locative advancement-to-D.O.); OBJECT (oblique-to-(dir.) obj. advancement); POSSESSIVE (possessor ascension & advancement of indirect object to D.O.); Luyia: Gary 77; Masi: Gary 77; affected vs. effected object: see also D.O. & affectedness; AFFECTED; general: Hopper 85; cognate object: see OBJECT dative D.O.: see DATIVE definite D.O. & animacy: see also indefinite D.O.; prepositional D.O. & animacy (& definiteness); general: Comrie 79c; definite D.O. clitic & ergativity: see also D.O. clitic; Yagua: Payne 83; definite D.O. deletion: see also indefinite D.O. deletion; (Quiteno) Spanish: Suñer & Yépez 88; definite D.O. & referent identification: English vs. Hungarian, Persian, Turkish: see Hungarian; Hungarian, Persian, Turkish vs. English: Comrie 78e; Persian, Hungarian, Turkish vs. English: see Hungarian; Turkish, Hungarian, Persian vs. English: see Hungarian; definite D.O. & transitivity: see also D.O. of transitive verb; Hungarian: Moravcsik 83; D.O. & affectedness: see also affected vs. effected object; D.O. of motion/locative verb as

506

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

affected argument; English: Vestergaard 73; English (child language): Gropen, Gold­ berg, Hollander & Pinker 92; D.O. agreement (with verb): general: Croft 88, Moravcsik 74; D.O. & attributive predicate complement'. French: Olsson 76; D.O. & attributive predicate complement & theme, rheme, focus: French: Olsson 81; D.O. & case: general: Comrie 79c, Croft 88; D.O. & causative: see also D.O. movement to indirect object (2-3 retreat) & causative; CAUSATIVE (causal-to-D.O. advancement); Meru: Speed Hodges 76; D.O. clitic: see also definite D.O. clitic; CLITIC (clitic (D.O.) doubling); (Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 91; (Quiteno) Spanish: Yépez 86; D.O. & dative movement: general: Givón 84; D.O. (clitic/pronominal) doubling/reduplication: see also indefinite D.O. doubling; quan­ tified D.O. doubling; CLITIC (clitic doubling); general: Comrie 76a; Albanian: Vãtãşescu 85; Macedonian: Berent 77; Romance: Slawomirski 90; Rumanian: Farkas 78, Vătăşescu 85; (Buenos Aires) Spanish: Barrenechea & Orecchia 70; (Madrid) Spanish: Suner 89; (Porteno) Spanish: Suner 89; (Quiteno) Spanish: Suner 89; D.O. & ergativity: see definite D.O. clitic & ergativity; D.O. & topic & transitivity/ ergativity; D.O. & unaccusativity; D.O. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see D.O. vs. indirect object & fit; D.O. restricted relative clause & fit; D.O. & indirect D.O.: (Sicilian) Italian: Donato 75; D.O. + indirect object: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION D.O. vs. indirect object: see also D.O. movement to indirect object; DATIVE (le/lo/ laismo); Romance: Dietrich 87; (Madrid) Spanish: Quilis, Albalá, Cantarero & Guerra 85; Swati: Guzman 87; D.O. vs. indirect object & fit: Armenian: Dymarskaja-Babal'jan & Kuxkuljan 89; Rus­ sian: Dymarskaja-Babal' jan & Kuxkuljan 89; D.O. & light verb: Japanese: Miyagawa 89a; D.O. & markedness: German: Keenan 87; D.O. of motion/locative verb as affected argument: see also D.O. & affectedness; English: Gropen, Goldberg, Hollander & Pinker 91; English (child language): Gropen, Gold­ berg, Hollander & Pinker 91; D.O. movement to indirect object (2-3 retreat) & causative: see also D.O. raising; OBJECT (object movement); SUBJECT (ascension to subject (of D.O. as subject of subordinate clause, or of implied locative/instrumental PP)); Japanese: Dubinsky 90; D.O. movement to indirect object & middle verb: Samoan: Voigt 85; D.O. after negation: see also GENITIVE (genitive vs. accusative after negation; genitive & negation); Finnish: Dahl 80; Finnish vs. Russian: Dahl & Karlsson 75/76; Russian: Corbett 76, Dahl 80, Hentschel 92, Schaller 78b; Russian vs. Finnish: see Finnish; D.O. vs. oblique object: see also oblique D.O.; Chechen-Ingush: Nichols 83; ChechenIngush vs. Russian: Nichols 84a; Finnish: Nichols 83; Luyia: Gary 77; Masi: Gary 77; Nanaj: Nichols 83; (Old) Russian: Nichols 83; Russian vs. Chechen-Ingush: see Chechen-Ingush; D.O. vs. other NPs: Hungarian: Moravcsik 84;

Subject Index

507

D.O. particle: see ACCUSATIVE (particle + accusative) D.O. & passive: see also D.O. & topic & passive or word-order; PASSIVE (passive & accusative; passive of oblique object & D.O.); general: Givón 84; D.O. (accusative) passive vs. indirect object (dative) passive & case-grammar: English: Adams 71; (Ancient) Greek: Adams 71; D.O. & patient-prominent language: Gil 84; D.O. & pragmatics: see D.O. & semantics, pragmatics; verbal unit of verb + D.O. & syntax & pragmatics; D.O. & prepositions 'a' (& 'de'): see also prepositional D.O.; PREPOSITION (preposi­ tions 'a' & 'de'); Spanish: Roegiest 83a, SIawomirski 89; D.O. & PP alternation: English: Fraser 71; D.O. pronoun: see also redundant D.O. pronoun; DATIVE (le/la/loismo & pronominal D.O.); OBJECT (object pronoun & word-order): French: Huffman 83; Hebrew (child language): Rom & Dgani 85; Portuguese: Brakel 77; (Brazilian) Portuguese: Brakel 77; Spanish: Holton 60; (Castillian (en puno))Spanish: Godenzzi 86; D.O. raising: see also D.O. mov.; Niuean: Seiter 78; D.O. restricted relative clause & flt: French: Hawkins 89; D.O. & semantic case theory: general: Keenan 87; D.O. & semantics, pragmatics: general: Givón 84; D.O. & topic & passive or word-order: Chepang: Thompson 90; D.O. & topic & transitivity/ergativity: Nez-Perce: Rude 86b; D.O. of transitive verb vs. existential subject: see also definite D.O. & transitivity; D.O. & topic & transitivity/ergativity; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION; GENITIVE (geni­ tive movement to transitive D.O. or intransitive subject); Finnish vs. Russian: Dahl & Karlsson 75/76; Russian vs. Finnish: see Finnish; D.O. & unaccusativity: see also D.O. & ergativity; Hausa: Tuller 90; D.O. & verbindexing: Manam: Lichtenberk 82; D.O. & word-order: see also D.O. & topic & passive or word-order; redundant D.O. pronoun & word-order; French: Nöjgaard 68; Mandarin: Poteet 89; Russian: Hentschel 92; (Old) Spanish: England 80; double (direct) object construction: see ACCUSATIVE (double accusative construction); DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION (dou­ ble object construction & D.O.); grammatical relation & D.O.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION indefinite D.O.: see also definite D.O.; prepositional D.O. & animacy (& definiteness); English: Hoop & Swart 90; indefinite D.O. deletion/drop: see also definite D.O. deletion; Spanish: Campos 86; indefinite D.O. doubling/reduplication: Albanian: Kazazis & Pentheroudakis 76; Greek: Kazazis & Pentheroudakis 76; le/lo/laismo in Spanish: see DATIVE nominative D.O.: Japanese: Dubinsky 92; Slavic: Jacobsson 64; noun incorporation into the verbal complex & D.O. (grammatical relation): (Eastern) Cushitic: Sasse 84; Samoan: Shionoya 91; oblique D.O.: see also D.O. vs. oblique object; Icelandic: Valin 91;

508

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

prepositional D.O.: see also D.O. & prepositions 'a' (& 'de'); ACCUSATIVE (preposi­ tional accusative); DATIVE (preposition 'ki' + dative or D.O. or directional or instrumental & complementizer); PREPOSITION (preposition 'a'); general: Pottier 60; (Lower) Enga: Stimm 86; (Corsican) Italian: Schmidely 86; Portuguese: Trullemans 73; (Béarnais) Provençal: Joly 70; Romance: Niculescu 59, Vintilã-Rãdulescu 83; Rumanian: Gutu-Romalo 69, Niculescu 65, Vintilă-Rădulescu 83; Spanish: Calvo Pérez 91, Fish 67, Martens 89, Schmidely 86, Weissenrieder 90; prepositional D.O. & animacy (& definiteness): see also definite D.O. & animacy; general: Comrie 79c; Spanish: Luján 78, SIawomirski 89; quantified D.O. doubling: see also D.O. doubling; (Porteno) Spanish: Suner 88; redundant D.O. pronoun & word-order: Spanish: Poston 53; subject &D.O.: see SUBJECT verbal unit of verb + D.O. & syntax, pragmatics: general: Sheintuch 81; DISCOURSE (see also PRAGMATICS; TOPIC) accusative & discourse: see ACCUSATIVE active case & pragmatic discourse: see ACTIVE CASE anaphoric possessive pronoun & predictability requirement/discourse: see POSSESSIVE case & discourse: see CASE case-grammar & inter-sentence relations & discourse: see CASE THEORIES (CASEGRAMMAR) dative & discourse: see DATIVE discourse topic: see TOPIC double object construction & discourse: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION ergativity & discourse: see ERGATIVITY genitive & discourse: see GENITIVE nominative & discourse: see NOMINATIVE object & discourse: see OBJECT participant identification & discourse: see PARTICIPATION passive & discourse: see PASSIVE patient fronting & discourse: see PATIENT prepositional phrase & discourse: see PREPOSITION semantic relation & discourse: see SEMANTIC RELATION sentence topic & discourse links: see TOPIC subject & discourse: see SUBJECT transitivity & discourse: see TRANSITIVITY valency & discourse: see VALENCY

Subject Index

509

DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION [DOC]/DIRECT + INDIRECT OBJECT, BITRANSITIVE, DITRANSITIVE, THREE PLACE PREDICATE (see also ACCUSATIVE; ACCUSATIVE (double accusative construction); DATIVE; DIRECT OBJECT; INDIRECT OBJECT; TRANSITIVITY; VALENCY) Arabic vs. German: see German; Bulgarian: Angelova 90; Child language: Cromer 75; Danish: Herslund 86, Vikner 89; (Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 85-86; English: Calbert 64, Goldberg 89, Goldberg 92, Hellan 88, Kanno 83b, Kirchner 36, Kirchner 37, Larson 88, Öhrle 78, Öhrle 83, Schopf 88; English (child language): Gropen, Goldberg, Hollander, Pinker & Wilson 89, Osgood & Zehler 81; English vs. Rumanian: see Rumanian; German: Plank 87; German vs. Arabic: Abd Er Rahman 78; Germanic: Pijnenburg 87, Sprouse 90; (West-)Germanic: Abraham 83c; Hebrew: Berman 82a; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85; Icelandic: Ottósson 91; Japanese (child language): McNeill, McNeill & Yukawa 71; Korean: Park 81; (Classical) Latin: Lemaire 83; Norwegian: Hellan 88; (Colville) Okanagan: Mattina 79; Portuguese: Complemento 87; Rumanian vs. English: Pana Dindelegan & Petrovanu 72; Scandinavian: Hellan 88; Slavic: Angelova 90; Tzotzil: Aissen 83; DOC & anaphor. English: Barrs & Lasnik 86; DOC & aspect (total affectedness/ perfectivity): Hungarian: Groot 84; DOC, binding & verb phrase: English: Hoekstra 91; DOC & case: English: Li 85; DOC & case theory, (theta-theory): see also CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY (theta-theory & double object construction, predicate attribute in NP, obligatory control); DATIVE ((non-)lexical dative clitic & case-theory, theta-theory); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & case-theory, theta-theory); English: Czepluch 82, Fukuda 87, Iwakura 87, Yamamoto 86; German: Czepluch 88a; DOC & clitic: (Cairene) Arabic: Kenstowicz & Wahba 80; DOC & dative movement: English: Hoekstra 91, Kanno 82, Kanno 83a, ManczakWohlfeld 86, Ohwada 87, Waryas & Stremel 74; English vs. French: Tremblay 90; French vs. English: see English; DOC & direct object: English: Osgood 76; DOC & discourse: (Classical) Latin: Bolkestein 85; DOC & domain asymmetry, linear precedence: English: Napoli 92; DOC & ergativity: Dyirbal: Wennevold Silva 89; Niuean: Wennevold Silva 89; DOC & grammatical relation: see also DOC & recipient/beneficiary as cognitive equiva­ lent of unitransitive patient & grammatical vs. semantic relation; English: Hudson 92; DOC & passive: English: Kanno 83c; DOC & recipient/benificiary as cognitive equivalent of unitransitive patient & grammatical vs. semantic relation: general: Blansitt 84; DOC verb: English: Corder 68; DOC verb & lexical semantics, semantic relation, semantic sentencetype: German: Gansel 86; DOC & verb phrase structure: Dutch: Hoekstra 89; English: Hoekstra 89; DOC & word-order: general: Blansitt 73, Sedlak 75; Dyirbal: Wennevold Silva 89; English: Manczak-Wohlfeld 86, Smith 81; German: Kajiwara 89; German vs. Russian: Schtschetinina 73; Niuean: Wennevold Silva 89; Russian vs. German: see German; theta-theory & DOC: see CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY)

510

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

ERGATIVITY [ERG.]/ERGATIVE CASE (see also ABSOLUTIVE; NOMINATIVE (nominative-accusative type)) general: Anderson 74, Anderson 76, Anderson 77, Aronson 79, Asatiani 91, Bechert 77, Bechert 79, Belletti 88, Böhm 83, Bokarev 50, Bok-Bennema & Groos 84, Bronckart 83, Chvany 85, Cikobava 50, Collinge 78, Comrie 73, Comrie 76b, Comrie 78b, Comrie 89, Deserieva 75, Dik 80a, Dixon 79, Dixon 87a, Dixon 87b, Drossard 86a, George 75, Heger 85, Jacobsen 85, Johnson 76, Kacnel'son 48, Kacnel'son 67, Keenan 86, Kibrik 79c, Kibrik 85, Kibrik 90, Klimov 67, Klimov 73a, Klimov 73b, Klimov 74a, Klimov 74b, Klimov 76a, Klimov 77, Klimov 79, Klimov 83, Komlósy 73, Kumaxov 74, Kurytowicz 73, Lazard 78, Levin 83, Lewy 28, Martinet 79a, Mel'cuk 78, Mel'cuk 91, Mel'cuk 92, Mescaninov 48, Mescaninov 64a, Mescaninov 64b, Mescaninov 67, Michelini 78a, Mixnevic 68, Moravcsik 78b, Plank 79b, Plank 79c, Plank 85a, Regamey 70, Roberts 81, Romportl 76, Rumsey 75, Sasse 91, Savcenko 73, Schmidt 77, Schuchardt 895-896, Seely 78, Tchekhoff 78b, Trask 79, Verhaar 83a, Vogt 49, Wagner 78, Wilbur 70a, Žirmunskij 67, Zwolanek 77, Zwolanek 87; Abxaz: Gecadze 60, Gecadze 61, Gecadze 67, Rogava 64; Aguatec: Larsen 81; Anatolian: Garrett 90a; (Päri) Anuak: Andersen 88; (Egyptian) Arabic: Korostovcev 67; Archi: K'axadze 62, K'axadze 68; (Old) Armenian vs. (Old) Persian, (Old) Georgian: see (Old) Persian; (South) Asian: Comrie 79d, Kachru & Pandharipande 78, Klaiman 87, Masica 82; Avar: Čikobava 48a, Cikobava 48c, Tchekhoff 72, Tchekhoff 75, Tchekhoff 79b; Australian: Blake 76c, Blake 77, Blake 78, Blake 79, Blake 87b, Dixon 76b, Silverstein 76; Austronesian: Cumming & Wouk 87; (Southern) Baagandji: Hercus 76a; Baltic: Marvan 73; (Western) Barkly: Chadwick 76; Basque: Aske 87, Bossong 84a, Brettschneider 79, Lafon 71, Lafon 73, Martinet 58, Ortiz de Urbina 85, Wilbur 70b, Zycar 77; Basque vs. Circassian: see Circassian; Basque vs. Laz: see Laz; (Onate Biscayen) Basque: Rebuschi 79; Bidjara: Breen 76a; Bularnu: Breen 76a; (Old to Modern) Burmese: Lehman 85; Burushaski: Tiffou & Morin 82; Caucasian: Catford 75/76, Catford 77, Cercvadze 62, Cercvadze 68, Cikobava 42, Dondua 48, K'ačarava 69; (Ibero-) Caucasian: Cikobava 48-61, Cikobava 67/69, Mescaninov 61; (North-West-) Caucasian: Gecadze 73, Knobloch 85; Chamorro: Cooreman 82a, Cooreman 82b, Cooreman 83; Child language: Pye 90; Chinese: Frei 56-57; Cholan: Quizar & Knowles-Berry 88; Chukchi: Comrie 79a, Inénlikèj & Nedjalkov 67, Nedjalkov 79, Skorik 67, Zukova 67; Circassian: Dondua 48, Gisev 71, Kumaxov 67a, Kurbanov 67, Rogava 64, Sagirov 67, Turcaninov 60; (Abzakh) Cirkassian vs. Basque: Paris 79; Daghestan: Abdullaev 67, Bokarev 54, Kibrik 79a, Kibrik 81, Kibrik 83, Xajdakov 67; (Nakh) Daghestan: Testelec 87; Djaabugay: Hale 76a; Djamindjungan: Hoddinott & Kofod 76; Dutch: Lange 86; Dyirbal: Bílý & Pettersson 86b, Heath 79, Jake 78, Mel'cuk 77c, Mel'cuk 79, Schmidt 85; Enga: Li & Lang 79; English: Anderson 69/71, Bolinger 77, Sadock & Levi 77; (Ozark) English: Foster 79; Eskimo-Aleut: Menovscikov 67; (Siberian) Eskimo: Vaxtin 79; Finnish: Itkonen 75, Itkonen 79, Marcantonio 86; Fore: Scott 86; French: Authier & Reed 91a, Egli & Roulet 71, Rooryck 88c; Garawa: Leeding 76; Georgian: Aronson 79, Braithwaite 73, Fähnrich 67, Harris 76, Jedlicka 62, Lafon 71, Tagliavini 37; (Old) Georgian: Imnaisvili 57; (Old) Georgian vs. (Old) Persian, (Old) Armenian: see (Old) Persian; German: Abraham 86, Bechert 82, Cooper

Subject Index

511

92, Grewendorf 89, Wegener 85b; Gorokan: Garrett 90a; Greenlandic: Woodbury 75; Guarani: Bossong 85b; Gujarătī: Durbin 79; Hebrew: Kaddari 74; (Classical) Hebrew: Andersen 71; Hidatsa: Matthews 60; Hindi: Miltner 77; Hindi-Urdu: Amritavalli 79, Kachru 87, Khan 87; Hittite: Laroche 62; Human: Haas & Wilhelm 69; Indic: Èlizarenkova 67, Stump 83; Indic: Bubeník 89b, Matthews 53, Miltner 77, Pray 76, Regamey 54, Zakharyin 79; Indo-European: Bossong 84b, Guxman 67, Ivanov 64, Kortlandt 83, Marvan 73, Tumanjan 74, Vaillant 36, Zwolanek 87; (Proto-IndoEuropean: Luraghi 87a, Rumsey 75, Rumsey 87b, Savcenko 67; Indo-Iranian: Pirejko 68, Pirejko 79; Indonesian: Cartier 79, Ferrell 75; Inuit: Johns 92, Johnson 80, Lowe 78; Iranian: Pirejko 64, Pirejko 67; Itza: Hofling 90; Japanese: Katagiri 91, Miyagawa 89b; Kabardian: Kumaxov 67a; Kala Lagaw: Bani & Klokeid 76; Kaluli (child language): Schieffelin 81; Kamchadal: Ard 78, Volodin 67, Zukova 67; Karitiani: Everett 85; Kartvelian: Boeder 79, Dondua 48, Nebieridze 87; Kashmiri: Hook 84; (Kipea) Kirirí: Larsen 84; Kuikúro: Franchetto 90; Kurdi: Bynon 80, Pirejko 61, Pirejko 63; Kuuku Ya'u: Thompson 76; Lahu: Matisoff 76; Lak: Gajdarova 73, Xajdakov 64; Laz: Klimov 76b; Laz vs. Basque: Lüders 90; Lezgian: Job 85, Mejlanova 54, Mel'cuk 83, Topuria 67; Luwian: Laroche 62; Macushi: Carson 83; Malay: Hopper 83; Maori: Sinclair 76; Marwari: Magier 83; Mayan: Dayley 83, England 83; Mongolian: Bertagaev 67; Murrinh Patha: Walsh 76; Muruwari: Oates 76; Nax: Capanov 62, Deseriev 60, Imnaisvili 60; Nepali: Abadie 74, Wallace 82; Newari: Cook 88a; Nez-Perce: Rude 91; Ngengikurungur: Hoddinott & Kofod 76; Nostrabic: Palmaitis 78; Nunggubuyu: Heath 76b; (Vach) Ostyak: Gulya 70; Pamir: Payne 80; Papuan: Li & Lang 79, Scott 86; Pashto: Davison 73, Dvorjankov 58, Lebedev 61, Skalmowski 68, Tegey 78; (Literary) Pashto: Ganiev 64, Ganiev 66; Paumari: Derbyshire 83; (Old) Persian vs. (Old) Armenian, (Old) Georgian: Saxokia 86; (Eastern) Porno: McLendon 78; Quiché: Larsen 87; Romance: Cinque 90, Körner 85; Russian: D'jakonov 67, Ortiz de Urbina 85; Samoan: Mosel 85; Shina: Zakharyin 79; Sihia: Ebert 87, Kepping 79; Sumerian: Foxvog 75, Hook 84, Michaylowski 80; Talysh: Pirejko 61; (Lhasa-) Tibetan: DeLancey 82b; (Sherpa) Tibetan: Givón 80; (Literary vs. Spoken) Tibetan: Chang 80; TibetoBurman: Bauman 79, Ebert 87, Matisoff 76; Tongan: Tchekhoff 73a, Tchekhoff 75, Tchekhoff 79b; Tsova-Tush: Deseriev 48, Holisky 84, Holisky 87; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; Ubyx: Bossong 82a, Kumaxov 67a, Kumaxov 67b; Udi (dialect): Vorosil 77; Uralic: Katz 80, Kibrik 79b; Wagaya: Breen 76a; Wangaybuwan: Donaldson 76; Wangkumara: Breen 76a; Warluwara: Breen 76a; Washo: Jacobsen 79; Yawa: Jones 86; Yidiny: Dixon 76c; Yir Yoront: Alpher 73; Yuulngu: Schebeck 76a; absolutive & erg.: see ABSOLUTIVE accusative & erg.: see ACCUSATIVE adjective phrase of mental property & unaccusativity & valency: English: Stowell 91; agent-patient-system, nominative-accusative type & erg.: see AGENT anti-erg.: see unerg. anti-unaccusativity: general: Anderson 80b; body-part noun & erg. hypothesis: see PARTITIVE case & erg.: see CASE compound psych-adjective & erg. hypothesis: see COMPOUND dative vs. erg.: see DATIVE

512

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical

Relations

direct object & erg.: see DIRECT OBJECT double object construction & erg.: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION embryonic erg.: Irish: Orr 84b, Orr 91; (Northern) Russian: Orr 91; erg. vs. active: Georgian: Hewitt 87; (Pre-)Indo-European: Schmidt 79; (Classical) Latin: Lehmann 82b, Lehmann 85b; erg. & active-stativ e typology: Lorna: Rude 83; Mandé: Rude 83; (optional) erg. & agent: see also erg. & control (of agent); erg. & middle aorist & agentpatient; unaccusativity & agent; PASSIVE (passive vs. erg. systems & their marking of agent as theme/patient as rheme); Guniyan: McGregor 92; erg. & aspect: Ixil: Ayres 81; erg. & axiom: general: Doerfer 87; erg. & 'bă'-construction: Cantonese: Li & Yip 79; Chinese: Li & Yip 79; Mandarin: Li & Yip 79; erg. bibliography: general: Plank 79d; erg. & causative: see also CAUSATIVE (causative & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unerg., dative verb); Hindi: Olphen 75; erg. & cognitive grammar: general: Langacker 87a; erg. & control (of agent): see also erg. & agent; Chechen: Nichols 80b; Folopa: Anderson & Wade 88; erg. & discourse: general: Cooreman, Fox & Givón 84; Indonesian: Cartier 85; NezPerce: Rude 88; Sacapultec: Bois 87; erg. & embedded verb-second clause: German: Cinque 89; erg. & event structure model: see also erg. vs. transitivity & participation; PARTICIPA­ TION (participation & nominative-accusative type, erg. or activity); (Lhasa) Tibetan: DeLancey 90b; erg. & existential construction: Norwegian: Askedal 86b; erg. & grammatical relation: see also pragmatics, erg. & grammatical relation; NOMI­ NATIVE (nominative-accusative type & erg. & grammatical relation); general: Edmondson 78a; Danish: Herslund 82a; Dyirbal: Kang 85; French: Herslund 82a; nomina­ tive languages: Herslund 82a; erg., grammatical relation & pragmatics: general: Valin 83; erg. & intransitive-passive conception of the verb: see also erg. subject of intransitive verb; erg. & transitivity; (Ancient) Near Eastern languages: Steiner 79; erg. & light verb: Japanese: Miyagawa 89a; erg. vs. locative suffix: see also LOCATIVE (deverbal noun suffix & locative suffix & instrumental suffix); Australian: Hale 76b; erg. & markedness: general: Langendonck 89; erg. & middle aorist & agent-patient: see also erg. & agent; split-erg., patient-marking of pronominal agreement system; AGENT (agent-patient-system, nominative-accusative type, erg.); Indo-European: Schmalstieg 90; erg. & middle construction: general: Levin 87; Dyirbal vs. French: see French; English: Keyser & Roeper 84; French vs. Dyirbal: Levin 87; erg. of noun & case: see also CASE (case & erg.); (Siberian) Eskimo: Vaxtin 79; Japanese: Tsujimura 90a;

Subject Index

513

erg. & number (& number agreement): general: Frajzyngier 85a; erg. & parataxis: Avar: Tchekhoff 73b; Tongan: Tchekhoff 73b; erg. & philosophy: general: Levink 89; German: Levink 89; erg. & predicate: general: Kibrik 80; Daghestan: Kibrik 83; French: Authier & Reed 91a; erg. as predicative construction & transitivity, voice, detransitivization: Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 92; Kala Lagaw Ya: Mel'cuk 92; Maori: Mel'cuk 92; erg. & prototype theory: general: Langendonck 89; (Lhasa) Tibetan: DeLancey 84b; erg. & relational grammar: general: George 74; Hindi-Urdu: Pandharipande & Kachru 76; erg. & relative clause: see also non-erg. and intransitivity of relative clause; Yupik: Koo 79; erg. & semantic relation, theta-role: see also PASSIVE (impersonal passive & unerg. & theta-role); Niuean: Levin & Massam 85; erg. & semiotics: general: Shaumyan 86; erg. & stativity: Igbo: Nwachukwu 76; erg. & subject: see also SUBJECT (subject vs. object & erg.); general: Sasse 78a, Valin 81; Archi: Valin 81; Dyirbal: Valin 81; Enga: Valin 81; Jacaltec: Valin 81; erg. subject of intransitive verb: see also erg. & intransitive-passive conception of the verb; erg. & transitivity; Caucasian: Sardzveladze 73; erg. subject & partitive: see also erg. & (non-) universality of subject; PARTITIVE (bodypart nouns & the erg. hypothesis); general: Abraham 88; erg. & transitivity: see also erg. & intransitive-passive conception of the verb; erg. subject of intransitive verb; non-erg. & intransitivity of relative clause; CAUSATIVE (causa­ tive & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unerg., dative verb); NOMINATIVE (nomi­ native-accusative type & erg. & transitivity); TRANSITIVTY (transitivity vs. erg. & participation; transitivity, erg. & voice; transitive, intransitive & erg.); Basque: Marantz 84; Panare: Payne 89; erg.-based vs. transitive-based: English: Taylor 76; French: Taylor 76; erg. vs. transitivity & participation: see also erg. & event structure model; English: Davidse 92a; erg., transitivity & variability actant marking: (Pazar-)Laz: Lliders 92; erg., transitivity & voice: Adynyamathanha: Schebeck 76b; Dhangu: Schebeck 76b; erg. & universality: general: Shaumyan 85; erg. & (non-)universality of subject: see also erg. & subject; Dyirbal: Valin 77; erg. verb: see POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & indirect object & double erg. verbs) erg. & verb agreement: Ugric: Groot 83a; erg. & verb classification: Trumai: Monod-Becquelin 76; erg. & VP base hypothesis: general: Garrett 89; erg. & word-order: see also erg. & embedded verb-second clause; WORD-ORDER (verbprominence, verbinitialness, erg. & typological disharmony); Dutch: Besten 85, Besten 82/85; German: Besten 85, Besten 82/85; Kekchi: Pinkerton 76; Samoan: Ochs 82; (17th C) Spanish: Myhill 82; Tsimshian: Rigsby 75; genitive vs. erg.: see GENITIVE

514

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

grammatical vs. stylistic erg.: general: Krifka 85; German: Krifka 85; inchoative verb & unaccusativity vs. unerg.: see also unaccusativity vs. unerg. & locative; French: Labelle 90; instrumental & erg.: see INSTRUMENTAL morphological erg. vs. accusative syntax, voice: see also NOMINATIVE (nominativeaccusative type & erg.); Djambarrbwingu: Tchekhoff 83; nominativ e-accusative type & erg.: see NOMINATIVE non-erg.: see unerg. non-erg. and intransitivity of relative clause: see also erg. & relative clause; unerg.; (Labrador) Inuit: Smith 84; object & erg.: see OBJECT passive & erg.: see PASSIVE pronoun & erg.: see PRONOUN pseudo-erg.: Basque: Wilbur 70b; reflexive (clitic) & erg.: see REFLEXIVE split-erg.: Aguatec: Larsen 81; Australian: Silverstein 76; Cavivena: Camp 85; Finnish: Endo 86; Indo-Iranian: Bubeník 89a; Mayan: Larsen & Norman 79; Siane: Potts & James 88; Wakhi: Bashir 86; Yucatec: Bricker 81; split-erg. & auxiliaries: general: Jelinek 87; split-erg., patient-marking of pronominal agreement system: see also erg. & middle aorist & agent patient; Ye'cuana: Hall 84; split-erg. & pronoun: Kashmiri: Hook & Koul 84b; split-erg. & related patterns: general: DeLancey 80; split-erg. & viewpoint: general: DeLancey 81; subject vs. object & erg.: see SUBJECT transition from erg. to nominative-accusative system & case: see also ACCUSATIVE (accusative-to-erg. drift); CASE (case & erg.); NOMINATIVE (nominative-accusative type & erg.); Georgian: Aronson 77; unaccusativity [unacc.]: see also adjective-phrase of mental property & unacc. & valency; anti-unacc; inchoative verb & unacc. vs. unerg.; unerg.; ACCUSATIVE (accusative in middle construction & u n a c c ; accusative subject & unacc); CASE (case & u n a c c ) ; DATIVE (dative & u n a c c ) ; DIRECT OBJECT (direct object & u n a c c ) ; EXPERIENCER (dative experiencer vs. unacc. theme & 'gustar'-verb); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & u n a c c ) ; PREDICATE (intransitive predicate & unacc. vs. casegrammar); PASSIVE (passive & unaccusativity); PATIENT (patient-marking & u n a c c ) ; QUANTIFICATION (quantifier extraction & u n a c c ) ; SUBJECT (psych-verb & subject & accusative vs. unacc. construction type, accusative vs. partitive; subject inversion & u n a c c ) ; general: Belletti 88, Blake 86, Grimshaw 86; Basque: Ortiz de Urbina 85; French: Legendre 89, Olié 84; Georgian: Harris 82, Harris 90; German: Abraham 86, Abraham 89, Abraham 90; Guarani: Bossong 85b; Halkomelem: Gerdts 91; Icelandic: Zaenen & Maling 84a; Italian: Baker 83; Japanese: Miyagawa 88b, Terada 86; Russian: Ortiz de Urbina 85; Slave: Rice 9 1 ; Turkish: Özkaragöz 80; unacc. & 2 —> 1 advancement & inherent reflexive pronoun: see also REFLEXIVE (reflexive construction & u n a c c ) ; Italian: Rosen 82b;

Subject Index

515

unacc. & affixation: English: Horn 80; unacc. & agent: see also erg. & agent; Italian: Gràcia 87; unacc. & auxiliary selection: Italian: Perlmutter 89; unacc. hypothesis vs. lexical theory of verb semantics & theta-role: general: Valin 86a; unacc. & negation: Spanish: Aoki 9 1 ; unacc. & noun: Japanese: Tsujimura 90b; unacc. & psych verb: Dutch: Hoekstra 88; (deep vs. surface) unacc. & resultative construction: (Chichewa) Nyanja, Italian vs. English, Dutch: Bresnan & Zaenen 90; English, Dutch vs. (Chichewa) Nyanja, Italian: see (Chichewa) Nyanja; unacc. & unacc. mismatches of verbs of motion: English: Levin & Rappaport 89; unacc. vs. unerg. & locative: see also inchoative verb & unacc. vs. unerg.; Romance: Torrego 89; Spanish: Torrego 89; unacc. verb & lexicon/lexicography: Danish: Herslund 90; French: Herslund 90; unacc. verb & syntax vs. semantics: Dutch: Zaenen 88; unacc. & weather verb: French: Ruwet 89; unerg.: see also inchoative verb & unacc. vs. unerg.; non-erg. and intransitivity of relative clause; u n a c c ; unacc. vs. unerg.; CAUSATIVE (causative & (embedded) subject & transitivity, unerg., dative verb); PASSIVE (impersonal passive & unerg. & theta-role); Finnish: Comrie 75a; French: Legendre 88; Indonesian: Cartier 79; Slave: Rice 9 1 ; Welsh: Comrie 75a; ESSIVE Estonian: Nevis 82; Finno-Ugric: Kangasmaa-Minn 84; Kola-Lappish: Szábó 84b; abessive: Estonian: Nevis 82; Kola-Lappish: Szábó 84b; inessive: Finno-Ugric: Kangasmaa-Minn 84; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION [EXIST] (see also COPULAR CONSTRUCTION; PREDICATE; SUBJECT (expletive subject; impersonal construction; implicit subject; subject deletion; null subject) general: Clark 78, Lyons 67, Lyons 68; Bulgarian vs. Polish: see Polish; English: Davidse 92b, Jenkins 75; German: Groves 79; German vs. Norwegian: see Norwegian; Japa­ nese: Makino 68; Malayalam: Asher 68; Norwegian vs. German: Askedal 82; Polish vs. Bulgarian: Koseska-Toszewa 79; Swahili: Christie 70; direct object of transitive verb vs. existential subject: see DIRECT OBJECT ergativity & existential construction: see ERGATIVITY exist. of active transitive verb & semantic relation: see also exist., location, possession (& transitivity); SUBJECT (subject & semantic relation; subject of transitive verb); Swedish: Maling 87; exist. 'be': English: Grady 74; exist. & case: Finnish: Endo 86; exist. & case, word-order, negation: see also exist. & negation; SUBJECT (subject & negation; subject & word-order); Russian: Babby 80b;

516

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

exist. & cleft reduction: see also COPULAR CONSTRUCTION (cleft construction); English: Jenkins 75; exist. & equational construction'. English: Bhat 75; exist. & grammatical relation: see also SUBJECT (subject & grammatical relation); Chinese: Li 72; exist., list & locative 'there': general: Gardiner 86; exist. & location, locative subj.: see also LOCATIVE (locative & subject); SUBJECT (locative pseudo subject); Chinese: Gu 91; English: Aniya 92, Kirkwood 69a; English: Jenkins 75; German: Kirkwood 69a; exist., location, possession (& transitivity): see also exist. of active transitive verb; exist. & possession; POSSESSIVE (possession & locative); general: Freeze 92, Lyons 68, Wilson 83; exist., location, possession & case-grammar: see also SUBJECT (subject & case-gram­ mar); Swahili: Roberts 71; exist., location, possession & foreign language teaching & syntax, semantics: English: Duff 93; exist. & locative & word-order: see also SUBJECT (subject & word-order); English: Kirkwood 78, Kuno 71; German: Kirkwood 78; exist. & negation: see also exist. & case, word-order, negation; SUBJECT (subject & negation); Russian: Babby 78; exist. & partitive NP, definiteness: English: Comorovski 91; exist. & possession (& experiencer role): see also exist. & location & possession; EXPERIENCER (experiencer subject); POSSESSIVE (possession & subject); SUB­ JECT (impersonal construction & experiencer role); Bisa: Naden 82; English: Seliverstova 77; presentative construction: Dutch: Kirsner 79; EXPERIENCER [EXP] (see also BENEFICIARY; DATIVE; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; INDIRECT OBJECT; RECIPIENT) general: Breen 88a; Bulgarian vs. Polish: Korytkowska 90; Ewe: Ameka 90; German: Neumann 87; Malayalam: Mohanan & Mohanan 90; Mangap: Bugenhagen 90; Maori: Bauer 83; Polish vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; (Imbabura) Quechua: Cole & Jake 78; Rumanian: Manoliu-Manea 75; dative exp.: (South-)Asian: Speas 90; Hindi-Urdu: Hook 90; (Northern Havyaka) Kannada: Ullrich 90; Marathi: Pandharipande 90; Slavic: Greenberg 91; dative vs. nominative exp.: Kannada: Amritavalli 90; (Northern Havyaka) Kannada: Ullrich 90; Meithei: Chelliah 90; dative exp. vs. unaccusative theme & 'gustar' verb: see also DATIVE (dative & unaccusativity); Spanish: Aoki 92; existential construction & possession & exp.: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION exp. vs. agent: Korean: Chun & Zubin 90; exp. causative: see CAUSATIVE exp. deletion & psych verb: see also exp. verb (pronominal & psych verb) & theta-role, case; exp. & verb of remembering/psych verb & case-grammar; omissible exp.; English: Smith 75;

Subject Index

517

exp. and patient as subject: Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85b; exp. & its restrictions on derived nominals: English vs. Polish: Rozwadowska 91; Polish vs. English: see English; exp. subject: see also DATIVE (dative subject); OBJECT (oblique subject as involuntary exp. & involuntative causative); (South) Asian: Davison 90, Speas 90, Verma & Mohanan 90; Hindi-Urdu: Hook 90; Italian: Saltarelli 92; (Northern Havyaka) Kannada: Ullrich 90; Hindi: Kachru 90; Kalasha: Bashir 90; Malayalam: Mohanan & Mohanan 90; Meithei: Chelliah 90; Sanskrit: Hock 90; Sinhala: Gair 90; exp. subject & locative: Marathi: Pandharipande 90; exp. subject & object: Maithili: Mishra 90; exp. & transitivity: Hindi-Urdu: Hook 90; exp. verb: general: Drossard 86b, Drossard 91a; Dutch: Moskey 79; Swedish: Evans 75; exp. verb & conceptual structure: English: Nieuwhof 92; exp. verb & participation: general: Drossard 91a; exp. verb (pronominal & psych verb) & theta-role, case: see also exp. deletion & psychverb; Spanish: Hoope 89; exp. & verb of remembering/psych verb & case-grammar: see also exp. deletion & psychverb; CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (psych-verb & case-grammar)); Dutch: Croux 71; English: Bivens 71; impersonal construction & exp.: see SUBJECT; see also existential construction & possession & exp.; omissible exp.: see also exp. deletion; Norwegian: Fretheim 71; predicative adjective + that-clause & exp.: see PREDICATE FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEACHING [FLT] absolute ablative & flt: see ABLATIVE accusative & flt: see ACCUSATIVE agent & passive & flt: see AGENT case & fit: see CASE case-grammar & flt: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) case-theory & flt: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEORY) dative & flt: see DATIVE direct object & flt: see DIRECT OBJECT existential, possession, location & flt & syntax, semantics: see EXISTENTIAL CON­ STRUCTION genitive & flt: see GENITIVE indirect object & flt: see INDIRECT OBJECT instrumental noun & flt: see INSTRUMENTAL locative & transitivity & flt: see LOCATIVE nominative & flt: see NOMINATIVE object & flt: see OBJECT participation & theme vs. rheme & flt: see PARTICIPATION passive & flt: see PASSIVE possession & flt: see POSSESSIVE

518

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

preposition & flt: see PREPOSITION semantic relation & flt: see SEMANTIC RELATION subject & flt: see SUBJECT valency & flt: see VALENCY GENITIVE [GEN] (see also PARTITIVE; POSSESSIVE) general: Garnett 846, Lehmann 82a/83, Watkins 67; Aramaic: Golomb 82; Azerbaijani: Ordoubadian 76, Ragimbekova 85; Baltic: Kortlandt 78; Bengali: Dasgupta 85; (Old) Bulgarian: Schmalstieg 87; Bulgarian vs. Russian: Bolgarova 85; Celtic: Bloch 60, Gil 68; Chadic: Schuh 81; Cheremis: Kangasmaa-Minn 66-69; Dutch: Hoek 81, Jansen 7677, Karsten 41, Kruyskamp 69, Paardekooper 52, Paardekooper 70b, Peteri 07, Royen 41, Royen 42, Sassen 75-76, Simons 44, Vries 42; (Middle) Dutch: Berg 75, Berg 86, Koelmans 70; English: Aronoff 79, Cornilescu 88, Dahl 71, Deane 84, Fries 38, Garnett 846, Horn 75, Jackendoff 69, Jahr 80, Lyons 86a, Nagucka 70, Nagucka 91, Shumaker 75, Sklar 76, Standwell 89, Svartengren 29, Taylor 89b, Vachek 55, Vachek 61, Yngve 75, Zandvoort 43, Zimmermann 79, Zwicky 74a, Zwicky 75, Zwicky 88; (Early Modern) English: Ekwall 13; (Middle) English: Knapp 02; (Old) English: Baron 74, Holtbuer 885, Moessner 76, Rössger 885, Rousseau 69, Shipley 03; (Late Old) English: Nagucka 91; (Old to Early Modern) English: Nunnally 85; (17th C) English: Brosnahan 61; (American prose) English: Thomas 53; English vs. French: Elliott 82; English vs. Russian: see Russian; English vs. Spanish: Temoche & Bockos 85; English (novels): Herdt 70, Merckx 59; (18th-20th C) English (novels): Wouters 60; Eskimo: Allen 88; Estonian: Paunonen 74; Finnish: Kangasmaa-Minn 72, Tunkelo 08; Finnish (south­ western dialects): Paunonen 74; Finno-Ugric: Kangasmaa-Minn 84; (Old) French: Herslund 80; German: Anttila 83, Bondzio 73, Debrunner 39-40, Elst 84, Gocht 78, Grimm 81, Koss 83, Latzel 83, Leirbukt 83, Pfeffer & Morrison 79/84, Paul 20, Rössler 70, Rowley 88, Sauerbeck 89, Sauter 83, Savary 83, Weier 68, Winter 66, Wüllner 827; German (dialects): Koss 83, Zimmermann 84; (Early New High, Luther) German: Folsom 84b; (Middle High) German: Elst 84; (Middle High to New High) German: Rausch 897; (Old High) German: Antrim 897, Elst 84; (Luzern) German: Brandstetter 04; (Scientific) German: Fillon 78; Germanic: Bjorvand 91, Kortlandt 78, Must 53, Wellander 56, Wickberg 878-79; (Old) Germanic: Delbriick 07; Gothic: Bech 69, Eska 88, Fullerton 83, Lehmann 67, Morgenroth 65, Sehrt 30, Shields 79; Greek: Hadzithakis 28, Szemerényi 56b; (Ancient) Greek: Ammann 61a, Delaunois 81, Helbing 28, Kircher 82, Munoz Valle 64, Poultney 36, Wüllner 827; (Biblical) Greek: Schmitz 24; (Mycenaean) Greek: Morpurgo Davies 60; Hebrew: Ritter 91; Hittite: Cop 78, Neu 82; (Old) Hittite: Yoshida 87; Indo-European: Ammann 61a, Bjorvand 91, Dyen 74, Gil 68, Heinz 55, Kortlandt 78, Krasuxin 85, Markey 80, Schindler 72, Schmidt 85, Shields 91, Vaillant 35; Indo-Iranian: Kuryłowicz 75; (Old) Italian vs. (Classical) Latin: Pei 48; Italic: Singh 85; Japanese: Morikawa 90; Lappic: Wickman 80; (Kola-)Lappic: Szábó 84a; (Classical) Latin: Benveniste 62, Bloch 60, Bolkestein 83b, Bolkestein, Hengst, Holtland & Pinkster 76, Clairin 880, Coleman 72, Detto 01, Gil 68, Groot 56, Lehmann 891, Maurel 89, Pisani 34, Pisani 55, Raabe 17, Vandekerckhove 88, Wüllner 827;

Subject Index

519

(Classical) Latin vs. (Old) Italian: see (Old) Italian; (Late) Latin: Iliescu & Macare 64; Mandé: Manessy 64; Mauretian Creole: Corne 86; (Forest Yurak) Nenets: Hadjú 59; Philippine: Reid 79; Rumanian: Avram 77, Avram 80a, Cornilescu 88, Grosu 88; (Jara Lăpuşului) Rumanian: Homorodean 87; Russian: Babby 89, Fowler 87, Kout 56-57, Thomson 11, Wierzbicka 83/88; (llth-17th C) Russian: Sul'ga 87; (llth-19th C) Rus­ sian: Vernke 81; Russian vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; Russian vs. English: Franks 86; (Scientific & poetic) Russian: Basilaja 82; Samoan (child language): Duranti & Ochs 89b; Serbo-Croatian: Johnson 72; Slavic: Kortlandt 78, Straková 61, Vikhovanets' 83; Slavic (dialects): Huntley 80; (Old) Slavic: Vecerka 63; Slovak: Vecerka 57; Spanish vs. English: see English; Swedish: Aronson 70, Brodda 76a, Brodda 76b, Pitkänen 77; (Old) Swedish: Delsing 91; (Överkalix) Swedish: Källskog 92; (Ovredal) Swedish: Linden 76; Tocharian: Couvreur 42; (11th-17th C) Ukrainian: Sul'ga 87; absolute gen.: see also free gen.; locative gen.; DATIVE (absolute dative vs. absolute gen.); English: Oishi 83, Zandvoort 44-45; (Classical) Latin: Basset 45; Sanskrit: Saussure 881; absolute gen. & grammatical relation: (Classical, Koine) Greek: Whaley 90; adjective + gen.: see also denominai modifying adjective of material & gen.; DATIVE (adjective (phrase) + dative + gen.); (Literary Old) English: Rudanko 83; German: Riemsdijk 83; Russian: Aurich 71; adnominal gen.: see attributive gen. adverbal gen.: see also gen. vs. accusative after psych-verb; (Literary Old) English: Rudanko 83; (Old High) German: Baldes 882; (Old High to Middle High) German: Milligan 60; Lithuanian vs. Russian: Musteikiene 67; Russian vs. Lithuanian: see Lithuanian; adverbal gen. & alternative construction: (1500-1561) German: Fischer 87a, Fischer 87b, Fischer 88; adverbal gen. & verb of 'rating': (Classical) Latin: Laing 20; adverbial use of gen.: see also free gen.; (Old & Modern) German: Baeva 80; (Formal 19th, 20th C) German: Petravičius 79; (Ancient) Greek: Lopez Facal 74; analytical gen. [anal. gen.]: see also attributive anal. gen.; combination of anal. gen. & synthetic gen. (or possessive personal pronoun); gen. & preposition 'de'; split anal. gen.; synthetic vs. anal. gen.; Arabic (dialects): Harning 80, Johnstone 82; (Old) Armenian: T'osownyan 74; English: Deane 84, Mela 82; (Middle) English: Byniyatova 82; English vs. German: Hösselbarth 81, Hösselbarth 83; French: Godard 86, Melis 80, Milner 77, Milner 82a; (Middle) French: Byniyatova 82; German: Engelen 90, Pfeffer & Lorentz 79/82; Germanic: Curme 13-14; Italian: Boer 88; Norwegian: Torp 92; (Oppdalsmål) Norwegian: Dørum 78; Swedish: Pitkänen 77; anal. gen. & definiteness: English: Klégr 84; anal. gen. & localist approach: see also gen. & localist approach; POSSESSIVE (anal. possessive construction & its nominalization & localist approach); English: Klégr 84; anal. gen. with possessive pronoun: see also combination of analytical gen. & synthetic gen. (or possessive personal pronoun); synthetic gen. vs. analytical gen. with posses­ sive pronoun; English: Gaaf 27, Mela 82; anal. gen. & question asking: English: Öhrle 74;

520

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

attributive gen. [attr. gen.]: see also deverbal noun + gen.; postnominal gen.; prenominal gen.; prepositional attr. gen.; PREPOSITION (preposition 'di' vs. attr. gen.); Akkadian: Buccellati 76; Albanian vs. German: Uhlisch 82; Arabic: Waldmann 89; (Middle) Dutch: Berg 89, Es 38; English: Pollock 89; (Early Middle) English: David 13; (Old) English: Abruzzo 69, Allen 75, Nadler 16; French: Milner 77, Milner 82a, Pollock 89; German: Bondzio 67, Fabricius-Hansen 87, Glas 72, Hösselbarth 84, Knobloch 86, Michaelis 80, Radecker 86a, Rousseau 86; (16th C) German: Elst 88; German vs. Albanian: see Albanian; German vs. Russian (newspapers): see Russian; Indo-Europe­ an: Petersen 25; (Classical) Latin: Fugier 73, Nutting 32, Perret 65; Norwegian: Fabricius-Hansen 87; Polish: Kortas 83; Russian: Radecker 86b; Russian vs. German (newspaper): Radecker 85; Swedish: Pitkänen 79; attr. anal. gen.: English: Thomas 31; attr. gen. & apposition: general: Dotter & Strieder 88; German: Liihr 91; German vs. English: Löbel 91; attr. gen. vs. attr. adjective: see also gen. & adjective; general: Forner 72; French: Forner 72; attr. gen. & communication: Russian: Radecker 86c; attr. gen. & foreign language teaching: French: Handwerker 88; German: Handwerker 88; attr. gen. & head of the NP: French: Melis 80, Milner 82c; attr. gen. & word-order: see also gen. & word-order; pre/postnominal gen.; German: Behaghel 30, Rozen 88, Wagner 05; (16th C) German: Ebert 88; causal gen.: (Classical) Latin: Löfstedt 09; classical gen.: Italian: Pei 39; combination of anal. gen. & synthetic gen. (or possessive personal pronoun): see also anal. gen. with possessive pronoun; double gen.; synthetic gen. vs. anal. gen. with possessive pronoun; English: Jørgensen 84; contracted gen.: (Classical) Latin: Merril 10; counter gen.: general: Grasserie 896; dative & gen.: see DATIVE degen. directional & degen. designative: see DIRECTIONALITY denominai modifying adjective of material & gen.: see also adjective + gen.; English vs. Polish: Bacz 77; Polish vs. English: see English; deverbal noun + gen.: see also attr. gen.; Finnish: Vuoriniemi 75; double gen.: English: Jørgensen 84, Narita 86; elliptic gen.: general: Swaen 30; free gen.: see also absolute gen.; locative gen.; CASE (free case); Azerbaijani: Tietze 60; (Old & Modern) German: Baeva 80; Hebrew: Ritter 91; Turkish: Tietze 60; free vs. obligatory gen.: Arabic: Waldmann 89; garpegen. (e.g. John his book): Norwegian: Torp 92; genitivization: (Northern) Basque: Heath 72; English vs. Japanese: see Japanese; Japanese vs. English: Ishiguro 90; gen. vs. accusative: see also object gen. vs. object accusative; Balto-Slavic: Thomson 1112; (Old) English: Collins 79; German: Kolvenbach 73; (East-)Slavic: Klenin 80c; Sorbian: Fasske 72;

Subject Index

521

gen. vs. accusative of adjective or pronoun in referential function: (16th C to Modern) Slovene: Orzechowska 79; gen. vs. accusative & animacy: (11th-15th C) Russian: Krys'ko 92; gen. (partitive) vs. accusative after negation: see also DIRECT OBJECT (direct object after negation); NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. partitive after negation); PARTITIVE (parti­ tive vs. relational accusative); Baltic vs. Slavic: see Slavic; Finnish: Dahl 80; (17th C) Finnish (law texts): Nummenaho 87; (Old literary) Finnish: Nummenaho 87; Laurentian: Frink 64; Lithuanian: Lisauskas 76; Polish: Brooks 67; Russian: Beresford 68, Dahl 80, Deribas 56, Druien 73, Fleckenstein 61, Fuchs 73, Green 79, Gundel 77a, Hentschel 92, Keil 70, Klenin 78, Klima 59, Korn 64, Korn 67, Korn 68, Magner 55, Mişan 69, Mişan 70, Neidle 88, Restan 59, Restan 60, Schaller 78a, Timberlake 86b, Uglitsky 56; Slavic: Kaučič-Başa 82; Slavic vs. Baltic: Schaller 85; Ukrainian: Druien 73; gen. vs. accusative after negation & bibliography: Russian: Corbett 86; gen. (partitive) vs. accusative & negation, aspect, part-whole: see also gen. & partitive; Finnish: Heinämäki 84; Finnish vs. Russian: Dahl & Karlsson 75/76; Russian vs. Finnish: see Finnish; gen. vs. accusative after psych verb: see also adverbal gen.; SUBJECT (psych-verb & subject & accusative vs. unaccusative construction type, accusative vs. partitive); (Classical) Latin: Babcock 01; gen. & adjective: see also adjective + gen.; attr. gen. vs. attr. adjective; Daghestan-Avar: Judakin 87; French: Touratier 73; Indo-European: Wackernagel 08; gen. advancement: see gen. movement gen. as agent: see also gen. as subject; INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental vs. gen. as agent); Avestan: Cardona 70; Indic: Cardona 70; Indo-Iranian: Cardona 70; (Old) Persian: Cardona 70; Rigvedic: Andersen 86; Russian: Judakin 77; Russian (vs. Ger­ man): Fleischmann 84b; Samoan (child language): Duranti & Ochs 89b; Slavic: Kostjucenko 77; gen. as agent & (action) nominalization: see also gen. & nominalization; English: Fraser 70; gen. as agent & passive: Lithuanian: Sawicki 91; gen. as agent of passive participle & instrumental: INSTRUMENTAL (instrumental & agent & passive); Indo-European: Schmalstieg 89; gen. & agreement: Arawakan: Payne 87; Maipuran: Payne 87; gen. article: see also: gen. definite article; Rumanian: Ghetie & Mareş 88; gen. clitic: Balkan: Qvonje 89; English: Carstairs 87; English vs. Spanish: see Spanish; French: Elliot 86; Germanic: Carstairs 87; Spanish vs. English: Mallén 90a; gen. & compound: see also prepositional gen. & compound of the adjective; Dutch: Kruisinga 14; English: Gold 75, Kay & Zimmer 76/90; German vs. Polish: Jeziorski 82; Polish vs. German: see German; Russian (vs. German): Fleischmann 84b; gen. & country name/place name: see also locative gen. of place name; Dutch: Paardekooper 70a; (Middle & 17th C) Dutch: Paardekooper 68; English: Tengstrand 40; gen. & deep vs. surface case: German: Schachtl 89; gen. & definiteness: see also specifying gen.; possessive gen. & definiteness; POSSES­ SIVE (possession & definiteness); English: Woisetschläger 83; gen. definite article: see also: gen. article; Rumanian: Coteanu 85;

522

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

genitivus definitivus: see specifying gen. gen. & determiner. Haitian Creole: Lumsden 89; gen. & discourse: see gen. movement to transitive direct object or intransitive subject & discourse; possessive gen. & discourse; synt. vs. anal. gen. & discourse; gen. vs. ergative: general. Deserieva 72/75; gen. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see also attr. gen. & flt; gen. & possession & flt; gen. restricted relative clause & flt; English: Coulardeau 91, MacLeish 70; English vs. French: Elliott 82; French vs. English: see English; Russian (for Armenians): Dymarskaja-Babal' jan & Kuxkuljan 83; genitivus forensis: Gothic: Haebler 85; gen. of infinitive: Indo-European: Vendryes 10-11; genitivus inhaerentiae: (Classical) Latin: Pfister 14, Weijermans 49; (Ancient) Greek: Pfister 14; gen. & interaction of phonology, morphology, orthography: German: Kohrt 92; gen. & kinship name/patronymic expression: see also locative & familial gen.; Béo: Vottero 87; Dutch: Haeringen 47/49; gen. & localist theory: see also anal. gen. & localist approach; POSSESSIVE (possession & localist approach); English: Klégr 84; German: Wüllner 827; (Ancient) Greek: Wüllner 827; (Classical) Latin: Wüllner 827; gen. with mass noun: see also gen. & non-human & mass noun; Russian: Thomson 11; gen. & metaphor: general: Nikiforidou 91; gen. movement/advancement/promotion: English: Dresher & Hornstein 79, O'Grady 80a; gen. movement to transitive direct object or intransitive subject & discourse: Nez-Perce: Rude 86a; gen. of negation: see also gen. vs. accusative after negation; Basque: Ortiz de Urbina 85; Russian: Davison 67, Greenberg 87, Klenin 78, Ortiz de Urbina 85, Timberlake 86b; Serbo-Croatian: Dejanova 90; Slavic: Timberlake 75a; gen. of negation & partitive gen.: Russian: Klenin 78; gen. & nominal gerund: Estonian: Randoja 85; gen. & nominalization: see also gen. as agent & nominalization; English: Chomsky 70; gen. vs. nominative: Indo-European: Wijk 02; gen. vs. nominative in relative clause or NP complement: Japanese: Nakai 80; gen. vs. nominative subject: see also gen. as subject; Russian: Neidle 88, Rjabova 88; gen. of non-human/personal noun: English: Svartengren 49; gen. of non-human/non-personal & mass noun: see also gen. with mass noun; (American) English: Aronsson 75; (British & American) English: Jahr 81; genitivus objectivas: see object gen. gen. & partitive: see also gen. (partitive) vs. accusative; gen. of negation & partitive gen.; PARTITIVE (partitive gen.); (Old High to Modern) German: Wolff 54; Russian: Klenin 78; gen. personal pronoun: see also syncretism of gen. & accusative (of anaphoric pronoun); Germanic (dialects): Shields 85a; Gothic: Shields 85a; Indo-European: Schmidt 68; gen. plural: see also: gen. singular and marker of plurality; English: Picard 90; Germanic: Harðason 88, Vendryes 27; Gothic: Brugmann 13-14, Helten 893, Helten 09a, Wood 23; (Shtokavian) Serbo-Croatian: Liukkonen 74; Sorbian: Karlgren 11; Umbrian: Meillet 22a;

Subject Index

523

gen. & plural: Russian: Jakobson 57; gen. of pluralia tantum noun: Russian: Levin 80; gen. & possession: see also anal. gen. with possessive pronoun; combination of anal. gen. & synthetic gen. (or possessive personal pronoun); possessive gen.; POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & gen.); POSSESSIVE (possessive pronoun & gen.); IndoEuropean: Knobloch 50-52; Krongo: Reh 83; (Colloquial) Portuguese: Kato 85; gen. & possession & flt: English: MacLeish 70; gen. & prefixed verb: Russian: Russell 87; gen. & preposition 'de': see also anal. gen.; prepositional gen.; PARTITIVE (partitive & partitive preposition); PREPOSITION (preposition 'de'); French: Bartning 89, Bartning 92a, Bartning 92b; (Classical) Latin: Väänänen 56; gen. of price & quantitative relation: see also initial gen. & quantification; quantitative gen.; Italic: Szemerényi 56a; (Classical) Latin: Szemerényi 56a; gen. promotion: see gen. movement gen. & proper name: (Eastern) Dutch: Nijen Twilhaar 86; German (newspaper language): Deman 65; (Överkalix) Swedish: Källskog 92; genitivus qualitatis: see qualitative gen. gen. & relative clause: see also gen. vs. nominative in relative clause or NP complement; Turkish: Knecht 79; gen. restricted relative clause & flt: French: Hawkins 89; gen. relative pronoun: see also possessive gen. relative pronoun/adjective; PARTITIVE (partitive gen. relative pronoun); POSSESSIVE (possessive relative pronoun); Ger­ man: Eggers 80, Larsen 83; gen. & its relatedness to reflexive: English: Pica 90; gen. singular: German: Bettelhaüser 76; (Classical) Latin: Schrijnen 29; Polish: Gawrda 81, Westfal 56; gen. singular & marker of plurality: see also: gen. plural; Dutch: Salverda de Grave 14; gen. & subject: Slavic: Vikhovanets' 83; gen. as subject: see also gen. as agent; gen. vs. nominative subject; possessive gen. as subject; prepositional gen. subject; subject(ive) & object(ive) gen.; PARTITIVE (parti­ tive as subject); general: Fujita 88; (Standard) Arabic: Fassi Fehri 89; French: Pollock 89; English: Pollock 89; Japanese: Fujita 88; Russian: Kostinskij 70, Martirosjan 86; gen. as subject ofpassive participle: Slavic: Schmalstieg 76; genitivus subjectivus: see subject gen. gen. & syntax: see also prenominal gen. & loan syntax; general: Wolf 81; gen. without morphological marking: (Early New High) German: Shapiro 41; German: Appel 41; gen. & word-order: see also attributive gen. & word-order; initial gen. & quantification; postnominal gen.; prenominal gen.; synthetic vs. anal. gen. & word-order; (Poetic) Dutch: Klooster 88; (Old) English: Nunnally 91a; (Old High to Modern) German: Carr 33; group gen.: general: Householder 88; Danish: Jespersen 34; English: Carstairs 87; (17501950) English: Delsaux 69; (Middle) English: Ekwall 43; (Old) English: Ekwall 43; Germanic: Carstairs 87;

524

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

initial gen. & quantification: see also gen. of price & quantitative relation; quantitative gen.; Russian: House 82; lexical gen. hypothesis: general'. Grumet 83; locative gen.: see also absolute gen.; free gen.; syncretism of gen. & locative; (Old & Modern) German: Baeva 80; locative & familial gen.: see also gen. & kinship name/patronymic expression; English: Zandvoort 49; locative gen. of place name: see also gen. & country name/place name; English: Gaaf 32; modal gen.: see also free gen.; (Old & Modern) German: Baeva 80; object gen.: see also subject gen. & object gen.; German: Schrodt 92; (Old High) German: Schrodt 92; Russian: Veyrenc 72; object gen. vs. object accusative: see also gen. vs. accusative; German: Schrodt 92; (Old High) German: Schrodt 92; 'of + personal pronoun' as possessive or subjective gen.: see also subject gen.; English: Jørgensen 84; periphrastic gen.: see anal. gen. pleonastic gen.: (Classical) Latin: Hillen 89; possessive gen. [pos. gen.]: see also gen. & possession; 'of + personal pronoun' as pos. or subjective gen.; prenominal pos. gen. & pos. dative; synthetic vs. anal. pos. gen.; POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & gen.; pos. pronoun & gen.); general: Ultan 78; Azerbaijani: Ragimbekova 85; English: Dusková 89, Mela 82, Taylor '89a, Taylor 89c; Russian: Vácha 74-75; pos. gen. & definiteness: see also gen. & definiteness; POSSESSION (possession & definiteness); general: Lyons 85; English: Lyons 85; pos. gen. & discourse: English: Taylor 91; pos. gen. as subject: see also gen. subject; French: Milner 82b; pos. gen. relative pronoun/adjective: see also gen. relative pronoun; Rumanian: Mourin 83; postnominal gen.: see also attr. gen. & word-order; gen. & word-order; prenominal gen.; English: Dresher & Hornstein 79, Janda 80b, O'Grady 80a; postnominal gen. & non-overt or pronominal head noun: English: Olsen 87; predicative gen.: see also free gen.; (Old & Modern) German: Baeva 80; prenominal gen.: see also attr. gen. & word-order; postnominal gen.; POSSESSIVE (possessive pronoun & prenominal gen.); Dutch: Koelmans 75, Rens 67; (Poetic) Dutch: Klooster 88; (16th-17th C) Dutch: Damsteegt 78, Damsteegt 81; English: Anderson 83-84; Germanic: Beekes 88; (Proto-)Indo-European: Beekes 88; prenominal gen. & loan syntax: see also gen. & syntax; Dutch: Schwitters 44; prenominal possessive gen. & possessive dative: Balkan: Kostov 74; prepositional gen. [prep. gen.] (preposition + gen. case): see also anal. gen.; gen. & preposition 'de'; PARTITIVE (partitive & partitive preposition; prepositional partitive gen.); PREPOSITION (preposition 'de'; preposition 'di' vs. attr. gen.); (Old) English: Guerrieri 83; (Swiss) German: Gelhaus, Frey & Heyne 72; Gothic: Sturtevant 33a; Russian: Dolgov 69, Moser 69, Mrázek & Brym 62, Solonicyn 65, Ter-Arakeljan 70, Vácha 74-75; (Old) Russian: Dankov 62; Slavic: Stefanović 65, Stefanović 66; (Old) Slavic: Xodova 71; Ukrainian: Buttke 77;

Subject Index

525

prep. gen. & (expression of) analogy: Rumanian: Mihăilă 83; prep. attr. gen.: (15th C Novgorod) Russian: Kaporulina 75; prep. gen. & alternative construction: see also synthetic vs. anal. gen.; (16-17th C) Russian: Panjuseva 66; prep. gen. & cause: see also CAUSATIVE (causative preposition); Russian: Popova 58; prep. gen. & compound of the adjective: see also gen. & compound; Russian: Evseeva 62; prep. + gen. or dative: German: Miiller 90, Sack 85; prep. gen. & locative: French vs. Polish: see Polish; Polish vs. French: Ucherek 87; prep. gen. subject: see also gen. as subject; Russian vs. Ukrainian: Zovtobrujx 88; Ukrainian vs. Russian: see Russian; prep. 'na' + gen. or dative & its grammaticalization: Bulgarian: Qvonje 80; Macedonian: Qvonje 80; qualitative gen.: (Classical) Latin: Edwards 00; qualitative gen. vs. qualitative ablative: see also ABLATIVE (qualitative ablative; verb of separation & ablative vs. gen. alternation); (Classical) Latin: Edwards & Wölfflin 00; quantitative gen.: see also gen. of price & quantitative relation; initial gen. & quantifica­ tion; (Classical) Latin: Maurel 85b; referential gen.: English: Devriendt 83; rests of gen.: Dutch: Resten van naamvallen 73; spatial gen.: see locative gen. specifying gen.: English: Durieux 90, Taylor 89a; German: Engelen 90; split analytical gen.: English: Wieser 86; subject gen.: see also gen. as subject; Dutch: Lubbe 81; subject gen. & object gen.: see also 'of + personal pronoun' as possessive or subjective gen.; German: Leys 74; Russian: Revzine 73; syncretism of gen. & accusative (of anaphoric pronoun) [syncr.]: Polish: Bacz 90, Grappin 51, Wierzbicka 83/88; Polish (legal language): Nieminen 28; (16th C) Polish: Kuraszkiewicz 61; (17th C) Polish: Rzepka 75; (Old Eastern) Polish: Rzepka 76; Russian: Newman 82; Slavic: Comrie 78a, Siatkowski 71, Thomson 09; (Eastern) Slavic: Kedajtene 61; (Old) Slavic: Meillet 897; (Old Church) Slavonic & (Medieval East) Slavic: Klenin 87; (Medieval East) Slavic: Klenin 80b; (Medieval East) Slavic & (Old Church) Slavonic: see (Old Church) Slavonic; (Lower) Sorbian: Lötzch 70; (Lower Upper) Sorbian (dialects): Lötzsch 64, Lötzsch 70; syncr. of gen. & accusative & adverb: Polish: Breunis 91; syncr. of gen. & accusative of animate noun: Slavic: Thomson 08; syncr. of gen. & accusative vs. syncretism of nominative & accusative: see also NOMI­ NATIVE (numeric expression + nominative-accusative vs. accusative-gen. & preposi­ tion); Polish: KuryIowicz 47; syncr. of gen. & dative: Rumanian: Florea 84, Manea 89; syncr. of gen. & dative feminine: (15-16th C) Rumanian: Reguş 79; syncr. of gen. & dative & its reinterpretation as nominative-accusative: Rumanian: Rizescu 81; syncr. of gen. & locative: see also locative gen.; Indo-European: Shields 87a; synthetic gen. [synt. gen.]: (Middle) English: Amodio 87;

526

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

synt. gen. vs. anal. gen.: see also prep. gen. & alternative construction; PREPOSITION (preposition 'di' vs. attr. gen.); Arabic: Waldmann 89; (Tunesian) Arabic: Thiry 90; (Middle: 12-13th C) Bulgarian (gospels): Sykorová 63; Danish vs. German: see German; (Middle) Dutch: Berg 89; English: Delmas 83, Devriendt 79, Hawkins R. 81b, Matveeva 65, Rappoport 50; (ll-14th C) English: Val'dman 62b; (Old) English: Beckmann 885; (Late Old) English: Trampe Bødtker 12; (1550-1600) English: Breejen 37; (17th C) English: Altenberg 82; German: Bondzio 85, Kiefer 10, Kolvenbach 73, Raad 78; German vs. Danish: Olesen 88; (Ancient) Greek: Tüncher 35; Indo-European: Fairbanks 79, Fairbanks 85; (Classical) Latin: Clairin 880; Russian: Unni 79; Swedish: Pitkänen 76; (Överkalix) Swedish: Källskog 92; synt. vs. anal. gen. &. discourse: (17th C) English: Altenberg 80, Standwell 89; synt. vs. anal. gen. or N N construction of proper noun: English: Petit 91; synt. vs. anal. possessive gen. (possessive pronoun, adjective): see also anal. gen. with possessive pronoun; combination of anal. gen. & synt. gen. (or possessive personal pronoun); Czech: Svozilová & Uhlířová 90; (Old) English: Beckmann 885; SerboCroatian: Gallis 54; synt. vs. anal. gen. & word-order: German: Lääne 82; temporal gen.: see also free gen.; (Old & Modern) German: Baeva 80; (18th C) Russian: Grannes 86b; thematic gen.: English: Osselton 88; Indo-European: Borgström 34; (Classical) Latin: Devine 70; Russian: Franks & House 82; GRAMMATICAL RELATION [GRAM. REL] general: Abraham 78a, Abraham 78c, Abraham 82a, Aissen 82, Anderson 77, Anderson 78, Anderson 80b, Anderson 82, Andrews 85, Baker 88c, Bates & MacWhinney 82, Bechert 79, Böhm 81, Bordelois 82, Bowers 86, Bresnan 82, Chomsky 72, Cole 83, Cole & Sadock 77, Cole, Harbert, Hashimoto, Nelson, Smietana & Sridhar 77, Comrie 76a, Croft 83, Croft 90a, Czepluch 87, David 86, Delfitto 91, Dik 83, Dowty 91, Dziwirek, Farrell & Mejías-Bikandi 93, Fillmore 66a/69/76/77, Frantz 81, Grasserie 890, Haberland & Nedergaard Thomsen 90, Haberland & Nedergaard Thomsen 91, Hurford 81, Jacobson 82, Johnson 74, Johnson 77a, Keenan 86, Kyes 85, Langacker 86a, Langacker 90, Langdon 89, Lazard 79, Lehmann 86/91, Marantz 80/84, Michelini 78a, Nedergaard Thomsen 87, Perlmutter & Rosen 84, Plank 79b, Plank 79c, Plank 80, Robinson 70/71, Valin 80b, Vennemann 82; Achinese: Durie 87; Bantu: Hyman & Duranti 82; Bulgarian: Qvonje 80; Caucasian: Fox 70; Chamorro: Gibson 90; Danish: Haberland & Nedergaard Thomsen 90; Dutch: Bresnan, Kaplan, Peters & Zaenen 82, Hoekstra 84, Verhagen 86; English: Bach 79, Dowty 91, Fillmore 66a/69/76/77, Hoekstra 84, Hudson 89a, Langendoen 73, Robinson 70-71; English (child language): Dale 74, Marantz 82; English vs. German: Hawkins J. 81, Ross 79; English vs. Russian: Nichols 78; (19th C British) English: Dekeyser 75, Sørensen 76; ergative languages: Valin 81; Eskimo: Johns 84b, Kalmar 79; French: Korzen 88, Meisel 73; (Old) French: Bertin-Delbey 91; (Old) French vs. (Classical) Latin: Plank 79a; Georgian: Anderson 84, Boeder 89, Harris 76, Harris 90; German: Becker 71, Bechert 82, Curme 60, Endres 73, Jett 75, Kwakernaak 91, Vennemann 82; German (child language): Clahsen 86;

Subject Index

527

German vs. English: see English; (West-)Germanic: Abraham 82a, Abraham 83a; Guajajara: Alexander 89; Guarani: Bossong 85b; Hebrew: Cole 75; Hausa: Heide 89; Hindi: Bhatia 81, Comrie 84a; (OluTsooto) Haya: Dalgish 76a; Huichol: Comrie 82; Hungarian (child language): Rispoli 90; Indic: Comrie 84a; Indo-European: Faarlund 87; Inuit: Johns 87; Italian: Rispoli 90; Japanese: Fukushima 83, Hinds 82, Hinds 87, Kageyama 78, Kuno 73a, McCawley 75-76, Nagai 85; Kahili (child language): Rispoli 90; Korean: Gerdts 87, O'Grady 91; Lahu: Matisoff 76; (Classical) Latin: Pinkster 72; (Classical) Latin vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; Macedonian: Qvonje 80; Malayalam: Mohanan 82; (Western) Muskogean: Munro & Gordon 82; non-configurational languages: Alexander 89; Philippine: Carrier-Duncan 85; Polynesian: Chung 76a; (Imbabura) Quechua: Hermon 81a, Jake 83; Romance: Jaeggli 82, Radford 78; Russian: Babby 78b; Russian vs. English: see English; Rwanda: Gary & Keenan 77, Maxwell 81; Samoan: Cook 88b; Slave: Alexander 89; Spanish: Aid 73, Bickford 85, Goldin 68, Green 75, Marcos Marin 78; Tibeto-Burman: Matisoff 76; Turkish: Dede 81; Turkish (child language): Rispoli 90; Yagua: Alexander 89; absolute genitive & gram. rel.: see GENITIVE case & gram. rel.: see CASE case-grammar & gram. rel.: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) causative & gram. rel.: see CAUSATIVE cleft construction & gram. rel., pragmatics, semantic relation: see COPULAR CON­ STRUCTION dative & gram. rel.: see DATIVE double object construction & gram. rel.: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION ergativity & gram. rel.: see ERGATIVITY existential construction & gram. rel.: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION gram. rel. & case-theory: general: Williams 84; gram. rel. & clause structure linkage: general: Nichols & Woodbury 85; gram. rel. & clitic: Spanish: Strozer 76; gram. rel. & cognitive grammar: general: Langacker 87a; gram. rel. & coordination: English: Hudson 88a; gram. rel. & (nominal) compound: German: Motsch 70; gram. rel. & extraction: English: Hudson 88b; gram. rel. & functional-pragmatic approach: see also gram. rel. & pragmatics; general: Nedergaard Thomsen 87; gram. rel. & general relation changing rules: general: Dowty 82b; English: Dowty 82b; gram. rel. & government, (binding, valency): general: Lehmann 82a/83, Lehmann 85a; German: Sternefeld 85b; gram. rel. & gradation: Persian: Sheintuch 76; gram. rel. & grammatical opposition: Rumanian: Draşoveanu 75; gram. rel. & honorific agreement, anaphor interpretation: Korean: O'Grady 88; gram. rel. & inversion: see also gram. rel. & word-order; English: Green 77; gram. rel. & lexicon/lexicology: see also gram. rel. & semantic relation & lexical decomposition; general: Marantz 85; Japanese: Marantz 81; gram. rel. & localist theory: see also LOCATIVE (locative & gram. rel.); French: Seelbach 87;

528

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

gram. rel. & Montague grammar: general: Dowty 82a; gram. rel. & one-per-cent solution: general: Starosta 78/81; gram. rel. & passive: see also PASSIVE (antipassive & gram. rel.); PASSIVE (passive & case & gram. rel.); French vs. German: Vernay 80; German vs. French: see French; Icelandic: Zaenen, Maling & Thráinsson 85; gram. rel. & pragmatics: see also gram. rel. & functional-pragmatic approach; general: Valin & Foley 80; gram. rel. & reflexive sentence: general: Edmondson 78a; Spanish: Schroten 72; gram. rel. & reflexive & anteceding case: Russian: Schwartz 86; gram. rel. & semantics: general: Lieb 82; gram. rel. & semantic relation [sem. rel.]: see also DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUC­ TION (double object construction & recipient/beneficiary as cognitive equivalent of unitransitive patient & gram. vs. sem. relation); SEMANTIC RELATION (theta-role & gram. rel.); general: Aissen 82b, Marantz 82b, Rosen 82a, Rosen 84, Tarvainen 87c, Vater 75a; Child language: Valin 92; French: Seelbach 87; English: Tarvainen 87c; English (child language): Marantz 82a, Valin 92; Finnish (child language): Bowerman 73, Dale 74; German: Heidolph 77, Tarvainen 87a, Tarvainen 87b; Guarani: Bossong 85b; Sanskrit: Kiparsky & Staal 69; gram. rel. & sem. rel. & deverbal adjective: Dutch: Putten 86; gram. rel. & sem. rel. & innate linking rule: English (child language): Bowerman 90; gram. rel. & sem. rel. & lexical decomposition: Japanese: Marantz 85; Korean: Marantz 85; gram. rel. & sentence comprehension: Hungarian vs. Russian bilingual vs. monolingual (child language): Pléh, Jarovinskij & Balajan 87; Russian vs. Hungarian: see Hungar­ ian; gram. rel. & sub categorization: general: Grimshaw 82; English: Grimshaw 82; French: Grimshaw 82; Spanish: Grimshaw 82; gram. rel. & syncretism: general: Plank 78; gram. rel. & syntax, (derivation, flexion): Fula: Sylla 79; German: Hauri 83; Japanese: Marantz 81; gram. rel. & (autonomous) syntax: see also syntactic categories & gram. rel.; general: Newmeyer 76; gram. rel. & topic: English: Walker 76; gram. rel. & topic & particles: Maranao: McKaughan 62; gram. rel. & transitivity: Fijian: Pawley 86; French vs. German: Vernay 80; German vs. French: see French; gram. rel., transitivity, voice & word-base grammar: general: O'Grady 78; gram. rel. & verb agreement: German (child language): Clahsen 86; Hindi: Comrie 84a; Indo-Aryan: Comrie 84a; gram. rel. hierarchy & wh-question: Rwanda: Maxwell 81; gram. rel. & word-formation: French: Wandruszka 82; German: Wandruszka 82; gram. rel. & word-order: see also gram. rel. & inversion; WORD-ORDER (word-order, case & gram. rel.); general: Lehmann 85a, Pullum 77, Pullum 81; Breton: Anderson & Chung 77; English: Moskey 81; Samoan: Anderson & Chung 77; Tongan: Anderson & Chung 77;

Subject Index

529

gram. rel. & word-order vs. case: Wappo: Li & Thompson 76a; gram. rel. & word-order & verb-fronting: general: Sproat 84; gram. rel. & universality: general: Pullum 80; 'have' & 'be'-languages & gram. rel.: see POSSESSIVE noun incorporation into the verbal complex & direct object (gram. rel.): see DIRECT OBJECT participation & case, case-grammar, gram. rel., semantic relation: see PARTICIPA­ TION prefixed verb & gram. rel.: Russian: Janda 88b; prepositions 'à', 'de' vs. 'en', 'y' & gram. rel.: see PREPOSITION pronoun & gram. rel.: see PRONOUN relativization & gram. rel.: see RELATIVE CLAUSE subject & gram. rel.: see SUBJECT subjectivization of direct object or indirect object & gram. rel.: see SUBJECT syntactic categories & gram. rel.: see also gram. rel. & (autonomous) syntax; general: Croft 87, Croft 91, Palmer 92; theta-role & gram. rel.: see SEMANTIC RELATION underlying vs. superficial gram. rel.: general: Hofmann 68; valency & gram. rel.: see VALENCY INDIRECT OBJECT [I.O.] (see also DATIVE; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; OBJECT) general: Blansitt 84, Breen 88a, Faltz 78; Bena: Speed Hodges & Stucky 79; Chadic: Newman 82; Child language: Cromer 75; Danish: Hansen 49; Dutch: Balk-Smit Duyzentkunst 68/80, Belle & Langendonck 92, Bos 72/75, Florijn & Leek 71-72, Hoekstra 80, Kirsner, Verhagen & Willemsen 84-85, Janssen 92, Leek 71-72, Mars 68, Schermer-Vermeer 91, Toorn 71/75/80, Zaalberg 70/75; English: Allerton 78, Ander­ son 88, DeArmond 79, Fillmore 65, Hawkins R. 81a, Hudson 92, Janssen 77, Kuroda 68, Lakoff & Thompson 75, Nilsen 68, Partee 79, Ziv & Sheintuch 79; English (child language): Cook 76, O'Grady 82a; (Middle) English: Estival 86b; French: Muller 85, Sørensen 83; German: Muller 85, Plank 87, Wegener 86; (West)Germanic: Abraham 83a; (Old) Hausa: Newman 82; Hebrew: Berman 82a; (Old) Icelandic: Games 73; (Bahasa) Indonesian: Chung 76b; Japanese (child language): McNeill, McNeill & Yukawa 71; Kekchi: Berinstein 86, Berinstein 90; Maltese: Borg & Comrie 84; Nepali: Wallace 81; Portuguese: Complemento 87, Vilela 86; (18th C) Rumanian: Saramandu 65; Rwanda: Bickford 86, Dryer 83; Swati: Guzman 87; Spanish: Fish 68, Vázquez Rozas 88, Veciana 77; (Old) Spanish: England 83; attributive prepositional I.O.: see also prepositional I.O.; English: Federova 58 dative vs. I.O.: see DATIVE direct object + I.O.: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION direct object vs. I.O.: see DIRECT OBJECT 'have'-construction & I.O.: see POSSESSIVE I.O. advancement: see I.O. movement I.O. vs. adverb: see also prepositional phrase as I.O. vs. as adverbial; Hebrew: Ben-Asher 72;

530

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

I.O. & animacy: Catalan: Rigau 82; I.O. & case: Czech (mathematical & electronic prose): Panenová 66; LO. & case-grammar. English: Brittain 71; I.O. & case-theory, theta-theory: see also DATIVE ((non-lexical) dat. clitic & casetheory, theta-theory); DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION (double object construc­ tion & case-theory, (theta-theory); English: Czepluch 82; I.O. & change from possessive to dative: Hausa: Newman 82; I.O. clitic: see also I.O. (clitic/pronominal) doubling; (Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 91; French: Gaatone 84; I.O. & contrastive linguistics: general: Ferguson 70; Bengali: Ferguson 70; Georgian: Ferguson 70; (Classical) Latin: Ferguson 70; Persian: Ferguson 70; Russian: Ferguson 70; Tati: Ferguson 70; I.O. & dative movement & iconicity: English: Thompson & Koide 87; I.O. (clitic/pronominal) doubling/reduplication: see also I.O. clitic; I.O. pronoun; gen­ eral: Comrie 76a; Albanian: Vătăşescu 85; Romance: SIawomirski 90; Rumanian: Farkas 78, Vătăşescu 85; Spanish: Rini 91; (Buenos Aires) Spanish: Barrenechea & Orecchia 70; I.O. doubling & dativus-cum-infinitivo & agency: French: Saltarelli 78; Italian: Saltarelli 78; I.O. & foreign language teaching: English: Goldin 72; Spanish: Goldin 72; I.O. lowering: general: Croft 85; I.O. movement [I.O. mov.]: see also DATIVE (dative movement); OBJECT (object movement); POSSESSIVE (possessor ascension & advancement of I.O. to direct object); Dutch: Paardekooper 76; English: Channon 82, Emonds 72, Emonds 79; German: Wilkinson 83; Kalkatungu: Böhm 86; Tzotzil: Aissen 83; I.O. mov. & particle movement: see also DATIVE (dative movement & particle move­ ment); English: Clifton 77; I.O. mov. & pronominalization: French: Postal 90; I.O. passive: see also DATIVE (dative passive; dative subject); DIRECT OBJECT (direct object passive vs. I.O. passive); Dutch: Everaert 82, Hogen 83, Langendonck 68, Toorn 81; English: Thornburg 86; (Ancient) Greek: Feldman 78; (Altamura) Italian: Fauci & Loporcaro 89; I.O. & presupposition & topic: Dutch: Kooij 72/75; I.O. pronoun: see also I.O. (clitic/pronominal) doubling; redundant I.O. pronoun; DA­ TIVE (le/la/loismo); OBJECT (object pronoun & word-order); POSSESSIVE (inalien­ able possession & dative/I.O. pronoun); French: Herschensohn 79, Huffman 83; Span­ ish: Holton 60; (Castillian [en puno]) Spanish: Godenzzi 86; I.O. pronoun & subject pronoun: see also SUBJECT (subject & predicate & I.O.); Dutch: Kooiman 69; LO. & redundancy: see also redundant I.O. pronoun; Spanish: Rini 91; LO. & sentencehood: Dutch: Kerstens 85; I.O. & unaccusativity: see also DATIVE (dative & unaccusativity); Hausa: Tuller 90; LO. verb: English: Cotter 84; I.O. & word-order: see also redundant I.O. pronoun & word-order; Dutch: Hoekstra 78, Janssen 76-77, Kooij 72/75, Verhagen 86; Spanish: Bickford 82;

Subject Index

531

possessive ƒ.0.: see POSSESSIVE possessive dative & (semi) I.O.: see DATIVE prepositional I.O.: see also attributive prepositional I.O.; DATIVE (prepositional dative); PREPOSITION (preposition 'a'); Dutch: Janssen 92, Weijnen & Gordijn 70; English: Federova 55; French: Gaatone 84; French vs. Germanic: Pijnenburg 87; Germanic vs. French: see French; Spanish: Garcia Elorrio 60, Roegiest 83a; prepositional phrase as I.O. vs. as adverbial: see also I.O. vs. adverb; (Classical) Hebrew: Blau 7 3 ; redundant I.O. pronoun & word-order: see also I.O. pronoun; I.O. & redundancy; I.O. & word-order; Spanish: Poston 53; subjectivization of direct object or I.O. & grammatical relation: see SUBJECT subject & predicate & I.O.: see SUBJECT valency & I.O./dative: see VALENCY INFINITIVE

[INF.]/INFINITIVAL CONSTRUCTION

accusativus-cum-inf.: see ACCUSATIVE agenthood & 'be easy to + inf.': see AGENT benefactive dative vs. 'have + direct object + inf.': see DATIVE causative + inf. & passive: see CAUSATIVE clitic movement & mood of the verbal inf.al complement: see CLITIC dativus-cum-inf: see DATIVE directionality & motion verb & inf.: see DIRECTIONALITY genitive of inf.: see GENITIVE inf.al clause & case-theory, case filter: see also: CASE (CASE-THEORY (case-theory & case filter)); (European) Portuguese vs. French: Raposo 87a; Romance: Raposo 87a; inf.al complement(ation): see COMPLEMENT inf. construction with locative intransitive verb: see LOCATIVE inflected inf. & case-theory: (European) Portuguese: Raposo 87b; nominativus-cum-inf: see NOMINATIVE nominative inf.: see NOMINATIVE implicit object (of inf.): see OBJECT implicit subject (of inf.): see SUBJECT inf. as object: see OBJECT inf. as subject: see SUBJECT object-and-inf: see OBJECT object deletion in inf. purpose clause: see OBJECT subject of inf.: see SUBJECT valency & valency change in inf. construction: see VALENCY INSTRUMENTAL [INSTR.] (see also ACCOMPANIMENT; AGENT; CAUSATIVE) general: Krzeszowski 73, Schatte 87, Schröder 87; Anatolian: Garrett 90a; Australian: Dixon 76b; (Southern) Baagandji: Hercus 76a; Balto-Slavic: Poljakov 88; (Western) Barkly: Chadwick 76; Bidjara: Breen 76a; Bularnu: Breen 76a; Chuvash: Andrejev 86;

532

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Cora vs. English: Filipovic 86; Croatian vs. Slovene: see Slovene; Czech: Ulicny 84; Czech vs. Slovak: see Slovak; Djaabugay: Hale 76a; Djamindjungan: Hoddinott & Kofod 76; English: Krzeszowski 73, Leskosky 72, Meijs 77, Meys 75, Nilsen 73, Nixon 75, Peterson 85, Rushbrook 76, Sullivan 77, Vestergaard 73; English (child language): Clark & Hecht 82; (Old) English: Benjamin 79, Winkler 896; French: Dugas 73; Gadsup: Garrett 90a; Garawa: Leeding 76; Georgian: Jedlicka 62; German: Âmšanova 91, Helbig 79b, Schröder 87, Winkler 896; (Old High) German: Pratje 880; (Old) Germanic: Delbrück 07; Gorokan: Garrett 90a; Gothic: Winkler 896; (Ancient) Greek: Delbrück 867b, Ilievski & Petrusevski 61, Zsilka 65; Hittite: Houwink ten Cate 66, Melchert 77; (Old) Icelandic: Games 73; (Old) Indic: Delbrück 867b; Indo-European: Haudry 70, Luraghi 86c, Michelini 78b; Kartvelian: Saradzenidze 56; Kuuku Ya'u: Thompson 76; (Classical) Latin: Delbriick 867b, Ebrard 879, Wistrand 41a; Murrinh Patha: Walsh 76; Muruwari: Oates 76; Ngengikurungur: Hoddinott & Kofod 76; (Old) Norwegian: Winkler 896; Nunggubuyu: Heath 76b; (Chichewa) Nyanja: Baker 88b; Polish: Grochowski 86; Rigvedic: Andersen 86, Benedetti 89, Wenzel 879; Russian: Beynen 83, Corbett 82, Freidhof 72, Janda 93, Kilby 86, Luraghi 86a, Mrázek 60, Radtke 63, Stavroskij 65, Wierzbicka 80, Worth 58; (Old vs. Modern) Russian: Gibson 84; Samoan: Shionoya 91; Saramaccan: Byrne 84; Slavic: Ivić 54, Kostjucenko 77, Markov 89, Staniseva 58; (Old) Slavic: Bauerová 63; Slovak vs. Czech: IvanováSalingová 74; Slovene vs. Croatian: Babic 89; Svan: Topuria 77; Thai: Stine 68; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; Wagaya: Breen 76a; Wangaybuwan: Donaldson 76; Wangkumara: Breen 76a; Warluwara: Breen 76a; Yidiny: Dixon 76c; Yuulngu: Schebeck 76a; abstrument: English: Hook 83; accusative vs. instr.: see ACCUSATIVE agent, patient, instr. & inference, coherence: see AGENT analytical dative instr. vs. synthetic dative instr.: see DATIVE body-part instr.: English: Bibovic 76; genitive as agent of passive participle & instr.: see GENITIVE instr. ablative: see ABLATIVE instr. & accompaniment & collective: general: Seiler 74; German: Seiler 74; instr. vs. accompaniment and vs. manner role & cognitive structure: general: Schlesinger 79; English: Schlesinger 79; instr. adverb: see also instr. & predicative adverb; English: Bresnan 69; Russian: Ajmagambetova 86; Slavic: Markov 89; instr. adverb & causality: see also instr. & agent & causation & intentionality; CAUSA­ TIVE (instr. causative); Rumanian: Craşoveanu 80; instr. adverb & deep structure: English: Lakoff 68, Weydt 73; instr. & adverbial prepositional phrase: see also instr. noun & preposition; German: Schröder 79; instr. &/as agent: see also instr. vs. genitive as agent; AGENT (agent, patient, instr. & inference, coherence); CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-grammmar & nomina agentis & instr.)); DATIVE (dative (-instr.) of agency; analytical dative instr. vs. synthetic dative instr.); SUBJECT (subject vs. object & semantic relations agent/ instr. vs. patient/dative & psychological dimensions of case); general: Schlesinger 89; ((Central) Cape York (Peninsula)) Australian: Sommer 76; English: Schlesinger 89;

Subject Index

533

instr. & agent & causality & intentionality: see also instr. adverb & causality; CAUSA­ TIVE (instr. causative); general: Pleines 75; German: Pleines 75; instr. vs. agent & correlation analysis: English: Deane & Wheeler 84; instr. &/as agent vs. nominative object & ergativity: see also instr. & ergativity; instr. vs. nominative; Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 79; instr. & agentive nominalization: French: Ulland 91; instr. & agent & passive: see also AGENT (agent & passive); GENITIVE (genitive as agent of passive participle & instr.); Lithuanian: Sawicki 91; instr. & agent & pragmatics, syntax, word-formation: see also predicative instr. & syntax; general: Panagl 78; German: Panagl 78; Indo-European: Panagl 77; instr. & agent & predication: see also predicative instr. & syntax; English: Richardson 85a; instr. & beneficiary arguments: German: Engelkamp 80; instr. & case alternation: Indo-European: Neckel 07; instr. & case-grammar: see also verb + 'with-PP' & case-grammar/semantic relation; CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-grammar & nomina agentis & instr.)); general: Schatte 87; English: Monteiro 82; instr. & case-theory: see also prepositional instr. & case-theory; Russian: Prud'homme 81; instr. to direct object advancement: Mayan: Norman 78; Niuean: Seiter 79; instr. & ergativity: see also instr. as agent vs. nominative object & ergativity; TsovaTush: Gagua 48; instr. vs. genitive as agent: Vedic: Örtel 39; instr. inference & reading comprehension: English: Corbett & Dosher 78; instr. & lexicology: English: Kefer 80; instr. & loc. approach: see also prepositional instr. & cognitive grammar (loc. approach); (Classical) Latin: Hidén 899; instr. & manner expression: see also instr. vs. comitative & vs. manner: (Classical) Latin: Vester 83; instr. of means: (Technical) Russian: Schupbach 86; instr. metaphor: French vs. Rumanian: see Rumanian; Rumanian vs. French: CilianuLascu 92; instr. vs. nominative: see also instr. &/as agent vs. nominative object & ergativity; NOMINATIVE (second nominative vs. oblique case (predicative instr., prepositional object)); PREDICATE (predicative noun & case agreement (nominative vs. instr.); Polish: Krupianka 84; Russian: Timberlake 86; instr. vs. nominative & compound: Russian: Grannes 90; instr. vs. nominative & ascription vs. equation: Polish: Rothstein 86; (Western) Slavic: Rothstein 86; instr. noun & foreign language teaching: German: Kempter 67; instr. noun & preposition: see also instr. & adverbial prepositional phrase; prepositional instr.; French: Poncet-Montange 91; instr. vs. object: German vs. Russian: Maier 90; Russian vs. German: see German; instr. & peculiarity case: Indo-European: Michelini 78b;

534

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

instr. & philosophy: Russian: Galton 85; instr. plural'. (Mycenaean) Greek: Doria 68; Indo-European: Lazzeroni 70; instr. & predicative adverb: see also instr. adverb; French: Pinault 79; instr. after preposition & instr. preposition + accusative & locative: see also instr. & adverbial prepositional phrase; instr. noun & preposition; prepositional instr.; Russian: Sullivan 86; instr. & transitive construction: French: Boons 74; instr. verb: English: Green 72; instr. (denominai) verb: see also verb + instr.; Dutch (Broca/anomic aphasia): Bastiaanse 91; English: Karius 77; locative & instr.: see LOCATIVE (deverbal noun suffix & locative suffix & instr. suffix; locative, instr. & patient); predicative instr. & syntax: see also instr. & agent & predication; instr. & agent & pragmatics, syntax, word-formation; instr. & predicative adverb; Baltic: Fraenkel 26; Slavic: Fraenkel 26; prep. 'a', 'de' & instr.: see also PREPOSITION (prepositions 'a', 'de'); Spanish: Roegiest 83a; prepositional instr. [prep. instr.]: see also instr. & adverbial prepositional phrase; instr. noun & preposition; instr. after preposition & instr. preposition + accusative & locative; verb + 'with-PP' & case-grammar/semantic relation; DATIVE (preposition 'ki' + dative or direct object or directional or instr. & complementizer); PREPOSITION (preposition 'with'); SUBJECT (ascension to subject (of direct object as subject of subordinate clause, or of implied locative/instr. PP)); Croatian vs. Slovene: see Slovene; French: Beckmann 63; (Classical) Latin: Beckmann 63; Latvian: Lötzsch 78; Russian: Radtke 63; Slavic: Schmalstieg 66; Slovene vs. Croatian: Babic 89; prep. instr. (& case-theory): German: Helbig 79b, Koch 78; prep. instr. & cognitive grammar (localist approach): see also instr. & localist approach; German: King 88; prep. instr. & control: English: Levin 83; prep. instr. & locative: see also LOCATIVE (deverbal noun suffix & loc. suffix & instr. suffix; locative, instr. & patient); French vs. Polish: see Polish; Polish vs. French: Ucherek 87; prep. phrase & instr.: German: Schröder 84, Schröder 85a; relative clause & instr.: see RELATIVE CLAUSE syncretism of dative & instr.: see DATIVE subject vs. object & semantic relations agent/instr. vs. patient/dative & psychological dimensions of case: see SUBJECT temporal force of instr.: Gothic: Sturtevant 33d; valency-bound vs. valency-unbound & instr.: see VALENCY verb + instr.: see also instr. verb; Ukrainian: Plyusc 75; verb 'use', 'cause' + instr. (& purpose/result clause): English: Bailey 70a, Bailey 70b; verb + 'with-PP' & case-grammar/semantic relation: English (child language): Duchan & Lund 79; (Colloquial) Norwegian: Fretheim 69;

Subject Index

535

LEXICON [LEX.]/LEXICOGRAPHY, DICTIONARY case-grammar & lex.: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) case, semantic relation & lex.: see CASE causative & lex.: see CAUSATIVE complex predicate & lex. approach: see PREDICATE feature analyis & dictionary: general'. Thieleman 88; grammatical relation & lex.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION instrumental & lex.: see INSTRUMENTAL lexicase-grammar: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) participant role & lex. of verb: see PARTICIPATION passive & lex. approach: see PASSIVE predicate & argument & lex. entry for verb: see PREDICATE pronoun & lex. orientation: see PRONOUN semantic relation & lex.: see SEMANTIC RELATION theta-theory & argument structure & lex.: see CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY) LOCATIVE [LOC.]/SPATIAL RELATION (see also ABLATIVE; ALLATIVE; DIRECTIONALITY) general: Clark 78, Diehl 75, Haase 92, Herskovits 89, Lyons 67, Lyons 68, Mackenzie 78, Svorou 86; Australian: Dixon 76b; Awutu: Frajzyngier 75; (Southern) Baagandji: Hercus 76a; Baltic: Guild 87; Balto-Finnic: Ruppel 86; Bamileke: Voorhoeve 74; Bengali: Dasgupta 85; Bantu: Bennett 80, Gregoire 75, Meinhof 41-42, Rudzicka 5960; (Western) Barkly: Chadwick 76; (Oñate Biscayen) Basque: Rebuschi 79; Bidjara: Breen 76a; Bularnu: Breen 76a; Bulgarian: Belentschikow 86; Cantonese (child lan­ guage): Cheung 90, Cheung 92; Caucasian: Catford 77, Ostrowski 81; (East-)Caucasian: Drossard 92a; (North-West) Caucasian: Knobloch 85; Cheremis: Kokla 83; Chinese: Cartier 72; Circassian: Ostrowski 81; Cora: Casad 88; (Old) Czech: Němec 61; Djaabygay: Hale 76a; Djamindjungan: Hoddinott & Kofod 76; English: Geis 70, Jessen 74, Partee 79; (Old) English: Lass 91, Winkler 896; (American (Sign Language)) English: Bernstein 80, Kegl 85b; Eskimo: Allen 88; Finnish: Kokla 83, Temisevä 81; Finnish (Written child language, children living in Sweden): Nesser 86; French: Boons 85, Boons 86, Eriksson 80, Gosselin 85; French vs. Polish: see Polish; Garawa: Leeding 76; Georgian: Jedlicka 62; German: Belentschikow 86, Goldschen 83, Lapinskas 84, Lutzeier 89b, Winkler 896; (Old) Germanic: Delbriick 07; Gothic: Winkler 896; (Ancient) Greek: Delbriick 867b, Ilievski & Petrusevski 61, Zsilka 65; Hausa: Heide 89; Haya: Trithart 77; (OluTsooto) Haya: Dalgish 76a, Dalgish 76b, Dalgish & Sheintuch 76; Hebrew (child language): Rom & Dgani 85; Hittite: Houwink ten Cate 66, Kammenhuber 79; ([Old] Kaneshite) Hittite: Forrer 28-29; (Old) Indic: Delbriick 867b; Indo-European: Adrados 88, Kempf 73, Villar Liébana 81, Willman-Grabowska 28; Italian: Berrettoni 85, D'agostino & Elia 83; Japanese: Dubinsky 85; Ket: Serer 79; Kuuku Ya'u: Thompson 76; (Classical) Latin: Delbriick 867b, Ebrard 879, Klinck 34; Luba-Lulua: Kuperus & Mpunga wa Ilunga 90; Lydian: Hamp 88; Malayalam: Asher 68; Malayalam vs. Tamil: see Tamil; (Dào) Mandarin: Poteet 87; Mansi: Ostrowski 84; Mixtec: Brugman & Macaulay 86; Mordvin: Kokla 83; Murrinh Patha: Walsh 76;

536

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Muruwari: Oates 76; Nenets: Ostrowski 84; Newari: Cook 88a; Ngengikurungur: Hoddinott & Kofod 76; Nunggubuyu: Heath 76b; (Old) Norwegian: Winkler 896; Permic: Kokla 83; Polish vs. French: Ucherek 87; Rigvedic: Willman-Grabowska 28; Russian: Belentschikow 86, Bethin 83a, Fleischmann 83, Tommola 86; Samoan: Shionoya 91; (Classical) Sanskrit: Brodie 84, Ishikawa 79; Slavic: Guild 87, Toporov 61; (Old) Slavic (gospels): Bauer 50; Slovak: Stanislav 66; Swahili: Christie 70, Harries 77; Tabasaran: Ostrowski 81; Tamil vs. Malayalam: Pushpavalli 77; Tarascan: Friedrich 71; Thai: Kölver 91a; Tocharian: Shields 82d; Turkish: Bastuji 76, Kempf 73; Votic: Szábó 81; Wagaya: Breen 76a; Wangaybuwan: Donaldson 76; Wangkumara: Breen 76a; Warluwara: Breen 76a; Yidiny: Dixon 76b; Yukaghir: Ostrowski 84; Yuulngu: Schebeck 76a; absolute loc: (Old) Indic: Rosén 88; area relation & verb of saying: English: Radden 78; dative vs. loc.: see DATIVE deverbal noun suffix & loc. suffix & instrumental suffix: see also ERGATIVE (ergative vs. loc. suffix); (Old) Hittite: Melchert 83; dimensional case (terminative, loc, dative) & adverb: see also loc. adverb; (Old) Hittite: Starke 77; directional role vs. loc.: see DIRECTIONALITY double subject construction & double accusative construction & locational relator: see SUBJECT experiencer subject & loc.: see EXPERIENCER infinitive construction with loc. intransitive verb: see also loc. & transitivity; Italian: Elia 84; inherent loc.: general: Premper 92; local ablative: see ABLATIVE loc. vs. absolutive: (Alaskan Central) Yupik: Miyaoka 85; loc. advancement to direct object: Bena: Speed Hodges & Stucky 79; loc. adverb(ial): see also dimensional case & adverb; SUBJECT (loc. pseudo subject or adverb in subjectless sentence); TEMPORALITY (temporal & loc. adverbial); English: Geis 75b; German: Langenbruch 69; (Hieroglyphic) Luwian: Oshiro 90; loc. alternation: English: Rappaport & Levin 88; loc. alternation vs. loc inversion: see also loc. inversion; general: Ackerman 90; loc. & case: general: Collinge 80; (Classical) Latin: Heckmann 05-06; loc. & case-grammar & logics: English: Sondheimer 78; loc. & case, preposition, verb: French: Savary 84; German: Savary 84; loc. & case syncretism: (Classical) Latin: Funaioli 04; loc. dative: see DATIVE loc. & figurative (metaphoric extension) relation: French: Savary 84; German: Savary 84; loc. & figure-ground: Sinhalese: Tilakaratne 92; loc. genitive: see GENITIVE loc. of goal: see also DIRECTIONALITY (goal); (Homer) Greek: Holzman 878; Rig­ vedic: Holzman 878; loc. & grammatical relation: Luba-Lulua: Stucky 78;

Subject Index

537

loc., instrumental & patient: see also deverbal noun suffixes & loc. suffixes & instrumen­ tal suffixes; loc. & patient; INSTRUMENTAL (prepositional instrumental & loc; verb + 'with-PP' & semantic relation); Japanese: Ono 88-89; loc. inversion: see also loc. alternation vs. loc. inversion; loc. & word-order; Cantonese: Mok 92; (Chichewa) Nyanja: Bresnan & Kanerva 89; loc. inversion & structure preserving hypothesis'. English: Langendoen 73; loc. & localist approach: (Classical) Latin: Hidén 899; loc. as object: see also spatial complement vs. object complement; OBJECT (oblique dual case & its loc. origin); Luba-Lulua: Stucky 78; loc. particle: Somali: Saeed 93; loc. & passive: see also PASSIVE (passive of prepositional verbs & transitivity, loc); Bena: Speed Hodges & Stucky 79; loc. & patient: see also loc, instrumental & patient; English: Turbová 86; loc. & prepositional loc. vs. prepositional accusative: see also loc & spatial prepositions; prepositional loc; Russian: Wade 78; loc. & semantics, pragmatics: English: Herskovits 85; loc. & semantic relation, participation, argument structure: German: Lapinskas 84; loc. singular: Slavic: Orr 84a; loc. & space: French: Borillo 90, Vandeloise 84/85; loc. & spatial pre/postposition: see also loc. & prepositional loc. vs. prepositional accusative; motion (verb) & spatial preposition; prepositional loc.; ACCUSATIVE (preposition + dative or accusative); DATIVE (prepositional dative & loc; preposi­ tional spatial/directional dative); DIRECTIONALITY (prepositional directionality); PASSIVE (passive of prepositional verb & transitivity, loc); SUBJECT (ascension to subject (of direct object as subject of subordinate clause, or of implied loc./instrumental PP)); TEMPORALITY (temporal & spatial preposition); TRANSITIVITY (transitive motion verb & spatial preposition); general: Leys 89a; Dutch: Cuyckens 81, Langendonck 74, Langendonck 76; English: Cienki 89, Cooper 68, Grady 74, Hawkins 84, Hawkins 85, Hawkins B. 86, Herskovits 82, Herskovits 86, Herskovits 88, Lindkvist 50, Lindkvist 72, Lindkvist 76, Schulze 87, Vandeloise 86b, Watts 76; English (child language): Johnston & Slobin 79; (Old) English: Belden 897; English vs. Italian: Taylor 88; English vs. Japanese: Hirakouji 73; Finnish vs. German: Itälä 82, Itälä 84; French: Anscombre 92, Aurnague 89, Aurnague 91, Borillo 92, Borillo 93, Guillet 84, Hietbrink 92, Hottenroth 91, Vandeloise 86a, Vandeloise 91; French vs. Polish: see Polish; French vs. Spanish: Kleiber 88; German: Abasheikh 78, Leys 89b, Marcq 72, Moilanen 79, Schröder 78, Schröder 89, Watts 76; German vs. Finnish: see Finnish vs. German; (Zürich) German: Watts 76; Hebrew (child language): Dromi 79; Italian (child lan­ guage): Johnston & Slobin 79; Italian vs. English: see English; Japanese vs. English: see English; Lithuanian: Stang 54; Polish: Cienki 89; Polish vs. French: Ucherek 87; Russian: Cienki 89, Sullivan 84b; Serbo-Croatian (child language): Johnston & Slobin 79; Slavic: Jurkowski 75; Spanish vs. French: see French; Thai: Kölver 91a; Turkish (child language): Johnston & Slobin 79; loc. & subject: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential, list & loc. 'there'; existential & loc); SUBJECT (ascension to subject (of direct object as subject of subordinate clause, or of implied loc/instrumental PP); double subject construction & double accusative construction & loc. relator; loc. pseudo subject);

538

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

loc. & text: German: Rath 78; loc. & topic: general: HanBon 82; loc. &. transitive construction: see also infinitive construction with loc. intransitive verb; PASSIVE (passive of prepositional verb & transitivity, loc); French: Boons 74, Guillet & Leclère 92; Italian: D'agostino 84; loc. & transitivity & foreign language teaching: Italian: D'agostino 83a; loc. & verb: see also infinitive construction with loc. intransitive verb; loc. & case, preposition, verb; motion (verb) & loc; stative, directional & loc verb; DIRECT OBJECT (direct object of motion/loc verb as affected argument); PASSIVE (passive of prepositional verb & transitivity, loc); Cora: Casad 89; Dutch: Moskey 79; English (child language): Gropen 89; French: Boons 87; French vs. German: see German; German vs. French: Caroli & Figge 89; loc. verb of state & valency: see also stative, directional & loc. verb; valency-bound loc. vs. propositional loc.; general: Drogomyreckij 80; loc. & word-order: see also loc. inversion; Japanese: Kuno 73a, McCawley 75-76; motion (verb) & loc: see also loc. & verb; stative, directional & loc. verb; CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (verb of movement & case-grammar analysis)); DIRECT OBJECT (direct object of motion/loc. verb as affected argument); ERGATIVITY (unaccusativity & unaccusative mismatches of verbs of motion); SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & verbs of motion vs. stative verbs); VALENCY (valency inheritance & verb of motion; valency & motion vs. stative verb); English: Talmy 73b; Russian: Talmy 73b; Spanish: Ferrari de Egües 85, Talmy 73b; Yiddish: Talmy 73b; motion (verb) & spatial preposition & temporality: see also loc. & spatial preposition; TEMPORALITY (temporal & local adverb); English: Hawkins B. 81; oblique dual case & its loc. origin: see OBJECT path: see DIRECTIONALITY possession & loc: see POSSESSIVE prepositional loc: see also loc. & prepositional loc. vs. prepositional accusative; loc. & spatial preposition; PREPOSITION (preposition 'po' & accusative, dative or loc; preposition 'v' & accusative, directional, loc, temporal role); French vs. Polish: see Polish; Polish vs. French: Ucherek 87; Russian: Bethin 83a; Serbo-Croatian: Batistic 67; (Old) Slavic (Laurentian chronicle): Kaporulina 69; prepositional vs. synthetic loc: (Old) Russian: Grigor'jeva 48; reflexive & loc. restraint: see REFLEXIVE spatial complement vs. object complement: see also loc. as object; Finnish: Norri 86; French: Norri 86; stative, directional & loc. verb: see also loc. & verb; Swahili: Whiteley 72; stative loc: French: Bogacki 77; unaccusativity vs. unergativity & loc.: see ERGATIVITY valency-bound loc. vs. propositional loc: see also loc. verb of state & valency; VA­ LENCY (spatial valency); general: Drossard 92b; French: Hobæk Haff 92;

Subject Index

539

MANNER English: Dik 75; instrumental & manner expression: see INSTRUMENTAL manner adverbial. Bulgarian vs. French: Hristov 79; English: Lee 70; French vs. Bulgar­ ian: see Bulgarian; manner adverbial & semantic relation: English: Platt & Platt 72; preposition 'with': see PREPOSITION stative vs. manner adverbial: Japanese: Takahara 75-76; underlying predicate & derivation of clauses, manner adverb, preposition, oblique case: see PREDICATE MORPHOLOGY (see also all individual morphologically marked cases) case & loan morphology: see CASE case & morpho-syntax: see CASE case-grammar & generative semantics & morphology: see CASE THEORIES (CASEGRAMMAR) genitive & interaction of phonology, morphology, orthography: see GENITIVE genitive without morphological marking: see GENITIVE morphological causative: see CAUSATIVE morphological ergative vs. accusative syntax, voice: see ERGATIVITY syntactic vs. morphological case: see CASE MOVEMENT/ASCENSION, PROMOTION, RAISING accusativus-cum-infinitivo: see ACCUSATIVE advancement to direct object: see DIRECT OBJECT ascension to subject: see SUBJECT beneficiary advancement/movement: see BENEFICIARY case & movement: see CASE case linking theory & projection principle, raising-to-object, raising-to-subject, possessor raising, tough movement: see CASE clitic movement: see CLITIC dativus-cum-infinitivo: see DATIVE dative movement: see DATIVE dative & object raising: see DATIVE direct object movement: see DIRECT OBJECT equi-NP-deletion: see SUBJECT (subject-to-object raising & equi-NP-deletion; subject raising & equi-deletion) exceptional case marking & government, raising: see CASE exclusion of accusative or dative clitic raising in causative: see CLITIC genitive movement: see GENITIVE indirect object movement: see INDIRECT OBJECT intransitivity & raising verb: see TRANSITIVITY

540

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

move-case & raising: see CASE nominativus-cum-inflnitivo'. see NOMINATIVE object movement: see OBJECT object raising: see OBJECT possessor ascension (raising) (to object, to subject): see POSSESSION predicate raising: see PREDICATE raising: English: Bach 77, David 86, Lee 84, Postal 74; English vs. German: Hawkins J. 86; German vs. English: see English; French: David 87; Irish: McCloskey 85; raising-to-object: see OBJECT raising to a prepositional object: see PREPOSITION raising & resumptive pronoun: Haitian Creole: Deprez 92; subject raising: see SUBJECT subject & wh-movement: see SUBJECT topic vs. comment & wh-movement: see TOPIC unaccusativity & 2 —> 1 advancement & inherent reflexive pronoun: see ERGATIVITY NOMINALIZATION deverbal nominal & case: see CASE genitive & nominalization: see GENITIVE instrumental & agentive nominalization: see INSTRUMENT possessive & nominalization: see POSSESSIVE subject & semantic relation in nominalized NPs: see SUBJECT theta-role & nominalization: see SEMANTIC RELATION NOMINATIVE [NOM] (see also AGENT; SUBJECT) Czech: Rusínová 87; Dutch: Berg 85; (Flemish) Dutch: Kazemier 46; English: Franks 90b; English vs. (Classical) Latin: Leedes 676; (Old) English: Bammesberger 85; Finnish vs. German: see German; Finno-Ugric: Schlachter 62, Schlachter 68; French from (Classical) Latin: see (Classical) Latin; (Old East) Frisian: Hanschke 29; German: Zoeppritz 82; German vs. Finnish: Raible 77; Gothic: Stiles 88; (Classical) Hebrew: MacDonald 64; Indo-European: Beekes 72; (Pre-)Indo-European: Beekes 72; Italian: Meyer 884; (Kola-)Lappic: Szábó 84a; (Classical) Latin: Carvalho 85, Fischer 85, Müller 08; (Classical) Latin vs. English: see English; (Classical) Latin to French: Spence 65; (Literary) Latvian: Freimáne 65; Polish: Wierzbicka 83/88; (Galician) Portu­ guese: Franks 90b; Romance: Draşoveanu 82; Russian: Adamec 65, Markov 71; Slavic: Franks 90b; Turkish: Libert 86; absolute nom.: Finnish (riddles): Kaivola-Bregenhöj 78; German: Dittmer 88; Gothic: Beer 11, Costello 80, Helten 09b; (Late) Latin: Biese 28; absolute nom. & dependent nom.: (Ancient) Greek: Merone 67; case-grammar & syntax & nom. case: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) case processing by normal brain hemispheres & nom.: see CASE contracted nom.: (Classical) Latin: Radford 08;

Subject Index

541

coordinate construction & nom. vs. object: see also nom. vs. object; English: Parker 88; counter nom.: general: Grasserie 896; denom.: Vedic: Singh 85; direct case: see nom. & accusative double nom. construction: see SUBJECT (multiple subject construction) genitive vs. nom.: see GENITIVE indefinite case & nom.: see CASE instrumental vs. nom.: see INSTRUMENTAL measure/quantification & case (partitive genitive, dative, nom., von + dative, accusa­ tive): see QUANTIFICATION nom. & accusative: see also nom.-accusative type; nominativus-cum-infinitivo vs. accusativus-cum-infinitivo; particle + nom. vs. accusative; syncretism of nom. & accusa­ tive; ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo); SUBJECT (subject vs. object (nom. vs. accusative) & active vs. passive & case-theory); (17th C) Finnish (law texts): Nummenaho 87; (Old literary) Finnish: Nummenaho 87; Indo-European: Uhlenbeck 01; Rumanian: Draşoveanu 82, Hořešjí 60; nom. & accusative & foreign language teaching: German: Velde 85; nom., accusative & postposition & case-topic restriction: Korean: No 91; nom. vs. accusative & subject vs. object & discourse: see also SUBJECT (subject vs. object (nom. vs. accusative) & active vs. passive & case theory); Dutch vs. German: see German; German vs. Dutch: Jordens 83b; nom.-accusative type [nom.-acc.]: see also nom. & accusative; PASSIVE (anti-passive & nom.-accusative type); general: Asatiani 91, Desnickaja 88; Choctaw: Heath 77; Dutch: Besten 85b; German: Bechert 82, Besten 85b; Ibero-Caucasian: Rogava 75b; Indo-European: Kortlandt 83; Lardil: McConvell 81; Maori: Chung 77; Sihia: Kepping 79; nom.-acc. & asymmetric case assignment: Korean: Han 89; nom.-acc. &/vs. ergativity: see also nom. vs. ergative; nom.-ergative or nom.-acc; syncretism of nom. & ergative; ACCUSATIVE (acc. & ergative; strong acc. & nom.acc. vs. ergativity); AGENT (agent-patient-system, acc., ergativity & disagreement of pronominal affixes and coreferent nouns); CASE (case, grammatical relation & erga­ tivity (vs. nom.-acc. type); ERGATIVITY; ERGATIVITY (morphological ergative vs. acc. syntax, voice; transition from ergative to nom.-acc. system & case; unaccusativity); OBJECT (object & nom.-acc. type vs. ergativity); PARTICIPATION (partici­ pation & nom.-acc. type, ergativity or activity); SUBJECT (psych-verb & subject & acc. vs. unacc. construction type, acc. vs. partitive); general: Deserieva 72/75, Drossard 86a, Martinet 79, Meščaninov 84, Moravcsik 78b, Plank 85a, Sasse 91, Slobin 82, Verhaar 83a; Alawa: Sharpe 76; Alyutor: Mel'cuk & Savvina 78; Australian: Blake 76c, Breen 76b, Goddard 82; Basque: Aske 87, Hualde 86; Bularnu: Breen 76b; Child language: Bronckart 83; English: Anderson 69/71; (Old) Georgian: Cikobava 48b; Indo-European: Bossong 84b, Villar Liébana 83; (Proto-)Kartvelian: Nebieridze 88; Mandara: Frajzyngier 84; Romance: Körner 85; Russian: Deserieva 72/75; Wagaya: Breen 76b; Warluwara: Breen 76b; Xokleng: Urban 85; Yandruwandha: Breen 76b;

542

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & active vs. passive: see also ERGATIVITY (ergativity & active vs. passive); Ngayarda: Dench 82; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & genus verbi: Indic: Nespital 86; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & grammatical relation: Greenlandic: Woodbury 77; Kalaw Lagaw Ya (Saibai dialect): Comrie 81c; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & language change: general: Plank 85b; Tongan: Tchekhoff 79a; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity as orientation towards agent vs. object & valency: general: Serzisko 91; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & pragmatic foundation of grammatical categories: general: Bechert 78; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & subject vs. object: see also nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & gram­ matical relation; Ostyak (dialect): Balandin 48; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & transitivity: see also TRANSITIVITY (transitivity, intransitivity & ergativity); general: Heath 76c; Dyirbal: Heath 76c; Kartvelian: Rogava 75a; Nuunggubuyu: Heath 76c; nom.-acc. vs. ergativity & verb construction vs. verb conception: general: Steiner 85; nom.-acc. vs. nom.-ergative: Australian: Blake 76a; nom.-acc. & stativity: Korean: Kang Y.-S. 87; nom. adjective: (Old High) German: Ranheimsaeter 45; nom. & analyticity: (Old) Russian: Dunn 82a; nom. & animacy: Luwian: Carruba 82; nom. as apposition case: (Old) Russian: Dunn 82a; nom. aspect of the sentence: English: Arutjunova 71; Russian: Arutjunova 71; Spanish: Arutjunova 71; nom. & control: see also nom. & government; general: Zwart 88; English: Zwart 88; nominativus-cum-infinitivo [NcI] (subject control): see also nom. object; ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo); DATIVE (dativus-cum-infinitivo); general: Comrie 85, Žuravlev 84; Baltic: Ambrazas 87, Kiparsky 69, Timberlake 74a; English: Comrie 84b; Flemish (dialects): Vriendt 75; (East Sea) Finnic: Kiparsky 69; (West) Finnic: Tim­ berlake 74a; German: Comrie 84b; (Ancient) Greek: Calboli 89; Indo-European: Ambrazas 87, Kiparsky 46; (Classical) Latin: Calboli 89; Russian: Comrie 84b; (Northern) Russian: Timberlake 74b; (Old) Russian: Dunn 82a; Serbo-Croatian: Dejanova 90; Slavic: Dunn 82b, Kiparsky 60, Kiparsky 67, Kiparsky 69, Timberlake 74a; NcI vs. accusativus-cum-infinitivo & exceptional case marking: see also CASE (excep­ tional case marking); English: Wehrli 81; NcI & discourse: (Classical) Latin: Bolkestein 83a; nom.-with-inflected infinitive: Portuguese: Körner 83; Romance: Korner 83; nom. vs. dative: see also DATIVE (head noun + analytical dative vs. attributive genitive vs. nom.; dative subject); EXPERIENCER (dative vs. nom. experiencer); TOPIC (topic vs. comment & nom. vs. dative perspective); Rumanian: Neamtu 82; nom.-dative inversion (& government, case-theory): Dutch: Besten 81a; German: Besten 81a; (Sicilian) Italian: Sgroi 83; nom. & definiteness: see also CASE (case & definiteness); Finnish: Chesterman 77; nom. derivation: general: Nikitevič 85;

Subject Index

543

nom. direct object: see DIRECT OBJECT nom. & discourse: see nom. vs. accusative & subject vs. object & discourse; NcI & discourse; nom. vs. ergative: see also nom.-acc. & ergativity; syncretism of nom. & ergative; ACCUSATIVE (accusative & ergative); Archi: Kibrik 75; English vs. Rumanian: Neuman 76; Eskimo: Emel'janova 67; Newari: Langacker 88a; Rumanian vs. English: see English; Yanyuwa: Kirton 76; nom.-ergative vs. nom.-accusative (& case-theory): general: Falk 91; Rembarrnga: McKay 76; Walmajarri: Hudson 76; nom. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see also nom. & accusative & flt; German (for Dutch students): Wilmots 79; nom. & government: see also nom. & control; nom.-dative inversion (& government, case-theory); Rumanian: Kempchinsky 89; nom. infinitive & nom. island constraint: see also nom. island condition; SUBJECT (infinitive as subject); Italian: Rizzi 81; nom. & (in)transitivity: see also TRANSITIVITY (transitive & intransitive nom.); IndoEuropean: Uhlenbeck 09; nom. island condition & complementizer trace: see also nom. infinitive & nom. island constraint; general: Pesetsky 82b; Dutch: Taraldsen 80; English: Taraldsen 80; Norwe­ gian: Taraldsen 80; Romance: Taraldsen 80; nom. & localist approach: (Classical) Latin: Hidén 896; nom. & multiple case marking: Miwok: Libert 88b; nom. vs. nominal stem: European: Lewy 59; nom. (prepositional) object: see also coordinate construction & nom. vs. object case; NcI; nom. vs. oblique case; DATIVE (dative subject & nom. object); Baltic: Timberlake 74a; Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 79; (West) Finnic: Timberlake 74a; Finnish: Timberlake 75b; (Old) Georgian: Cikobava 29; German: Hentschl 89; Japanese: Dubinsky 92; (North) Russian: Timberlake 74b; Slavic: Timberlake 74a; nom. object pronoun, nom. anaphor & reflexive: see also nom. pronoun; Icelandic: Everaert 91; nom. vs. oblique (pronoun) case in nom. position (subject or predicate): see also nom. predicate; nom. subject; second nom. vs. oblique case; CASE (quirky case); OBJECT (object predicate; oblique subject); PRONOUN (pronoun & nom. vs. oblique case); (Colloquial) English: Kjellmer 86; (Northern Lower Saxon) German: Rohdenburg 89a, Rohdenburg 89b; Spanish: Ojeda 86; nom. vs. oblique in nom. position & case agreement of noun with attributive adjective: (Northern Lower Saxon) German: Rohdenburg 88; nom. origin of noun: Romance (from Classical Latin): Manczak 71; Rumanian: Iliescu 73, Orbán 72; nom. participle : (Young) Avestan: Schindler 82; nom. vs. partitive after negation: see also GENITIVE (genitive/partitive vs. accusative after negation); (17th C) Finnish (law texts): Nummenaho 87; (Old literary) Finnish: Nummenaho 87; nom. plural: see also ACCUSATIVE (archaic accusative with nom. plural for animate nouns); (Old) Georgian: Cikobava 29; (Classical) Latin: Gerola 50; (Vulgar) Latin: Ivanescu 59; Polish: Turska 53; Svan: Kaldani 74;

544

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

nom. pronoun: see also nom. object pronoun; PRONOUN (pronoun & nom. vs. oblique case; reflexive pronoun & nom.); REFLEXIVE (reflexive pronoun & nom.); Hebrew (child language): Rom & Dgani 85; nom. predicate: see also nom. vs. oblique case in nom. position (subject or predicate); Finnish: Yli-Vakkuri 69; nom. singular: (Old) French: Reenen & Schøsler 85; Germanic: Jasanoff 80; IndoEuropean: Biese 50, Lane 51, Vaillant 36; Norwegian: Lid 52; Romance: Manczak 69; nom. subject: see also nom. vs. accusative & subject vs. object & discourse; GENITIVE (genitive vs. nom. subject); OBJECT (oblique as subject); SUBJECT (impersonal construction & nom.; null subject & nom.; subject deletion & nom. subject; subject deletion & nom-drop parameter; subject vs. object (nom. vs. accusative) & active vs. passive & case-theory); VOCATIVE (vocative as subject vs. nom. as subject); (Stand­ ard) Arabic: Fassi Fehri 89, Mohammad 88; English: Mohammad 88; Russian: GuiraudWeber 84; Sinhalese: Gair 90; nom. subject & modern theories of case: general: Serbat 81b; nom. vs. subject: (Old) Norse: Faarlund 80; nom. vs. subject & (in)activity: (Late Common) Indo-European: Klimov 78; Kartvelian: Klimov 78; nom. vs. subject & passive: Finnish: Gilligan 85; nom. vs. subject vs. theme: general: Heger 82; nom. & syntax: general: Wolf 81; nom. & valency: (Classical) Latin: Mareckova-Stolcová 89-90; nom. & verb second: Germanic: Kosmeijer 91; numeric expression + nom.-accusative vs. accusative-genitive & preposition: see also GENITIVE (syncretism of genitive & accusative vs. syncretism of nom. & accusative); Russian: Mel'cuk 80a; particle + nom.: see also ACCUSATIVE (particle + accusative); (Classical) Hebrew: Albrecht 29, Blau 54, Saydon 64; particle + nom. vs. accusative: see also nom. vs. accusative; (Classical) Hebrew: Hoftijzer 65; proleptic nom.: Classical languages: Boon 81; German: Boon 81; (Early New High) German: Boon 81; reflexive pronoun & nom.: see REFLEXIVE relative clause & nom.: see RELATIVE CLAUSE second nom. vs. oblique case (predicative instrumental, prepositional object): see also nom. vs. oblique; Russian: Cagiseva 68; syncretism of nom. & accusative: see also nom. & accusative; numeric expression + nom.accusative vs. accusative-genitive & preposition; GENITIVE (syncretism of genitive & accusative vs. syncretism of nom. & accusative; syncretism of genitive-dative & its reinterpretation as nom.-accusative); Indo-European: Shields 87a; Slavic: Meillet 22b; syncretism of nom. & accusative & adverb: Polish: Breunis 91; syncretism of nom. & ergative: see also nom. vs. ergative; Basque: Jacobsen 72; temporal adverb used as a nom.: see TEMPORALITY unusual use of nom.: Asian: Keith 08; vocative vs. nom.: see VOCATIVE

Subject Index

545

OBJECT [OBJ.]/OBLIQUE, SECONDARY CASE (see also DIRECT OBJECT; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; INDIRECT OB­ JECT) general: Anderson 84b, Blank 86, Bossong 86, Dryer 88, Givón 76b, Haberland & Nedergaard Thomsen 91, Hsieh 79, Moravcsik 78a, Plank 84, Sauvageot 50; Arabic: Clarke, Losoff, MacCracken & Rood 84; (Biblical) Aramaic: Cohen 75; Bantu: Hyman & Duranti 82; Bravanese: Kisseberth & Abasheikh 77; English: Anderson 84b, Ander­ son 88, Chamonikolasová 85; (Old) English: Allen 75; (American (Sign Language)) English: Friedman 76; Finnish: Ikola 72, Nevis 81, Renault 84; Finnish vs. German: see German; Finnish vs. Russian: Dahl & Karlsson 75/76; (17th C) Finnish (law texts): Nummenaho 87; (Old literary) Finnish: Nummenaho 87; German: Endres 78, Glinz 86, Tarvainen 83; German vs. Finnish: Raible 77; Guarani: Bossong 85b; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85; Hebrew: Berman 82a; Indo-European: Knobloch 52; (Bahasa) Indonesian: Chung 76b; (New-)Iranian: Bossong 85c; Italian: Baker 83; Maltese: Borg & Comrie 84; Navajo: Frishberg 72; Nepali: Wallace 81; Polish: Holvoet 91; Russian: Menac 77; Russian vs. Finnish: see Finnish; Serbo-Croatian: Zec 85; Spanish: Llorente & Mondéjar 74, Molho 58; Swedish: Körner 64; Tagalog: Drossard 84a, Hsieh 79; Uralic: Sauvageot 71, Wickman 55; Volgaic: Itkonen 72; ablative as an obj. case: see ABLATIVE absolute oblique: see also free oblique; oblique case; (Old) French: Nehri 882; affected vs. effected obj.: see DIRECT OBJECT agent & obj.: see AGENT alternative obj. construction: see CASE (case alternation) anaphoric obj. (co-)reference: German: Grewendorf 85; cognate obj.: Australian: Austin 82; English: Baron 71; (Classical) Latin: Bortolussi 88; Rumanian: Cretia 56, Manea 90b; cognate obj. & case filter: general: Jones 88; English: Jones 87, Jones 88; cognate obj. & false transitivity: see also TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & obj.); Ruma­ nian: Manea 90a; cognate obj. & intransitivity: see also TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & obj.); French: Gougenheim 64; dative subject & obj.: see DATIVE emphatic obj. pronoun: see also obj. pronoun; (Old-18th C) Spanish: Davis 37; expletive NP in obj. position & theta-criterion: see also SUBJECT (expletive NP & subject vs. obj.); English: Kumagai 86, Stroik 90, Stroik 91; free oblique: see also absolute oblique; oblique case; CASE (free case); Russian: Dzyubisnina 79; identified obj. marking & case: (South) Asian: Masica 81; Hindi: Masica 81; implicit obj. (pro-obj.) (of infinitive): see also obj. deletion in infinitival purpose clause; TRANSITIVITY (de/intransitivization & implicit obj. & pragmatics); Dutch: Haaften 82-83; incorporated obj. (into verb): see TRANSITIVITY (de/intransitivization & implicit (inherent, incorporated, understood) obj. & pragmatics); TRANSITIVITY (semi-tran­ sitive verb & obj. incorporation);

546

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

internal obj.: see cognate obj. infinitive as obj.: French: Togeby 83; instrumental vs. obj.: see INSTRUMENTAL internal obj.: see cognate obj. locative as obj.: see LOCATIVE loss of oblique case: see also oblique case; (Old to Modern) English: Roberts 85; nominative & obj.: see NOMINATIVE nominative vs. oblique: see NOMINATIVE null obj.: see also obj. deletion; Chamorro: Chung 84; English: Bouchard 89, Massam & Roberge 89; English vs. Italian: Rizzi 86b; Italian: Bouchard 89; Italian vs. English: see English; (Brasilian) Portuguese: Chambelland Galves 89; objective: see also objective predicate & case; ABLATIVE (ablative as an objective case); English: Vestergaard 73; obj. vs. adverbial: English: Sanders 84; obj. agreement: see also obj.-verb agreement; Spanish: Aissen 73; obj. & case & agreement: see also identified obj. marking & case; English: Tanaka 90; obj. & case, discourse, degree of predictability: Japanese: Yanagida 87; obj. & case & foreign language teaching: Armenian: Dymarskaja-Babal'jan & Kuxkuljan 89; Russian: Dymarskaja-Babal'jan & Kuxkuljan 89; obj. clitic: see also obj. (clitic) doubling; REFLEXIVE (reflexive obj. clitic); Catalan vs. Spanish: see Spanish; (Middle vs. Modern) Dutch: Weerman 84-85; Spanish vs. Catalan: Roca 92; obj. clitic & topicality: see also obj. suffix anaphoric pronoun (pseudo-obj. construction) & discourse topicality; CLITIC (clitic & topicality); Bantu: Duranti 79; Haya: Duranti 79; Shambala: Duranti 79; obj. clitic & word-order: Dutch: Berendsen 83; (Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 91; obj. complement: see (complement) obj. deletion; see also LOCATIVE (spatial comple­ ment vs. obj. complement) obj. control: see ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo); PREDICATE (predicative nominal & obj. control); (complement) obj. deletion/obj. drop/obj. ellipsis (pro-drop): see also null obj.; obj. pronoun deletion; DATIVE (dative verb & obj. deletion); general: Keys 85; Child language: Haan 88; Dutch (child language): Haan 88; English: Fiengo & Lasnik 74, Gazdar & Pullum 82, Lehrer 70; English vs. Italian: Cinque 85; German: Endres 78; (Homer) Greek: Bechert 66; (Old) Icelandic: Sigurðsson 93; Italian vs. English: see English; obj. deletion & discourse: (Classical) Arabic: Suleiman 90; obj. deletion & empty categories: general: Gavarró 92; Catalan: Gavarró 92; obj. deletion in infinitival purpose clause: see also implicit obj. (of infinitive); English: Waksler 84; obj. deletion & middle construction: English: Massam 92; obj. deletion & verb valency & pragmatics: English: Sugayama 91; obj. diathesis & translocative construction: Russian: Veyrenc 76; obj. & discourse: see also obj. & case, discourse; obj. deletion & discourse; obj. suffix anaphoric pronoun (pseudo-obj. construction) & discourse topicality; Swahili: Wald 79;

Subject Index

547

obj. (clitic) doubling : Albanian: Buçhholz 68; Romance: Roberge 90; obj. & ergativity: see also obj. & nominative-accusative type & ergativity; general: Klimov 84; obj. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see obj. & case & flt; obj.-to-subject raising & whmovement & native language/fit; obj.-and-infinitive: see also obj.-control; ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo); DATIVE (dativus-cum-infinitivo); NOMINATIVE (nominativus-cum-infinitivo); Eng­ lish: Dusková 79; obj. inversion/obj. initial: see also obj. & word-order; general: Derbyshire 85, Polinskaja 89; English: Fellbaum 87; Kabardian: Polinskaja 89; Navajo: Frishberg 72, Hale 73b; Swedish: Sköld 70; obj. movement: see also obj. raising; CLITIC (clitic (doubling) & obj. dislocation/ extraction/movement); DATIVE (dative movement); DIRECT OBJECT (direct object movement); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object movement); (Brazilian) Portuguese: Farrell 89; obj. movement & intransitive verb reduplication: Ewe: Fabb 92; Fon: Fabb 92; obj. & nominative-accusative type & ergativity: see also obj. & ergativity; NOMINA­ TIVE (nominative-accusative type & ergativity); general: Mgeladze 70; obj. particle: (Lebanese) Arabic: Koutsoudas 67; obj. & postposition & transitivity: Japanese: Sugamoto 82; obj. predicate: see also NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. oblique (pronoun) case in nominative position (subject or predicate)); PREDICATE (underlying predicate & derivation of clauses, manner adverb, preposition, oblique case); German: Bausewein 90, Kostova-Dobreva 82, Piitz 88; objective predicate &. case: see also objective; (Late 18th C) Russian: Grannes 86a; obj. prefix: see also obj. pronoun prefix; (Acarian) Georgian: Lomtatidze 37; (Gurian) Georgian: Lomtatidze 37; obj. pronoun: see also emphatic obj. pronoun; obj. suffix anaphoric pronoun; NOMINA­ TIVE (nominative obj. pronoun); NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. oblique (pronoun) case in nominative position (subject or predicate)); POSSESSIVE (possessive pronoun in obj. position & ana/exophoric link); SUBJECT (subject vs. obj. pronoun); Salish: Newman 79b; Spanish: Perlmutter 69; obj. pronoun deletion: see also obj. deletion; (Homer) Greek: Bechert 66; Portuguese: Williams 38; obj. pronoun prefix: see also obj. prefix; (La Huerta) Diegueno: Hinton & Langdon 76; obj. pronoun & word-order: see also obj. & word-order; German: Pfeffer & Moorcroft 82; Spanish: Holton 60; obj. raising: see also obj. movement; obj.-to-subject raising; DATIVE (dative & obj. raising); PASSIVE (impersonal passive & obj. raising); MOVEMENT; English: Lee 74; French: Lee 74, Legendre 86; obj. + relative clause: see also SUBJECT (subject inversion in obj. relative clause); Lushéi: Hillard 77; obj. marking & serial verb construction: (Benue-Kwa) Ekoid: Lord 82; Mandarin: Lord 82;

548

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

obj.-to-subject raising: see also obj. raising; SUBJECT (impersonal construction & reanalysis of obj. as subject); Chinese: Shi 90; (James Bay) Cree: James 79; French: Legendre 85; Korean: Kim 88; Spanish: Gonzáles 85a, Gonzáles 85b, Gonzáles 85c/87/ 88; obj.-to-subject raising & wh-movement & native language/foreign language teaching: English: Schachter & Yip 90; obj. suffix anaphoric pronoun (pseudo-obj. construction) & discourse topicality: see also obj. clitic & topicality; obj. pronoun; Amharic: Fulass 74, Givón 76c; obj. & valency: see also obj. deletion & verb valency; Italian: Metzeltin 85; obj. & variation of agency/transitivity: see also oblique subject & transitivity; AGENT (agent & obj.); general: Lazard 84; obj. & (finite) verb & communication: English: Firbas 69; obj.-verb agreement: see also obj. agreement; Spanish: Silva-Corvalán 81; obj. & word-order: see also obj. clitic & word-order; obj. inversion/obj. initial; obj. pronoun & word-order; oblique & dislocated NP & sentential hypothesis; SerboCroatian: Zec 85; Swedish: Sköld 70; oblique dual case & its locative origin: (Ancient) Greek (dialects): Dubois 77; oblique (case) [obl.]: see also absolute oblique; free oblique; loss of oblique case; CASE (case agreement of adjective, participle to oblique noun; case syncretism & oblique case); DIRECT OBJECT (direct object vs. obl. obj.; obl. direct object); NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. oblique); PREDICATE (underlying predicate & derivation of clause, manner adverb, preposition, oblique case); PREPOSITION (preposition 'a' as dummy oblique case-marker; preposition stranding & oblique case); PRONOUN (bound pro­ noun & oblique case; pronoun & nominative vs. oblique case); (Old) French: Chiarini 09; German: Paul 20; Serbo-Croatian: Zec 85; Tocharian: Klöver 65; obl. & dislocated NP & sentential hypothesis: (Khoekhoe) Nama: Haacke 92; obl. & kinship name: Dutch: Haeringen 47/49; oblique causee & passive (& semantic relation): see also oblique subject as involuntary experiencer & involuntative causative; PASSIVE (oblique agent & passive); Gujarătī: Wali 80; Marathi: Wali 80; obl. obj.: see also DIRECT OBJECT (direct object vs. obl. obj.); PASSIVE (passive of obl. obj.); Chechen-Ingush vs. Russian: Nichols 84a; Russian vs. Chechen-Ingush: see Chechen-Ingush; obl. to (direct) obj. advancement/promotion (& topic): general: Givón 75; Halkomelem: Gerdts 80b; Japanese: Dubinsky 85; Nez-Perce: Rude 82, Rude 86a; obl. obj. & verb of procreation: (Old) English: Plank 82; obl. & preposition: see also CASE (case & preposition); PREPOSITION (preposition 'a' as dummy obl. marker; preposition 'ni' and oblique participant; prepositional obj./ phrase/ obj. sentence); German: Schröder 89; (Old) Swedish: Schwartz 878; obl. vs. prepositional (analytical) construction: see also synthetic obj. vs. prepositional obj.; (16th C) Rumanian: Diaconescu 64; obl. (non-nominative) subject = non-nominative subject = quirky subject: see also CASE (quirky case); DATIVE (dative subject); EXPERIENCER (experiencer subject); GENI­ TIVE (genitive as subject); NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. oblique (pronoun) case in

Subject

Index

549

nom. position (subject or predicate)); PARTITIVE (partitive as subject); PASSIVE (passive & oblique subject); SUBJECT (case-agreement of subject modifier (subject = ± oblique)); general: Klaiman 81a, Seefranz-Montag 83; Hindi: Kachru 90; Icelandic: Collberg 86, Foley 90, Valin 91; Lahnda: Bhatia 90; Punjabi: Bhatia 90; (Imbabura) Quechua: Hermon 81b; Sanskrit: Hock 90; obl. subject as involuntary experiencer & involuntative causative: Kalasha: Bashir 90; obl. subject & transitivity: see also obj. & variation of agency/transitivity; Marwari: Magier 90; predicative adjective + that-clause & obj.: see PREDICATE prepositional obj.: see PREPOSITION primary vs. secondary obj.: English: Kanno 83b; ergative languages: Dryer 86a; raising-to-obj.: see also CASE (case linking theory & projection principle, raising-toobj., raising-to-subject, possessor raising, tough-movement); POSSESSIVE (possessor ascension (raising) (to obj., to subject)); English: Massam 84; Fijian: Massam 84; French: Massam 84; Malagasy: Massam 84; reanalysis of obj. as subject: see also SUBJECT (impersonal construction & reanalysis of obj. as subject); (Middle) English: Butler 77b; German vs. English: Doherty & Angermüller 84; retained obj. & concept of wholeness: see also ACCUSATIVE (retained accusative/obj. & passive); Chinese: Chu 76; subject vs. obj.: see SUBJECT synthetic obj. vs. prepositional obj.: see also obl. & preposition; CASE (case &/vs. preposition); PREPOSITION (prepositional obj.); Swedish: Leuseva 59; transitivity & obj.: see TRANSITIVITY PARTICIPATION [PARTIC.]/PARTICIPANT, ACTION MODEL, EVENT CHAIN, EVENT STRUCTURE general: Broschart 87, Broschart 91a, Broschart 91b, Drossard 86a, Drossard 86b, Hagège 84, Heger 77, Heger 85, Helbig 88b, Langacker 86a, Langdon 89, Lazard 78, Lazard 79, Lehmann 91, Premper 91a, Seiler & Premper 91, Veyrenc 75b, Zide, Magier & Schiller 85; Aymar: Porterie-Gutierrez 80; Basque: Brettschneider 91; (Preverbal) Child lan­ guage: McHale 73; Daghestan: Kibrik 87; Dutch: Verhagen 86; English: Hajičová & Panenová 84; English (child language): Golinkoff & Kerr 78, Fritz 77, McHale 73; ergative/accusative languages: Drossard 88, Drossard 91b; Finnish: Zeps & Bailey 70; German: Helbig 88b, Lange 78; Guahibo (narrative discourse): Kondo 77; Guarani: Bossong 85b; Japanese: Matsubara 84, Matsubara 91; Romance: Bossong 80; Swahili: Johnson 76; Tibeto-Burman: Ebert 87; case & clause structure: see CASE case, event structure & quantors: see CASE case & grammatical relation & event chain: see CASE central partic. & syntax/semantics/pragmatics/passive: Hausa: Heide 89; declension-system & chain of events: see CASE ergativity & event structure model: see ERGATIVITY ergativity vs. transitivity & partic: see ERGATIVITY

550

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

ergativity & variable actant marking: see ERGATIVITY event structure & semantic relation: see also PREDICATE (predicate, partic. & semantic relation); REFLEXIVE (reflexive construction & subject vs. verb & sentential event structure); SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation, partic. & argument structure); general: DeLancey 91; English: DeLancey 91, Wilkins 87; English vs. Kalam: see Kalam; German: Döpke 82, Starke 86; Kalam vs. English: Pawley 87; event structure & semantic relation & text: German: Heydrich 78b; experiencer verb & partic.: see EXPERIENCER non-volitional partic: (Lhasa) Tibetan: DeLancey 85d; optional partic: see also VALENCY (valency-bound vs. -unbound); general: Materna & Sgall 83; English: Materna & Sgall 83; partic & adverbial & (word-)order: English: Seidlová 83; partic & case, case-grammar, grammatical relation, semantic relation: see also partic. & semantic relation; Indic (Panïnï): Hook 85a; partic. & case-grammar & involvement: Ivatan (narrative): Larson 72; partic & causation: see also CAUSATIVE (causative verb & direct vs. indirect causation & event structure); general: Zide 85b; partic hierarchy & dependency, interdependency, constituency: see also VALENCY; VALENCY (valency & transitivity & partic); general: Dechamps 74; partic. identification & discourse: English vs. Kâte vs. Tagalog: Martin 83; Kâte vs. English vs. Tagalog: see English; Tagalog vs. Kâte vs. English: see English; partic. & lexicology of verb: English: Willis & Jeffries 82; partic. & nominative-accusative, ergativity, (activity): see also NOMINATIVE (nomina­ tive-accusative type & ergativity); general: Lazard 85; Yucatec: Pustet 92; partic. & question-answer & artificial intelligence: general: Hajičová & Sgall 87; partic & semantic relation: see event-structure & semantic relation partic. vs. setting: general: Langacker 86a, Langacker 87b; partic. & subject & pragmatics: see also PASSIVE (passive & subject vs. object & (sentential) event structure); SUBJECT (subject vs. predicate & theme vs. rheme & partic); Nepali: Wallace 85b; partic & theme vs. rheme & foreign language teaching: English vs. Japanese: see Japanese; Japanese vs. English: Maynard 85; partic. & topic continuity: Yagua (narrative): Payne 92; partic. & verb: see also stative vs. dynamic verb & partic; EXPERIENCER (experiencer verb & partic); TRANSITIVITY (intransitive verb & partic); general: Drossard 91a; Portuguese: Ignácio 85; prepositional accusative, dative & event structure: see ACCUSATIVE preposition 'ni' & oblique partic: see PREPOSITION pronoun & partic: see PRONOUN PARTICLE case particle: see CASE dative movement & particle movement: see DATIVE direct object particle: see DIRECT OBJECT

Subject Index

551

grammatical relation & topic & particle: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION indirect object movement & particle movement: see INDIRECT OBJECT locative particle: see LOCATIVE object particle: see OBJECT particle + accusative: see ACCUSATIVE particle + dative: see DATIVE particle + nominative: see NOMINATIVE particle + passive: see PASSIVE prepositional particle: see PREPOSITION subject particle vs. theme particle & particle deletion: see SUBJECT verb particle construction & case-theory: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEORY) PARTITIVE [PARTIT.]/PART-WHOLE (see also GENITIVE; POSSESSIVE; QUANTIFICATION) general: Belletti 88, Ivić 70; Basque: Ortiz de Urbina 85, Rijk 72; Catalan: Laca 89; Dutch: Coppen 88, Klein 80-81; (Middle) Dutch: Duinhoven 72; English: Cruse 79, Deane 84, Massam 90; Estonian: Paunonen 74; Finnish: Denison 57, Kassai 88, Schlachter 58/68, Schlachter 59; Finnish vs. German: see German; Finnish (dialect): Paunonen 74; French: Azoulay-Vicente 89; German vs. Finnish: Raible 77; (Early New High till Modern) German: Glaser 92; (Ancient) Greek: Luraghi 88; (Asturian & Central-South) Italian (dialects): Hall 61-62; (Kola-)Lappic: Szábó 84a; (Classical) Latin: Maurel 85b; Russian: Ortiz de Urbina 85, Wierzbicka 83/88; Warlpiri: Hale 81; body-part/part-whole & animacy: see also INSTRUMENTAL (body-part instrumental); POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & body-part construction); Kuniyanti: McGregor 85; body-part noun & ergative hypothesis: English: Roberts 89; body-part & preposition: French: Makino 86; ergative subject & partit.: see ERGATIVITY existential construction & partit. NP, definiteness: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUC­ TION measure/quantification & case (partit. genitive, dative, nominative, von + dative, accusa­ tive): see QUANTIFICATION nominative vs. partit. after negation: see NOMINATIVE partit. vs. accusative: see GENITIVE (genitive/partit. vs. accusative); see also SUBJECT (psych-verb & subject & accusative vs. unaccusative construction type, accusative vs. partit.); partit. apposition: (Homer) Greek: Hahn 54; partit. & definiteness: Finnish: Chesterman 77; partit. & derivation: English: Leitner 77; partit. & dislocation: French: Larsson 78; partit. genitive: see also prepositional partit. genitive; GENITIVE (genitive & partit.); GENITIVE (genitive of negation & partit. genitive); Croatian vs. Russian: see Russian; Russian vs. Croatian: Menac 86; partit. genitive relative pronoun/adjective: see also GENITIVE (genitive relative pro­ noun); Rumanian: Mourin 83;

552

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

partit. gradience & main vs. subsidiary predication: general: Anderson 74; partit. NP & non-overt or pronominal head noun: English: Olsen 87; partit. & partit. preposition: see also prepositional partit. genitive; GENITIVE (preposi­ tional genitive); French: Körner 81, Krenn 87, Muller 77; (Ancient) Greek: Luraghi 88; (Classical) Latin: Väänänen 54; partit. preposition & negation: French: Muller 77; partit. preposition & partit. article: French: Clédat 01; partit. & pronoun: see partit. vs. quantitative R-pronoun; partit. genitive relative pronoun/ adjective; partit. NP & non-overt or pronominal head noun; partit. & quantifier: see also QUANTIFICATION (quantification & prefixed verb); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & quantification, partit.); Spanish: Mallén 90b; partit. vs. quantitative R-pronoun: Dutch: Schutter 92; partit. & quasi-partit. & aphasia: Finnish: Niemi 91; partit. & relational accusative: Indo-European: Blümel 14; partit. as subject: see also GENITIVE (genitive as subject); OBLIQUE (oblique subject); Finnish: Ikola 72, Schlachter 58/68b; prepositional partit. genitive: see also partit. genitive; partit. & partit. preposition; SerboCroatian: Feleszko 66; PASSIVE [PASS.] general: Ammann 61b, Eckman 74, Freidin 75, Keenan 75, Keenan 81b/85, Lee S. 86, Perlmutter & Postal 77, Plank 85a, Sasse 91, Siewierska 84, Wistrand 41b; accusative vs. ergative languages: see ergative languages; (Classical) Arabic: Saad 82; (Western) Armenian: Haig 82; Basque: Lafon 71; (Onate Biscayen) Basque: Rebuschi 79; (Liter­ ary) Bulgarian vs. Polish: Barakova 79; Chamorro (narrative): Cooreman 87; (Old till 10th C) Chinese: Peyraube 89; Czech vs. English: see English; Dutch: Besten 81b, Hogen 83, Verhagen 92a; English: Bach 79, Brakel 76, Estival 89, Freidin 75, Gawron 86, Hasegawa 68, Hudson 88c, Hudson 89a, Jaeggli 86a, Moon 88b; English vs. Czech: Dusková 72; (Old to Modern) English: Estival 86a; (Written) English: Krauthamer 82; ergative languages: Jacobsen 85; ergative vs. accusative languages: Drossard 88, Valin 80c; Flemish (dialects): Haegeman 86; French: Gross G. 93a; Georgian: Lafon 71; German: Abraham 86, Askedal 87, Besten 81b, Brinker 71, Eroms 81b, Eroms 87, Helbig 89a, Oksaar 70, Schoenthal 76; (Scientific) German: Fillon 78; German/Choctaw vs. Dyirbal/Enga: Valin 80c; Hausa: Jaggar 81; (OluTsooto) Haya: Dalgish 76b; (Classical) Hebrew: Andersen 71; Hungarian: Füredi 77; Icelandic: Collberg 86; (Old) Indic: Pray 76; Indonesian: Cartier 79, Chung 76b, Dardjowidjojo 76/77, Ferrell 75; (Altamura) Italian: Fauci & Loporcaro 89; Japanese: Katagiri 91, Kortlandt 92, Miyagawa 89b, Ono 84, Ono 88/91, Springer 86, Unetani 86; Javanese: Dardjowidjojo 76/ 77; (Spocanian) Kalispel: Tweehuysen 89; Korean: Lee S. 86, Park 88; Malay: Hopper 83; Malayalam: Mohanan 82; Marwari: Magier 84; Mayan: Dayley 83; Mohave: Langacker & Munro 75; Nootka: Whistler 85; (Old) Nordic: Benediktsson 80, Dyvik 80; Norwegian: Tweehuysen 91; (Vach) Ostyak: Gulya 70; Pashto: Davison 73; (Literary) Polish vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; Portuguese: Brakel 76; Rigvedic: Andersen 86; Russian: Leinonen & Östman 83; Samoan: Cook 78; Spanish: Goldin 68,

Subject Index

553

Tobón de Castro 86; (Buenos Aires) Spanish: Barrenechea & Orecchia 69; Swahili: Johnson 76; Swedish: Leinonen & Östman 83, Oksaar 70, Tweehuysen 91; Thai: Filbeck 73; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; (Ob)Ugric: Bouda 36; Uto-Aztecan: Langacker & Munro 75; Washo: Jacobsen 79; adjectival pass. & semantic relation: see also pass. & semantic relation; English: Dryer 85, Levin & Rappaport 86; adjectival pass. vs. verbal pass.: (Old to New) English: Lieber 79; adversative pass.'. Japanese: Wierzbicka 88b; agent & pass.: see AGENT anti-pass.: see also pass. vs. active & ergativity; pass. & ergativity; ABSOLUTIVE (initial absolutive, theme role & anti-pass.); accusative languages: Lazard 89; (Onate Biscayen) Basque: Rebuschi 79; Chamorro (narrative): Cooreman 87; Eskimo: Kalmár 79; Gujaratï: Durbin 79; Halkomelem: Gerdts 80a; Ilok: Gerdts 88; Mayan: Larsen & Norman 79; Spanish: Masullo 92; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; anti-pass. & aspect & transitivity: see also anti-pass. & imperfective aspect; anti-transitive pass.; Australian: Tchekhoff 85; anti-pass. & discourse: see also pass. & discourse; Nez-Perce: Rude 88; anti-pass. vs. ergative: Spanish: Masullo 92; anti-pass. & grammatical relation: Eskimo: Kalmár 79; anti-pass. & imperfective aspect & autonomy of subject: see also anti-pass. & aspect; pass. & subject; Australian: Tchekhoff 87; anti-pass. & nominative-accusative type: general: Lazard 89; anti-transitive pass.: see also anti-pass. & aspect & transitivity; pass. & intransitivization; pass. & transitivity; Marwari: Magier 84; causative & pass.: see CAUSATIVE central participant & syntax/semantics/pragmatics/pass.: see PARTICIPATION dative pass.: see DATIVE depassivization: Dutch: Bakel 83; direct object & pass.: see DIRECT OBJECT double object construction & pass.: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION genitive as agent & pass.: see GENITIVE grammatical relation & pass.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION impersonal pass.: see also pass. vs. active; pass. & subject deletion; subjectless pass.; SUBJECT (impersonal construction); general: Comrie 77, Lappin & Shlousky 93; Dutch: Hoekstra T. 86; English: Roberts 87b; French: Gaatone 93; Mohave: Langacker & Munro 75; Norwegian: Tweehuysen 91; Polish: Borsley 88; Swedish: Tweehuysen 91; (Sherpa) Tibetan: Givón 82; Uto-Aztecan: Langacker & Munro 75; impersonal pass. & action pass.: German: Helbig 83c; impersonal pass. & object raising: see also OBJECT (object raising); German: Breckenridge 75; impersonal pass. & unaccusative hypothesis: see also pass. & unaccusativity; general: Perlmutter 78; impersonal pass. & unergativity & theta-role: see also pass. & semantic relation; ERGATIVITY (ergativity & semantic relation, theta-role); German: Ruzicka 89; Slavic: Růžička 89;

554

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

impersonal pseudo pass.: see also pseudo pass.; Dutch: Kirsner 76a; indirect object pass.: see INDIRECT OBJECT indirect pass.: see also loss of indirect pass. with dative subject; German: Lötzsch 69; Slavic: Lötzch 69; inflectional pass.: see also pass. & case; Marwari: Magier 84; instrumental as agent & pass.: see INSTRUMENTAL locative & pass.: see LOCATIVE loss of indirect pass. with dative subject: see also indirect pass.; DATIVE (dative pass.); (Old to Modern) English: Roberts 85; nominal pass.: French: Gross G. 93b; particle + pass.: (Classical) Hebrew: Albrecht 29; pass. & accusative: see also pass. & subject possibility of content accusative; pass. of verb with double accusative; ACCUSATIVE (prepositional accusative & pass.; retained accusative/object & pass.); DIRECT OBJECT (direct object & pass.); German: Askedal 87; (Poetic) Latin: Schröter 870; pass. of action verb: German: Lieb 92; pass. vs. active: see also impersonal pass. & action pass.; pass. & voice; PREDICATE (subject- vs. object-oriented active predicate & agent- vs. theme-oriented pass. predi­ cate); SUBJECT (subject vs. object (nominative vs. accusative) & active vs. pass. & case-theory); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & pass. vs. active); general: Pfeifer 74, Stewart 66; Arabic: Roman, Pavard & Asselah 85; Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 77c; German: Oksaar 73; Waruŋu: Tsunoda 75; pass. vs. active & agent reduction & pass. predicate: French: Desclés & Guentchéva 93; pass. vs. active & case: see also pass. & case; Bengali: Mukherjee 85; pass. vs. active & ergativity: see also anti-pass.; pass. & ergativity; ERGATIVITY (ergativity vs. nominative-accusative type & active vs. pass.); general: Xrakovskij 72, Xrakovskij 78; pass. vs. active & subject: Dutch: Es 70; pass. vs. active & subject vs. object & focus: see also pass. & subject vs. object & sentential event structure; SUBJECT (subject vs. object (nominative vs. accusative) & active vs. pass. & case-theory); English: Tannenbaum & Williams 68; (from) pass. (to) active system: Indo-Iranian: Miltner 65; pass. vs. active & valency: see also pass. & valency; German: Sadziński 87; pass. & case: see also inflectional pass.; pass. vs. active & case; pass. of a two-placepredicate construction & case/ablative of the participle; CASE (case & personal, impersonal, pass. construction); Basque: Trask 85; Dutch: Klieverik 83; English: Moon 88a; Icelandic: Collberg 86; Ukrainian: Sobin 85; pass. & case & grammatical relation: Icelandic: Zaenen, Maling & Thráinsson 85; pass. & case & inversion: Marathi: Rosen & Wali 89; pass. & case-grammar: Dutch: Bakel 83; English vs. German: Zydatiß 74; French: Straub 74; German vs. English: see English; pass. & case & semantic relation: see also pass. & semantic relation; (Classical) Latin: Jensen 83; pass. & case-theory: see also SUBJECT (subject vs. object (nominative vs. accusative) & active vs. pass. & case-theory); German: Tappe 84;

Subject Index

555

pass. & case-theory, theta-theory, theta-role: general: Baker, Johnson & Roberts 89, Goodall 93; English: Baker, Johnson & Roberts 89; pass. & dative: see also loss of indirect pass. with dat. subject; DATIVE (dative pass.); English: Moon 88a, Moon 88b; pass. & dependency grammar: see also pass. & valency; German: Eroms 87; pass. & detransitivization: see also pass. & intransitivization; pass. & transitivity; Dutch: Verhagen 92a; pass. & discourse: see also anti-pass. & discourse; (Old) Javanese: Hopper 79; (Collo­ quial & Classical) Malay: Hopper 79; Nez-Perce: Rude 88; Tagalog: Hopper 79; pass. & discourse & syntactic priming: English: Estival 85; pass. & ergativity: see also anti-pass. vs. ergative; pass. vs. active & ergativity; pass. & unaccusativity; ERGATIVITY (ergativity & intransitive-pass. conception of verb); NOMINATIVE (nominative-accusative type vs. ergativity & active vs. pass.); general: Estival & Myhill 88, Wistrand 41b; Australian: Hale 70; Basque: Milner 76; Indic: Klaiman 78, Pray 76; Mansi: Rombandeeva 67; Norwegian: Afarli 89/92; Polynesean: Milner 76; Tabasaran: Magometov 60; Vietnamese: Clark 74; pass.-to-ergative shift: (Old) Javanese: Hopper 79; (Colloquial & Classical) Malay: Hopper 79; Tagalog: Hopper 79; pass. & ergative systems & their marking of a patient as theme (agent as rheme): general: Modini 89; pass. & foreign language teaching: see also pass. & subject & foreign language teaching; English: Cooray 67; German: Helbig 77b; pass. & inhuman subject: Dutch: Schermer-Vermeer 71; pass. & intransitivization: see also pass. & intransitivization; pass. & transitivity; pass. & shift (of) transitive (to) intransitive pass.; TRANSITIVITY (detransitivization, mediopass. or resultative; intransitive use of verb 'sell' & pass. value); Waruŋu: Tsunoda 75; pass.-like construction: Indonesian: Vries 83; pass.-like construction with 'have' + past participle: German: Leirbukt 81; pass. & lexical approach/lexical organisation: English: Hasegawa 81; Japanese: Hasegawa 81; Norwegian: Afarli 89; pass. & middle construction: German: Rösch 91; pass. of nominal predicate: see nominal pass. pass. of oblique object & direct object & affectedness: see also CAUSATIVE (oblique causee & pass.); OBJECT (oblique object); English: Ziv & Sheintuch 81; pass. & oblique subject: see also OBJECT (oblique subject); general: Zaenen & Maling 83/84; Icelandic: Zaenen & Maling 83/84; pass. & participle: Dutch: Hoekstra T. 86; pass. & pass. block: French: Leclère 93; pass. & possession: see also pass. of transitive perfect & possession; general: Lewy 28, Schuchardt 21; Bulgarian vs. Polish: Nicolova 79; Polish vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; pass. of prepositional verb & transitivity, locativity: see also pass. & transitivity; English: Bolinger 77a; pass. pronoun: (Spocanian) Kalispel: Tweehuysen 89; pass. & pronominal pass.: French: Lamiroy 93; pass. & semantic case theory: general: Keenan 87;

556

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

pass. & semantic relation: see also adjectival pass. & semantic relation; impersonal pass. & unergativity & theta-role; pass. & case & semantic relation; CAUSATIVE (oblique causee & pass. (& semantic relation)); Dutch: Klieverik 83; English vs. SerboCroatian: Mihailovic 74; Norwegian: Afarli 89/92; Serbo-Croatian vs. English: see English; Swahili: Johnson 76; pass. & its stative character & alternative stative construction: see also statal pass.; Dutch: Verhagen 90; pass. & subject: see also anti-pass. & imperfective aspect & autonomy of subject; pass. vs. active & subject; pass. & inhuman subject; pass. & oblique subject; subject of reflexive pass., pro-drop-parameter & case; NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. subject & pass.); PREDICATE (subject- vs. object-oriented active predicate & agent- vs. themeoriented pass. predicate); SUBJECT (implicit or dethematized subj. of pass.; indefinite subject pronoun in pass. construction; subject vs. agent & pass.; subject vs. object (nominative vs. accusative) & active vs. pass. & case-theory); general: Webelhuth 86; English: Webelhuth 86; Hindi: Pandharipande 81; Lappic: Schlachter 60b; (Northern) Russian: Timberlake 76; Swedish: Sundman 83, Sundman 87; pass. & human subject & active aspect: French: Gaatone 93; pass. & subject deletion: general: Comrie 77; pass. & subject possibility of content accusative: German: Faucher 87; pass. & subject & foreign language teaching: French: Souesme 91; pass. & subject vs. object & sentential event structure: see also pass. vs. active & subject vs. object & focus; Dutch: Duinhoven 88b; pass. & transitivity: see also anti-pass. & aspect & transitivity; anti-transitive pass.; pass. & detransitivization; pass. & intransitivization; pass. of prepositional verb & transitiv­ ity, locativity; ERGATIVITY (ergativity & intransitive-pass. conception of the verb); TRANSITIVITY (detransitivization, medio-pass. or resultative; intransitive use of verb 'sell' & pass. value; transitivity, ergativity & voice); (Proto- to Modern) Austronesian: Pawley & Reid 76/80; Caucasian: Schuchardt 895-96; English: Rice 87; French vs. German: Vernay 80; German vs. French: see French;(Proto-)Indo-Euro­ pean: Schnorr von Carolsfeld 34; pass. & (shift of) transitive (to) intransitive pass.: see also pass. & intransitivization; Indo-European: Schmalstieg 82; Lithuanian: Schmalstieg 82; pass. & transitivity & language change: Acatec: Robertson 91; pass. of transitive perfect & possession: see also pass. & possession; Armenian: Benveniste 52; Iranian: Benveniste 52; pass. character of transitive verb: general: Finck 07; pass. of a two-place-predicate construction & case/ablative of the participle: Ukrainian: Plyusc 79; pass. & unaccusativity: see also impersonal pass. & unaccusative hypothesis; pass. & ergativity: Icelandic: Zaenen & Maling 84a; pass. & valency (reduction): see also pass. & dependency grammar; pass. vs. active & valency; English: Moon 88a; (Old High) German: Eichinger 87; pass. of verb with double accusative: German: Askedal 80; pass. & voice: see also pass. vs. active; general: Shibatani 88; pass. & volitionality: (Old to Modern) Bengali: Klaiman 81b;

Subject Index

557

periphrastic pass.: Marwari: Magier 84; pseudo pass.: (Spocanian) Kalispel: Tweehuysen 89; reflexive pass.: see also subject of reflexive pass., pro-drop-parameter & case; French: Legendre 85; German: Helbig 75a; Spanish: Gonzáles 85b; (Costa Rican) Spanish: Berk-Seligson 83; reflexive pass. & agent: Spanish: Körner 89, Mello 78; statal pass.: see also pass. & its stative character & alternative stative constructions; ACCUSATIVE (preposition with accusative or dative & statal pass.); German: Helbig 80, Helbig 83d, Helbig 87b; statal pass. & agency: German: Hermanns 87; statal pass. & 'have' vs. 'be': German: Helbig 78d; subjectless pass. & control: see also impersonal pass.; German: Hoeing 88; subject of reflexive pass., pro-drop-parameter & case: see also reflexive pass.; Slavic: Franks 82; PATIENT [PAT] (see also ACCUSATIVE; DIRECT OBJECT; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; OBJECT) general: Asatiani 9 1 ; English: Brakel 76, Grady 74; Portuguese: Brakel 76; agent vs. pat.: see AGENT case & theme & domain of movement & lexicalist approach: see CASE dative experiencer vs. unaccusative theme & 'gustar'-verb: see EXPERIENCER dative compounding & theme vs. goal & theta-assignment: see DATIVE direct object & patient-prominent language: see DIRECT OBJECT double object construction & recipient/beneficiary as cognitive equivalent of unitransitive pat. & grammatical vs. semantic relation: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUC­ TION ergativity & middle aorist & agent-pat.: see ERGATIVITY initial absolutive, theme role & anti-passive: see ABSOLUTIVE lexicase-grammar & perspective & pat. centrality: general: Starosta 81-82; English: Starosta 81-82; passive vs. ergative systems & their marking of agent as theme/pat. as rheme: see PASSIVE experiencer and pat. as subject: see EXPERIENCER locative, instrumental & pat.: see LOCATIVE pat. deixis: Yucatec: Durbin & Ojeda 82; pat. fronting & discourse: (Biblical) Hebrew: Myhill & Xing 93; Chinese: Myhill & Xing 93; pat. marking & unaccusativity: (Lakhota) Dakota: Williamson 79; split-ergativity, pat. marking of pronominal agreement system: see ERGATIVITY subject vs. object & semantic relation agent/instrumental vs. pat./dative & psychological dimensions of case: see SUBJECT subject & pat.: see SUBJECT unaccusative vs. unergative verb & subject vs. object & theme role: see ERGATIVITY

558

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

POSSESSIVE [POS.]/POSSESSIVE CONSTRUCTION, POSSESSOR, POSSESSION (see also GENITIVE; PARTITIVE) general: Allen 64, Bossong 84c, Clark 78, Creissels 79, Dik 83, Fógany 75, Lyons 67, Lyons 68, Markey 85, Seiler 71, Seiler 81, Seiler 83, Ultan 78, Zurinskaja 77; Aguatec: Larsen 76; (Northern) Amerindian: Sapir 17, Uhlenbeck 17; (Old) Armenian vs. (Old) Persian, (Old) Georgian: see (Old) Persian; Austronesian: Mosel 80; Avestan: Cardona 70; Azerbaijeni (dialects): Babajev 85; Balkan: Qvonje 89; Bambara: Bird 72; (Old & Modern) Bulgarian: Ono 83; Cahuilla: Seiler 73b/77, Seiler 77a; Caucasian: Ostrowski 81; Celtic: Gil 68; Chamorro: Chung 84; (Chikasaw) Choctaw: Payne 82; Circassian: Boeder 72, Ostrowski 81; Czech: Pitha 71a, Pitha 72, Pitha 76; Dutch: Jansen 76-77, Janssen 75; (Eastern) Dutch (dialects): Bree 75; Dyirbal: Dixon 69; English: Anderson 79b, Deane 87, Dusková 89, Fógany 75, Grigaljunene 89, Hawkins R. 81b, Horn 75, Jackendoff 69, Massam 90, Mela 82, Taylor 89a, Vachek 55, Vachek 61; English (child language): Golinkoff & Markessini 80; (Old) English: Furnivall 865; (Ozark) English: Foster 79; Eskimo: Mey 69; Finnish: Kanerva 87, Nevis 84, Pierrehumbert 80; FinnoUgric: Kangasmaa-Minn 84; French: Fógany 75, Frei 39, Langacker 68, Tremblay 92, Vet 83; (Middle) French: Wunderli 78; Georgian: Ostrowski 81; (Old) Georgian vs. (Old) Persian, (Old) Armenian: see (Old) Persian; German: Boeder 72, Bondzio 73, Fógany 75, Olsen 89, Seiler 73b/77, Seiler 77a; German vs. Polish: Pisarkowa 77; (Ancient) Greek: Frei 39; Greenlandic: Boeder 72; Gumbaynggir: Dixon 69; Hawaiian: Wilson 76; Hebrew: Berman 82b; (Colloquial Israeli) Hebrew: Ziv 76b; Hindi-Urdu: Kachru 69; Hopi: Luthin 87; Hungarian: Antal 61, Antal 64, Biermann 84, Fógany 75, Gaál 78, Groot 83b, Mel'čuk 73, Szabolcsi 81, Szabolcsi 83; Indic: Cardona 70; IndoEuropean: Bally 26, Gil 68, Markey 85; Indo-Iranian: Cardona 70; Indonesian: Wils 50; Itza: Hofling 90; Kekchi: Freeze 76; (Classical) Latin: Bolkestein 83b, Frei 39, Gil 68; Latvian: Fennell 75; Malayalam: Asher 68; Mangap: Bugenhagen 86; Mauretian Creole: Corne 86; Mayan: Larsen & Norman 79; (Dongko-ko) Mba: Pasch 85; Melanesian: Lévy-Bruhl 14, Lynch 73, Mosel 83, Ray 19; Moru: Anderson 79b; Nahuatl: Dakin 91; (Classical) Nahuatl: Langacker 72; Newari: Cook 88a; Norwegian: Fiva 87, Torp 92; (Old) Persian: Cardona 70; (Old) Persian vs. (Old) Armenian, (Old) Georgian: Saxokia 86; Polish vs. German: Pisarkowa 77; Rennellese: Elbert 55-56; (Ibero-)Romance: Vol'f 77; Rumanian: Draşoveanu 69, Manoliu-Manea 77; Russian: Ivanova 75; (Literary) Russian: Richards 76; Samoan: Breidbach 83; (Bangasoko) Samoan (of Burkina Faso): Ebermann 90; Scottish Gaelic: McCaughey 76; Somali: Serzisko 83; Spanish: Kempchinsky 92b, Roldán 72; Syriac: Schlachter 60a; Swahili: Christie 70; Tabasaran: Ostrowski 81; Tolai: Mosel 82; Uralic-Altaic: Sinor 78; Waura: Richards 73; Yakut: Stachowski 89; alienable pos. [al. pos.]: Pima: Bahr 86; Rwanda: Bickford 86; al. vs. inal. pos.: Chadic: Schuh 81; Dizi: Claudi & Serzisko 85; English: Deane 84; (Ancient) Greek: Rosen 59; analytical pos. construction: see also kinship expression & absolute case, prepositions 'a' and 'de'; pos. vs. prepositional phrase as epithet; GENITIVE (analytical genitive); PREPOSITION (preposition 'de'); English: Chapman 75, Millward 77; Germanic: Torp 92; Nordic: Torp 92;

Subject Index

559

analytical pos. construction & its nominalization & localist approach: see also pos. & localist approach; pos. & nominalization; GENITIVE (analytical genitive & localist approach); Russian: Rugaleva 77; anaphoric pos. pronoun & predictability requirement/discourse: see also pos. pronoun; English: Kuno 87; body-part: see inalienable pos. case & pos.: see CASE dative vs. pos.: see DATIVE discontinuous pos.: Chinese: Teng 74; double object construction & dative movement (& pos.): see DOUBLE OBJECT CON­ STRUCTION double pos. construction: (Old) Bulgarian: Kostov 90 existential construction & pos.: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION genitive & pos.: see GENITIVE 'have' construction: see also DATIVE (benefactive dative construction vs. 'have' + direct object + infinitive); general: Ultan 78; Czech: Pitha 71a, Pitha 72; Dutch: Evers 74; Dutch (dialects): Bree 81, Köhlbrugge & Meier 81; (Eastern) Dutch (dialects): Bree 75, Bree 77, Entjes 75; English: Shumaker 75; 'have' construction & dative: see also DATIVE (pos. dative & 'have' construction); French: Tremblay 92; 'have' construction & indirect object: Dutch: Evers 74; Janssen 76; 'have' & 'be' construction/language: see also COPULAR CONSTRUCTION; PASSIVE (statal passive & 'have' vs. 'be'); general: Bach 67, Benveniste 66, Ginneken 39, Isacenko 74; Balto-Slavic: Isacenko 74; English: Bach 67; Hungarian: Kiefer 68; Kashmiri: Kachru 68; Russian: Veyrenc 76; Shona: Fortune 68; Yiddish: Taube 84/89; 'have' & 'be' construction & accusative: French: Tremblay 92; 'have' & 'be' construction & case-grammar: Estonian: Lehiste 69; 'have' & 'be' construction & grammatical relation: Irish: Orr 89; (North) Russian: Orr 89; 'have' & pos. vs. attributive use: French: Tellier 92; 'have' construction & transitivity: German: Brinkmann 59; inalienable pos./body-part [inal. pos.]: see also al. pos. vs. inalien. pos.; pos. & inherence; PARTITIVE; PARTITIVE (body-part/part-whole); SUBJECT (double subject con­ struction & (inalienable) pos.); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & body-part-construc­ tion); general: Fox 81, Jacquinod 81; Dutch: Bree 79; English: Bibovic 76; English vs. French: see French; English vs. German: Ebert 82; Ethiopic: Allan 75-76; French: Cheng 88, Guéron 83, Herslund 83a, Herschensohn 75, Herschensohn 92c, Junker & Martineau 87, Kliffer 84; (Old) French: Herslund 77; French vs. English: Authier 92; German: Isacenko 65; (Ancient) Greek: Jacquinod 81; Haya: Hyman 77; (Classical) Latin: Jacquinod 81; Mandarin: Cheng 88; Mauretian Creole: Corne 86; Mixtec: Brugman & Macaulay 86; Pima: Bahr 86; Russian: Levine 86; Rwanda: Bickford 86; Sotho: Voeltz 76; Spanish: Kliffer 83, Kliffer 87; inal. pos. & contact verb: English: Platt 71b; inal. pos. & dative vs. accusative (alternation): German: Zubin 77;

560

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

inal. pos. & dative/indirect object pronoun'. Spanish: Kliffer 79; inal. pos. & definite article & foreign language teaching'. Spanish: Kliffer 79; inal. pos. & definite article vs. pos. pronoun: see also inal. pos. & pos. pronoun & foreign language teaching; Dutch (dialects): Entjes 76; English: Vergnaud & Zubizarreta 92; French: Hatcher 44a, Hatcher 44b, Herschensohn 92a, Vergnaud & Zubizarreta 92; Italian: Erasmi 83; Romance: Gamilescheg 36; inal. pos. & extensive case: Swahili: Scotton 81a, Scotton 81b; inal. pos. & genitive'. Swahili: Hinnebusch & Kirsner 80; inal. pos. & indirect object & double ergative verb: French: Herschensohn 92a; inal. pos. & language-specific conceptualization & philosophy of grammar: general: Wierzbicka 79; inal. pos. & locative: see also pos. & locative; (Chalcatongo) Mixtec: Brugman 83; inal. pos. & NP-switch: Swahili: B arrett-Keach 88; inal. pos. & null subject language: French: Authier 90; inal. pos. & pos. pronoun & foreign language teaching: see also inal. pos. & definite article vs. pos. pronoun; Spanish: Kliffer 79; inal. pos. & pro-inclusion, lexical chains: French: Guéron 85; inal. pos. & theta-theory: French: Yoon 90; Korean: Yoon 90; Mandarin: Yoon 90; inverted pos. construction: see also pos. & word-order; Bulgarian: Asenova 78; kinship expression & absolute case, prepositions 'a' and 'de': see also analytical pos. construction; ABSOLUTE CASE CONSTRUCTION; (Old) French: Palm 77; kinship expression & (inherent or establishing) pos.: Cahuilla: Seiler 80; passive & pos.: see PASSIVE periphrastic pos. construction: see analytical pos. construction pos. adjective: see also GENITIVE (pos. genitive relative pronoun/adjective; synthetic vs. analytical pos. genitive (pronoun, adjective)); Balkan: Qvonje 89; (Old & Modern) Bulgarian: Ono 83; Czech: Pitha 91; (Eastern) Dutch dialects: Bree 75; English: Groussier 91; (Old) French: Burger 61, Jansen 61; Indo-European: Bally 26; Rumanian: Cazacu 47, Popescu-Ramírez & Tasmowski-De Ryck 88; (Literary) Russian: Richards 76; Slavic: Lötzsch 65; Sorbian: Lötzsch 65; pos. adjective clitic: Rumanian: Graur 45b; pos. adjective as dative clitic: see also possessor vs. possessed & theme & dative clitic vs. pos. adjective; French: Tremblay 89; possessor of an act & agent: general: Seiler 73a/77; German: Seiler 73a/77; possessor ascension (raising) (to object, to subject): see also verb-agreement, possessor ascension & multistratal representation; CASE (case linking theory & projection principle, raising-to-object, raising-to-subject, possessor raising, tough movement); general: Croft 85, Robinson 79; Haya: Hyman 77; Korean: Chun 86, Park 85; (Western) Muskogean: Munro 84; Rwanda: Bickford 86; Spanish: Tuggy 80; Tzotzil: Aissen 79b; possessor ascension & advancement of indirect object to direct object: Kalkatungu: Blake 84; Pitta-Pitta: Blake 84; possessor ascension to indirect object: Choctaw: Davies 81b; possessor ascenscion & pos. dative & imagic meaning: Spanish: Tuggy 85; pos. dative: see DATIVE

Subject

Index

561

pos. & definiteness: see also pos. definite article; GENITIVE (genitive & definiteness); English: Woisetschläger 83; pos., definiteness & word-order: see also pos. & word-order; English: Lyons 89; pos. definite article: see also inal. pos. & definitive article; Dutch: Bree 79; English vs. German: Ebert 82; French: Guéron 83; Romance: Manoliu-Manea 64; possessor deletion: see also DATIVE (ethical dative & possessor deletion); Haya: Hyman 77; possessor deletion & pragmatics: Japanese: Hinds 79; pos. & derivation: English: Leitner 77; pos. & derived nominal & thematic restriction: English vs. Polish: Rozwadowska 91; Polish vs. English: see English; pos. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see inalienable pos. & definitive article & flt; inalienable pos. & pos. pronoun & flt; pos. genitive: see GENITIVE pos. indirect object: see also 'have-construction' & indirect object; inal. pos. & dative/ indirect object pronoun; inal. pos. & indirect object & double ergative verb; possessor ascension & movement of indirect object to direct object; possessor ascension to indirect object; DATIVE (pos. dative); INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object & change from pos. to dative); Dutch: Janssen 77; (East) Dutch (dialects): Entjes 75; Spanish: Davis 68; pos. & inherence: see also inal. pos.; African: Reh, Heine & Lamberti 81; pos. & locative: see also inal. pos. & locative; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existence, location & pos.); English: Kirkwood 69a; German: Kirkwood 69a; pos. locative & dative pronoun: French: Cristea 76; pos. & localist approach: see also analytical pos. construction & its nominalization & localist approach; GENITIVE (genitive & localist approach); general: Lucas 89; pos. & nominalization: see also analytical pos. construction & its nominalization; Eng­ lish: Chomsky 70; pos. noun: general: Ultan 79; pos. & null subject language: see also pos. pronoun & null subject language; pos. & subject; French: Authier 90; English vs. French: see French; French vs. English: Authier 92; pos. & number marking: Aleut: Leer 91; Eyak: Leer 91; Haida: Leer 91; pos. personal pronoun: see also pos. pronoun; GENITIVE (double genitive; combination of analytical genitive & bare genitive (or pos. personal pronoun); (Classical) Latin: Orlandini 89; possessor vs. possessed: Bulgarian vs. Polish: Nicolova 79; Polish vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; Mugil: Z'graggen 65; possessor vs. possessed & theme & dative clitic vs. pos. adjective: Rumanian: PopescuRamírez & Tasmowski-De Ryck 88; pos. & predicative: Germanic: Sandmann 69/73; Romance: Sandmann 68/73; pos. vs. prepositional phrase as epithet: see also analytical pos. construction; English: Val'dman 61, Val'dman 62a; pos. pronoun: see also anaphoric pos. pronoun; inal. pos. & dative/indirect object pronoun; inal. pos. & definite article vs. pos. pronoun; inal. pos. & pos. pronoun & flt;

562

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

pos. locative & dative pronoun; pos. personal pronoun; DATIVE (pos. dative pronoun); GENITIVE (analytical genitive with pos. pronoun; of + personal pronoun as pos. or subjective genitive; pos. genitive relative pronoun; synthetic vs. analytical genitive with pos. pronoun); Bulgarian vs. Polish: Nicolova 79; Bulgarian vs. Spanish: see Spanish vs. Bulgarian; Dutch: Bree 79; (East) Dutch (dialects): Entjes 75, Entjes 76; (16-17th C) Dutch: Koelmans 66; English vs. French: see French; English vs. German: Ebert 82; French: Bol 88, Figge 74, Goyens & Hoecke 91; French vs. English: Authier 92; (19th C) French: Kramer 05; French vs. Italian: see Italian; (Old) French: Bol 88, Burger 61, Dittmer 888, Goyens & Hoecke 91, Jansen-Beck 61; German: Bondzio 73, Gasser 70, Gasser 74a, Gasser 74b, Olsen 88, Schweckendieck 67, Sitta 72; German (child language): Böhme 83; Hittite: Houwink ten Cate 66; Italian vs. French: Werner 92; (Classical) Latin: Bol 88, Goyens & Hoecke; Norwegian: Schwartz 899; Polish vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; Salish: Newman 79a; Spanish vs. Bulgarian: Kănčev 88; pos. pronoun & null subject language: see also pos. & null subject language; pos. & subject; French: Authier 90; strong vs. weak pos. pronoun: (Medieval spoken) Latin to (Old) French & Romance: Lyons 86b; pos. pronoun & genitive: see also GENITIVE (analytical genitive with pos. pronoun; synthetic vs. analytical pos. genitive (pos. pronoun, adjective)); (Middle High vs. Modern) German: Schützeichel 79b; pos. pronoun in object position & ana/exphoric link: (Algerian) Arabic vs. English (child language): see English; English vs. (Algerian) Arabic (child language): Chipman & Imperiali di Francavilla 89; pos. pronoun vs. pos. clitic: see also pos. adjective clitic; pos. suffix or anaphoric clitic; Bulgarian: Guentchéva 91; pos. pronoun & prenominal genitive: English: Seppänen 80; pos. relative pronoun: see also GENITIVE (genitive relative pronoun); Bulgarian: Meckova-Atanassova 87; German: Meckova-Atanassova 87; pos. & sociolinguistics: German: Girke 73; Russian: Girke 73; pos. & subject: see also inal. pos. & null subject language; pos. ascension (raising) (to object, to subject); pos. & null subject language; pos. pronoun & null subject language; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential construction & pos.); SUBJECT (dou­ ble subject construction & (inalienable) pos.; subject of gerund & pos.; subject & pos. & binding); (Colloquial Israeli) Hebrew: Ziv 76; pos. & subject hierarchy: (Colloquial) Hebrew: Ziv 76a; pos., subject & object: general: Seiler 82/83; pos. suffix or anaphoric clitic: Finnish: Nevis 84; pos. verb form: Czech vs. German (written language): Jäger 78; German vs. Czech: see Czech; Portuguese: Vilela 92; pos. verb (& verb of pos. change): see also VALENCY (valency & verb of 'change of pos.' (give, take) & pragmatics); German: Wotjak 70, Portuguese: Vilela 92; pos. & word-order: see also inverted pos. construction; pos., definiteness & word-order; (Classical) Latin: Menk 25; Uralic: Comrie 80; reflexive pos. (reflexive & pos.): Ibibio: Essien 82; Norwegian: Torp 92;

Subject Index transitivity vs. intransitivity & pos.: see TRANSITIVITY single pos. condition: Luiseno: Steele 88; verb agreement, possessor ascension & multistratal representation: Allen, Frantz, Gardiner & Perlmutter 90;

563

(Southern) Tiwa:

PRAGMATICS (see also DISCOURSE) accusative & discourse, grammatical factors, pragmatics: see ACCUSATIVE active case & pragmatic discourse: see ACTIVE CASE agency & pragmatics: see AGENT case & pragmatics: see CASE cleft construction & grammatical relation, pragmatics, semantic relation: see COPULAR CONSTRUCTION direct object & pragmatics: see DIRECT OBJECT ergativity, grammatical relation & pragmatics: see ERGATIVITY grammatical relation & pragmatics: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION instrumental & agent & pragmatics: see INSTRUMENTAL le/la/loismo & pragmatics: see DATIVE locative, semantics & pragmatics: see LOCATIVE nominative-accusative type vs. ergativity & pragmatic foundation of grammatical categories: see NOMINATIVE possessive dative & pragmatics: see DATIVE object deletion & verb valency & pragmatics: see OBJECT (central) participant & syntax, semantics, pragmatics, passive: see PARTICIPATION participation & subject & pragmatics: see PARTICIPATION possessor deletion & pragmatics: see POSSESSIVE prepositional phrase & discourse, pragmatics: see PREPOSITION semantic relation & pragmatics: see SEMANTIC RELATION subject & pragmatics: see SUBJECT transitivity & viewpoint/pragmatics: see TRANSITIVITY valency & pragmatics: see VALENCY word-order & pragmatics: see WORD-ORDER PREDICATE [PRED.J/PREDICATION (see also COMPLEMENTATION; COPULAR CONSTRUCTION) general: Culicover 88, Lehmann 9 1 ; Dutch: Dik 80a; Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 77c; English: Culicover 88, Hornstein & Lightfoot 87, Poldauf 68; (British) English: Ek 66; Finnish: Ikola 72; Spanish: Alarcos Llorach 70; adjectival pred. (adj. + subordinate clause): Norwegian: Faarlund 76; adjunct pred. & licensing & semantic relation & case: see also pred. & case; pred. & theta-role; English vs. Warlpiri: Rapoport 91; Warlpiri vs. English: see English; argument PP vs. co-predicating PP & causation, valency: see PREPOSITION case agreement & pred. modifier: see CASE

564

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

complex pred.: see also CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY (theta-theory & complex pred.; Greenlandic: Baker 88a; Rwanda: Baker 88a; Winnebago: Baker 88a; complex pred. & argument structure: general'. Rosen 89; complex pred. & lexicalist approach'. Japanese: Ishikawa 86; derived pred. & pred. adpositional phrase & focused constituent in pseudo-cleft construction: English: Mackenzie & Hannay 82; direct object & attributive pred. complement: see DIRECT OBJECT ergativity & pred.: see ERGATIVITY intransitive pred. (actional vs. non-actional) & unaccusativity vs. case grammar: see also pred. of transitive verb; general: Anderson 80a; intransitive pred. & verb agreement: Choctaw: Davies 86; inversion pred.: general: Breen 88a; nominative pred.: see NOMINATIVE object pred.: see OBJECT partitivity gradience & main vs. subsidiary pred.: see PARTITIVE passive of a two place pred. construction & case/ablative of the participle: see PASSIVE passive vs. active & agent reduction & passive pred.: see PASSIVE possession & pred.: see POSSESSIVE pred. accusative: see ACCUSATIVE pred. adjective & case-grammar: English: Baer 73; pred. adjective + that-clause & experiencer, object, semantic relation: see also pred. & theta-role; English: Ivir 72; pred. & argument & lexical entry for verb: English: Fillmore 68a; pred. & case: see also adjunct pred. & licensing & semantic relation & case; pred. adjective + that-clause & experiencer, object, semantic relation; CASE (case-marking of nominal/adjectival pred. of copula & word-order; case-linking theory & case, pred., transitivity); Japanese (child language): Morikawa 90; pred. complement: see DIRECT OBJECT (direct object & attributive pred. complement); SUBJECT (pred. complement of subject); pred. construction: English: Kirkpatrick & Uszkoreit 82; pred. dative/pred. word + dative: see DATIVE pred. genitive: see GENITIVE pred. instrumental: see INSTRUMENTAL pred. nominal: see also PASSIVE (passive of nominal pred.); Baltic vs. Slavic: see Slavic; English: Baer 79; Lithuanian: Nichols 80a, Timberlake 90; Slavic vs. Baltic: Schaller 85; pred. nominal & object control: Russian: Nichols 82a; pred., participation & semantic relation: see also adjunct pred. & semantic relation; pred. adjective + that-clause & experiencer, object, semantic relation; pred. & theta-role; PARTICIPATION (event structure & semantic relation); Czech: Ulicny 75; pred. raising & dativization (subject-to-dative raising): general: Seuren 73; French: Seuren 73; pred. & theta-role: see also pred., participation, semantic relation; English: Napoli 89; Italian: Napoli 89;

Subject Index

565

predion of transitive verb & animate g o a l : see also intransitive pred.; Ojibwa: Rogers 75; pred. verb valency: English: Emons 74, Loudèche 76, Oomen 76; qualitative ablative as pred.: see ABLATIVE secondary pred: general'. Demonte 86-87; English vs. Russian: Nichols 78; Russian vs. English: see English; semantic relation & pred.: see SEMANTIC RELATION subject & pred: see SUBJECT pred: subject- vs. object-oriented active pred & agent- vs. theme-oriented passive Spanish: Demonte 86; theta-theory & double object construction, pred. attribute, obligatory control: see CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY) three place pred: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION underlying pred. & derivation of clause, manner adverb, preposition, oblique case: English: Bailey 73; PREPOSITION [PREP.]/POSTPOSITION [POSTP.] (see also CASE (case & preposition)) general: Cervoni 9 1 , Pfeifer 74; Bulgarian: Minceva 72; French: Spang-Hanssen 93, Vandeloise 93a; German: Eroms 81a, Fourquet 52, Knobloch & Schaeder 85, KozIowska 7 1 ; German vs. Serbo-Croatian: Bogner 88-89; (Classical) Latin: Pottier 57, Pottier 62; Russian: Schooneveld 78; Serbo-Croatian vs. German: see German; Somali: Saeed 93; Swedish: Strømnes 74; accusative with prep. infinitive: see ACCUSATIVE analytical genitive: see GENITIVE analytical possessive construction: see POSSESSIVE argument PP vs. co-predicate PP & causation, valency: see also prep. & valency; VALENCY (valency-bound vs. valency-unbound); English: Gawron 85; body-part & prep.: see PARTITIVE causative prep.: see CAUSATIVE contraction of prep. with case-inflected definite article: see also CASE (contracted case); German: Haberland 85, Hartmann 78, Hartmann 80, Hinrichs 86, Schaub 79; directional/locational prep.: see DIRECTIONALITY locative & spatial prep.: see LOCATIVE numeric expression + nominative-accusative vs. accusative-genitive & prep.: see NOMI­ NATIVE motion verb & prep.: see DIRECTIONALITY partitive & partitive prep.: see PARTITIVE passive of prep. verb & transitivity, locative: see PASSIVE postposition: see also CASE (case & postposition); LOCATIVE (locative & spatial pre/ postposition); NOMINATIVE (nominative, accusative & postposition & case-topic restriction); OBJECT (object & postposition & transitivity); SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & its surface realization (pre/postposition, word-order, ...)); TEM­ PORALITY (temporality & pre/postposition); Caucasian: Schmidt 76; Hungarian: Korponay 86; Krongo: Reh 83; Mordvin(-Ezra): Gheno 75;

566

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

from postposition to case-affix: general: Kahr 76; Mordvin(-Ezra): Gheno 75; Turkish: Bassarak 88; prelexical structure & prep.: English: Gruber 75; prep. 'a': (Literary) Portuguese: Rocha Lima 54; Spanish: Charaudeau 7 1 , Takahashi 74; prep. 'a' & dativus-cum-infinitivo: see also DATIVE (dativus-cum-infinitivo); DATIVE (prep. dative); French: Muller 12; prep. 'a' as dummy oblique case-marker: see also prep. 'a', 'of', 'by' as dummy oblique case-markers; OBJECT (oblique case); Catalan: Jong 92a; Portuguese: Jong 92a; Spanish: Jong 92; prep. 'a' + personal (disjunctive) pronoun: (Old) Spanish: Ramsden 6 1 ; French: Seelbach 70; prep. 'a', 'of', 'by' as dummy oblique case-markers: see also prep. 'a' as dummy oblique case-marker; OBJECT (oblique case); English: Jong 92b; Frisian: Jong 92b; IberoRomance: Jong 92b; prep. 'a' & 'de' & semantic relation: see also prep. & semantic relation; AGENT (agent & prep. 'a' & 'de'); DIRECT OBJECT (direct object & prep. 'a' & 'de'); INSTRU­ MENTAL (prep. 'a' & 'de' & instrumental); POSSESSIVE (kinship expression & absolute case, prep. 'a' and 'de'); French: Velten 62; Spanish: Roegiest 80, Roegiest 83a; prep. 'a' & 'de' & verb of giving/direction & case-grammar: see also prep. & casegrammar; French: Roegiest 81; Spanish: Roegiest 81; prep. ablative: see ABLATIVE prep. accusative: see ACCUSATIVE prep. agent: see AGENT prep. & artificial intelligence: English: Wilks 76; prep. governing two or three cases: see also CASE (case & prep.); Russian: Popov 66-67; prep. & case-grammar: see also prep. 'de' & case-grammar; prep. 'a' & 'de' & verb of giving/direction & case-grammar; CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-gram­ mar vs. prep./verbal influence)); English: Radden 82; prep. dative: see DATIVE prep. 'de' vs. 'avec'/'à': French: Cadiot 93; prep, 'de' & case-grammar: see also prep. 'a' & 'de' & verb of giving/direction & casegrammar; prep. & case-grammar; GENITIVE (genitive & prep. 'de'); POSSESSIVE (possessive vs. prep. phrase as epithet); French: Dugas 69/73; prep. 'de' & quantification: French: Borillo 85; prep. 'di' vs. attributive genitive: see also German vs. Italian: see Italian; Italian vs. German: Putzer 87; prep. directional: see DIRECTIONALITY prep. & extension feature: Russian: Schooneveld 82; prep. & foreign language teaching: see also prep. & semantic relation & foreign language teaching; German: Fries 88a; prep. indirect object: see INDIRECT OBJECT prep. instrumental: see INSTRUMENTAL prep. 'k': Russian: Pravdin 56; prep. locative: see LOCATIVE

Subject Index

567

prep. 'nV & oblique participant'. Yoruba: Yusuf 90; prep. & noun in a non-recognizable case: German: Hackel 68; prep. object/group/phrase/object sentence: see also raising to a prep. object; CASE (case & semantic relation & prep. phrase); INDIRECT OBJECT (prep. phrase as indirect object vs. adverbial); INSTRUMENTAL (prep. phrase & instrumental); NOMINA­ TIVE (nominative (prep.) object; second nominative vs. oblique (predicative instru­ mental, prep. object)); OBJECT (oblique case & prep.; synthetic object vs. prep. object); TRANSITIVITY (transitive verb + prep. phrase); Catalan: Camprubi 91; Dutch: Kirsner, Verhagen & Willemsen 84-85, Perridon 91b; English: Jaworska 86; French: Meisel 73; German: Breindl 89, Engelen 71, Fries 91, Heringer 68, Schröder 89, Valentin 75; German vs. English, French, Russian: Engelen 70; German vs. Greek: Fries 88b, Stephany 90; German vs. Norwegian: Klocek 76; Gothic vs. Greek: Klein 92; Greek vs. Gothic: see Gothic; Greek vs. German: see German; Norwegian vs. German: Klocek 76; Polish: Borsley & Jaworska 89, Jaworska 86; Spanish: Camprubi 91, Molho 80; Swedish: Perridon 91b; prep. object & expression of analogy: Rumanian: Mihăilă 83; prep. object vs. prep. adverbial (complement): French: Meisel 73; German: Hambarzumjan 74; prep. & other language influence on its syntactic government: see also prep. phrase & syntax; (Old) Russian: Popova 76; (Old) Slavonic: Popova 76; prep. particle: Somali: Saeed 93; prep. phrase & discourse, pragmatics: Russian: Krylova 76; prep. phrase vs. noun phrase & relational vs. categorial grammatical concept: English: Fillmore 66b; prep. phrase as subject: see also SUBJECT (prep. infinitive as subject; subject & prep.); English: Jaworska 86; (Old to Modern) Irish: Greene 76; Polish: Jaworska 86; prep. phrase & syntax: see also prep. & other language influence on its syntactic government; German: Wunderlich 84; prep. 'po' & accusative, dative or locative: Russian: Janko-Trinickaja 86, Schefski 87; prep. preverb: Russian: Schooneveld 78; prep. & semantic relation (& foreign language teaching): see also prep. 'a' & 'de' & semantic relation; SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & its surface realization (pre/postposition, word-order, ...); semantic relation with/without prep.); Catalan: Camprubi 91; English (by Brazilian Portuguese students): Ramos 82; Spanish: Cam­ prubi 91; prep. stranding & case: see also English: Hornstein & Weinberg 81; Germanic: Hornstein & Weinberg 81; prep. stranding & oblique case: see also OBJECT (oblique case); Icelandic: Maling & Zaenen 84b; prep. transitivity: see TRANSITIVITY (transitive verb + prep. phrase) prep. 'v' & accusative, directional, locative, temporal role: (Scientific) Russian: McGranahan 78; prep. & valency: see also argument PP vs. co-predicating PP & causation, valency; CASE (case & prep. & (valency)); VALENCY (adjectival prep. valency; semantic valency & verb of giving, taking, prep. verb; valency & prep. preverb); general: Bouillon 74; German: Bouillon 74;

568

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

prep. verb complementation: see also PASSIVE (passive of prep. verb & transitivity, locative); (Béarnais) Provençal: Joly 7 1 ; prep. 'with': see also ACCOMPANIMENT; INSTRUMENTAL; English: Lee 67; raising to prep. object: see also prep. object; MOVEMENT; Greek: Joseph 90; spatial prep.: see LOCATIVE (locative & spatial prep.) temporality & prep.: see TEMPORALITY temporal & locative prep.: see TEMPORALITY underlying predicate & derivation of clause, manner adverb, prep., oblique case: see PREDICATE PRONOUN [PRON] (see also CLITIC) general: Döleke 814; Dutch (child language): Kaper 76; English: Garcia 85, Schreiber 81, Postal 70b; English (child language): Hatch 69, Tanz 74; French: Blanche-Benveniste 75; (Old) French: Bertin-Delbey 9 1 ; German: Bierwisch 67; Germanic: Pudic 7 1 ; Gothic: Pudic 7 1 ; Hebrew (child language): Rom & Dgani 85; Indo-European: Beekes 9 1 ; Karok: Macaulay 92; Kartvelian: Martirosovi 64; Kunimaipa: Pence 68; (Proto-)Manobo: Harmon 74; (Colville) Okanagan: Mattina 79; Ostyak: Vértes 67; (Proto-)Pomo: McLendon 76; Selepet: McElhanon 70; Spanish: Garcia 75, Garcia 85, Goldin 68, Green 76, Marcos Marin 78; (Gran Canaria) Spanish: Lorenzo Ramos 84; Takic: Langacker 77; Tibeto-Burman: Bauman 75; (Pre-)Washo: Jacobsen 77; Yakut: Stachowski 89; Yucatec: Arzápalo 73, Nida & Romero Castillo 50; accusative pron.: see ACCUSATIVE address forms: vocative & pron.: see VOCATIVE agent-patient-system, nominative-accusative type, ergativity & disagreement of pron. affixes and coreferent nouns: see AGENT arbitrary pron.: English: Jaeggli 86c; Spanish: Jaeggli 86c; bound pron. & oblique case & case-theory: English: Jong 92b; Frisian: Jong 92b; IberoRomance: Jong 92b; case-theory & conjunction (conjoined NPs or pron.): see CASE THEORIES (CASETHEORY) dative pron.: see DATIVE direct object pron.: see DIRECT OBJECT emphatic pron. & agentive subject & case alternation: Russian: Klenin 80a; genitive vs. accusative of adjective or pron. in referential function: see GENITIVE indirect object pron.: see INDIRECT OBJECT inversion marker & pron.: see WORD-ORDER nominative pron.: see NOMINATIVE non-overt & pron. head noun (& anaphoric noun, & gapped noun, & substantivized adjective): see also GENITIVE (postposed genitive & non-overt & pron. head noun); PARTITIVE (partitive NP & non-overt & pron. head noun); English: Olsen 87; object pron.: see OBJECT partitive & prom: see PARTITIVE passive pron.: see PASSIVE

Subject Index

569

passive & pron. passive: see PASSIVE personal pron.: see also ACCUSATIVE (accusative personal pron.); DATIVE (dative personal pron.); GENITIVE (genitive personal pron.); POSSESSIVE (possessive per­ sonal pron.); PREPOSITION (preposition 'a' + personal pron.); REFLEXIVE (reflex­ ive pron. & personal pron.); SUBJECT (subject personal pron.); (Old) English (Poetry): Emel'janova 77; French: Figge 74; (Middle) French: Wunderli 92; Indo-European: Petersen 30, Schmidt 78; Kartvelian: Lafon 30; Slavic: Hujer 12; (Old) Spanish: Gessner 893; personal pron. declension & accent'. Raeto-Romance: Widmer 59; personal pron. declension & conjunction: Bulgarian: Orzechowska 80; (non-Slavic) IndoEuropean: Orzechowska 80; personal pron. doubling: see also ACCUSATIVE (accusative personal pron. doubling); DATIVE (dative personal pron. doubling); Albanian: Buçhholz 68; personal pron. & extension feature: Russian: Schooneveld 82; personal pron. as indicator: Rumanian: Diaconescu 87; possessive pron.: see POSSESSIVE pronominalization: Australian: Capell 67; Hebrew: Cole 75; Samoan: Chapin 70; pron. & case-grammar: see also pron. reference & lexicase-grammar; DATIVE (dative & reflexive pron. & case-grammar); (Native speakers of English reading) French: Tobin 82; pron. & case reduction: see also CASE (case & case reduction); (Old) French: Humphreys 32; pron. vs. clitic & topic: see also CLITIC (clitic & topicality); OBJECT (object suffix anaphoric pron. & discourse topicality); POSSESSIVE (possessive pron. vs. possessive clitic); French: Lambrecht 84; pron. & emphasis: see also SUBJECT (pron. subject repetition & emphasis); Rumanian: Vasiliu 64; pron. & ergativity & tense, aspect, concord: Tsimshian: Dunn 79; pron. error & word-class, semantic relation: see also pron. verb & semantic vs. inherent case: English (child language): Wickelgren 79; pron. & form-content analysis: (Native speakers of English reading) French: Tobin 82; pron. & grammatical relation: Palauan: Wolf 76; pron. & lexical orientation: (Native speakers of English reading) French: Tobin 82; pron. & participation: French: Melis 91c; pron. prefix & defocussing: Caddo: Chafe 90; pron. reference & lexicase-grammar: see also pron. & case-grammar; English: Lindsey 85; pron. & nominative vs. oblique case: Spanish: Ojeda 86; pron. valency: see VALENCY pron. verb & semantic vs. inherent case: see also pron. errors & word-classes, semantic relation; Romance: Kempchinsky 88; raising & resumptive pron.: see MOVEMENT reflexive pron.: see REFLEXIVE relative pron.: see RELATIVE CLAUSE

570

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

semantic relation & empty pron.: see SEMANTIC RELATION split-ergativity & pron.: see ERGATIVITY subject pron.: see SUBJECT transitivity & pron.: see TRANSITIVITY QUANTIFICATION [QUANT.]/QUANTMER (see also PARTITIVE) case-theory & generalized quant. NP: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-THEORY) genitive of price & quant. relation: see GENITIVE impersonal construction & impersonal-predicative-quantit. word: see SUBJECT initial genitive & quant.: see GENITIVE noun phrase consisting of a quant. noun + subordinate noun & case of the second noun: see also quant. & case; German: Kutasina & Rajevskij 85; partitive & quant.: see PARTITIVE preposition 'de' & quantification: see PREPOSITION prequant. & case: see also quant. & case; Russian: Babby 87; quant. & case: see also prequant. & case; CASE (case agreement vs. case conflict & quantified NP; case agreement of quantifying modifier; case, event structure & quantor); general: Choi Y. 86; Finnish: Chesterman 77; Samoan: Cook 87; quant./measure & case (partitive genitive, dative, nominative, von + dative, accusative): (Middle High to Modern) German: Eisenberg 85; quant. float & case: Korean: Gerdts 87; quant., case-grammar & coordination: general: Anderson 73b, Anderson 74; quant. direct object doubling: see DIRECT OBJECT quant. genitive: see GENITIVE quant. & prefixed verb: see also PARTITIVE (partitive & quant.); Russian: Russell 87; quant. & semantic case theory: general: Keenan 87; quant. extraction & unaccusativity: Bengali: Dasgupta 88; quant. valency: see VALENCY subject & theme & numeral quant.: see SUBJECT transitivity & quant., partitive: see TRANSITIVITY RECIPIENT [REC] (see also BENEFICIARY; DATIVE; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; INDIRECT OBJECT) English (child language): Golinkoff 75; ((Sarnāmi) East Central) Indic: Kishna 80; double object construction & rec./beneficiary: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUC­ TION rec. dative: (Middle High) German: Kishitani 80; rec. passive: see DATIVE (dative passive) REFLEXIVE [REFL.]/REFLEXIVE CONSTRUCTION, REFLEXIVIZATION general: Rumanian: Asan 60; accusativus-cum-infinitivo & refl.: see ACCUSATIVE

Subject Index

571

causative & refl. & semantic relation: see CAUSATIVE genitive & its relatedness to refl.: see GENITIVE grammatical relation & refl.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION nominative object pronoun, nominative anaphor & refl.: see NOMINATIVE non-thematic refl.: Dutch: Fagan 86; German: Fagan 86; pseudo-refl. & (in)transitivity & case-grammar: see also refl. & case-grammar; Slovak: Ruzicková 71; refl. & case-grammar: see also pseudo-refl. & (in)transitivity & case-grammar; refl. verb & case-grammar; DATIVE (dative & refl. pronoun & case-grammar); Portuguese: Quicoli 71; Spanish: Schroten 72; refl. affix & case-theory: Russian: Levin 85; refl. dative: see DATIVE refl. (clitic) & ergativity: see also refl. & ergativity & aspect; refl. object clitic; general: Edmondson 78; French: Zribi-Hertz 87; refl. clitic & indefinite subject: Spanish: Jordán 73, Luján 75; refl. & ergativity & aspect: see also refl. (clitic) & ergativity; French: Lagae 89; refl. & intransitivity: see also refl. use of transitive verb; (Old) French: Herslund 83a; refl. & locative restraint: English: Spangler 70; refl. object clitic: see also refl. clitic; OBJECT (object clitic); German: Grewendorf 85; Spanish: Aissen 73, Brakel 79; refl. passive: see PASSIVE refl. personal accusative: see ACCUSATIVE refl. & possession: see POSSESSIVE refl. pronoun/pronominalization: see also refl. & reciprocal & reduplication by means of pronoun; DATIVE (dative & refl. pronoun & case-grammar); ERGATIVITY (unaccusativity & 2 —> 1 advancement & inherent refl. pronoun); German: Erlinger 71, Grewendorf 85; Rumanian: Cornilescu & Urdea 87; Spanish: Cartagena 72, Garcia 75, Holton 60; refl. pronoun & nominative: Spanish: Oca 14; refl. pronoun & personal pronoun: German: Leys 73; refl. pronoun & semantic relation: see also CAUSATIVE (causative & refl. construction & semantic relation); Korean: Jeong 88; refl. pronoun & transitivity & case: Romance: Mendikoetxea & Battye 90; refl. pronoun & valency-bound vs. -unbound: German: Bauer 73; refl./emphatic pronoun & subjecthood: Bengali: Klaiman 76; refl. & reciprocal & reduplication by means of pronoun: see also refl. pronoun; Dravidian: Subbarao & Saxena 87; refl. & semantic case theory: general: Keenan 87; refl. sentence: Spanish: Green 75; refl. & subject: see also refl. clitic & indefinite subject; refl./emphatic pronoun & subjecthood; PASSIVE (subject of refl. passive); Dutch: Nieuwborg 73; Tagalog: Hoekstra E. 86; refl. & subject vs. verb & sentential event structure: Dutch: Duinhoven 88a; refl. use of transitive verb: see also refl. & intransitivity; refl. pronoun & transitivity; (Classical) Latin: Wölfflin 898;

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

572

refl. & unaccusativity: see also ERGATIVITY (unaccusativity & 2 —> 1 advancement & inherent refl. pronoun); Dutch: Fagan 88; German: Fagan 88; refl. verb: see also DATIVE (refl. verb & dative); French: Donaldson 73; German: Brandt 79; refl. verb & case-grammar, see also refl. & case-grammar; French: Donaldson 73, Skornia 77; RELATIVE

CLAUSE

[REL.]/RELATIVIZATION

general'. Borsley 89; Diegueno: Gorbet 74; Hebrew: Cole 75; Korean: Yang 72; Turkish: Dede 78; direct object restrictive rel.: see DIRECT OBJECT ergativity & rel.: see ERGATIVITY genitive & rel: see GENITIVE object + rel. clause: see OBJECT rel. & case: see also rel. pronoun & case; CASE (case & free rel. clause); Dyirbal: Dixon 69; German: Mills 81; Gumbaynggir: Dixon 69; Hopi: Luthin 87; Jacaltec: Craig 74; Quechua: Cole, Harbert & Hermon 78; rel. & case & light verb: Telugu: Pelletier 90; rel. & grammatical relation: Welsh: Tallerman 90; rel. & instrumental: Avestan: Öttinger 86; rel. & nominative: German: Mills 81; rel. pronoun/adjective & case: see also rel. & case; GENITIVE (genitive rel. pronoun); PARTITIVE (partitive genitive rel. pronoun/adjective); POSSESSIVE (possessive rel. pronoun); English vs. German: see German; German vs. English: Ross 79; rel. & word-order: see also SUBJECT (subject inversion in object rel. clause); Quechua: Cole, Harbert & Hermon 78; subject & rel: see SUBJECT accessibility (to transformational rules of rel): general: Givón 75; SEMANTICS (see also SEMANTIC RELATION) active case & pragmatic discourse, semantics: see ACTIVE CASE case-grammar vs. generative grammar/semantics: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAM­ MAR) case-grammar & verb(-semantics, -classification): see CASE THEORIES (CASEGRAMMAR) case & semantics: see CASE central participants & syntax, semantics: see PARTICIPATION direct object & semantics: see DIRECT OBJECT double object construction verb & lexical semantics: see DOUBLE OBJECT CON­ STRUCTION existential, possession, location & foreign language teaching & syntax, semantics: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION

Subject Index

573

grammatical relation & semantics: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION locative & semantics: see LOCATIVE semantic relation & semantics: see SEMANTIC RELATION subject & semantics: see SUBJECT unaccusative hypothesis vs. lexical theory of verb semantics & theta-role: see ERGATIVITY unaccusative verb & syntax vs. semantics: see ERGATIVITY valency & semantics: see VALENCY SEMANTIC RELATION [SEM. REL.]/CASE, CASE RELATION, CASE ROLE, DEEP CASE, SEMANTIC CASE, THEMATIC RELATION, THEMATIC ROLE, THETAROLE (see also all individual semantic relations; CASE; CASE THEORIES) general: Abraham 78a, Abraham 78c, Al Tammar 90, Anderson 71b, Anderson 86b, Andrews 85, Baker 88c, Berestova, Varsavskaja & Safronova 86, Boagey 74, Bronckart 83, Bruce 75, Bruce 85, Collins 70, Cormican 76, Croft 83, Culicover 87, Culicover 88, DeLancey 85a, Delfitto 91, Dirven & Radden 87a, Dolnik 83, Dubois-Charlier 75, Ebeling 84-85, Feuillet 80, Fillmore 66a/69/76/77, Fillmore 70b/72, Fillmore 77/81, Foster & Hofling 87, Grunau 85, Günther 74/75, Haberland & Nedergaard Thomsen 91, Heger 77, Helbig 79a, Helbig 86, Helbig 87, Helbig 88b, Hook 83, Jackendoff 87, Keenan 88, Kilby 78, Koch 83, Komlósy 82, Kyes 85, Ladusaw & Dowty 88, Langacker 87b, Langacker 90, Lapinskas 87, Lazard 79, Marino 72, Martinet 72, Meinhard 76, Michelini 78a, Nakajima 73, Nilsen 72, Pfeifer 74, Rhodes 77, Robinson 68/70/71, Rosengren 78a, Starosta 76, Valin 80a, Wilkins 89, Zimmermann 73, Zolotova 85; African: Meinhof 38; Alawa: Sharpe 70; Atsugewi: Talmy 73a; Azerbaijani: Dzamalov 81; Burmese: Kölver 85; Child language: Golinkoff 81, Müller 81; Chinese: Li 86; Choctaw: Heath 77; Dutch: Verkuyl 76; English: Allan 87, Battistella 92, Berestova, Varsavskaja & Safronova 86, Budde 59, Fillmore 66a/69/76/77, Fillmore 70b/72, Fillmore 77/81, Grunau 85, Günther 75/76, Hajicová & Panenová 84, Janse 88, Ladusaw & Dowty 88, Langacker 89, Lawson 81, Martinet 72, Meyer 85, Morris 84, Nakajima 73, Nilsen 72, Poldauf 70, Rhodes 77, Robinson 68/70/71, Starosta 76, Talmy 73a, Touratier 73, Walmsley 71; English (child language): Braine & Hardy 82, Edwards 73, Golinkoff 81, Howe 81b, Müller 81; (American (child (sign language))) English: Goldin-Meadow 75; English ((preschool) child language): Braine & Wells 78; English (psychiatric patients' speech): Ross 77; ergative languages: Komlósy 82; French: Koch 81, Martinet 72; Georgian: Boeder 89; German: Dolnik 83, Helbig 79a, Helbig 82a, Helbig 88b, Ickler 87, Ickler 90, Rosengren 78a, Tarvainen 87b, Zimmermann 73; German (dialects): Koss 83; German vs. Spanish: Perl 73b; Hausa: Heide 89; Japanese: Katagiri 91, Miyagawa 89b, Morikawa 90; Kalagan: Collins 70; Kartvelian: Natadze 59; (Classical) Latin: Hanegreefs 75-76, Lehmann 85c; Newari: Hung 88; Pauline epistles: Wong 91; Portuguese: Votre 78; Russian: Kilby 82; Samoan (child language): Kernan 70; Sanskrit: Cardona 74; Slavic: Brecht & Levine 86b; Slovak: Páleš 90; Spanish: Aid 73, Garcia 75, Langacker 89; Spanish vs. German: see German; Swedish: Brodda 76b; Swedish (child language): Lindhagen 76, Linell 77; Tagalog: Drossard 83, Hsieh 79; Toba Batak: Schachter 84;

574

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

agentivity & sem. rel.: see AGENT anti-internalization & suppression/projection of θ-role: see also theta-role; English: Jones 91; case & sem. rel.: see CASE causative verb & sem. rel', see CAUSATIVE cleft construction & grammatical relation, pragmatics, sem. rel.: see COPULAR CON­ STRUCTION (de)verbal noun & thematic constraint: English vs. Japanese: Hamano 89; Japanese vs. English: see English; derived/denominai adjective & sem. rel. to its head noun: Dutch: Dirven 78; English: Dirven 78; ergativity & sem. rel., theta-role: see ERGATIVITY event structure & sem. rel.: see PARTICIPATION grammatical relation & sem. rel.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION incorporation of sem. rel. into the verb: see also VALENCY (valency & sem. rel.); English vs. Korean: Sohn 74; Korean vs. English: see English; locative & sem. rel.: see LOCATIVE manner adverbial & sem. rel.: see MANNER oblique causee & passive (& sem. rel): see CAUSATIVE passive & sem. rel: see PASSIVE predicate, participation & sem. rel.: see PREDICATE pronominal error & word-class, sem. rel: see PRONOUN pronominal verb & sem. vs. inherent case: see PRONOUN referential & conceptual role: general: Blake 85a; Australian: Blake 85a; reflexive pronoun & sem. rel.: see REFLEXIVE sem. rel. & artificial intelligence: see also PARTICIPATION (participation & questionanswer & artificial intelligence); general: Marburger & Wahlster 83; English: Jones & Boguraev 87, Taylor & Rosenberg 75; Japanese: Toda 87; sem. rel. & asymmetric coordination: Hausa: Schwartz 89; sem. rel. & case-grammar: see also sem. rel. opposition & case-grammar; CASE THEO­ RIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-grammar (sem. relation) vs. dependency theory (gram­ matical relation))); general: Meyer 85, Vansteenkiste 78; (Algerian) Arabic vs. English (child language): see English; Dagbani: Wilson 76; English: Cook 73a, Meyer 85; (Poetic) English: Bivens 74; English (child language): Edwards 73; English vs. (Alge­ rian) Arabic (child language): Lerner 73; Finnish (child language): Bowerman 73, Dale 74; German: Connolly 87, Zoeppritz 76; sem. rel. & case-grammar vs. actantial grammar: general: Nef 79; sem. rel & cognition (cognitive grammar): general: Finer & Roeper 86, Langacker 87a; sem. rel. & (nominal) compound: English: Downing 77, Hansen 78, Hatcher 60; sem. rel. & control: see also theta-role & control; general: Fliedl 87-88; English: Choi 87; Tagalog: Drossard 85; sem. rel. & dative movement: English: Kageyama 80; sem. rel & derivation: English: Nawrocka-Fisiak 75; sem. rel. & determiner system: (Early Modern) English: Cormican 72; sem. rel & empty pronoun: English: Oka 88;

Subject Index

575

sem. rel. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see also PREPOSITION (preposition & sem. rel. & flt); general: Brindley 86; English: Andor 80, Brindley 86; German: Helbig 77a; sem. rel. & its (grammatical) marking (case, pre/postposition, word-order, ...): see also sem. rel. & word-order; CASE (case & sem. rel.); PREPOSITION (preposition & sem. rel.); general: Starosta 73a; English: Platt 74, Starosta 73a; English (child language): Karmiloff-Smith 81; French (child language): Karmiloff-Smith 81; sem. rel. & lexicalist process/lexical semantics: see also sem. rel. & lexicon; DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION (double object construction verb & lexical semantics, sem. rel., sem. sentence type); general: JanBen 84, Ravin 90, Wilkins 92; English: JanBen 84, Ravin 90, Wilkins 92; sem. rel. & lexicon/lexicology (& discourse): see also CASE (case & sem. rel. & lexicon); general: Fillmore 69; English: Fillmore 69, Korponay 88; sem. rel. & lexicology of verb: English: Willis & Jeffries 82; sem. rel. & localist approach: see also CASE THEORIES (LOCALIST APPROACH (nominal relation & loc. approach)); general: Ikegami 76; sem. rel. & markedness: general: McCardle & Haupt 83; English: McCardle & Haupt 83; sem. rel. & mutual dependency relations: French: Frei 54; sem. rel. & number: (19th C British) English: Dekeyser 75, Sørensen 76; sem. rel. opposition (1 NP can be interpreted in different ways) & case-grammar: see also sem. rel. & case-grammar; Tagalog: Cena 71; sem. rel. participation & argument structure: see also PARTICIPATION (event structure & sem. rel.); general: Lapinskas 84; sem. rel. & perspective/pragmatics: see also sem. rel. & pragmatics; German: Helbig 90a; sem. rel. of polysemous verb: Afrikaans: Stadier 92b; sem. rel. & pragmatics: see also sem. rel. & perspective/pragmatics; general: Hanley 87, Valin & Foley 80; sem. rel. & predication: general: Culicover 88; English: Culicover 88; sem. rel. of prefixed (transitive) verb: see also TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & sem. rel.; transitivity & verbal prefix); VALENCY (sem. valency of prefixed verb); Russian: Launer 86; sem. rel. with/without preposition: see also PREPOSITION (preposition & sem. rel.); Kannada: Bhat 77; sem. rel. & prototype theory: see also: sem. re. & verb of 'giving' (& prototype analysis); general: Dowty 91; Afrikaans: Stadier 92b; English: Dowty 91; sem. rel. & psycholinguistics: general: Healy & Levitt 78; sem. rel. & question answering: see also PARTICIPATION (participation & questionanswer & artificial intelligence); English: Singer & Jakobson 89; sem. rel. & REST: general: Rauh 84; English: Rauh 84; sem. rel. & semantics: see also sem. rel. & lexicalist process/lexical semantics; sem. rel. & verbs of 'buying' & semantics, syntax; general: Dowty 86, Dowty 89, Hanley 87, Sgall 80; English: Sgall 80; sem. rel. & sem. emphasis: German: Kunze 91; sem. rel & serial verb construction: Ekoid: Finney 92; Krio: Finney 92; sem. rel & syntax: see also sem. rel. & verbs of 'buying' & semantics, syntax; general: Czepluch & JanBen 84, Hanley 87; German: Campe 93, Lutzeier 91b; Kapampangan: Mirikitani 72, Reid 75; Toba Batak: Schachter 84;

576

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

sem. rel. & textual relation: general. Figge 78, Heydrich 78a, Källgren 78b; English: Källgren 78a; German: Heydrich 78b; sem. rel. & textual relation & discourse: see also sem. rel. & lexicon & discourse; English (of deaf people): Polowe 86; sem. rel. & thematic uniqueness principle: German: Lutzeier 89a, Lutzeier 91b; sem. rel. & translation linguistics: German vs. Russian: see Russian; Russian vs. German: Fleischmann 82b; sem. rel. of the verb: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-grammar & verb(-semantics, -classification))); Chinese: Li Y.-C.71, Lu 77; Gahuku: Deibler 76; Japanese: Urakami 84; Portuguese: Ignácio 85; Slovak: Pales 90; Tagalog: Ramos 75; sem. rel. & verb of 'buying' & semantics, syntax: see also sem. rel. & semantics; sem. rel. & syntax; German: Bitter 92; sem. rel. & verb expressing 'change': English: Verkuyl 78; sem. rel. & verb of 'giving' (& prototype analysis): see also sem. rel. & prototype theory; VALENCY (sem. valency & verb of 'giving'; valency & verb 'give'); English: Cattell 69, Post 91; Mandarin: Newman 89; sem. rel. & verb of motion vs. stative verb: German: Lapinskas 89; sem. rel & verb of 'seeing': German: Zimmermann 83; sem. rel. & word-order: see also sem. rel. & its (grammatical) marking (case, pre/ postposition, word-order, ...); Luo: Okombo 83; Dutch: Perridon 91a, Verhagen 92b; sem. rel. & word-order, inflection: English (Sign language): Deucher 78; sem. valency: see VALENCY structural case: English: Tanaka 86; subject & sem. rel: see SUBJECT theta-marking/theta-role (assignment): see also anti-internalization & suppression/pro­ jection of 9-role; (de)verbal noun & thematic constraint; CASE (case checking theory & empty categories, theta-role); CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY); CLITIC (complement clitic & causative & theta-role); DATIVE (dative compounding & theme vs. goal & theta assignment); ERGATIVITY (ergativity & sem. rel., theta-role; unaccusative hypothesis vs. lexical theory of verb semantics & theta-role); PASSIVE (impersonal passive & unergativity & theta-role); PREDICATE (predication & thetarole); SUBJECT (arbitrary subject & theta-role-assignment); VALENCY (valency & theta-role); general: Baker, Johnson & Roberts 89, Brody 85, Breen 89, Carson 84, Dik 83; English: Rappaport & Levin 88; Greenlandic: Baker 88a; Guajajara: Alexander 89; non-configurational languages: Alexander 89; Rwanda: Baker 88a; Slave: Alexander 89; Winnebago: Baker 88a; Yagua: Alexander 89; (external & internal) theta-role: Germanic: Giorgi & Longobardi 89; Romance: Giorgi & Longobardi 89; theta-role & case: see also EXPERIENCER (exp. verb (pronominal & psych-verb) & theta-role, case); PASSIVE (passive & case theory, theta theory & theta role); German: Haider 85a; German vs. Dutch: Haider 89; Malayalam: Jayaseelan 83; theta-role & case checking theory: general: Brody 85; theta-role & case filter: English: Yamamoto 88; theta-role & case filter reduction: general: Epstein 90; English: Epstein 90; theta-role & control, logics: see also sem. rel. & control; English: Chierchia 89;

Subject Index

577

theta-role & grammatical relation: see also GRAMMATICAL RELATION (grammatical relation & sem. rel.); SUBJECT (subject & theta-criterion); Philippine: Carrier-Duncan 85; theta-role & nominalization: German: Esau 71, Esau 73; theta-role & language comprehension: general'. Carlson & Tanenhaus 88; theta-role & light verb: Japanese: Grimshaw & Mester 88, Miyagawa 89a; theta-role & ordering principle: English: Hajicová & Sgall 87; theta-role & psych verb: Italian: Belletti & Rizzi 88; theta-role & subcategorisation, syntax: English: Emonds 91; transitivity & sem. rel: see TRANSITIVITY valency & sem. rel.: see VALENCY verb phrase & sem. rel: Thai: Lekawatana 70; verb + 'with-PP' & sem. rel: see INSTRUMENTAL SUBJECT [SUBJ] (see also AGENT; NOMINATIVE) general: Allerton 80, Anderson 80b, Anderson 76, Auwera 83a, Bavin 80, Benedini 84, Borer 86b, Bouchard 85, Breen 88a, Cole, Harbert, Hermon & Sridhar 78, Comrie 81b, Dik 80a, Faarlund 88, Fillmore 70b/72, Foley & Valin 77, Fourquet 76, Givón 76b, Gol^b 69, Graffi 88, Handwerker 84, Helbig 78c, Hook 80, Hsieh 79, Johnson 77b, Johnson 87, Keenan 74, Keenan 76b, Kristeva 71, Lehmann 82a/83, Lekant 69, Perlmutter 82, Polanski 77, Sridhar 79a, Stewart 66, Touratier 87a, Tret'jakov 84, Verma 76b; (Negro-)African: Creissels 92; (Biblical) Aramaic: Cohen 75; (South) Asian: Sridhar 79a, Verma 76a; Australian: Blake 76c; Bantu: Dik 80a; Basque: Martinet 62; Breton: Borsley & Stephens 89; Cebuano: Bell 76; (Lakhota) Dakota: Foley & Valin 77; Danish: Johansen 57, Johansen 82; Danish vs. Dutch: see Dutch; Danish vs. German: see German; Dutch: Berg 85, Bos 74; Dutch vs. Danish: Jakobson & Olsen 87; Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 77c, Mel'cuk 79; English: Baciu 86, Becker 69, Duszak 84, Fillmore 70b/72; Hansen 87, Hutchins 75, Johnson 87, Kuroda 70; (Middle) English: Butler 76, Butler 77a, O'Grady 82b; (American Sign Language) English: Friedman 76; English vs. Japanese: see Japanese; English vs. Spanish: see Spanish; ergative/nominative lan­ guages: Drossard 91b; Finnish: Hakulinen 72, Hakulinen 83, Ikola 72, Järventausta 88; French: Muller 84, Ouellet 88, Swiggers & Melis 84; (Colloquial) French: Jeanjean 85; (Old) French: Golubenko 79, Härma 82; Georgian: Aronson 70, Cole, Harbert, Hermon & Sridhar 80, Sommerfelt 37; German: Boeder 71b, Eichinger 86, Endres 76, Hansen 87, Järventausta 88, Kishitani 85, Margarjan 78, Oppenrieder 91, Reis 82; German vs. Danish: Jakobson & Olsen 87; Germanic: Cole, Harbert, Hermon & Sridhar 80; (Classi­ cal) Hebrew: MacDonald 64; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85, Khan 87; Indonesian: Chung 76c; Italian: Benedini 89; Jacaltec: Craig 76; Japanese: Hinds 77, Kishitani 85, Nakayama & Koizumi 91, Shibatani 78; Japanese vs. English: Kitagawa 86; Kamchadal: Ard 78; Kannada: Sridhar 76c; Kartvelian: Cikobava 40; (Kipeá) Kirirí: Larsen 84; Korean: Chung 80, Hinds 77, Hong 85; Lahnda: Bhatia 90; (Classical) Latin: Carvalho 85; Malagasy: Keenan 76a; Malayo-Polynesian: Guilfoyle, Hung & Travis 90; Navajo: Foley & Valin 77; Nepali: Verma 76b, Wallace 85a; (Chichewa) Nyanja: Bresnan &

578

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

Kanerva 89; Polish: Holvoet 9 1 ; Polish (child language): Weist 90; Polynesian: Cole, Harbert, Hermon & Sridhar 80; Portuguese: Brakel 80; (Brasilian) Portuguese: Chambelland Galves 89; Punjabi: Bhatia 90; Quechua: Cole & Hermon 79; (Ayacucho) Quechua: Pustet 86; Rumanian: Baciu 86, Draşoveanu 58, Florea 86; Russian: Babby 78, Bondarko 90, Mrázek 78, Tret'jakov 84; Sanskrit: Cardona 76, Hook 80; Sinhala: Gair 76; Spanish: Aissen 73, Brakel 80, Contreras 80, Hurst 51, Schroten 81; Spanish vs. English: Contreras 9 1 ; Svan: Kaldani 79; Swedish: Wallin 36, Wallin 53; Tagalog: Foley & Valin 77, Hsieh 79, Wouk 84; Toba Batak: Wouk 84; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; Uralic: Comrie 79b; Wakhi: Bashir 86; Wappo: Li & Thompson 76a; Yupik: Payne 79; accusative & subj.: see ACCUSATIVE action subj.: Russian vs. Ukrainian: Zovtobrujx 88; Ukrainian vs. Russian: see Russian; arbitrary subj.: Spanish: Jaeggli 85; arbitrary subj. & theta-role assignment & case: Spanish: Otero 86; ascension to subj. (of direct object as subj. of subordinate clause, or of implied locative/ instrumental PP): general: Givón 75; Blackfoot: Frantz 80; Xhosa: Hendrikse 89; case-agreement of subj. modifier (subj. = ± oblique): see also double subj. & caseagreement; subj. & agreement; OBJECT (oblique as subj.); Icelandic: Kac 78; Latvian: Kac 78; Russian: Kac 78; case, semantic relation & subj.: see CASE causative & subj.: see CAUSATIVE collocation of the subj. & its relation to the categories of 1st, 2nd plan: (Castillian) Spanish: Arguedas Cortes 86; comp as subj.: English: Nakajima 84-85; covert subj.: see implicit subj. dative subj.: see DATIVE deep structure subj. & pro-drop: see also subj. & semantic relation; (Aphasic) Bulgarian: Vakareliyska 91a; definite subj. & accent: see also subj. & intonation/accent; subj. inversion & subj. emphasis; subj. & topic & givenness/definiteness/contrastiveness; CLITIC (clitic move­ ment & definite subj.); English: Allerton & Cruttenden 79; double (multiple) subj. construction: see also pronominal subj. repetition & emphasis; Chinese: Teng 74; (Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 90; English vs. Japanese: see Japanese; French: Jeanjean 86; Japanese: Masuoka 79, Shibatani 76-77, Shibatani 77; Japanese vs. English: Ishiguro 90; Korean: Choi S. 86, Jo 89, Lee 87, Lee & Kim 88, Park 73, Park 82, Shibatani 77, Yim 84, Yim 85; Romance: Cross 47, Roberge 90; Spanish: Cross 47; double subj. & case agreement: Korean: Bak 90; double subj. &. double accusative construction & locational relator: Korean: Kim 86; double subj. & (inalienable) possession: Korean: Yang 7 1 ; Luiseno: Steele 88; double subj. & topic: see also subj. & topic; Korean: Yoon 86; double subj. & word-order: see also subj. & word-order; (Flemish (dialects)) Dutch: Meersman 85; dummy subj.: see expletive subj. empty subj.: see subj. deletion;

Subject Index

579

empty subj. & case-theory, anaphor binding, subj. paradox: see also subj. deletion & anaphoric reference & pragmatics (& case, case relation); Dutch: Reuland 81; equi subj. union: general: Frantz 76a; ergativity & subj.: see ERGATIVITY experiencer subj.: see EXPERIENCER expletive subj.: see also subj. deletion & expletive subj.; subj. vs. object & expletive; COPULAR CONSTRUCTION; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION; OBJECT (exple­ tive NP in object position); general: Gardiner 86; Dutch: Kirsner 79, Stutterheim 67; English: Stroik 91; (Old) English: Allen 86; German: Smith 85b; (Old High to Modern) German: Abraham 93; French: Herschensohn 82; Germanic: Haider 91; Icelandic: Holmberg & Platzack 91; Romance: Haider 91; expletive subj. & case: Dutch: Reuland 83; English: Reuland 83; German: Reuland 83; expletive subj. & control: see also subj. & control; German: Hoeing 88; expletive subj. drop: see also subj. deletion; (Old) Icelandic: Sigurõsson 93; expletive subj. raising: see also subj. raising; English: Allen 84; exposed subj.: see double subj. construction general subj.: see indefinite subj. genitive as subj.: see GENITIVE human subj.: see also impers. construction vs. personal construction; inanimate subj.; subj. & animacy; subj. pronoun & feature [± human]; English: Rohdenburg 70; impersonal construction [impers.]: see also expletive subj.; implicit subj.; null subj.; subj. deletion; subj. pronoun & impers. construction; COPULAR CONSTRUCTION; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION; PASSIVE (impersonal passive); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & anti-impersonal verb); (Negro-)African: Creissels 92; (Middle) English: Butler 76; (Old English): Anderson 86b; French: Vet 81; (Imbabura) Quechua: Cole & Jake 78; impers. & agent: Russian: Sal'nkob 77; impers. & case: see also CASE (case & personal, impersonal, passive construction); (Old) English: Fischer & Leek 83; (Old to Middle) English: Kobayashi 87; French: Pollock 81; (Imbabura) Quechua: Cole & Jake 78; (Literary) Russian: Tiraspolskij 75; impers. & case-grammar: see also impers. & semantic relation; subj. & case-grammar; subj. & semantic relation; Rumanian: Whalen 78; Russian: Whalen 78; impers. & evolution to an explicit subj.: see also impers. vs. personal construction; Dutch: Duinhoven 84; impers. & experiencer: see also EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (exist, construction & possession (& experiencer role)); (Middle) English: Krzyszpien 89; (Old) English: Krzyszpien 89; impers. & impers.-predicative-quantitative word: see also subj. & predicate; (Literary) Russian: Tiraspolskij 75; impers. & nominative: (Middle) Dutch: Berg 85; impers. & reanalysis of object as subj.: see also OBJECT (reanalysis of object as subj.); (Middle) English: Butler 77b; impers. vs. personal construction: see also impers. & evolution to an explicit subj.: (Middle) English: McCawley 76b; (Old) English: McCawley 76b;

580

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

impers. 'se' construction & pseudo-subj.: see also semi-subj.; Spanish: Westphal 79; impers. & semantic relation: see also impers. & case-grammar; subj. & semantic relation; Russian: Whalen 76; impers. & word-order: see also subj. & word-order; (Old) English: Fischer & Leek 83; implicit (non-overt) subj.: see also impers. construction; subj. deletion; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION; Malayalam: Hennis 90; implicit subj. of infinitive (pro-subj.): see also covert subj.; subj. of infinitive; subj. of infinitive deletion; Dutch: Haaften 82, Haaften 82-83, Haaften & Pauw 82, Lubbe 83, Paardekooper 67; implicit subj. & (pseudo-) imperative: see also subj. of imperative; English: Quang Phuc Dong 69; implicit or dethematized subj. of passive: see also non-thematic subj.; English: Roberts 87b; inanimate nominal subj.: see also human subj.; subj. & animacy; PASSIVE (passive & inhuman subj.); (Old) French: Stead 81; inanimate subj. vs. object & transitivity: see also subj. & animacy; subj. vs. object (& semantic relation) & transitivity; Hittite: Tchekhoff 78a; indefinite subj.: see also definite subj.; REFLEXIVE (reflexive clitic & indefinite subj.); Portuguese: Benes 65; Spanish: Jordan 73, Kärde 43; indefinite subj. pronoun in passive construction: see also subj. pronoun; PASSIVE (passive & subj.); Spanish: Cartagena 71; indefinite subj. & subj. deletion: Portuguese: Kröll 87; independent subj.: Rumanian: Nedioglu 55; infinitive as subj.: see also prepositional infinitive as subj.; subordinate clause (can be infinitive-clause) as subj.; NOMINATIVE (nominative infinitive); French: Togeby 83; German: Askedal 88, Buscha 88, Dallmann 90, Dallmann 91, Starke 90; Russian: Greenberg 87; infinitival subj. clause: English: Mair 90, McKay 92; inhuman subj.: see inanimate subj. intransitive subj.: see also subj. & intransitivity; GENITIVE (genitive movement to intransitive subj.); Georgian: Sanidze 63; Tsova-Tush: Holisky 87; locative pseudo subj. or adverb in subj.less sentence: see also semi-subj.; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential construction & locative); Shona: Perez 83; logical subj.: see also semantic subj.; Marathi: Joshi 90; multiple subj. construction: see double subj. construction nominal attribute to subj.: see also subj. & complement; French: Gondret 79; nominative & subj.: see NOMINATIVE non-nominative subj.: see OBJECT (oblique as subj.) non-raised subj. of complement clause & case (nominative, accusative), case-theory: see also subj. vs. object (nominative vs. accusative) & active vs. passive & case-theory; (European) Portuguese: Raposo & Uriagereka 90; non-referential subj. & agreement: see also subj. & agreement; subj. clitic & subj. reference; Swedish: Falk 93; non-subj.: French: Swiggers & Melis 84;

Subject Index

581

non-thematic subj.: see also implicit or dethematized subj. of passive; subj. & theme (vs. rheme); English: Firbas 57, Firbas 66; null subj.: see also impers. construction; subj. deletion; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUC­ TION; POSSESSIVE (inalienable possession & null subj. language); general: Hulk & Kemenade 93a; Chamorro: Chung 84; (Old) French vs. (Old) Italian: Alberton 92; (Old High to Modern) German: Abraham 93; Germanic: Haider 91, Hulk & Kemenade 93b; (Old) Icelandic: Sigurõsson 93; Italian: Brandi & Cordin 81; Italian (dialects): Brandi & Cordin 81; (Old) Italian vs. (Old) French: see (Old) French; (Brasilian) Portuguese: Chao 83; Romance: Haider 91; null subj. & control in adverbial clause: Sinhalese (child language): Gair, Lust, Sumangala & Rodrigo 89; null subj. & embedded clause: see also subj. of subordinate clause; (Middle) French: Hirschbühler 89; (Old) French: Hirschbühler 89; null subj. & long head movement vs. verb second: (Old) Romance: Rivero 93; null subj. & null subj. parameter: general: Biloa 91; Italian (dialects): Brandi & Cordin 83-84; Scandinavian: Platzack 85; Tuki: Biloa 91; null subj. & null subj. parameter & complementation: see also subj. & complement; Catalan: Picallo 84; null subj. & nominative: English: Franks 90b; (Galician) Portuguese: Franks 90b; Slavic: Franks 90b; null subj. & pro-drop: French: Melis 91a; (Old & Middle) French: Vance 93; null subj. & pronoun: see also subj. pronoun; Catalan: Rigau 86; (American) English vs. Italian (child language): Valian 89; German (child language): Hummer 87-88; (Zürich) German: Cooper 89; Hebrew (child language): Berman 90; Hindi-Urdu: Davison 85a; Italian vs. (American) English (child language): see English; Spanish: Rigau 86; null subj. plural pronominal: general: Condoravdi 87; null subj. & verbal flexion: (Central) Italian (dialects): Cordin 81; object-to-subj. raising: see OBJECT oblique subj.: see OBJECT participation & subj.: see PARTICIPATION partitive as subj.: see PARTITIVE passive & subj.: see PASSIVE personal subj.: see human subj. pleonastic subj.: see expletive subj. possession & subj.: see POSSESSIVE prepositional infinitive as subj.: see also infinitive as subj.; subj. & preposition; PREPO­ SITION (prepositional phrase as subj.); (Old & Middle) English: Bock 31; pronominal subj. repetition & emphasis: see also double subj. construction; subj. pro­ noun; Rumanian (Arumanian dialect): Marioteanu 81; pseudo-subj.: see semi-subj. psych-verb & subj. & accusative vs. unaccusative construction type, accusative vs. partitive: see also subj. inversion & unaccusativity; French: Herschensohn 92b; psych-verb & subj. & case-theory: Italian: Saltarelli 92; question-word as subj. or complement: see also subj. & complement; English: Abbott 85; quirky subj.: see OBJECT (oblique as subj.)

582

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

reflexive & subj.: see REFLEXIVE rhematic subj.: see also subj. & theme (vs. rheme); English: Duszak 84; secondary subj.: Dutch: Jordens & Rohdenburg 72; German: Jordens & Rohdenburg 72; semantic subj.: see also logical subj.; Russian: Rixter 86; semi-subj. (pseudo-subj.): see also locative pseudo subj.; impers. 'se' construction & semisubj.; general: Böhm 83; sentential subj. & internal clause constraint: English: Kuno 73b; subjectivity: English: Janse 88, Langacker 85; Greenlandic: Finck 05; subjectivization of direct object or indirect object & grammatical relation: see also CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-grammar & subjectivization, lexicalization)); (Chichewa) Nyanja: Trithart 75; subj. as affected entity: see also DIRECT OBJECT (affected vs. effected object); general: Klaiman 85; subj. &/vs. agent: see also impers. construction & agent; subj. of infinitive as agent; subj. vs. object & semantic relations agent/instrumental vs. patient/dative & psychological dimensions of case; subj. & theme & agent; subj. & topic & agent; PREDICATE (subj.vs. object-oriented active predicate & agent- vs. theme-oriented passive predicate); PRONOUN (emphatic pronoun & agentive subj.); general: Steiner 76; English: Lee 71b, Oosten 77; (Canadian) English: Itagaki & Prideaux 83; Quechua: Taylor 79; Tamil: Fedson 85; subj. vs. agent & passive: (Mid-)American: Ransom 76; Hindi: Sinha 76; subj., agreement & tense: Russian: Franks & Greenberg 88; subj. & agreement & word-order: see also subj. & word-order; English: Rensky 81; subj. & animacy: see also human subj.; inanimate subj.; subj. of transitive verb & animacy hierarchy; general: Itagaki & Prideaux 85; English: Dusková 70, Itagaki & Prideaux 85; Swedish: Sundman 83; subj. & case: see also arbitrary subj. & case; expletive subj. & case; impers. constr. & case; non-raised subj. of complement clause & case (nominative, accusative); subj. deletion & case; subj. of infinitive & case; subj. vs. object & case; subj.-to-object raising & case; subj. raising & equi-deletion & case; subj. across syntactic categories & case/case theory; subj.-verb agreement & case; CASE (case & semantic relation & subj.); EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential construcion & case); PASSIVE (subj. of reflexive passive, pro-drop-parameter & case); (Standard) Arabic: Fassi Fehri 89; Basque: Rebuschi 78; Sinhalese: Gair 90; Tagalog: Hoekstra E. 86; subj. & case-grammar: see also impers. construction & case-grammar; subj. & semantic relation; subj. & theme & case-grammar; subj. & topic & case-grammar; EXISTEN­ TIAL CONSTRUCTION (existence, possession, location & case-grammar); general: Ishiguro 88, Lee 83; English: Ishiguro 88, Lee 83; French: Lee 83; Swedish: Sundman 87; subj. clitic: see also subj. vs. object (clitic) raising; (Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 90; French: Hulk 91; Italian: Brandi & Cordin 81, Jensen 86; (Fiorentino) Italian: Brandi 81; Italian (dialects): Brandi & Cordin 81, Brandi & Cordin 83-84; Romance: Rizzi 86a, Roberge 90, Safir 86; subj. clitic deletion: see also subj. deletion; Romance: Safir 86; subj. clitic inversion: French: Muller 84;

Subject Index

583

subj. clitic & inversion, inflection: French: Muller 84, Safir & Pesetsky 81; German: Safir & Pesetsky 81; subj. clitic vs. lexical subj.: French: Jeanjean 81; subj. clitic & subj. reference: see also non-referential subj. & agreement; (Northern) Italian (vernaculars): Suñer 92; subj. & complement: see also nominal attribute to subj.; non-raised subj. of complement clause & case (nominative, accusative); null subj. & null subj. parameter & com­ plementation; question-word as subj. or complement; subj. deletion of coreferential complement (subj. of infinitive or of subordinate clause); subj. deletion & factitive clausal complement; subj. deletion & subjunctive complement clause; subj. & direct object complementation; verb + subj., subj. complement, direct object; general: Borsley 87; (predicate) subj. complement (adjective or participle): Russian: Timberlake 86; subj. complement & word-order: see also subj. & word-order; (Old) Spanish: England 84; subj. & concreteness: general: Itagaki & Prideaux 85; English: Itagaki & Prideaux 85; subj. constraint: see also subj. del. & thematic constraint; subj. & semantic relation; general: Oikawa 77; Portuguese: Naro 81; subj. of continuous verb form: English: Dusková 70; subj. & control: see also expletive subj. & control; null subj. & control in adverbial clause; subj. & dependency; subj. & government of the subj.; subj. & topic & control; NOMINATIVE (nominativus-cum-infinitivo); French: Fauconnier 76; Rumanian: Far­ kas 85; Swedish: Sundman 83; Tagalog: Hoekstra E. 86; subj. deletion (subj. drop) [subj. del.]: see also expletive subj. drop; impers. construction; indefinite subj. & subj. del.; locative pseudo subj. or adverb in subj.less sentence; null subj.; subj. clitic del.; subj. of infinitive del.; subj.-to-object raising & equi-NP-del.; subj. pronoun del.; subj. raising & equi-del. & case; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUC­ TION; PASSIVE (passive & subj. del.); general: Anderson 79a; Bulgarian vs. Polish: see Polish; Child language: Haan 88; Dutch: Bennis 83; Dutch (child language): Haan 88; English: Little 78; English (child language): Bloom 89, Gerken 92; English (diaries, informal language): Haegeman 90b; (Old) English: Pogatscher 00; French: Bouchard 88, Fauconnier 76; (Middle) French: Hirschbühler 89; (Old) French: Gebhardt 896; German: Abramow 67b, Endres 76, McKay 86; Germanic: Hulk & Kemenade 88; (Old) Icelandic: Sigurõsson 93; Japanese: Lee N. 86; (Classical) Latin: Maraldi 85; Polish: Wiese 77; Polish vs. Bulgarian: Korytkowska 79; Romance: Hulk & Kemenade 88, Wiese 77; Spanish: B adia Margarit 88, Schroten 81; (Mexican-American) Spanish: Silva-Corvalán 82; Swedish: Falk 87; subj. del. & anaphoric reference & pragmatics (& case, case relation): see also empty subj. & case-theory, anaphor binding, subj. paradox; subj. del. & semantic relation; subj. & pragmatics; Hungarian: Pléh 83; subj. del. & case, agreement, (binding): Dutch: Reuland 81; (Classical) Latin: Bertocchi 85; subj. del. of coreferential complement (subj. of infinitive or of subordinate clause): see also subj. & complement; subj. of infinitive; subj. of subordinate clause; English: Postal 70a; subj.& copula-del. rule: Dutch: Pollmann 75-76;

584

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

subj. del & coreferential marked topic: see also subj. del. & semantic relation, topic, perspective; subj. & topic; (16th C) English: Johannesson 86; subj. del. & expletive subj.: see also expletive subj.; German: Groves 79, Safir 85; German­ ic: Haider 88; Romance: Haider 88; subj. del. & factitive clausal complement: see also subj. & complement; general: Adams 85; subj. del & gerund: see also subj. & gerund; English: Thompson 73b; Russian: Yokoyama 80; subj. del. & government & relative clause, indirect question: see also subj. deletion & restrictive relative clause; subj. & government; Norwegian: Engdahl 83; subj. del & intransitivity & psych verb: see also subj. & intransitivity; English vs. German: see German; German vs. English: Zimmermann 72a; subj. del & nom-drop parameter: Romance: Safir 85; subj. del vs. nominative subj.: see also NOMINATIVE (nominative & subj.); Russian: Guiraud-Weber 84; subj. del. & restrictive relative clause: see also subj. del. & government & relative clause; subj. & relative clause; subj. restrictive relative clause; (Hawaiian) English: Peet 74; subj. del. & semantic relation, topic, perspective: see also subj. del. & coreferential marked topic; subj. & semantic relation; Polish: Duszak 87; subj. del & subj. vs. object: see also subj.-to-object raising & equi-NP-deletion; English (child language): Gerken 90; subj. del & subjunctive complement clause: French: Ruwet 84; subj. del & thematic constraint: see also subj. constraint; subj. & semantic relation; Hebrew: Borer 80; subj. & demonstrative pronoun: see also subj. pronoun; Dutch: Bos 68, Merckens 68; French: Jeanjean 83; subj. & dependency: see also subj. & control; subj. & government; English: Falk 83; subj. & direct object: see also ascension to subj. (of direct object as subj. of subordinate clause, or of implied locative/instrumental PP); subjectivization of direct object or indirect object & grammatical relation; verbs + subj., subj. complement, direct object; DIRECT OBJECT (direct object of transitive verb vs. existential subj.); Dutch: Nieuwborg 68; subj. & direct object complementation: English: Callaert 79; subj. & discourse: see also subj. & theme & discourse; NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. accusative & subj. vs. object & discourse); general: Fillmore 70b/72; English: Fillmore 70b/72, Bernardo 80, Kuno 76; German: Ertel 74; subj. doubling: see double subj. construction subj. of embedded clause: see also subj. of subordinate clause; (Middle) French: Hirschbühler 89; (Old) French: Hirschbühler 89; subj. of finite embedded clause & reference: Romance: Suñer 86; Spanish: Suher 86; subj. & enunciation (theory): general: Delesalle 84, Fuchs 84, Goffic 84, Julien 84; subj. & epithetic adjective: French: Gross 81; subj. & focus, point of view: see also subj. & topic & focus; English: Okamoto 81; subj. & foreign language teaching [flt]: see also subj. restrictive relative clause & flt; subj. & stative verb & flt; Finnish vs. German: see German; German: Reis 86; German (for Finnish people) vs. Finnish: Järventausta 86;

Subject Index

585

subj. & frequency: general: Itagaki & Prideaux 85; English: Itagaki & Prideaux 85; subj. of gapped sentence: English: Sobin 80; subj. genitive: see GENITIVE subj. of gerund: see also subj. del. & gerund; English: Battistella 83, Lee 87, Lindelöf 33, Wasow & Roeper 72; subj. of gerund & possession: English: Nunnally 91b; subj. & grammatical relation: see subjectivization of direct object or indirect object & grammatical relation; subj. & semantics, pragmatics, grammatical relation; subj. & government of the subj.: see also subj. & control; subj. del. & government; subj. & dependency; general: Condon 84; subj. of identificational sentence: French: Pollock 83; subj. identification strategies: Sandave: Dalgish 79; subj. of imperative: see also implicit subj. & (pseudo) imperative; Japanese: Mizutani 89; subj. of infinitive: see also implicit subj. of infinitive; subj. del. of coreferential comple­ ment (subj. of infinitive or of subordinate clause); ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cuminfinitivo); DATIVE (dativus-cum-infinitivo); NOMINATIVE (nominativus-cuminfinitivo); English: Hietaranta 83; German: Faucher 81; Spanish: Aoki 85; subj. of infinitive & case: Mongolian: Pjurbeev 88; subj. of infinitive as agent & causative: see also subj. & agent; CAUSATIVE (causative & subj. of infinitive); Romance: Radford 78; subj. of infinitive del: see also implicit subj. (of infinitive); subj. del.; German: Rothkegel 79; Portuguese: Quicoli 82; subj. of infinitival complement del (& goal object of head clause): English: Thiem 77; German: Clement 86, Thiem 77; subj. & intonation/accent: see also definite subj. & accent; subj. inversion & subj. emphasis; Dutch: Droste 69; German: Fuchs 80; subj. & intransitivity/intransitivization: see also intransitive subj.; subj. del. & intransitivity & psychological verb; subj. & transitivity; subj. & word-order & theme (vs. rheme) & (in)transitivity; ERGATIVITY (ergative subj. of intransitive verb); TRAN­ SITIVITY (transitivity vs. intransitivity & subj. vs. object); Georgian: Sanidze 61, Sanidze 63, Lafon 63; Swedish: Sundman 87; subj. inversion: see also subj. clitic inversion; subj. personal pronoun inversion; subj. pron. deletion & free subj. inversion; Dutch: McKay 86; English: McKay 86, Yang 88; French: Atkinson 73, Bidois 41, Engwer 33, Herslund 88b, Korzen 88, McKay 86, Muller 84, Spang-Hanssen 88; (Middle to Modern) French: Clifford 73; (17th C) French: Wespy 884; German: Lange 78, Lenerz 79; Italian: McKay 86; Navajo: Frishberg 72, Hale 73b; Portuguese: Azambuja p r a 86, Brito & Duarte 82; Spanish: Luján 89; subj. inversion & causal adverbial: see also subj. clitic inversion; French: Korzen 85; subj. inversion & interrogative: French: Kayne 72/73; subj. inversion in object relative clause: see also subj. & relative clause; OBJECT (object + relative clause); RELATIVE CLAUSE (relative clause & word-order); Bantoid: Givón 72b; subj. inversion & pro: (Old & Middle) French: Vance 93; subj. inversion & subj. emphasis: see also definite subj. & accent; subj. & intonation/accent; Chadic: Schuh 71;

586

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

subj. inversion & unaccusativity: see also psych verb & subj. & accusative vs. unaccusative construction type, accusative vs. partitive); Italian: Saltarelli 81; subj. inversion & interrogative'. French: Kayne 72; subj.les s construction: see subj. del. subj. & markedness'. German: Keenan 87; subj. & multiple levels of structure: see also subj. & sentence structure; Choctaw: Davies 81; subj. & negation', see also EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential construction & case, negation, word-order; existential & negation); Spanish: Campos 87; subj. & non-linguistic approach: English: Johansen 87; subj. vs. non-subj.: (Scientific) English: Barkho 86; subj of noun phrase: Italian: Cinque 81; subj. of noun phrase & PRO: English: Williams 82; subj. vs. object: see also expletive NP & subj. vs. object; impers. construction & reanalysis of object as subj.; inanimate subj. vs. object & transitivity; subj. del. & subj. vs. object; subj. vs. object pronoun; subj.-to-object raising; subj. sentence & object sentence; ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo & subj. vs. object); ERGATIVITY (unaccusative vs. unergative verb & subj. vs. object & theme role); EXPERIENCER (experiencer subj. & object); OBJECT (reanalysis of object as subj.; object pronoun in nominative position (subj. or predicate); object-to-subj. raising); PASSIVE (passive & subj. vs. object & sentential event structure); POSSESSIVE (possessive, subj. & object); PREDICATE (subj.- vs. object-oriented active predicate & agent- vs. theme-oriented passive predicate); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity vs. intransitivity & subj. vs. object); general: Castel 86, Givón 76b, Kacnel'son 82, Stutterheim 67; English: Partee 79, Stutterheim 67; English vs. German: Hawkins 80; German vs. English: see English; Japanese: Takezawa 87; Mansi: Ostrowski 83; Nenets: Ostrowski 83; Newari: Langacker 88a; Romance: Fauci 88; Russian: Kilby 82; Spanish: Castel 86, Moreau 72; Uralic: Comrie 79b; Wichita: Rood 71; Yukaghir: Ostrowski 83; subj. vs. object (nominative vs. accusative) & active vs. passive & case-theory: see also non-raised subj. of complement clause & case (nominative, accusative), case-theory; NOMINATIVE (nominative vs. accusative & subj. vs. object; nominative-accusative type vs. ergativity & subj. vs. object); PASSIVE (passive vs. active & subj. vs. object; passive & case theory); English vs. Norwegian: see Norwegian; Norwegian vs. English: Hestvik 86; subj. vs. object & case: see also subj. vs. object & semantic relations agent/instrumental vs. patient/dative & psychological dimensions of case; Avar: Bouda 31; English: Householder 87; subj. vs. object (nominative vs. accusative) & semantic case theory vs. binding-theory & anaphor: general: Keenan 88; subj. vs. object & ergativity: see also ERGATIVITY (ergativity & subj.); general: Mescaninov 60; Basque: Lewy 58; Ibero-Caucasian: Cikobava 70; Indonesian: Sirk 67; (Ancient) Near Eastern: D'jakonov 67; subj. vs. object & expletive: see also expletive subj.; English: Liiv 85, Stroik 91; subj. vs. object & functional grammar: Serbo-Croatian: Dik & Gvozdanovic 81; subj. vs. object & verbprefixation: Georgian: Sanidze 57;

Subject Index

587

subj. vs. object pronoun: see also subj. pronoun; OBJECT (object pronoun); Ngandi: Heath 76a; Nunggubuyu: Heath 76a; subj.-to-object (clitic) raising: subj. raising; subj.-to-subj. raising; ACCUSATIVE (accusativus-cum-infinitivo); MOVEMENT (raising); OBJECT (object-to-subj. raising); English: Andersson 78, Auwera 83, Hietaranta 85, Ihalainen 82, Ihalainen 85, Seppänen 85; English (child language): Hamburger 79; French: Pillinger 80; German: Reis 73; Icelandic: Cole & Hermon 81; (Classical) Latin: Cann 83; Quechua: Cole & Hermon 79; Spanish: Zagona 86; Swedish: Andersson 78; subj.-to-object raising & case: English: Seppänen 87; subj.-to-object raising & equi-NP-del.: see also subj. del. & subj. vs. object; subj. raising & equi-del. & case; Japanese: Uehara 79; subj.-to-object raising & exceptional case marking: see also CASE (exceptional case marking); Japanese: Ueda 88; subj. vs. object & semantic relations agent/instrumental vs. patient/dative & psychological dimensions of case: see also subj. & semantic relation; English: Suci & Hamacher 72; English (child language): Suci & Hamacher 72; subj. vs. object & switching: German: Carlberg 48; subj. vs. object (& semantic relation) & transitivity: see also inanimate subj. vs. object & transitivity; TRANSITIVITY (transitivity vs. intransitivity & subj. vs. object); English: Wall 68; Greenlandic: Underhill 80; subj. vs. object & wh-clause: see also subj. & wh-movement; wh-extraction (movement/ raising) of subj. of a subordinate clause; English: Stowe 84; subj. vs. object & word-order: see also subj. & word-order; OBJECT (object & wordorder); German: Zubin & Köpeke 85; Niger-Congo: Hyman 75; subj. vs. object & zero anaphora: (Brazilian) Portuguese: Teixeira 86; subj. of one-argument verb vs. subj. of more-than-one-argument verb: (Spoken Caracas) Spanish: Bentivoglio 92; subj. & patient: Tamil: Fedson 85; subj. personal pronoun: (West) Dutch (dialects): Paardekooper 69; English (child lan­ guage): Huxley 70; Franco-Provençal: Marzys 83; (Old) French: Price 66; (Fiorentino) Italian: Renzi 83; Italian: Renzi 83; (Chile) Spanish: Cifuentes 80-81; (Literary) Spanish: Perez Blanco 76; subj. personal pronoun del: (Middle) English: Ohlander 81; subj. personal pronoun inversion: see also subj. inversion; (Old, 14th C) French: Offord 71, Price 73; subj. & philosophy/logics: see also subj. & predicate in logic and grammar; general: Borel 78, Haroche & Michot-Vodoz 84, Julien 84, Kristeva 84, Resano 82; French: Meunier 84; (19th C) German: Thümmel 84; subj. plural: see also null subj. plural pronominal; Georgian: Rogava 68; subj. & possessive & binding: see also POSSESSIVE (possession & subj.); Spanish: Rivero 86; subj. & pragmatics: see also subj. deletion & anaphoric reference & pragmatics; subj. del. & semantic relation, topic, perspective; subj. & semantics, pragmatics, grammatical relation; (Canadian) English: Itagaki & Prideaux 83; French: Lambrecht 84;

588

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

subj. & predicate: see also impers. construction & impers.-predicative-quantitative words; (predicate) subj. complement; OBJECT (object pronoun in nominative position (subj. or predicate)); PREDICATE (predicate raising & subj.-to-dative raising; subj.- vs. objectoriented active predicate & agent- vs. theme-oriented passive predicate); general: Brockhaus 69, Buysschaert 75, Hagège 84, Sandmann 54/79; Dutch: Bakker 68, Cupéry 65, Hoekstra 92; English: Hoekstra 92, Hornstein & Lightfoot 87, Kae 80; English vs. Japanese: Maynard 85; English vs. German vs. Russian: see German; German: Brock­ haus 69; German vs. Russian vs. English: Zesselskaja 73; (Western) Georgian (dialects): Kiziria 74; Japanese vs. English: Maynard 85; Marathi: Joshi 90; Rumanian: Drasoveanu 58, Trandafir 87; Russian vs. German vs. English: see German; Spanish: Zagona 82; subj. & predicate & indirect object: Spanish: Vazquez Rozas 90; subj. & predicate in logic and grammar: see also subj. & philosophy, logics; general: Strawson 74; subj. vs. predicate & theme (vs. rheme): see also rhematic subj.; subj. & theme (vs. rheme); general: Weigand 79, Zemb 78; French: Zemb 78; subj. vs. predicate & theme (vs. rheme) & participation: general: Hagège 84, subj. & predicate & valency: see also subj. & valency; general: Novotny 79; subj. & preposition: see also prepositional infinitive as subj.; PREPOSITION (preposi­ tional phrase as subj.); Spanish: Corrales 77; subj. & presupposition: German: Maas 72; subj. pronoun: see also indefinite subj. pronoun; null subj. & pronoun; pronominal subj. repetition & emphasis; subj. & demonstrative pronoun; subj. vs. object pronoun; subj. personal pronoun; INDIRECT OBJECT (indirect object pronoun & subj. pronoun); Bulgarian: Kovaceva 83; (Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 90; English: Kovaceva 83; (American) English vs. Italian (child language): Valian 89; (Middle) English: Butler 80, Roberts 37-39; (Old) English: Butler 80; French: Demarche 79; (Popular) French: Renzi 92; Italian: Freedman 83; Italian: Renzi 92; Italian vs. (American) English (child language): see English; Romance: Renzi & Vanelli 83, Vanelli, Benincà & Renzi 85; Salish: Newman 79a; (Rural Mendocina Argentinian) Spanish: Cubo de Severino 92; (Spoken Venezuelan) Spanish: Bentivoglio 80; subj. pronoun del: see also null subj. pronoun; subj. del.; subj. personal pronoun del.; general: Vago 72; (American) English vs. Italian (child language): Valian 89; (Liter­ ary) French: Cigoj-Leben 82; Italian vs. (American) English (child language): see English; Portuguese: Quicoli 82; subj. pronoun del. in accusativus-cum-infinitivo construction: (Classical) Latin (humor­ ists): Funck 880; subj. pronoun del. & free subj. inversion: see also subj. inversion; Italian: Torrego 84; Spanish: Torrego 84; subj. pronoun & feature [± human]: see also human subj.; Spanish: Jensen 73; subj. pronoun & impers. construction: see also impers. construction; French: Ineichen 86; German: Tomaselli 86; subj. pronoun & obligatoriness: Germanic: Oresnik 84; subj. pronoun prefix: (La Huerta) Diegueno: Hinton & Langdon 76; subj. pronoun in a pronominal group: (Walloon) French: Bal 78; subj. pronoun & sociolinguistics: Dutch: Paardekooper 66;

Subject Index

589

subj. pronoun & verb agreement: see also subj. & verb agreement; English ((normal & impaired) child language): Loeb 90; subj. pronoun & word-order: see also subj. & word-order; Basque: Schuchardt 14; Italian: Bracco, Brandi & Cordin 85; Italian (dialects): Bracco, Brandi & Cordin 85; Polish vs. Russian: see Russian; Russian vs. Polish: Nilson 79; subj. & psychological interpretation: English: Ertel 77; subj. raising: see also expletive subj. raising; non-raised subj. of complement clause & case (nominative, accusative); subj.-to-object raising; subj.-to-subj. raising; wh-extraction of the subj. of subordinate clause; CASE THEORIES (CASE THEORY (casetheory & projection principle, raising-to-object, raising-to-subj., possessor raising, tough movement)); DATIVE (subj.-to-dative raising); MOVEMENT (raising); general: Eckman 74, Sheintuch 75; (Moose) Cree: James 84; English: Lee 74, Lightfoot 76; French: Lee 74; (Old) Irish: Disterheft 82; Nepali: Wallace 85b; Niuean: Seiter 83; Seri: Marlett 84; subj. raising & equi-deletion & case: see also subj.-to-object-raising & equi-NP-deletion; English: Andersson 78; Nepali: Wallace 87; Swedish: Andersson 78; subj. raising & verb 'scheinen': German: Ebert 75; subj. reference: Seri: Marlett 84; subj. & relative clause: see also subj. del. & government & relative clause; subj. del. & restrictive relative clause; subj. inversion in object relative clause; English: Friederich 88; subj. & relativization/as antecedent of relative clause: see also subj. & theme & relativization; English: Kuno 76; Lushéi: Hillard 77; Tagalog: Hoekstra E. 86; Turkish: Dede 78; subj. restrictive relative clause & flt: see also subj. del. & restrictive relative clause; French: Hawkins 89; subj. & semantic case theory: general: Keenan 87; subj. & semantics, pragmatics, grammatical relation: see also subj. & pragmatics; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential construction & grammatical relation); general: Sasse 82; subj. & semantic relation: see also arbitrary subj. & theta-role assignment; deep-structure subj.; impers. construction & semantic relation; subj. & case-grammar; subj. con­ straint; subj. del. & anaphoric reference & pragmatics (& case, case relation); subj. del. & semantic relation, topic, perspective; subj. del. & thematic constraint; subj. & object & semantic relation; subj. & theta-criterion; CASE (case & semantic relation & subj.); general: Hsieh 79; English: Hansen 87; Finnish vs. German: see German; German: Hansen 87; German (for Finnish people) vs. Finnish: Järventausta 86; Tagalog: Hsieh 79; subj. & semantic relation in nominalization NP: Spanish: Demonte 84-85; subj. sentence: Dutch: Koster 78; English: Koster 78; German: Oppenrieder 91; subj. sentence & object sentence: see also subj. vs. object; Danish: Vater 73; subj. & sentence structure: see also subj. & multiple levels of structure; French: Teíberienè 81; subj. & small clause: general: Williams 83; English: Williams 83;

590

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

subj. & space: Finnish: Siro 57; subj., SPEC & DP: Japanese: Tateishi 89; subj. & stative verb &flt: Russian: Lasorsa 85; subj.-to-subj. raising: (James Bay) Cree: James 79; subj.-to-subj. raising & extraposition: French: Ruwet 76; subj. of a subordinate clause & word-order: see also ascension to subj. (of direct object as subj. of subordinate clause, or of implied locative/instrumental PP); null subj. & embedded clause; subj. del. of coreferential complement (subj. of infinitive or of subordinate clause); subj. of embedded clause; subj.-to-subj. raising; subj. & wordorder; wh-extraction of subj. of a subordinate clause; German: Behaghel 29; Spanish: Campos 87; subj. across syntactic categories & X-bar-theory: general: Stowell 83; English: Stowell 83; subj. & tense & definiteness: general: Guéron 89; subj. & theme (vs. rheme): see also implicit or dethematized subj. of passive; non-thematic subj.; rhematic subj.; subj. vs. predicate & theme vs. rheme; subj. & topic & theme (vs. rheme); subj. & word-order & theme (vs. rheme); NOMINATIVE (nomimative vs. subj. vs. theme); TOPIC (theme vs. rheme); general: Hagège 78; English: Kirkwood 70; subj. & theme & agent: see also subj. & agent; subj. & topic & agent; English: Tomlin 83; subj. & theme & case-grammar: see also subj. & case-grammar; subj. & topic & casegrammar; English: Hutchins 75; subj. & theme & discourse: English: Lautamatti 80; English (in scientific research articles): Gosden 93; subj. & theme & negation: Russian: Rjabova 88; subj. & theme & numeral quantifier: Japanese: Miyagawa 88a; subj.-particle vs. theme-particle & particle deletion: Japanese: Hinds 77; Korean: Hinds 77; subj. & theme & relativization: see also subj. & relativization; English: Kuno 76; subj. & theta-criterion: see also subj. & semantic relation; English: Lasnik 88; subj. & topic: see also double subj. & topic; subj. del. & semantic relation, topic perspective; subj. del. & coreferential marked topic; general: Breivik 82, Breivik 84 Comrie 88, Li 76, Li & Thompson 76b, Noonan 77; Alamblak: Bruce 83; Cebuano Travis & Williams 82-83; Chinese (child language): Jeng 82; Dinka: Andersen 91 English (child language): Jeng 82; English vs. Polish: Rybarkiewicz 82; Hindi-Urdu Kachru 87; Hittite: Justus 76; Hungarian: Pléh 82; Indo-European: Lehmann 76 Korean: Choi S. 86; Malagasy: Travis & Williams 82-83; (Colloquial) Norwegian: Faarlund 78; Polish vs. English: see English; Portuguese: Dik 81; Romance: ManoliuManea 83; Rumanian: Manoliu-Manea 83; Spanish: Morales de Walters 82; (17th C) Spanish: Myhill 82; Tagalog: Hoekstra E. 86, Travis & Williams 82-83; subj. & topic & agent: see also subj. & theme & agent; general: Schachter 77a; English: Oosten 80, Oosten 86; Philippine: Schachter 76, Schachter 77a; Tagalog: Sweetser 80; subj. & topic & case-grammar: see also subj. & case-grammar; subj. del. & semantic relation, topic, perspective; subj. & theme & case-grammar; English vs. Tagalog: see Tagalog; Tagalog vs. English: Southard 71;

Subject Index

591

subj. & topic & control: Russian: Nichols, Rappaport & Timberlake 80; subj. & topic & focus: see also subj. & focus; Indonesian: Weeda 91; subj. & topic & givenness/definiteness/contrastiveness: see also definite subj.; general: Chafe 76; subj. & topic & psych verb: Javanese: Davies 93; subj. & topic & reading comprehension: English: Kopple 85; subj. & topic & theme (vs. rheme): see also subj. & theme; general: Wandruszka 84; German: Eroms 75; subj. & topic & word-order: see also subj. & word-order; German: Velde 89; (Classical) Latin: Jong 89; subj. & topological rules: German: Kvam 87; Norwegian: Kvam 87; subj. & transitivity: see also inanimate subj. vs. object & transitivity; intransitive subj.; subj. & intransitivity; subj. vs. object & (semantic relation) & transitivity; subj. & word-order & theme (vs. rheme) & (in)transitivity; OBJECT (oblique subj. & transitiv­ ity); TRANSITIVITY (indirect transitivity (subj. + verb + PP); transitivity vs. intran­ sitivity & subj. vs. object); (Old) Georgian: Aronson 76; Miriwung: Kofod 76; Swed­ ish: Sundman 87; subj. of transitive verb & animacy hierarchy: see also subj. & animacy; English: Clark & Begun 71; subj. & (non-)universality: Ilok: Schwartz 76; subj. & valency: see also subj. of one-argument verb vs. subj. of more-than-one-argument verb; subj. & predicate & valency; VALENCY (static vs. dynamic valency & subj.; valency dictionary & subj.-feature); Danish: Jakobson & Olsen 84; German: Sternefeld 85b; subj. & verb: English vs. Japanese: see Japanese; Japanese vs. English: Kitagawa 86; subj. & verb-phrase: general: Hasegawa 89; Malayo-Polynesian: Guilfoyle, Hung & Travis 90; subj.-verb agreement: see also subj. pronoun & verb agreement; Arabic: Mohammad 88; English: Mohammad 88; Germanic: Hulk & Kemenade 93c; Gujaratï: Mistry 76; Italian (child language): Fava 78; (Venetic) Italian (child language): Fava 78; Ro­ mance: Hulk & Kemenade 93c; subj.-verb agreement & case: Icelandic vs. Swedish: Holmberg & Platzack 91; Swedish vs. Icelandic: see Icelandic; subj. & verb second: see also subj. & word-order; Germanic: Kosmeijer 91; subj. & volition: (Old to Modern) Bengali: Klaiman 81b; subj. & wh-movement: see also subj. vs. object & wh-clause; wh-extraction (movement/ raising) of subj. of a subordinate clause; English: Baciu 86; French: Kayne 72; Rumanian: Baciu 86; Spanish: Campos 87; subj. & word-order: see also double subj. & word-order; impers. construction & wordorder; null subj. & long head movement vs. verb-second; subj. & agreement & wordorder; subj. complement & word-order; subj. inversion; subj. vs. object & word-order; subj. pronoun & word-order; subj. of a subordinate clause & word-order; subj. & topic & word-order; subj. & verb-second; EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (existential & case, word-order, negation; existence & locative & word-order); general: Breivik 84, Keenan 81; (Standard) Arabic: Fassi Fehri 89; Danish: Sørensen 82; Dutch: Scherps 73;

592

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

(Westflemish) Dutch: Haegeman 9 1 ; English: Baciu 86, Hansen 87; French: Sørensen 82; (Middle) French: Rodríguez Somolinos 82; (Old) French: Rodriguez Somolinos 82; German: Lange 79; Italian (child language): Fava 78; (Venetic) Italian (child language): Fava 78; Rumanian: Baciu 86, Motapanyane 89; Spanish: Bull, Abbott & Gronberg 52, Delbecque 78, Delbecque 87, Jonge 90, Meyer-Hermann 88, Morales de Walters 82; (Mexican-American) Spanish: Silva-Corvalán 82; Tagalog: Hoekstra E. 86; Wappo: Li, Sawyer & Thompson 77; subj. & word-order & theme (vs. rheme): see also subj. & theme (vs. rheme); German: Lange 79; subj. & word-order & theme (vs. rheme) & (in)transitivity: see also subj. & intransitivity; subj. & transitivity; Spanish: Morales de Walters 82; subordinate clause (can be infinitive-clause) as subj.: see also infinitive as subj.; German: Dallmann 90, Dallmann 91; Norwegian: Faarlund 76; toponym as subj.: Russian: Stansler 83; unspecified subj.: see indefinite subj. verb + subj., subj. complement, direct object: Italian: Elia 78; verb phrase internal subj.: English: Burton & Grimshaw 92; vocative as subj. vs. nominative as subj.: see VOCATIVE wh-extraction (movement/raising) of subj. of a subordinate clause: see also subj. vs. object & wh-clause; subj. raising; subj. of a subordinate clause; subj. & wh-movement; Portuguese: Zubizarreta 82-83; SYNTAX (see also all relational phenomena) case & morpho-syntax: see CASE case &/vs. syntax: see CASE case-grammar & syntax: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) central participant & syntax: see PARTICIPATION existential, possession, location & foreign language teaching & syntax vs. semantics: see EXISTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION genitive & syntax: see GENITIVE grammatical relation & syntax: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION instrumental & agent & pragmatics, syntax, wordformation: see INSTRUMENTAL morphological ergative vs. accusative syntax, voice: see ERGATIVE nominative & syntax: see NOMINATIVE passive & discourse & syntactic priming: see PASSIVE predicative instrumental & syntax: see INSTRUMENTAL prepositional phrase & syntax: see PREPOSITION semantic relation & syntax: see SEMANTIC RELATION subject across syntactic categories: see SUBJECT theta-role & subcategorization, syntax: see SEMANTIC RELATION theta-theory & syntactic categories: see CASE THEORIES (THETA-THEORY) unaccusative verb & syntax vs. semantics: see ERGATIVITY valency & categorial syntax: see VALENCY

Subject Index

593

verbal unit of verb + direct object & syntax: see DIRECT OBJECT word-order & syntax vs. pragmatics: see WORD-ORDER TEMPORALITY [TEMP] English: Jessen 74; French: Berthonneau 87; absolute dative & temp. dative: see DATIVE case-grammar, logics & temp.: see CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR) temp. accusative: see ACCUSATIVE temp. adverb used as a nominative: see also temp. & local adverbial; temp. & preposition & case as adverb of time; (Classical) Latin: Debrunner 28; temp. & case: see also temp. & preposition & case as adverb of time; German: Freund 71; Ukrainian: Bezpojasko 89; temp.-causal complement: French: Bat-Zeev Shyldkrot 87; temp. force of instrumental: see INSTRUMENTAL temp. genitive: see GENITIVE temp. & local adverbial: see also temp. adverb; LOCATIVE (motion (verb) & spatial preposition & temp.); English: Geis 75, Jessen 74; French: Bat-Zeev Shyldkrot 89; temp. & locative preposition: French: Marcq 88; German: Marcq 88; temp. & pre/postposition: see also ACCUSATIVE (prepositional temp. accusative), PREPOSITION (preposition 'v' & accusative, directional, locative, temp. role); Dutch: Langendonck 74, Langendonck 76; English: Geis 70; English vs. Japanese: Hirakouji 73; German: Freund 71; Japanese vs. English: see Japanese; Russian: Macdonald 72; temp. & preposition & case as adverb of time: see also temp. adverb; temp. & case; temp. & local adverbial; (Late Old to Early Middle) English: Kniezsa 91; TOPIC general: Chamorro: Cooreman 82a, Cooreman 82b, Cooreman 83; English: Carls 89, Deane 87, Hajičová & Sgall 87; (Middle) English: Butler 77a; (American sign lan­ guage) English: Friedman 76; German: Carls 89; Indonesian: Ferrell 75; (Ute) Paiute: Givón 82; Polish: Duszak 87; Tagalog: Wouk 84; Toba Batak: Wouk 84; case, government & inverted minimality, topic-island effect: see CASE case, semantic relation, speaker's egocentrisyn & topicality: see CASE clitic & topicality: see CLITIC direct object & topic: see DIRECT OBJECT discourse topic: general: Levy 82; focus: see CASE (case & focus); COPULAR CONSTRUCTION (cleft & pseudo-cleft & focus); DIRECT OBJECT (direct object & attributive predicate complement & theme/ rheme/focus); PASSIVE (passive vs. active & subject vs. object & focus); PREDI­ CATE (derived predicate & predicative adpositional phrase & focused constituent in pseudo-cleft construction); PRONOUN (pronominal prefix & defocussing); SUBJECT (subject & focus; subject, topic & focus); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & focus); grammatical relation & topic: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION indirect object & presupposition & topic: see INDIRECT OBJECT

594

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

locative & topic: see LOCATIVE nominative, accusative, postposition & case-topic restriction: see NOMINATIVE object clitic & topicality: see OBJECT object suffix anaphoric pronoun (pseudo-object construction) & discourse topicality: see OBJECT oblique-to-(direct)-object advancement/promotion (& topic): see OBJECT participation & topic continuity: see PARTICIPATION pronoun vs. clitic & topic: see PRONOUN rheme: see theme (vs. rheme); SUBJECT (rhematic subject); sentence topic & discourse links: general: Davison 84; English: Davison 84; subject & topic: see SUBJECT theme (vs. rheme): see DIRECT OBJECT (direct object & attributive predicate comple­ ment & theme, rheme, focus); GENITIVE (thematic genitive); NOMINATIVE (nomi­ native vs. subject vs. theme); PARTICIPATION (participation & theme vs. rheme); PASSIVE (passive & ergative systems & their marking of patient as theme (agent as rheme)); POSSESSION (possessor vs. possessed & theme & dative clitic vs. possessive adjective); PREDICATE (subject- vs. object-oriented active predicate & agent- vs. theme-oriented passive predicate); REFLEXIVE (non-thematic reflexive); SUBJECT (rhematic subject; subject vs. predicate & theme vs. rheme; subject & theme (vs. rheme); subject & topic & theme; subject & word-order & theme); TRANSITIVITY (transitivity & theme); (Old) English: Traugott 72, Wagner 69; topic & agreement: general: Givón 76b; topic & case (constraint): Korean: No 91; topic vs. comment & nominative vs. dative perspective: see also WORD-ORDER (wordorder & topic vs. comment); English vs. Polish: see Polish; Polish vs. English: Duszak 90; topic vs. comment & wh-movement: Arabic: Farghal 87; topic drop: (Old) Icelandic: Sigurðsson 93; topicalization: English: Moskey 81; English vs. Japanese: see Japanese; Japanese vs. English: Ishiguro 90; topicalization & lexical decomposition & case-grammar: English: Lipka 76; topicalization & that-trace, case-conflict: Norwegian: Taraldsen 81; TRANSITIVITY [TRANS] (see also VALENCY) general: Aissen 82, Allen 64, Aronson 79, Comrie 76a, Drossard 86b, Drossard 87, Drossard 91a, Ginneken 39, Helbig 78a, Hopper & Thompson 82, Langacker 90, Lazard 86, Lyons 68, Margadant 32, Plank 85a, Sasse 91, Seiler & Premper 91, Tuite, Agha & Graczyk 85; Aleut: Fortescue 88; (Classical) Arabic: Saad 82; (Old) Armenian vs. (Old) Persian, (Old) Georgian: see (Old) Persian; Austronesian: Harrison 78; Chamorro: Cooreman 82a, Cooreman 82b, Cooreman 83; Chechen-Ingush: Nichols 84b; Chinese: Alleton 76, Teng 75; Circassian: Boeder 72; Czech: Kalmár 82; Dardic: Skalmowski 74; Dutch: Duinhoven 84-85, Hoekstra 84, Hogen 83, Kirsner, Verhagen & Willemsen 84-85; Dyirbal: Mel'cuk 77c, Mel'cuk 79; English: Bach 79, Cruse 79, Halliday 67,

Subject Index

595

Hoekstra 84, Rice 87a, Rodhe 897, Taylor 89d; Eskimo: Mey 69; Fijian: Arms 73, Arms 74, Pawley 86; French: Andersson 62, Bernard 72, Bihler 62, Blinkenberg 60, Boons, Guillet & Leclere 76, Bourguignon 60, Cristea 61, Dessaintes 61, Egli & Roulet 71, Feigenbaum 92, Gougenheim 61, Hilty 63, Kahn 61, Politzer 61, Reid 62, Sandmann 63, Saporta 61, Spaepen 81, Togeby 83, Wagner 61-62; Georgian: Aronson 79, Suxisvili 68; (Old) Georgian vs. (Old) Persian, (Old) Armenian: see (Old) Persian; German: Bausewein 90, Becker 79, Boeder 72, Brandt 79, Endres 73, Helbig 78a; Greenlandic: Boeder 72; Hindi: Bhatia 81; Hua: Haiman 82; Indo-European: Hamp 85; Inuit: Johns 87; Japanese: Hinds 87, Jacobsen 82, Ono 84; Japanese (child language): Rispoli 88a; Kartvelian: Sanidze 42; (Kipeá) Kirirí: Larsen 84; (Classical) Latin: Feltenius 77, Laurie 859; (Late) Latin: García-Hernández 90; Mansi: Ostrowski 83; Meru: Speed Hodges 77; (Tetelcingo) Nahuatl: Tuggy 81; Nemets: Ostrowski 83; non-configurational languages: Marácz 86; (Colville) Okanagan: Mattina 79; (Nikola Lake) Okanagan: Hébert 82; (Ute) Paiute: Givón 82; Palauan: Mosel 84b/91; Pamir: Skalmowski 74; Paumari: Derbyshire 83; (Old) Persian vs. (Old) Armenian, (Old) Georgian: Saxokia 86; Polish: Holvoet 91; (Eastern) Porno: McLendon 78; Rumanian: Manea 90b, Manea 91, Touratier 73; (Puget Coast) Salish: Hess 73; Samoan: Cook 78, Cook 88b, Mosel 85; (Gilgiti) Shina: Lorimer 25; (Guresi) Shina: Schmidt 85; Spanish: Alarcos Llorach 70, Cano 81, Morales de Walters 82; Swahili: Givón 72a, Whiteley 68; Tagalog: Drossard 84a; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; Ubyx: Bossong 82a; Yukaghir: Fortescue 88, Ostrowski 83; accusative & trans. (vs. intrans.): see ACCUSATIVE agent vs. object & trans. verb: see AGENT agent vs. patient & trans.: see AGENT bitrans. construction: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION case marking hypothesis & dative intrans. verb, 'have done' construction: see CASE causative & dative verb marker & transitivizing marker: see CAUSATIVE cognate object & false trans.: see OBJECT dative & trans.: see DATIVE derived trans.: Kashmiri: Hook & Koul 84b; detransitivization: see also DATIVE (dative verb & object deletion & optional subcategorization vs. lexical detransitivization); PASSIVE (passive & detransitivization); (Western) Armenian: Haig 82; English: Hendrikse 89; Gothic: Liberman 91, Suzuki 89; Ingush: Nichols 82b; (Chichewa) Nyanja: Baker 88b; de/intransitivization & implicit (inherent, incorporated, understood) object & pragmatics: see also intransitivization; semi-trans. verb & incorporated object; trans. & view­ point/pragmatics; general: Meier 83; English: Sugayama 86; English vs. Italian: Haegeman 87; Italian vs. English: see English; detransitivization, medio-passive or resultative: Gilyak: Austerlitz 92; direct object & trans.: see DIRECT OBJECT ditrans. construction: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION double object construction & recipient/beneficiary as cognitive equivalent of unitrans. patient & grammatical vs. semantic relation: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUC­ TION ergativity & trans.: see ERGATIVITY experiencer & trans.: see EXPERIENCER

596

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

genitive movement to trans. direct object or intrans. subject: see GENITIVE grammatical relation & trans.: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION indirect trans. (subject + verb + PP): French: Moignet 74; Georgian: Tuite 87; instrumental & trans. construction: see INSTRUMENTAL intrans.: see also semi-intrans.; split-intrans.; trans. &/vs. intrans.; ERGATIVITY (ergativity & intrans.-passival conception of the verb; ergative subject of intrans. verb; nonergativity & intrans. of relative clause); OBJECT (cognate object & intrans.); RE­ FLEXIVE (reflexive construction & intrans.); SUBJECT (intrans. subject; subject & intrans.); general: Anderson 80b, Drossard 86b, Drossard 87, Helbig 78a, Margadant 32, Plank 85a; (Western) Armenian: Haig 82; French: Boons, Guillet & Leclere 76, Togeby 83; Georgian: Fähnrich 67; German: Endres 73, Helbig 78a; Italian: Baker 83; Japanese: Ono 84; Japanese (child language): Rispoli 88a; (Classical) Latin: Pepicello 75, Sánchez Salor 81; (Late) Latin: García-Hernández 90; Samoan: Mosel 85; Slave: Rice 91; Spanish: Alarcos Llorach 70, Morales de Walters 82; Tzutujil: Dayley 85; Uighur: Ofrosimova-Serova 66; intransitivization: see also de/intransitivization & implicit (inherent, incorporated, under­ stood) object & pragmatics; PASSIVE (passive & intransitivization); SUBJECT (sub­ ject of intransitivization); VALENCY (valency & intransitivization); general: Dros­ sard 87; Japanese: Okutsu 67; (Classical) Latin: Feltenius 77; (Late) Latin: GarcíaHernández 90; Tagalog: Drossard 84b; intransitivization via incorporation of (former explicit) agent into verb: Indonesian: Myhill 88; intrans. adjective: Romance: Cinque 90; intrans. & auxiliary: Italian: Burzio 81; intransitivization vs. causativization & action verb: see also trans. & causative; Japanese vs. English: Ikegami 88; intrans. & intrans. copy pronoun: see also trans. & pronoun; Chadic: Frajzyngier 77; intrans. & marking: Eskimo: Koo 78; intrans. predicate: see PREDICATE intrans. & raising verb: Japanese: Makino 77; intrans. verb & participation: see also OBJECT (object movement & intrans. verb reduplication); general: Drossard 91a; intrans. verb classification & case-grammar: see also trans. & case-grammar; CASE (case marking hypothesis & dative intrans. verb, 'have done' construction); LOCA­ TIVE (infinitive construction with locative intrans. verb); (Classical) Latin: Pala & Podlezlová 74-75; intrans. use of verb 'sell' & passive value: see also PASSIVE (passive & intransi­ tivization); Italian: Fabbri 92; intrans. & word-order: see also trans. & word-order; (19th C High & Low) Malay: Rafferty 87; locative & trans.: see LOCATIVE object & postposition & trans.: see OBJECT object & variation of agency/trans.: see OBJECT passive & trans.: see PASSIVE predication of trans. verb: see PREDICATE

Subject Index

597

prepositional trans.: see trans. verb + prepositional phrase pseudo-intrans.'. see semi-intrans. pseudo-trans.: see semi-trans. reflexive use of trans. verb: see REFLEXIVE semantic trans.: see also trans. & semantic relation; VALENCY (semantic valency & (in)trans.); Child language: Ingram 71; English (child language): Ingram 71; semi-intrans.: (Colville) Okanagan: Mattina 79; semi-trans.: Circassian: Rogava 77; semi-trans. & object-incorporation: see also de/intransitivization & implicit (inherent, incorporated, understood) object & pragmatics; Micronesian: Sugita 73; split-intrans.: see also split-trans.; general: Merian 85; split-intrans. & lexicology & agentivity: see also trans. & lexicon; Achinese: Valin 90; Georgian: Valin 90; Italian: Valin 90; split-trans.: see also split-intrans.; Fijian: Lichtenberk 83; stative trans. verb & accusative: see also ACCUSATIVE (accusative & trans. vs. intrans); Japanese: Haig 74; subject & trans.: see SUBJECT transitivization: general: Drossard 87; Ingush: Nichols 82b; Japanese: Okutsu 67, Ono & Matsubara 85; Tagalog: Drossard 91c; trans. adjective & (inherent) case: see also trans. & case; (Old) English: Ohkado 90; German: Ohkado 90; Swedish: Platzack 82, Platzack 82-83; trans. & agreement: (Chickasaw) Choctaw: Payne 82; trans. alternation (& context): see also trans. & trans. variation; English: Duffield 90, Hale & Keyser 86; non-configurational languages: Marácz 86; trans. alternation & anti-causative: general: Haspelmath 87; trans. & anti-impersonal verb: see also SUBJECT (impersonal construction); IndoIranian: Lazard 85; trans. & aspect, (action), (viewpoint): see also trans. vs. intrans. & activity vs. stativity; trans. & viewpoint/pragmatics; general: DeLancey 82a; (Ancient) Greek: Boel 87; (Nicola Lake) Okanagan: Hébert 82; trans. & 'b a'-construction: Mandarin: Thompson 73a; trans. & body-part construction: see also trans. vs. intrans. & possession; PARTITIVE (body-part); Spanish: Omori 89; trans. & case: see also trans. adjective & (inherent) case; trans. & causative, perfective aspect sentence & absence of case chains; trans. vs. intrans. case; CASE (case linking theory & case, predication, trans.); REFLEXIVE (reflexive pronoun & trans. & case); general: Tsunoda 85; (Proto- to Modern) Austronesian: Pawley & Reid 76/80; (Yukulta) Gayardilt: McConvell 76; Marwari: Magier 85; Oceanic: Clark 73b; SerboCroatian (agrammatism patients): Lukatela, Crain & Shankweiler 88; Thai: Kullavanijaya 74; Waris: Brown 88; trans. & case-grammar: see also intrans. verb classification & case-grammar; PREDI­ CATE (intrans. predicate & unaccusativity vs. case-grammar); REFLEXIVE (pseudoreflexive & (in)trans. & case-grammar); Chinese: Alleton 76, Teng 75; German: Becker 71; trans. & case, semantic relation: see also trans. & semantic relation; Thai: Kullavanijaya 74;

598

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

trans. & causative: see also intransitivization vs. causativization; trans. alternation & anticausative; trans., intrans. & causation; CAUSATIVE (causative & dative verb marker & transitivizing marker; causative & (embedded) subject & trans., unergativity, dative verb); general: Comrie & Polinsky 93; Chamorro: Gibson 90; English: Binnick 76; Gorum: Zide 72; trans. & causative, perfective aspect sentence & absence of case chains: Bambara: Koopman 92; trans.-causative verb vowel: Arabana(-Wangganguru): Hercus 76b; Baagandji: Hercus 76b; trans. & cognitive grammar: see also trans. & prototype theory; general: DeLancey 87, Langacker 87a; trans. & diathesis: Rumanian: Asan 60; trans. & discourse (foregrounding) (topicality): general: Hopper & Thompson 80; (North) Caucasian: Nichols 81; Chamorro (narrative): Cooreman 87; trans. & flip: (Classical) Latin: Pepicello 75; trans. & focus: Tagalog: Wouk 84; Toba Batak: Wouk 84; trans. & gradience: Hindi: Hock 85; Indo-Aryan: Hock 85; Newari: Givón 85; Sanskrit: Hock 85; trans. vs./& intrans.: see also de-adjectival verb & trans., intrans., reflexive; trans. vs. intrans. nominative; verb that is both trans. and intrans.; ACCUSATIVE (accusative & trans. vs. intrans.); DATIVE (analytical dative vs. accusative & (in)trans.); NOMINA­ TIVE (nominative & (in)trans.); PASSIVE (passive & shift of trans. to intrans. passive); REFLEXIVE (pseudo-reflexive & (in)trans. & case-grammar); SUBJECT (subject & word-order & theme vs. rheme & (in)trans.); Basque: Bouda 33, Uhlenbeck 06; Dakota: Uhlenbeck 06; Eskimo: Erichsen 44; Eskimo-Aleut: Fortescue 88; Greenlandic: Uhlenbeck 06; Hungarian: Károly 67, Károly 82; Indo-European: Schmidt 73; (Classical) Latin: Eckert 849; Yukaghir: Fortescue 88; trans. vs. intrans. & activity vs. stativity: see also trans. & aspect, action; Dakota: Uhlenbeck 34; trans. vs. intrans. case: see also trans. & case; Indo-European: Hendriksen 40; trans. vs. intrans. & case, animacy, planning: Japanese (child language): Rispoli 88b; trans., intrans. & causation: see also trans. & causative; (South) Munda: Zide 85a; trans., intrans. & ergativity: see also trans. vs. intrans. nominative; ERGATIVITY (ergativity & trans.); general: Wilbur 77; Iranian (of USSR): Payne 79; Newari: Givón 85; trans. vs. intrans. nominative: see also trans., intrans. & ergativity; NOMINATIVE (nominative & (in)trans.); Indo-European: Pott 873; trans. vs. intrans. & possession: see also trans. & body-part construction; POSSESSIVE ('have' construction & trans.); Quiché: Croft 80; trans. vs. intrans. & subject vs. object: Chacobo: Prost 62; trans. vs. intrans. & stylistics: English vs. Japanese: Arii 87; Japanese vs. English: see English; trans. vs. intrans. & valency: see also VALENCY (valency & trans.); German: Ziebart 79a;

Subject Index

599

trans. vs. intrans. & verb vs. noun: English: Kuipers 68; Squamish: Kuipers 68; trans. & lexicon/lexicology: see also split-intrans. & lexicology; Hindi-Urdu: Amritavalli 79; trans. & markedness: accusative languages: Lazard 89; trans. motion verb & spatial preposition: see also trans. verb + prepositional phrase; VALENCY (valency inheritance & verb of motion); French: Schpak-Dolt 91; trans. & object: see also de/intransitivization & implicit (inherent, incorporated, under­ stood) object & pragmatics; trans. vs. intrans. & subject vs. object; OBJECT (cognate object & false trans.; cognate object & intrans.; object & postposition & trans.; object & variation of agency/trans.; oblique subject & trans.); Marshallese: Bender 79; trans. & passive vs. active: see also detransitivization & medio-passive; PASSIVE (passive & trans.); general: Schuchardt 05-06; German: Schuchardt 05-06; Indonesian: Kölver 86, Kolver 91a; Rumanian: Asan 60; Tzutujil: Butler & Pike 78; trans. & pronoun/pronominal case: see also intrans. & intrans. copy pronoun; REFLEX­ IVE (reflexive pronoun & trans.); (Yukulta) Gayardilt: McConvell 76; Spanish: GarcíaMiguel 83; trans. & prototype theory: see also trans. & cognitive grammar; (Lhasa) Tibetan: DeLancey 84b; trans. & quantification, partitive: English: Binnick 74; trans. & root modal: English: Newmeyer 70; trans. & semantic relation: see also semantic trans.; trans. & case, semantic relation; SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation of prefixed (trans.) verb); Choctaw: Broadwell 86; Fijian: Pawley 86; Thai: Kullavanijaya 74; Tagalog: Wouk 84; Toba Batak: Wouk 84; trans. & surface filter: Chamorro: Chung 80; trans. & theme: English: Halliday 67; trans. & trans. variation: see also trans. alternation; English: Jacobsen 85; Japanese: Jacobsen 85; trans. & verb of 'breaking', 'cutting': general: Guerssel, Hale, Laughren, Levin & White Eagle 85; trans. verb + infinitival complementation: English: Mair 90, McKay 92; trans. verb + prepositional phrase: see also indirect trans. (subject + verb + PP); trans. motion verb & spatial preposition; trans. & verb 'toucher' & preposition 'à'; PREDI­ CATE (predication of trans. verb); Spanish: Gutiérrez Araus 87, Vinogradov 61; trans. & verbal prefix: see also SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation of (trans.) prefixed verb); (San Carlos) Apache: Shayne 82; trans. & verb of 'saying': English: Munro 82a; trans. & verb 'toucher' & preposition 'à': see also trans. verb + prepositional phrase; French: Vandeloise 93b; trans. & viewpoint/pragmatics: see also de/intransitivization & implicit object & prag­ matics; trans. & aspect, (action), (viewpoint); general: DeLancey 82a; trans. & voice: Indonesian: Cartier 75; trans. & word-order: see also intrans. & word-order; general: Slobin 82; trans. & word-order & sentence comprehension: Hungarian vs. Russian (Bilingual vs. monolingual child language): Pléh, Balajan & Jarovinskij 87; Russian vs. Hungarian: see Hungarian;

600

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

valency & trans.: see VALENCY verb that is both trans. and intrans.: see also trans. vs. intrans.; French: Rothemberg 74; German: Teipel; verb that is both trans. and intrans. & verb 'cook': see also trans. & intrans.; French: Rosentsveig 86; VALENCY [VAL.] (see also DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION; SEMANTIC RELATION; TRANSI­ TIVITY) general: Abraham 78a, Abraham 78b, Abraham 78c, Abraham 82a, Abramow 88, Aissen 82, Ágel 88, Baele 74, Bell 69, Biese 76, Bondzio 69, Bondzio 76-78, Bräuer 74, Carls 71, Cherubim, Elst, Kreuder, Naumann, Püschel, Vigener & Zander-Lüllwitz 73, Elst 84, Eroms 90, Eroms 91, Flämig 71, Frosch 78, Ginneken 39, Göllmer & Locke 80, Große 71, Gruel 75, Günther 75/76, Happ 78a, Helbig 71a, Helbig 71b, Helbig 71c, Helbig 71e, Helbig 78a, Helbig 79a, Helbig 87, Helbig 88b, Helbig 89b, Helbig 90b, Helbig & Stepanowa 78, Henne 73, Hundschurscher 90, Jacobs 86, Jakobson 88, Krisch 84, Kyes 85, Langacker 81, Lejkina 61, Lerot 74, Meinhard 76, Mosel 84a, Pankow 76, Pape 76, Pasch 77, Pfeifer 74, Růžička 78b, Seiler & Premper 91, Saur 74, Schumacher 74, Schumacher 75b, Schumacher 76b, Sgall 92, Sørensen 88, Valin 80b, Vater 75b, Vater 80, Veyrenc 75b, Welke 90, Welke & Meinhard 80, Wotjak 76a, Wotjak 90; Caucasian: Ostrowski 81; Chechen-Ingush: Nichols 84b; Circassian: Ostrowski 81; Danish: Herslund & Sørensen 82, Jakobson 88; Dutch: Jakobson 88, Langendonck 92; English: Emons 78, Fillmore 70a, Fink 78b, Frosch 78, Gawron 86, Günther 75/76, Hajičová & Panenová 84, Sugayama 84, Sugayama 88; French: Blinkenberg 60, Feigenbaum 82, Happ 77, Happ 78a, Herslund & Sørensen 82, Hesse 78, Koch 81, Kotschi 81, Nef 80; Georgian: Ostrowski 81; German: Admoni 84, Andresen 73, Ballweg 74, Ballweg 78, Bianco 86, Bondzio 69, Bondzio 71, Bondzio 74b, Cherubim, Elst, Kreuder, Naumann, Püschel, Vigener & Zander-Lüllwitz 73, Endres 73, Erben 70, Eroms 81a, Eroms 87, Eroms 90, Eroms 91, Fink 78b, Firle 76, Folsom 75, Fourquet & Grunig 81, Götze 74c, Göllmer & Locke 80, Greule 73, Greule 82b, Helbig 66, Helbig 67, Helbig 71c, Helbig 71d, Helbig 76b, Helbig 78a, Helbig 79a, Helbig 82a, Helbig 87, Helbig 88b, Helbig 89b, Helbig 90b, Heringer 67, Iluk 81, Itälä 86, Jacobs 86, Jakobson 88, Korhonen 82, Latzel 86b, Materna & Sgall 83, Müller 71, Pape 76, Pasch 77, Saur 74, Schumacher 76a, Schumacher 86, Tarvainen 73, Welke 90, Welke & Meinhard 80, Wolf 82, Wotjak 90; (Early New High) German: Ágel 88, Wegstein & Wolf 82; (Luther Bible) German: Korhonen 78, Korhonen 82; (Middle High) German: Ehnen 82, Maxwell 82a, Schütte 82; (15th C) German: Simmler 82; (Old High) German: Blum 77, Greule 82c; German (technical speech): Sadzinski & Weigt 85; German vs. (Classical) Latin: see (Classical) Latin; German vs. Rumanian: Stănescu 86; German vs. Russian: see Russian; Indo-European: Krisch 84; Italian: Bianco 86; (Classi­ cal) Latin: Happ 78, Heberlein 86, Pinkster 80, Pinkster 85, Serbat 78; (Classical) Latin vs. German: Heilig 78; Rumanian vs. German: see German; Russian: Klimonow 71, Mühlner 73, Růžička 78b, Stepanowa 73; Russian vs. German: Kade & Kade 72; Slavic: Fridrich 70, Straková 70; Spanish: Hurst 51; Tabasaran: Ostrowski 81; Tagalog: Drossard 84a;

Subject Index

601

adjective phrase of mental property & unaccusativity & val.: see ERGATIVITY adjectival. val. [adj. val.]: Dutch: Langendonck 92; German: Junker 69, Junker 70, Riemsdijk 83, Sommerfeldt 71, Sommerfeldt & Schreiber 71, Sommerfeldt & Schreiber 74; adj. prepositional val. & dictionary/exicography & foreign language teaching [flt]: see also val. & dictionary; PREPOSITION (preposition & val.); English: Herbst 84; adj. val. &flt: see also val. & At; German: Götze 79; adj. val. & val. of de adjectiv al noun: see also nominal val.; German: Herbst 83; adnominal past particple &val.՝.German: Schenkel 71; argument PP vs. co-predicating PP & causation, val.: see PREPOSITION causative & val.: see CAUSATIVE centrifugal vs. centripetal potency: German: Abramow 67a; government: see val. & dependency; val. & government; val. vs. sentential constituents vs. government vs. dependency; CASE (case & government; extended standard theory & case-assignment, wh-movement, government, binding); GRAMMATICAL RELA­ TION (grammatical relation & government, (binding, val.)); NOMINATIVE (nomina­ tive & government); PREPOSITION (preposition & other language influence on its syntactic government); SUBJECT (subject deletion & government); government & case-theory, theta-theory, (binding), (subject paradox): general: Iwakura 82a, Iwakura 82b; English: Iwakura 82a, Iwakura 82b; German: Riiffer 89; Romance: Melis & Tasmowski 85; government, proper government & exceptional case marking: English: Davis 87; French: Davis 87; inner val. & compound: German: Stepanowa 67; nominal val. [nom. val.]: see also adj. val. & val. of deadjectival. nouns; English: Herbst 88; French: Stage 86; German: Hartmann 79, Sandberg 82, Sommerfeldt & Schreiber 77, Teubert 79; nom. val. & deverbal noun: English: Czepluch 89, Randow 86; nom. val. dictionary: see also val. dictionary; German: Sommerfeldt & Schreiber 75; nominative & val.: see NOMINATIVE nominative-accusative type vs. ergativity as orientation toward agent vs. object & val.: see NOMINATIVE object & val.: see OBJECT participation hierarchy & dependency, interdependency, constituency: see PARTICIPA­ TION passive & val.: see PASSIVE predicate verb val.: see PREDICATE pronominal val.: German: Erlinger 71; quantitative val.: German: Seppänen 81; semantic val. [sem. val.]: see also syntactic vs. semantic-logical val.; val. & semantic relation; SEMANTIC RELATION; English: Janse 88; French: Rosentsveig 86; Ger­ man: Fortstreuter 68, Perl 73a, Schumacher 86; (Luther Bible) German: Wolf 84; sem. val. & contrastive linguistics: general: Wotjak 72; German: Wotjak 72; sem. val. & (in)transitivity: see also val. & transitivity; French: Rothemberg 91; Marwari: Magier 84;

602

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

sem. val. & language use restriction: English: Perl 75; German: Perl 75; sem. val. & polysemy & meaning extension:. Romance: Koch 91; sem. val. of prefixed verb: see also val.-bound vs. -unbound & prefixed verb & abstract clitic hypothesis; val. & val. change & verbal prefix; SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation of prefixed transitive verb); German: Levitienne 66; sem. val. of the verb:.Finnish: Jämsä 86; sem. val. & verb of 'giving', 'taking', prepositional verb: see also val. & verb 'give'; DATIVE (analytical dative vs. synthetic dative (& verb of giving/saying)); PREPOSI­ TION (preposition 'a' & 'de' & verb of giving/direction & case-grammar; preposition & val.); SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & verb of 'giving'); German: Bondzio & Göllmer 76; sem. val. & verb 'promote': German vs. Russian: Hochmuth 75; Russian vs. German: see German; spatial val.: German: Eichinger 89; static vs. dynamic val. & subject: German: Sadziński 85; Polish: Sadziński 85; subject & val.: see SUBJECT syntactic vs. semantic-logical val.: see also semantic val.; val. & semantics, syntax; German: Helbig 75b, Schumacher 86; syntactic vs. semantic-logical val. & lexicon: see also val. & lexicon; German: Helbig 83b; temporal val.: German: Eichinger 89; val. & adverbial complement: German: Bondzio 74b; val. & automatic language processing: general: Gebruers 91; German: Klimonow 89; val. & automatic translation & congruence: see also val. & deep (vs. surface) structure & automatic translation; val. & translation; German: Helbig 85c, Weissgerber 83; val. bibliography: see also val. & dependency grammar bibliography; general: Perl & Wotjak 74-75, Wotjak 79; val.-bound vs. val.-unbound/val.-dependency/facultativity vs. obligatoriness/Angabe vs. Ergänzung: see also val. & (gradation of) dependency; val. vs. sentential constituents vs. government vs. dependency; DATIVE (free vs. bound dative); LOCATIVE (val.-bound locative vs. propositional locative); PARTICIPATION (optional participant); PREPO­ SITION (argument PP vs. co-predicating PP & causation, val.); PRONOUN (reflexive pronoun & val.-bound vs. -unbound); general: Askedal 85, allweg-Schramm 76, Barck & Pfüller 75, Biere 76, Fanselow 89a, Greule 73, Henne 73, Kotschi 91, Lahaye 74, Lefèvre 74, Materna & Sgall 83, Pasch 77, Pfeifer 74, Sæbø 84, Wotjak 91; English: Materna & Sgall 83; German: Askedal 85, Ballweg 72, Ballweg-Schramm 76, Barck & Pfüller 75, Eroms 91, Ballweg, Hacker & Schumacher 72, Helbig 82a, Heuer 77, Lahaye 74, Lefèvre 74, Pasch 77, Sæbø 84, Wotjak 91; (Classical) Latin: Heberlein 86; val.-bound vs. val.-unbound & flt: German: Götze 74b; val.-bound vs. val.-unbound & instrumental: German: Ballweg 76; val.-bound vs. -unbound & prefixed verb & abstract clitic hypothesis: see also semantic val. of prefixed verb; val. & val. change & verbal prefix; English: Keyser & Roeper 92; val.-bound vs. val.-unbound & textcontext: general: Nikula 86; German: Nikula 86, Schwitalla 85;

Subject Index

603

val. &/vs. case: see also CASE (case, case-particle & val.; case & flexion & val.; case & preposition & val.); general: Eroms 81a, Helbig 89b, Kern 74; German: Dessoy 74, Helbig 89b, Heringer 84, Kern 74; val. & case & computational linguistics: see also val. & computational linguistics; general: Somers 87, Starosta 87a/90; val. & case-grammar, general: Wotjak 78; English: Fink 81a; German: Hyvärinen 90, Sommerfeldt 89, Welke 88; val. & case-grammar & flt: general: Fink 76, Fink 77; German: Fink 76, Fink 77; val. & categorial syntax: see also val. & syntax; general: Günther 78; val. & cognitive grammar: see also val. & prototype semantics; general: Langacker 86b, Langacker 88b; Uto-Aztec an: Langacker 88b; val. & computational model: see also val. & case & computational linguistics; general: Helbig 88c; val. & contrastive linguistics, translation linguistics: see also val. & translation; general: Kade 75; val. & deep (vs. surface) structure: see also val. & semantic relation; English vs. German: Irtenjewa 71; German: Helbig 69; Russian vs. English: see English; val. & deep (vs. surface) structure & automatic translation: see also val. & automatic translation; English vs. German: Rothkegel 78; German vs. English: see English; val., deep (vs. surface) structure & semantics: see also val. & prototype semantics; val. & semantics; German: Helbig 70a; val. & (gradation of) dependency (theory) (complement vs. adjunct): see also val.-bound vs. -unbound; val. vs. sentential constituent vs. government vs. dependency; PARTICI­ PATION (participation hierarchy & dependency); PASSIVE (passive & dependency grammar); SUBJECT (subject & dependency); general: Bell 69, Vater 75a; English: Somers 84; German: Helbig 81a, Korhonen 77, Vater 78; Romance: Koch & Krefeld 91a, Koch & Krefeld 91b; val. & dependency grammar bibliography: see also val. bibliography; general: Schu­ macher & Trautz 76; val. & diathesis: German: Heger 66; (computerized or printed) val. (& distribution) dictionary [val. dict.]: see also adj. prepositional val. & dictionary; nominal val. dictionary; val. & lexicon; val. & translation dictionary; general: Biesen 74, Roberts 81, Schumacher 76b; English: Roberts 81; German: Abramow & Stepanowa 70, Biesen 74, Götze 73, Hamel & Schumacher 76, Hardy 74, Helbig & Schenkel 67, Helbig & Schenkel 69/73, Kaempfert 71, Kappaun 71, Klimonow 70, Mattausch 70, Sandig 70, Schumacher 71, Schumacher 72a, Schumacher 72b, Schumacher 75a, Schumacher 76c, Schumacher 76d, Tarvainen 73, Valgard 72; German vs. Japanese: see Japanese; German vs. Rumanian: Engel, Lăzărescu, Mihailă-Cova, Popa, Roth & Savin 83; Japanese vs. German: Rickmeyer 75; Rumanian vs. German: see German; val. dict. vs. defining dictionary ¿¿pragmatics & flt: general: see also val. & pragmatics; gererai: Zöfgen 85; English: Zöfgen 85; French: Zöfgen 85; German: Zöfgen 85; val. dict. & flt: Dutch vs. German: Weeren 77; English: Herbst 87; German vs. Dutch: see Dutch;

604

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

val. dict. & grammar: German: Schumacher 85; val. dict. & subject feature: see also SUBJECT (subject & val.); German: Hyvärinen 83; val. of directional verb: German: Romeyke 70; val. & discourse: German: Bluhm 78; val. & distributive construction: Even: Maltshukov 92; val. &flt: see also adj. val. & flt; val.-bound vs. -unbound & flt; val. & case-grammar & flt; val. dictionary vs. defining dictionary & pragmatics & flt; val. & lexicography & flt; general: Fink 76, Günther & Pape 76; French: Happ 78a; German: Eroms 72, Fink 76, Götze 74a, Götze 76, Götze 79, Günther & Pape 76, Helbig 65, Helbig 70b, Helbig 77a, Wegener 80, Wotjak 76b; (Classical) Latin: Heilig 85; val. &flt& prototypicality: German: Patzold 85; val.-four verb: (Old High) German: Blum 84; val. offunction verb construction (phraseological unit): English: Müller 84; val. & government: see also government; val. vs. sentential constituent vs. government vs. dependency; German: Pankratova 86; val. & grammars: (12th-17th C) Latin: Seidel 82; val. & grammatical relation: general: Lehmann 82a/83; Danish: Herslund 88c; English: Herslund 88c; French: Herslund 88c; val. & indirect object/dative: see also val. & val. change & dative; DATIVE (dative & val.); general: Paul 87; val. inheritance & verb of motion: see also val. & motion vs. stative verb; German: Jacobs 92; val. & intransitivization: see also val. & transitivity; TRANSITIVITY (intransitivization); (Classical) Latin: Touratier 87b; val. & lexicon/lexicology/lexicography: see also adj. prepositional val. & dictionary/ lexicography; val. dictionary; syntactic vs. semantic val. & lexicon; CASE THEORIES (CASE-GRAMMAR (case-grammar & lexicon & val.)); general: Bondzio 82, Buch­ binder 71, Roberts 81; Danish: Herslund & Sørensen 82; Dutch vs. German: Megen 83; English: Roberts 81; English vs. German: Boas 78; French: Herslund 85, Herslund 87, Herslund & Sørensen 82; German: Buchbinder 71, Engel & Schumacher 76-78, Helbig 83a, Helbig 86, Kolvenbach 72, Schumacher 72b; German vs. Dutch: see Dutch; German vs. English: see English; val. & lexicography & flt: German: Ickler 85; val. & modal/affective verb: Daghestan: Kibrik 87; val. & motion vs. stative verb: see also val. inheritance & motion verb; German: Gerling & Orthen 79; val. & polysemous verb: German: Helbig 85c, Weissgerber 83; val. & pragmatics/communication: see also val. dictionary vs. defining dictionary & pragmatics; val. & semantics, syntax, pragmatics; val. & verbs of 'change of posses­ sion' (give, take) & pragmatics; general: Helbig 85b, Helbig 90c, Nikula 85; Bulgarian: Sarlov 91; German: Helbig 90c, Sarlov 91, Schmidt 85; val. & preposition-preverb: see also PREPOSITION (preposition & val.); German: Horlitz 82; val. of propositional argument & syntactic variance: Portuguese: Gärtner 91; val. & prototype semantics: see also val. & cognitive grammar; val., deep (vs. surface) structure & semantics; val. & semantics; general: Welke 87; German: Welke 87;

Subject Index

605

val. & psych verb: German vs. Greek: Butulussi 91, Gebruers 92; Greek vs. German: see German; val. reduction & dialogue: see also val. & val. change; German: Michajlov 71; val. & scene: see also val., verb semantics & scene; general: Helbig 87; German: Helbig 87; val. & semantics: see also sem. val.; val., deep (vs. surface) structure & semantics; val. & prototype semantics; val. & semantic relation; val. & verb semantics; general: Zifonun 72; German: Helbig 76a, Helbig 85c, Helbig 90c, Itälä 86, Weissgerber 83; val. & semantics, syntax, pragmatics: see also syntactic vs. semantic-logical val.; val. & pragmatics; val. & syntax; general: Růžička 78a; Russian: Rużićka 78a; val. & semantic incompability & translation science: see also val. & translation; general: Fleischmann 75; Russian: Fleischmann 75; val. & semantic feature analysis: German: Wotjak 75; val. & semantic relation: see also semantic val.; val. & deep (vs. surface) structure; val. & subcategorisation, semantic selection rules; val. & theta-roles; SEMANTIC RELA­ TION (incorporation of semantic relation into verb); general: Pasch 77; German: Pasch 77; val. & semantic relation & language change: English: Schendl 85; val. & sentential constituents/sentence structure (levels): general: Petit 74, Verwilst 74; German: Nikula 82, Seyfert 76, Verwilst 74, Welke & Meinhard 74; German vs. Rumanian: Sandu 86; Rumanian vs. German: see German; Slavic: Růžička 70; val. vs. sentential constituents vs. government vs. dependency: see also government; val. & (gradation of) dependency (theory); val. & government; val.-bound vs. -unbound; general: Schmidt 91; val. &. speechact verb: French: Wüest 91; val. & speechlevels: German: Helbig 82b; val. & stative verb: Catalan: Hernández Sacristán 91; Spanish: Hernández Sacristán 91; val. & subcategorisation, semantic selection rule: see also val. & semantic relation; German: Hardy 74; val. & substantival. sentence (noun as centre of sentence): German: Sommerfeldt 76; val. & syntax: see also val. & categorial syntax; val. & semantics, syntax; val. & val. change & syntactic change; general: Bondzio 74a; German: Bondzio 74a; val. & textual relation: German: Fries 87, Helbig 85c, Weissgerber 83; (Old High German): Greule 82a; val. & textual relation & language system: general: Nikula 86, Sommerfeldt 91; German: Nikula 86, Sommerfeldt 91; val. & theta-role: see also val. & semantic relation; general: Platzack 88; val. of transitive verb: see also semantic val. & (in)transitivity, val. & intransitivization; TRANSITIVITY (transitivity vs. intransitivity & val.); (Ancient) Greek: Zsilka 65; val., transitivity & participation: general: Lamiroy & Swiggers 92; val. & (lexical) translation equival.ents: see also val. & automatic translation; val. & contrastive linguistics, translation linguistics; val. & semantic incompabilities & translation science; general: Perl 74; val. & translation dictionary: see also val. & dictionary; general: Schade 75; val. & val. change: see also val. reduction; CAUSATIVE ((causative) verb derivation & val. change); general: Roberts 87a; English: Roberts 87a; German: Krisch 82;

606

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

val. & val. change & dative: see also val. & indirect object/dative; DATIVE (dative & val.); German: S chöfer 89; val. & val. change & extended categorial grammar: general: Keenan & Timberlake 85; English: Keenan & Timberlake 85; val. & val. change in infinitival. construction: German: Teubert 73; val. & val. change & syntactic change: see also val. & syntax; German: Schrodt 82; val. & val. change & verbal prefix: see also semantic val. of prefixed verb;val.֊boundvs. -unbound & prefixed verb; German: Schröder 85b, Schröder 86; val. & val. change of verbal suffix: Swahili: Samuelsdorff 91; val. & verb & information structure: Romance: Österreicher 91; val. & verb 'beziehen auf: German: Schumacher 85; val. & verb of 'change of possession' (give, take) & pragmatics: see also sem. val. & verb of 'giving'; val. & pragmatics; val. & verb 'give'; DATIVE (analytical dative vs. synthetic dative (& verb of giving/saying)); POSSESSIVE (possessive verb (& verb of possession change)); SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & verb of 'giving'); German: Welke 89; val. & verb 'geschehen' (& alternatives): German: Mogensen 92; val. & verb of 'getting information, inquiring': Bulgarian vs. Polish: Popova 79; Polish vs. Bulgarian: see Bulgarian; val. & verb 'give': see also sem. val. & verb of 'giving'; val. & verb of 'change of possession'; DATIVE (analytical dative vs. synthetic dative (& verb of giving/saying)); SEMANTIC RELATION (semantic relation & verb of 'giving'); Arabic vs. German: see German; German: Schaeder 84; German vs. Arabic: Abd Er Rahman 87; val. & verb of 'newsbroadcasting': (Written) French: Einert 75: val. & verb of 'saying': see also DATIVE (analytical dative vs. synthetic dative (& verb of giving/saying)); German vs. Polish: Ziebart 79b; Polish vs. German: see German; val. & verb 'teilen': German: Lerot 74; vol., verb semantics & scene: see also val. & scene; val. & semantics; general: Wotjak 88; German: Wotjak 88; val. & word-order: general: Kern 74; German: Kern 74; zero-val.: German: Heringer 67; VOCATIVE [VOC] general: Harweg 67, Schooneveld 86, Trost 47; Bulgarian: Čepel' & Stojanov 84; Bulgarian vs. Ukrainian: see Ukrainian; Czech: Sgall 79; French: Cristo 76; English: Gerbert & Gough 80, Zwicky 74b; (Old) French: Beyer 883, Koschwitz 878; (Ancient) Greek: Schulze 23, Scott 04; (Ancient prose) Greek: Loewe 25; Hittite: Güterbock 45, Hahn 50b, Stefanini 74; Indo-European: Benfey 872, Loewe 23, Shields 85b; Kartvelian: Sanidze 56, Topuria 56b; (Classical) Latin: Bonnekamp 71, Fink 72, Fugier 85, Müller 08, Panhuis 86, Plénat 79, Schulze 23, Vairel 81; Provençal: Beyer 883; Romance: Bonnekamp 71; Rumanian: Avram 80b, Bujor 68, Capidan 21, Coteanu 58, Dan 63, Dan 64, Dragomirescu 43, Gheţie 66, Graur 31, Niculescu 58, Niculescu 83, Pătruţ 63, Pătruţ 64, Pătruţ 74, Procopovici 41, Rizescu 63, Rosetti 45, Seche 65, Spitzer 45, Tucker 44, Vasiliu 56, Vasiliu 85, Zdrenghea 56; Rumanian (dialects): Pătruţ 63, Pătruţ 64; (Maramureş) Rumanian: Faiciuc 73, Radu 69; (16th C) Rumanian:

Subject Index

607

Chivu 80; Russian: Čepel' & Stojanov 84; Spanish: Haverkate 78; Ukrainian: Čepel' & Stojanov 84, Plyušč 83, Skab 87, Skab 90; Ukrainian vs. Bulgarian: Čepel 83; address forms: voc & pronoun՛. (Montevideo) Spanish: Elizaicín 78; apposition to voc: Classical languages: Pfuhl 865; contracted voc.: (Classical) Latin: Radford 08; nominative for voc. & indirect call: see also voc. vs. nominative; general՛. Svennung 58; voc. & absolute case՛. Anatolian: Laroche 69; voc & call/exclamation: English: Weite 80; German: Weite 80; Italian: Schmid 76; Romance: Schmid 76; Rumanian: Kerschbaumer 69; voc. & call & accent: Rumanian: Tohăneanu 85; voc & imperative: English: Downing 69; Indo-European: Winter 69; Italian: Conte 72; (Proto-)Indo-European: Winter 69; Scottish Gaelic: Dorian 85; voc & intonation: Rumanian: Dasćalu 84, Dasćalu 85: voc. & localist approach: (Classical) Latin: Hidén 896; voc vs. nominative: see also nominative for voc; voc. as subject vs. nominative as subject; Baltic vs. Slavic: see Slavic; Bulgarian vs. Ukrainian: see Ukrainian; IndoEuropean: Loewe 28; (Spoken) Polish: Zarębina 87; Rumanian: Comşulea 74, Coteanu 58, Dasćalu 84; Slavic vs. Baltic: Schaller 85; Ukrainian: Plyušč 83; Ukrainian vs. Bulgarian: Cepel' 83; voc. singular: Sanskrit: Hock 75; voc as subject vs. nominative as subject: see also voc. vs. nominative; Polish: Brooks 77; voc. & speechact: (Classical) Latin: Panhuis 85; voc. & theatrical discourse: (Early 20th C) Arabic (plays): Moor 90; WORD-ORDER [W-0]/CASE-, CONSTITUENT-ORDER general: Dik 80a, Dik 83, Dryer 88, Eliasson 80, Foster & Hofling 87; Amazonian: Derbyshire 87; Dinka: Andersen 91; Dutch: Haider 86, Janssen 76-77; English: Berman 74, Dryer 86b, Hajičová & Sgall 87; (Old) English: García 79; Finnish: Hoover 84; (Bilingual) French & German (child language): see German; German: Connolly 87, Haider 86; (Bilingual) German & French (child language): Meisel 85; (Ancient) Greek: Hermann 38; Indo-European: Faarlund 87; Krongo: Reh 83; Macushi: Carson 83; Portuguese: Brakel 80; Russian: Babby 78b; Samoan: Cook 87; Spanish: Brakel 80, Delbecque 78; Uralic: Comrie 80; absolute ablative & w-o: see ABLATIVE accusative vs. dative pronoun & w-o: see ACCUSATIVE adjacency: see APPOSITION (apposition & case (& adjacency)); CASE (case & (case-) adjacency condition); CASE THEORIES (CASE THEORY (case-theory & case filter & adjacency)); adpositional clitic & w-o: see CLITIC agent &. w-o: see AGENT basic w-o & universality: general: Mithun 87; case & w-o: see CASE clitic & w-o: see CLITIC dative & w-o: see DATIVE direct object & w-o: see DIRECT OBJECT

608

Case, Semantic Roles, and Grammatical Relations

double object construction & w-o: see DOUBLE OBJECT CONSTRUCTION ergativity & w-o: see ERGATIVITY genitive & w-o: see GENITIVE grammatical relation & w-o: see GRAMMATICAL RELATION indirect object & w-o: see INDIRECT OBJECT inversion: see also GRAMMATICAL RELATION (grammatical relation & inversion); LOCATIVE (locative inversion); NOMINATIVE (nominative-dative inversion); OB­ JECT (object inversion); PASSIVE (passive & case & inversion); PREDICATE (inver­ sion predicate); SUBJECT (subject inversion); Udi: Harris 84; inverse marking: Navajo vs. Ojibwa vs. (Lummi) Salish: Jelinek 90; Ojibwa vs. Navajo vs. (Lummi) Salish: see Navajo; (Lummi) Salish vs. Navajo vs. Ojibwa: see Navajo; inversion marker & pronoun: Karok: Macaulay 92; locative & w-o: see LOCATIVE nominative & verb-second: see NOMINATIVE object & w-o: see OBJECT participation & adverbial & (w-)o: see PARTICIPATION possession & w-o: see POSSESSIVE prepositional accusative & w-o: see ACCUSATIVE preposition stranding: see PREPOSITION proleptic nominative: see NOMINATIVE relative clause & w-o: see RELATIVE CLAUSE semantic relation & w-o: see SEMANTIC RELATION subject & w-o: see SUBJECT transitivity & w-o: see TRANSITIVITY verb-prominance, verbinitialness, ergativity & typological disharmony: see also ERGA­ TIVITY (ergativity & w-o); Guajajara: Harrison 86; w-o, case & grammatical relation: see also CASE (case & grammatical relation); Russian: Babby 78b; w-o & communication: English: Kirkwood 69b; German: Kirkwood 69b; w-o & lexicase-grammar: see also CASE THEORIES (LEXICASE-GRAMMAR); Man­ darin: Her 85-86; w-o & pragmatics: see also w-o & syntax vs. pragmatics & case; Kaluli (child language): Schieffelin 81; Scandinavian: Faarlund 85; w-o & sentential stress: Spanish: Contreras 80; w-o & syntax vs. pragmatics & case: see also w-o & pragmatics; CASE (case & pragmatics; case & syntax; case & w-o); German (child language): Schaner-Wolles 89; w-o & topic vs. comment: see also TOPIC (topic vs. comment); Luo vs. Nandi: Creider & Creider 83; Nandi vs. Luo: see Luo; Nilotic: Creider & Creider 83;

Language Index and Guide The classification used in the Language Index and the Language Guide is based on the following sources: 1 2

3

Ruhlen, Merritt. 1987. A Guide to the World's Languages. Volume 1: Classification. London: Arnold. Klose, Albrecht. 1987. Sprachen der Welt. Ein weltweiter Index der Sprachfamilien, Einzelsprachen und Dialekte, mit Angabe der Synonyma und fremdsprachigen Äquival.ente. München: Saur. Voegelin, Albrecht. 1977. Classification and Index of the World's Lan­ guages. New York: Elsevier.

For all languages, language guide (1) was first consulted. Whenever this work did not specify the name and classification of a particular language, (2) and/or (3) were checked.

1.

Language Index

This index is intended primarily as an inventory of all languages or language groups explicitly dealt with in the different entries of the Alphabetical Author List. The languages are listed alphabetically. Next to the name of each language/language group, the name of the fundamental language family to which it belongs is listed between square brackets. This should facilitate the retrieval. of a particular language in the Language Guide (section 2.). There are a few language groups for which a larger language family cannot be indicated. These are primarily geographical groupings of languages belonging to different language families, e.g. South-Asian languages, or groupings which are not generally accepted. If a particular language appears under two or more different names in the Author Index, all names are mentioned in the Language Index and crossreferences are provided. The latter are indicated as follows:

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

610 e.g.

(Afghan =) Pashto Pashto (= Afghan)

The brackets in the case of 'Afghan' are meant to signal that 'Afghan' is the less commonly used name of the two and that, consequently, only the name 'Pashto' appears in the Subject Index. The different varieties of a particular language, such as dialects, socio֊ lects, diachronic stages etc., which are explicitly mentioned in the entries of the Alphabetical Author List, are listed underneath the language itself. The following example illustrates the procedure: Spanish Argentinian Spanish Costa Rican Spanish Literary Spanish

Abxaz Acatec (Achehnese =) (Aceh =) Achínese (Adygei =) Circassian languages Adynyamathanha (= Atjnjamathanha) (Afghan) = Pashto African languages Afrikaans (Afutu =) Awutu Agaw languages (= Agau languages) Agua(ca)tec Akkadian Alamblak Alawa Albanian Arbëresh (= Arbresh) (= Italo-Albanian) (Berat) Tosk Aleut languages Altaic languages Alyutor (= Alutor) Amazonian languages Amerind languages Mid American languages North American Indian languages South American Indian languages

[Caucasian] [Amerind] [Austric] [Australian]

[Indo-Hittite] [Afro-Asiatic] [Amerind] [Afro-Asiatic] [Indo-Pacific] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Eskimo-Aleut] [Altaic] [Chukchi-Kamchatan] [Amerind]

Language Index and Guide Amharic Anatolian languages Anuak Päri Apache languages San Carlos Apache Arabana Wangganguru Arabic languages Algerian Cairene Classical = Old Arabic Egyptian Lebanese Modern Arabic dialects Nabataean Tunesian Aramaic languages Biblical Aramaic (= Old Aramaic) Arawakan languages Archi Armenian languages Classical Armenian Western Armenian Athabaskan languages (Atjnjamathanha =) Adynyamathanha Atsugewi Australian languages Austronesian languages Proto-Austronesian to Modern Austronesian Avar(ic) Avestan Young Avestan Awar Awutu (= Afutu) Aymar(a) Azerbaijani Baagandji Southern Baagandji Balkan languages Baltic languages Balto-Slavic languages Bambara Bamileke languages (Bangla =) Bengali

611 [Afro-Asiatic] [Indo-Hittite] [Nilo-Saharan] [Na-Dene] [Australian] [Afro-Asiatic]

[Afro-Asiatic] [Amerind] [Caucasian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Na-Dene] [Amerind] [Austric] [Caucasian] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Pacific] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Amerind] [Altaic] [Australian]

[Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Niger-Kordofanian]

612

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

(Bantu languages =) Bantoid languages Barkly languages Western Barkly languages Basque Biscayan Oñate Biscayan (Bats(bi) =) Tsova-Tush (Bauan =) Fijian Bena Bengali (= Bangla) Béo Berber languages Bichole Bidjara Bisa Blackfoot Bravanese (= ChiMwi:ni) Breton Bularnu Bulgarian Aphasic Bulgarian Bolgarian = Old Bulgarian Middle Bulgarian (gospels) Burmese Burushaski Caddo Cahuilla Cantonese (= Yve) Cape York Peninsula languages Central Cape York Peninsula languages Catalan Caucasian languages (= Ibero-Caucasian languages) North-Caucasian languages North-Western Caucasian languages East-Caucasian languages Caviveña Cebuano Celtic languages Chacobo Chadic languages Chamorro Chechen Chechen-Ingush languages

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Australian] [Language isolate]

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Hittite] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Afro-Asiatic] [Austric] [Australian] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Amerind] [Swahili-based pidgin/ creole] [Indo-Hittite] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Sino-Tibetan] [Language isolate] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Sino-Tibetan] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite] [Caucasian]

[Amerind] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Afro-Asiatic] [Austric] [Caucasian] [Caucasian]

Language Index and Guide Chepang Cheremis(s) (= Mari) (Cherkess =) Cirkassian languages (ChiMwi:ni =) Bravanese Chinese languages Choctaw Chickasaw Cholan languages Chukchi Chuvash Circassian languages (= Adygei) (= Cherkess) Abza(k)h Cora Cordilleran languages Northern Cordilleran languages Cotabato languages Croatian Cree James Bay Cree Moose Cree = Monsoni (Creek =) Muskogee Cushitic languages Czech (Dacorumanian =) Rumanian Dagbani Daghestan languages Nakh-Daghestan Dakota Lak(h)ota = Teton Danish Faroese Danish Dardic Languages (Darghian =) Dargwa (De'kwana =) Ye'cuana Dhalandji (= Talandji) Dhangu (= Thangu) (Dholuo) = Luo Diegueño La Huerta Diegueño Dinka languages Dizi Djaabugay Djambarrbwingu

613 [Sino-Tibetan] [Uralic-Yukaghir]

[Sino-Tibetan] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Chukchi-Kamchatan [Altaic] [Caucasian] [Amerind] [Austric] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind]

[Afro-Asiatic] [Indo-Hittite] [Niger Kordofanian] [Caucasian] [Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite]

[Australian] [Australian] [Amerind] [Nilo-Saharan] [Afro-Asiatic] [Australian] [Australian]

614 Djamindjungan languages Dominican Creole Dravidian languages Dutch Eastern Dutch dialects Flemish West-Flemish Middle Dutch Western Dutch dialects Dyirbal Ekoid languages Benue-Kwa languages Enga (Engadinian =) Raeto-Romance English American (Prose) English American Sign Language Anglo-Saxon = Old English Aphasic English Canadian English Early Middle English Early Modern English Middle English Old English Northumbrian Late Old English Ozark English Poetic English Psychiatric Patients' Speech Scientific English Eskimo languages Eskimo-Aleut languages Esperanto Estonian Ethiopic languages Even (= Lamut) Evenki Ewe Eyak Faliscan (Farsi =) Persian Fijian (=Bauan) Finnic languages Baltic Finnic languages

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial

Relations

[Australian] [French-based creole] [Elamo-Dravidian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Australian] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Pacific] [Indo-Hittite]

[Eskimo-Aleut] [Invented language] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Afro-Asiatic] [Altaic] [Altaic] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Na-Dene] [Indo-Hittite] [Austric] [Uralic-Yukaghir]

Language Index and Guide East Sea Finnic West Finnic Finnish American (Minnesota) Finnish Old Literary Finnish Riddles South West Finnish dialects Law Texts' Finnish (Finnish-Volgaic languages =) Volgaic languages Finno-Ugric languages Folopa Fon Fore Franco-Provençal French Colloquial French Corsican French Literary French Middle French Old French South-Eastern French Walloon French Frisian Old (East) Frisian Fula(ni) Gadsup (=Kainantu) Gahuku Garawa Gayardilt Yukulta Ge languages Georgian Modern Georgian Old Georgian Gurian German Berlin German Biblical German Early New High German German gypsy dialect Kals German Low German ; Northern Low (Saxon) German Luther Bible German Luzern German Middle High German

615

[Uralic-Yukaghir]

[Uralic-Yukaghir] [Austric] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Pacific] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Pacific] [Indo-Pacific] [Australian] [Australian] [Amerind] [Caucasian]

[Indo-Hittite]

616

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

New High German Old High German Osttirol German Rhine German Ruhrgerman Rumanian Banat dialect Scientific German Swabian Zürich German Germanic languages Northgermanic = Scandinavian = Nordic languages Westgermanic languages Gilyak (Gooniyandi =) Guniyan Gorokan languages of New Guinea Gorum (= Parengi) Gothic Greek Ancient Greek (Prose) Homer Greek Mycenaean = Mycenian Biblical Greek Greek dialects (Aeolic, Arcadian, Attic) Greenlandic Guahibo Guahibo Narrative Discourse Guajajara Guaraní Guarijío (= Varogio) Yagui Guarijio Gugu Yalandyi Gujarătī Gumbaynggir (= Kumbainggar) Guniyan (= Gooniyandi) Gyarung (= Jyarung) Haida Haitian Creole Halkomelem Hare Hausa Old Hausa Hawaiian Hawaiian Creole Haya OluTsooto Haya

[Indo-Hittite]

[Language isolate]

[Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite]

[Eskimo-Aleut] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite] [Australian] [Australian] [Sino-Tibetan] [Na-Dene] [French-based creole] [Amerind] [Na-Dene] [Afro-Asiatic] [Austric] [English-based creole] [Niger-Kordofanian]

Language Index and Guide Hebrew Classical Hebrew Colloquial Israeli Hebrew Hidatsa Hindi Medieval. Western Hindi Hittite Old Hittite Kaneshite (= Kanesian) Old Kaneshite Hopi Hua Huichol Santa Catarina Huichol Hungarian Hurrian (Ibero-Caucasian languages =) Caucasian languages Ibero-Romance languages Ibibio Icelandic Old Icelandic Igbo Ik (= Teuso) Ilok(ano) Indic languages (= Indo-Aryan languages) East Central Indic Sarnami Middle Indo-Aryan Indo-European Late Common Indo-European (Proto-) Indo-European Indo-European languages Indo-Iranian languages Indonesian Bahasa Indonesian Formal Indonesian Ingush Inuit (= Inuk) Labrador Inuit Iranian languages Iranian languages of USSR Old East Iranian Irish Old Irish

617 [Afro-Asiatic]

[Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite]

[Amerind] [Indo-Pacific] [Amerind] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Language isolate] [Indo-Hittite] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Hittite] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Nilo-Sanaran] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite] [Austric]

[Caucasian] [Eskimo-Aleut] [Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite]

618

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

Italian Altamura dialect Asturian Italian Central(-South) Italian dialects Corsican Florentino Old Italian Sicilian Tuscan Venetic Italic languages (Itel'men =) Kamchadal Itza Ivatan languages lxil Jacaltec Japanese Japanese Child Language Javanese Old Javanese Jinghpaw (= Kachin) (Jur =) Luo (Jyarung =) Gyarung Kabardian Kabyle (Kachin =) Jinghpaw (Kainantu =) Gadsup Kalagan Kala Lagaw Ya (= Mabuiag) Saibai (= Dauan) Kalam Kalasha Kalispel Spokane Kalkatungu Kalmyk Kaluli Kamchadal (= Itel'men) Kannada Northern Havyaka Kannada Kanuri Kapampangan Karitiani Karok

[Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Austric] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Altaic] [Austric] [Sino-Tibetan]

[Caucasian] [Afro-Asiatic]

[Austric] [Australian] [Indo-Pacific] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Australian] [Altaic] [Indo-Pacific] [Chukchi-Kamchatan] [Elamo-Dravidian] [Nilo-Sanaran] [Austric] [Amerind] [Amerind]

Language Index and Guide Kartvelian languages Kashmiri Poguli Kate Kati Kekchi Ket (KiMeru =) Meru (Kinyarwanda =) Rwanda Kirirí Kipeá Kirirí Komi Korafe Korean Krio Krongo Kuikúro (Kumbainggar =) Gumbaynggir Kunimaipa Kuniyanti Kurdi(c) Kuuku Ya'u (Kwa languages =) Ekoid languages Lah(a)nda Lahu Lak (Lamut =) Even Laotian White Hmong Laotian Lappic (= Saamic) Kola-Lappic Lardil Latin Balkan Latin Classical Latin Late (Vulgar - Middle Ages) Latin Merovingian Latin Latvian Kōrsovan Latvian Literary Latvian Laz Migrelo-Laz Pazar-Laz Lezgi(an)

619 [Caucasian] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Pacific] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Language isolate]

[Amerind] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Indo-Pacific] [Altaic] [English-based pidgin/ creole] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Amerind] [Indo-Pacific] [Indo-Hittite] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite] [Sino-Tibetan] [Caucasian] [Austric] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite]

[Caucasian]

[Caucasian]

620

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial

Lithuanian Low Lithuanian (dialects) U.S.A.-Lithuanian Loma Longuda Luba-Lulua (= Tshiluba) Luiseño Luo (= Dholuo) (= Jur) (Lusatian languages =) Sorbían languages Lushéi (= Lushai) (= Mizo) Luwian Hieroglypic Luwian Luyia Lydian (Mabuiag =) Kala Lagaw Ya Macedonian Macushi Maipuran languages Maithili Malagasy Malay Classical Malay Colloquial Malay Malayalam Malayo-Polynesian languages Maltese Manam Manchu Mandara Mandarin Dào Mandarin Mandé languages Mangap (= Mbula) (Manipuri =) Meithei Manobo languages Proto-Manobo Mansi (= Vogul) Maori Maranao Marathi (Mari =) Cheremis(s) Marshallese Marwari Masi Mauritian Creole

Relations

[Indo-Hittite]

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Amerind] [Nilo-Saharan] [Sino-Tibetan] [Indo-Hittite] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Austric] [Austric]

[Elamo-Dravidian] [Austric] [Afro-Asiatic] [Austric] [Altaic] [Afro-Asiatic] [Sino-Tibetan] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Austric] [Austric] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Austric] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Niger-Kordofanian] [French-based creole]

Language Index and Guide Maya Mayan languages Mba Dongko-ko (Mbula =) Mangap Mbundu (=Umbundu) Meithei (= Manipuri) Melanesian languages Meru (= KiMeru) Micronesian languages Miriwung Miwok languages (Mizo =) Lushéi Mixtee Chalcatongo Mohave (= Mojave) Mongolian languages Mordvin Erzja-Mordvin Moru Mugii (= Saker) Munda languages South Munda Mundari Mura Pirahã Murrinh Patha Muruwari Muskogean languages Western Muskogean languages Muskogee (= Creek) Oklahoma Seminole Creek Nahuatl Classical Nahuatl Tetelcingo Nahuatl Nama Khoekhoe Nanaj languages Nandi Nasioi (Nass-Gitksan =) Tsimshian Navajo Nax languages Nenets (= Yurak) Forest Yurak

621 [Austric] [Amerind] [Niger-Kordofanian]

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Sino-Tibetan] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Austric] [Australian] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Altaic] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Nilo-Sanaran] [Indo-Pacific] [Austric] [Austric] [Amerind] [Australian] [Australian] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Amerind]

[Khoisan] [Altaic] [Nilo-Sanaran] [Indo-Pacific] [Na-Dene] [Caucasian] [Uralic-Yukaghir]

622

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

Nepali Newari Nez-Perce Ngandi Ngayarda languages Ngenkikurrungur Niger-Congo languages Nilotic languages Niuean Nootka Nordic languages Norwegian Colloquial Norwegian Old Norse Oppdalsmålet Nostratic languages Nunggubuyu Nyanja Cewa = Chichewa (Occitan =) Provençal Oceanic languages Ojibwa Okanagan Colville Nicola Lake Okanagan Opata (= Teguima) Oromo Wellega Oromo Oscan Ostyak (= Xanty) Vach Paiute Southern Paiute Ute Palauan Pali Vinaya-Pitaka Pama-Nyungan languages Pamir languages Panare Panoan languages (Papua-New Guinea languages =) Trans-New Guinea languages (Parengi =) Gorum Pashto (= Afghan) Paumari

[Indo-Hittite] [Sino-Tibetan] [Amerind] [Australian] [Australian] [Australian] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Nilo-Saharan] [Austric] [Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite]

[Australian] [Niger-Kordofanian]

[Austric] [Amerind] [Amerind]

[Amerind] [Afro-Asiatic] [Indo-Hittite] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Amerind]

[Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Amerind]

[Indo-Hittite] [Amerind]

Language Index and Guide Permic languages Persian (= Farsi) Old Persian Philippine languages Pima(-Papago) Pitta-Pitta Polish Legal language Old Eastern Polish Spoken Polish Polynesian languages Pomo languages Eastern Pomo Proto-Pomo Portuguese Brasilian Portuguese Galician Portuguese Literary Portuguese Provençal (= Occitan) Béarnais Gascon (7th C) Languedocien Punjabi Quechua Ancas(h) = Waylay Ayacucho Huanca Imbabura Quiché Raeto-Romance (= Engadinian) (= Romansh) Lower Engadinian Rapanui Rembarrnga Rennellese Rigvedic Ritharngu Romance languages (Romanian =) Rumanian (Romansh =) Raeto-Romance Rumanian (= Dacorumanian) (=Romanian) Arumanian Maramure Ţara Lăpuşului Russian Belo-Russian

623 [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Indo-Hittite] [Austric] [Amerind] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Austric] [Amerind]

[Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite] [Amerind]

[Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Austric] [Australian] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite]

624

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial

Old Novgorodsk Russian Russian Child Language Russian Literary Language Northern Russian Technical Russian Literary Russian Rwanda (= Kinyarwanda) (Saamic =) Lappic Sacapultec (Saker =) Mugil Salish languages Coast Salish languages Proto-Salish Lummi Samo languages Samoan Samoan of Bangasoko (Burkina Faso) Sandave Sanskrit Sanuma Saramaccan Sardinian Scottish Gaelic Selepet Serbian Svinita Serbo-Croatian Shtokavian Language of Vuk Seri (SeSesotho =) Sotho Shambala Shina Gilgiti Shina Guresi Shina (Shokleng =) Xokleng Shona (Siamese =) Thai Siane Siberian (Asiatic) Eskimo Sign Language American Sign language Sihia (= Tangut) Sinhalese (Siswati =) Swati

Relations

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Amerind] [Amerind]

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Austric] [Khoisan] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [English-based pidgin/ creole] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Pacific] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite]

[Amerind] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Hittite]

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Indo-Pacific] [Eskimo-Aleut] [Invented language] [Sino-Tibetan] [Indo-Hittite]

Language Index and Guide Slave Slavic languages Balto-Slavic languages East Slavic Medieval. East Slavic Old Church Slavonic Old Slavic (gospels) Slovak Slovene Sogdian Somali Sora Sorbían languages (= Lusatian languages) Upper Sorbían Lower Sorbían Lower Upper Sorbían Sotho (= SeSotho) South-African languages South-Asian languages Spanish American Spanish Argentinian Spanish Asturian Spanish Buenos Aires Spanish (Spoken) Caracas Spanish Castilian Spanish Central North Spanish (Santiago de) Chile Spanish Costa Rican Spanish Gran Canaria Spanish Literary Spanish Madrid Spanish Mexican American Spanish Montevideo Spanish Navarrese Spanish Old Spanish Porteño Spanish Quiteño Spanish Sandander Spanish (Spoken) Venezuelan Spanish Squamish Sre Sumerian Svan Swahili Swati

625 [Na-Dene] [Indo-Hittite]

[Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite] [Afro-Asiatic] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite]

[Niger-Kordofanian] [Khoisan] [Indo-Hittite]

[Amerind] [Austric] [Language isolate] [Caucasian] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Niger-Kordofanian]

626

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

Swedish Överkalix Old Swedish Ovredal Norrbotensmålen = North-Swedish Syriac Tabasaran Tagalog Tairora Takic languages (Talandji =) Dhalandji Talysh Tamil (Tangut =) Sihia Tarascan Tati (Teguima =) Opata Telugu (Teuso =) Ik Thai (= Siamese) (Thangu =) Dhangu Tibetan Lhasa Tibetan Literary vs. Spoken Tibetan Sherpa Tibeto-Burman languages Ticuna Tiwa languages Southern Tiwa Toba atak Tocharian languages Tocharian  Tolai Tongan Trans-New Guinea languages (= Papua-New Guinea languages) Trumai (Tshiluba =) Luba-Lulua Tsimshian (= Nass-Gitksian) Coast Tsimshian Tsova-Tush(ian) (= Bats(bi)) Tuki Turkish Kypchak Turkish Oguzk Turkish Old Turkic

[Indo-Hittite]

[Afro-Asiatic] [Caucasian] [Austric] [Indo-Pacific] [Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Elamo-Dravidian] [Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Elamo-Dravidian] [Austric] [Sino-Tibetan]

[Sino-Tibetan] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Austric] [Indo-Hittite] [Austric] [Austric] [Indo-Pacific] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Caucasian] [Niger-Kordofanian [Altaic]

Language Index and Guide Tzotzil Tzutujil Ubyx Udi Ugric languages Ob-Ugric languages Uighur Ukranian Umbrian (Umbundu =) Mbundu Uralic languages Urdu Uto-Aztecan languages Proto-Uto-Aztecan Uzbek (Varogio =) Guarijío Vedic Brahmanas Vietnamese (Vogul =) Mansi Volgaic languages (= Finnish-Volgaic languages) Votic Wagawaga Duungidjawu Wagaya Wakhi Walmajarri Wangaybuwan Wangkumara Wappo Waray Waris Warlpiri Warluwara Warrgamay Waruηgu Washo Pre-Washo Waura Welsh Wichita Winnebago (Xanty =) Ostyak Xhosa Xokleng (= Shokleng)

627 [Amerind] [Amerind] [Caucasian] [Caucasian] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Altaic] [Indo-Hittite] [Indo-Hittite] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Altaic] [Indo-Hittite] [Austric] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Austric] [Australian] [Indo-Hittite] [Australian] [Australian] [Australian] [Amerind] [Austric] [Indo-Pacific] [Australian] [Australian] [Australian] [Australian] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Amerind]

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

628 Yagua Yakut Yami Yandruwandha Yanyuwa Yaqui Yawa Ye'cuana (= De'kwana) Yeniseian Yiddish Yidiny Yir Yoront Yoruba I(t)sekiri Yucatec (Yve=) Cantonese Yukaghir Yupik languages Alaskan Central Yupik Central Yupik (Yurak =) Nemets Yuulngu languages

2.

[Amerind] [Altaic] [Austric] [Australian] [Australian] [Amerind] [Amerind] [Indo-Hittite] [Australian] [Australian] [Niger-Kordofanian] [Amerind] [Uralic-Yukaghir] [Eskimo-Aleut]

[Australian]

Language Guide

The main purpose of the Language Guide is to locate the languages mentioned in the bibliography within the larger language groups and families to which they belong. All languages/language groups listed in 1. are italicized in the Language Guide. Language groups are written in upper case; individual languages in lower case. AFRO-ASIATIC languages I. BERBER I.1. BERBER PROPER A. NORTHERN .1. KABYLE: Kabyle IL CHADIC ILL MANDARA-MATAKAM A. MANDARA A.L MANDARA PROPER: Mandara II.2. WEST

Language Index and Guide A. GROUP A A.l. HAUSA: Hausa III. ANCIENT EGYPTIAN: + Ancient Egyptian IV. OMOTIC IV.1. NORTH A. DIZOID: Dizi V. CUSHITIC V.l. CUSHITIC PROPER A. CENTRAL CUSHITIC: Agau = Agaw B. EASTERN CUSHITIC B.l. LOWLAND a. OROMOID: Oromo B.2. OMO-TANA a. SAM a.l. SOMALI-AWEER: Somali VI. SEMITIC VI.1. EAST: Akkadian VI.2. WEST A. CENTRAL A.l. ARAMAIC: +Old Aramaic, Aramaic, + Syriac A.2. ARABO-CANAANITE a. CANAANITE: Classical Hebrew, Hebrew b. ARABIC: Maltese B. SOUTH B.l. ETHIOPIC a. SOUTH a.l. TRANSVERSAL i. AMHARIC-ARGOBBA: Amharic ALTAIC languages I. ALTAIC PROPER I.1. TURKIC: +Old Turkic A. BOLGAR: Chuvash B. COMMON TURKIC B.l. EASTERN: Uighur, Uzbek B.2. NORTHERN a. YAKUT: Yakut B.3. SOUTHERN: Turkish a. AZERBAIJANI: Azerbaijani I.2. MONGOLIAN-TUNGUS A. MONGOLIAN A.l. EASTERN a. OIRAT-KHALKHA a.l. OIRAT-KALMYK: Kalmyk

629

630

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

B. TUNGUS B.l. NORTHERN: Even a. EVENKI: Evenki B.2. SOUTHERN a. SOUTH-EASTERN a.1. NANAJ b. SOUTH-WESTERN: Manchu II. KOREAN-JAPANESE: Korean ILL JAPANESE-RYUKYUAN: Japanese AMERIND languages I. ANDEAN I.1. AYMARAN: Aymara L2. QUECHUAN: Quechua IL CENTRAL AMERIND ILL CHIBCHAN-PAEZAN A. CHIBCHAN: Tarascan II.2. OTO-MANGUEAN A. MIXTECAN .1. MIXTEC-CUICATEC: Mixtec IL3. TANOAN A. TEWA-TIWA A.1. TIWA-PIRO a. TIWA a.l. SOUTHERN II.4. UTO-AZTECAN A. AZTECAN A.l. AZTECAN PROPER: Nahuatl, Classical Nahuatl B. CORACHOL: Cora, Huichol  HOPI: Hopi D. NUMIC D.I. SOUTHERN: Southern Paiute E. PIMIC E.1. PIMAN: Pirna

F.TAKIC F.1. CUPAN: Luiseño a. CAHUILLA-CUPEÑO: Cahuilla G. TARACAHITIC G.1. CAHITA: + Opata, Yaqui G.2. TARAHUMARA-GUARIJÍO: Guarijío III. CHIBCHAN-PAEZAN III.1. CHIBCHAN A. YANOMAM: Sanuma III.2. PAEZAN A. MURA: Mura

Language Index and Guide IV. EQUATORIAL-TUCANOAN IV.1. EQUATORIAL: Trumai A. MACRO-ARAWAKAN A.l. ARAWAKAN a. ARAWAN: Paumari b. MAIPURAN b.1. EASTERN i. XINGU: Waura b.2. PRE-ANDINE i. +AMAZONIAN A.2. GUAHIBAN: Guahibo B. KARIRI-TUPI B.l. +KARIRI: +Kirirí B.2. TUPI a. ARIKEM: Karitiani b. TUPI-GUARANI b.l. GROUP I i. TENETEHARA: Guajajara ii. TUPI: Guaraní IV.2. MACRO-TUCANOAN A. TICUNA-YURI: Ticuna V. GE-PANO-CARIB V.l. GE-PANO A. MACRO-GE A.l. GE-KAINGANG a. KAINGANG a.l. NORTHERN: Xokleng

B. MACRO-PANOAN B.l. PANO-TACANA a. PANOAN a.l. SOUTHERN: Chacobo b. TACANAN b.l. TIATINAGUA-TACANA i. ARAONA-TACANA i.1. AVIVEÑA-TACANA i.1.1. CAVIVEÑA: Caviveña V.2. MACRO-CARIB A. CARIB A.l. NORTHERN a. EAST-WEST GUIANA a.l. GROUP 5: Macushi b. NORTHERN BRAZIL: Kuikúro c. WESTERN GUIANA: Panare A.2. SOUTHERN a. SOUTHERN GUIANA: Ye'cuana B. PEBA-YAGUAN: Yagua

631

632

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

VI. NORTHERN AMERIND VI.1. ALMOSAN-KERESIOUAN A. ALMOSAN A.l. ALGIC a. ALGONQUIAN a.l. BLACKFOOT: Blackfoot a.2. ALGONQUIAN PROPER: Cree, Ojibwa A.2. MOSAN a. SALISH a.l. SALISH PROPER i. COAST i.l. CENTRAL i.1.1. HALKOMELEM: Halkomelem i.l.2. SQUAMISH: Squamish ii. INTERIOR ii.l. SOUTHERN: Kalispel Okanagan b. WAKASHAN b.l. SOUTHERN: Nootka B. KEROUISIAN B.l. CADDOAN a. NORTHERN a.l. WICHITA: Wichita b. SOUTHERN: Caddo B.2. SIOUAN-YUCHI a. SIOUAN PROPER a.l. MISSISSIPPI VALLEY i. CHIWERE-WINNEBAGO: Winnebago ii. DAKOTA: Dakota a.2. NORTHERN PLAINS: Hidatsa VI.2. HOKAN a. NORTHERN: Karok a.l. PALAIHNIHAN: Atsugewi a.2. POMO i. RUSSIAN RIVER & EASTERN: Eastern Pomo b. SERI-YUMAN b.l. SERI: Seri b.2. YUMAN i. DELTA-CALIFORNIAN: Diegueño ii. RIVER: Mohave  WASHO: Washo VI.3. PENUTIAN A. CALIFORNIA A.l. MIWOK-COSTANOAN a. MIWOK

Language Index and Guide

633

B. CANADIAN: Tsimshian  GULF C.1. NATCHEZ-MUSKOGEAN a. MUSKOGEAN a.l. EASTERN: Creek = Muskogee a.2. WESTERN: Choctaw C.2. YUKI-WAPPO: Wappo D. MEXICAN D.1. MAYAN a. EASTERN a.l. GREATER MAMEAN i. IXILIAN: Aguacatec, Ixil a.2. GREATER QUICHEAN: Kekchi i. QUICHEAN: Quiché, Sacapultec, Tzutujil b. GREATER KANJOBALAN b.l. KANJOBALAN i. KANJOBALAN-JACALTEC: Acatec, Jacaltec c. GREATER TZELTALAN i. CHOLAN ii. TZELTALAN: Tzotzil d. YUCATECAN: Itza, Yucatec E. PLATEAU .1. SAHAPTIN-NEZ PERCE: Nez Perce AUSTRALIAN languages: Bularnu, Cape York Peninsula, Kuniyanti, Murrinh-Patha, Nunggubuyu, Kuuku Ya'u, Wangaybuwan, Yanyuwa I. BARKLY WEST II. BUNABAN: Guniyan III. DALY III.1. MOIK: Ngenkikurrungur IV. DJAMINDJUNGAN V. DJERAGAN V.I. MIRIWUNGIC: Miriwung VI. GARAWAN: Garawa VIL GUNWINYGUAN: Ngandi, Rembarrnga VIII. MARAN: Alawa IX. PAMA-NYUNGAN: Kala Lagaw Ya = Mabuiag, Muruwari, Waruŋgu IX.1. ARABANA: Arabana IX.2. BAAGANDJI: Baagandji IX.3. DYIRBALIC: Dyirbal, Warrgamay IX.4. GUMBAYNGGIRIC: Gumbaynggir IX.5. KALKATUNGIC: Kalkatungu IX.6. KARNIC A. KARNA: Yandruwandha

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

634

B. NGURA: Bidjara, Wangkumara C. PALKU: Pitta-Pitta IX.7. PAMAN A. WESTERN: Yir Yoront IX.8. SOUTH-WEST A. KANYARA: Dhalandji B. NGARGA: Warlpiri C. NGAYARDA D. NGUMBIN: Walmajarri E. YURA: Adynyamathanha IX.9. TANGIC: Lardil, Gayardilt IX.10. WAGAYA-WARLUWARIC A. WAGAYA: Wagaya IX.11. YALANJIC Gugu Yalandji IX.12. YUULNGU: Dhangu, Djambarrbwingu, Ritharngu IX.13. YIDINYIC: Djaabugay, Yidiny A. WARLUWARIC: Warluwara AUSTRIC languages I. AUSTROASIATIC I.1. MON-KHMER A. EAST .1. BAHNARIC a. SOUTH a.l. SRE-MNONG: Sre B. NORTH B.l. VIET-MUONG a. GROUP IV: Vietnamese I.2. MUNDA

Α. SOUTH A.l. KORAPUT a. SORA-GORUM a.l. GORUM: Gorum a.2. SORA-JURAY: Sora . KHERWARI B.l. MUNDARI: Mundari II. AUSTRO-TAI II.1. AUSTRONESIAN A. MALAYO-POLYNESIAN: Folopa A.l. CENTRAL-EASTERN MALAYO-POLYNESIAN a. EASTERN MALAYO-POLYNESIAN a.l. OCEANIC i. MILNE BAY-CENTRAL PROVINCE i.l. MILNE BAY

Language Index and Guide i. 1.1. WESTERN i. 1.1.1. SUAU: Wagawaga ii. NEW IRELAND-TOLAI ii.l. PATPATAR-TOLAI: Tolai iii. REMOTE OCEANIC iii.1. CENTRAL PACIFIC iii.1.1. POLYNESIAN iii.1.1.1. NUCLEAR POLYNESIAN iii.1.1.1.1. EASTERN POLYNESIAN: Rapanui iii.1.1.1.1.1. CENTRAL iii.1.1.1.1.1.1. MARQUESIC: Hawaiian iii.1.1.1.1.1.2. TAHITIC: Maori iii.1.1.1.2. SAMOIC OUTLIER: Samoan, Rennelese iii.1.1.2. TONGIC: Niuean, Tongan iii.1.2. ROTUMAN-FIJIAN iii. 1.2.1. FIJIAN iii.1.2.1.1. EAST: Fijian iii.2. MICRONESIAN iii.2.1. MICRONESIAN PROPER: Marshallese iv. SIASSI iv.l. RAI COAST-NORTHWEST NEW BRITAIN iv.1.1. RAI COAST: Mangap iv.2. SEPIK-MADANG iv.2.1. SEPIK iv.2.1.1. EASTERN iv.1.1.1.1. MANAM: Manam a.2. SOUTH HALMAHERA-NORTHWEST NEW GUINEA i. SOUTH HALMAHERA-GEELVINK BAY i.l. SOUTH HALMAHERA i.1.1. CENTRAL-EAST: Bichole i.1.1.1. RAJA EMPAT: Maya A.2. WESTERN MALAYO-POLYNESIAN: Chamorro, Palauan a. BORNEO a.LBARITO i. EAST: Malagasy b. MESO-PHILIPPINE b.l. CENTRAL PHILIPPINES i. BISAYAN i.l. CEBUAN: Cebuano ii.l. CENTRAL ii.1.1. WARAYAN ii.1.1.1. SAMAR-WARAY: Waray ii. MANSAKAN ii.l. WESTERN: Kalagan iii. TAGALOG: Tagalog

635

636

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

 NORTHERN PHILIPPINES c.l. BASHIIC-CENTRAL LUZON-NORTHERN MINDORO i. BASHIIC: Yami i.l. IVATAN ii. CENTRAL LUZON: Kapampangan C.2. NORTHERN LUZON i. ILOKANO: Ilokano ii. NORTHERN CORDILLERAN d. SOUTHERN PHILIPPINES d.l.DANAO i. MARANAO-IRANON: Maranao d.2. MANOBO i. SOUTH i.l. COTABATO e. SUNDIC: Javanese e.l.MALAYIC i. MALAY-MOKLEN i.l. MALAYAN i.1.1. LOCAL MALAY: Indonesian, Malay ii. ACHINESE-CHAMIC: hinese e.2. SUMATRA i. BATAK i.l. SOUTHERN: Toba Batak II.2. DAIC A. LI-KAM-TAI .1. BE-KAM-TAI a. LAKKIA-KAM-TAI a.l. KAM-TAI i. TAI i.l. SOUTHWESTERN: Laotian, Thai CAUCASIAN languages I. NORTH I.1. NORTHEAST A. DAGHESTAN A.l. AVARO-ANDI-DIDO a. AVAR: Avar A.2. LAK-DARGWA: Dargwa, Lak A 3 . LEZGIAN: Archi a. LEZGIAN PROPER: Lezgi, Tabasaran, Udi B. N AX:. Tsova-Tush B.l. CHECHEN-INGUSH: Chechen, Ingush I.2. NORTHWEST: Ubyx A. ABXAZ-ABAZA: Abxaz

Language Index and Guide B. CIRCASSIAN: Adygh, Kabardian II. SOUTH = KARTVELIAN: Georgian, Svan II.1. ZAN: Laz CHUKCHI-KAMCHATKAN languages I. NORTHERN I.1. CHUKCHI: Chukchi I.2. KORYAK-ALYUTOR: Alyutor II. SOUTHERN: Kamchadal ELAMO-DRAVIDIAN languages I. DRAVIDIAN I.1. DRAVIDIAN PROPER A.CENTRAL A.l. TELUGU-KUI a. TELUGU: Telugu 1.2. SOUTH A. TAMIL-KANNADA A.l. KANNADA: Kannada B. TAMIL-KODAGU B.l. TAMIL-IRULA a. TAMIL: Malayalam, Tamil ESKIMO-ALEUT languages I. ALEUT: Aleut . ESKIMO II.1. INUIT: Greenlandic, Inuit II.2. YUPIK A. ALASKAN: Central Yupik B. SIBERIAN INDO-HITTITE languages I. +ANATOLIAN: +Hittite, +Lydian I.1. +LUWOID: +Luwian II. INDO-EUROPEAN ILL ALBANIAN: Albanian II . 2. ARMENIAN: Armenian, +Classical Armenian II . 3. ALTO-SLAVIC A. BALTIC A.l. EAST: Latvian, Lithuanian B. SLAVIC B.l. EAST a. NORTH: Russian

637

638

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

b. SOUTH: Ukrainian B.2. WEST a. NORTH: Polish b. CENTRAL: Lower Sorbían, Upper Sorbían c. SOUTH: Czech, Slovak B.3. SOUTH: Old Church Slavonic a. WEST: Slovene, Serbo-Croatian {Serbian + Croatian) b. EAST: Bulgarian, Macedonian .4. CELTIC A. INSULAR A.l. GOICELIC: Irish, Scottish Gaelic A.2. BRYTHONIC: Breton, Welsh II.5. GERMANIC A. EAST: +Gothic B. NORTH B.l. EAST: Danish, Swedish B.2. WEST : Icelandic, Norwegian C. WEST .1.CONTINENTAL a. EAST: German, Yiddish b. WEST: Afrikaans, Dutch, Flemish C.2. NORTH SEA: English, Frisian II.6. GREEK: +Classical Greek, Greek II.7. INDO-IRANIAN A. INDIC: +Sanskrit, +Sanskrit Pali, +Rigvedic, +Vedic .1. SINHALESE-MALDIVIAN: Sinhalese A.2.NORTHERN INDIA a. DARDIC a.l. CHITRAL Kalasha a.2. SHINA: Kashmiri, Shina b. WESTERN b.l. NORTHWEST: Lahnda b.2. SOUTH: Marathi  CENTRAL: Gujarătī, Hindi, Marwari, Punjabi, Urdu d. EAST-CENTRAL:. Nepali d.l.BIHARI: aithili e. EASTERN e.1. BENGALI-ASSAMESE: Bengali B.IRANIAN B.l. EASTERN a. NORTHEAST a.l. +KHWAREZMIAN: +Avestan a.2. SOGDIAN: +Sogdian a.3. EAST SCYTHIAN: Pashto i. PAMIR

Language Index and Guide i.l.WAKHI: Wakhi B.2. WESTERN a. NORTHWEST a.1. KURDISH: Kurdi a.2. TALYSH: Talysh b. SOUTHWEST b.1. PERSIAN: Persian, +Old Persian b.2. TATI: Tati c. NURISTANI: Rati .8. ITALIC A. + OSCO-UMBRIAN: + Oscan, +Umbrian B. LATINO-FALISCAN: +Faliscan, +Latin  1.ROMANCE a. CONTINENTAL a.1. EASTERN i. NORTH: Rumanian a.2. WESTERN i. ITALO-ROMANCE i.l. ITALIAN: Italian ii. RHAETO-ROMANCE iii. GALLO-IBERO-ROMANCE iii.1. GALLO-ROMANCE iii.1.1. NORTH: Franco-Provençal, French iii.1.2. SOUTH: Provençal iii.2. IBERO-ROMANCE iii.2.1. NORTH iii.2.1.1. EASTERN: Catalan iii.2.1.2. CENTRAL: Spanish iii.2.1.3. WESTERN: Portuguese b. SARDINIAN: Sardinian II.9. TOCHARIAN: +Tocharian  INDO-PACIFIC languages I. SEPIK-RAMU I.1 RAMU A. RAMU PROPER A.l.RUBONI a.OTTILIEN:Awar I.2. SEPIK A.SEPIK HILL A.l. ALAMBLAK: Alamblak II. TRANS-NEW GUINEA

II.1. MADANG-ADELBERT RANGE A. ADELBERT RANGE

639

640

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

A.l. PIHOM-ISUMRUD-MUGIL: Mugil II.2. MAIN SECTION A. CENTRAL & WESTERN A.l. CENTRAL & SOUTH NEW GUINEA-KUTUBUAN a. CENTRAL & SOUTH NEW GUINEA a.l. BOSAVI: Kaluli A.2. EAST NEW GUINEA HIGHLANDS: Hua a. EASTERN a.l. GADSUP-AUYANA-AWA: Gadsup a.2. TAIRORA: Tairora b. EAST-CENTRAL b.l. FORE: Fore b.2. GAHUKU: Gahuku b.3. SIANE: Siane c. KALAM c l . KALAM-KOBON: Kalam d. WEST-CENTRAL d.1. ENGA: Enga A.3. FINISTERRE-HUON a. HUON a.l. EASTERN: Kate a.2. WESTERN: Selepet B. EASTERN B.l. BINANDEREAN a. BINANDEREAN PROPER: Korafe B.2. GOILALAN: Kunimaipa II.3. NORTHERN A. BORDER A.l. WARIS: Waris III. EAST PAPUAN III. 1. BOUGAINVILLE A. EAST A.l. NASIOI: Nasioi KHOISAN languages I. SANDAWE: Sandawe IL SOUTHERN AFRICA ILL CENTRAL Α. ΝΑΜΑ: Nama NA-DENE languages I. CONTINENTAL NA-DENE I.1. ATHABASKAN-EYAK A. ATHABASKAN A.l. APACHEAN

Language Index and Guide a. NAVJO- a.l. WESTERN APACHE-NAVAJO: Navajo A.2. CANADIAN a. HARE-CHIPEWYAN a.l. HARE-SLAVE: Hare, Slave A.3. EYAK: Eyak II. HAIDA: Haida NIGER-KORDOFANIAN languages I. NIGER-CONGO I.1. KORDOFANIAN A. KADUGLI A.l. EASTERN: Krongo I.2. MANDE A. NORTHERN-WESTERN A.l. NORTHERN a. MANDEKAN a.l. EAST: Bambara A.2. SOUTHWESTERN: Loma B. SOUTHERN-EASTERN B.l. EASTERN: Bisa . SAMO I.3. NIGER-CONGO PROPER A. CENTRAL NIGER-CONGO A.l. NORTH CENTRAL NIGER-CONGO a. ADAMAWA-UBANGIAN a.l. ADAMAWA: Longuda b. GUR b.l. CENTRAL i. KURUMFE-OTI-VOLTA i.l. BWAMU-OTI-VOLTA i.1.1. ΟΤΙ-VOLTA i.1.1.1. ΟΤΙ-VOLTA PROPER i.1.1.1.1. WESTERN-GURMA i.1.1.1.1.1. WESTERN: Dagbani c. UBANGIAN c l . MONDUGNA: Mba A.2. SOUTH CENTRAL NIGER-CONGO a. EASTERN a.l. BENUE-ZAMBESI (BENUE-KWA) i. NYIMA i.l. WEL i.1.1. BANTOID i.l.1.1. BANE

641

642

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations i.1.1.1.1. GRASSFIELDS i.1.1.1.1.1. EASTERN i.l.1.1.1.1.1. NUN-BAMILEKE i.l.1.1.1.1.1.1. BAMILEKE i.l.1.1.2. JARAWAKAN-EKOID i.1.1.1.2.1. EKOID-MBE i.l.1.1.2.1.1. EKOID i.l.1.2. BROAD BANTU i.l.1.2.1. NARROW BANTU i.l.1.2.1.1. CENTRAL BANTU i.1.1.2.1.1.1.ZONE E i.l.1.2.1.1.1.1. KIKUYU-KAMBA: Meru i.l.1.2.1.1.2. ZONE G i.1.1.2.1.1.2.1. BENA-KINGA: Bena i.1.1.2.1.1.2.2. SHAMBALA: Shambala i.1.1.2.1.1.2.3. SWAHILI: Swahili i.l.1.2.1.1.3. ZONE H i.l.1.2.1.1.3.1. MBUNDU: North Mbundu i.l.1.2.1.1.4. ZONE J i.l.1.2.1.1.4.1. HAYA-KWAYA: Haya i.l.1.2.1.1.4.2. MASABA-LUYIA: Luyia i.l.1.2.1.1.4.3. RWANDA-RUNDI: Rwanda i.l.1.2.1.1.5. ZONE  i.1.1.2.1.1.5.1. KWANGUWA: Masi i.l. 1.2.1.1.6. ZONE L i.l.1.2.1.1.6.1. LUBA: Luba-Lulua i.l.1.2.1.1.7. ZONE N i.l.1.2.1.1.7.1. NYANJA: Nyanja i.l.1.2.1.1.8. ZONE R i.l.1.2.1.1.8.1. SOUTH MBUNDU: South Mbundu i.l.1.2.1.1.9. ZONE S i.l.1.2.1.1.9.1. NGUNI: Swati, Xhosa i.l.1.2.2.1.9.2. SHONA: Shona i.l.1.2.2.1.9.3. SOTHO-TSWANA: Sotho i.l.1.2.1.2. NORTHWEST BANTU i.l.1.2.1.2.1. ZONE  i.1.1.2.1.2.1.1. NGOMBE: Béo a.2. LOWER CROSS i. EFIK: Ibibio a.3. LOWER NIGER i. IGBO: Igbo a.4. YORUBA-NORTHERN AKOKO i. YORUBA: Yoruba b. WESTERN

Language Index and Guide b.l. NYO i. YI i.l. VOLTA-COMOE i.1.1. EASTERN: Awutu b.2. TOGO i. EWE-FON: Ewe B. WEST-ATLANTIC B.l. NORTHERN a. SENEGAL: Fula NILO-SAHARAN languages I. CENTRAL SUDANIC I.1. EAST CENTRAL A. MORU-MADI .1. NORTHERN: Moru II. EAST-SUDANIC ILL KULIAK: Ik IL2. NILOTIC A. WESTERN .1. DINKA-NUER a. DINKA A.2. LUO a. NORTHERN: Anuak b. SOUTHERN b.l. LUO-ACHOLI: Luo B. SOUTHERN B.l. KALENJIN a. NANDI-MARKWETA: Nandi III. SAHARAN III.1. WESTERN A. KANURI: Kanuri SINO-TIBETAN languages I. SINITIC I.1. CHINESE A. MANDARIN-YUE .1. MANDARIN: Mandarin A.2. Yue: Cantonese II. TIBETO-KAREN ILL TIBETO-BURMAN A. BURMIC A.l. BURMESE-MOSO a. BURMESE-LOLO a.l. BURMIC i. SOUTHERN: Burmese

643

Case, Semantic Roles and Grammatial Relations

644

a.2. LOLO: +Sihia i.SOUTHERN LOLO i.l.AKHA: Lahu A.2. KACHIN-LUIC a. KACHIN: Jinghpaw A.3. KUKI-NAGA: Meithei a. CENTRAL KUKI a.1. MIZO: Lushéi B.TIBETIC B.l.BODIC: Gyarung a. TIBETAN: Tibetan B.2. CENTRAL HIMALAYAN a. VAYU-CHEPANG: Chepang B.3. NEWARI-PAHRI: Newari URALIC-YUKAGHIR languages I. URALIC I.1. FINNO-UGRIC A. FINNIC A.1. NORTH FINNIC a. BALTIC FINNIC: Estonian, Finnish, Votic b. SAAMIC = LAPPIC A.2. PERMIC: Komi A.3. VOLGAIC: Cheremis(s), Mordvin B. UGRIC: Hungarian B.l. OB-UGRIC: Mansi, Ostyak I.2. SAMOYED A. NORTH: Nenets II. YUKAGHIR: Yukaghir LANGUAGE ISOLATES I. Basque II. Burushaski III. Gilyak IV. +Hurrian V.

Ket

VI. -Sumerian PIDGINS and CREOLES I. ENGLISH-BASED I.1. ATLANTIC: Krio, Saramaccan I.2. PACIFIC: Hawaiian Creole, Micronesian Pidgin II. FRENCH-BASED: Dominican Creole, Haitian Creole, Mauritian Creole III. SWAHILI-BASED: Bravanese

Language Index and Guide INVENTED languages I. Esperanto II. Sign Language

645